i*- 


THE 
EMDRA€ING  SOME 

J.EAD1NG  FACTS  &  PRINCIPLES  OF  SCIENCE, 

AND 

A  VARIETY  OF  MATTER  ADAPTED  TO  THE  WANTS 

OF  THE 

ARTIST,  ME C II A  NIC,  3IANUFACTURER, 

AND 

MERCANTILE  COMMUNITY: 

TO    WHICH  IS  ANNfiXED  AN 

ABSTRACT  OF  TONNAGE,   DUTIES,  CUSTOM- 
HOUSE   TARES,    ALLOWANCES,  AND 
USEFUL  MENSURATION  TABLES. 


Commerce  and  Manufactures — the  main  anchor  of  a  nation 


SECOND   EDITION, 

WITH  ADDITIONS     AND  IMPROVEMENTS. 

NEW' YORK: 

PRINTED    BY    J.  C.   JOHNSON, 

1829. 


Northern  District  of  New-York,  to  wit  • 

BE  IT  REMEMBERED,  That  on  the  eighth  day  of  November,  id 
the  fifty-first  year  ot  the  independence  of  the  United  States  of  America, 
A,  D.  18*27,  John  Shepard,  of  the  said  district,  hath  deposited  in  this  of- 
fice the  title  of  a  book,  the  right  whereof  he  claims  as  proprietor,  in  the 
words  following,  to  wit. 

"  The  Artist  and  Tradesman's  Guide  :  embracing  some  leading  facts 
and  principles  of  science,  and  a  variety  of  matter  adapted  to  the  wants 
of  the  artist,  mechanic,  manufacturer,  and  mercantile  community.  To 
which  is  annexed  an  abstract  of  tonnage,  duties,  custom-house  tares  and 
allowances.  Commerce  and  manufactures — the  main  sheet  anchor  of  a 
nation." 

In  conformity  to  the  act  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  entitled 
'•  An  act  for  the  encouragement  of  learning,  by  securing  the  copies  of 
maps,  charts,  and  books,  to  the  authors  and  proprietors  of  such  copies, 
during  the  times  therein  mentioned;"  and  also  to  the  act  entitled  "  An 
act  supplementary  to  an  act  entitled  '  An  act  for  the  encouragement  of 
learning,  by  securing  the  copies  of  maps,  charts,  and  books,  to  the 
authors  and  proprietors  of  such  copies  during  the  times  therein  men>« 
tioned,'  and  extending  the  benefits  thereof  to  the  acts  of  designing  en- 
graving, and  etching,  historical,  and  other  prints.*" 

R.  R.  LANSING, 
Clerk  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States, 

for  the  Northern  District  ol  New-York  - 


ADVERTISEMENT  TO  THE  SECOND  EDITION. 
IN  presenting  the  American  Public  with  this  Edition, 
it  is  not  presumed,  after  the  care  and  labour  bestowed,  that  it 
is  free  from  error  or  defect,  but  it  is  hoped  that  the  errors 
are  not  material,  or  deficiencies  more  numerous,  than  works 
of  a  similar  nature  and  size,  which  do  not  admit  of  perfect 
tion. 

As  the  work  is  designed  more  particularly  to  interest  the 
Merchant  and  Mechanic,  it  is  believed  it  will  be  found  in 
its  present  form  more  worthy  of  their  patronage. 

To  render  it  practically  useful,  rather  than  to  make  a  dis- 
play of  science  and  fine  writing,  has  been  our  greatest  object^ 

The  reception  which  the  work  has  already  experieaced 
calls  for  the  expression  of  the  authors  gratitude. 

Numerous  testimonials  in  its  favour  might  be  inserted,  if 
they  were  deemed  necessary  in  accelerating  the  sale,  but  in 
this  age  of  inquiry  and  improvement,  most  minds  are  capable 
of  erecting  a  standard  of  discriminatign,  whereby  they  can 
determine  in  regard  to  the  merits  of  a  Work  without  the  aid 
or  recommendation  of  others.  Nevertheless,  it  may  not  be 
improper  to  advert  to  the  fact  that  the  first  edition  was  dispo- 
sed of  in  a  very  few  weeks  after  its  publication. 

Finally,  if  the  Merchant  and  Mechanic  are  benefitted  by 
our  exertions,  and  we  have  the  vanity  to  believe  that  they 
will  be,  we  J^ave  not  "  Uboured  for  nought,"  but  shall  reap 
a  rich  reward  in  the  reflection  that  we  have,  in  any  degree, 
been  useful  to  those  classes  of  community  who  are  the  bone 
and  sinews  of  our  republic.  To  them  we  commit,  without 
further  remark  this  little  manual. 

THE  AUTHOR. 
August,  1829. 


WEIGHTS  AND    MEASURES. 

1    Gallon  measure  contains  8  pints, 

8  pints  16  ounces, 

1   ounce,  8  drachn>s, 

1   drachm,  GO  niiuiras. 

MXIGHT    OF    DRY    SUBSTA.VCES, 

1   pound  contains  12  ounces, 

1   ounce,  8  drachms, 

I  drachm,  GO  grains, 

1   scruple,  20  grains. 

It  is  customary  to  distinsruish  quantities  of  fluid  from  dry 
substances,  by  prefixing  the  letter  f.  (tiuid)  when  an  ounce  or 
drachm  is  mentioned  in  medical  works  ;  but  in  the  formulas 
in  this  work,  it  was  considered  unnecessary,  as  the  slightest 
acquaintance  with  the  substances  to  be  used  will  point  out 
wliat  is  implied.  The  reader  will  also  understand  that  the 
let'ers  q.  s.  or  q.  p.  ore  used  to  imply  (siiilicient  or  proper 
(quantity  ;)  pp.  vr  j)pcL  (prepared  or  previously  prepared.) 


TIIK 

ARTIST  A:  TRIBESMAN'S  GUIDIii. 

CHAPTER  I, 

IXTROOUCTlOX; 

TO  the  Manufacturer,  Chemistry  has  lately  become 
Aiiitlul  of  instruction  and  assistance.  In  the  arts  of  brewing, 
tanning,  dying,  and  bleaching,  its  doctrines  are  important 
guides.  In  making  soap,  glass,  pottery,  and  a'l  metallic^ 
wares,  its  principles  arc  daily  applied,  and  are  capable  of  a 
still  more  useful  application,  as  they  become  better  understood 
Indeed  every  mechanic  art,  in  the  different  processes  of  whicti 
beat,  moisture,  solution,  mixture  or  fermentatiou  is  necessarVj 
must  ever  keep  pace  in  improvement  with  this  branch  of  phi- 
losophy. Finally,  there  is  scarcely  an  art  of  human  life, 
whicli  the  science  of  chemistry  is  not  fitted  to  subserve  ; 
scarcely  a  department  of  human  inquiry,  either  for  health, 
plea<5uro,  ornament,  or  profit,  which  it  may  not  be  made  in 
in  its  present  improved  state,  eminently  to  promote.  To  il"» 
lustrate  llie  science  fully,  in  all  its  parts,  would  require  more 
pages  than  this  work  is  designed  to  contain  ;  therefore,  we 
shall  be  confined  to  some  of  the  leading  principles,  and  most 
useful  practical  operations,  which  it  embraces. 

CHAPTER.  II. 

General  jirtnciples    of    Clicmistry Simple    Substances— i' 

Compound  Bodies — Attraction. 

The  science  of  Chemistry  naturally  divides  itself  into  throe 
parts  ;  a  description  of  tlie  component  parts  of  bodies,  or  of 
elementary  or  simple  substances  as  they  are  called, — a  de- 
scription of  the  compound  l)odies  formed  by  the  union  of  sim- 
ple substances,  and  an  account  of  the  nature  of  the  power 
■which  produces  these  combinations.  This  power  is  known 
in  chernistry  by  the  name  of  affinit}^  or  chemical  attraction. 
By  simple  substances  is  not  meant  what  the  ancient  philoso- 
phers called  elements  of  bodies,  as  fire,  air,  earth,  and  water, 
nor  particles  of  matter  incapable  of  farther  diminution  or  di- 
vision.    They  signify  merely,  bodies  that  ha\^  never  bccH 

1* 


THK      \KTlNl      AM> 


decomposed  or  formed  by  art.  The  simple  substances  of 
which  a  body  is  composed  arc  called  the  constituent  parts  of 
thai  body  ;  and  in  decomposing  it,  we  sej)arale  its  constituent 
parts,  if,  on  the  contrary  we  divide  a  body  by  cutting  it  to 
pieces,  or  even  by  grinding  it  to  the  finest  powder,  each  of 
these  small  particles  will  consist  of  a  portion  of  the  general 
consfi'.uent  parts  of  the  whole  body;  these  are  called  tlie  iji- 
tegrant  parts.  Cnmpoinid  bodies  arc  formed  by  the  combi- 
nation of  two  or  more  simple  substances  with  each  olher.  At- 
traction is  that  unknown  force  wiiich  causes  bodies  to  ap- 
proach each  other.  Its  most  obvious  instances  are  the  grav- 
itation of  bodies  to  the  earth  ;  that  of  the  planets  towards 
each  other,  and  the  attractions  of  electricity  and  magnetism. 
But  that  attraction  which  comes  under  the  more  immediate 
cognizance  of  chen^ists,  subsists  between  particles  of  bodies; 
and  when  it  operates  between  particles  of  the  same  species, 
it  is  called  the  attraction  of  cohesion^  or  the  attraction  of  ag- 
gregation;  but  when  between  the  particles  of  ditrerent  sub- 
!<tances,  it  is  called  the  attraction  of  composition,  chemical  at- 
traction, or  chemical  aQinity.  The  attraction  of  cohesion, 
then,  is  the  power  which  unites  the  integrant  particles  of  a 
body  :  the  attraction  of  composition,  that  which  combiflcs 
the  constituent  particles.  When  particles  are  united  by  the 
attraction  of  cohesion,  the  result  of  such  a  union  is  a  body  of 
the  same  kind  as  tlie  })articleo  of  which  it  is  formed  ;  but  the 
attraction  of  composition,  by  combining  particles  of  a  dissim- 
ilar nature,  produces  compound  bodies  quite  diiTerent  from 
any  of  their  constiiuents.  If,  for  instance,  you  pour  upon  a 
piece  of  copper,  ])laced  in  a  glass  vessel,  some  of  the  liquid 
ca'led  nitrous  acid,  (aqua  fortis)  for  which  it  has  a  strong  at- 
traction, every  particle  of  the  copper  will  combine  with  a  par- 
ticle of  the  acid,  and  together  they  will  form  a  new  body,  to- 
tally diflercnt  from  either  the  copper  or  nitrous  acid.  If  you 
wish  to  decompose  the  compound  which  you  have  thus  form- 
ed, present  it  to  a  piece  of  iron,  for  which  the  acid  has  a 
stronger  affinity  than  for  copper,  and  the  acid  will  quit  the 
copper  to  combine  with  the  iron,  and  the  copper  will  be  then 
what  the  chemists  call  precipitated,  that  is  to  say,  it  w^ill  be 
thrown  down  in  its  separate  state,  and  reappear  in  its  simple 
form.  In  order  to  produce  this  effect,  dip  the  blade  of  a 
knile  into  the  fluid,  and  when  you  take  it  out,  you  will  ob- 
serve, that  instead  of  being  wetted  with   a  bluish  liquid,  like 


TKADESMAN  S    0L;I1>E.  7 

that  contained  in  the  glass,  it  will  be  covered  with  a  thin  coat 
of  copper. 

It  will  be  most  conducive  to  science  to  consider  all  those 
substances  as  simple,  which  no  mode  of  decomposing  has  yet 
been  discovered.  Simple  substances  naturally  divide  them- 
selves into  two  classes.  Those  which  belong  to  the  first  class 
are  of  too  subtile  a  nature  to  be  confined  to  any  vessels  which 
we  possess.  They  do  not  seriously  aftect  the  most  delicate 
balance,  and  iiave  received  therefore  the  name  of  imponder- 
able bodies.  The  second  class  of  bodies  may  be  confined  in 
proper  vessels,  may  be  exhibited  in  a  separate  state,  and  their 
weights  or  other  properties  may  be  determined.  They  have 
received  the  name  o\' ponderable  bodies.  The  imponderable 
bodies  at  present  supposed  to  exist  are  four,  light,  heat  or  ca- 
loric, electricity,  and  magnetism.  The  first  three  are  inti- 
mately connected  with  chemistry,  but  magnetism  has  with  it 
no  known  connexion. 

CHAPTER  ITT. 

Caloric — Sensible    Heat Latent  Heat Thermometer — 

Boiling  Heat — Blood  Heat — Interesting  Experiments. 

Chemists  have  agreed  to  call  the  matter  of  heat  Caloric, 
in  order  to  distinguish  it  from  the  sensation  which  this  matter 
produces.  Caloric  has  a  tendency  to  diffuse  itself  equally 
amons:  all  substances  that  come  in  contact  with  it.  If  the 
hand  be  put  upon  a  hot  body,  part  of  the  caloric  leaves  the 
hot  body,  and  enters  the  hand  ;  this  produces  the  sensation 
o{  heat.  On  the  contrary,  if  the  hand  be  put  upon  a  cold 
body,  part  of  the  caloric  contained  in  the  hand  leaves  the  hand 
to  unite  with  the  cold  body  ;  this  produces  the  sensation  of 
cold.  Cold  therefore  is  nothing  but  a  negative  quality,  sim- 
ply implying  the  absence  of  the  usual  quantity  of  caloric.  Ca- 
loric is  unifoim  in  its  nature  ;  but  tiiere  exist  in  all  bodies, 
two  portions  very  distinct  from  each  other-  The  one  is  cal- 
led sensible  heat,  or  free  caloric  ;  the  other  latent  heat,  or 
combined  caloric.  Sensible  caloric  is  the  nature  of  heat  dis- 
engaged from  other  bodies,  or,  if  united,  not  chemically  uni- 
ted with  them.  Latent  caloric  is  that  portion  of  the  matter 
of  heat,  which  makes  no  sensible  addition  to  the  temperature 
of  the  bodies  in  which  it  exists.  Wrought  iron,  though  quite 
cold,  contains  a  large  portion  of  latent  caloric  ;  and  if  it  bt 


Tlii:    AUflST    ANT/ 

liriskl)  liaiumoied  Tor  *<^)ine  time  on  an  anvil,  it  will  bccofri& 
red  iiof,  by  the  action  of  tliis  specits  of  caloric,  wliicli  by  the 
prirciission  of  hammering;  is  now  evolved  and  torced  oat  as 
sensible  heat.  Culojic  pervades  all.  bodies  ;  and  this  is  not 
the  case  with  any  other  substance  \yith  which  we  are  acquain- 
ted. It  combines  \<'ith  different  sobstanceSj  however,  in  %ery 
^liiVerent  proportions  ;  and  for  this  reason  one  body  is  said  to 
have  n  greater  capacittj  for  caloric  than  another.  When  ga- 
seous substances  become  liquid,  or  liquid  substances  solid,  by 
this  change  of  stato,  they  lose  in  a  great  measure  their  capa- 
city for  caloric,  Dui  'nsr  the  slacking  of  quick  liinc,  the  ca- 
loric which  is  involved  escapes  from  the  water,  in  conse- 
quence of  its  changing  from  a  liquid  to  a  solid  lorm,  by  its 
union  with  the  lime;  When  solid  bodies  become  liquid  or 
gaseous,  thc'r  capacity  for  caloric  is  proportionably  increas- 
ed. If  yon  place  a  glass  of  water  in  a  mixttirs  of  equs! 
quantities  of  snow  and  salt,  during  thoir  conversion  to  a  liquid-, 
the  water  will  be  fr(  zcn  in  consequence  of  parting  with  its 
caloric  to  supply  the  increased  capacity  of  the  mixture.  The 
portion  of  caloric  necessary  to  raise  a  bod^*  to  any  given  lem- 
perhturo-j  is  called  srrciFic  caloric;  The  instrument  in  com- 
nich  aso  for  measuring  the  temperature  of  bodies,  rs  called  a 
therrrtomefer.  Fahrt-nhcii^s  is  generally  used  in  the  United 
States^.  When  a  thermometer  is  brought  in  contact  with  any 
suhstar.co,  tlie  mercury  expands  or  contracts  tiH  it  acquires 
the  same  temperature;  and  the  height  at  which  the  mercury 
stalxis  in  the  tube,  indicates  the  exact  temperature  of  the  sub- 
stance to  which  it  has  been  applied-.  It  will  not  show  tht) 
ahsohttfc  caJori'c  in  substances  ;  for  it  cannot  nicasirre  t^>at  por- 
tion which  is  lateut-,  or  ehomi'cally  eoiubined  witri  any  body. 
Calo.ic  is  the  cnfise  of  nuidity  in  all  substa*ices  eapabte  of 
becoming  Ihiid.--,  from  the  heaviest  metal  to  the  liirlr'test  cjas. 
It  insiniiafC5  itself  imong  their  panicles  aind  invariably  sepa- 
rates them  in  sOiiiC  measure  from  each  other.  TInrs  ice  is 
converted  info  water,  and  by  a  further  portion  of  caloric  into 
steam.  We  have  reason  to  believe  that  every  solid  swbstaflce 
on  the  f;icc  of  the  earth  might  be  converted  to  a  fluid  of  a 
vcr}'  high  temperature  in  peculiar  circumstances.  Some  bod- 
ies givf>  out  their  superabundant  caloric  much  soorter  than 
others.  Iron  is  a  quicker  conductor  of  caloric  than  g}4s5,  and 
glass  than  wood.  If  you  take  a  piece  of  iron  in  one  tiand» 
und  a  piece  of  wood  in  thc^ther,  the  iroa  fcefe  cold,  t4ic  wood 


TRADESMAN  S    GUIDE.  9 

warmer,  though  the  thermometer  shows  that  their  tempera- 
ture is  the  same.  Substances  usually  liecome  more  dense  by 
the  loss  of  caloric  ;  but  the  freezing  of  water  is  a  striking  tx^ 
ception  to  this  general  law  of  nature,  and  is  a  memorable  in- 
stance of  the  wisdom  and  provident  care  of  the  Almighty, 
when  he  established  the  laws  of  the  universe. 

Abstract  caloric  frOi-n  steam  un'.il  but  212  degrees  remain,  according 
to  Fahrenheit's  scale,  and  it  will  become  water.  Take  away  180  de-* 
ffrees  more,  leaving  but  32,  and  it  will  become  ice.  All  gases  and  liquids 
would  become  solids,  if  caloric  were  abstracted  to  a  certain  degree,  till 
at  length  all  things  would  become  permanently  solid  as  the  oldest  primi- 
tive rock?. 

Water  requires  but  212  degrees  of  heat  for  converting  it  into 
vapour  :  it  has  been  made  to  bnil  at  G7  degrees,  which  is  31  below  blood 
heat.  Therefore  it  requires  145  degrees  of  heat  to  resist  the  pressure 
ot  the  atmosphere.  From  the  following  experiment  we  are  taught, 
that  combined  caloric  does  not  excite  the  sensation  of  heat,  nor  affect 
the  thermometer  :  Put  a  piece  of  tinder  in  the  end  of  the  piston  of  a 
fire  syringe,  made  of  cotton  cloth  dipped  in  a  very  strong  solution  of 
salt  petre.  and  well  dried— ^forco  down  the  piston  suddenly  and  the  tin- 
der will  take  lire.  Caloric  was  combined  with  the  air  in  the  syringe 
before  it  was  compressed,  which  did  not  excite  the  sensation  of  heat 
nor  inflame  the  tinder.  There  is  so  much  caloric  in  the  combination  of 
air,  water  and  other  substances  about  us,  that  if  it  were  capable  of  pro' 
ducing  the  ordinary  effects  of  heat,  the  whole  human  family  would  be 
burned  in  a  day.  From  the  principle  that  caloric  expands  solids  as  well 
as  gases,  the  variation  in  length  of  pendulums  of  clocks  and  balance 
wheels  of  watches,  according  to  the  varj'ing  temperature  of  the  weather, 
.causing  them  to  run  faster  in  cold  and  slower  in  hot  weather,  can  be 
jaccounted  for. 

That  caloric  expands  liquids  is  clearly  demonstrated  by  the  facts, 
that  spirits  guage  more  in  warm,  and  less  in  cold  weather.  The  ex- 
periment may  easily  be  tried  by  placing  a  barrel  of  rum  in  the  sun, 
nearly  full;  if  the  thermometer  ranges  high,  the  liquor  will  soon  run  over. 
Then  place  it  in  a  cold  cellar,  let  it  remain  awhile,  and  the  reverse  will 
be  evident. 

An  iron  stove  quickly  gives  off  caloric  heat  into  a  room,  and  as  soon 
cools.  A  brick  Russian  stove,  must  be  heated  a  great  while  before  it 
begins  to  give  off  caloric,  and  will  not  cool  in  a  long  time.  Clothes  made 
of  wool  and  silk  are  slow  conductors  of  caloric  ;  tiiosc  made  of  flax  con- 
duct rapidly — stone  is  a  better  conductor  of  caloric  than  brick.  A  €tono 
house  has  its  rooms  sooner  heated  in  summer  and  cooled  in  -^^inter,  than 
a  brick  house.  A  white  earthen  tea  pot  will  keep  tea  hot  longer  than  a 
black  one — a  bright  tin  coffee  pot  will  keep  coffee  hot  longer  than  a  jap- 
jianed  one.  We  are  kept  cooler  in  summer  with  light  coloured  clothes 
and  warmer  in  winter,  than  with  those  which  are  dark  coloured  ;  for  our 
bodies  being  warmer  than  the  air  in  cold  weather,  caloric  passes  out 
through  our  clothes,  but  the  hot  rays  of  the  sun  in  summer  pass  through 
pur  clutlies  inwardly. 


THE    ARTIST    AND 

CHAPTER   IV. 

IVater — Solid  or  ice — Liquid  or  water — Vapour  or  Steam — 
in  a  state  of  Soliditjj  in  Marble — in  Crystals — in  Spars — 
in  Gems — in  Alkaline  and  Mctalic  Salts — in  Mortar — Ce- 
ments—  Plaster  of  Paris. 

Water  is  composed  of  88  parts  by  weight  of  oxygen,  and 
12  of  hydrogen  in  every  100  parts  of  the  fluid.  It  is  found 
in  four  sjutes,  namely  :  solid,  or  ice;  liquid,  or  water  ;  vap- 
our, or  steam  ;  upd  in  a  state  of  composition  wiih  other  bod- 
ies. Its  most  siniple  state  is  that  of  ice,  and  the  diflerence 
between  liquid  water  or  vapour  and  ice,  is  merely  that  the 
water  contains  a  larger  portion  of  caloric  then  ice,  and  that 
vapour  is  combined  with  ^till  a  greater  quantity  than  water. 
However  long  we  boil  a  fiuid  in  an  open  vessel  we  cannot 
make  it  in  the  smallest  degree  hotter  than  its  boiling  point, 
for  the  vapour  absorbs  the  caloric,  and  carries  it  ofl'  as  it  is 
produced.  It  is  owing  to  this  that  all  evaporation  produces 
cold.  fVn  animal  might  be  frozen  to  death  in  the  midst  of 
summer  by  repeated!}'  sprinkling  ether  upon  him,  for  its  evap- 
oration would  shortly  carry  olT  the  whole  of  his  vital  heat. 
Water  thrown  on  burning  bodies  acts  in  the  same  way — it 
becomes  in  an  instant  converted  into  vapour,  and  by  thus  de- 
jiriving  them  of  a  large  portion  of  their  caloric,  the  fire,  as  wc 
terra  it,  is  extinguished.  Vapour  occupies  a  space  eight 
hundred  times  greater  than  it  does  when  in  the  form  of  water 
— and  the  expansive  force  of  steam  is  found  by  experiment  to 
be  much  greater  than  that  of  gun  powder.  There  is  no  rea- 
son to  disbelieve  tiiat  in  time,  steam  may  be  applied  to  many 
useful  purposes  of  v.  Inch  we  have  no  idea. 

Water  is  said  to  be  in  a  state  of  composition  with  other 
bodies,  because  in  many  cases  it  becomes  one  of  their  com^ 
ponent  parts.  It  is  combined  in  a  state  of  solidity'  in  marble, 
in  crystals,  in  Fpars,  in  gems,  and  in  many  alkaline,  earthly, 
and  metallic  salts,  both  natural  and  artificial,  to  all  of  which 
substances  it  imparts  hardness,  and  to  most  of  them  transpar- 
ency. Near  the  poles  water  is  always  solid  ;  there,  it  is 
similar  to  the  hardest  rocks,  and  may  be  formed  by  the  chisel 
of  the  statuary,  like  sionc.  It  becomes  still  more  solid  in 
il  0  composition  called  mortar,  and  in  cements,  having  parted 
with  more  of  its  caloric  in  that  combination  than  in  the  act  of 
fret-zing.       If  you  take  some  cround  plaster  of  Paris,  fresh 


TRADESMEN  S    GUIDE. 


11 


calcined,  and  mix  it  with  a  little  water,  the  aflinity  of  the 
plaster  fur  the  water  is  so  great,  that  in  a  few  minutes  the 
whole  will  be  converted  to  a  solid. 

CHAPTER   V. 

Earths  and  AlJcalics — Silcx  or  pure  Flint — Aluminc — Lime 
— Potash  and  Soda — Ammonia — Argillaceous  and  Cal- 
careous Earth. 

Earths  arc  such  incombustible  substances  as  are  not  duc- 
tile, arc  mostly  insoluble  in  water  or  oil,  and  preserve  their 
constitution  in  a  strong  heat,  rsotwithstanding  the  varied 
appearance  of  the  earth  under  our  feet,  and  the  mountainous 
parts  of  the  world,  whose  diversified  strata  present  to  our 
view  substances  of  every  texture  and  shade,  the  whole  is  com- 
posed of  only  nine  primitive  earths  ;  and  as  three  of  these 
occur  but  seldom,  the  variety  produced  by  the  other  six  be- 
comes the  more  remarkable.  One  of  the  most  valuable  eartlis 
with  which  we  arc  acquainted  is  silex  or  pure  fiint.  It  is  the 
most  durable  article  in  the  state  of  gravel  for  the  formation 
of  roads.  It  is  a  necessary  ingredient  in  earllien  ware,  por- 
celain and  cements  ;  it  is  the  basis  of  glass,  and  of  all  nitrous 
substances.  It  is  white,  inodorous,  and  insipid,  in  its  pure 
state,  and  the  various  colours  which  it  assumes  in  difil'rent 
substances,  proceed  from  the  different  ingredients  witii  which 
it  is  mixed.  Aluminc  obtained  its  name  from  its  being  the 
base  of  the  salt  called  alum.  It  is  distributed  over  the  earth 
in  tK*o  form  of  clay,  and  on  account  of  its  aptitude  for  mould- 
ing into  different  forms  and  its  property  of  hardening  in  the 
firOj  is  employed  for  various  useful  purposes.  In  making 
e*lrthen  ware,  a  due  j)roportion  both  of  silex  and  aluminc  are 
necessary  ;  for  if  aluminc  alone  were  used,  the  ware  could 
not  be  sufficiently  burnt  without  shrinking  too  much,  and  even 
cracking  ;  and  a  jireat  excess  of  silex  woidd  lessen  the  tena- 
city and  render  the  ware  brittle.  Lime  is  never  found  pure 
in  nature  ;  it  is  obtained  by  decomposing  calcareous  matters 
by  the  action  of  fire,  which  deprives  them  of  their  acid.  In 
its  pure  state  it  is  used  in  many  of  the  arts.  It  is  employed 
by  the  farmers  as  a  manure  ;  and  by  bleachers,  tanners,  iron- 
masters and  others  in  their  several  manufactures,  and  in  me- 
dicine. The  use  of  fime  in  agriculture  may  he  attributed  to 
its  property  of  hastening  the  dissolution  of  all  vegetable  and 
animal  matters,  and  of  imparting  to  the  soil  a  power  of  re^ 


12  THE  ak;i<i    and 

taiiiing  a  quantity  of  moisture  necessary  for  the  nounshraeqt 
and  vigorous  growth  of  the  plants.  Magtjesin,  besides  being 
the  basis  of  several  salts,  is  of  grear  use  in  medicine  ;  and  is 
employed  by  the  manufacturers  of  enamels  and  pr.rcelain. 
The  alkalies  are  distinguished  by  an  acrid  and  peculiar  taste, 
they  change  the  blue  juices  of  vcgetnl;les  to  a  green,  and  the 
yellow  to  a  brown,  and  have  the  propierty  of  rendering  oil 
miscible  with  water.  They  form  various  salts  by  combina- 
tion with  acids,  act  as  powerful  caustics,  when  applied  to  the 
tlesh  of  animals,  and  arc  soluble  in  water.  Potash  and  soda 
have  been  called  fixed  alkalies,  because  fliey  will  endure  a 
great  heat  without  being  volatilized  ;  and  yet  in  a  very  high 
temperature  they  are  dissipated  in  vapour.  They  are  com- 
pounds of  metallic  substances,  called  potassium,  sodium  and 
oxygen.  They  have  various  uses  in  surgery  and  medicine, 
and  are  employed  in  large  quantities  by  the  glassmaker,  the 
dyer,  the  soapmaker,  the  colourmaker,  and  by  many  other 
manufacturers.  Ammonia  is  so  extremely  volatile  as  to  ex- 
hale at  all  known  temperatures.  Wlien  combieed  with  car- 
bonic  acid,  it  takes  a  concrete  form,  and  a  beautiful  white 
colour,  and  is  known  in  commerce  by  the  name  of  volatile 
salts.  With  muriatic  acid  it  forms  what  is  termed  sal  ara-^ 
monia,  v»hich  is  employed  in  many  of  our  manufactures,  par-r. 
ticularly  by  dyers,  to  give  a  brightness  to  certain  colqjirs.  In 
tinning  metals  it  is  of  use  to  cleanse  the  surfaces,  and  prevent 
them  from  oxydizing  by  the  heat  v.hich  is  given  to  them 
in  the  operation.  Ammonia  is  furnished  from  all  animaKub- 
stances  by  decomposition.  The  horns  of  cattle,  especially 
those  of  deer,  yield  it  in  abundance,  and  it  is  from  this  cir- 
cumstance that  a  solution  of  ammonia  in  water  has  been 
termed  hartshorn. 

Etisides  the  nine  earths  above  enumerated,  we  have  now  thorina, 
which  is  a  raw  earthy  substance  lately  discoverrd.  A  new  alkali,  call- 
vd  lithia,  has  recently  been  discovored,  whicli,  like  potash  and  soda,  is 
found  to  be  a  metallic  oxide  ;  its  b:ise  is  called  lithium.  Three  H.cw 
vej/etablo  alkalies  have  also  been  d'.scovcred,  called  morphia,  picrotox- 
iae,  and  vanqucline.  Ciay,  ijs  it  exists  in  soils  is  commonly  called  ar^ 
gillaceous  earths,  and  lltnc  in  soils  is  called  calcareous  earth. 

CHAPTER  \T. 

Acids  and  salts —  Sulphuric^  Carbonic^  and  Muriatic  Acid — 
Crystalized  Salts — Chalk — Limestone — MarbU — Plaster 
of  Paris — JIuriait  of  Lime — MuL'ncsia  and    Soda — -Vj- 


*7 


tradesman's  guide.  13 

trate  of  Potash — Phosphate  of  Lhne — Salt  Mountains. 

The  name  acid,  in  the  language  of  chemists,  has  been  given 
to  all  substances,  whether  liquids  or  solids,  which  produce 
that  sensation  on  the  tongue  which  we  call  sour.  Most  of  tho 
acidsowe  their  origin  to  the  combination  of  certain  substances 
with  oxygen  ;  and  they  have  the  property  of  changing  tho 
blue,  green,  and  purple  vegetables  to  red,  and  of  combining 
with  alkalies,  earths,  and  metallic  oxides,  so  as  to  compose 
the  compounds  termed  saHs.  The  acids  were  formerly  di- 
vided into  three  classes,  mineral,  vegetable,  and  animal ;  but 
the  more  useful  and  scientific  way  of  dividing  them,  is  into 
two  classes  only.  The  undecomposible  acids,  and  those 
which  are  formed  with  two  principles,  are  comprised  in  the 
first  class  ;  while  those  acids  which  are  formed  with  more 
than  two  principles  compose  the  second  class.  Sulphuric  aciJ, 
in  commerce  called  oil  of  vitriol,  is  procured  by  burning  suK 
phur  in  contact  with  some  substance  containing  oxygen,  and 
becomes  acidified.  That  peculiar  acid  which  is  called  mu- 
riatic is  usually  obtained  from  muriate  of  soda,  which  is  the 
chemical  name  of  common  salt.  Carbonic  acid  is  a  combina- 
tion of  carbon  and  oxygon,  formerly  called  fixed  air,  on  ac- 
count of  its  being  intimateW  combined  in  chalk,  brimstone, 
and  other'~substances.  (See  the  article  carbonic  acid  gas.) 
The  number  of  acids  that  are  well  known  arnount  to  more 
than  forty;  and  their  uses  are  so  many  and  important,  that  it 
is  impossible  to  name  them.  They  aro  indispensable  to  va- 
rious arts  and  manufactures  ;  they  are  employed  for  culinary 
purposes,  and  for  medicine;  they  act  an  important  part  in 
the  o:reat  laboratory  of  nature,  and  form  a  great  proportion 
of  the  mountainous  districts  of  the  "lobe  in  tlieir  various  com- 
binations.  The  precise  number  of  the  salts  is  not  known, 
but  they  probably  amount  to  more  than  two  thousand.  The 
difl'erent  salts  are  known  from  each  other  by  the  peculiar  fi- 
gure of  their  crystals,  by  their  taste,  and  other  distinctive  or 
specific  characters,  Their  crystalization  is  owing  to  the  ab- 
straction of  the  heater  water  by  which  they  were  displaced, 
Crystalized  salts  are  liable  to  changes  in  their  appearance  by 
exposure  to  the  atmosphere.  Some  have  so  great  an  affinity 
for  water,  that  they  absorb  it  with  avidity  from  the  atmos-» 
phore,  and  thus  becoming  moist  or  liquid  they  are  said  to  de- 
liquesce. Others  having  less  affinity  for  water  than  atmos- 
pheric air  has,  lose  their  water  of  crx'^stalization  by  exposure ^ 


14  THE    ARTIST    AND 

and  readily  fall  into  powder.  Sucli  sails  arc  said  to  effloresce. 
Salts  have  not  only  the  property  of  dissolving  is  water,  but 
by  exj)Osure  to  great  heat  they  will  malt  ;  and  they  require 
di/Terent  degrees  of  heat  to  put  them  into  a  state  of  fusion,  as 
well  as  different  quantities  of  water  for  their  solution.  Many 
of  the  salts  are  to  be  found  native,  and  the  carbonates,  sul- 
phates, and  the  muriates,  are  the  most  frequent.  Chalk,  lime- 
stone, and  marble,  are  all  included  in  the  terra  carbonate  of 
lime.  Few  salts  are  more  copiously  disseminated  than  the 
sulphate  of  lime,  particularly  in  the  city  of  Paris,  and  hence 
its  name,  plaster  of  Paris.  Of  the  native  muriates,  muriate 
of  lime  occurs  with  rock  salt,  and  muriate  of  magnesia  occurs 
114  abundance  in  sea  water;  and  muriate  of  soda  not  only  ex- 
ists in  immense  quantities  in  the  ocean,  but  vast  mountains  in 
different  parts  of  the  world,  are  entirely  formed  of  this  salt. 
Nitrate  of  potash,  known  by  the  more  familiar  name  of  nitre 
or  salt  petre,  is  collected  in  various  parts  of  the  globe.  Phos- 
phate of  lime  which  is  the  basis  of  animal  bones,  exists  native 
in  Hungary,  and  composes  several  entire  mountains  in  Spain. 
Mountains  of  salt  were  probably  formed  in  very  remote  ages, 
and  by  processes  of  which  we  can  form  no  idea.  It  may  be 
supposed,  however,  that  the  chnnges  have  been  slow  and  gra-. 
dual ;  for  several  of  the  native  salts  exhibit  marks  of  regula- 
rity and  beauty  in  their  crystaiization,  which  cannot  be  imi- 
tated by  art. 

CHAPTER  VII. 

Simple     Combustibles — lAght    and    Caloric — Hydrogen — 
Sulphur — Ph osphorus —  Carbon — Carburcttcd  Hydrogen 
— Accidents  to  Mintrs — Curious  Kzpcrinunts — Cast  Iron 
—  Wrought  Iron — Steel — Classification  of  simple  liodics. 
Most  of  the  simple  substances    are  combustible,    or  bear 
some  relation  to    combustion.   Light  and    caloric  arc  evolved 
during  combustion.       Oxygen    is  the    principal   agent;  and 
hydrogen,  sulphur,  phosphorus,    carbon,    and  the  metals  are 
the  subjects,  or  instruments  of  this  process.     Hydrogen  gas 
may  be  combined  wiih   water,    sulphur,  phosphurus    or  car- 
bon.    When  combined  with  phosphorus  it   forms  phosphur- 
etted  hydrogen  gas,  which  takes   fire  when  it  comes  in  con- 
tact with  atmospheric  air.     The  elastic  substance  called  car- 
buretted  hydrogen  gas,  is  carbon  dissolved  in  hydrogen,  it  has 
also  been  called  heavy  inflammable  air.      It  is  this  gaseous 
conjpouiid  which  has  occasioned  so  many  dreadful  accidents 


tradesman's  guide.  15 

to  miners,  who  call  it  fire  damp.  It  is  procured  from  pit 
coal  by  dry  distillation,  and  from  its  iraflammability  and  bril- 
liant flame,  it  has  been  used  for  lighting  streets,  shops,  manu- 
factories and  light  houses  on  the  sea  coast.  The  rate  at 
which  it  is  obtained  is  comparatively  trifling  compared  with 
oil  aud  tallow. 

Phosphorus  is  a  solid  iraflammable  substance,  which  burns 
at  a  very  low  temperature  when  in  contact  with  oxygen  gas 
or  atmospheric  air.  Many  amusing  experiments  can  be  per- 
formed with  it ;  but  it  must  be  handled  with  extreme  caution. 
If  you  fix  a  piece  of  solid  phosphorus  in  a  quill,  and  write 
with  it  upon  paper,  the  writing  in  a  dark  room  will  appear 
beautifully  luminous.  If  the  face  or  hands  be  rubbed  with 
phosphuretted  ether,  they  will  appear  in  a  dark  place  as 
though  on  fire,  witliout  danger  or  sensation  of  heat.  Pure 
carbon  is  known  only  in  the  diamond  ;  but  carbon  in  a  state 
of  charcoal  may  be  procured  by  heating  to  redness  a  piece  of 
wood  closely  covered  with  sand  in  a  crucible,  so  as  to  pre- 
serve it  while  in  the  fire,  and  afterwards,  while  cooling,  from 
the  action  of  the  atmosphere.  It  is  capable  of  forming  va- 
rious combinations,  but  charcoal  is  that  with  which  we  are 
most  familiar.  Carbon  is  not  only  a  component  part,  but  it 
forms  nearly  the  whole  of  the  solid  basis  of  all  vegetables, 
from  the. most  delicate  flower  in  the  garden,  to  the  huge  oak 
of  the  forest.  It  not  only  constitutes  the  basis  of  the  woody 
fibre,  but  is  a  component  part  of  sugar,  and  of  all  kinds  of 
wax,  oils,  gums,  and  resins,  and  of  these  again  how  great  is 
the  variety  !  It  is  imagined  that  most  of  the  metals  may  be 
combined  with  carbon  ;  but  at  present  we  know  of  only  its 
combination  with  iron.  In  one  proportion  it  forms  cast-iron, 
in  another  steel,  and  in  a  third  ^ilumbagro,  generally,  though 
improperly  called  black  lead.  There  is  no  lead  in  its  com* 
position.  Cast  iron  contains  about  one  forty-fifth  of  its  weight 
of  carbon.  Steel  is  combined  with  about  one  part  of  carbon 
in  two  hundred  of  iron,  and  plumbago,  or  carburet  of  iron, 
has  been  found  to  consist  of  nearly  nine  parts  of  carbonate 
one  of  iron.  Wrought  iron  diflers  from  cast  iron,  in  being 
deprived  of  its  carbon  and  oxygen,  by  continued  heat  and  re- 
peated hammering,  which  renders  the  metal  malleable.  Steel 
is  made  of  wrought  iron,  by  various  processes,  whereby  the 
metal  resumes  a  small  portion  of  tiie  carbon,  and  acquires  a 
capacity  of  receiving  different  dcjrrees  of  hardness.  The  me- 
tals arc  crcnerally  procured   from  beneath  the  surfice    of  the 


lO  T!lB   ARTIST   AXD 

earth,  in  a  state  of  combination  either  with  other  metals,  or 
with  sulphur,  oxygen  or  acids;  though  a  few  of  them  have 
heen  found  in  a  state  of  purity.  Metals  are  the  great  agents 
by  which  we  can  examine  the  recesses  of  nature  ;  and  their 
uses  are  so  multiplied,  that  they  have  become  of  the  greatest 
importance  in  every  occupation  of  life.  They  are  the  instru- 
ments of  all  our  improvements,  of  civilization  itself,  and  are 
even  subservient  to  the  progress  of  the  human  mind  towards 
perfection.  They  differ  so  much  from  each  other,  that  na- 
ture seems  to  have  had  in  view  all  the  necessities  of  man,  in 
order  that  she  nnght  suit  every  possible  purpose  his  ingenuity 
Can  invent  or  his  wants  require.  We  not  only  receive  this 
great  variety  from  the  hand  of  nature,  but  these  metals  are 
rendered  infinitely  valuable  by  various  Oiher  properties  which 
they  possess  ; — by  their  combustibility,  their  solubility  in  lluids 
their  combinations  with  various  substances,  and  by  their  union 
with  each  other,  \\  hereby  compound  and  alloys  are  formed, 
extremely  useful  in  a  variety  of  arts,  manufactures,  and  other 
requisites  of  life.  By  combining  them  with  oxygen  we  can 
invest  tiiem  with  neic  properties,  and  are  enabled  to  employ 
them  to  promote  the  progress  of  the  fine  arts,  by  imitating  the 
master  pieces  of  creation  in  the  production  of  artificial  salts, 
gems,   and   crystals,  of  every  colour  and  of  eVery  shade. 

The  following  is  an  enumeration  cf  the  classification  of  the  simple 
bodies  in  general.  I.  Comprehending  the  imponderable  agents.  Heat  or 
Caloric,  Light,  and  Electricity.  II.  Comprehending  agents  capable  of 
uniting  with  inflammable  bodies,  and  in  most  instances  of  effecting  their 
combustion, — Oxygen,  Chlorine,  and  Iodine.  Many  learned  chemists 
have  doubted  \vhe:her  chlorine  and  iodine  were  supporters  of  combus- 
tion, any  further  than  they  contain  oiyg^n.  They  are  classed  among 
the  simple  bodies,  becan.sc  they  have  not  as  yet,  been  resolved  into  other 
ingredients.  The  name  chlorine  is  simply  expressive  of  its  greenish  col- 
our, and  iodine  of  its  violet  colour.  IH.  Comprehending  bodies  capable 
of  uniting  with  oxygen,  and  ;orming  with  its  various  compounds, — 1. 
Tlydrogen,  forming  water.  2.  Bodies  forming  acids.  Nitrogen,  form- 
ing nitric  p.cid.  Sulphur,  forming  sulphuric  acid,  Phosphorus,  'orming 
phosphoric  acid.  Carbon,  forming  carbonic  acid,  Boron,  formmg  boric 
acid.  Fluorine,  lorming  fluoric  acid.  3  Metallic  bodies  which  have 
been  divided  into  the  seven  following  clases.  1st.  The  metals  which 
combine  with  o.xygen  and  form  alkalies.  These  are  potassium,  sodium 
and  lithium.  The  volatile  alkali  ammonia  has  been  found  by  Sir  Hum- 
prbrv  Davy  to  be  a  triple  compound  of  nitrogen,  hydrogen  and  oxygen. 
2.  Those  metals  which  by  combining  with  oxygen  form  the  alkaline 
earths,  viz  calcium,  magnesium,  borium  and  strontium.  Calcium  is 
the  base  of  lime,  magnesium  of  iiiacrncsia,  and  so  on.  Tiio  metallic  sub- 
Eiancos  are  of  the  colour  of  silver.  3.  Those  metals  which  by  corabin- 
iiKjT  vviih  o\vg<>n  constitute  the  remainder  of  the  earlhf        These  are 


tradesmen's  guide.  17 

6llicum,  alumium,  zirconium,  {jlucinum,  gitrium  and  ihorinum.  These 
are  presumed  metals  ;  for  the  earths,  of  which  they  are  supposed  to 
constitute  the  basos,  have  been  as  yotbut  par  tially  decomposed  ;  res- 
pecting some  of  them  but  little  is  known.  4th.  The  metals  \yhich  ab- 
sorb oxygen  and  decompose  water  at  a  high  temperature.  These  are 
iron,  tin,  zinc,  cadmium  and  mangane«e.  5lh.  Tliose  metals  which  ab- 
sorb oxygen  at  different  tomperatures,  but  do  not  decompose  water  at 
any  temperature.  This  class  is  composed  of  twelve  distinct  metals,  viz. 
osmium,  cerium,  tellurium,  titanium,  uranium,  nickel,  cobalt,  copper, 
lead,  antimony,  bismuth,  and  mercury.  Gth.  Those  metals  which  do 
not  decompose  water,  but  absorb  oxygen  and  thereby  convert  it  into 
acids.  These  are  arsenic,  molybdenum,  tungsten,  chromium,  colum- 
bium  and  selenium.  7th.  Those  metals  which  do  not  decompose  water, 
or  absorb  oxygen  from  the  atmosphere  at  any  temperature.  These  are 
platina,  gold,  silver,  palladium,  rhodium  and  iridium. 

CHAPTER  VIII. 
Otidcs  and  Combustion — Gas  producing  pleasurable  setisa- 
tions — Combustion    defined — Interesting    Experiments — 
Reflections, 

Any  metal  or  combustible  bodyj  which  is  combined  with 
less  oxygen  thao  is  sutficient  to  render  it  acid^  is  usually  cal- 
led aa  ozide.  Whenever  a  substance  is  converted  into  an 
oxide,  we  say  it  is  oxydized.  The  mineral,  the  animal,  and 
vegetable  kingdom  all  furnish  matters  wliich  are  convertible 
jn-to  oxides  by  an  union  with  oxygen.  Metallic  oxides  are 
formed  in  several  ways,  the  chief  of  which  are  by  theaccess 
of  atmospheric  air,  by  the  decomposition  of  water,  and  by  the 
decomposition  of  acids.  Iron  may  be  mentioned  as  a  fami- 
liar example  of  motals  becoming  oxydized  by  atmospheric 
air.  It  is  well  known,  that  when  this  metal  is  exposed  to  air 
and  moisture  it  acquires  rust,  or  in  other  words,  its  surface  is 
converted  to  an  oxide,  in  which  state,  the  metal  will  be  found 
to  have  acquired  an  increase  of  weight.  Common  red  lead, 
which  is  a  true  oxide  of  lead,  is  made  by  meltino^  that  metal 
in  ovens  so  constracted  as  to  have  a  free  access  to  atmospheric 
air.  Gold,  silver  and  platina,  cannot  be  oxydized,  unless  in 
a  very  high  temperature  ;  and  with  respect  to  other  metals,  they 
not  only  differ  in  their  capacity  for  oxygen,  but  also  in  their 
attraction  for  it,  so  that  one  will  often  rob  the  other,  thus  re-- 
ducing  the  first  oxide  to  its  primitive  metallic  form.  If  you 
dissolve  some  quicksilver  in  nitric  acid,  and  after  dropping  a 
little  of  the  solution  upon  a  bright  piece  of  copper,  gently 
rub  it  with  a  piece  of  cloth,  the  mercury  will  precipitate  itself 
upon  the  copper,  which  will  be  completely  silvered.     With 

2* 


18  TllL    ARTIST    AND 

rcwnrd  to  oxide  of  nitrogen,  the  first  decree  of  oxyJixemCct 
produces  uitrovs  oxide  ;  a  furtlier  portion  of  oxygen,  Ditric 
oxide,  and  they  are  both  in  a  stale  of  gas.  Nitrous  oxide  gas 
bears  .he  nearest  resemblance  of  any  other  to  that  of  the  at- 
nio«[)]ieric  air.  It  will  support  combustion  even  better  than 
common  air  :  it  is  respirnble  for  a  short  time,  and  it  is  absorb- 
ed by  water.  Persons  who  have  inhaled  this  gas  have  felt 
sensations  similar  to  that  produced  by  intoxication.  In  some 
people  it  produces  involuntary  muscular  motion,  and  a  pro- 
])ensity  to  leaping  and  running;  in  others  involuntary  fits  of 
laughter;  and  in  all  high  spirits,  and  the  most  exquisitely 
pleasurable  sensations,  without  any  subsequent  feelings  of  de- 
bility. (It  is  readily  procured  by  exposing  crystals  of  nitrate 
of  ammonia,  in  a  letort,  to  the  heat  of  a  lamp,  by  which  means 
the  ammoniacal  salt  is  decomposed,  and  this  gas  is  evolved.) 
Combustion  may  be  defined  to  be  a  process  by  which  certain 
substances  decompose  oxygen  gas,  absorb  its  base,  and  suffer 
its  caloric  to  escape  in  the  stateof  sensible  heat.  The  agency 
of  oxygen  in  combtistion  is  attributable  to  its«inuity  for  com- 
bustible bodies.  The  combustible  having  a  greater  aflSnity 
to  oxygen  tlian  the  oxygen  has  to  caloric,  the  oxygen  gas  is 
decomposed,  and  its  oxygen  combines  with  the  ignited  body, 
which  is  caloric,  becoming  free,  is  diffused  among  the  sur- 
rounding bodies.  Whenever  we  burn  a  combustible  body,  a 
continued  stream  of  atmosplieric  air  flows  towards  the  fire 
place,  to  occupy  the  vacancy  left  by  the  air  that  has  under- 
gone decomposition,  and  which,  in  its  turn,  becomes  decom- 
posed aho.  Hence  a  supply  of  caloric  is  furnished  without 
intermission,  till  the  whole*  of  the  combustible  is  saturirted 
with  oxygen.  As  the  combustible  burns,  //o^.^f  is  disengajied, 
and  the  more  subtile  parts,  now  converted  by  caloric  into 
gas,  are  dissipated  in  that  state.  When  the  combustion  is 
over,  nothing  remains  but  the  earthy  parts  of  the  combusti- 
ble, and  that  portion  which  is  converted  by  the  process,  into 
an  oxide  or  an  acid.  The  smoke  which  arises  from  a  com- 
mon fire  is  chiefly  water  in  the  state  of  vapour,  with  a  mix- 
ture of  carburetted  hydrogen  and  bituminous  substances  ;  part 
of  the  water  comes  from  the  nioisture  of  the  fuel;  and  the 
other  part  is  formed  during  combustion,  by  the  union  of  the 
Ijydrogen  of  the  combustible  with  the  oxygen  of  the  atmos- 
phere. The  agency  of  oxygen  in  combustion  may  be  de- 
monstrated by  placing  a   liglited  candle  under  a  dass  vessel 


tHADESMAxN  S    GUIDE.  10 

jnvcrlcd  upon  a  plate  of  water.  It  will  be  seen  that  tlie  candle 
will  go  out  as  soon  as  it  has  consumed  all  the  oxygen  con- 
tained in  the  included  air,  and  that  the  water  will  rise  up  in 
the  vessel  to  fill  the  vacancy.  In  the  decomposition  of  atmos* 
pheric  air  by  combustion,  it  is  natural  to  ask,  what  becomes 
of  the  nitrogen  gas  1  As  the  oxygen  becomes  fixed  in  the 
combustible  body,  its  caloric  is  disengaged,  a  part  of  which 
combines  with  the  nitrogen,  and  carries  it  off  In  the  form  of 
rarified  nitrogen  gas.  When  bodies  are  burnt,  none  of  their 
principles  arc  destroyed.  We  believe  that  every  particle  of 
matter  is  indestructible,  and  that  the  process  of  combustion 
merely  decomposes  the  body,  and  sets  its  several  component 
])arts  at  liberty,  to  separate  from  each  other,  'to  form  other 
new  and  varied  combinations.  It  was  said  of  old,  that  the 
Creator  icciglicd  the  dust  and  measured  the  water,  when  he 
made  the  world.  The  first  quantity  is  here  still ;  and  though 
mail  can  gather  and  scatter,  move,  mix  and  unmix,,  yet  he 
can  destroy  nothing  ;  the  dissolution  of  one  thing  is  a  prepa- 
ration for  the  being,  and  the  bloom,  and  the  beauty  of  an- 
other. Something  gathers  up  all  the  fragments,  and  nothing 
is  lost. 

CHAPTER  IX. 
Of  the  Gases — Experiments^  useful  and  entertaining —  Vilal 
Air — 21ic  cause  of  the  vcrmillion  colour  of  the  Blood — 
Gas  so  destructive  of  .Life — The  cause  of  Torrents  of 
Rain — Inflaramahlc  Air — The  Phenomena  of  JAghts^ 
such  as  are  seen  on  damp  grounds,  accounted  for — Fatal 
Accidents  resulting  from  Carbonic  Acid — Carbonated 
Waters,  called  Soda  Waters — Death  of  Pliny,  the  Na- 
turalist—  To  change  Vegetable  Colours — Contagious  Va- 
pours—  To  discharge  Vegetable  Colours — Burn  Metals — 
Process  of  bleaching  coloured  Goods — To  rescmhh  the 
firing  of  Musketry — To  produce  luminous  Appearances — 
lirilliant  Sparks — Phosphorus  Bottles — Matches  for  in- 
stantaneous  Light — Artificial  Volcanoes, 

Oxygen  Gas — Vital  Air.  Put  a  quantity  of  oxymuriate 
of  potash  into  a  small  glass  retort,  to  which  is  adapted  a  bent 
tube  to  collect  the  gas,  and  which  passes  beneath  a  bell  glass 
filled  with  water  ;  the  retort  is  gradually  heated  ;  the  air  in 
the  apparatus  is  expelled,  the  salt  melts,  is  decomposed,  and 
wc  obtain  all  the  oxygen  that  enters  into  the  composition  of 


2{)  THE    ARTIST    AND 

chloric  acitl  and  tlic  potash — there  remains  in  the  retort  a 
chlorulet  of  potassium.  One  hundred  grains  of  the  oxymu- 
riatc,  yields  thirty-nine  grains  of  oxygen  gas. 

The  Atmosphere,  is  composed  of  two  distinct  substances, 
termed  oxygen  and  nitrogen  gas.  It  is  not  a  chemical  com- 
pound,  but  a  mere  mixture  of  these  gaseous  substances  in  the 
proportion  of  :2l  of  the  former  and  79  of  the  latter.  It  con- 
tains, also,  about  one  part  in  every  thousdn«l  of  carbonic  acid 
gas,  a  considerable  portion  of  water  in  a  state  of  elastic  va- 
pt)ur,  and  several  adventitious  substances.  Oxygen  is  an  ele- 
tiient,  or  simple  substance  generally  diffused  through  nature, 
though  like  caloric  it  does  not  exist  byitself.  It  takes  its 
tiame  from  two  Greek  words,  signifying  that  which  produces 
t)r  generates  acids,  because  one  of  its  general  properties  is  to 
form  acids  by  combining  with  different  substances,  which  are 
called  the  bases  of  the  several  acids.  Its  ditfercnt  combina- 
tions are  essential  to  animal  life  and  combustion.  Acted  upon 
or  combined  with  caloric  it  becomes  oxygen  gas,  which  is  dis- 
tinguished from  all  other  gaseous  matter  by  several  important 
properties.  Inflammable  substances  burn  in  it,  under  the 
same  circumstances  as  in  common  air,  but  with  vastly  greater 
vividness.  If  a  taper,  ih.e  flame  of  which  has  been  extin- 
guished, the  wick  only  remaining  ignited,  be  plunged  into  a 
bottle  filled  with  it,  the  flame  will  instantly  be  rekindled,  and 
be  very  brilliant,  and  acconpanied  by  a  crackling  noise.  If 
a  steel  wire,  or  thin  file,  having  a  sharp  point,  armed  with  a 
bit  of  wood  in  a  state  of  inflammation  be  introduced  into  a 
jar  filled  with  the  gas,  the  steel  will  take  fire,  and  its  combus- 
tion will  continue,  producing  a  most  brilliant  phenomenon. 
Oxygen  gas  is  a  little  heavier  than  atmospheric  air,  and  from 
its  being  absolutely  necessary  to  the  support  of  animal  life, 
has  been  called  vital  air. 

Nitrogen  Gas.  Phosphorus  is  inflamed  in  a  given  quan- 
tity of  air — this  gives  up  all  its  oxygen  and  the  nitrogen  is  set 
free.  For  this  purpose  we  set  on  fire  a  small  bit  of  phospho- 
rus, placed  on  a  brick,  which  has  been  previously  fixed  on 
the  shelf  of  a  pneumatic  trough,  and  which  oup^ht  to  be  so 
elevated,  that  the  phosphorus  may  be  above  the  water  in  the 
trough,  and,  of  course,  in  contact  with  the  air.  As  soon  as 
the  phosphorus  is  infiamed,  it  should  be  covered  with  a  large 
bell-glass  full  of  atmospheric  air,  which  dips  into  the  water  of 
the  trough — the  phosphorus,  now  in    contact  with  the  air  of 


TRAbESMAN*S    GUltJE.  21 

the  vessel,  robs  it  of  all  its  oxygen,  forms  phosphoric  acid, 
which  we  see  under  the  appearance  of  a  very  dense  cloud, 
and  a  great  amount  of  caloric  and  light  is  extricated  ;  the  air 
dilated  by  the  heat  which  is  produced,  partly  escapes  in  large 
bubbles  :  at  the  expiration  of  one  or  two  minutes,  the  phos- 
phorus goes  out,  and  the  process  is  terminated.  The  appa- 
ratus is  left  in  the  same  situation,  and  the  water  is  seen  to 
rise  in  the  bell-glass  until  this  is  cool  ;  the  phosphoric  acid 
is  completely  dissolved,  and  the  interior  of  the  apparatus,  be- 
fore nebulous  and  very  opaque,  regains  its  transparency. 
The  nitrogen  gas,  which  remains  above  the  water,  ought  to 
be  shaken  sometimes  with  that  fluid  to  remove  any  phospho- 
ric acid  it  may  retain,  and  particularly  to  decompose  a  por- 
tion of  phosphuretted  nitrogen  gas  which  always  is  formed  in 
the  process,  and  which,  thus  agitated,  abandons  the  phospho- 
rus. Very  pure  nitrogen  gas  can  be  obtained  by  passing  a 
stream  of  chlorine  gas  through  liquid  ammonia  inclosed  in  a 
bottle. 

.  Nitrogen  is  a  substance  diffused  through  nature,  and  parti- 
cularly in  animal  bodies.  It  is  not  to  be  found  in  a  solid  or 
liquid  state  ;  but  combined  with  caloric,  it  forms  nitrogen,  or 
as  the  French  chemists  call  it  on  account  of  its  being  so  des- 
tructive of  life,  azotic  gas,  in  which  no  animal  can  breathe, 
or  any  combustible  burn.  It  is  uninflammable  and  somewhat 
lighter  than  atmospheric  air,  and  though  by  itself  it  is  so  noxi- 
ous to  animals,  it  answers  an  important  end,  when  mixed  with 
oxygen  gas  in  atmospheric  air.  Were  it  not  for  this  large 
quantity  of  nitrogen  in  the  atmosphere,  the  stimulating  power 
of  the  oxygen  would  cause  the  blood  to  flow  with  too  great 
rapidity  through  the  vessels  ;  the  consequence  of  which  would 
be,  that  the  life  of  man  would  not  be  protracted  to  the  length 
it  now  is.  The  vermillion  colour  of  the  blood  is  owing  to 
the  inhalation  of  oxygen  gas.  When  the  dark  purple  blood 
of  the  veins  arrives  at  the  lungs,  it  imbibes  the  vital  air  of  the 
atmosphere,  which  changes  its  dark  colour  to  a  brilliant  red, 
rendering  it  the  spur  to  the  action  of  the  heart  and  arteries, 
the  source  of  animal  heat,  and  the  cause  of  sensibilit}',  irrita- 
bility and  motion.  With  regard  to  the  nitrogen  that  is  com- 
bined with  atmospheric  air,  the  greatest  part  of  it  is  thrown 
out  of  the  lungs  at  every  respiration,  and  it  rises  above  the 
liead,  that  a  fresh  portion  of  air  maybe  taken  in,  and  tiiat  the 
same  air  may  not  he  repeatedly  breathed,  The  leaves  of  tree5 


22  THE    ARTIST    AND 

and  other  vegetables  give  out  {Juriiig  the  tlay  a  largo  portion 
of  oxygen  gas,  which,  unhing  with  tlie  nitrogen  thrown  oft'by 
animal  respiration,  ?keeps  up  the  equilibrium,  and  preserves 
the  purity  of  the  atmosphere.  In  the  dark,  plants  absorb 
oxygen,  but  the  proportion  is  small  compared  to  what  they 
exhale  by  day. 

HvDnoGEN  Gas.  Put  a  quantity  of  filings  of  zinc  into  a 
vessel  which  has  a  glass  tube  adapted  to  it,  and  pour  upon 
them  sulphuric  acid,  (oil  of  vitriol)  diluted  with  six  or  eight 
times  the  quantity  of  water — an  efiervescencc  will  immedi- 
ately take  place — the  oxygen  of  it  will  immediately  become 
united  to  the  metal,  and  the  h^'drogen  gas  will  be  disengaged, 
and  may  be  conveyed  by  the  glass  tube  into  any  proper  re- 
ceiver. V/hile  it  is  rushing  through  the  tube,  it  may  be  kin- 
dled with  a  taper,  and  it  will  burn  with  a  long  flame  like  a 
candle. 

Hydrogen  gas  is  only  one  fourteenth  the  weight  of  atmos* 
pheric  air,  and  occupies  a  space  1500  times  greater  than  it 
possessed  in  its  aqueous  combination.  It  is  continually  emit- 
tin*^-om  vegetable  and  animal  matter  during  their  decay, 
and  is  evolved  from  various  mines,  volcanoes,  and  other  na- 
tural sources.  From  its  great  levity  it  has  been  used  to  fill 
air  balloons.  In  the  burning  of  the  gas,  the  hydrogen  unites 
with  the  oxygen  of  the  atmosphere,  and  the  result  of  the  com- 
bination is  llame  and  water.  It  has  been  supposed  that  tor- 
rents of  rain,  wliich  generally  accompany  thunder  storms  may 
arise  from  a  sudden  combustion  of  hydrogen  and  oxygen  gases 
by  means  of  lightning.  H\^drogen  was  the  base  of  the  gas 
which  was  formerly  called  inllammable  air,  and  when  in  the 
aeriform  state  is  the  lightest  of  all  ponderable  things. 

Hydrogen  gas  is  procured  by  decomposing  water  by  the 
galvanic  battery  ;  in  this  case  it  is  extremely  pure.  It  is  also 
largely  procured  by  decomposing  the  vapour  of  water  made 
to  pass  over  iron  fdings,  or  wire,  in  a  gun  barrel. 

Nitrous   Oxide   Gas.     (See  chapter  vi.) 

PiiosriiuRETTnD  Hydrogen  Gas.  Take  a  tin  quart  ba- 
sin— make  an  inch  hole  tlirough  the  bottom — have  a  tin 
quart  decanter  with  straight  sides,  let  the  mouth  be  soldered 
to  the  under  side  of  the  basin,  so  that  it  may  fit  the  hole  in 
the  basin — now  introduce  through  the  hole  in  the  decanter, 
dry  newly  slacked  lime,  two  parts  mixed  with  one  jiart  of  dry 
pcarlashcs,  occasionally  pourinj;  in    a    little  cold   uater,  just 


TUE     AUTlsii    AND 


sufficient  for  a  thin  paste,  until  it  is  nearly  filled  to  the  bottom 
of  the  basin — drop  in  two  inches  of  a  stick  of  j)ho.spIiorus, 
Cut  into  small  pieces — stir  the  wliolo  so  as  to  mix  all  paits 
thorough!}' — ^set  the  decanter  part  on  coals,  or  suspend  it  over 
a  lamp — raise  a  moderate  heat:  before  the  mass  is  to  a  boil- 
ing heat  bubbles  of  the  gas  will  appear  in  the  neck  and  ex- 
plode ; — ^now  fill  the  neck  with  water,  and  lay  on  the  mouth 
a  piece  of  lead  about  two  inches  in  diameter  with  a  hole  in 
the  centre  about  the  size  of  a  pipe  stem.  Fill  up  the  basin 
with  cold  water,  which  must  be  occasionally  changed,  by  dip- 
ping out  when  it  becomes  too  warm.  Bubbles  of  gas  will 
rise  to  the  top  of  the  water,  explode,  and  form  an  ascending 
corona  or  wreath,  but  they  will  sometimes  spread  over  the 
surface,  appearing  ver}^  small.  Break  off  the  foot  of  a  wine- 
glass.and  use  it  as  a  receiver  for  collecting  and  turning  up 
large  bubbles,  and  for  transferring  gases  into  a  cistern. 

By  this  experiment  we  are  furnishod  with  an  exhibition  reseinbliug 
what  is  sometimes  called  Jack  o'the  lantern,  frequently  seen  in  damp 
grounds,  where  animals  are  putrifying. 

Carbonic  Acid  Gas.  This  is  more  destructive  of  lifo 
than  any  other,  and  it  extinguishes  tiame  instantajieously. — ^ 
Water  may  be  made  by  pressure,  to  absorb  three  times  its 
bulk  of  this  gas.  by  whkh  it  acquires  an  acidulous  and  not 
unpleasant  taste.  Soda  water,  cider,  and  other  fermented 
liquors  owe  their  briskness  and  sparkling  to  the  pressure  of 
this  gas.  Fatal  accidents  often  happen  from  the  burning  of 
charcoal  in  chambers,  for  vv'herever  charcoal  is  burned,  this 
gas  is  ill  ways  formed.  It  so  often  occupies  the  bottom  of 
wells  that  workmen  ought  not  to  venture  into  such  places 
without  previously  letting  down  a  lighted  candle — if  the  can- 
dle burns  they  may  enter  it  with  safety  ;  if  not,  a  quantity  of 
quicklime  should  be  let  down  in  buckets,  and  gradually  sprink- 
led with  water.  As  the  lime  slacks  it  will  absorb  the  jras, 
and  the  workmen  may  afterwards  descend  in  safet}'. 

Pulverize  a  piece  of  marble — put  a  wine-glass  full  into  a 
retort — pour  on  it  a  gill  of  water — -when  it  has  soaked  amin- 
utc,  pour  in  slowly  half  a  wine  glass  of  sulphuric  acid,  diluted 
with  about  five  times  as  much  water:  the  carbonic  acid  will 
come  over  in  the  state  of  gas,  and  can  be  collected  in  any 
recieiver  placed  on  a  shelf  of  the  cistern.  On  this  principle 
the  carbonic  acid  for  making  acidulous  waters,  improperly 
called  soda  water,  is  obtained. 

Pass  some  of  the  gas  into  a   decanter  of  piire    cold  water, 


24  THE    ARTIST    AND 

and  agitate  it  until  the  water  and  gas  are  well  mixed;  pour 
into  a  wine-glass  of  it  sjrae  of  the  blue  infusion  of  led  cab- 
ba^^e,  and  it  will  become  a  very  liglit  red  colour.  The  in- 
fusion ought  rather  to  be  greenish  when  put  in,  by  having  ad- 
ded to  it  au  extremely  small  quantity  of  an  alkali  before  it  is 
used,  otherwise  the  change  in  colour  made  by  the  acidulous 
water  will  hardly  be  perceived.  Carbonated  waters,  called 
soda  waters  are  made  upon  this  principle.  The  waters,  sold 
under  the  name  of  soda  waters,  as  prepared  geuarally,  con- 
tain both  sulphurous  acid  and  muriatic  acid.  Chalk  is  com- 
monly used  which  contains  generally  a  little  of  the  muriate 
of  soda — this  being  decomposed,  furnishes  muriatic  acid-— 'it 
is  impossible  to  avoid  a  litde  mixture  of  sulphuric  acid,  used 
in  the  process.  To  cleanse  the  gas  from  these  deleteiious 
impurities,  prepare  the  gas  and  force  it  through  a  condenser, 
containing  a  small  quantity  of  water,  before  the  water  for  use 
is  introduced.  Carbonated  water,  containing  but  about  thrice 
its  bulk  of  the  gas,  used  with  the  syrups  commonly  employed 
makes  an  excellent  table  drink  in  hot  weather, 

SuLPHUHOUS  Acid  Gas.  Put  into  a  glass  retort,  two  parts 
of  sulphuric  acid,  and  one  of  mercury,  and  apply  the  heat  of 
a  lamp  ;  the  mi.xturc  ctlervcsces,  and  a  gass  issues  from  the 
beak  of  the  retert,  which  may  be  received  in  glass  jars  filled 
with  mercury,  and  standing  ia  a  mercurial  trough.  In  this 
process,  the  mercury  jn  the  retort  combines  with  the  oxygon 
of  the  sulphuric  acid  ;  and  the  sulphuric  acid,  having  lost  a 
certain  portion  of  its  oxygen,  is  converted  into  sulphurous 
acid.  This  gas  is  very  abundant  in  the  environs  of  volcar 
noes.  It  was  the  vapour  of  sulphurous  acid  which  sjffbcated 
Pliny,  the  naturalist,  in  that  eruption  of  Vesuvius  by  which 
Herculaneum  was  swallowed  up,  in  the  year  of  Ciirist,  79 
— It  is  composed  of  6S  parts  sulphur  and  32  parts  oxygen. 

Sulphurous  acid  gas  is  produced  by  the  slow  combustion  of 
sulphur.  If  this  gas  be  received  in  water  the  gas  combines 
with  it,  and  sulphurous  acid  will  be  the  result.  Water  at 
40*^  absorbs  one  third  of  its  weight  of  sulphurous  acid  gas. 

Sulphurous  acid  possesses  very  slight  acid  properties.  In- 
stead of  changing  vejetablGL  blues  to  red,  as  acids  generally 
do,  it  invariably  renders  them  white.  Suspend  a  red  rose 
within  a  glass  jar,  and  in  that  situation  expose  it  to  the  con- 
fined fumes  of  a  brimstone  match  ;   this    will   soon   produce 


TRADESMAN  S    GLIOi;.  25 

Tt  cnniigc  in   Its  colour,  and  at    length  the  flower  will  become 
f|uite  white. 

Muriatic  Acid  Gas.  Pour  one  part  of  sulphuric  acid 
upon  two  parts  of  dry  muriate  of  soda,  in  a  turbulated  retort, 
and  collect  the  gas  as  it  becomes  disengaged,  over  mercury 
in  a  j)neuraatic  apparatus.  Or,  take  some  of  the  muriatic 
acid  of  commerce,  heat  it  in  a  glass  retort,  and  it  may  be  col- 
lected as  in  the  preceding  method.  Proceed  as  in  the  first 
experiment,  but  instead  of  collecting  the  gas  over  mercur}', 
receive  it  in  a  ve3sei  containing  a  small  portion  of  water.  By 
these  means  liquid  muriatic  acid  will  be  formed.  Take  a 
small  quantity  uf  silver,  or  a  piece  of  an  ore  containing  silver, 
and  digest  it  in  some  purified  nitric  acid,  which  will  dissolve 
tlie  whole  of  the  silver.  A  singlo  drop  of  muriatic  acid  will 
s-ej)arate  a  portion  of  the  silver  in  white  flakes,  which  will  fall 
Vo  the  bottom  of  the  glass  in  an  insoluble  precipitate.  Pro- 
ceed as  in  the  last  experiment^  but  instead  of  using  muriatic 
ijcid  drop  in  a  portion  of  common  salt,  which  will  as  efiectu- 
ulU'  precipitate  the  silver.  By  these  means  any  ore  may  be 
tli vested  of  the  silver  it  contains. 

To  remove  Contagious  Vapours  arising  from  the  Beds  of 
the  Sick.  Remove  the  sick  and  other  persons  from  the 
room — set  a  tea-cup  or  gallipot  on  the  floor,  half  filled 
with  table  salt — pour  into  it  strong  sulphuric  acid,  and  the 
v^iom  will  be  filled  with  -muriatic  acid  gas — after  a  few 
minutes  open  tht;  windows,  and  the  a  r  of  the  room  will  be 
purified. 

To  Neutrtilizc  Animal  Eijiuvia  arising  from  the  Beds  of 
the  Sick.  Pour  a  tea-spoonful  of  muriatic  acid  upon  a  red 
hot  iron  shovel,  and  then  pouring  a  wine-glass  of  water  upon 
it — the  acid  will  rise  up  in  the  state  of  a  sufi'ocating  gas,  and 
the  water  will  follow  it  in  tht?  state  of  vapour  and  absorb  it  al- 
most instantaneously,  so  that  the  suffocating  gas  will  wholly 
disnppear. 

CiiLORixK  Gas.  Put  into  a  retort  a  little  black  oxide  of 
manganese  in  powder,  and  pour  upon  it  double,  its  weight 
of  strong  muriatic  acid,  connect  the  retort  with  the  pneumatic 
trough,  and  receive  the  gas  over  water.  ^^  hen  the  ascension 
of  the  gas  slackens,  apply  the  heat  of  a  lamp,  and  it  will  bo 
disengaged  in  abundance.  Its  specific  gravity  is  to  that  of 
hydrogen,  nearly  as  34  to  1. 

If  a  small  quant'ty  of  liquid  oxymuriatic  is  \<  anted,  it  may 

3 


^^  THE  AllTIST  ANT> 

readily  btJ  found  with  a  little  cuchlorbu,  (n  compound  *^i 
chlorine  and  oxygen  ;  chlort)iJs  acid,)  by  dissolving  a  few 
grains  of  oxyrauriate  of  potash,  and  adding  the  solution  to  a-n 
ounce  of  common  muriatic  acid.  It  is  oi  a  yellowish  green 
colour,  which  was  the  cause  of  its  being  called  chlorine.  This 
gas  cannot  be  breathed  without  great  injury.  It  discharges 
vegetable  colours — burns  all  the  metals,  and  when  combined 
tvitn  water,  will  dissolve  gold  and  platinum:  with  various  alka- 
line and  earthly  bases,  it  forms  salts,  called  chlorides.  Insteud 
of  changing  blue  vegetable  colours  redy  as  is  the  case  with 
acids  generally,  chlorine  destroys  colours.  Instead  of  dis- 
tinguishing it  as  one  of  the  acids;  it  would  be  more  proper  to 
call  it  an  acrdifyi'ftg  prfnclple,  for  it  possesses  few  properties 
which  characterize  that  class  of  bodies.  Its  taste  is  astringei>1; 
and,  unlike  the  acids,  is  combined  very  sparingly  with  water. 
It  has  not  been  decomposed  either  by  electricity  of  galvanism; 
■which  is  presumptive  proof  of  its  being  a  simple  substances. 
Its  greatest  use  is  the  bleachinir.  The  following  experiment 
may  be  considered  as  a  complete  example  of  the  process  of 
bleaching  coloured  goods  :  if  a  few  pieces  of  dyed  linen  cloth, 
of  diflcrent  colours  be  dipjird  into  a  phial  of  oxymuiiatic  acid, 
the  colours  trill  be  quickly  discharged  ;  for  there  are  few 
colours  which  can  resist  its  energetic  eft'ects. 

Carbureftcd  Ilijdrogcn  Gas.  Take  some  pieces  of  coal 
from  a  coal  pit  bed,  or  some  other  place,  where  the  coal  has 
been  exposed  to  the  weather  a  long  time,  and  has  become  in- 
timately combined  with  water  ;  dry,  pulverize,  and  heat  it  in 
a  gun  barrel  ;  the  heat  must  be  raised  gradually,  for  a  slow 
iieat  will  evaporate  the  water,  with  but  very  little  combination^ 
Collect  the  gas  into  the  cistern,  and  put  some  into  a  glass- 
holder  and  burn  it,  when  will  be  produced  a  blue  flame  with- 
out eiving  much  light. 

Carburetted  Hydrogen  ^united  with  Oxygen  Gas.  Mi.t 
the  gases  in  equal  volumes,  in  a  bell  glass,  or  tumbler,  pour 
this  into  a  narrow  mouthed  bottle  or  decanter,  sink  the  bat- 
tle under  the  water  of  the  cistern,  holding  the  thumb  over  its 
mouth  :  wet  a  roll  of  paper  in  spirits  turpentine,  light  it  and 
hold  it  close  to  the  water  over  the  bottle  and  let  up  the  gas 
in  small  hubbies — when  they  come  in  contact  with  the  blaze 
of  the  taper  they  will  explode,  which  produces  a  noise  like 
the  firing  of  musketry  under  the  water. 

Heavy    Carburetted  Hydrogen,  or    White    Gas.       Take 


TRADESMAN'S   GUIDE,  57 

linlf  a  gill  ofalcoliol,  put  it  into  a  deep  turbuJated  retort,  pour 
upon  it  in  a  small  steady  stream,  about  twice  as  much  by 
measure,  ef  strong  sulphuric  a-cid — put  i«  the  stopper,  and 
apply  the  candle  to  the  retort,  approaching  it  graduall}'.  Let 
a  little  of  the  iirst  escape,  wiiich  consists  of  atmospheric  air 
and  ether,  coHect  the  gas  over  water  ;  if  it  contains  consid- 
erable sulphuric  acid,  it  will  generally  disappear  soon,  while 
standing  over  water;  but  lime  water  will  purify  it  if  necessary. 
Mix  it  with  double  its  volume  of  oxygen  and  explode  it,  as 
directed  with  th^  carburetted  hydrogen.  Burn  it  pure  in  a 
stream,  and  it  will  give  a  very  luminous  blaze.  Fill  a  glass 
cylinder,  or  eight  ounce  ph>al  with  liquid  chlorine,  pass  this 
gas  up  into  it,  until  about  two- thirds  of  the  liquid  chlorine, 
is  displaced.  The  volume  of  the  gas  will  be  diminished  oh 
standing  a  few  seconds,  and  water  will  ascend.  On  the  sur- 
face of  the  water  will  be  seen  oily  masses  resembling  small 
drops  of  tallow. 

A  Gas  which  will  produce  a  luminous  appearance.  Take 
an  ounce  phial — fill  it  two-thirds  full  of  sweet  oil;  now  in- 
sert shavings  of  phosphorus,  half  an  inch  of  a  common  stick 
will  answer — hold  the  pliial  near  the  fire,  until  nearly  as  hot 
as  can  be  borne  by  the  hand  ;  keep  it  at  this  temperature  till 
the  phosphorus  is  melted,  then  take  out  the  cork,  the  upper 
])art  of  the  phial  will  become  luminous  in  the  dark;  let  every 
light  be  oxtinj.Mjishcd  in  tiie  room,  and  pour  two  or  three 
teaspoon fuls  of  it  in  you  hand — rub  it  thoroughly  over  youi? 
face  and  hair — the  face  will  become  exceedingly  luminous — 
the  hair  exliibiliiig  undulating  flames.  The  phial  must  be- 
warm,  not  hot,  that  the  oil  may  have  a  temperature  equal  to 
blood  heat  when  applied. 

Phosphorus,  is  obtained  from  animal  bones,  The  pro- 
cess is  too  lengthy  to  shov^:  in  ibis  work;  a  very  small  quantity 
is  sufficient  for  experimentSri— which  is  easily  procured  at  this 
driiffg  shops. 

To  obtain  the  Ozide  of  Phosphorus.     Let  a  stick  of  phos 
phorus  he  exposed  in  water,  for  severals  days  in  a  phial:  the 
outside  will  be  covered  with  a  white  substances — this  is  the 
oxide,   which  is  more  inflammable  than  that  which  is  free. 

Application.  1.  Scrape  a  little  off*,  and  expose  it  to  the 
rays  of  the  sun,  and  in  a  short  time  it  will  take  lire. 

\.  By  heating  a  phial  moderately,  with  a  pice  of  phosphorus 
altaclied  to  the  end  of  a  wire,  and  rubbing  it  about  the  insi?!^ 


^9  THE    ARTIST    AND 

in  a  half  meltcil  slate,  so  as  to  coat  it,  \vc  obtain  tlic  oxmCf 
or  as  it  is  sometinies  called  "  Phospliuric  coat  match  phial." 
If  it  is  not  very  cold  weather,  by  taking  a  little  out  and  ex- 
posing it  to  the  air,  it  will  take  tire  and  burn  spontaneoujily. 
In  preparing  it  there  is  danger  of  its  taking  fire,  in  which 
case  the  phial  must  be  stopped  until  the  flame  is  extinguished. 

3.  Rub  a  stick  of  phosphorus  lishtly  on  a  board,  and  it  will 
appear  luminous  in  the  dark.  Blow  on  it,  and  undulating 
waves  will  be  exhibited  and  vanish  alternately. 

4.  To  produce  brilliant  sparks^  Place  on  a  tabic,  a  per- 
fectly dry  eaithen  plate,  in  the  centre  of  which  lay  a  small 
piece  of  phosphorus  ;  set  it  on  fire  and  invert  over  It  a  half 
gallon  turbulated  bell  glass,  perfectly  dry  :  raise  one  side  a 
little,  or  place  a  chip  under  it ;  start  the  stopper  of  the  tur- 
bulature  a  little,  so  as  to  permit  the  nitrogen  gas  to  escape, 
as  the  oxygen  of  air  in  the  glass  becomes  exhausted.  A\  o 
are  thus  furnished  with  the  exhibition  of  a  snowstorm.  Dry 
white  phosphoric  acid  will  fall  on  the  plate  ;  it  strongly  at- 
tracts water,  like  the  other  acids  ;  it  v.ill  become  liquid^ 
though  corked  very  tight  in  a  phial  ;  therefore,  mucli  care  is. 
ceccssary  to  keep  it  perfectly  tight  in  a  phir.l.  While  tho 
powder  remains  dry  and  undisturbed  on  the  plate,  dip  a  fino 
shaving:  brush  into  som.e  cold  water,  and  strike  it  a  cross  vour 
finger,  so  as  to  sprinkle  very  fine  drops  of  water  on  the  pow- 
der, and  very  brilliant  sparks  will  be  exiiiuited. 

Phosphorus  bottles.  Phosphorus  two  drachms,  lime  ono 
drachm,  mixed  together,  put  into  a  closely  stopped  phial,  and 
heat  it  before  the  fire,  or  in  a  ladle  of  sand  for  about  hall  an 
hour. 

2.  Phosphorus  one  drachm,  ceia  alba  fifteen  grains,  put  it 
into  a  bottle  under  water,  and  melt  them  together  ;  let  tho 
water  cool,  and  as  it.  begins  to  grow  solid,  turn  the  bott'o 
round  that  the  sides  may  be  coated  ;  then  pour  oul  the  water 
and  dry  it  in  a  cool  place. 

Matches  Jor  instantaneous  light.  Oxynmriate  of  potash, 
flour  of  sulphur,  each  half  a  scrupel,  vermilliun  two  grains,  a 
suliicient  quantity  of  oil  of  turpentine  to  njake  a  paste,  with 
which  coat  the  ends  of  slips  of  wood,  previously  dipped 
in  oil  of  turpentine  and  dried  ;  when  these  matches  are 
plunged  in  oil  of  vitriol,  and  immediately  withdrawn,  they 
take  fire  instantaneously.  To  prevent  the  oil  of  vitriol  froni 
•pilling,  if  the  bottle  should  accidently  fall  on  one  side,  ponn> 


TRADESMAN'S    GVtilt.  ^fi 

<lecl  asbestos,  or  sand,  is  put  in  tlio  bottle  to  soak  up  ([v^ 
acid, 

2.  Oxymnriale  of  potash  nine  grains,  sugar  three  grains, 
(lour  of  sulphur  two  grains,  a  sufficient  quantity  of  spirits  of 
wine  ;  the  wood  to  he  previously  primed  wiili  camplure  dis* 
solved  in  s[)irits  of  wine. 

Artificial  Vclcanoes,  Ram  wilh  force  into  a  large  pot,  a 
paste,  made  of  109  pounds  of  iron  filings,  intimately  mixed 
with  100  pounds  of  pulveri2.cd  sulpliur,  and  just  water  enough 
to  make  a  dense  paste.  This  paste  is  then  buried  to  a  consid- 
erable depth  in  the  earth,  atid  between  ten  and  twenty  hours 
afterwards  it  bursts  and  burns  with  great  force.  It  is  presu- 
med this  experiment  was  never  tried  in  America.  It  requires 
?i  great  quantity  of  the  mixture  to  produce  any  effect.  Lem- 
ery  produced  it  with  the  quantity  above  specified. 

CHAPTER  X. 

J^lcctrlclty — Peculiar  and  Surprising  Phfuomena — Conduc- 
tors— Lci/dcn  Phial — The  cause  of  Lightning-Galvanism 
—  Voltaic  Pile — Experiments. 

The  surface  of  the  earth,  and  of  all  the  bodies  with  which 
we  are  acquainted,  is  supposed  to  contain  or  possess  a  .power 
of  exhiting  or  exhibiting  a  certain  qiiantity  of  an  exceedingly 
subtile  agent,  called  the  electric  fluid  or  power.  The  quamity 
usually  belonging  to  any  surface,  is  called  its  natural  share, 
atid  tljon  it  produces  no  sensible  eOects  ;  but  when  any  sur- 
face becomes  possessed  of -more,  or  of  less  th.an  iis  natural 
quantity,  it  is  electrified,  and  it  then  exhibits  a  variety  of  pe-p 
culiar  and  surprising  phcnomonn,  ascribed  to  the  power  cal- 
led electric.  All  tiiose  bodies  which  transnjit  or  conduct 
electricity  from  one  surface  to  another,  are  called  conductors, 
and  those  surfaces  which  will  not  transmit  the  electric  power, 
are  called  electrics  or  non-conductors.  The  general  cIg:--;  oI 
conductors  comprehends  metals,  ores,  and  fiurds,  in  their  na- 
ural  slate,  except  air  and  oils.  Vitrified  and  resinous  sub- 
stances, amber,  sulphur,  wax,  silk,  cotton,  and  feathers  are 
electrics  or  non-conductors.  Many  of  these,  such  as  glass, 
resin  and  air,  become  conductors  by  being  heated.  When 
a  surface  is  supposed  to  have  more  than  its  nalurul  quantity 
of  this  fluid,  it  is  said  to  be  ;/^5j7n;^/// electrified,  and  when 
less  than  its  natural  share,  to  b(;  negatively  electrifipd.  When 
any    electrified   conductor    is    wholly   surrounded    by    non- 


30  THE    ARTfST    ASD 

conductors,  so  that  tho  electric  flunl  can  not  pass  from  it 
aloii'^  conductors  to  the  earth,  it  is  said  to  be  insulated. 
The  human  body  is  a  good  conductor  of  electricity  ;  but  >f  a 
person  stand  on  a  cake  of  resin,  or  on  a  stool  supported  by 
»lass  legs,  the  electric  fluid  cannot  pass  from  him  to  the  earth, 
and  it  he  is  touched  by  another  person  standing  on  the 
ground,  a  sparkling  appearance  and  noise  will  be  exhibited. 
Two  surfaces,  both  positively  or  both  negatively  electrified, 
repel  each  other;  and  two  substances,  of  whicli  one  is  posi- 
tively and  the  ctiier  negatively  electrified,  attract  each  other. 
Opposite  electricities  always  accompany'  each  other,  for  if 
any  surface  become  positive,  the  surface  with  which  it  is  rub- 
bed becomes  negative  ;  and  if  any  surface  he  rendered  posi- 
tive, the  nearest  conducting  surface  will  become  negative. 
AVhen  one  side  of  a  conductor  receives  the  electric  fiuid  its 
"whole  surface  is  instantly  pervaded  ;  but  when  an  electric  or 
non-conduttor  is  presented  to  an  electrified  body,  it  becomes 
electrified  on  a  small  spot  only,  i^  to  one  side  of  a  pane  of 
glass  you  communicate  positive  electricity,  the  opposite  side 
will  become  negatively  electrified,  and  the  plate  is  then  said 
to  be  charged.  These  electricities  cannot  conje  together, 
unless  a  communication,  by  means  of  conductors,  is  made  be- 
tween the  sides  of  the  glass;  and  if  tlieir  ujiion  be  made 
th.'ougli  the  human  bod}',  it  produces  an  aflectiqn  of  the  nerves 
called  an  electric  shock.  As  the  excitation  which  is  produ- 
ced by  rubbing'  with  the  hand  on  a  tube  or  plate  of  ?lass,  is 
not  only  very  laborious,  but  inadequate  to  ihe  production  of 
©ny  material  quantity  of  electric  iluid,  machines  have  been 
constructed  of  various  forms  for  this  purpose. — Some  of  tho 
experiments  which  may  be  made  with  an  electrical  machine 
are  necessary  for  illustrating  the  laws  of  electricity,  and  oth- 
ers are  merely  entertaining.  If  the  inside  of  a  glass  tumbler 
be  electrified  by  presenting  it  to  a  pointed  wire,  extending 
from  the  prime  conductor,  and  then  placed  over  a  few  pitch 
balls  laid  upon  a  table,  the  balls  will  immediately  begin  to  leap 
up  along  the  sides  of  tho  glass,  and  then  back  on  the  table  ; 
•^ — they  are  attracted  and  repelled  by  the  electrified  inside  sur- 
face of  the  glnss,  the  electricity  of  which  thev  gradually  con- 
duct to  the  table.  If  a  person  having  long  hair,  not  tied  up, 
be  placed  upon  an  insulated  stand,  and,  by  means  of  a  chain, 
be  connected  with  the  prime  conductor,  when  the  machine  is 
put  in  motion,  the  hairs  on  his  head,  by  ropolling  each  other, 


TRADESMAN  5    UUIDC.  31 

will  stand  out  in  a  most  surprising  ma.iner.  A  [jiece  of  sponge, 
iillcd  with  water,  and  hung  to  the  conductor,  when  electrified 
in  a  dark  room,  exhibits  a  most  beautiful  appearance.  If  a 
piece  of  sealing  wax  be  fastened  to  a  wire,  and  the  wire  be 
fixed  into  the  end  of  the  conductor,  and  the  wax  lighted,  the 
moment  the  machine  is  worked,  the  wax  will  fly  ofl'in  the  fi- 
nest threads  imaginable.  Take  a  two  ounce  phial,  half  full 
of  olive  oil,  pass  a  slender  wire  through  the  cork,  and  let  the 
end  of  it  be  so  bent  as  to  touch  the  glass  just  below  the  sur- 
face of  the  oil  ;  then  place  your  thumb  opposite  to  the  point 
of  the  wire  in  the  phial,  and,  if  in  that  position,  3'ou  take  a 
spark  from  the  charged  conductor,  the  spark,  in  order  to  reach 
your  thumb,  will  actually  perforate  the  glass.  In  this  way 
holes  may  be  made  all  around  the  phial.  Substances  should 
be  warmed  and  experiments  made  when  the  wind  is  northerly, 
and  tho  atmosphere  dry,  to  produce  the  best  efiect. 

By  means  of  the  Leyden  Phial,  a  hundred  persons  may  re- 
ceive a  shock  at  the  same  instant,  and  electric  fluid,  on  the 
same  principle,  might  be  conveyed  many  miles  in  a  moment 
of  time.  The  electric  fluid  may  be  made  to  appear  in  the 
form  of  a  vivid  flash,  accompanied  with  a  loud  report,  with 
this  phial.  But  the  groat(!st  discovery  that  was  ever  made  in 
electricity,  was  reserved  for  Dr.  Franklin,  of  Philadelphia. 
Franklin  brought  the  supposition  that  a  similarity  existed  be- 
tween lightning  and  the  electric  fluid  to  tlie  test,  and  proved 
the  truth  of  it  by  moans  of  a  boy's  kite  covered  with  a  silk 
handkerchief  instead  of  paper,  and  some  wire  fastened  in  tho 
upper  part,  which  served  to  collect  and  conduct  the  fluid. 
When  he  raised  this  machine  into  the  atmospjjere,  ho  drew 
electric  fluid  from  the  passing  clouds,  which  descended  through 
tiie  flaxen  string  of  the  kite,  as  a  conductor,  and  was  after- 
wards drawn  from  an  ii  on  key,  which  he  tied  to  the  line  at  a 
small  distance  from  his  hand  ;  from  this  experiment  origina- 
ted tho  formation  of  a  conductor  to  secure  buildings  from  tho 
©fleets  of  lightnins". 

When  aqueous  vapour  is  condensed,  the  clouds  formed  are 
usually  more  or  less  electrical,  and  the  earth  below  them  be- 
ing brought  into  an  opposite  state,  a  disciiarge  takes  place, 
when  the  olouds  approach  within  a  certain  distance,  constitu- 
ting lightning,  and  tije  collapsing  of  the  air,  which  is  rarified 
ia  tho  electric  circuit,  is  the  cause  of  the  thunder,  which  is 
more  or  less  intense,  and  of  longer   or  shorter  duration,  ac- 


52  THE    ARTIST    AND 

cording  to  the  quantity  of  the  air  acted  upon,  and  the  dis- 
tance ot'  ihe  pkicc  where  tiie  report  is  heard  iVom  the  point 
of  tlie  discharge. 

Galvanism.  Galvanism  is  another  mode  of  exciting  elec- 
tricity. In  electricity  the  effects  are  cliiefiy  produced  by 
mechanical  action,  but  the  efTects  of  Galvanism  are  prodiiced 
by  the  chemical  action  of  bodies  upon  each  other.  When 
it  was  observed,  that  common  electricity,  even  tliat  of  light- 
iiino^,  produced  vivid  convulsions  in  the  limbs  of  recently  kil- 
led animals,  it  was  ascertained  that  metallic  substances,  by 
mere  contact,  under  particular  circumstances,  excited  similar 
commotions.  It  was  found  essential  that  the  forces  of  metals 
employed  should  be  of  different  kinds.  Apply  one  piece  of 
metal  to  the  nerve  of  the  part,  and  the  other  to  the  muscle, 
and  afterwards  connect  the  metals,  either  by  bringing  them 
together,  or  connecting  them  by  an  arch  of  metallic  sub- 
stance ;  every  time  this  connexion  is  formed,  a  convulsion 
takes  place.  The  greatest  muscular  contractions  are  found 
to  be  produced  by  zinc,  silver,  and  gold,  A  person  may  be 
made  sensible  of  this  kind  of  electric  action  by  the  following 
experiments.  If  he  places  a  jjiece  of  one  metal,  as  a  half 
crown  above,  and  a  piece  of  some  otiier  metal,  as"ziiic.  below 
his  tongue,  by  bringing  the  outer  edge  of  these  pieces  in  con- 
tact, he  will  perceive  a  peculiar  taste,  a:  d  in  the  dark  will 
see  a  flash  of  light.  If  he  puts  a  slip  of  tin  foil  upon  the  ball 
of  one  of  his  eyes,  and  a  piece  of  silver  in  his  mouth,  by 
causing  these  pieces  to  communicate,  in  a  dark  place  a  faint 
flash  will  appear  before  his  eyes.  Galvani  supposed  that  the 
virtues  of  this  new  agent  resided  in  the  nerves  of  the  animal, 
but  Volta  showed  that  the  phenomena  did  not  depend  on  the 
organs  of  the  animal,  but  upon  the  electrical  agency  of  the 
metals,  which  is  excited  by  the  moisture  of  (he  animal,  whose 
orc:ans  were  only  a  delicate  lest  of  the  presence  of  electric 
influence.  The  conductors  of  the  galvanic  fluid  are  divided 
into  the  perfect,  wiiich  consist  of  metaiic  substances  and  char- 
coal, and  imperfect,  which  are.  water  and  oxydated  fluids,  as 
the  acids,  and  all  the  substances  that  contain  these  fluids.  To 
render  the  Galvanic,  or  more  properly,  the  Voltaic  power 
sensible,  the  combination  must  consist  of  three  conductors  of 
the  different  classes.  When  two  of  the  three  conductors  are 
of  the  first  class,  the  combination  is  said  to  be  of  the  first  or- 
der; when  otherwise,  it  is  said  to  \?e  of  the  second  order.  If 


TRADESMAN  S    GUIDE.  33 

a  piece  of  zinc  be  laij  upon  a  piece  of  flanno],  moisted  with 
a  solution  of  salt  water,  a  circle  of  the   first  class  is  formed  ; 
and  then,  if  three  other  pieces   be  laid  on  these  in  the  same 
order,  and  repeated  several  times,  the  whole  will  form  a  pile 
or  battery  of  the  first    order.      T»ie  effects  may  be  increased 
to   any  degree   by  a  repetition  of  the  same  simple  combina- 
tion.     Ti«e   following:    is    a  cheap  {.nd   easy  method    of  con- 
structing a  Voltaic  pile.      Cast  20  or  30  pieces  of  zinc,  of  the 
size    of  a  cent;   take  as  many  cents  and  as  man}^  pieces   of 
paper  or  woollen  cloth  cut  in  the  same  shape,    and  d=p    in  a 
solution  of  sail  and  water.   In  building  the  pile,  place  a  piece 
of  zinc,  then  wet  paper,  the  superabundant  water  being  pressed 
out,    after   which   the  copper  ;   then  zinc,  paper,  and'' copper^ 
and  so 'on,  until  the  whole  is  finished.      Tlie  sides  of  the  pile 
may  be  supported  with  rods  of  glass,  or  varnished  wood  fixed 
in  the    board    on  which   it   is  built.      Having  wet  both  hands, 
--touch  the  lower  part  of  the   pile  with  one  hand,  and   the  up-, 
per  part  with  the  other,  constant    little    shocks   of  electricity 
will    be    felt   until    one    hand    be  removed.      M  the    hand  be 
brought   back,  a  similar  repetition  of  shocks  will  be  experi- 
enced.     Hold  a  silver   spoon   in  one  hand,  and  touch  with  it 
the  battery  in  the  lower  part,  then  touch  the  upper  part  with 
the  tongue  ;  the  bitter  taste  is  extreme.      If  the    end   of  the 
spoon  be  put  undar  the  eyebrow,  close  to  the  ball  of  the  eye, 
a  sensation  will  bo  felt  like  the  burning    of  red  hot  iron,  but 
which  ceases  the   in?tant  the  spoon  is  removed.      The  plates 
will  soon  become  oxydated,  and  require   cleaning  in  order  to 
inake  them   act. 

CHAPTER  XI. 

fJght—Bodiea  rcf.nctbyg  I ight-^ Colours  cliangcd  by  the  ap^ 
plication  of  the  hnrs  of  chtmical  ojflnity — EjperimcTits, 
Light  is  derived  from  the  sun  in  the  solar  system.      This  is 
called  solar  or  celestiariight.      It  is  also  derived  from  terres- 
trial objects  ;   as  from   combustion,  friclion,   chemical   attra«-< 
tion,  4'c.  whieh  is  called  terrestrial,      It  is  generally  accom- 
panied wiih  caloric.      Every  ray  of  common  light  contains  in 
Itself  seven  different  kinds  ;   thc^sc  may  be   best  separated   by 
a  triangular  glass  prism,  but  the  sameoperation  may  by  per- 
formed with  a  tumbler  of  water.       The  seven  kinds  of  light 
ililier  in  fv/o  remarkable  characteristics  ;   they  arc  of  different 


34  THE    ARTIST    AND 

colours,  and  degrees  of  refrangibility  ;  viz.  red,  orange,  yel- 
low, green,  blue,  indigo  and  violet.  The  red  is  least  refrang- 
ible ;  the  violet  most;  and  the  intermediates  vary  in  their 
degree  of  refranaihility  according  to  this  order  of  succession. 
The  difi'crent  colouring  of  bodies  depends  on  the  different 
kinds  of  light  whicii  they  rellect  to  the  eye.  White  bodies 
reflects  all  kinds  of  light;  black,  reflect  none:  the  ditVcrent 
kinds,  according  to  the  arrangement  of  the  constituent  atoms 
of  bodies  retlecting  them,  not  according  to  the  nature  of  those 
bodies. 

Example  1.  Prepare  the  following  solutions  :  1.  Sugir  of 
lead  dissolved,  1  to  50of  water  per  weight.  2.  Pcarlash,  1 
to  4  of  water.  3.  Corrosive  sublimate,  1  to  30  water.  4. 
Copperas,  1  to  G  of  water.  5.  Sulphuric  acid,  1  to  12  of 
water.  6.  1  to  100  of  water.  7.  Strong  liquid  of  ammonia. 
8.  Tincture  "of  red  cabbage.  9.  Tincture  of  galls.  10. 
Prus'ate  of  potash.  11.  Nitrate  of  mcrcur^^  made  of  i  of 
mercury  to  4  of  nitric  acid,  to  which  add  twice  as  much  water. 
Cy  mixing  these  liquids  we  make  red — 1  of  5  with  1  of  8. 
Orange,  4  of  3  with  1  of  2  ;  limpid  with  1  of  5.  Yellow,  4 
of  ll^with  1  of  2.  Green,  3  of  8  witli  1  of  2  ;  ruby  red, 
with  1  of  5.  Blue,  3  of  6  with  I  of  7  ;  limpid  with  1  of  5. 
Indigo,  1  of  4  with  1  of  10.  Violet,  add  the  red  to  the  indigo. 
White,  mix  3  of  1  with  1  of  I.  Black,  3  of  9  with  1  of  4  ; 
limpid  with  1  of  5. 

These  liquids  citlier  reflect  different  colours  before  they  arc  mixed, 
from  those  which  Ihcy  reflect  afterwards,  or  reflect  no  colour  as  some 
of  them  arc  limpid.  It  follows  as  a  necessary  conclusion,  that  colour- 
ing is  not  inherent  in  matter,  but  depends  en  the  peculiar  arrangement 
of  the  constituent  atoms.  As  colours  are  changed  b}'^  the  various  ap- 
plications of  tiie  laws  of  chemical  affinity,  dyers,  limners,  &c.  ought  to 
be  well  acquainted  with  them. 

Example  2.  Rub  two  pieces  of  white  quartz  slightly  to^ 
gethor  in  the  dark,  nnd  they  will  become  luminous, 

There  are  other  bodies  which  absorb  and  give  of!' light,  as 
rotten  wood, putrid  fish,  some  artificial  preparations,  &c. 
Snow  absobrs  light  by  day,  which  it  gives  olV  at  night — thus 
light  is  radiated  from  many  substances,  which  seem  not  to  be- 
long to  the  class  of  luminous  bodies.  The  parlirles  of  light 
are  so  extremly  minute,  that  although  they  are  projected  in 
diiTerent  directions,  aad  cross  each  other,  yet  they  are  nerer 
known  to  interfere,  or  impede  each  othor's  course.  It  is  still 
a  disputed  point,  however,  whether  light  be  a  substance  com- 


thADESMAN's  GUIDE.  35 

posed  of  jjaiiicles  like  otlier  bodies.       In  some  respects  it  is 
obedient  to  the  laws  wbicli  govern  bodies;  in  otlicrs  it  appears 
independent  ol'tbeni  :   thus,  tbough  its  course  is  guided  by  the 
laws  of  motion,  it  does  not  seem  to  be  inliuenced  by  the  laws 
of  gravity.       It  lias  never  been   discovered  to   bave  weighty 
though  a  variety   of  interesting  experiments  have  been  made 
in  order  to  ascertain  that  point.       Some  have  supposed  tluit 
the  rays  of  light,  instead  of  being  particlesj  consist  of  the  un- 
dulations   of  an    elastic   medium^   which    fills    all  space,    and 
which  produces   the  sensatioji  of  light  in  the  eye,  just  as  the 
vibrations  of  the  air  produce  the  sensation  of  sound  to  tbe  eari 
Most    of  the   }3henomena  may    be   accounted    for   by  either 
hypotbesis  ;  but  that  of  their  being   particles    applies    more 
happily  to  some  of  the  facts  respecting  the  modifications  of 
light  by  refraction    and  reflection;       Twilight  is  occasioned 
partly  by  refraction,  but  chiefly  by  reflection  of  the  sun's  rays 
by  the  atmosphere,  and  it  lasts  till  the  sun  is  eighteen  degrees 
below  the  horizon.      Were  no   atmosphere  to  reflect  and  re- 
fratjt  the  sun's  rays,  only  that  part  of  the  heavens  would  be 
luminous  in  which  the  sun   is  placed  ;   and    if  we   could   live 
without  air,  and    should  turn  our  backs  to  the  sun,  the  whole 
heavens  would  appear  as  dark  as  in   the  night.     In  this  case 
also,  a  sudden   iransilion  from  the  brightest  sunshine  to  dark 
night,  wouhJ  iiumediatclp  take  place    upon  the   setting  of  the 
sun. 

CHAPTER  XII. 

Misccllancnus — Elective  Affinity — Salt  used  in  Bronzing . 

Peroxide  of  Tin  used  for  various  purposes — Important 
Mordant  for  Dying — To  resemble  the  irregular  discharge 
of  Musketry — Powder — To  detect  the  Carbonate  of  Lime 
—  Clay  unfit  for  Pottery — Alkaline  Salts — To  purify 
Meat — Sal  Ammonia — Double  elective  Affinity. 

Glauber  Salts.  Put  a  tea  spoonful  of  table  salt  into  a 
T/inc  glass,  which  has  been  previously  dried  on  a  plate  ;  pour 
upon  it  a  tea  spoonful  of  sulphuric  acid.  Muriatic  gas  will 
escape  into  the  atmosphorQ,  and  glaubor  salts  will  be  formed 
in  the  wine  glass.  By  this  experiment  elective  affinity  is  il- 
lustrated. 

Put  some  sulphuric  acid  into  a  tumbler,  diluted  with  six 
times  as  much  water  ;  drop  in  some  carbonate  of  soda  until 
effervescence  ceases  ;   and  the  nauseous  taste  of  glauber  salts 


3h  TIIF.    ARTIST     ANr> 

wil!   be  recogiiizcd.      By  slow  evaporati^m   it  may   be  crys* 
talized. 

Silver  Boiling  Powder.  White  argol,  common  salt,  of 
each  a  sufEcicient  quantity  ;  a  small  quantity  of  this  ponder 
is  put  into  water,  and  plate  is  boiled  in  ir,  to  which  it  gives  a 
brilliant  briehtness. 

Burai.  Common  borax  dissolved  in  about  sixteen  times 
its  bulk  cf  hot  water  in  a  gallipot  ;  then  poor  into  it  nearly 
half  its  weight  of  sulphuric  acid  :  stir  it  on  hot  coals  five  or 
six  minutes,  then  set  it  by  to  cool.  Decomposition  takes 
place  ;  sulphate  of  soda  is  formed,  wiiich  remains  in  solution  ; 
the  boracic  acid  is  disen?a2ed,  and  appears  as  shinint^  solid 
scales  ;  pour  off  the  solution  and  rinse  the  scales  several  times 
In  cold  water  :  each  time  wait  for  them  to  separate  from  the 
water  ;  when  well  washed,  they  are  nearly  tasteless*  Now 
flissolve  some  of  the  scales  in  alcohol  on  an  earthen  plate  ; 
set  the  alcohol  on  fire  with  a  lighted  roll  of  paper  :  as  it  burni 
the  sides  off,  the  fiarae  will  be  tinged  with  a  beautiful   green. 

The  sail  wlircli  tliis  acid  forms  ia  combcstion  with  soda  is  much  nsed 
in  bron2::ij,  under  the  name  of  borax.  It  brings  brass  to  the  liq'iic! 
state,  when  thrown  upon  it  at  a  temperature  considerably  lower  Ihaa 
•  Ls  fusing  point. 

Epsorfi  Salts-.  Put  sulphuric  acid  into  a  tumbler,. diluted 
•'  ~  abeut  six  times  as  much  watei  :  drop  in  -carbonate  of 
;  ..._'pies;a  until  effervescence  ceases;  ihuj  cpsoiii  salts  are 
formed  in  solution. 

Pure  SiUx  PoicJer.  Heat  a  gun  flint  red  hot  and  throw 
it  into  cold  water  in  order  to  render  it  brittle  ;  pulverize  it 
very  fine  and  mix  the  powder  with  about  five  times  its  bulk 
of  pearlash,  melt  the  mixture,  and  keep  it  in  a  state  effusion 
lifreen  minutes  :  now  dissolve  it  in  two  or  three  times  its 
bulk  of  water;  pour  in  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  a  little  at  a 
Time,  as  Ion?  as  it  continues  to  cause  a  precipitation.  Afier  it 
stands  a  little  wliilc  to  settle,  pour  oft  the  liquid  part,  and 
wash  or  rinse  the  precipitate  in  hot  water  several  limes,  until 
the  water  poured  off  is  tasteless. 

This  substance  rs  the  principal  ingrrdier.t  in  run  fiints,  rock  crystal?, 
cornelian,  &c.     On  this  principle  glass  is  manufactured. 

Oiydattd  Tin.  Put  some  tin  in  an  iron  ladle  and  heat  it 
no  higl)er  than  to  melt  it  :  the  sartaco  will  immediately  ab- 
sorb oxygen  from  the  atmosphere,  sufficient  to  form  the  pro- 
tazid  of  tin ^  called  the  yellow  oxide.      This  may  be  scraped 


TRADESMAN'S    OriDE.  3^ 

off  with  an  iron  poker,  when  another  similar  pellicle  will  be 
formed  ;  and  the  succession  may  be  continued  until  the  whole 
mass  is  an  oxide. 

If  the  protoxid  of  tin  be  put  into  a  crucible,  heated  to  red- 
ness, and  continually  stirred  with  an  iron  rod  for  some  time, 
it  will  absorb  anotiier  definite  proportion  of  oxvgen.  It  then 
becomes  jjcroiid  of  tin,  called  the  white  oxide,  or  putty  of  tin. 

The  white  oxide  of  tin  is  an  excellent  material  for  sharpen- 
ing edge  tools,  as  knives,  razors,  &c. — for  polisiiing  burn- 
ishers, glass  lenses,  «fcc.  When  melted  with  glass  it  forms  the 
white  enamel  used  for  clock  and  watch  faces,  ifcc. 

Acetate  of  Alam'uie.  Dissolve  equal  parts  of  alum  and 
sugar  of  lead  in  water,  in  separate  wine  glasses,  and  mix  these 
solutions.  The  acids  exchange  bases  ;  and  the  sulphate  of 
lead  falls  down  while  the  acetate  of  alumine  remains  over  it 
in  a  liquid  state.      This  liquid  ma}'  be  poured  off  for  use. 

It  is  an  irapoitant  mordant  much  used  in  dying,  and  it  is  manufac- 
tured iu  this  way  by  calico  printers. 

Explosive  Powder.  Scatter  some  thin  shavings  of  phos- 
phorus over  the  bottom  of  a  broad  iron  mortar;  sprinkle 
crystals  of  oxymuriate  of  potash  among  them.  iSow,  putting 
a  leather  glove  upon  the  hand,  rub  the  iron  pestle  smartly 
around  among  the  shavings  and  the  phosphorus,  and  a  suc- 
cession of  explosions  will  be  made,  resembling  the  irregular 
discharge  of  musketry. 

All  explosive  powders  are  indebted  for  tlieir  powers  to  the  same  prin- 
ciple. Gun  powder  is  composed  of  75  per  cent,  of  nitrate  of  potash, 
1-5  per  cent,  of  cliJ^rcoal,  and  10  per  cent,  of  sulphur. 

Lime.  Put  a  little  potter's  clay  paste  into  a  crucible,  and 
heat  it  it  in  the^forge  as  high  as  white  heat  of  iron  :  now  pour 
it  out  upon  a  brick  on  a  table,  and  it  will  be  perceived  that 
it  is  not  melted  ;  mix  some  of  the  same  kind  of  clay  inti- 
mately with  about  an  equal  quantity  of  pulverized  marble  or 
chalk',  and  heat  it  again  as  hot  as  befoi-e  ;  pour  it  out  and  the 
whole  mass  will  spread  on  the  brick  in  the  state  of  melted 
cinder. 

On  this  principle  potters  reject  all  clay  which  contains  lime.     When 

<*.lay  contains  a  very  small  per  centum  of  carbonate  of  Mine,    it  would 

jc  sntficient  to  cause  a  kiln  cf  potter's  ware   to  melt.     The  carbonate 

)f  lime  can  always  be  detected  bv  pourinof  a  few  drops  of  diluted  mu- 

iatic  acid.  Ever  so  small  a  quantity  of  lime  will  caues  an  effervescence 

iod  prove  the  masa  to  be  clay-marl,  unfit  for  pottery. 


jS'  -  THE    ARTIST    AM» 

Alkaline  Salts.  Dissolve  in  separate  wine  glasses  a  (ittle 
con')cris,  blue  v'triol,  white  vitriol  and  sugar  of  lead  ;  pour 
into*  each  a  small  quantity  of  the  solutions  of  either  potash, 
soda,  or  apamonia,  and  the  metallic  oxide  of  the  salt  will  be 
precipitated,  and  an  alkaline  salt  formed  in  each  glass. 

This  principle  is  of  mui:b  use  in  the  manufacture  of  articles  used  in 
medicine  and  the  art*,  as  will  be  evident  by  attending  the  daily  business 
of  the  laboratory. 

Liver  of  Sulphur.  Take  some  dry  pearlash,  and  half  as 
much  sulphur,  mix  them  and  rub  them  well  together:  melt 
them  in  a  crucible,  covered  with  another.  As  soon  as  mel- 
ted it  must  be  poured  out,  and  corked  up  tight  in  a  phial  to 
prevent  its  deliquencing.  Sulphuretted' iivdrogen  gas  may  be 
made  with  this  equally  as  well  as  the  sulphate  of  iron. 

MasTit^ia,  is  found  pure,  or  raoreiy  combined  \yith  water  : 
sometimes  it  forms  one  of  the  constituents  of  the  soap  stone 
or  talcose  rocks,  of  asbestos,  and  some  other  minerals.  It  is 
gfenerally  obtained  from  sea  water,  after  it  is  separated  from 
the  common  salt :  it  exists  in  the  state  of  a  muriate  and  sul- 
phate in  sea  water,  from  which  it  is  obtained  by  mixing  with 
it  a  solution  of  common  pearlash.  A  double  decomposition 
takes  place  ;  and  while  the  sulphate  of  potash  remains  in  sol- 
ution, the  carbonate  of  magnesia  falls  down.  This  is  the  car- 
bonated, or  v\"hite  magnesia  of  the  shops. 

Calcined  Magnesia,  Drop  diluted  sulphuric  acid  upon 
carbonate  of  magnesia  of  the  shops,  and  it  will  effervesce  vio- 
leirtly  ;  that  is,  a  bubbling  will  be  caused  by  the  escape  of 
carbonic  acid  in  the  state  of  gas  :  put  a  little  of  the  same  car- 
bonate of  magnesia  into  a  crucible,  and  keep  it  about  the  white 
heat  of  iron  lifteeu  minutes  :  now  after  it  cools,  drop  on  it 
diluted  sulphuric  acid,  and  it  will  sc;ircely  etiervesce  because 
the  carbonic  acid  is  driven  out.  If  a  little  of  it  be  dissolved 
in  water  it  will  give  the  alkaline  test  with  red  cabbage,  much 
stronger  than  before  heating. 

It  \a  difficult  to  drive  ofiall  the  carbonic  acid  by  heat,  ro  that  no  ef- 
fervscencc  can  be  produced  by  the  application  ol  sulphuric  acid. 

Tooth  Powder.  Heat  fino*y  pulverized  charcoal  to  red- 
ness in  an  iron  skillet,  and  pouring  it  while  hot  into  al)owl  of 
clean  water,  is  the  best  of  all  substances  to  preserve  the  teeth 
from  decay,  after  it  has  commenced.  If  kept  in  a  bottle,  it 
will  remain  under  water,  defended  from  gases,  and  if  shaken 
up  and  a  tea  spoonfid  taken  occasionally  in   the  mouth,  and 


riLvDESMAN'S    GUIDE.  39 

l^ic  tcctli  rubbed  with  it,  every  tliiug  impure  will  be  absorbed. 

Putrid  moat  will  become  purified  by  immersiHg  it  in  a  similar  man- 
nvt:  putrid  water  is  purified  by  pouring  jnto  it  lieated  charcoal  powder. 

2.  Rad.  irid.  flor.  four  ounces  ;  ess.  sCpicc,  two  ounces; 
crem,  tart,  one  ounce  ;  ol.  caryoph.  sixteen  drops  ;  lake  iG 
<Jrops, 

3.  Catechu,  one  ounce;  cort.  peruv,  ilav.,  crem.  tart,  cassia, 
bol.  armen.,  of  each  4  drachms;  sang,  dracon,  myrrii,  of  each 
two  drachms. 

4.  Rose  pin!:,  20  ounces;  bol.  armcn.  oss.  sepiae,  crem.  tart, 
of  each  8  ounces  ;  myrrh  4  ounces  ;  rad.  irid.  llor.  2  ounces; 
CSS.  bcrgam,  half  a  drachm. 

5.  Oss.  sepitU,  four  ounces  ;  crem.  tart.  rad.  irid.  flor  of 
each  two  ounces  ;   alum,  ustri,  rose  pink,  of  each  one  ounce. 

G,  Magnesia,  rad.  irid.  flor.,  rose  pink,  cretcC  ppa;,  of 
each  two  ounces  ;  natr.  ppi.  six  drachms  ;  ol.  rhodii,  two 
drops. 

Ginger  Beer  Powders.  White  sugar,  one  drachm  two 
scruples  ;  ginger,  five  grains  ;  natr.  pp.  twenty-six  grains  m 
each  blue  paper  :  acid  of  tartar,  one  scruple  and  a  half  in 
each  white  paper.  These  quantities  are  for  half  a  pint  of 
water. 

Spracc  Beer  Powders.  White  sugar,  1  drachm  2  scruples; 
natr.  pp.  26  grains;  essence  of  spruce,  10  grains,  in  each  blue 
paper:  acid  of  tartar  ,half  a  drachm  in  each  while  paper;  for 
half  a  pint  of  water. 

Soda  Powders.  Carbonate  of  soda,  half  a  drachm  in  each 
blue  paper  :  acid  of  tartar,  twentj'-five  grains,  in  each  white 
paper  ;  for  half  a  pint  of  water — a  very  pleasant  and  cooling 
beverage  in  summer  :  sugar,  if  desirable,  ma}'  be  added  to  the 
paper  containing  the  acid  of  tartar. 

Portable  Lemonade.  Acid  of  tartar,  one  ounc6  ;  sugar, 
six  ounces  ;  essence  of  lemon,  one  drachm  :  rub  together, 
divide  into  twenty-four  papers,  for  a  tumbler  of  water  each. 

Copperas^  Sulphate  of  Iron.  Put  diluted  sulphuric  acid 
into  a  Florence  flask,  consisting  of  about  five  times  as  much 
water  as  acid.  Apply  a  very  little  heat,  so  as  ra;her  to  warm 
than  heat  the  acid.  Drop  in  iron  filiogs  until  they  will  fall  to 
the  bottom  quietly  ;  pour  ofl*  the  limpid  liquid  into  earthen 
plates.  This  is  copperas  in  solution;  and  b^'  a  slow  evapor- 
ation it  may  be  crystallized.  On  this  principle  tlie  copperas 
.'S  /-onnns^rce  is  manufactured  ;   but  the    process   is  diOercnt. 


40  THE    ARTIST    AND 

Iron  pyrites  is  moistened  and  exposed  to  tlie  atmosptiere  a 
considerable  time  in  a  shallow  vat  or  box  :  after  it  becomes 
covered  with  a  crust  it  is  dissolved  in  water  or  leached,  and 
evcporated. 

Blue  Vitriol.  Boil  copper  filings  in  sulphuric  acid,  and 
the  salt  will  be  formed  in  the  liquid  state  :  this  may  be  evap- 
orated in  the  usual  way. 

On  this  principle  the  blue  vitriol  of  the  shops  is  made, 
thouiih  tiie  operation  is  not  similar  ;  the  native  sulphuret  is 
heated  and  exposed  to  air  and  moisture,  Tind  thereby  the  per- 
oxide is  obtained  ;  then  the  salt  is  readily  formed  by  pour- 
ii:?  sulphuric  acid  upon  it. 

Oii/muriafc  of  Potash.  Mix  common  salt  three  pounds, 
mancracese  two  pounds,  and  add  oil  of  vitrei  two  pounds,  pre- 
viously diluted  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water,  distil  into  a 
receiver  containing  prepared  kali,  six  ounces  :  dissolved  iij 
water,  three  pounds  :  when  the  distillation  is  finished,  evap- 
orate the  liquid  in  the  receiver  slowly  in  the  dark  ;  the  oxy- 
muriate  will  crystallize  first  in  flakes  ;  stimulant,  from  one  to 
two  grains  ;   explodes  when  struck,  or  dropped  into  acid. 

Salt  of  Sorrel.  From  the  leaves  of  wood  sorrel  bruised 
and  expressed  ;  the  juice  is  then  left  to  settle,  poured  off 
clear,  and  crystallized  by  slow  evaporation  ;  one  hundred 
weight  of  wood  sorrel  yields  five  or  six  ounces. 

2.  B^'  dropping  aqua  kali  into  a  saturated  solution  of  ox- 
alic acid  in  witer,  it  will  precipitate,  and  may  be  separated 
by  filtration »  if  too  much  alkali  is  added,  it  is  taken  uo,  and 
will  require  an  addition  of  the  acid  to  throw  it  dowrvagain  ; 
cooling — used  to  make  lemonade,  and  whey,  as  also  salt  of 
lemons. 

Ammonia.  Ammonia  is  serviceable  in  dying,  and  in  stain- 
ing ivory;  but  its  principal  use  is  in  making  the  muriate  of 
ammonia, 'of  which  it  is  the  bases.  It  is  formed  by  combin- 
ing ammonia  with  muriatic  acid.  It  is  known  in  commerce 
by  the  same  of  Sal  Ammor,  iac. 

Convey  some  muriatic  acid  gas  into  a  glass  jar  containing 
a  portion  of  ammoniacal  gas.  From  the  mixture  of  these 
two  invisible  gases  a  solid  substance  will  be  produced  ;  viz. 
the  common  sal  ammoniac. 

Sal  ammoniac  is  used  by  some  dyers  in  what  thev  call  com- 
position, to  prevent  the  tin  from  precipitating.  In  tinninjj 
metals  it  is  of  use  to  cleanse  the  surfaces,  and  to  prevent  them 


tiiadesman's  c;uide.  41 

from  oxydi/jng  by  the  heat  which  js  given  to  them  in  the  op- 
Tiratioi).  It  is  also  employed  in  the  assay  of  metals,  to  disco- 
,  ver  the  presence  of  iron.  Arnmoniacal  gas  may  be  procured 
by  heating  strong  liquid  ammonia;  this  gas  wifl  bo  disenga- 
ged in  abundance.  On  account  of  its  affinity  for  water,  it 
must  be  received  over  mercury,  when  it  is  intended  to  exhibit 
it  in  the  state  of  gas.  Pour  a  little  caustic  ammonia  into  a 
clear  solution  of  sulphate  of  zinc.  This  will  precipitate  thb 
njetal  in  a  white  powder.  If  the  phial  be  now  shaken,  the 
zinc  will  be  immediately  re-dissolved,  thus  serving  as  a  test 
to  distinguish  zinc  from  iron  and  various  metals.  Drop  as 
much  nitrate  of  copper  into  water  as  will  form  a  colourless 
solution  ;  then  add  a  little  ammonia,  equally  colourless,  and 
an  intense  blue  color  will  arise  from  the  mixture.  Take  the 
blue  solution  formed  by  tlie  last  experiment,  add  a  little  sul- 
phuric acid,  and  the  color  will  disappear  ;  pour  in  a  liiile  s(t-- 
lution  of  caustic  ammonia,  and  the  blue  colour  will  he  re^lo-. 
red.  Thus  may  the  liquor  be  alternately  changed  at  pic;;?- 
ure.  Dissolve  some  oxide  of  cobalt  in  caustic  ammonia  ; 
this  will  produce  a  red  solution,  different  in  color  iVom  that 
of  all  other  metallic  solutions. 

1.  Double  eleftive  ojjinity.  Take  about  four  parts  of  mu- 
riate of  lime,  and  five  parts  of  sulphate  of  soda,  weighing 
them  after  being  well  dried  over  coals,  on  plates.  Dissolve 
ihera  in  water  separately.  No«'  mix  them  in  a  wine-glass, 
and  a  precipitate  of  lime  (gypsum)  will  soon  settle  at  the  bot- 
tom, and  a  solution  of  the  muriate  of  soda  will  stand  over  it. 
On  testin'i  ti;e  new  compounds  '>*'ith  red  cabbage,  they  will 
be  foHud  to  bo  neutral  salts,  exhibiting  neither  the  acid  or  al- 
kaline test.  On  tasting  the  liquid,  it  will  be  found  a  solution 
of  table  salt. 

Corrosive  snhlimnte  oi"  tho  shops  is  made  upon  this  principle,  bysul«< 
phnte  of  inercury,  and  nniriate  of  soda. 

Dr.  Wallaston  constructed  a  scale,  by  which  the  artist  or 
chemist  can  at  sight  determine  what  proportions  of  any  com- 
pounds are  required  for  decomposing  each  other  without  loss. 
For  example,  if  a  given  quantity  of  sulphuric  acid  and  muri- 
atic acid  would  require  three  times  as  much  potash  as  alu- 
minc  for  saturation  :  though  all  those  acids  would  differ  from 
each  other  in  the  absolute  quantit}-  required. 

2.  Put   into  tv.'o  wine-glasses,  half  a  spoonful  of  muriatic 

*4 


42  THE    ARTIST    AND 

acid  to  each  ;  weigh  two  equal  parcels  of  carbonate  of  soJn, 
about  a  icr.spooiiful  to  e^ch  glass.  Drop  the  rrubonate  of  so- 
da from  each  parcel  info  its  respect!  '  "^  "  -.  till  eilervesceiice 
ceases.     Now  weigh  what  remains  parcel,  and  they 

will  be  found  equal.  Try  the  two  liquids  witli  tasting  rods, 
(pine  sticks  are  as  good  for  the  purpose  as  tasting  rods,)  and 
the  taste  of  common  table  salt  will  be  recognized.  From  this 
experiment  will  be  learned  that  the  law  of  dcfinito  propor- 
tions, is  of  great  importance  in  the  arts.  It  regulates  the  uni- 
formity of  compound  bodies,  and  prevents  the  evils  which 
migiit  arise  from  carelessness  or  mistake  in  the  manufacture 
of  man)'  articles.  For  example,  in  the  manufacture  of  cop- 
peras, 36  parts  of  protoxyde  of  iron  will  unite  with  precisely 
40  parts  of  sulphuric  acid.  And  in  the  manufacture  of  white 
vitriol,  42  par's  of  oxide  of  zinc  will  unite  with  40  ))arts  of 
sulphuric  acid.  These  are  the  uniform  proportions  in  the 
dry  state,  and  each  take  63  parts  of  w:vter  for  crystallization. 
3.  Mix  alcohol  and  water,  or  sulphuric  acid  and  water. 
Tlie  qualities  and  sensible  proportions  of  both  these  liquids 
will  remain 'unchanged,  being  ditiused  among  the  water,  there 
will  be  less  of  them  in  a  given  measure,  but  they  will  remain 
iinchanged.  Thus,  by  affinity,  some  substances  unite  in  in- 
definite proportions,  and  their  properties  and  sensible  quali- 
ties are  not  cliajiged, 

CHAPTER  XITI. 

Simple  Affinit}^ — Soaps — Pomades. 

To  mahc  Soap.      Melt  a  little  common  potash    in  an  iron 
ladle,  then  put  into  it  small  bits    of  fresh   meat   and  woollen 
r^ors,  and  i>oil  them  in  a  short  time.      The  rags  and  meat  will 
.   di<5solved  and  soap  iormed.    On  this  principl*"  soap  is  made 
jjv  boilin*:  any  animal   substance  with  lye.      It  requires  very 
stroT:!!  lye,  or  laiher  potash,  to  convert  rags  and   some  other 
n;m  il  substances  into  soap. 
WhUc   Soap.      Into  half  a  wineglass  of  water,  pour  a  tea- 
spoonful  of  olive  uii — no  combination  takes  place — drop  in  a 
piece  of  ■  of  jhe   size   of  half  a  pigeon  s   eg^  :  let  it 

dissolve  i..,^  ..i  liie  mixture,  which  effects  a  chemical  com- 
binatioD,  and  produces  white  son]). 

Tills  CAjjci  iiuciii  liiusiraies  siujple  affinity. 

Hard  Soap.     Heat   in    a  clean  tin   basin,  good  soft  soap. 


TRADESMAN  S    GLIDE. 


until  dissolved,  with  about  twice  its  measure  of  rain  or  river 
water — ilien  put  in  about  h.ilf  a  gill  of  fine  conuiion  sali,  to 
a  quart  ot'  tbis  solution.  Tbe  muriatic  acid  of  tiie  salt  will 
unite  witb  tbe  jiotasb  of  tbe  soap,  and  leave  tbe  soda  of  tbe 
salt  to  unite  witb  tbe  oil  of  tbo  soap;  tbis  latter  compound, 
after  al'ttle  boiling,  will  become  somewbat  dense  and  float  on 
tlie  surface  of  tbe  liquid.  On  draining  off  tbe  liquid,  which 
is  chiefly  muriate  of  potash,  and  drying  the  floating  compoun  d 
wo  obtain  common  hard  soap. 

Soap  boilers  make  common  hard  soap  on  this  principle.  The  liquid 
muriate  of  potash^they  call  waste  lye.  or  dead  lye.  The  fine  hard  soap 
is  made  directly  from  the  barilla  or  kelp,  which  is  a  rough  sub-carbon- 
ate of  soda,  made  from  the  leached  ashes  of  sea-weeds. 

IVhife  JVash  Balls.  One  pound  sap.  alb.  bisp. ;  3  pts. 
aqua  rosar.  album,  ovor  no.  ij.  ;  one  ounce  aq.  kali  ppi.  :  boil 
till  bard  again,  add  one  sciuple  ol.  lign.,  rbod.,  ten  drops  ol. 
caryopb.  one  drachm  ess.  jasmin,  half  a  drachm  of  ess.  ne- 
roli,  aiul  form  into  squares. 

2.  Five  pounds  of  white  soap,  foui*  o'.mces  rad.  irid.  flor  ; 
throe  ounc.  amyli  ;   one  ounce,  styra3  calu.m.  aq.  rosar.  q.  s. 

3.  One  pounrl  sap.  alb.  bisp.  almonds  blanched,  beat  up 
into  a  paste  v/itii  rose  water  and  orai5ge  flower  water,  three 
ounces;  one  ounce  maeister.  marcasitse  ;  two  drachmc  of 
kali  ppi.  ;  six  grains  of  musk  ;  three  grains  of  cive  ;  one 
scruple  ol.  licrn.  rhodi  ;   one  drachm  ess.  jasniin. 

Cream  Balls.  Seven  pounds  white  curd  soap  ;  one  pound 
amyli  ;  water  a  sufficient  quantity  ;  beat  it  together,  weigh  it 
into  ounce  balls,  and  roll  in  pulverized  amvli. 

White  soap,  starch,  of  each  one  pound  ;  ess.  lemon  four 
drachms;  aq.  rosar.  eight  ounces;  make  into  balls  of  three 
ounces  and  a  half  each. 

Red  Mottled  WasJi  Balls.  Cut  white  soap  into  smrdl 
square  pieces,  roll  them  in  vermilion,  and  squeeze  the  pieces 
together  into  balls  without  mi.\ing  them  more  than  is  neces- 
sary. 

Blue  Mottled  Wash  Balls.  In  like  manner  rrlling  the 
pieces   in  powder  blue. 

Windsor  Snap.  Hard  curd  soap,  melled  and  scented  with 
ol.  carui  and  ess.  bergam.  ;  an  inferior  sort  is  made  witb  ol. 
carui  only. 

Starhey's  Soap.  Made  by  rnlibing  warm  ktdi  ppi.  with 
ol.  turpentine,  adding  a  little  water. 


44  THE    ARTIST    AND 

Jlacquier^s  Acid  SoajJ.  Four  ounces  sapon.  ven.  ;  ol. 
vitriol,  q.  s.  add  the  acid  by  degrees  to  the  soap,  rendered, 
soft  by  a  little  water,  continually  rubbini;  the  mass  in  a  mor- 
tar— detergent,  used  when  alkalies  would  be  prejudicial. 

Shaving  Liqniil — Shaving  Oil.  Snj).  ]Moll.  four  pounds; 
spirits  of  v\  ine  reclined  five  pints. 

Essence  Roy  ah  pour  fair  la  harbc.  Sap.  cast,  eight  oz., 
.proof  spirits  one  pint. 

Pomade  de  la  jcuncsse.  Pomatum  mixed  with  pearl  white, 
or  niaircstery  of  bismuth,  turns  the  hair  black. 

Pomade  Divine.  One  pound  eight  ounce?  of  beef's  mar- 
row ;  cinnamon,  one  ounce  and  a  half;  stor.  calam.  benzoi- 
ni,  rad.  irid  flor.  of  each  once  ounce;  car^'oph.  nuc.  m^rist. 
of  each  one  drachm. 

2.  Sevi.  ovilli,  one  pound  eight  ounces  ;  stor.  calam,  ben- 
zoin!, rad.  irid.  flor.,  rad  cyperl,  cinnani,  caryoph.  arom.  nuc. 
mosci^,  of  each  nine  drachms  ;  keep  melted  in  a  gentle  heat 
for  some  time,  tiien  strain. 

3.  Sevi.  ovilli  four  pounds  ;  ccra  alb.  one  pound  ;  ess. 
bergam.  ess.  lemon,  of  each  one  ounce  and  a  half;  ol.  lay- 
end.,  of.  origani,  of  each  four  drachms. 

CHAPTER  XIV. 

The  injiucnce  of  Prcinitnns  in  Scotland  and  Ireland — Ba- 
lance of  Trade  in  favour  of  Great  Britain — Middle  and 
Eastern  States. 

It  is  well  understood  that  artifrcers,  or  artisan?,  or  mecha- 
nics, are  those  who  carry  on  any  mechanical  trade  ;  that  they 
are  very  numerous  in  all  great  trading  countries  ;  still,  per- 
haps, their  importance  in  societj'  is  not  generally  considered 
by  those,  v.ho  move  (in  what  is  said  to  he)  a  more  exalted 
sphere  of  life  ;  or  more  likely,  by  those  icho  fatter  themselves 
that  they  have  been  cast  in  finer  moulds.  It  is  not  expected, 
that  this  essay  will  be  very  pleasing  to  the  tJlste  of  those  gen- 
ilemen^  who  measure  their  consequence  either  by  their  cash 
or  garb;  but  we  hope  it  will  contribute  in  some  measure  to 
produce  a  better  feeling  towards  so  important  a  class  of  com- 
munity, the  mechanics,  and  lead  all  to  examine,  if  they  are 
not  alloyed  with  more  human  vanity  than  ordinarily  becomes 
them.  As  thin^fs  are  constituted  at  present  among  tbe  trad- 
ing countries  of  tbe  world,  those  which  subsist  upon  their  na- 
tural productions,  or  merely  by  barteiing  or  exchanging  such 


tradesmen's  guide.  -     45 

commodities,  for  iliosc  of  other  countries,  have  never  distin- 
guished themselves  as  a  tradinir  people.  The  Indians  in 
North  America,  as  well  as  the  Negroes  in  Africa,  arc  plain 
instances  of  the  fact.  If  the  Chinese  were  deprived  of  their 
useful  artificers,  (or,  if  you  please,  manufacturers,  for,  they 
may  as  reasonably  be  called  the  one  as  the  other,  though  cus- 
toni  among  us  lias  made  a  distinction,)  they  would  very  pro- 
bably degenerate  into  the  like  savage  dispositions  with  the 
wildest  Africans,  or  American  Indians.  And  this  we  pre- 
sume, also,  might  be  the  case  with  the  people  of  the  United 
States.  It  is  t!ie  arts  which  keep  the  mass  of  people  in  use- 
ful action,  and  which  keep  their  minds  also  on  useful  inven- 
tion, beneficial  to  the  whole  community  ;  consequently,  this 
is  the  graod  preservatrve  against  that  barbarism,  brutality  and 
a  slothlVtlfiess  in  trade,  which  ever  attend  an  indolent  and  in- 
active stupidity.  Tlie  due  cultivation  of  practical  manual  arts 
in  a  nation,  has  a  greater  tendency  to  polish,  and  humanize 
mankind,  than  mere  speculative  science,  hov/ever  refined  and 
sublime  it  may  be  ;  and  these  arts  are  not  only  the  most  na- 
turally adapted  to  the  bulk  of  the  people,  but  by  giving  real 
existence  to  their  ideas,  by  their  practical  inventions,  improve 
their  nnnds  more  sensibly  and  feelingly,  than  any  ideal  con- 
teni})lation  could  do,  which  may  have  no  other  being,  but  in 
tlio  mind  of  the  speculator.  Moreover,  it  is  observable,  that 
those  who  are  fruitful  in  useful  inventions  and  discoveries,  in 
the  practical  mechanical  arts,  are  men,  not  onl}'  of  the  great- 
est utility,  but  possess  an  urulerstanding,  which  should  be 
most  highly  estimated.  Whether  this  ma}'  be  attributed  to 
the  constant  exercise  of  their  intellectual  faculties  in  those 
things"  which  they  see  and /<?(?/,  may  deserve  the  consideration 
of  those  who  contemplate  on  the  most  natural  way  of  improv- 
ing the  mind. 

The  delicate  mechanism  of  a  watch,  by  those  great  artists, 
a  Graham,  or  an  EUicot,  demonstrate  the  utility  of  such  arti- 
sans to  a  trading  country,  as  their  workmanship  has  been  ad- 
mired throughout  the  civilized  world.  It  is  the  same  b}' other 
artificers  who  excel  ia  their  peculiar  branch.  This  not  only 
brings  credit  and  honour,  but  treasures  into  a  nation,  in  pro- 
portion as  they  are  stocked  with  such  celebrated  mechanics 
or  artificers.  An  Engli<,h  writer  says,  "  nothing  is  more  ob- 
vious than  that  the  commerce  and  navigation  of  the  nation, 
principally  depends  on  the  daily  improvement  made  hy  our 


46  THE    ARTIST    AND 

artificers,  in  the  iiifini'ic  and  amazing  vaiiely  in  our  mechanic 
and  mannfactural  arts  ;  wherefore,  artists,  who  strike  out  new 
inventions,  or  who  improve  the  old  mechanics  and  manufac- 
tures, arc  deserving  of  some  regard  and  t.'ncourajrement,  more 
than  they  acquire  to  themselves,  by  dint  of  their  own  pecu- 
liar profession  only."  Experience  has  manifested  the  ex- 
traordinary efieci  t)f  those  small  rewards  given  in  Scotland 
and  Ireland,  for  the  improvement  of  their  manufacrures  ; 
though  it  is  not  always  the  case,  that  piemiums  operate  so 
powerfulFy,  as  the  motive  of  emulation  ;  for  that  credit  and 
rejmtation,  which  attends  a  man's  excelling  in  his  employ- 
ment, has,  somntinies,  a  far  greater  influence  upon  tlie  indus- 
trious and  ingenious  mind,  than  pecuniary  rewards  only.  Yet 
these  are  not  to  be  neglected  in  trading  countries.^  as  it  is 
most  commonly  the  case,  that  new  inventions  or  improve- 
ments, made  by  one  for  the  benefit  of  trade,  are  soon  enjoy- 
ed equally  by  all  ;  the  inventors,  very  rareh',  being  able  to 
preserve  the  benefit  to  tiiemselves,  scarcely  long  enough,  to 
recompense  for  the  time  and  expense  they  have  generally 
been  obliged  to  bestow  upon  them. 

If  it  was  fashionable  for  persons  of  leisure  to  devote  a  pro- 
portion of  their  rural  retirements  to  practical  or  experimental 
philosophy,  it  raio:ht  not  only  prove  a  salubrious  bodily  exer- 
cise to  them,  but  a  great  benefit  and  advantage  to  our  arti- 
ficers in  general,  and  consequently  to  the  general  trade  and 
tarffic  of  the  countrv. 

The  mechanic  inventions  are  improved  by  others,  besides 
the  common  artificers  themselves.  This  will  undeniable  ap- 
pear, if  we  will  be  convinced  by  instances  ;  for  it  is  evident, 
that  various  manufactures  have  been  given  us  by  men, 
who  were  not  bred  up  in  trades  that  resembled  those  which 
they  discovered.  The  admirable  art  of  composing  letters,  so. 
far  from  being  started  by  a  man  of  learning,  was  the  device 
c^a  soldier  ;  and  powder,  to  make  recompense,  was  invented 
by  a  monk,  whose  course  of  life  was  most  averse  from  hand- 
ling the  materials  of  war.  The  ancient  Tyrian  purple  was 
brought  to  light  by  a  fisher  ;  and  if  ever  it  can  be  recovered, 
it  is  likely  to  be  done  by  some  such  accident.  The  scarlet 
of  the  moderns  is  a  very  beautiful  colour,  and  it  was  the  pro- 
duction of  a  chemist  and  not  of  a  dyer.  The  warmth  and 
vigour  which  attend  new  discoveries,  is  seldom  confined  to  its 
4)wn  sphere  ;  but  is  genorally  extended  to  the  ornament  of  its 


TRADESMAN  S    GLIDE.  47 

neighbour.  The  ordinary  method  in  which  this  happens,  is 
the  introduction  of  new  arts.  It  is  true,  indeed,  the  increase 
of  tradesmen  is  an  injury  to  others  ihat  are  bred  up  in  parti- 
cuhir  trades,  if  they  are  i^.nabled  to  supply  all  den)ands  in  their 
various  branches  ;  but  there  can  never  be  too  great  a  surplus 
of  trades.  That  country  is  still  the  richest,  and  most  power- 
ful, which  produces  and  employs  the  greatest  number  of  arti- 
ficers and  manufucturers. 

The  hands  of  men  employed,  are  true  riches  ;  the  saving 
of  those  hands  by  invention  of  arts,  and  applying  them  to 
other  works,  will  increase  those  riches.  Where  this  is  done, 
there  will  never  a  sufficient  subject  for  profit  be  wanting  ; 
for,  if  there  is  not  vent  for  the  productions  at  home,  a  market 
will  be  opened  abroad.  Thus,  in  those  districts  where  com- 
merce and  manufactures  do  not  flourish  to  any  degree,  exchange 
is  against  them,  and  in  favour  of  those  places,  where  they  are 
more  extended  ;  hence  we  learn  the  balance  of  trade  is  against 
us,  and  in  favour  of  Great  Britain  ;  but  we  need  not  cross  the 
Ailantic  to  maintain  our  position,  for  the  argument  is  appli- 
cable to  the  western  and  soutiiern  in  favour  of  the  middle  and 
New-England  states;  to  those  who  negotiate  in  bills  of  ex- 
change, this  subject  cannot  be  new.  Where  the  ways  of  life 
are  few,  the  fountains  of  profit  w  11  be  possessed  by  few  ^ 
whence  it  is  manifest  that  poverty  among  a  people  is  caused 
by  a  small  number,  not  b}'^  having  a  multitude  engaged  in  a 
variety  of  trades.  An  English  writer  asserts,  that,  "by  the 
increase  of  artificers  and  manufacturers,  all  things  will  bo 
dearer,  because  more  must  be  maintained  ;  for  the  high  rate 
of  things  is  an  argument  of  the  llourishing,  and  the  cheapness, 
of  the  scarcity  of  money,  and  ill-peopling  of  all  countries. 
The  first  is  a  sign  of  many  inhabitants,  whicli  is  true  great- 
ness, the  second  is  only  a  fit  subject  for  poets  to  describe,  and 
to  compare  to  their  golden  age;  for,  where  all  things  are 
without  ])rice  or  value,  they  will  be  without  arts,  or  empire, 
or  strength."  From  the  sentiments  of  this  zealous  promoter 
of  the  useful  art«,  for  the  benefit  of  commerce,  it  is  evident 
that  he  makes  the  prosperity  of  a  trading  nation  to  consist  in 
the  multiplying  of  the  number  of  new  trades  ;  that  is  to  say, 
in  multiplying  the  different  species  of  meciianics,  artificers 
and  manufacture:  s  ;  it  is  for  want  of  this,  that  all  the  old  ways 
of  gain  become  overstocked,  and  tlicn  people  complain  for 
want  of  trade,  when  the  true   cause  is  owing  to  the  want  of 


48  THE    ARTIST    AND 

art,  or  to  the  want  of  the  Invention  o{  a  numbor  of  now  trades, 
and  new  arts,  in  j)roportion  to  the  increase  of  population,  and 
in  proportion  as  other  rival  states  strike  into  the  like  trades 
and  arts,  with  similar  advantages.  Finally,  if  our  labourers 
are  as  diligent  as  our  lawgivers,  we  shall  jirove  the  most  la- 
bourious,  if  not  the  most  wealthy  nation  under  heaven.  But 
the  true  method  of  increasing  industry,  and  iinprovement,  and 
wealih,  and  respectability,  is  that  which  was  recommended 
by  the  lloj'al  Society  ol' London^  *'  by  worlds  and  endeavours, 
and  not  by  the  prescriptions  of  words,  or  rtapcr  com- 
jnands.^^ 

CHAPTER  XV. 

Mineralogy — characters  of  Minerals — classification  of  Min- 
erals— Salt    Springs — Platina. — Gold — Silver — Mercury 

Copper — Lead — Iron — Tin — Zinc Manganese — Anti' 

mony — Arsenic. 

MINERALOGY. 

The  whole  science  of  mineralogv  has  been  created  since 
the  year  1770.  yVU  the  solid  materials  of  which  this  globe 
of  ours  is  composed  have  received  the  name  of  minerals.  But 
it  is  only  very  lately  that  the  method  of  ascertaining  the  com- 
ponent parts  of  these  substances  was  discovered,  ov  that  it 
was  possible  to  describe  them  so  as  to  be  intelligible  to  oth- 
ers. Nothing  at  first  appears  easier  to  describe  than  a  min- 
eral, but  in  reality  it  is  attended  with  a  great  deal  of  ditiicul- 
ty.  The  properties  of  minerals  must  be  described  in  terms 
rigidly  accurate,  which  convey  precise  ideas  of  the  very  pro- 
perties intended,  and  of  no  other.  The  smallest  deviation 
would  lead  to  confusion  and  uncertainty.  Mineralogy  there- 
fore must  have  a  language  of  its  own,  that  is  to  say,  it  must 
have  a  term  to  denote  every  mineralogical  property,  and  each 
of  these  terms  must  be  accurately  defined.  The  language  of 
mineralogy  was  invented  by  the  celebrated  Werner,  ot  Fr}^- 
burg,  and  first  made  known  to  ti)e  world  by  the  publication 
of  his  treatise  on  the  External  Characters  of  Minerals.  The 
object  of  this  philosopher  was  to  invent  a  method  of  descri- 
bing minerals  with  such  precision,  that  every  species  could 
readily  be  recognized  by  those  who  were  unacquainted  with 
the  terms  employed.  For  this  purpose,  it  was  necessary  to 
make  use  of  those  properties  only,  which  presented  them- 
selves to  our  senses  on  inspecting  the  mineral.     These  were 


tradesman's    i.LlDL.  49 

called  bj'  Werner,  external  ciiaracters,  because  they  may  be 
ascertained  without  desiroying  the  mineral  examined.  These 
constitute  the  first  division  of  the  characters  of  minerals.  To 
the  second  belong  tliose  which  are  derived  from  a  chemical 
composition,  or  discovered  by  any  chemical  change  which  tlie 
mineral  sufiers ;  to  the  third,  are  rei'ered  those  projierties 
which  are  afforded  by  certain  physical  characters,  derived 
from  circumstances  frequently  oijservod  with  regard  to  a  min- 
eral, as  to  the  place  where  it  is  found,  or  the  minerals  by 
wliich  it  is  usually  accompanied. 

Werner  divides  tlie  external  characters  of  minerals  into  two 
kinds,  viz.  general  and  particular.  Tlie  general  characters 
are  the  following  :  1.  Colour.  2.  Cohesion.  2.  Unctuos- 
ity.  4.  Coldness.  5.  Weight.  G.  Smell.  7.  Taste. — 
The  particular  characters  are  :  1.  Asj)ect  of  surface.  2.  As- 
pect of  the  fracture.  3.  Aspect  of  the  distinct  concretions. 
4.  General  asj^ect.  5.  Hardness.  6.  Tenacit3\  7.  Fran- 
gibility.  8.  Flciib'lity.  9.  Adiiesion  to  the  tongue.  10. 
sound. 

Genera!  Characters.  1,  The  colours  of  minerals  are  ex- 
tremely various.  Werner  conceives  eight  fundamental  col- 
ours, and  describes  nil  tiie  rest  as  compounds  of  various  pro- 
portions of  these,  The  fundamental  colours  are,  1.  Snow- 
white.  2.  Ash  Grey.  3.  Velv«'t  black.  4.  Berlin  or  Pru- 
sian  blue.  5.  Emerald  green.  6.  Lemon  yellow.  7.  Car- 
mine red.  8.  Chesnut  brown.  II.  With  respect  to  cohe- 
sion^ minerals  are  either,  solid,  friable^  or  fiuid.  III.  With 
respect  to  iinctiiosif^,  minerals  are  distinguished  into  greasy 
and  meagre  ;  the  first  have  a  certain  degree  of  grcai-iness  in 
feeling  ;  the  second  not.  The  other  four  general  characters 
require  no  particular  xle^•cription. 

Particular  Characters.  I.  In  the  aspect  of  the  surface  of 
the  mineral,  three  thines  claim  atteniion.  1.  The  shape  o^ 
tlie  mineral.  2.  The  kind  ot^  surface.  3.  The  lustre  of  the 
surface,  which  is  either  splendent,  shining,  glistening,  glim- 
mering, or  dull.  II.  When  a  mineral  is  broken,  the  new 
surface  exposed  is  called  the  fracture.  Three  things  claim 
attention:  1.  The  lustre  of  the  fracture.  2.  Tiie  kind  of 
fracture.  3.  The  shape  of  the  fragments.  III.  Distinct 
concretions  are  distinct  masses,  which  may  bo  separated  from 
each  other,  without  breaking  through  the  solid  part  of  the 
mineral,  by  natural  scams.     Three  particulars    in    rcsj)ect  to 


50  TUE    ARTIST    AND 

thcni  arc,  1  Tlierr  'shape.  2.  Their  surface.  3.  Their 
lustre.  IV-  Under  the  head  of  general  aspect,  three  parti- 
culars are  comprehended.  1.  The  transparency.  2.  The 
streak.  3.  The  soz/z/jo^,  or  sfaf/i  left -.vheii  rubbed.  V.  Min- 
erals arc  either,  1.  Hard.  2.  Semi-hard,  or  3.  Snft.  \I. 
With  respect  to  tenacity,  minerals  are,  i.  BrittU,  when  on 
being  cut  with  a  knife  the  particles  fly  away  with  a  noise.  2. 
Sectile,  when  the  particles  do  not  tiy  off  but  remain.  3. 
Ductile,  when  the  mineral  can  be  cut  into  slices.  VII.  By 
frangibility  is  meant  the  resistance  which  minerals  make 
when  we  attempt  to  break  them.  The  degrees  are  five,  1. 
Very  tough.  2.  Tough.  3.  Moderately  tough.  4.  Fra- 
gile. 5.  Very  fragile.  VIII.  With  respect  \o  flexibility, 
some  are,  1.  Elastic.  Others,  2.  Common.  Others,  3.  In- 
flexible. IX.  Some  minerals  crrf//ere  to  the  tongue,  1.  Very 
strongly.  2.  Others,  moderately.  3.  Others,  slightly.  4. 
And  others,  very  slightly.  X.  Some  minerals  give  a  ringing 
sound,  others  a  grating  sound,  and  others  a  creaking  soand^ 
as  tin.  With  respect  to  electricity,  some  minerals  become 
electric  when  heated,  others  when  rubbed,  others  cannot  be 
rendered  electric.  The  electricity  of  some  a  positive,  of  oth* 
crs  negative. 

CLASSIFICATION  OF    MINERALS. 

Minerals  are  usually  arranged  under  four  classes  ;  earthy, 
saline,  inflammable  and  metalic.  The  earthy  contain  all  such 
as  derive  tlieir  qualities  from  the  earths;  and  they  are  divided 
into  genera,  according  to  the  particular  earth,  which  pre- 
dominates in  each,  or  more  properly  into  families,  according 
to  their  resemblance,  in  external  characters,  as  the  diamond 
family,  the  ruby  family,  tale  family,  and  others.  Tiie  dia- 
mond, of  which  there  is  only  a  single  species,  is  the  hardest 
and  most  beautiful  of  all  the  mineral  productions.  When 
heated  to  the  tempjerature  of  melting  copj^er,  and  exposed  to 
a  current  of  air,  it  is  gradually  but  completely  combustible. 
It  is  wholly  converted  into  carbonic  acid,  and  therefore  con- 
sists of  pure  carbon.  By  means  of  diamond  power,  this  sub- 
stance can  be  cut  and  polished  on  a  wheel,  in  the  same  way  as 
other  gems  are  wrought  by  emery.  It  is  manufactured  by 
jewellers  into  brilliants  and  rose  diamonds;  employed  by 
glaziers  for  cutting  glass,  by  lapidaries  for  cutting  and  engra- 
ving on  the  hardest  gems,  and  in  the  finer  kinds  of  clock  work 


tradesman's  guide.  51 

The  ruby  family  is  composed  of  seven  species.  They  are 
all  extremely  hard,  and  several  of  them  highly  valued  on  acr 
count  of  their  beauty.  The  saline  minerals  comjirehend  all 
the  combinations  of  alkalies  with  acids,  which  exist  in  the 
mineral  kingdom;  such  as  salt  petre  or  nitrate  of  potash, 
common  rock  salt,  or  muriate  of  soda,  and  sal  ammoniac,  or 
the  muriate  of  ammonia. 

The  salt  springs  in  some  parts  of  the  United  States,  owe 
their  origin  to  beds  of  fossil  salt.  The  rain  ^vater  which  peur 
etrates  to  their  surface,  eflects  the  solution  of  a  certain  porr 
tion  of  them,  with  which  it  comes  in  contact,  and  thus  be- 
comes in  some  cases,  it  is  said,  ten  tijnes  Salter  than  the  water 
of  the  sea.  The  ivjlammable  minerals,  comprehend  all  com-? 
bustible  bodies,  except  metals  and  the  diamond,  and  include 
sulphur,  resins,  bitumens,  and  graphite.  Among  the  bitumen 
are  found  the  several  varieties  of  mineral  coal,  that  are  used 
for  fuel,  gas  lights,  S^^c, 

The  metalic  minerals  comprehend  all  the  mineral  bodies 
that  are  composed  either  entirely  of  metals,  or  of  which  mer 
tals  constitute  the  most  considerable  and  important  part.  It 
is  from  the  minerals  of  this  class  that  all  metals  are  extracted. 
The  ores  are  found  in  a  native  state,  either  simple,  consisting 
of  only  one  substance,  or  compound,  when  composed  of  two 
or  more  substances.  Of  the  metals,  the  first  is  jjlatinay 
which  is  the  heaviest.  Platina  is  found  among  the  gold  ores 
of  South  America^  in  the  form  of  small  grains  or  scales.  Its 
colour  is  between  steel  grey  and  silver  white,  and  its  ductility 
and  malleability  is  very  great.  Gold  is  never  found  in  a  minr 
eralized  state,  but  it  occurs  native  in  many  parts  of  the  world 
general!}'  alloyed  with  a  little  silver  or  copper,  and  common- 
ly in  the  form  of  grains.  It  is  the  heaviest  metal  of  all  me- 
tals except  platina,  and  although  its  tenacity  is  such  that  a 
wire  of  one  tenth  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  will  support  a 
weight  of  five  hundred  pounds  without  breaking,  yet  it  pos- 
sesses less  tenacity  than  iron,  copper,  platina  or  silver.  It 
is  ductile  and  malleable  beyond  any  known  limits.  The 
gold  beaters  extend-it  by  hammering  a  number  of  thin  rolled 
l)lates  between  skins  or  animal  membranes,  upon  blocks  of 
marble  fixed  in  wooden  frames.  A  grain  of  gold  has  been 
extended  to  more  than  forty  two  square  inches  of  leaf,  and  an 
ounce,  wliich  in  the  form  of  a  cube,  is  not  half  an  inch  either 
high,  broad,  or  long,  is  beaten  under  the  hammer  intp  a  sur» 


52  THE    ARTIST    AND 

face  of  14G  1-2  square  feet.  There  are  gold  leaves,  not 
thicker  in  some  parts,  than  the  three  hundred  and  sixty  ihou- 
sandtli  part  of  an  inch  ;  but  on  ^vire  used  by  lace  makers  it  is 
still  thinner.  An  ingot  of  silver,  usually  about  thirty  pounds 
';\eif^ht,  is  rounded  into  an  inch  and  a  half  in  diameter,  and 
22  inches  Ions'.  Two  ounces  of  gold  leaf  are  sufficient  to 
cover  this  cylinder,  and  frequently  effected  with  a  little  more 
than  one.  The  ingot  is  repeated  drawn  through  the  holes  of 
several  irons,  each  smaller  tlian  tlie  other,  till  it  becomes  finer 
than  a  hair;  and  yet  the  gold  covers  it,  and  does  not  leave 
the  minutest  part  of  the  silver  bare,  even  to  the  microscope. 
It  has  been  calculated  that  it  vronld  take  14  millions  of  filings 
of  gold,  such  as  are  on  somo  gilt  wire,  to  make  up  the  thick- 
ness of  one  inch.  The  ductility  of  it  is  such,  that  one  ounce 
is  sulTicient  to  gild  a  silver  wire  more  than  thirteen  hundred 
miles  long. 

Gold  may  be  dissolved  in  nitro-muriatic  acid  and  it  thus 
becomes  muriate  of  sold,  which  is*obtained  in  small  crystals, 
and  is  very  soluble  in  water.  If  white  s;itin  ribbon,  or  silk, 
be  moistened  with  a  diluted  solution  of  g(dd,  and,  while  moist 
exposed  to  hydrogen,  or  suipluitic  acid  gas,  the  metal  will 
be  immediately  reduced  and  the  silk  become  gitt  with  a  re- 
gular coat  of  gold.  Tlje  potters  dissolve  gold  to  be  applied 
to  the  common  porcelain  ;  and  it  is  used  in  a  state  of  solution 
for  staining  ivory  and  ornamental  feathers.  It  gives  a  beau- 
tiful purple  red  ;   even  marble  may  be  stained  with  it. 

Silver^  is  the  most  brilliant  of  metals.  You  may  know 
when  silver  i3  pure,  by  heating  it  in  a  common  fire,  or  in  the 
flame  of  a  candle;  if  it  is  alloyed  it  will  become  tarnished  ; 
but  if  it  be  pure  silver,  it  will  remain  perfectly  white.  It  is 
exceedingly  ductile,  of  great  malleability  and  tenacity. 

Of  the  salts  of  silver,  the  nitrate  is  best  known,  and  when 
melted  and  run  into  moulds,  it  forms  the  lunar  caustic  of  the 
ajjotiu'cary. 

Mercury^  in  the  temperature  of  our  atmosphere,  is  a  white 
fluid  metal,  having  the  appearance  of  melted  silver.  When 
submitted  to  a  sufficient  degree  of  cold  it  is  similar  in  appear-^, 
ance  to  other  metals,  and  may  be  beaten  into  plates;  at  the 
poles  it  would  {uobably  be  always  solid. 

The  quicksilver  mine  of  Guanea  Velica,  in  Peru,  is  170 
fathoms  in  circumference,  fuid  4S0  deep.  In  this  profound 
abyss  are   seen  streets,  squares  and   a  chapel  :  thousands   of 


tradesman's  guide.  53 

flambeaux  are  continually  burning  to  enlighten  it.  Those 
who  work  in  the  mine  are  generally  afllicted  with  convulsions. 
Notwithstanding  this  the  unfortunate  victims  of  insatiable 
avarice  are  crowded  together,  and  plunged  naked  into  these 
abysses.  Tyranny  has  invented  this  refinement  in  cruelty, 
to  render  it  imj)ossible  for  any  thing  to  escape  its  restless  vi- 
gilance. 

Coppei',  is  the  most  ductile  of  all  the  metals  except  gold. 
The  salts  of  copper  are  numerous  and  much  used  in  the  arts 
connected  with  chemistry.  All  the  salts  are  poisonous  ;  there-^ 
fore,  great  care  should  be  taken  not  to  taste  wantonly  the 
solutions. 

Leacl^  is  malleable  and  ductile,  but  possesses  very  litle  ten-* 
acity.  It  may  be  mixed  with  gold  and  silver  in  a  moderate 
heat ;  but  when  the  heat  is  much  increased,  the  lead  rises  to 
the  surface,  combined  with  all  heterogeneous  matters.  The 
ore  of  lead  is  so  poisonous,  that  the  steain  arising  from  the 
furnaces  where  it  is  worked,  infects  the  grass,  in  all  the 
neighboring  places,  and  kills  the  animals  which  feed  on  it. 
Culinary  vessels,  lined  with  a  mixture  of  tin  and  lead,  which 
is  the  usual  tinning,  arc  apt  to  communicate  to  acid  food,  per- 
nicious qualities,  and  require  to  be  used  with  great  caution. 
The  same  may  he  said  of  liquors,  and  other  acid  substances 
kept  in  glazed  ware,  and  of  wines  adulterated  with  litharge, 
and  such  other  preparations  of  lead  as  are  sometimes  used, 
for  the  purpose  of  rendering  them  sweet. 

Iron.     If  utility  were  made   the    standard    of  estimation, 
iron  would  hold  the   first  place  in  the    class  of   metals,    and 
would  be  counted  more   valuable  than  gold,  as  it    appears  in- 
dispensably accessary  to    the  carrying  on  of   every  manufac- 
ture.     There    has  never  been   an    instance  of  a    nation,  ac- 
quainted with  the  art  of  manufacturing  iron,   which  did  not  in 
time  aitain  to  a  degree  of  civilization,,  greatly   beyond  tlie  in-r 
habitants  of  those  countri^'S  wherethis  metal  was  wanting,  or 
its  use  unknown.      It  is  j)lentifully    and    universally    difl'uscd^ 
throughout  nature,  pervading  almost  every    thing,  and    is  tho* 
chief  cause  of  colour  in  earths  and  stones..     It  may  be  detect- 
eb  in  plants  and  animal  fluids. 

Till.,  must  have  been  known  very  early,  as  it  is  mentioned' 
by  Homer,  and  also  in  the  books  of  Moses.  Tin  entes  into 
combination  with  many  of  the  metals,  and  forms  alloys  with 
them,  sonie  of  which  arc  of  great  importance.     It  is  not  very 

5* 


54  THE    ARTIiT    -AND 

duciile,  but  so  malleablo,  that  it  may  be  beaten  into  leaves 
thiuner  than  paper.  Tin  foil,  as  it  is  usually  termed,  is  about 
one  ihousacclih  part  of  an  inch  thick.  It  is  employed  to  give 
liri^htness  to  several  articles  :  used  in  forrain?  reds  and  scar- 
lets.  Substances  which  produced  to  the  ancients  only  faint 
and  fleeting  colours,  give  us  such  as  are  brilliant  and  durable, 
by  the  use  of  a  solution  of  this  metal. 

Zinc^  is  one  of  the  most  abundant  metals  in  nature,  except 
iron.  It  is  used  in  China  for  tiie  current  coin,  and  for  that 
purpose  it  is  employed  in  its  utmost  purity.  Until  recently 
it  was  used  in  Wales  for  mending  roads.  When  zinc  is  heat- 
ed, it  readily  attracts  oxygen  ;  and  at  a  wiiite  heat  the  absorb- 
tion  of  oxygen  is  so  rapid  and  violent,  that  the  oxide  iiiime- 
diately  sublimes,  and  for  this  reason  it  has  acquired  the  name 
of  flowers  of  zinc.  Combined  with  copper  and  tin,  the  mix- 
tures constitute  some  of  the  most  useful  compound  metals.  It 
is  used  in  medicine,  is  the  basp  of  white  vitriol,  and  its  carbo- 
nate or  oxide  may  be  advautageoush'  substituted  for  while  lead 
in  painting. 

Manganese,  is  a  brilliant  metal,  of  a  darkish  white  coluur, 
inclining  to  grey,  of  considerable  hardness,  and  of  difiicult 
fusibility.  ^Vhen  exposed  to  the  air  it  absorbs  oxygen  with 
rapidity,  and  falls  into  powder.  Its  oxides  are  used  in  pre- 
paring the  bleaching  liquor,  in  purifying  glass,  and  in  glazing 
black  earthen  ware.  By  the  application  of  a  red  heat  the 
black  oxide  produces  oxygen  iras  in  great  abundance. 

Antimony,  is  a  brilliant,  britile  metal,  of  a  silvery  colour, 
which  has  not  much  tenacity,  and  entirely  destitute  of  duc- 
tility. It  is  wholly  volatilized  by  heat  ;  is  susceptible  of  vit- 
rification. Its  oxides  are  employed  in  medicine,  and  in  col- 
ouring elass. 

Arsenic,  is  generally  fo«ind  in  combination  with  sulphur, 
oxygen  and  many  of  the  metals.  Its  colony  is  bluish,  or 
greenish  w  bite,  becoming  on  exposure  to  the  air,  dark,  almost 
black  ;  it  is  extremely  brittle,  and  the  softest  of  all  metals  ; 
and  is  one  of  the  most  active  of  mineral  poisons.  Beautiful 
shades  of  diflerent  colours  may  be  given  to  different  substance.-* 
by  solutions  of  arsenic  ;  so  that  the  substances  which  are  most 
injurious  to  the  i.nimal  economy,  appear  to  be  endowed  with 
properties  for  embellishing  the  works  of  creation,  and  by  im- 
jiariing  colour  to  other  bodies,  is  make  to  minister  in  various 
ways  to  our  gratification.       Ilow  diversified    arc  the   means 


tradesman's  guide.  55 

which  tlie  Creator  has  adopted  for  the  promolion  of  his  hon- 
evoleiit  designs  ! 

CHAPTER  XVI. 

The  art  of  assat/hig  Ores — Fluxes — In  the  humid  iccij — in 
the  soft  way — bi/  cupellation — to  assay  plated  metals — par- 
ting of  gold  and  silver — by  aqua  fortis — by  cementation—' 
dry  parting — to  determine  the  qnality  of  gold — to  obtain 
silccr  i^urc  from  alloy — weight  of  metals — specific  grav- 
ity of  bodies. 

Before  metallic  ores  are  worked  in  the  large  way,  we 
should  know  what  sort  of  metal,  and  what  portion  of  if,  is  to 
be  found  in  a  determined  ciuaniify  of  the  ore,  in  order  to  as- 
certain whether  it  will  be  profitable  to  extract  largely,  and  in 
what  manner  the  process  is  to  be  performed. 

The  assaying  may  be  performed  in  the  dry  or  moist  way; 
the  first  is  the  most  ancient,  and  in  many  respects  the  most 
advantageous,  and  consequenll}'^  continues  to  be  mostly 
used.  Assays  are  made  either  in  crucibles  wirh  the  blast 
of  the  bellows,  or  in  tests,  under  a  muflle.  The  assay 
weights  are  always  imaginary.  Sometimes  an  ounce  repre- 
sents an  hundred  weight  on  tlie  large  scale,  and  is  subdivided 
in  the  same  number  of  parts,  as  that  hundred  weight  is  in  the 
great;  so  that  the  contents  of  the  ore  obtained  by  the  assay, 
shall  accurately  determihe  by  sucii  relative  proj)ortions,  the 
quantity  to  be  expected  Uom  any  weight  of  the  ore  on  a  larger 
scale.  In  the  lotting  of  the  ore,  care  should  be  taken  to  have 
small  jiortions,  from  diflerent  specimens,  whicii  should  be 
pulverized  and  well  mixed  in  an  iron  or  brass  mortar.  The 
])roper  quantity  of  the  ore  is  now  taken,  and  if  it  contains  ei- 
ther sulphur  or  arsenic,  it  is  put  into  a  crucible  or  test  and 
exposed  to  a  moderate  degree  of  iseat,  till  no  vapour  arises 
from  it  ;  to  assist  this  volatilization,  some  add  a  small  quan- 
tity' of  j)0\vderpd  charcoal. 

Fluxes.  To  assist  the  fusion  of  the  ores,  and  to  convert 
the  extraneous  matters  connected  with  them  into  scoria,  as- 
sayers  use  diflerent  kinds  of  lluxes.  The  most  usual  and  ef- 
ficacious materials  for  tlie  composition  are  borax,  tartar,  ni- 
tre, sal  ammoniac,  common  salt,  glass,  flour-spar,  ciiarcoal 
powder,  ])itch,  lime,  liiharge,  t^c.  in  diflerent  proportions. 

Crude  of  While  Flux.  This  consists  of  one  part  of  nitre 
and  two  of  tartar,  well  mixed. 


[,Q  THE    ARTIST    ANI> 

Black  Flux.  The  above  crude  flux  detonates  by  means 
of  kindled  charcoal  ;  and  if  it  be  efieclod  in  a  mortar  slightly 
covered,  the  smoke  that  rises  unites  with  the  alkalized  nitre 
nnd  the  tartar,  and  renders  it  black. 

Cornish  Reducing  Flux.  Ten  ounces  of  tartar,  three  oz. 
and  six  drachms  of  nitre,  three  ounces  and  one  drachm  of  bo- 
rax ;   well  mixed. 

Cornish  Refining  Flux.  Defibgrate,  then  pulverize,  two 
parts  of  nitre,  and  one  part  of  tartar. 

In  working  at  large,  such  expensive  means  cannot  be  ap- 
plied to  effect  our  purpose,  as  the  inferior  metals  would  be 
too  much  e.nhanccd  in  value  ;  consequently,  where  the  object 
is  the  production  of  metals  in  the  great  way,  in  smelting 
works,  cheaper  additions  are  used  ;  such  as  lime  stone,  felted- 
spar,  flour-spar,  quartz,  sand,  slate,  and  slugs,  wliich  are  to 
be  chosen  according  to  the  diflerent  views  of  the  operator. 
The  iron  oies  on  account  of  th.e  argillaceous  earth  they  con- 
tain, require  calcareous  additions,  aud  the  copper  ones,  ra- 
ther slugs,  or  vitrescent  stones,  than  calcareous  earth. 

Humid  asscnj  nf  Metallic  Ores.  The  mode  of  assaying 
ores  for  their  particular  metals  by  the  dr}'  way,  is  deficient, 
so  far  as  i elates  to  pointing  out  the  diflerent  substances  con- 
nected with  them,  because  they  are  always  destroyed  by  the 
process  for  obtaining  the  assay  metal.  The  assay  by  the 
moist  way  is  more  correct,  because  the  difi'erent  substances 
can  be  accurately  ascertained.  The  late  celebrated  Bergman 
first  communicated  this  method.  It  dejjends  upon  a  knowl- 
edge of  the  chemical  afliiiities  of  different  bodies  for  eac'.i 
other;  and  must  be  varied  according  to  the  nature  of  the  oie 
— it  is  very  extensive  in  its  apjilication,  and  requires  great 
patience  and  address  in  its  execution.  To  describe  the  treat- 
ment of  each  variety  of  metallic  ores  would  take  too  much  of 
our  room  ;  but  to  give  a  general  idea,  we  shall  describe  the 
procedure,  both  in  the  dry  and  humid  way,  on  one  species  of 
all  the  different  ores. 

To  assay  Iron  ores.  No.  1.  The  ore  must  be  roasted  till 
the  vapour  ceases  to  rise.  Take  two  assay  quintals  of  it,  and 
triturate  them  with  one  of  flour-spar;  three-fourths  of  a 
quintal  of  powdered  charcoal,  and  four  quintals  decrepitated 
sea-salt  ;  tiiis  mixture  is  to  be  ])ut  into  a  crucible,  and  the 
crucible  itself  exposed  to  a  violent  fire  for  an  hour,  and  when 
Jt  is  cool,  broken.     If  the  operation    be  well  conducted,  tiie 


thadesman's  guide.  57 

iron  will  be  foi-nd  at  the  bottom  of  tlie  crucible,  to  which 
must  be  added  those  metallic  particles,  which  may  adhere  to 
the  scoria.  The  metallic  particles  so  adhering  may  be  sepa- 
rated by  pulverizing  it  in  a  paper,  and  then  attracting  them 
with  a  magnet. 

No.  2.  If  the  ore  should  be  in  a  calciform  state,  mixed 
with  earths,  the  roasting  of  it  previous  to  assaying,  if  not  det- 
rimental, is  at  least  superfluous  ;  if  the  earths  should  be  of 
the  argillaceous  and  silicious  kind,  to  lialf  a  quintal  of  them, 
add  of  dry  quicklime  and  llour-spar,  of  each  one-fourth  of  a 
quintal,  reduced  to  powder,  and  mix  them  with  ono-fourtli  of 
a  quintal  of  powdered  charcoal,  covering  the  whole  wiih  one 
ounce  of  dccrejjitated  common  salt  ;  and  expose  the  luted 
crucible  to  a  strong  forge-  fire  for  an  hour  and  a  quarter,  then 
let  it  graduall}'  cool,  and  let  the  regulus  be  struck  olT  and 
weighed.  If  the  ore  contain  calcareous  earth  ti'crc  will  be 
no  occasion  to  add  quicklime;  the  preparations  of  the  ingre- 
dients may  be  as  J'oliows  :  viz.  one  assay  quitrial  of  ore,  one 
(if  decrepidated  sea-salt,  o.'ie  half  of  powdered  charcoal  ;  and 
one  of  flour-spar,  and  the  process  conducted  as  above. 

There  is  a  great  difference  in  the  reornh  of  iron  ;  wlien  the  cold  reg- 
ulus is  struck  with  a  hammer,  and  breaks,  the  iron  is  called  cold  short; 
when  struck  red  hot,  it  is  called  red  short,  but  if  it  resist  the  hammer, 
both  in  its  cold  and  ignited  state,  it  is  good  iron. 

Humid  assay  of  Iron  Ore.  To  assay  the  calciform  ores, 
which  do  not  contain  much  earthy  or  stony  matter,  they  must 
be  reduced  to  a  fine  powder  ;  dissolved  in  marine  acid,  and 
precipitated  with  th.e  Prussian  alkali.  A  determinate  qui-n- 
tit}'  of  the  alkali  must  be  previously  tried,  to  ascertain  tlio 
portion  of  iron  wliich  it  will  precipitate,  and  the  estimate 
made  accordingly.  If  the  iron  contains  a  considerable  ])or- 
tion  of  zinc  or  manganese,  the  jnecipiiate  must  be  calcined 
to  redness,  and  the  calx  of  the  zinc  ;  when  this  is  separated, 
the  calx  should  again  be  treated  either  with  nitrous  acid,  with 
the  addition  of  sugar,  or  with  the  acetous  acid,  which  will 
dissolve  the  manganese,  i-f  any  ;  the  reni'iining  calx  of  iron 
maj'  then  be  dissolved  by  the  marine  acid,  and  precipitated 
by  the  mineral  alkali,  or  it  may  be  further  calcined,  and  then 
weii^hed. 

Zinc  Ores.  Take  the  assay, weight  of  roasted  ore,  and 
mix  it  well  with  one-eighth  part  of  charcoal  dust,  put  it  into 
a  strong  luted  earthen  report,  to  vvhich  must  be  fitted  a  rccci-  . 


58  THE    ARTIST    AND 

ver  ;  place  the  retort  in  a  furnace  and  raise  the  fire,  and  con- 
tinue it  in  a  violent  heat  for  two  hours  ;  then  cool  gradually, 
and  the  zinc  will  be  found  hanging  to  the  neck  of  the  retort 
in  its  metallic  form. 

In  the  humid  loay.  Distil  vitriolic  acid  over  calamine  to 
dryness  ;  the  residium  must  be  lixiviated  in  hot  water  ;  what 
remains  undissolved  is  silicious  earths  ;  to  the  solution  add 
caustic  volatile  alkali,  which  precipitates  the  iron  and  argil, 
but  keeps  the  zinc  in  solution.  The  precipitate  must  be  re- 
dissolved  in  vitriolic  acid,  and  the  iron  and  argil  separated. 

Tin  Ores.     Mix  a  quintal    of  tin  ore,   previoush'   washed 

and  pulverized,  roast  till  no  arsenical  vapours  arise,  with  half 

a  quintal  of  calcined   borax,  and  the  same   quantity  of  pitch, 

pulverized;     put  the  whole   into   a  crucible    moistened  with 

charcoal  dust  and  water,  and    the   crucible   placed    in  an  air 

furnace.     After  the  pitch   is   burnt,    g?ve   a  violent   heat   for 

a  quarter  of  an  hour;  and  on  withdrawing   the  crucible,  the 

regulus  will  be  found  at  the  bottom. 

If  the  ore  be  not  well  washed  from  earthy  matters,  a  larger  quan- 
tity of  borax  will  be  requisite,  with  some  powdered  glass;  and  if  the 
ore  contains  iron,  some  alkaline  salts  may  be  added. 

In  the  humid  loay.  Let  the  tin  ore  be  well  separatejl  from 
its  stony  matrix^  by  well  washing,  and  reduced  to  the  most 
subtile  powder  ;  digest  in  concentrated  'oil  of  vitriol,  in  a 
strong  heat  for  several  hours;  when  cooled,  add  a  small  por- 
tion of  concentrated  marine  acid,  and  let  it  stand  one  or  two 
bours  ;  then  add  water;  and  when  the  solution  is  clear,  pour 
it  off  and  precipitate  it  by  fixed  alkali. 

One  hundred  grrains  of  this  precipitate,  well  wished  and  dried,  arc 
equivalent  to  one  hundred  of  tin  in  its  reguline  state,  if  the  precipitatf 
consists  of  pure  tin  ;  but  if  it  contain  copper  or  iron,  it  must  be  calcinet 
in  a  red  heat  for  an  hour,  and  then  digested  in  nitrous  acid,  which  wil 
take  up  the  copper  ;  and  afterwards  in  marine  acid,  which  will  separat; 
the  iron. 

Lead  Ores.  As  most  of  the  leads  ores  contain  either  sul- 
phur or  arsenic,  they  should  be  well  roasted.  Take  a  quintal 
i2f  roasted  ore,  and  the  same  quantity  of  calcined  borax;  half 
a  quintal  of  five  powdered  glass  ;  a  quarter  of  a  quintal  of 
pitch,  and  as  much  clear  iron  filiopfs.  Line  the  crucible  w^th 
wet  charcoal  dust,  and  put  the  mixture  into  the  crucible  ; 
place  it  before  the  bellows  of  a  forge  fire.  When  it  is  red 
hot,  raise  the  fire  for  twenty  minutes,  withdraw  the  crucible; 
♦vhon  cold,  break  it. 


tradesman's  guide.  59 

In  the  humid  way..  Dissolve  the  ore  by  boiling  it  in  dilu- 
ted nitrous  acid  ;  the  sulphur,  insoluble  stony  parts,  and  calx 
of  iron  will  remain.  The  iron  may  be  separated  by  digestion 
in  caustic  fixed  alkali.  The  nitrous  solution  contains  the  lead 
and  silver,  which  should  be  precipitated  by  the  mineral  fixed 
alkali,  and  the  precipitate  well  washed  in  cold  water,  dried, 
and  weighed.  Digest  it  in  caustic  volatile  alkali,  which  will 
take  up  the  calx  of  silver  ;  the  residuum  being  again  dried 
and  weighed,  gives  the  proportion  of  the  calx  of  lead,  132 
grains  of  which,  are  equal  to  100  of  XcmX  in  its  metallic  state. 
The  difl'crence  of  weight  before  and  after  the  application  of 
the  volatile  alkali,  gives  the  quantity  of  silver  ;  129  grains  of 
which  arc  equal  to  100  of  silver  in  the  metallic  state. 

Copper  Ores.  Take  an  exact  ounce  troy  of  the  ore  pre'* 
viously  pulverized,  and  calcine  it  well;  stir  it  all  the  time  with 
an  iron  rod,  without  removing  it  from  the  crucible  :  after  the 
calcination  add  an  equal  quantity  of  borax  ;  half  the  quantity 
of  fusible  glass,  one-fourth  the  quantity  of  pitch,  and  a  little^ 
charcoal  dust  ;  rub  the  inner  surface  of  the  crucible  with  a 
paste  composed  of  charcoal  dust,  a  little  fine  powdered  clay 
;ind  water  ;  cover  the  mass  with  common  salt,  and  put  a  lid 
on  the  crucible,  which  place  in  a  furnace;  raise  the  {\vg  grad- 
ually, till  it  burns  briskly,  and  the  criiciblc  kept  in  it  for  half 
cin  hour ;  stir  the  metal  often  with  an  iron  rod  ,  and  when 
the  scoria  adhering  to  the  rod  ajipears  dear,  take  the  crucible 
out  and  suffer  it  to  cool,  when  it  must  be  broken,  and  the  re- 
gulus  separtcd  and  weighed  ;  ibis  is  called  black  copper,  to 
refine  which,  equal  parts  of  common  salt  and  nitre  are  to  bo 
well  mixed  together.  The  black  copper  is  brought  into  fusion, 
and  a  teaspoonful  of  flux  is  thrown  on  it,  which  repeat  three 
or  four  times  ;  then  ))our  the  metal  into  an  ingot  mould,  and 
the  button  is  found  to  be  fine  copper. 

In  the  humid  way.  Make  a  solution  of  vitreous  copper  ore, 
in  five  times  its  weight  of  concentrated  vitreous  acid,  and  boil 
it  to  dryness  ;  add  as  much  water  as  will  dissolve  the  vitriol 
thus  formed  ;  to  this  solution  add  a  clean  bar  of  iron,  which 
will  precipitate  the  whole  of  the  copper  in  its  metallic  form. 
If  the  solution  be  contaminated  with  iron,  the  copper  must  be 
redissolved  in  the  same  manner, and  precipitated  ag^in.  The 
sul])hur  may  be  separated  by  filtration. 

liismuth  Ores.  If  it  be  mincr;ili7cd  by  sulphur,  or  sulphur 
and  iron,  a  previous  roasting  will  be  necessary.      The  strong 


60  THE    AIITIST    AND  t... 

% 

ores  require  no  roasting  only  to  be  ref]uc*ed  to  fine'  powder. 
Take  the  assny  weight  and  mix  it  with  half  the  quantity  of 
calciDcd  borax,  and  th.e  same  of  pounded  ghiss  ;  line  tlie  cru- 
cible Willi  charcoal  ;  melt  it  as  quickly  as  j^ossible;  when  well 
done,  take  out  the  crucible,  and  let  it  cool  gradually.  The 
regulus  will  be  found  at  the  bottom. 

In  the  huuiid  way.  Bismuth  is  easily  soluble  in  nitrous 
acid,  or  aqua-regia.  The  solution  is  colourless,  and  is  pre- 
cipilable  by  the  addition  of  pure  water  ;  118  grains  oi  the 
precipitate  from  nitrous  acid,  well  washed  and  dried,  are 
equal  to  100  of  bismuth  in  its  metallic  form. 

Antimonial  Ores.  Bore  a  number  of  small  holes  in  the 
bottom  of  a  small  crucible,  place  it  in  another,  a  size  larger, 
lute  ihem  well  togelher  ;  then  put  the  proper  quantity  of  o;e 
in  small  lumps  in  the  upper  crucible,  lute  thereon  a  cover  ; 
place  the  vessels  on  a  hearth  ;  surround  them  with  stones  six 
inches  distant  ;  fill  with  ashes  the  intermediate  space,  that 
the  under  crucible  may  be  covered  with  them  ;  but  upon  the 
upper,  charcoal  must  be  laid  :  tiie  whole  made  red  hot  by 
the  assistance  of  the  hand  bellows.  The  antimony  runs  thro' 
the  holes  of  the  upj^er  vessel,  beinj:  easy  effusion,  into  the 
other,  wlicre  it  is  collected. 

Humid  assay  of  arseniafcd  antimony.  Dissolved  the  ore 
in  aquci-regia,  both  the  regulus  and  the  ajsenic  remain  in  solu- 
tion ;  the  sulphur  is  separated  by  filtration.  If  the  solution 
be  boiled  with  twice  its  Vvcight  of  strong  nitrous  acid  ;  the 
regulus  of  antimony  v*^ill  be  precipitated,  and  the  arsenic  con- 
verted into  an  acid,  wliich  may  be  obtained  by  evaporation  to 
dryness. 

Jllangancse  Ore.  To  obtain  tlie  regulus,  mix  the  cdx  or 
ore  of  maniijanese  with  pitch,  made  into  a  ball  ;  put  it  into  a 
crucible,  lined  willi  povrdcred  cliarcoal,  one-tenth  of  an  incli 
on  the  sides,  and  one-fourth  at  the  bottom;  then  fill  the  empty 
space  with  cliarcoal  dust  ;  cover  the  crucible  with  another 
inverted  and  luteil  on,  and  expose  it  to  the  strongest  heat  of 
a  forge  for  an  hour  or  more. 

In  the  humid  way.  Roast  the  ore  well  to  dephlogistigatc 
the  calx  of  mauijancse  and  iron,  if  any,  and  then  treat  with 
nitrous  acid  to  dissolve  the  earths.  Treat  the  residuum  with 
nitrons  acid  and  sugar,  when  a  colourless  solution  of  manganes<? 
is  procured,  and  also  of  the  iron,  if  any.  Precipitate  with 
Prussian  alkali,  digest  the  precipitate  in}mre  water;  the  Prus- 


tradesman's  guide.  6i 

siale  of  nnnganese  will  be  dissolved,  whilst  the  Prussiale  of 
iron  will  remain   undissolved. 

Arsenical  Ores.  Made  by  sublimation  in  close  vessels. 
Beat  the  ore  into  small  pieces  ;  put  them  into  a  matrass, 
which  place  in  a  sand  pot,  with  a  proper  degree  of  heat  ;  the 
arsenic  sublimes,  and  adheres  to  the  upper  part  of  the  vessel; 
collect  it  carefully,  and  ascertain  its  weight.  A  single  subli- 
mation will  not  be  sufficient  ;  sometimes,  as  in  many  cases, 
the  arsenic  will  melt  with  the  ore,  and  prevent  its  total  vola- 
tilization ;  in  M-hich  case,  perform  the  first  sublimation  with 
a  njoderate  heal;  than  bruise  the  remainder  agaii>,  and  expose 
it  to  a  stiongr  heat. 

lathe  humid  way.  Digest  the  ore  in  marine  acid,  add  the 
nitrous  by  degrees,  to  help  the  solution.  .The  sulphur  will 
be  found  on  the  filter;  the  arsenic  will  remain  in  the  solution, 
and  may  be  precipitated  in  its  metallic  form  by  zinc,  adding 
spirits  of  wine  to  the  solution. 

Nickel  Ore,  Roast  the  ores  well,  to  expel  the  sulphur  and 
arsenic  ;  tlie  greener  the  calx  proves  during  this  torrefaction, 
the  more  it  abounds  in  the  nickel  ;  but  the  redder  it  is,  the 
more  iron  it  contains.  Fuse  in  an  open  crucible,  a  proper 
quantity,  with  twice  or  thrice  its  weight  of  black  flux,  the 
xvhole  covered  with  common  salt.  Expose  the  crucible  to 
the  strongest  heat  of  a  forge  fire  ;  make  the  fusion  complete, 
and  it  will  produce  a  regulus,  though  not  pure.  It  contains  a 
portion  of  arsenic,  cobalt,  and  iron.  Deprive  the  first  by 
fresh  calcination,  adding  powdered  charcoal  ;  tlie  second,  by 
scorification   but  it    is  difficult  to   free  it   entirely   from   iron. 

Til  the  humid  way.  By  solution  in  nitious  acid,  it  is  freed 
from  its  sulpltur  ;  and  by  adding  water  to  the  solution,  bis- 
muth, if  any,  may  be  precij)itated  ;  silver,  also,  if  contained 
in  it,  by  the  marine  acid  ;   and  copper,  when  any,  by  iron. 

To  separate  cobalt  from  nickel,  when  the  cobalt  is  in  considerable 
quantity,  drop  a  saturated  solution  of  the  roasted  ore  in  nitrous  acid  into 
liquid  volatile  alkali  ;  the  cobaltic  part  is  instantly  rcdissclved,  and  as«. 
sumes  a  g^arnet  colonr,  when  filtered,  a  f?rey  powder  remains  on  tlie  fil- 
ter, which  is  the  nickel.  The  cobalt  may  be  precipitated  from  the  Volatilo 
plkaii,  by  any  acid. 

Cobalt  Ores.  Free  them  as  much  as  possible  from  earthy 
matters,  by  washing,  and  from  sulpluir  and  arsenic  by  roasting. 
When  prepared  mix  the  ore  with  three  parts  of  black  flux, 
and  a  little  decrepitated  sea  salt  ;  put  the  mixture  in  a  lined 


(j<f  TlJf.    AUl'IST  AS 6^ 

crucible,  cover  ii,  ajul  place  it  in  a  forge  fne,or  hot  furnace; 
for  it  is  dilTicult  of  fusion.  When  well  fused,  a  metallic  re- 
o-iihis  will  be  found  at  the  bottom,  cover'id  with  a  scoria,  of  a 
deep  blue*  colour  :  as  almost  all  cobalt  orc*s  coiitaiir  bismuth, 
this  is  reduced  by  the  same  operation  as  the  regulns  of  cobalt; 
they  are  incapable  of  chemically  uniting  together,  and  are  al- 
ways found  distinct  from  each  other  in  the  crucible.  The 
regulus  of  bismuth  having  a  greater  specific  gravity,  is  always 
ai  the  bottom,  and  may  be  separated  by  a  blow  with  a  ham- 
mer. 

In  the  humid  ivay.  Make  a  selution  of  the  ore  in  nitrous 
:icid,  or  aqu  i-regia,  and  evaporate  to  dryness  ;   the  residuum, 

re  ited  with  f he" acetous  acid  will  yield  to  it  the  cobaltic  part; 

he  arsenic  should  be  first  precipitated,  by  the  addition  of 
w  i:er. 

Mercurial  Ores.  The  calciform  ores  of  m^ercury  are  easily 
'•educed  wiihout  any  addition.       Put  into  the  retort  a  quintal 

f  <^ie,  and  a  receiver  luted  on,  coiiraining  some  water — phice 

he  retort  io  a  sand  baih,  s\\o,  a  sufficient  degree  of  heat  to- 
^•>rce  over  tlie  mercury  which  is  condensed  in  the  water  of 
'he  receiv{»r. 

Sulphurated  Mercurial  Ores.  They  are  assayed  as  above, 
liV     listillation  ;   only,    these  ores  require  an  equal  weight   of 

I'^Mj  iron  filinirs  to  be  mixed  with  them  ;  to  disengage  the 
-ulplurr,  wh'le  the  heat  volatilizes  the  meroury,  and  forces  it 
•ir  ,)  the  receiver.  These  ores  should  be  tried  for  cinnabar 
to  know  whether  it  will  answer  the  purpose  of  extracting  it 
fioai  them  ;  for  this,  take  a  determinate  quantity  finely  pow- 
deied,  put  it  into  a  glass  vessel,  expose  to  a  srentle  heat  at 
first,  gradu:-illy  increased  till  nothing  more  is  sublimed.  By 
the  quantity  thus  obtained,  we  may  know  whether  the  process 
will  answer. 

Sometimes  th«*  cinnabar  is  not  of  so  lively  a  coMar,  as  that  which  is 
n^nd  in  coMi!ii.;rce  ;  it  may  be  refiiind  by  a  sncond  sublimation,  and  it 
ih'-n  too  dark,  it  may  be  briglilened  by  the  addition  ol"  mercury,  and 
eublimed  again. 

Humid  assay  of  Cinnabar.  Dissolve  the  stony  matrix  in 
nitrous  acid,  the  cinnabar  being  disengaged,  sliould  be  boiled 
in  eight  or  ten  times  its  weight  of  aqua-regia,  composed  of 
three  parts  nitrous,  arid  one  of  marine  acid.  The  mercury 
mav  be  precipitated  in  its  running  form  by  zinc. 

Silver   Ore.     Take  the  assay  quantity  finely  pulverized; 


TRADESMAN'S  GUIDE.  GS 

toast  it  well  in  a  proper  degree  of  heat  ;  stir  it  often  with  rii 
iron  rod;  then  add  abo\Jt  douhle  the  quantity  of  granulated 
lead,  put  it  in  a  covered  crucible,  j>]ac8  it  in  a  furnace,  raise 
the  fire  gently  at  lirst,  gradually  increasing  it,  till  the  metal 
begins  to  worK..  If  it  appears  too  thick,  add  a  little  more 
lead  ;  if  it  sliould  boil  too  ra[>id,  diminish  the  fire.  By  de* 
grees  the  surface  will  Ihj  cover*.!  with  a  mass  of  scoria  ;  then 
carefully  stir  it  with  an  iron  hook  heated,  especially  towards 
the  border  lest  anv  of  the  ore  should  remain  undissolved  ; 
and  if  what  is  adlierent  to  the  hook,  when  raised  from  the' 
ci'ucible,  nveits  quickly  again,  and  tlie  extre^nity  of  the  hook, 
<rfter  it  is  grown  cold,  is  covered  with  a  thin,  shining,  sm(»oth 
crust,  the  sjcoi^ifi cation  is  perfect  ;  but,  on  the  contrary^  if 
while  stirring  it,  any  considerable  clamminess  is  perceived  irf 
the  scoria,  and  when  it  adlierejs  to  the  hook,  though  red  hot, 
und  appears  unequally  ting»^d,  and  seems  ditsty,  or  rough, 
with  grains  interspersed  here  and  therje,  the  scorification  is 
incomplete  ;  in  consequence  of  which,  tJie  fire  should  be  in- 
creased a  liule,  and  what  adheres  to  the  hook  should  be  gently 
beaten  off,  and  returned  with  a  small  ladle  into  the  crucible. 
When  the  scorification  is  perfect,  the  metal  should  be  pouretl 
into  a  cone,  previously  rubbed  with  a  little  tallow,  and  when 
it  becomes  cold,  the  scoria  may  be  separated  by  a  few  strokes^ 
of  a  hammer. 

In  the  humid  icaij.  Boil  vitreous  silver  ore  in  diluted  ni- 
tron >  acid,  using  about  twenty-five  times  its  weight,  until  the 
sulphur  is  quite  exhausted.  Precipitate  the  silver  from  tiie 
solution  by  marine  acid,  or  common  salt  ;  one  hundred  grains 
of  this  precipitate,  contains  seventy-five  of  real  silver;  if  it 
contains  any  gold,  it  will  remain  undissolved.  Fixed  alkalies 
precipitate  the  earthy  matters,  and  the  Prussian  alkali  will 
show  if  any  other  metal  is  contained  in  the  solution. 

By  >cuptUatiim.  Take  the  assay  quantity  of  ore,  roast  and 
grind  it  with  an  equal  portion  of  lithartie,  divide  it  in:o  two 
or  three  parts,  and  wrap  eacli  up  in  a  small  piece  of  paper  ; 
put  a  cupel  previously  seasoned  under  a  muflle,  with  about 
s'X  times  the  quantity  of  lead  upon  it.  When  the  lead  be- 
gijis  to  work,  carefully  put  one  of  the  papers  upon  it,  and  af- 
ter this  is  absorbed,  put  on  a  second,  and  so  on  till  the  wh'.de 
is  introduced  ;  then  raise  the  fire,  and  as  the  scor  a  is  formed 
it  will  be  taken  up  by  the  cupel,  and  at  last  the  silver  will 
remain  alone.      This  will  be  the  produce  of  the  assay,  unless 


04  tBt    ARTIST  AS6 

the  lead  contains  a  small  quantity  of  silver  wliich  maybe  dis- 
covered by  putting  an  equal  quantity  of  the  same  lead  on  an- 
other cupel,  and  \vor!:inir  it  off  at  the  same  time  ;  if  any  silver 
be  produced  it  must  be  ileducted  from  the  assay. 

To  assa^  the  value  of  Siher.  TjC  ascertain  the  purity  of 
silver,  mix  it  wiili  a  quantity  of  lead  proportionate  to  the 
supposed  portion  of  alioy  :  lest  this  mixture,  and  afterwards 
weie;h  the  remaining  button  of  silver.  This  is  the  same  pro- 
cess as  refining  silver  by  cupellation. 

Suppose  the  mass  of  silver  to  be  examined,  consists  of 
twelve  equal  parts,  called  pennyweights  ;  so  that  if  an  ingot 
weights  an  ounce,  each  of  the  parts  will  be  one-twelfth  of  an 
ounce.  Thus,  if  the  mass  of  silver  be  pure,  it  is  called  sil- 
ver of  twelve  pennyv/eights;  if  it  contains  one-twelfth  part 
of  its  weight  of  aHoy,  it  is  called  silver  of  eleven  penny- 
weights ;  if  two-twelfihs  alloy,  it  is  called  ten  pennyweights; 
wblch  parts  of  pure  silver  are  called  fine  prenny weights.  As- 
say ers  give  the  name  pennyweights,  to  a  weight  equal  to 
twenty  real  grains,  which  must  not  be  confounded  with  the 
ideal  weights.  Assayer's  grains  are  called  fine.  Aninfrot  of 
fine  silver,  or  silver  of  twelve  pennyweights,  contaiQs,*thea 
two  hundred  and  eighty-eight  fine  grains  ;  if  this  ingot  con- 
tains one  two  hundred  eighty-eighth  of  alloy,  it  is  silver  of 
eleven  penny-weigiits,  twenty-three  grains;  if  four-two  hun- 
dred eighty-eights  of  alloy,  eleven  pennyweights,  twenty 
tirains,  Arc  A  certain  real  weight  must  be  taken  to  repre- 
sent  the  assay  weights  :  I'or  example,  thirty-six  real  grains 
repiesent  twelve  fine  penny w«>ights,  this  subdivided  into  a 
number  of  other  smaller  weights,  represent  fractions  of  line- 
pennyweights  and  grains.  Thus  eic^hteeu  real  grains  repre- 
sent six  fine  pennyweights,  three  real  grains,  one  fine  penny- 
weight, or  twenty-four  grains;  a  real  grain  and  a  half,  repre- 
-sents  twelve  fine  grains  :  one-thirty  second  of  a  real  grain, 
represents  a  quarter  of  a  fine  grain,  which  is  only  one-seven 
hundred  and  fifty-second  part  of  a  mass  of  twelve  penny- 
weights. 

Double  assar/  of  Silver.  The  silver  for  the  assay,  should 
be  taken  from  opposite  sides  of  the  inijot^  and  tried  on  a 
touchstone.  Assayers  know  very  nearly  the  value  of  silver 
by  the  look  of  the  ingot  ;  mucj}  better,  by  the  test  of  the 
•touchstone.  Tiie  quantity  of  lead  to  be  added  is  regulated 
by  the  portion  of  alloy,  which  is  in  general,  copper  :  heat  the 
cupel  red  hot  for  half  an  hour,  before  any  metal  is  put  upou 


tradesman's  GLibE.  6^ 

It,  which  ex{)els  all  moisture.  When  it  is  almost  white  by 
•heat,  put  in,<^e  lead,  increase  the  heat  till  the  lead  becomes 
red  hot,  sraokiug  and  agitated  by  a  motion  of  all  its  parts, 
called  its  circulation.  Then,  put  tlio  silver  on  the  cupel* 
and  continue  the  fire,  till  the  silver  enters  the  lead.  Wheri 
the  mass  circulates  well,  diminish  the  heat  by  closing  more 
or  less  the  door  of  the  assay  furnace.  Regulate  the  heat 
that  the  metal  on  its  surface  may  appear  convex  and  ardent, 
while  the  cupel  is  less  red,  that  the  smoke  shall  rise  to  the 
roof  of  the  muffle,  that  undulations  shall  be  made  in  all  di- 
rectioHs,  ajid  that  the  middle  of  the  metal  shall  appear  smooth, 
with  a  small  circle  of  litharge,  which  is  continually  imbibed 
by  tin;  aJpoL  When  the  lead  and  alloy  is  entirely  absorbed 
by  the  cupel,  the  silver  becomes  bright  and  shining,  when  it 
is  ;jaid  to  lighten  ;  when,  if  tlie  operation  has  been  well  per- 
formed, the  silver  will  be  covered  with  rainbow  colours, 
which  quickly  undaldte  and  cross  each  other,  and  then  the 
button  becomes  fixed    and  solid. 

The  diminnlicm  of  v.-ei^ht  shows  the  qnanlity  of  aliov.  As  all  le-ud 
-contains  a  small  porlioTi  of  silver-,  an  equal  weijrht  with  that  aasay.  is 
tested  otf,  and  t!ie  {)roduet  deducted  fjoin  the  assay  weight.  This  pur- 
tion  is  called  the  witness. 

ITo  assay  plated  mttals.  Take  a  determinate  quantity  of 
the  plated  metal  ;  put  it  into  an  earthen  vessel,  with  a  sufti- 
Cfent  quanUty  of  the  iibove  menstrtiiim,  an-d  plice  it  in  a  gen- 
tle heat.  W'hen  the  silver  is  stripped,  it  must  be  collected 
with  common  salt;  the  calx  tested  with  lead,  and  the  esti- 
mate made  according  to  the  pre  duct  of  the  silver. 

Orrs  ami  Earths  contahiivg  Gold,  The  general  method 
is  by  arailgamation.  Take  a  proper  quantity,  reduce  it  to 
powder,  add  about  one-tenth  of  its  weight  of  pure  quicksil- 
ver, and  triturate  the  whole  in  an  iron  mortar.  The  attrac- 
tion which  subsists  between  the  gold  and  quicksilver,  quickly 
unites  them  in  the  form  of  an  amalgam,  which  is  pressed! 
throilgh  chamois  leather  ;  the  gold  is  easil}'  separated  fronti 
this  amalgam  by  exposure  to  a  proper  degree  of  heat^  which 
evaporates  the  quicksilv  r  and  leaves  the  gold. 

This  evaporation  sliould  bo  made  vvitli  luted  vessels  ;  and  this  is  the 
foundation  of  all  operations  by  which  gold  is  obtaiued  from  the  rich 
iiiines  of  Peru. 

2.  Heat  red  hot,  a  quantity  of  gold  sand,  quench  it  in  wa- 
ter;   repeat  t\>o  or  three  times,  and  the  colour  of  the  sand  \^'\\\ 


55  THE    ARTIST    AND 

become  a  reddish  brown.  Now  mix  it  with  twice  its  weight 
ofliiharge,  cind  revive  the  litharge  into  lead,  by^ddinga  small 
portion  of  charcoal  dust,  exposing  it  to  a  proper  degree  of 
heat  ;  when  the  lead  revives,  the  gold  is  separated  from  the 
sand,  and  the  freeing  of  the  gold  from  the  lead  must  after- 
wards be  performed  by  cuppellation. 

Metallic  ores  containing  gold  are  sometimes  assayed  as  follows  : — 
mix  two  pans  of  ibe  ore,  well  pounded  and  washed,  with  one  and  a  half 
of  litharge,  and  three  of  giass :  cover  the  whole  wiih  common  salt; 
melt  it  ma.  smitii's  torge,  in  a  covered  crucible;  then  open  the  crucible, 
put  a  nail  into  it,  and  continue  to  do  so  till  the  iron  is  no  longer  at- 
tacked. The  lead  is  thus  jjtecipitatcd  which  contains  the  gold,  and  is 
then  separated  by  cuppellation. 

Humid  assay  ^of  Gold  mixed  with  martial -pyrites  Ore 
issolved  in  twelve  times  its  weight  of  diluted  nitrous  acid, 
gradually  added  :  ])lace  it  in  a  proper  degree  of  heat  ;  the 
soluble  parts  are  taken  up,  and  leaves  the  gold  untouched, 
with  the  insoluble  matrix,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  aqua- 
resfia.  The  gold  is  again  separated  from  the  aqua-regia  by 
•pour'ng  ether  upon  it  ;  the  eiher  takes  up  the  gold,  and  by 
being  burnt  off,  leaves  it  in  its  metallic  state.  The  solution 
may  contain  iron,  copper,  manganese,  calcareous  earlh,  or  ar- 
gil; if  evaporated  to  dryiiess,  and  the  residuum  heated  to  redness 
for  half  an  hour,  volatile  alkali  will  extract  the  copper  ;  de- 
plilogisticated  nitrous  acid,  the  earths  ;  acetous  acid,  the  man- 
ganese ;  and  marine  acid,  the  calx  of  iron.  The  sulphur 
floats  on  the  first  solution^  from  which  it  is  separated  by  fil- 
tration. 

Parting  of  Gold  and  Silver.  Gold  and  silver  equnlfy  re- 
sisting the  action  of  fire  and  lead,  must  therefore  besepaia  ■  i 
by  other  means,  which  is  efl'ected  by  difterent  menstrua.  Ni- 
trous acid,  marine  acid,  and  sulphur,  which  cannot  attack 
gold,  operate  upon  silver,  and  these  are  the  principal  agents 
employed  in  the  process  oC parting.  Parting  by  nitrous  acid 
is  the  most  convenient  ;  this  is  called  simple  partings  and  is 
generally  the  method  preferred  by  goldsmiths.  That  made 
by  the  marine  acid  is  by  cementation,  and  cnWed  concentrated 
parting;  that  by  sulphur,  is  made  by  fusion,  and  called  dry 
parting. 

Parting  hy  Aqua-Fojtis.  The  following  directions  are 
to  be  regarded  ;  first,  must  be  in  a  proper  proportion,  viz. 
three  parts  of  silver  to  one  of  gold,  though  a  mass  of  silver 
coDtainJng  two  parts  of  silver  to  one  of  gold  may  be  parted. 


tradesman's  guide.  67 

The  queility  of  the  metal  is  determined  by  assayers,  who  mnke 
a  comparison  upon  a  touchstone,  between  it  and  needles  com- 
posed of  gold  and  silver  in  graduated  proportions,  and  pro- 
perly marked,  which  are  caWed  proof  npcdlcs.  li"  the  silver 
is  not  to  the  gold,  as  three  to  one,  the  n)ass  is  improper  for 
the  operation,  unless  more  silver  is  added  ;  besides,  the  aqua- 
fortis must  be  very  pure,  containing  neither  vitiiolic  or  marine 
acid.  Granulate  tiio  metal  previous  to  parting,  by  melting  it 
in  a  crucible  ;  then  pour  it  into  a  vessel  of  water,  giving  the 
water  a  rapid  circular  motion  with  a  stick.  The  vessels  used 
are  called  parting  glasses^  free  from  daws,  and  well  annealed. 
The  glasses  are  apt  to  crack  on  exposure  to  cold,  or  when 
even  touched  by  the  hand.  The  bottoms  are  secured  by  some 
operators,  by  a  coat-ng  made  of  new  slacked  lime,  with  beer 
and  wl)ite  of  egss  spread  on  a  cloih,  and  wrapped  round  the 
bottom,  over  which  they  apjjly  a  composition  of  clay  and 
hair.  The  glasses  are  placed  in  vessels  containing  water, 
supported  by  trivels,  with  a  fire  under  them:  thus,  if  a  glass 
breaks,  the  contents  are  caught  in  the  vessel  of  water.  If  the 
heat  comraunicared  to  the  water  is  loo  great,  regulate  it  by 
pouring  cold  water  carelully  down  the  side  of  the  vessel  into 
a  parting  glass  lifieen  inches  high,  and  ten  or  twelve  inches 
wide  at  the  bottom,  placed  in  a  copper  pan  twelve  inches  wide 
at  bottom,  fifteen  inches  wide  at  top,  and  ten  i[iches  high  ;  as- 
sayers generally  operate  with  about  eighty  ounces  of  metal, 
with  twice  as  mucli  aqua-fortis. 

The  aque-fortis  sliould  be  so  strong  as  to  act  sensibly  on 
silver,  when  cold,  but  not  violently.  Apply  but  little  heat  at 
first,  as  the  liq>ior  is  apt  to  swell  and  rise  over  the  vessel  : 
when  the  acid  is  nearly  saturated,  increase  the  heat.  When 
the  solution  ceases  ('which  is  known  by  the  effervescence  dis- 
continuing) pour  the  liquor  oft*;  if  any  grains  appear  entire, 
add  more  aqu'.i-fortis,  till  al)  the  silver  is  dissolved.  If  the 
operation  is  performed  slowly,  the  remaining  gold  will  have 
distinct  masses.  The  gold  appears  black  after  parting ;  its 
parts  have  no  adhesion  together  ;  because  the  silver  dissolved 
from  it  has  left  many  interstices  :  to  give  them  more  solidity, 
and  improve  their  colour,  thoy  are  put  into  a  test  under 'a 
mutfle,  and  made  red  hot  ;  after  which  they  contract  and  be- 
corne  more  solid,  and  the  jrold  resimies  its  colour  and  lustre. 
It  is  then  called  grain  gold.     If  the  operation  has  been  has- 


<5?  THE    ARrisr    AND 

tily  performed,   the  gold  will  have  the  appearRiir.e  of  black 
mud  or  powder,  which  must  be  inelied  afier  well  washintr. 

Recover  the  silver  bv  precipitating  it  from  aqna-fortis  by  means  of 
pure  -copper.  No  precipitation  will  take  place,  if  the  soluiion  is  per- 
fectly saturated,  till  a  fuw  drops  of  aqua-tortis  are  added.  VVasli  ih« 
precipitate  of  silver  well  with  boiling  water,  fuse  with  nitre  and  teat  off 
^itfa  lead. 

Parting  by  Cementation,  Bricks  powdered  and  sifted, 
four  pans  ;  one  p^ri  green  vitriol,  calcif.ed  till  it  becomes  red, 
and  one  part  of  common  salt,  made  iuto  a  fine  paste  with  a  little 
water. 

Reduce  the  gold  to  be  cemented  into  plates  as  thin  as  mo- 
ney. Put  at  the  bottom  of  the  cementing  pot,  a  stratum  of 
the  above  paste,  hali'an  inch  thick  ;  cover  with  plates  of  guld, 
and  so  the  strata  are  placed  alternately  :  cover  tiie  whole  with 
a  lid,  which  is  luted  with  a  mixture  of  clay  and  sand.  Place 
the  pot  in  a  furnace  or  oven,  heat  gradually,  till  it  becomes 
led  hot;  keep  it  in  the  oven  twenty-four  hours;  the  heat 
must  not  melt  the  gold  ;  then  suffer  the  crucible  to  cool  ;  se- 
parate carefully  the  gold  from  the  cement,  and  boil  at  differ- 
ent times  in  a  large  quantity  of  pure  water.  Then  assay  upon 
a  toiichstone  or  otherwise  ;  if  not  suflScieuily  pure,  ceriient  a 
second  time. 

In  thi:J  process  the  vitriolic  acid  of  the  bricks,  and  rhe  calcined  vitriol, 
decomposes  the  common  salt,  during  the  cementation,  byuni'ingto  its 
alkaline  base,  while  the  marine  acid  b^comes  conceritrated  by  iho  heat  ; 
and  dissolves  the  silver  alloyed  with  tlie  orold.  This  is  a  very  trouble- 
some procejss.  though  it  succeeds,  when  the  portion  of  silv»'r  is  so  small, 
tiiat  it  would  be  dpf»3ndrd  from  the  action  of  aqua-lortis  by  the  su:m  i- 
abundarit  gold;  but  is  little  us^d.  excnpt  »o  extract  silver,  or  base  metals, 
from  the  surrace  of  gold,  and  thus  giving  to  an  alloyed  metal  the  colour 
and  appearance  of  pure  gold. 

Dry  Parting.  As  the  dry  parting  is  ever  troublesome  as 
well  as  expensive,  it  ought  not  to  be  undertaken,  but  on  a 
considerable  quaiihty  of  silver  alloyed  with  gold.  Granulate 
the  nietal  ;  from  one-eighth  to  one-fifth  (as  it  is  rich  or  poor 
in  gold)  reserve  ;  mingle  well  the  rest  with  an  eighth  of  pow- 
dered sulphur  ;  put  into  a  crucible  ;  keep  a  gentle  fire,  that 
the  silver,  before  melting,  may  be  thoroughly  penetrated  bv 
the  sulphur;  the  sulphur  will  dissipate,  if  the  fire  is  hastily 
urged.  If  to  sulphuretted  silver  in  fusion  pure  silver  is  added, 
the  latter  falls  to  the  bottom,  and  forms  there  a  distinct  lluid, 
net  iniscible  with  the  other.    The  particles  of  gold  havirg  no 


tradesman's    GlfDE.  69 

adlnity  with  the  sulphuretted  silver,  arc  joined  to  the  pure 
silver  wiienever  they  come  in  contact,  nnd  are  tiius  transferred 
from  the  former  into  the  latter,  more  or  less  poifecily,  as  the 
pure  silver  is  more  or  less  thoroughly  diffused  through  the  mix- 
ture. For  this  use  a  jrart  of  the  granulated  silver  is  reserved. 
Bring  the  sulphuretted  mass  into  fjsion,  keep  melting  for 
nearly  an  hour  in  a  covered  crucible,  throw  in  one-third  of 
the  reserved  grains,  which,  when  melted,  slir  the  whole  well, 
that  the  fresh  silver  may  be  distributed  through  the  mixed,  to 
collect  the  gold  from  it,  which  is  performed  by  a  wooden  rod  ; 
which  repeat,  till  the  whole  reserved  nuital  is  introduced. 
The  sulphuretted  silver  appears  in  fusion  of  a  dark  brown  co- 
lour; after  it  has  been  in  fusion  for  some  time,  a  part  of  the 
sulphur  having  escaped  from  the  top,  the  surface  becomes 
white,  and  some  bright  drops  of  silver,  about  the  size  of  a  pea, 
are  perceived  on  it.  When  this  takes  place,  the  fire  must  be 
immediately  discontinued,  or  more  and  more  ot  the  silver, 
thus  losing  its  sulj)hur,  would  subside  and  mingle  with  the 
part  at  the  bottom,  (perhaps  as  much  as  was  unsulj^huretted 
from  the  mass,)  by  a  chisel  or  hanimer,  or  more  perfectly  by 
placing  the  whole  mass  v/ith  its  bottom  upwards  in  a  crucible, 
the  sulphuretted  part  quicMy  melts,  leaving  un melted  that 
which  contains  the  gold.  The  sulphuretted  silver  is  assayed 
b\'  keeping  a  portion  of  it  in  fusion,  till  the  sulphur  is  dissi- 
pated, and  then  by  dissolving  it  in  aqua-fortis. 

If  it  should  still  be  found  to  contain  gold,  it  must  be  subjected  to  the 
same  treatment  as  before.  The  g-old  tiius  collected  may  be  concentra- 
ted into  a  smaller  part,  by  repeating  the  whole  process,  when  it  may  be 
parted  by  aqua-fortis  without  too  much  expense. 

To  determine  the  quantity  of  Gold.  If  its  specific  gravity 
is  17,157,  it  is  lawful  coin.  The  specific  quality  of  pure  eold 
is  19,3.  Copper,  silver,  and  most  other  metals  which  are  al- 
loyed with  gold,  may  be  easily  separated  from  gold  by  nitric 
acid  :  for  if  the  alloy  be  in  fine  filings,  the  nitric  acid  will  dis- 
solve the  other  metals,  and  leave  the  gold  in  a  blacU  powder. 
This  powder  may  be  separated  and  melted  down  in  a  pure 
mass  ;  but  the  common  nicthod  adopted  by  artists  is,  to  melt 
the  alloy  with  sulphuri::t  of  antimony.  The  other  metals  be- 
come suiphurets,  and  the  gold  will  unite  with  the  antimony, 
and  all  fall  to  the  bottom  of  the  crucible.  After  cooling  it 
may  be  separated.  Now  melt  the  alloy  of  gold  and  antimony, 
boil  it  at  a  white  heat,  and  the  antimony  will  become  vo'.u- 
tilized  and  flv  olV, 


70  THE    ARTIST    AND 

To  obtain  Silver  pure  frnm  AIloi/.  Put  some  siitric  aci'd 
in  a  wine  glass  diluted  wiih  ;in  equal  bulk  of  water  ;  drop  into 
it  a  six  cent  piece,  and  let  it  rein  lin  till  action  ceases.  Naw 
take  out  the  undissolved  silver,  and  put  in  a  plate,  or  a  coat 
of  perfectly  clean  briglit  copper.  The  silver  will  be  precipi- 
tated after  a  short  time.  Wash  the  powder  several  times  ; 
and  put  a  little  liquid  ammonia  into  the  water  for  the  first 
washings.  Now  nick  down  the  powder  into  a  solid  mass, 
which   will  be    pure  silver. 

Silver  coin  is  alloyed  with   copperas  12    1  3  to  1. 

Weight  of  metals,  Platina  is  twenty-three  times  heavier 
than  water.  Gold,  nineteen  :  silver,  eleven  ;  quicksilver, 
fourteen;  copper,  nine;  iron,  eigiit;  tin,  seven  ;  lead,  eleven; 
nickel,  nine  ;   zinc,  seven. 

Method  of  ascertaining  the  specific  gravity  of  bodies. — 
The  instrument  generally  used  for  obtaininfr  the  specific  gra- 
vities, is  called  the  hydrostatical  balance;  it  does  not  ditler 
rauch  from  the  common  balance.  The  way  to  find  the  speci- 
fic gravity  of  a  solid  heavier  than  water,  as  a  piece  of  meral  is 
this:  weigh  the  bod\'  first  in  air,  in  the  usual  way,  then  weigh 
it  when  it  is  plunged  in  water,  anH  observe  how  much  it  los(rs 
of  its  weight  in  this  fluid,  and  dividing  the  former  weight  by 
the  loss  sustained,  the  quotient  is  the  specific  gravity  of  the 
body,  compared  with  that  of  water.  A  piece  of  gold  may  be 
tried  by  weighing  it  first  in  air,  and  then  in  water,  and,  if  up- 
on dividing  the  weight  in  air,  by  the  loss  in  water,  the  quu^ 
tient  comes  to  be  about  seventeen,  the  sfold  is  good  ;  if  eisrh- 
teen,  or  nearly  nineteen^  the  gold  is  very  fine  ;  if  less  than 
seventeen  it  is  too  much  alloyed  with  other  metal.  The 
same  principle  is  universal.  Hence  we  see  the  reason  wliy 
boats  or  other  vessels  float  on  water;  they  sink  just  so  low, 
that  the  weight  of  the  vessel,  with  its  contents,  is  equal  to  the 
quantity  of  water  which  it  displaces. 

The  mpthod  of  ascertaining  the  specific  crravity  of  bodio?,  was  disco- 
vered by  Archimedes.  Hiero,  king  of  Sicily,  havinc^  given  a  workman 
a  quantity  of  pure  gold,  to  make  a  crown,  suspected  tliat  the  artist  had 
kept  part  of  the  gold,  and  adulterated  the  crown  with  a  base  nu-lal. 
The  king  applies  to  Arcliimedos,  to  discover_t!ie  fraud.  Tlie  philoso- 
pher long  studied  in  vain,  but  at  length  he  accidentally  hit  upon  a 
mctiiod  of  verifying  tiic  king's  suspicion.  Going  one  dav  into  a  bath, 
he  look  notice  that  tiie  water  rose  in  the  bath,  and  immediately  reflec- 
ted tliat  any  body  ot  equal  bulk  with  himselt".  would  have  rai.«;ed  tl;«» 
ivatcr  just  as  nnich ;  though  a  body  of  eq^ual  weight,  bat  not  of  cqu^.l 


tradesman's  guide*  71 

bulk,  would  not  raise  it  so  much.  From  this  idea  he  conceived  a  mode 
»>r finding  out  what  lie  so  much  wished,  and  was  so  transported  witli 
joy,  that  he  ran  out  of  the  bath  crying  out  in  the  Greek  tongue,  "1 
Jiave  found  it,  I  have  found  it."  As  gold  was  the  heaviest  of  all  rnetals 
then  known,  he  therefore  desired  a  mass  of  pure  gold,  equally  heavy 
with  the  crown  when  weighed  in  air,  should  be  weighed  against  it  in 
water,  conjecturing  that  if  the  crown  was  not  alloyed  it  would  counter- 
poise the  mass  of  gold  when  they  were  both  immersed  in  water,  as  well 
as  it  did  when  they  were  weighed  in  air.  On  making  trial,  the  mass  of 
gold  weighed  much  heavier  in  water  than  the  crown  did,  nor  was  this 
all;  whe:i  the  mass  and  crown  were  immersed  separately  in  ihe  same 
vessel  uf  water,  the  crown  raised  the  water  much  higher  than  the  mass 
did,  which  showed  it  was  alloyed  with  aome  other  lighter  metal  which 
increased  its  bu  Ik. 

On  this  principle  is  founded  the  doctrine  of   the  specific  gravities  of 
bodies. 

Hali'of  the  civilized  employments  of  man,  consists  in  work- 
ing the  metals,  and  minerals  ;  civilization  depends  so  much 
on  the  discovery  of  the  useful  metals,  that  little  progress  can 
be  made  from  a  savage  stale,  without  the  useful  trade  of  a 
blacksmith. 

To  avoid  the  inconveniences  of  exchanging  or  bartering, 
men,  in  earlier  ages  fixed  on  metals  ;  as  on  gold,  silver,  cop- 
])er  or  iron,  for  a  medium  of  value,  so  that  if  one  man  had 
too  much  corn  and  wanted  wine,  he  was  obliged  to  give  corn 
for  w'-iio,  hut  he  might  sell  his  corn  for  metal,  and  buy  the 
wine  with  the  metal,  at  his  convenience.  Hence  the  ori  gi 
of  money  ;  as  it  was  found  inconvenient  to  weigh  metal  in 
every  transaction,  (as  Abraham  did  when  he  bought  the  bu- 
rying place  for  Sarah,)  stamps  were  put  on  pieces  of  metal  to 
indicate  that  they  might  be  safely  received  for  a  settled  weight 
or  value. 

Viewing  the  metals  In  ordinary  use,  we  consider  them  com- 
mon productions;  but  no  art  is  so  curious  as  that  of  extract- 
ing metals  from  the  earth,  or  ore,  in  which  they  are  buried  or 
concealed  ;  and  no  discovery  or  irivention  was  ever  more 
wonderful.  Workers  of  metal  imitate  nature,  when  they  beat 
and  wash  their  ores.  No  one  on  looking  at  most  of  the  me- 
talic  ores,  would  suspect  them  to  contain  metals,  as  they  are 
apparently  tho  roughest,  coaisest,  and  least  desirable  stones 
on  earth.  Research  is  on  the  wing  of  activity,  and  discove- 
ries of  minerals  of  the  greatest  utility  are  daily  making.  We 
arc  willing  to  believe  there  are  stil'  in  reserve^  beneath  the 
surface  f)f  the  eartli,  in  our  own  country,  golden  treasures 
for  the  enterprising  ;  if  not  near  our  most  frequent  walks,  yet 


IZ  THE     ARTIST    AND 

in  very  many  places  ttijich  have  never  experienced  the 
probinj  elfects  of  a  crowbar,  or  the  pressure  of  ihe  foot  of 
man. 

CHAPTER  XVir. 
The  art  of  JVorling  Jfefals — Compounds  of  Metals — Use- 
ful Alloys — Conccrsion  of  Iron  into  Steel — ;o  colour  Me- 
fal^ — to  burn  Metals — to  refine  pttcier — Sn'ders — bronze 
of  temporan/  edge  tools — test  for  metals — to  tin  iron  and 
copper  vessels. 

Method  of  reducing  Iron  Ore  into  malleable  Iron.  We 
proceed  by  stamping,  washing,  <fcc.  tlie  calcine  and  materials, 
to  separate  the  ore  from  «'Xiraneoi3s  matter;  ihen  fiising  the 
prepared  ore  in  an  open  furnace,  and  instead  of  casting  it,  to 
suffer  it  to  remain  at  the  bottom  of  the  furnace  till  it  becomes 
cold. 

JVcir  method  of  shingling  and  manvfatturing  Iron.  The 
ore  being  fused  in  a  reverberating  furnace,  is  conveyed, 
wliilst  fluid,  into  an  air  furnace,  where  it  is  exposed  to  a 
strong  heat,  tiil  a  bluish  flame  is  observed  on  the  surface;  it 
is  then  agitated  on  the  surface,  till  it  looses  its  fusibility,  and 
is  collected  into  Jumps  called  loops.  These  loops  are  then 
put  into  another  air  furnace,  brought  to  a  white  or  welding 
Iieat,  and  then  shingUd  into  half-blooms  or  slabs.  They  are 
agaiii  exposed  to  the  air  furnace,  and  the  half-blooms  taken 
out  and  forged  into  anconies,  bars^  half-Jlats^  and  rods  for 
wlTe;  Wnile  the  slabs  are  passed,  when  of  a  welding  heat, 
through  the  grooved  rollers.  In  this  way  of  proceeding,  it 
matters  not,  whether  the  iron  is  prepared  from  cold  or  hot 
short  metal,  nor  is  there  an;v  occasion  for  the  use  of  finery, 
charcoal,  coke,  chafery,  or  hollow  fire,  or  any  blast  by  be'- 
lows,  or  otherwise  :  or  the  use  of  fluxes  in  any  part  of  the 
process. 

To  ircld  Iron;  ait  improved  method.  This  consists  in  the 
skilful  bundling  of- the  iron  to  be  welded  ;  in  the  use  of  an  ex- 
traordinary large  forge  hammer  ;  in  employin2:  a  balling  fur- 
nace^ instead  of  a  hollow-fire  or  chafe ry  \  and  in  pa«ising  the 
iion,  reduced  to  a  melting  heat,  through  grooved  mill-rollers 
of  di.Terent  shapes  and  sizes,  as  required. 

Common  ha' dening.  Iron  b^-  being  heated  red  hot,  and 
plunged  into  cold  water,  acquires  a  great  degree  of  hardness. 
This  proceeds  from  the  coldness  of  the  water  which  con'rafts 
the  particles  of  the  iron  into  less  space. 


TRADESMAN  .S    Cl'IDE.  7S 

Case  hardening.  Is  a  supeilkial  coiiYcrsion  of  iron  into 
steel,  by  cementation.  It  is  performed  on  smair  pieces  of 
iron,  by  enclosing  them  in  an  iron  box,  containing  burnt  lea- 
ther, bone  dust,  or  any  other  carbonic  material,  and  exposin*'- 
them  for  some  time  to  a  red  heat.  The  surHice  of  the  Iron 
thus  becomes  perfectly  metalized.  Iron  thus  treated  is  sus- 
ceptible of  the  finest  polish. 

To  convert  Iron  into  Steel  by  Cementation,  The  Iron  is 
formed  into  bars  of  convenient  size,  and  then  placed  in  a  ce- 
menting furnace,  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  cement  which 
is  composed  of  coals  of  animal  or  vegetable  substances,  mixed 
\f\\\\  calcined  bones,  «Scc.  The  following  are  very  excellent 
cements;  1.  One  part  of  powdered  charcoal,  one  half  a  part 
of  wood  ashes,  well  mixed  together.  2.  Two  parts  charcoal 
moderately  powdered,  one  part  of  bones,  horn,  hair  or  skins 
of  animals,  burnt  in  close  vessels  to  blackness  and  powdered; 
and  half  a  part  of  wood  ashes;  mix  tiiem  well  together. — 
The  bars  of  iron  to  be  converted  into  steel,  are  placed  upon 
a  stratum  of  cement,  and  covered  all  over  witli  the  same; 
and  the  vessel  which  contains  them,  closely  luted,  must  be 
exposed  to  a  red  heat  for  eight  or  ten  hours,  when  the  iron 
will  be  converted  into  steel. 

Steel  is  prepared  from  bar  iron  by  fasion  ;  which  consists  in  plung- 
inor  a  bar  into  melted  iron,  and  keeping  it  there,  for  some  time,  by 
which  process  it  is  converted  into  good  steel.  All  iron  which  become* 
harxier  by  suddenly  quenching  in  cold  water,  is  called  steel  ;  and  that 
steel  which  in  quenching  acquires  the  gr 'atest  degree  of  hardness  in 
the  lowest  degree  of  heat,  and  retains  the  greatest  strength  in  and  alter 
induration,  ought  to  be  considered  as  the  best. 

Inproved  process  of  hardening  Steel.  Articles  manufac- 
tured of  steel,  for  the  purpose  of  cutting,  are,  almost  without 
an  exception  hardened  from  the  anvil  ;  in  other  words,  they 
are  taken  from  the  forger  to  the  hardener,  withot  undurgoing 
any  intermediate  i)rocess;  and  such  is  the  accustomed  routine, 
that  the  mischief  arising  has  escaped  observation.  The  act 
of  forging  produces  a  strong  scale  or  coating,  which  is  spread 
over  the  whole  of  the  blade  ;  and  to  make  the  evil  still  more 
formidable  this  scale  or  coating  is  unequal  in  substance,  vary- 
ing in  proportion  to  the  degree  of  heat  communicated  to  the 
steel  in  forging  ;  it  is,  partially,  almost  impenetrable  to  the 
action  of  water  when  immersed  for  the  purpose  of  hardening. 
Hence  it  is  that  different  degrees  of  hardness  prevail  in  every 
razor  manufactured  ;   this  is  evidentlv  a  postivc  defect  ;  and 

7 


^4  I'llK    ARTIST    AND 

90  loric  as  it  continue*  to  exist,  great  difference  of  tempera^ 
ture  must  exist  likewise.      Rasor  blades  not  unfrequcutly  ex- 
hibit the  fact  here  stated  in  a   very  striking   manner  ;   what 
are    termed  clouds,   or  parts  of  unequal   polish,  derive    their 
orisin  from  this  cause  ;  and   clearly  and  distinctly,    or  rather 
dist'tncilif,  though  not  dearhj  show  how  f\ir  this  partial  coat- 
iuii  his    extended,   and    when   the  oetVon  of  water    has   been 
yiSlded  to,  and  when  resisted^      It  cannot  be  nratter  of  aston- 
ishment, that  so  few   improvenrrents  hdve  been   made    in  the 
hardeninf:  i>f  steel,  when  the  evil  here  complained  of,  so  un- 
iversallv  obtains,  as  almost  to  warrant  the  supposition  that  na 
attempt  has  ever  been    made  to  remove   it.        The  remedy, 
however,  is  easy  and  simple  in  the  extreme,  and  s-o  evidently 
efficient  in  its  applicatiouj  that    it  cannot  but  excite  surprise, 
that  in  the  present  highly  improved  state  of  our  manufactures, 
such  a  communication  should  be  made  as  a  discovery  entirely, 
new.      Instead,  therefore,  of  the  customary  mode  of  harden- 
m^  the    blade  from    the  anvil,    let  it   be   passed  immediately 
from  the  hands  of  the  forger  to  the  grinder  ;  a  slight  appiica- 
tion  of  the  stone  will  remove  the  whole  of  the  scale  or  coat- 
inir  and  the  razor   will  then  be  properly  prepared  to  undergo 
the  operation  of  hardening  with  advantage.      It  will  be  easily 
ascertained,  that    steel   in   this  state^  heats    in   the  fire   with 
greater  regularity,  and  that  when  immersed,  the  obstacles  be-» 
iuir  removed  to  the  immediate  action  of  the  water  on  the  body 
of  the  steel,    the  latter   becomes  equally   hard,  from  one  ex- 
tremity to   the  other.      To  this  may  be  added,  thai  astke  low- 
est possible  heat  at   which  steel  becomes  hard^  is  indubitabhj 
the  best^  the  nK>;'.e  here  recommended  will  be  found  the  only 
one    by  which  the  process  of  hardening  can  he  effected  with 
a  less  portion  of  fire  than  is  or  can  be  required  in  any  other 
way.      These  observations  are   decisive,   and  will  in   all  pro- 
bability, tend  to  establish    in  general  use,  what  cannot  but  be 
regarded  as  a  very    important  improvenieul  in  the   manufac- 
turing rf  edced  steel  instruments. 

English  Cost  Steel.  The  finest  kind  of  steel,  called  Eng- 
lish cost  strcl,  is  prepared  by  brcakincr  to  pieces  blistred  steel, 
and  then  melting  it  in  a  crucible  with  a  flux  composed  of  car- 
Imnaceous  and  vitrifiable  ingredients.  The  vitrifiable  ingfre- 
dienr  is  used  only  inasmuch  as  a  fusible  body,  which  flows 
over  tie  surface  of  the  metal  in  the  crucible,  and  prevents  the 
access  of  the  oxygen  of  the  atmostphere.  Broken  glass  is 
sometimes  used  for  this  purpose. 


'rllAi>ESMA.V»    GUlDiS.  75 

When  thoroughly  fuse/1  it  is  cast  into  ingots,  which  Lj  gen 
tic  henting  and  carefisl  hammering,  are  tilled  into  bars.  B^ 
this  process  the  steel  becomes  more  highly  carboni-zed  irj  jwo- 
portion  to  the  quantity  fo  tiux,  and  in  consequence  is  more 
brittle  and  fusible  than  before.  Hence,  it  surpasses  all  other 
steel  1!!  uniformity  of  texture,  hardness,  and  closeness  of  grain, 
and  is  the  material  employed  in  all  the  finest  articles  of  English 
cutJery, 

To  male  edge  tools  from  Cast  Steel  and  Iron.  This  me- 
tliod  consists  in  fixing  a  €ilea«  piece  of  wrought  iron,  brought 
to  a  welding  heat-,  in  liie  centre  of  a  mould,  aiid  then  pouring 
j«  nieltetl  steel,  so  as  entirely  to  envelop  the  iron  j  and  then 
forging  the  mass  into  the  sJiape  required. 

To  colour  Steel  Blue,  The  steel  must  he  finely  polished 
on  its  sui  face,  and  then  exposed  to  an  uniform  degree  of  heat. 
There  are  three  ways  of  colouring  :  first,  by  ft  flame  produc- 
ing no  soot,  as  spirit  of  wine  ;  secondb'^,  by  a  hot  plate  of 
iron  ;   and  thirdly,  by  wood  ashes. 

As  a  very  regular  (degree  of  heat  Is  necessary,  wood  aslies 
for  fire  work  bears  the  preference.  The  work  must  be 
^covered  over  with  them,  and  carefully  watched  ;  when  the 
colour  is  sufficient})'  heightened,  the  work  is  perfect.  Tliis 
colour  is  occasionally  taken  olT  with  a  very  diltited  marine 
acid. 

Useful  alloy  of  Gold  and  Platinum.  Seven  and  a  half  dr. 
]n]re  gold,  and  half  dr.  iilatinum.  Tiie  platinum  must  he  added 
whea  the  gold  is  prefectly  melted.  The  two  metals  will  com- 
bine intimatcl\',  forming  an  alloy  rather  whiter  than  pure 
?rold,  but  remarkably  ductile  and  elastic  ,  it  is  also  less  ]ver- 
ifiliable  (ban  pure  gohl,  or  jewcller"*s  gold,  but  more  readily 
fusible  tltian  that  metal. 

These  qualities  must  render  this  alloy  an  object  of  great 
interest  lo  workers  in  metals.  For  springs  when  steel  cannot 
be  used,  it  will  prove  exceedingly  advantageous. 

It  is  a  curious  circumstance,  that  the  alloy  of  gold  and  pla- 
tina  is  soluble  in  nitric  a-cid.,  which  does  iun  act  o-n  eithej  of 
the  metals  in  a  separate  state.  It  is  remarkable,  too,  that  the 
alloy  has  very  neari}'^  the  color  of  platinum,  even  when  com- 
posed of  eleven  parts  of  gold  to  one  of  the  former  njctal. 

Ring  Gold.  Six  dwts.  twelve  grs.  Spanish  copper,  three 
dwls.  sixteen  grs.  fine  silver,  and  one  ov^nces  five  dwts.  gold 
cow. 


7(5  THE    ARTIST    AStf 

Tomhach.     Sixteen  lbs.  copper,  oae  lb.  tin,  and  one  pouniJ 


zinc. 


Red  Tomhack.  Five  and  a  half  pounds  copper,  and  half 
a  pound  zinc.  The  copper  must  be  fused  in  a  crucible  be- 
fore the  zinc  is  added.  This  alloy  is  of  a  reddish  colour  and 
possesses  more  lustre  and  is  of  greater  durability  than  cop- 
per. 

White  Tomhack,  Copper  and  arsenic  put  together  in  a 
crucible,  and  melted,  covering  the  surface  with  muriate  of 
soda,  to  prevent  oxydation,  will  form  a  white  bright  alloy. 

Gun  Metal.  1.  One  hundred  twelve  pounds  Bristol  brass, 
fourteen  pounds  blocktin.  2.  iNine  parts  copper,  and  one 
part  tin.  The  above  compounds  are  those  used  in  the  man- 
ufacture of  small  and  great  brass  guns,  swivels,  «fec. 

Specula  of  Telescopes.  Seven  pounds  copper*  and  when 
fused,  add  three  pounds  of  zinc,  and  four  lbs.  of  tin.  Theso 
metals  will  combine  and  form  a  beautiful  alloy  of  great  lus- 
tre, and  of  a  light  yellow  colour,  fitted  to  be  made  into  spe- 
cula for  telescopes.  Some  use  only  copper  and  grain  tin  in 
the  proportion  of  two  lbs.  to  14  2-2  oz. 

To  distinguish  Steel  from  Iron.  Let  fall  one  drop  of  ni- 
tric acid  upon  a  piece  of  polished  iron,  and  another  upon  a 
piece  of  polished  steel.  The  acid  on  the  iron  will  be  limpid 
or  whitish,  that  on  the  steel  will  become  dark  brown  or 
black. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  polish  the  iron  or  steel  to  try  its  hard- 
ening qualities — if  a  spot  on  a  coarse  bar  of  iron  or  steel  be 
filed  bright  it  will  be  sufficient. 

Compounds  of  Metals.  >'our  ounces  of  bismuth  ;  two  oz. 
and  a  half  lead  ;  and  one  ounce  and  a  half  tin.  Put  the  bis- 
muth into  a  crucible,  and  v.'hen  it  is  melted,  add  the  lead  and 
tin.  This  will  form  an  alloy  fusible  at  the  temperature  of 
boiling  water. 

2.  Zinc,  bismuth,  lead  ;   of  each  one  ounce. 

This  alloy  is  so  very  fusible,  that  it  will  remain  in  a  state 
of  fusion  if  put  on  a  sheet  of  paper  and  held  over  the  flame 
of  a  candle  or  lamp. 

3.  Lead,  three  parts  ;  tin,  two  parts;  bismuth,  five  parts; 
will  form  an  alloy  fusible  at  197  deg.  Fahrenheit,  peculiarly 
applicable  to  casting,  or  the  taking  of  impressions  from  gems, 
seals,  &c.  In  making  casts  with  this  and  similar  alloys,  it  is 
necessary  to  use  the  metal  at  as  low  a   temperature  as  possi- 


TRADESMAX^S    GUlDfi.  ^7 

5j1c  :  otherwise  ihe  water  adhering  to  tlio  tilings  from  which 
the  casts  are  to  be  tal<:en,  forms  vapour,  and  produces  bui3?- 
bles.  The  fused  motnl  shoukl  he  poured  into  a  teacup,  and 
alloxred  to  cooi,  till  just  ready  to  set  at  the  edges,  when  it 
*nust  be  poured  into  the  mould.  In  taking  impressions  from 
irems,  seals,  &-r,  the  fused  alloy  should  be  placed  on  paper  or 
pasteboard,  and  stirred  about  till  it  has,  by  cooling,  attained 
tiic  consistence  of  paste,  at  which  moment  the  die,  gem,  or 
■fieal  should  be  stamped  on  it,  and  a  very  sharp  impression 
will  be  obtained, 

J2ath  Metal,  is  a  mixture  of  four  ounces  and  a  half  of  zinc^ 
unt]  one  pound  of  brass, 

Brass^  is  composed  of  4  1-2  pounds  copper:  1  1-2  pounds 
of  zinc. 

Brass  that  is  to  be  cast  into  plates  from  which  pans  and 
k<ett^es  are  to  bo  made  and  wire  is  to  be  drawn,  must,  instead 
of  using  the  zinc  in  a  pure  state,  be  composed  of  fiftv^six 
pounds  of  the  finest  calamine,  or  ore  of  zinc  ;  and  thirty-four 
pounds  of  copper.  Old  brass  which  has  been  frequently  ex- 
])ose:l  to  the  action  of  fire,  when  mixed  with  c()|:)pcr  and  cal- 
amine, renders  the  brass  far  more  ductile,  and  filter  for  ma- 
king tine  wire,  than  it  would  be  witiiout  it  ;  but  the  German 
!irass,  pariicnlarly  that  of  Nurerabtirgli,  is,  when  drawn  into 
wire,  said  to  be  far  preferable  to  any  made  in  England,  for 
ihe  strings  of  nUisical  instruments. 

Pinchbeck.  Three  ounces  of  pure  copper,  and  one  ounce 
of  zinc.  Tiie  zinc  must  not  be  added  till  the  copper  is  in  a 
state  of  fusion.  Some  use  only  half  this  quantity  of  zinc,  in 
which  proportion  the  alloy  is  more  easily  worked,  especially 
in  the  making  of  jewelry. 

2.  One  ounce  of  brass  :  and  two  ounces  of  copper,  fused 
togeth'^r  under  a  coat  of  charcoal  dust. 

Princess  Jfcial.  1.  l^hree  ounces  of  copper,  and  one  oz. 
of  zinc;   or  8  oz.  of  brass,  and  1  of  zinc. 

2..  Four  oz.  of  copper,  and  2  oz.  of  zinc.  In  this  last  the 
copper  must  bo  fused  before  the  zinc  is  added  ;  when  they 
have  coml.'ined,  a  very  beautiful  and  useful  alloy  is  formed 
called  Prince  Rupert's  Metal. 

Bell  Mcfal.      Six  par!s  of  copper  and  two  parts  of  tin. 

These  preparations  are  the  most  approved  for  bells,  thro'- 
ou:rht  Europe  and  in  China.  In  the  union  of  the  two  metals 
the  combination  is  so  complete,  that  the  specific  gravity  of  the 

7* 


yg  THE    ARTIST    AVT> 

alloy  \6  greater  thaii  that  of  thctwo  metals  in  an  uncombined 

state.  r    '         r 

2.  Ten  parts  of  copper,  and  two  parts  of  tin.  It  may  in 
general  bo  observed,  lliat  a  less  proportion  of  tin  is  used  for 
making  churchbells,  than  clockbells-,  and  that  a  little  zinc  is 
added  for  the   bells  of  repeating  watches,   and    other   small 

bells. 

Tutania,  or  Britannia  Metal,  Four  oz.  of  plate  brass, 
and  four  oz.  of  tin  ;  when  in  fusion,  add  four  ounces  bismuth 
and  four  ounces  regulus  of  antimon3\  This  is  the  composi- 
tion, or  hardening  that  is  to  bo  added  at  discretion,  to  melted 
tin,  until  it  has  acquired  the  requisite  degree  of  colour  and 
hardness. 

2.  Melt  together,  two  pounds  of  plate  brass;  two  pounds 
T)f  tin;  two  pounds  of  bismuth  ;  two  pounds  of  regulus  of  an- 
timony ;  two  pounds  of  a  mixture  of  copper  and  arsenic,  ei- 
ther by  cementation  or  melting.  This  composition  is  to  be 
added  to  melted  tin. 

3.  One  pound  copper,  I  do.  tin,  and  2  do.  regulus  of  an- 
timony witli  or  without  a  little  bismuth. 

4.  Eight  oz.  of  shruff  brass  ;  2  lbs.  regulus  of  antimony  ; 
and  12  oz.  of  tifi. 

German  Tutania.  Two  drachms  of  copper  ;  one  oz.  re- 
gulus of  antimony  ;   and  twelve  oz.  of  tin. 

Spanish  Tutania.  Eight  ounces  scrap  iron,  or  steel  ;  one 
pound  anfimuny  ;  and  three  ounces  nitre.  The  iron  or  steel 
must  b^  heated  to  a  white  heat,  and  tiie  antimony  and  nitre 
must  be  added  in  sm;ill  portions.  Melt  and  harden  1  pound 
tin  with  2  oz.  of  this  compound. 

2.  JNIelt  together  4  ^7..  antimony,  1  oz.  of  arsenic  and  2  lbs. 
tin.  The  first  of  these  Spanish  alloys  would  be  a  beautiful 
metal,  if  arsenic  were  added, 

Engestrodin  Tutania.  Four  parts  copper,  eight  parts  regu- 
lus of  antimony,  and  one  part  bismuth  :  when  added  to  one 
hundred  p-irts  fo  in,  this  compound  will  be  ready  for  use. 

Qnren^s  Metal.      Four  a   d  a  half  pounds  tin,  half  a  pound 

bi.sniMli,  ]).]i  a  pomid  antimony,  half  a  pound  lead.      This  al- 

'     '     ni   kinir  tea-pots  and    other  vessels  which  are 

(•  ^  Iver.      It  retains  its  lustre  to  the  last. 

»'ii)ds  tin,  S  pounds  regulus  of  antimon}^, 

4  do.  copper. 

U  hiic  .ucL.L  Tea  oz,  lead,  6  oz.  bismuth,  and  4  drachms 
reipikTs  of  antimony. 


trai>bsman'b  guide.  79 

3.  Two  pounds  roguliis  of  antimony  ;  8  oz.  of  brass  ;  and 
10  oz.  tin. 

Common  Hard  White  Metal.  One  pound  brass,  1  1-2 
oz.  zinc,  and  half  an  ounce  of  tin. 

Metal  for  Tinning.  To  one  pound  malleable  iron,  at 
white  heat,  add  five  ounces  regulus  of  antimony  ;  and  twen- 
ty-four pounds  of  tiie  purest  Molucca  tin.  This  alloy  pol- 
ishes wiJiout  the  blue  tint,  and  is  free  from  lead  or  arsenic. 

Metal  for  Flute  Key  Valves.  Four  om:ces  lead,  and  two 
ounces  antimony,  fused  in  a  crucible  and  cast  into  a  bar.  It 
is  used  by  flute  manufacturers  ('.vhen  turned  into  small  but- 
tons in  a  lathe)  for  making  valves  to  stop  the  key  holes  of 
flu-tes. 

To  Burn  Metals.  Procure  a  glass  jar,  such  as  is  generally 
used  for  dcfllagrating  the  gases,  and  fill  it  with  oxymuriaiic 
acid  gns.  If  nickel,  arsenic,  or  bismuth  in  powder,  be  thrown 
into  this  gas,  and  the  temperature  of  the  atmosphere  be  not 
lower  than  70  deg.  the  metal  will  intlame,  and  continue  to 
burn  with  the  most  brilliant  combustion. 

Piepaie  a  jar  of  chlorine,  (ox3'muriatic  gas)  and  suspend 
in  it  a  piece  of  copper  foil  ;  it  will  immedialely  inflaiiie,  and 
afford  a  very  striKing  spectacle.  When  subsided,  it  will  form 
a  substance  exactly  similar  to  the  native  muriate  of  copper, 
brought  from  Peru. 

2.  Make  a  hole  in  the  side  of  a  large  piece  of  charcoal  ; 
put  into  it  some  iron  filings,  iron  wire,  zinc  shavings,  lead  sha- 
vings, &.C,;  fill  a  glass-holder  with  oxygen,  provided  with  a 
tin  or  lead  tube,  terminating  in  a  pipe  stem  ;  hold  the  char- 
coal in  a  suitable  position  to  receive  the  current  of  oxygen 
upon  the  metals.  Let  an  assistant  hold  the  flame  of  a  candle 
between  the  metals  and  the  |)ipe,  till  the  current  of  oxygen 
drives  thf*  flame  into  the  coal  ;  then  remove  the  candle  and 
continue  the  current  of  oxygen,  enlarging  or  contracting  it  at 
pleasure,  by  turninix  the  stop.  .  The  n  etals  will  burn  very 
brillinntly;  each  exhibiting  its  own  peculiar  flame. 

3.  Coil  up  a  piece  of  fine  iron  wire  about  the  size  of  sow- 
ing thread  ;  wind  it  spirally  and  closely  around  a  pipe  stem  ; 
let  the  coil  be  three  or  four  inches  long  ;  the  upper  end  fitted 
into  a  cork,  which  suits  the  mouth  of  an  eight  ounce  phial. 
Fill  the  phial  nearly  with  oxygen,  leaving  water  in  it  to  cover 
the  bottom  an  inch  thick,  in  order  to  defend  it  from  being 
broken  with  the  globules  of  hot  oxide  of  iron  wliich  fall  upon 


so  THE    Ai;llrM     ANU 

it :  set  the  pliial  on  the  tal)lc,  well  stopped  with  another 
coi k  :  now  tie  a  small  knot  of  silk  tliieatl  on  the  lower  end 
of  the  coil  ;  hold  a  j)iece  of  brimstone  in  a  candle  till  it  melts 
a  small  spot  ;  blow  out  the  blaze  of  brirrxStoiie,  and  dip  in  the 
knot  of  thread.  Be  certain  that  the  thread  and  melted  brim- 
stone which  adheres  to  it,  do  not  exceed  in  size  a  large  pin 
head.  Now  pull  out  the  cork;  hold  the  thumb  over  the 
mouth,  and  let  an  assistant  steady  the  phial  ;  ligljt  the  brim- 
stone match  ;  put  the  coil  of  wire  quickly  into  the  phial,  fil- 
tins:  in  the  cork  to  which  it  is  attached  :  the  metal  will  eoon 
send  off  brilliant  sparks,  and  make  a  beaaiiful  exiiibition. 

4.  If  a  piece  of  wire,  about  twice  as  large  as  the  wire  of 
the  coil,  be  llittened  with  a  hanmier,  and  fitted  into  the  cor1<, 
so  as  to  extend  down  through  the  centre  of  the  coil,  and  set 
on  fire  at  the  same  time,  in  the  s^me  manner  with  the  coil, 
it  will  present  a  vcr}'^  curious  appearance  :  the  central  wire 
will  burn  with  a  large  globular  ti.ime,  while  a  smaller  globu- 
lar flame  will  perform  evolutions  around  it,  resembling  the 
motion  of  a  planet  while  revolving  around  the  sun. 

We  are  taught  by  the  forejn^oing'  expfiriment,  if  iIih  oxygen  of  the  air 
was  not  reduced  in  power  by  hydroTen,  ircn  itself  would  not  resist 
combustion. 

To  Refine  Peicter.  Take  fine  pewter,  molt  it  in  a  cruci- 
ble. When  done,  project  over  it  at  several  times  some  nitre, 
till  you  see  iti|calcine(l.  Then  pound  it  into  powder,  and 
mix  it  with  an  equal  quantity  of  charcoal  puiverized  very  fine. 
l{  in  this  condition  you  melt  it  again»  it  will  resume  its  form 
of  pewter,  onl}'  refined  in  a  nmch  superior  tU^grco. 

Common  Pewter.  Seven  poinds  tin,  otic  pound  lead,  six 
oz.  copper,  and  two  oz.  zinc.  The  copper  must  be  fused  be* 
fore  the  other  injrredic-nts  are  added. 

Best  Pcirter.  One  hundred  parts  tin,  and  17  parts  regu- 
lus  of  antimony. 

Hard  Pcicter.  Twelve  pounds  tin,  1  do.  regulus  uf  anti- 
mony, and  four  ounces  copper. 

Common  Solder.  Two  pounds  lead,  and  one  pound  tin: 
The  lead  must  be  melted  before  the  tin  is  added. 

This  alloy,  when  heated  by  a  hot  iron,  and  applied  to  tinned  iron 
•v'nh  powdered  rosin,  acts  as  a  cement  or  solder  ;  it  is  also  used  to  jo;a 
leaden  pipes. 

Soft  Solder.     Two  pounds  tin,  and  one  pound  lead. 
Solder   far  Steel   Joints.     Nineteen    penny  weights  fine 


tradesman's  ouidc.  si 

silver,  OMO  pennyweight  copper,  and  two  pennyweights  brass, 
melted  together  under  a  coat  of  clinrcocl  dust. 

This  solder  has  snvpral  advantages  over  tho  usual  zinc  soldor,  or 
brass,  when  employed  in  soldering  cast  sloel,  &c.  as  it  fuses  Avilh  less 
heat,  and  its  whiteness  has  a  better  appearance  than  brass. 

Silcer  Solder  for  Jf.weUcrs.  Nineteen  pennyweights  of 
fine  silver,  one  pennyweight  copper,  and  ten  pennyweights 
brass. 

Siluer  Solder  for  Plating.  Ten  pennyweights  brass, 
and  one  ounce  pure  Silver. 

Gold  Solder.  Twelve  pennyweights  pure  goM,  two  dwts. 
pure  silver,  nnd  four  dwts.  copper. 

Brass  Solder  for  Iron.  Thin  plates  of  brass  are  to  be 
melted  between  the  pieces  that  are  to  be  joined.  It  the  work 
be  very  fine,  as  when  leaves  of  a  broken  saw  are  to  be  bra- 
zed tcgetiier,  cover  it  with  pulverized  borax,  melted  with  wa- 
ter, that  it  may  incorporate  with  the  brass  powder,  which  is 
added  to  it ;  the  piece  must  then  be  exposed  to  the  fire, 
witliout  touching  tlic  coals,  and  heat  it  till  the  brass  is  seeor 
to  run. 

Bronze.  Seven  pounds  pure  copper,  three  pounds  zinc, 
and  two  pounds  tin.  Tlie  co[)per  must  be  fused  befure  the 
other  ingredients  are  added.  These  metiils,whcn  combined, 
form  the  bronze  so  much  used,  both  in  ancient  and  modern 
times. 

Mod-  Platina.  Melt  togcti  er,eight  ounces  brass,  and  five 
ounces  zinc. 

Poicder  Gold.  Verdigris,  eight  ounces,  tutty,  four  ounces, 
borax,  nitre,  of  each  two  ounces,  corrosive  sublimate,  two 
drachms,  mide  into  a  paste  with  oil,  and  melted  together  : 
used  in  japan  work,  as  a  gold  colour. 

True  Gold  Powder.  Grain  gold,  one  ounce,  quicksilver 
nearly  boiliug,  six  ounces  ;  rub  together  ;  then  either  distil  ofi' 
the  quicksilver,  or  corrode  it  away  with  spirits  of  nitre,  and 
heat  the  black  powder  that  is  left  red  hot. 

2.  Grain  gold,  one  ounces,  dissolve  in  a  mixture  of  spirit  of 
nitre,  sixteen  ounces,  with  common  salt,  four  ounces  ;  add  to 
the  clear  solution,  green  vitriol,  four  ounces  ;  dissolve  in 
wator^'   wash  the  precipitate,  and  heat  it  red  hot. 

3vl3Slssolve  gold  in  aqua-regia,  and  draw  ofl'  the  acid  by 
distillation  ;  used  Ln  painting,  gilding,  Sfc. 


S2  THE    ARTIST    AND 

Tutcnag.  Bismuth,  one  pound,  tin,  two  pounds  ;  raeit  to- 
gRther  :    used  for  buttons   and  vessels. 

Tin  and  Cnpptr,  Scrape  a  piece  of  copper  well  with  a 
knife,  and  r«b  it  over  witii  sal  ammoniac;  then  lieat  the  cop- 
per over  clean  coals,  ^vhich  will  not  emit  any  smoke  ;  at  the 
same  time  rubbing  it  ever  with  rosin.  While  hot  and  thus 
cleansed  TS-ith  the  sal  ammoniac  and  rosin,  rub  tin  upon  it  iu 
its  solid  state,  which  being  melted  to  the  heat  of  the  copper, 
will  adhere  to  it,  giving  it  a  silvery  white  surface. 

Copper  vessel  are  llaned  inside  by  !i  similar  process;  and  any  in^'fn- 
joos  person  miy  repair  Ihem  in  this  way  when  the  lia  has  rubbed  oil. 

Method  of  tempering  edge  tocls  that  art  of  too  brittle  a 
quality.  Plunge  them  into  boiling  fat  for  two  hours,  then 
take  them  ant,  aod  let  thein  cool  gradually.  They  will  retain 
iheir  hardness  without  beinjr  brittle. 

Transmutation  of  Iron  into  tJtt  finest  German  Steel.  Take 
clean  soot,  one  pound,  oak  wood  ashejf,  twelve  ounces,  and 
four  oimces  of  pcrunded  garlics-  Boil  all  together  in  twelve 
pounds  common  water,  till  reduced  to  four  pounds.  Strain 
this,  and  dip  in  it  the  iron  pigs,  which  you  will  afterwards 
stratify  with  the  following  cement,  viz  :  Take  burnt  wood 
coals,  othervvisc  called  cokes,  nud  quick  lime  of  each  three 
pounds,  soot  dried  and  calcinated  in  an  iron  pan,  one  pound, 
decripitate  salt,  four  ounces,  ^lakeofihis  and  j'our  irou 
several  beds  alternaiely,  one  over  another  ;  and  having  well 
luted  the  vessel  in  which  \'ou  shall  have  made  those  beds  of 
iron  and  cement,  give  them  a  reverberating  fire,  for  three 
times  twentj-four  hours,  and  the  operation  is  done. 

Of  Zinc  or  Spelter^  and  its  various  uses.  Zinc  combined 
with  gold  in  equal  proportions,  forms  a  hard  white  compound 
metal,  that  admits  of  a  fine  polish,  and  may  be  advaniaiieously 
manufictured  into  s'lecula  for  optical  instruments. 
Zinc  and  tin  melted  together  fuim  a  kind  of  pewter- 
Spelter  and  copper  readih*  unite  in  the  fire,  provided  the 
combustion  of  the  former  be  carefully  prevented  during  the 
process.  la  this  state  it  forms  a  metal  distinquished  by  the 
name  of  yellow  copper  ;  but  which  is  divided  into  several 
>orts  according  to  the  respective  proportions  contained  in  the 
alloy.  Thus  three  parts  of  copper  aud  one  of  zinc,  constitu'.e 
brass,  five  or  six  of  copper  and  one  of  zinc,  forni'-pinclj- 
b:ack.  Tombac  is  composed  of  a  still  larger  proportion  of 
copper  th.in  pinchbadv:  is  of  a  deep  red,  and  bears  the  najue 


tradesman's  guide,  85 

cf  ^it  iftvcfttor.    Prince's  metal  requires  a  still  larger  propor- 
tion of  zinc  than  either  of  the  procediiig  compositions. 

Test  for  3tetah.  Let  a  stream  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
gas  pass  into  a  phial  of  liquid  ammonia  ;  tiie  best  method  i» 
fo  put  the  ammonia  into  a  broad  mouthed  phial,  filling  it  about 
half  full;  turn  the  phial  in  an  oblique  position,  and  extend 
tiie  beak  of  the  retort  to  the  bottom  of  it.  Wet  tow  may  be 
wound  about  the  neck  of  the  retort  when  it  enters  the  mouth 
of  the  phial  to  prevent  the  escape  of  the  gas  ;  or  if  a  little 
does  escape  it  is  immaterial,  for  we  should  become  sufficien- 
tly acquainted  with  this  gas  to  detect  it  by  its  smell  ;  now 
pour  some  of  the  liquid  into  a  solution  of  copperas  and  ano- 
ther of  blue   vitriol. 

For  many  metals  this  is  a  perfect  test;  precipitates  all  me- 
tallic solutions  wiih  such  diflerent  colours,  when  applied  as  a 
test,  that,  with  collateral  tests,  almost  any  metal  may  be  de- 
tected. 

To  give  tools  such  a  temper  as  icill  enable  them  to  saic  mar' 
hie.     Make  the  tool  hot  in  the  fire,  and  when  red  cherry  col-,» 
our,   take  it  off  from  the  fire,  rub    it  with  a  piece  of  candle, 
and  steep  it  immediately  in   good   strong    vinegar,   in    which 
some  soot  must  be  diluted. 

The  transmutation  of  Iron  into  Damask  Steel.  You  must 
at  first  purge  it  of  its  usual  briltleness  ;  and  after  having  re- 
duced it  into  filings,  make  it  red  hot  in  to  crucible  ;  steep  it 
several  times  in  oil  of  olives,  in  which  you  shall  have  before 
thrown  melted  lead.  Take  care  to  cover  llie  vessel  in  which 
the  oil  is  conta'ned,  every  time  you  throw  the  steel  into  it,  fir 
fear  the  oil  should  catch  fire. 

To  wliifen  Brass.  Barss,  copper,  iron,  or  steel  may  bo 
easily  whitened,  by  means  ol  the  Cornwall  tin,  or  pewter, 
prejiired  with  sublimate,  proceeding  as  follows  :  Take  Corn- 
wall pewter,  about  one  pound,  add  to  it  half  th^t  quantity  of 
sublimate.  Set  it  on  a  strong  fire  and  sublime.  Throw  away 
the  first  water  ;  the  second  is  good,  which  you  know  by  its 
white  colour.  Now  if  yon  make  a  piece  of  copper,  brass, 
steel  or  iron,  it  is  not  material  which,  red  hot  and  steep  it  in 
that  water  it  will  become  as  white  as  silver. 

To  calcine.  Pewter,  andrender  it  as  white  and  as  hard  as 
silver.  JNIelt  well  your  pewter  in  a  crucible,  so  that  it  may 
be  very  fine  and  clear  ;  pour  it  afterwards  into  a  very  sirong 
vinegar,  then  into  mercurial  water  ;  repeat  that  operation  as 


84  Tnr   ap.ti^t  and 

many  limes  as  you  pleas*?,  you  will  eacli  lime  give  it  an  ad- 
ditional degree  of  harduess  and  whiteness  drawing  near  to 
silver,  so  much  that  it  will  at  last  be  very  dilTicult  to  distinguish 
from  silver. 

To  render  Iron  as  ichite  and  as  heaut'ijul  as  Silccr.  Take 
ammoniac  salt  in  powder,  and  mix  it  wiih  an  equal  quantity 
of  quicklime.  Put  them  all  together  in  cold  water  and  mix 
well  ;  when  done,  any  iron  piece  which  you  shall  have  made 
hot,  will  if  you  steep  it  in  that  prepared  water,  become  as 
white  as  silver. 

To  prevent  Iron  from  rustlng^.  Warm  your  iron  till  you 
caDDOt  touch  it  v.  ilhout  burning  yourself.  Then  rub  it  with 
new  and  clean  white  wax.  Put  it  again  to  the  fire  till  it  has 
soaked  ia  the  wax.  \\  hen  done,  rub  it  over  wiih  a  j^iece  of 
serge,  and  the   iron  will  never  rust. 

To  Soften  Iron  and  harden  it  more  than  it  teas  before. 
]Make  a  litile  chink  lengthways  in  an  iron  bar,  in  which  pour 
melted  lead.  Then  make  it  evaporate  by  a  strong  lire,  as 
that  of  copelling  ;  renew  this  operaiion  four  or  five  times, 
and  the  bar  will  become  very  soft.  You  harden  it  afterwards 
by  sleeping  it,  when  red  hot,  in  mere  forge  fiaier,  and  it  will 
be  of  so  good  a  temper  as  to  be  ^l  for  lancets,  razors  and 
knives,  with  which  you  will  he  able  to  cut  other  iron  without 
its  splitting  or  denting. 

It  has  been  found  by  experience  that  an  armour  can  ne?er 
be  good  proof  against  fire  arms,  if  it  has  not  first  been  soften- 
ed with  oils,  gums,  wax,  and  other  increative  things,  and  af- 
terwards hardened  by  steeping  them  several  times  over  in 
binding  waters. 

To  preserve  the  brightness  of  Arms.  Rub  them  with  harts 
marrow,  or  else  dissolve  some  alum  powder,  with  the  strong- 
est vinegar  you  can  find,  and  rub  3'our  arms  with  it.  By  this 
means  ihey  keep  for  ever  bright. 

Tin  alloyed  with  Copper.  Scour  a  very  thin  slip  of  iron 
bright,  which  while  doing,  dip  it  several  times  in  very  dilute 
sulphuric  acid  ;  bend  one  end  of  it  so  that  it  will  fit  the  bot- 
tom of  a  crucible.  Melt  some  tin  in  the  crucible  and  dip  the 
bent  end  of  the  slip  of  iron  into  it  ;  the  tin  will  combine  with 
the  surface  of  the  iron,  and  if  very  thin  will  penetrate  entire- 
ly through  it. 

On  this  principle  sheet  tin  is  manufactured. 

Chinese    Sheet  Lead.      The    operation   is  carried  on  by 


TRAnEfeMAN^S    GUIDE.  85 

two  men  ;  tlic  one  is  seated  on  the  floor,  with  a  large  flat 
stone  hcfore  him,  and  with  a  moveable  flat  stone  standing  at 
liis  side.  His  fellow  workman  stands  by  his  side  with  a  crucible 
filled  with  molted  lead  ;  and  having  poured  a  certain  quantity 
upoti  the  stone  the  other  lifts  the  moveable  stone,  and  dash- 
ing it  on  the  fluid  lead,  presses  it  out  into  a  flat  and  thin  j^iate 
which  he  instanlly  removes  from  the  stone.  A  second  quan- 
tity of  lead  is  poured  in  a  similar  manner,  and  a  similar  plate 
formed,  the  process  being  carried  on  with  singular  rapidit}'^ 
The  rough  edges  of  the  plates  are  then  cut  ofi',  and  afe  sol- 
dered togethter  for  use. 

This  mehod  has  bceii  applied  with  great  success  to  the 
formation  of  thin  plates  of  zinc,  for  galvanic  pui  poses. 

To  cover  bars  of  Copj^er,  ^"c.  with  Gold,  so  as  to  be  rol' 
led  out  into  she p-is.  Prepare  ingots  or  pieces  of  copper  or 
brass  in  convenient  lengths  and  sizes — clean  them  from  im- 
])urity,  making  their  surfaces  level  i  now  prepare  plates.of 
]}ure  gold,  or  gold  mixed  wi'.h  a  portion  of  alloy,  of  the  same 
size  of  the  ingots  of  metal,  and  of  suitable  thickness.  Having 
])laced  a  piece  of  gold  upon  an  ingot  intended  to  be  plated, 
hammer  and  compress  them  together,  so  that  they  may  have 
their  surfaces  as  nearly  equal  to  each  other  ns  possible  :  novv 
bind  them  together  with  wire,  in  order  to  keep  them  in  the 
same  position  during  the  process  required  to  attach  them  ; 
now  take  silver  fdings,  and  mix  with  borax,'  to'  assist  the  fu- 
sion of  silver;  lay  the  mixture  upon  tlie  edge  of  the  plate  of 
gold,  and  next  to  the  ingot  of  metal.  Having  thus  prepared 
the  two  bodies,  place  them  on  a  fire  in  a  stove  or  furnace," 
and  let  them  remain  until  the  silver  and  borax  placed  along  the 
edges  of  the  metals  melt,  and  until  the  adhesion  of  the  gold 
with  tlw?  metal  is  perfect  ;  then  take  the  ingot  carefully  out 
of  tht!  stove,  and  b}-  this  process  it  is  plated  with  gold,  and 
prepared  read}'  for  rolling  into  sheets. 

To -plate  Iron.  1.  Polish  the  surface  very  clean  and  level 
with  a  burnisher;  and  afterwards  by  exposing  it  to  a  blueing 
heat,  a  silver  k^af  is  properly  placed,  and  carefully  burnished 
down.  This  is  repeated  till  a  sufficient  number  of  leaves  are 
applied  to  give  the  silver  a  proper  body. 

2.  By  the  use  of  solder  :  slij)s  of  thin  solder  are  placed  be- 
tween the  iron  and  silver,  with  a  little  flux,  and  secured  to- 
gether by  binding  wire.  It  is  then  placed  in  a  clean  vessel, 
and  continued  in  it  till  the  solder  nielts  ;  when  it  is  taken  out 
and  on  cooling  is  found  to  adhere  firmly:  8 


S6  THE    ARTIST    A5fW 

3.  By  tinniiig  the  iron  first,  and  uniting  the  silver  by  the 
interniediaie  slips  of  rolled  tin,  brought  into  fusion  in  a  gen- 
tle heat. 

To  Tin  Copper  and  Brass.  Boil  six  pounds  cream  tartar 
four  gallons  water,  and  eight  pounds  grain  tin,  or  tin  sha- 
vings. After  thev  have  boiled  a  sufficient  time,  the  substance 
to  be  tinned  is  put  therein,  and  the  boiling xoniiuued,  when 
the  tin  is  precipitated  in   its  mctalic  form; 

To  Tin  Iron  and  Copper  Vessels.  The  iron  to  be  tinned 
must  be  previously  steeped  in  acid  materials,  such  as  sour 
whey,  distiller's  wash,  t^'c.  then  scoured  and  dipped  in  melt- 
ed tin,  having  been  first  rubbed  over  with  a  solution  of  sal 
ammoniac.  The  surface  of  the  tin  is  prevented  from  calcin- 
ing, by  covering  it  with  a  coat  of  far.  Ccpper  vessels  must 
be  well  cleansed  ;  and  then  a  sufficient  quantity  of  tin,  with 
sal  ammoniac,  is  put  therein,  and  brought  into  fusion,  and  the 
copper  vessel  moved  about.  A  little  resin  is  sometimes  ad- 
ded. The  sal  ammoniac  ])rcven'iS  the  ccpper  from  scalding, 
and  causes  the  tin  to  be  fixed  wherever  it  touches.  Lately, 
zinc  has  been  proposed  for  lining  vessels,  instead  of  tin,  to 
avoid   the   conscqut  nces  wh":ch  are  unjustly  apprehended. 

IVhite  Metal.  Ten  oz.  lead,  six  oz.  bismuth,  and  four  oz. 
rciiultis  of  antimony. 

2.  Two  lbs.  reguliis  of  antimony,  eight  oz.  brass,  and  ten 
oz.  tin. 

Common  hard  "White  Metal.  Eight  oz.  copper,  awd  half 
an  oz.  neutral  arsenical  salt,  fused  together,  under  a  llux  com- 
posed of  calcined  borax,  charcoal  dust,  and  fine  powdered 
glass. 

Manheim  Gold.  Three  and  a  half  oz.  ccpper,  cnc  and  a 
half  oz.  brass,  and  fifteen  grs.  pure  tin. 

Imitation  of  Silver.  Three  fourths  oz.  tin,  and  one  lb 
copper,  will  make  a  pale  b  11  metal  which  will  roll  and  ring 
very  ne<ir  to  Stirling  silver. 

Yellow  dipping  Metal.  Two  parts  Cheadle  brass,  one 
part  copper,  with  a  little  Bristol  old  brass,  and  one-fimrth  of 
an  ox.  of  tin  to  every  pound  of  copper.  This  alloy  is  almost 
of  the  colour  of  gold  coin.  Cheadle  brass  is  the  darkest,  and 
gives  the  metal  a  greenish  hue.  Old  Bristol  brass,  is  pale 
and  yellow. 

Common  Jeicelry.  Three  parts  copper,  one  part  Bristol 
old  brass,  and  four  oz.  of  tin    to  every  pound  of  copper. 


TRADESMAN'S    GUIDE.  87 

If  ihls  alloy  is  for  fine   polishing,    the  tin  may  be  omitted 
and  a  mixture  of    lead  and  antimony  substituted.     Paler  pol- 
ishing metal,  by  reducing  the  copper  to  two,  or   to  one  part. 

CHAPTER  XVIII. 

Glass — Discover!/ — Process     of     Manufacture — Gilding — 
Silvering — To  separate  Gold  Jrom  gilt  Copper  or  Silver 
— Oil-gilding    on    Wood — To  gild   by    burnishing — By 
Amalgamation — To  siver  by  heat — In  the  cold  way — To 
plate  Looking- Glasses — Gold  and  Silver  Inks — To  pre- 
pare metallic  Trees — To  whiten  Foils — To  colour  I^oils — 
2^0  give  Foils  a  lustre  like  Diamonds — Laquers, 

It  is  controverted  among  naturalists,  to  what  class  of  bo- 
dies glass  should  be  referred  ;  some  make  it  a  concrete  juice, 
others  a  stone,  and  others  again  rank  it  among  semi-metals  ; 
but  Dr.  Merret  observes,  that  these  are  all  natural  produc- 
tions ;  whereas  glass  is  a  factitious  compound,  produced  by 
fire,  and  never  found  in  the  earth,  but  only  the  sand  and 
stones  that  form  it ;  but  metals  are  perfectly  formed  by  na- 
ture into  certain  species,  and  fire  only  produces  them  by  its 
faculty  of  separating  heterogeneous,  and  uniting  homogene- 
ous bodies  ;  whereas  it  produces  glass  by  uniting  heterogene- 
ous matters,  viz.  salt  and  sand,  of  which  it  evidently  con- 
sists. The  chief  characters  or  properties  of  glass  are,  that  it 
fu-es  in  a  vehement  fire  ;  when  fused,  adheres  to  iron  ;  does 
not  waste  in  the  fire,  is  ductile,  but  not  malleable  ;  and  while 
red  hot  can  be  cast  into  any  shape.  It  is  friable  when  cold  ; 
diaphanous,  either  hot  or  cold  ;  flexible  and  elastic  ;  disun- 
ited and  broke  by  cold  and  moisture,  and  especially  by 
saline  liquors  ;  is  only  cut  by  the  diamond  or  emery  ;  acid 
or  other  juices  extract  no  quality  from  it  ;  it  does  not  wear 
by  the  longest  use,  nor  will  any  liquor  make  it  musty,  change 
its  colour,  or  rust ;  it  softens  metals  and  makes  them  fusible  ; 
receives  all  metallic  colours  externally  and  internally  ;  will 
not  calcine,  and  may  be  cemented  like  stones  and  metals.  It 
is  said  100  weight  of  sand  in  the  composition  yields  150  of 
glass.  The  salt  is  procured  from  the  ashes  of  a  water  plant 
called  kali. 

There  are  many  other  plants  besides  kali,  which  produces 
a  salt  fit  for  glass.  The  sand  or  stones  is  the  second  ingre- 
dient, and  what  gives  it  the  body  ;  they  must  be  such  as  will 
fuse ;  the   whiteg^   are   the  best  ,  consequently,  crystals  ?irQ 


88  TUE    ARTIST    AND 

prcforreJ  to  all  oiliors.  Sometinios  manufacturers  use  a  sort 
of  pebble  resembling  white  marble.  Flints  make  a  pure  crys- 
taline  metal.  When  stones  cannot  be  had  conveniently,  sand 
is  used.  The  gliiss  houses  in  Enghmd  are  furnished  with  a 
fine  white  sand,  as  is  frequeutlr  used  for  sand  boxes,  with  a 
coarser  kind  for  green  glass.  For  crystal  glass,  200  pounds 
sand  or  stone  are  mixed,  finely  pulverized,  with  130  of  salt  ; 
they  are  then  calcined  in  a  reverberatory  furnace  for  several 
hours.  When  the  process  is  completed,  it  is  called  frit  or 
ballito.  This  frit  is  set  off  in  melting  pots  in  the  working 
furnace,  with  some  manganese  added,  which  destroys  the 
greenish  cast  natural  to  all  glass.  While  it  is  in  fusion  the 
workman  mixes  the  metal  well  together  ;  skimming  ofl'  the 
sand,  over  which  is  a  white  salt,  called  sandiver,  which,  if 
SJifered  to  remain,  would  reader  the  glass  brittle  and  unfit  to 
work.  When  the  vitrification  is  completed,  and  the  metal 
sutficiently  clear,  it  is  formed  into  the  articles  required,  by 
dipping  a  hollow  iron  into  the  melting  pot,  with  which  a  suf- 
ficient quantity  is  taken  out  for  the  intended  work  :  wiiile  red 
hot,  it  is  rolled  on  a  marble  to  unite  its  parts  more  firmly, 
then  blowing  moderately,  swells  it,  repeating  it  until  of  suf- 
ficient size,  then  the  artist,  by  whirling  it  about,  lengthens  and 
cools  the  glass;  moidds  it  in  the  stamp  irons,  and  flats  the 
bottom,  by  pressing  it  on  the  marble  ;  at'ter  which  it  is  fash- 
ioned as  occasion  requires,  at'ter  being  broken  from  the  blow- 
ing iron.  As  the  workman  finishes  them,  another  takes  theui 
up  with  an  iron  fork,  and  places  them  in  a  tower  over  the 
melting  furnace  to  anneal,  w'lere,  after  remaining  some  time, 
they  are  put  into  pans,  which  are  gradually  withdrawn  to 
cool.  There  is  scarcely  a  branch  of  manufacture,  wiiich  de- 
serves more  attention  than  that  of  glass  ;  and  although  the 
an  has  excited  the  astonishment  of  the  world,  still  it  is  highly 
probable,  that  in  order  to  bring  it  to  the  highest  state  of  per- 
fection, there  is  abundant  room  for  much  improvement. 

Pliny  relates  that  "  glass  was  first  discovered  by  accident 
in  Syria,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  Belus,  by  certain  merchants 
driven  thither  by  the  fortune  of  the  sea,  and  obliged  to  conti- 
nue there,  and  dress  their  victuals  by  making  a  fire  on  the 
groun'i,  where  there  was  an  abundance  of  the  herb  kali  :  the 
plant  burnine  to  ashes,  its  salt  incorporating  v/ith  the  sand  and 
stones,  became  vitrified." 

Soii>o  writers  assert  that  the  discovery  of  glass  is  as  ancient 


tradesman's  guide.  89 

as  the  art  of  pottery  or  making  brick  ;  for  that  a  kiln  of  brick 
cannot  be'burnt,  or  a  batcli  of  pottery  made,  but  soiiio  of  the 
brick  or  ware  will  be  at  least  siiperficially  turned  to  glass  ;  so 
that  it  must  have  been  known  at  the  building  of  Babel,  and 
likewise  by  the  Egyptians,  among-  wjicm  the  Israelites  were 
many  years  employed  in  making  bricks.  Of  this  kind,  no 
doubt,  was  that  fossil  glass,  mentioned  by  Ferrant,  -Imperat. 
to  be  found  under  ground  in  mai^y  places,  where  there  great 
fires  had  been. 

A  writer   of  eminence,   makrs  a  distinction  between  glass 
contained  in  its  own  mine  or  stone,  and  true  glass  that    is   ex- 
tracted from  the  same  ;  that  the  latter  is  more  artificial  than 
a  metal  is,  when  extracted  from  the  ore  ;  and  as  to  the  for- 
mer, he  urges,  that  as  metal,   by   having   its  existence  in  the 
ore,  so  glass,  by  having  it  in  the  stone  out  of  which  it  is  pro- 
duced, is  a  natural  production.      After  what  has  been  advan- 
ced, the  supposition  arises,    if  glass    is   procured    from  stone 
alone,  the  weight  of  the  metal  must  be  less  than  the  substance 
from  which  it  is  extracted,   wheieas   it    far    exceeds,  as  100 
pounds  of  sand  yiehl  150  pounds  of  glass.      Considering  also, 
that  the  salts  made  use  of  are  of  iho  most  fixed  kind,  there- 
fore we-  cannot  suppose  them  to    be  carried    off  by  tiie  fire  ; 
besides,  as  a  proof,  in  the  coarser  f^lasses  one  may  discern,  or 
even    i)ick    out   pieces  of  salt,  furnishing  a  test  by  the  taste. 
Flint,  sand  and  stone  afiord  different  species  of  glass,  and  the 
ashes,  as  tliey  are  variable  in  quality,  will  proportionately  al- 
ter the  glass.      A  fixed  alkaline  salt,  sharp  and  well  purified, 
mixed  with   a  pure  calx   of  flint,  yields   a  glass   clearer  than 
amber  itself.      Our  rej)rcsentation  of  the  manufacture  of  glass, 
no  doubt,  is  imperfect,  though  we  are  flattered  it  may  not  be 
wholly  'jninteresting. 

Grecian  Gilding.  Equal  parts  of  sal  ammoniac  and  cor- 
rosive sublimate  are  dissolved  in  spirit  ofnitre,  and  a  solution 
of  gold  made  with  this  menstruum.  The  silver  is  brushed 
over  with  it,  which  is  turned  black,  but  on  exposure  to  a  red 
heat,  it  assumes  the  colour  of  jrold. 

Gilding  Metal.  Four  parts  copper,  one  part  Bristol  old 
brass,  and  four  oz.  of  tin,  to  every  pound  of  coi)per. 

To  dissolve  Gold  in  Aqva-Rcgia.  Take  an  aqna-regia, 
composed  of  two  parts  of  nitrous  acid,  and  one  of  marine  acid, 
or  of  one  pvirt  of  sal  ammoniac  and  four  parts  of  aqua-fortis  ; 
Jet  the  gold   be   granulated,  ])ut   into   a  sufllcient  quantity  of 

*8 


90  THE    ARTIST    A.N'D 

this  menstraura,  and  expose  lo  a  moderate  degree  of  beat. 
During  llie  scliitioD  an  effervescence  takes  place,  and  it  ac- 
quires a  beatifnl  yellow  colour,  which  becomes  more  and 
more  intense,  till  it  has  a  golden  or  even  orange  colour. 
When  the  menstruum  is  saturated,  it  is  very  clear  and  trans- 
parent. 

To  gild  Iron  or  Steel  icitJi  a  solution  of  Gold.  Make  a 
solution  of  eiffht  ounces  of  nitre  and  common  salt,  with  five 
ounces  crude  alum,  in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water  ;  dissolve 
half  an  ounce  of  gold,  ihiuly  plated  and  cut;  and  afterwards 
evaporate  the  dryness,  digest  the  residuum  in  reciilied  spirit 
of  wine  or  ether,  which  will  perfectly  abstract  the  guld.  The 
iron  is  brushed  over  with  this  solution,  and  becomes  immedi- 
ately gilt. 

2.  Pour  into  a  saturated  solution  of  muriate  of  gold  (that 
is,  when  there  is  no  excess  of  acid)  about  twice  as  much  sul- 
phuric ether  :  now  brush  upon  a  clear  polished  surface  of  iron 
or  steel  some  of  this  liquid.  The  ether  will  soon  evaporate, 
and  leave  the  gold  covering  the  surface.  To  gild  silver  oc 
copper,  heat  gold  and  mercury  together  in  a  crucible,  one 
p^rt  of  gold  to  about  eight  of  mercury,  until  they  are  com-, 
pletelv  alloyed  :  then  throw  the  hot  alloy  into  cold  water.  Rav- 
ine wet  the  silver  or  copper  with  diluted  nitric  acid,  brush  oq 
the  alloy  with  a  line  brush  (a  wire  brush  is  best)  as  uuitbrmly 
as  possible.  Then  drive  otf  the  mercury  with  heat,  placing^ 
the  eiided  metal  over  the  hot  coals  :  at'terwards  the  surface 
must  be  polished  with  a  burnisher.  The  only  objection  made 
to  this  method  by  artists  is,  that  it  is  very  difficult  to  lay  oa 
the  alloy  evenly.  But  old  artists  learn  to  brush  over  the  bare 
spots  while  it  is  heating,  being  careful  to  avoid  inhaling  iho 
mercurial  fumes. 

This  method  of  gilding  iron  is  undoubtedly  very  perfect  ; 
but  it  is  desirable  some  better  method  should  be  discovered 
for  silding  the  other  metals. 

To  coat  Copper  iclth  Silver.  Take  a  ie^  grains  of  silver 
in  powder  as  precipitated  by  copper  in  a  preceding  experi- 
ment, after  it  is  washed  and  before  melting;  about  an  equal 
weight  of  alum  or  a  little  more  ;  six  times  as  much  table  salt  ; 
also  six  limes  as  much  tartrile  of  potasii  ;  pulverize  all  these 
articles  and  rub  them  well  together  ;  rub  the  clean  bright 
surface  of  a  piece  of  copper  with  this  powder,  and  it  will  be 
silvered. 


tuadesman's   r.LlDE.  91 

This  silvering  is  not  very  durable,  though  it  may  be  easily 
renewed.  Plating  copper  is  much  preferable.  This  is  done 
by  brazing  on  a  thin  bar  of  silver  upon  a  thick  bar  of  copper. 
Then  both  are  rolled  out  into  the  proper  thickness  for  use. 

To  gild  by  dissolving  Gold  in  Aqua-Regia.  Fine  linen 
rags  arc  soaked  in  a  saturated  solution  of  gold  in  aqua-regia, 
gently  dried,  and  afterwards  burnt  to  tinder.  The  substance 
to  be  gilt  must  be  well  polished  ;  a  piece  of  cork  is  first  dip- 
ped into  a  solution  of  common  salt  in  water,  and  afterwards 
into  the  tinder,  which  is  well  rubbed  on  the  surface  of  the 
metal  to  be  gilt,  and  the  gold  appears  in  all  its  metallic  lustre . 

To  gild  Ivory,  Silk,  S^c  with  Hydrogen  Gas.  Immerse 
a  piece  of  white  silk  or  ivory  into  a  solution  of  nitro-munate 
of  jrold,  in  the  proportion  of  one  part  of  the  acid,  three  of  dis- 
tilled water  ;  whilst  the  substance  to  be  gilded  is  still  wet, 
Immerse  it  in  ajar  of  hydrogen  gas  ;  it  will  soon  be  covered 
by  a  complete  coat  of  gold.  The  foregoing  experiment  may 
be  advantageously  varied  as  follows:  Paint  flowers  or  other 
ornaments  with  a  very  fine  camel's  hair  pencil,  dipped  m  the 
above  mentioned  solution,  on  pieces  of  silk,  satin,  &c.  hold 
them  over  a  Florence  flask,  from  which  hydrogen  gas  is  evol- 
ved, during  the  composition  of  the  water  by  sulphuric  acid 
and  iron  filings.  The  painted  flowers,  in  a  few  minutes,  will 
shine  in  all  the  splendour  of  the  purest  gold,  which  will  not 
tarnish  on  exposure  to  the  air  or  in  washing. 

Oil  gilding  on  Wood.  Cover  and  prime  the  wood  with^ 
two  or  three  coatings  of  boiled  linseed  oil  and  carbonate  ot 
lead,  in  order  to  fill  up  the  pores,  and  conceal  the  irregulari- 
ties of  the  surface  occasioued  by  the  veins  in  the  wood.  Whc  n 
dry,  lay  on  a  thin  coat  of  gold  size,  which  is  prepared  by 
grinding  some  of  the  red  oxide  of  lead  with  the  thickest  dry- 
ing oil  procurable,  and  mixed  previously  to  using  with  a  little 
oil  of  turpentine,  till  brought  to  a  proper  consistence.  If  the 
gold  size  is  good,  it  will  dry  in  twelve  hours,  more  or  less. 
Then  spread  a  leaf  of  gold  on  a  cushion,  formed  by  a  few 
folds  of  flannel,  secured  on  a  piece  of  wood,  eight  inches 
square,  by  a  tight  coverinjr  of  leather,  and  cut  into  strips  of 
a  proper  size  by  a  blunt  pallet  knife  ;  then  take  each  strip 
upon  the  point  of  a  fine  brush,  and  apply  it  to  the  part  inten- 
ded to  be  gilded,  which  gently  press  down  with  a  ball  of  soft 
cotton  ;   in  a  few  minutes  sweep  away  the  loose  particles  with 


92  THK    ARTIST  AND 

a  large  earners  hair  brush.     In  a  day  or  two  the  size  will  be 
completely  drieJ,  and  tlie  operation  finished. 

To  gild  hy  Burnishing.  Tliis  operation  is  chietly  perfor- 
med on  picture  frames,  mouldings,  <fcc.  Cover  the  surface 
to  be  gilt  corefully  with  a  strong  size,  made  by  boilintr  down 
pieces  of  white  leather,  or  clippings  of  parchment,  till  they 
become  a  stitf  jelly  ;  this  coating  being  dr\',  eight  or  ten  more 
must  be  applied,  consisting  of  the  same  size,  mixed  with  fine 
plaster  of  Paris,  or  washed  chalk.  When  a  sufficient  num- 
ber of  layers  are  put  on,  as  tliC  nature  of  the  work,  requires, 
and  become  quite  dry,  apply  a  moderately  thich  layer,  com- 
posed of  size  and  armeniabole  or  yellow  oxide  of  lend.  While 
this  last  is  yet  m(»ist,  put  on  the  gold  leaf  in  the  usual  man- 
ner ;  pressing  it  with  ihe  cotton  ball  ;  and  before  tiie  size  is 
become  perfectl}'  dry,  the  parts  intended  to  be  most  brilliant, 
should  be  carefully  burnished  by  an  agate  or  dog's  tooth  fixed 
in  a  handle. 

It  is  sometimes  common,  in  order  to  save  labour,  but  a  bad  practice, 
slightly  to  burnish  the  bailliant  parts,  and  to  deaden  the  rest,  by  draw- 
ing a  brush  over  ihem  dipped  in  size.  This  kind  of  ijilding  can  only  bo 
applied  on  in-door\vork,  as  rain,  or  even  a  considerable  degn.'e  of  damp- 
ness will  occasion  the  gold  to  peel  oft.  When  dirty,  it  may  be  cleansed 
hy  a  soft  brush,  with  hot  spirit  of  wine,  or  oil  of  turpentine. 

To  Dye  in  Gold,  Silver  Medals  through.  Take  some  salt 
petre,  pour  over  it  a  sufficient  quantit\-  of  oil  of  vitriol,  to 
swim  over.  When  the  ebulitions  arising  from  that  mixture 
shall  be  ended,  distil  to  dryness — there  remains  a  white  salt. 
Dissolve  in  what  quantity  of  warm  water  yo\i  think  proper, 
or  may  be  in  need  of,  which  you  know  when  you  see  the  wa- 
ter can  dissolve  no  more  of  it — put  into  this  a  drachm  of  calx 
or  magister  of  gold.  Then  put  in  digestion,  in  it,  laminas  cut 
small  and  thin,  for  twenty-four  hours,  over  a  very  gentle  fire. 
At  the  end  of  that  time,  you  will  find  them  thoroughly  dyed 
gold  colour,  inside  and  out. 

Silvering  Powder.  Silver  dust  from  fifteen  to  twenty 
grains,  cream  tartar,  common  salt,  each  two  drachms,  alum 
half  a  drachm. 

2.  Silver  dust,  half  an  ounce,  common  salt,  sal  ammoniac, 
of  each  two  ounces,  corrosive  sublimate,  one  drachrn;  make 
into  a  paste  with  water,  used  to  silver  copper,  which  is  to  be 
cleaned  by  boiling  with  argol  and  alum,  then  rub  it  with  either 
of  these  powders,  and  polish  with  soft  leather. 


tradesmen's  guide.  93 

To  gild  Copper,  <§*c.  by  Amalgamation.  Immerse  a  very 
clean  bright  piece  of  copper  in  a  diluted  solution  of  nitrate  of 
mercury,  ^y  the  affinity  of  copper  for  the  nitric  acid,  the 
mercury  will  be  precipitated  ;  now  spread  the  anirlgam  of 
gold  rather  thinly  over  the  coat  of  copper  just  given  to  the 
mercury.  This  coevt  unites  w  ith  the  amalgam,  but  will  re- 
main ou  the  copper.  Now  place  the  piece  thus  operated 
upon,  in  a  clean  oven  or  furnace,  where  there  is  no  smoke. 
If  the  heat  is  a  littfe  greater  than  GOO  deg.  the  mercury  of  the 
amalgam  will  be  volatilized,  and  the  coi)pcr  will  be  beauti- 
fully gilt. 

In  ihe  large  way  of  gildintr,  the  furnaces  are  so  constructed,  tliat  the 
volatilized  mercury  is  again  condensed,  and  preserved  for  further  use, 
so  that  tiiere  is  no  loss  in  the  operation.  There  is  also  a  contrivance 
by  which  the  volatile  particles  of  mercury  are  prevented  from  injuring 
the  gilders. 

To  Gild  Steel.  Pour  some  of  the  etherial  solution  of  gold 
into  a  wine  glass,  and  slip  therein  t'^-e  blade  of  a  new  pen- 
knife, lancet  or  razor  ;  withdraw  tlie  insti  ument  and  allow  the 
etlier  to  evaporate.  The  blace  will  he  found  to  be  covered 
with  a  very  thin  coat  of  gold.  A  clean  rag,  or  a  small  piece 
of  very  dry  sponge  ma}^  be  dipped  in  the  ether,  and  used  to 
moisten  the  blade,  and  used  with  the  same  result.  In  this 
case  there  is  no  occasion  to  pour  the  liquid  into  a  glass,  which 
would  lose  by  evaporation;  but  ihe  rag  or  sponge  may  moist- 
ened with  it  by  a|?plying  either  to  the  mouth  of  ihe  phial. 
This  coating  of  gold  will  remain  in  the  steel  for  a  great  length 
of  time,  and  will  preserve  it  from  rusting.  This  is  the  way 
ill  which  swords  and  other  cutlery  are  ornamented.  Lancets 
too  are  in  this  way  gilded  with  great  advantage,  to  secure 
them  from  rust. 

To  heighten  the  color  of  Ytlloio  Gold.  Six  ounces  salt- 
petre, two  ounces  copperas,  one  ounce  white  vitriol  and  one 
ounce  alum.  If  it  be  wanted  redder,  a  small  portion  of  blue 
vitriol  must  be  added.  These  are  to  be  well  mixed  and  dis- 
solved in  water  as  the  colour  is  wanted. 

To  heighieen  the  colour  of  Green  Gold.  One  ounce  ten 
pennyweights  saltpetre,  one  oz.  four  pennyweights  sal  ammo- 
niac, one  oz.  four  pennyweights  Roman  vitriol,  and  eighteen 
pennyweights  verdigris.  Mix  them  well  together,  and  dis- 
solve a  portion  in  watci,  as  occasion  requires.  The  work 
must  then  be  dipped  in  these  compositions,  applied  to  a  pro- 


94  THE    ART»#T    AND 

per  heat  to  burn   them  off,  and  th«n   quenched  in  water  or 
vinegar. 

To  heighten  the  colour  of  Red  Gold.  Four  oz.  yellow 
melted  v.'ax  ;  add  1  1-2  oz.  red  ochre,  in  fine  powder,  1  1-2 
oz.  verdigris,  calcined  till  it  yields  no  fumes,  and  half  an  oz. 
calcined  borax.  It  is  necessary  to  calcine  the  verdigris,  or 
else,  by  the  heat  applied  in  burning  the  wax,  the  vinegar  be- 
comes so  concentrated  as  to  corrode  the  surfaces  and  make  it 
appear  speckled. 

To  separate  Gold  from  gilt  Copper  or  Silver.  Apply  a 
solution  ofboiax,  in  water,  to  the  gilt  surface  with  a  fine 
bi  ush,  and  sprii.kle  over  it  some  fine  powdered  sulphur.  Make 
the  piece  "rod  hot,  and  quench  it  in  water.  The  gold  may 
be  easily  wiped  off  with  a  scratch  brush,  and  recovered  by 
testing  it  with  lead.  Gold  is  taken  from  the  surface  of  the 
silyerj  by  spreading  it  over  a  paste,  made  of  powdered  sal 
ammoniaCj  wiih  aqua-tortis,  and  heating  it  till  the  matter 
smokes,  and  is  nearly  dry,  when  tlie  gold  may  be  separated 
by  rubbing  it  with  a  scratch  bruih. 

To  Silver  with  Heat.  Dissolve  an  ounce  of  pure  silver 
in  aqua-fortis,  and  prec'pitate  it  with  common  salt ;  to  which 
add  one  pound  of  sal  ammoniac,  sandiver,  and  white  vitriol, 
and  one  ounce  of  sublimate.  2.  Dissolve  an  ounce  of  pure 
silver  in  aqua-fortis,  precipitate  it  with  common  salt,  and  add 
after  washinir,  six  oz.  common  salt,  three  oz.  each  of  sandiver 
and  white  vitriol,  and  one  fourth  of  an  ounce  of  sublimate. 
These  are  to  be  ground  into  a  paste  upon  a  fine  stone  with  a 
muller ;  the  substance  to  be  silvered  must  be  rubbed  over 
with  a  sufl&cient  quantity  of  the  paste,  and  exposed  to  a  pro- 
per degree  of  heat.  When  the  silver,  runs,  it  is  taken  from 
the  fire,  and  dipped  into  a  weak  spirit  of  salt  to  clean  it. 

Silvering  on  Gilt  work  ly  Amalgamation.  Siher  will  not 
attach  itself  to  any  metal  by  amalgamation,  unless  it  be  first 
gilt ;  ihe  process  is  the  same  as  gilding  in  colours,  only  no 
acid  should  be  used. 

To  Silver  in  the  Cold  ^Vay.  Two  drachms  tartar,  two 
drachms  ccmmcn  salt,  one-half  drachm  alum  and  20  grains 
silver,  precipitated  from  tlie  nitrous  acid  by  ccpper.  Make 
them  into  a  paste  with  a  little  water.  This  is  to  be  rubbed 
on  tbe  surface  to  be  silvered  with  a  cork,  «S:c.  2.  Dissolve 
pure  silver  in  aqua-fortis,  and  precipitate  the  silver  with  com- 
mon salt ;  make  this  precipitate  into  a  paste,  by  adding  a  \\\^ 
jet  more  salt  and  cream  of  tartar, 


TPADESMAiN^S    GUIDE.  95 

To  Silver  Copper  Ingots.  The  surface  of  llic  copper  on 
wliich  the  sih'cr  is  to  be  fixed  must  be  made  flat  by  foiling, 
and  shonhl  be  left  rough.  The  silver  is  first  an-.iealed,  and 
aftei  wards  ])ickled  in  weak  spirit  of  salt  ;  it  is  planished,  and 
theti  scraped  on  tlie  surface  to  be  fitted  on  the  copper.  Tliese 
prepared  surfaces  are  anointed  with  a  solution  of  borax,  or 
strewed  with  fine  powdered  boiax  itself,  and  then  confined  in 
tontatt  with  each  other,  b>'  binding  wire.  When  tiiey  are 
Exposed  to  a  sufiicient  degree  of  l^eat,  the  flux  causes  the  sur- 
faces to  fuse  at  the  same  time,  and  after  they  become  cold, 
they  are  found  finely  united.  Coppear  may  likewise  be  pla- 
tfed  by  heating  it,  and  burnishing  leaf  silver  upon  it  j  so  itiay 
jfou  and  brass. 

The  principal  difficulties  in  plating  copper  are  to  bring  the  surfaces 
of  the  copper  and  silver  into  fasion  at  the  same  time,  and  to  prevent 
the  copper  from  scaling  ;  for  whicli  purpose  fluxes  are  used. 

To  separate  Silver  fi  bin  Plated  Copper:^  Tliis  process  is 
applied  to  recover  the  silver  from  the  plated  metal,  which  lias 
been  rolled  down  for  buttons,  toys,  ^"c.  without  destroying 
any  large  proportion  of  the  copper.  For  this  purpose  a  men- 
struum Is  composed  of  three  pounds  oil  vitriol,  one  and  a 
half  ounces  nitre,  and  a  pound  of  water.  The  plated  metal 
is  boiled  in  it,  till  the  silver  is  dissolved,  and  then  the  silver 
18  dissolved,  and  then  the  silver  is  recovered  by  throwing 
common  salt  inlo  the  solution. 

Amalgam  of  Gold  in  the  large  icaij.  A  quantity  of  quick- 
silver is  put  into  a  crucible  or  iron  ladle  which  is  lined  with 
clay,  and  exposed  to  heat  till  it  begins  to  smoke.  The  gohJ" 
to  be  mixed  should  be  previously  granulated,  and  heated  red 
hot  ,  when  it  should  be  added  to  the  quicksilver,  and  stirred 
about  with  an  iron  rod,  till  it  is  perfectly  dissolved.  J f  there 
should  be  any  supeifluous  mercury,  it  may  be  separated  by 
passing  it  through  clean  soft  leather,  and  the  remaining  amal- 
gam will  have  the  consistence  of  butter,  and  contain  about 
three  parts  of  mercury  to  one  of  sold. 

To  gild  hy  Amalgamation.  The  metal  to  be  gilt  is  to  be 
previously  cleansed  on  its  surface,by  boiling  in  a  weak  pickle, 
which  is  a  very  dilute  nitrous  acid.  A  quantity  of  aqua-fortis 
is  poured  into  an  earthen  vessel,  and  quicksilver  put  therein, 
when  a  sufficient  quantity  of  mercury  is  dissolved,  the  articles 
Id  be  gilt  are  put  into  the  solution,  and  stirred  about  with  a 
brush  till  ihey  become  white.      This  is  called  quicking  ;  but 


96  TUE    AUTIST    AND 

as  during  quicken  b\-  this  mode,  a  noxious  va])onr  continually 
arises,  wliicli  proves  very  injurious  to  ll;e  health  of  the  work- 
men, they  have  adopted  another  method,  by  which  riiey  in  a 
great  measure,  avoid  that  danger.  They  now  dissolve  the 
quicksilver  in  a  boitlc  containing  aqua-fortis,  and  leave  it  in 
tlie  open  air  during  the  solution,  so  that  the  noxious  vapours 
escape  into  the  air.  Then  a  little  of  ihis  solution  is  poured 
into  a  basin,  and  with  a  brush  dipped  thcriMn,  they  stroke 
over  the  surface  of  the  metal  to  be  gilt,  which  immediately 
becomes  quickened.  The  amalgam  is  now  applied  by  one  vf 
the  following  methods : 

1.  B}"-  proportioning  it  to  the  quantity  of  articles  to  be  gilt, 
and  putting  them  into  a  white  heat  together,  working  them 
about  with  a  soft  bruih,  till  the  amulgam  is  uniformly  spread. 
Or,  2.  Bv  applying  a  portion  of  the  amalgam  upon  one  part, 
and  spreading  it  on  the  surface,  if  Hat,  by  v>-orking  it 
about  with  a  harder  brush.  Tiie  work  thus  managed  is  put 
into  a  pan,  and  exposed  to  a  gentle  degree  of  heat  ;  when  it 
becomes  hot,  it  is  frequently  put  into  a  heat  and  worked  about 
with  a  painter's  large  brush,  to  prevent  an  irregular  dissipation 
of  the  n)ercury,  till,  at  last,  the  quicksilver  is  entirely  dissi- 
pated, by  a  repetition  of  heat,  and  the  gold  is  attached  to  the 
surface  of  the  metal.  This  gilt  surface  is  well  cleansed  by  a 
wire  drush,  and  the  artists  heigliten  the  colour  of  the  gold  by 
the  npiilicntion  o\  various  compositions  ;  this  part  of  the  pro- 
cess is  called  colouring. 

To  Gild  Glass  a:ii  Procdahi.  Drinking  and  other  glas- 
ses are  sometimes  gilt  oi»  their  edges._  This  is  done,  either 
by  an  adhesive  varnish,  or  by  heat.  The  varnish  is  prepared 
by  dissolvini:  in  boiled  linseed  oil  an  equal  weight,  either  of 
copal  or  amber.  This  is  to  be  diluted  by  a  proper  quantity 
of  oil  of  turpentine,  so  as  to  be  applied  as  thii;  as  possible  to 
the  part  of  the  glass,  intended  to  be  gilt.  When  this  is  done 
which  uill  be  in  about  twenty-four  hours,  the  glass  must  be 
])lacod  in  a  stove,  till  so  v. arm  as  almost  to  burn  the  fingeis 
when  handled.  At  this  temperature  the  varnish  will  become 
adhesive,  and  a  piece  of  leaf  gold  applied  in  the  ^usual  way, 
will  immediately  stick.  Sweep  otV  the  superfluous  portions 
of  the  loaf,  and  when  quite  cold  it  miiy  be  burnished,  taking 
care  to  interpose  a  piece  of  very  thin  paper,  between  the  gold 
and  buriiisher.  If  tlie  varnish  is  very  good,  this  is  the  bcbt 
method  of  gilding  glass,  as  the  gold  is  thus  fi.\ed  on  mure 
oven  I  v. 


tradesman's   GtriDE.  f^ 

.,.  It  often  happens  that  die  varnish  is  but  intlifleiciit,  and 
•that  by  repeated  \vas!)ii)g  the  gold  wears  oiY :  on  this  tiecouiit 
the  practice  of  burning  it^  is  sometimes  had  recourse  to. 
For  this  purpose,  so«io  gold  powder  is  ground  with  borax, 
.find  applied  to  clcau  ghiss,  by  a  camel's  hair  pencil  ;  when 
quite  dry,  the  glass  is  pot  into  a  stove  heated  to  about  t-he 
temperature  of  an  annealing  ov<;n  :  the  gum  burns  ofT,  and 
rthe  borax,  by  vitrifying,  cenjents  the  gold  with  gr«at  firmness 
to  the  ,glass  ;  when  it  niay  be  burnished.  Porcelai-n  and 
other  wares  njay  be  platinized.,  silvered,  tinned,  and  bronzed, 
in  a  similar  manner. 

To  Gild  Leather,  Dust  the  leather  over  with  very  fine 
f)ovvd^red  yellow  resin  or  mastic  gun).  The  iron  tools 
should  be  arraRgod  {if  letters  alphabetically)  on  a  rack  be» 
fore  a  clear  fire  ;  to  b<3  w^U  heated  without  beco4Tiing  red. 
]iot.  Each  letter  or  stamp  must  be  tri(^d  as  to  its  heat,  on. 
ihe  raw  side  of  a  piece  of  waste  leather.  Now,  press  the 
tool  downward  on  the  leaf,  if  it  has  acquired  a  proper  heat; 
which  will  become  indented  and  show  the  figure  imprinted 
<)u  it — the  next  letter  is  taken  and  stamped  in  like  manner  ; 
<ind  so  on  with  tiie  others  :  the  superiluous  gold  may  be  rub- 
i)ed  off  by  a  cloth.  The  cloth  should  be  slightly  greased,  to 
retain  the  gold  wiped  o(L  The  cloth  will  soon  become  satu- 
rated with  gold,  and  is  generally  sold  to  refiners  to  recover 
the  gold.  Some  afford  as  much  gold  by  burning  as  to  btj 
worth,  a  guinea  and  a  half. 

O'old  poivdvr  for  Gilding.  Gold  powder  may  be  prepared 
in  three  dilferent  ways  :  1.  Put  into  an  earthen  mortar  some 
tzold  leaf,  with  a  little  honey,  or  thick  gum  water,  and  grind 
the  mixture  till  the  gold  is  reduced  to  extremely  n)inute  par- 
-^icles.  \Vhen  this  is  done,  a  little  warm  water  will  wash  out 
the  honey  or  gum  leaving  the  gold  behind  in  a  pulverulent 
state^ 

2,  Dissolve  pure  gold,  (or  the  leafy)  in  nitro-muriatic  acid* 
nnd  then  pre<:ipitate  it  by  a  piece  of  copper,  or  by  a  solution 
of  sulphate  of  iroK.  The  precipitate,  (if  by  copper,)  must 
be  digested  in  distilled  vinegar,  and  ihon  washed,  (by  pour- 
ing water  over  it  repeatedly,)   and  dried.      Tiiis  precipitate 

■  will  bo  in  the  form  of  a  very  fine  powder;  it  works  better, 
and  is  more  easily  burnished  than  gold  leaf  ground  with  honey 
«s  above. 

3.  Or  the  best  method  is,  by  heating  a  prepared  amalgam 


98  THE    ARTIST    ASO 

of  gold,  in  an  open  clean  crucible,  and  continuing  the  strong 
heat  until  ihe  whole  of  the  mercury  is  evaporated;  at  the  same 
time  constantly  stirring  tho  amalgam  with  a  glass  rod.  When 
the  mercury  has  completely  left  the  gold,  the  remaining  pow- 
der is  to  be  ground  in  a  wedgewood  mortar,  with  a  little 
water,  and  afterwards  dried.  It  is  then  fit  for  use.  Although 
thB  last  mode  of  operating  has  been  here  given,  ihe  operator 
cannot  be  too  much  reminded  of  the  danger  attending  the 
sublimation  of  jnercury.  In  the  small  way  here  described  it 
is  impossible  to  operate  without  danger;  it  is  therefore  better 
10  prepare  it  according  to  the  former  directions,  than  to  risk 
the  health  by  the  latter. 

To  Gild  Wrifi7igs,  Drawings^  SfC.  Letters  \VTitteD  oil 
vellum  or  paper  are  gilded  in  three  ways;  for  the  first,  mix 
size  with  the  ink,  and  the  letters  are  written  as  tjsual;  when 
drv  a  slight  degree  of  stickiness  is  produced,  b}-  breathing  on 
them;  then  apply  the  gold  leaf,  making  a  little  pressure,  that 
it  mav  adhere  with  firmness.  The  second  method  is,  some 
white  lead  or  chalk  is  ground  up  with  strong  size,  and  the  let- 
ters are  made  by  this  means  vith  a  brush;  when  dry, the  gold 
jejil  may  be  laid  on,  and  afterwards  burnished.  Tlie  last  pro- 
cess is  to  mix  up  some  gold  powder  with  size,  and  to  form  the 
letters  by  means  of  a  brush.  It  is  supposed  this  last  method 
was  used  by  the  monks  in  illuminating  their  missals,  psalters^ 
and  rubrics. 

To  Gild  on  the  Edges  of  Paper.  Leaves  of  books  and 
lefer  paper  should  be  gilded  while  in  a  horizontal  position  in 
the  bock  binder's  press.  Appl3''a  composition  formed  of 
four  parts  of  Armenian  bole,  aud  one  of  candied  sugar,  ground 
to  a  proper  consistence  in  water,  and  laid  on  by  a  brush  with 
the  white  of  an  egg.  U  hen  nearly  dry,  smooth  the  coating 
by  a  burnisher;  which  is  generally  a  crooked  piece  of  agate^ 
very  smooth,  and  fixed  in  a  handle.  Then  slidith*  moisten 
it  by  a  sponge  dipped  in  clean  water,  and  squeezed  in  the 
hand.  Take  up  the  leaf  on  a  piece  of  cotton,  from  the  l^ea* 
thcr  cushion,  and  apply  it  to  the  moistened  surface.  When 
dry,  burnish  h  hy  rubbing  over  it  the  agate  repeatedly  from 
end  to  er.d,  taking  care  not  to  wound  the  surface  by  the  point 
of  tVip  l,ii;n  <)  ^r.  A  piece  of  silk  or  India  paper  is  usually 
♦he  !j'  Id  s?nd  hrrnisher. 

I'd    Uiidiu  Ciilours.       ihe    pnncijiai   colour^  of  gold   for 
gilding  are  red,  green,  and  yellow.     These  should  be  k?pt  in 


tradesman's  guide.  99 

diflferent  amalgams.  The  part  which  is  to  remain  of  the  first 
colour  is  to  be  stopped  off  with  a  composition  of  chalk  and 
glue;  the  variety  required  is  produced  by  gilding  the  unstop- 
ped parts  with  the  proper  amalgam,  according  to  the  asual 
mode  of  gilding.  Sometimes  the  amalgam  is  applied  to  the 
surface  to  be  gilt  without  any  quicking,  by  spreading  it  with 
aqua-fortis ;  but  this  depends  on  the  same  principle  as  a  pre- 
vious quicking. 

To  Plate  Looking-glasses,  On  tin  foil  fitly  disposed  on 
a  flat  table,  mercury  is  to  be  rubbed  with  a  hare's  foot;  it 
soon  unites  itself  with  the  tin.  A  plate  of  glass  is  then  cau- 
tiously to  be  slid  upon  the  tin  leaf,  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
sweep  off  the  redundant  mercury,  not  incorporated  with  the 
tin.  Lead  weights  are  then  placed  on  the  glass,  and  in  a  lit- 
tle time,  the  quicksilver  tin  foil,  adheres  so  firmly  to  the  glass, 
that  the  weights  may  be  removed  without  danger  of  its  falling 
off.  About  two  ounces  of  mercury  is  sufficient  for  covering 
three  square  feet  of  glass.  The  glass  should  be  perfectly 
clean:  the  least  dirt  or  dust  on  the  surface  will  prevent  th© 
adhesion  of  the  amalgam. 

Put  a  drop  of  mercury  into  a  wine  glass,  and  drop  into  it 
small  pieces  of  tin  foil,  which  will  become  liquified  and  unite 
with  the  mercury.  Continue  these  additions  until  the  amal- 
gam contains  about  half  as  much  tin  as  mercury.  Next  spread 
a  small  piece  of  tin  foil  very  evenly  on  the  face  of  a  smooth- 
ing iron  or  a  piece  of  polished  marble;  pour  the  amalgam  upon 
it  and  rub  it  over  the  tin  foil  with  the  finger  for  about  two 
minutes.  Now  press  upon  it  a  piece  of  dry  clean  glass;  press 
it  down  with  such  force  as  to  press  out  all  the  uncombined 
mercury;  lay  a  weight  upon  the  glass  and  leave  it  half  an 
hour,  when  it  may  be  taken  up,  and  it  will  be  found  to  be  a 
mirror. 

All  looking  glasses  are  made  in  this  way,  upon  a  large  scale; 
the  slab  is  placed  in  an  inclined  position,  so  that  the  excess  of 
mercury  runs,  and  is  saved  for  the  next,  &.c. 

To  silver  Glass  Globes.  One  ounce  clean  lead,  one  ounce 
fine  tin,  one  ounce  bismuth,  and  ten  oances  of  quicksilver. 
Put  the  tin  and  lead  into  the  ladle  first;  when  melted,  add  the 
bismuth.  Skim  off  the  dross,  remove  the  ladle  from  the  fire, 
and  before  it  sets,  add  the  quicksilver;  stir  the  whole  care- 
fully together,  taking  care  not  to  breathe  over  it  as  the  fumes 
of  the  mercury   are  very  pernicions.       Pour  this  through  aq 


1QQ  JUL    ARTIST    AM» 


Q 

TO 


arihea  pipe.  Into  the  ghss  globe,  winch  turn  rcpoatedfy 
.ound.  2.  Two  parts  mercury,  one  pirt  tin,  one  part  lead, 
and  one  part  bismurh;  or  four  ounces  of  q^uic^sliver  and  tin' 
foil.  The  quantity  fo  tin  foil  to  be  arlded,  is  so  mucfi  a?  wilT 
become  barely  fluid  when  mixed".  Let  the  glob*}  be  clean 
and  \yarm,  and  inject  the  quicksilver  by  nieans  of  a  pipe  at 
the  aperture,  turning  it  about  till  it  is  silvered  all  ever.  Let 
the  remainder  run  out.  and  Iwn^  the  globe  up. 

A  Gold  coloured  Ink.  Pulverize  \ery  fine  one  ounce  of 
orpine,  and  as  much  crystal;  put  this  powder  in  five  or  six 
whites  of ejicis,  well  beaten,  then  turned  into  water.  Mix  all 
well,,  and  it  will  be  prepared  to  write  or  paint,  producing  a 
gold  colour. 

A  Silver  coloured  Ink.  Finest  of  pewtei,  one  ouace^ 
quicksilver,  two  ounces.  They  should  be  mixed  until  quit& 
fluid.  Then  grind  it  on  porphyry  with  some  gum  water,  whsft 
it  is  fit  to  use.  The  writing  will  appear  as  if  it  had  been 
done  with  silver. 

To  prepare  the  Sih'cr  Tree.  Pour  into  a  glass  globe  or 
decanter,  four  drachms  nitrate  of  silver,  dissolved  in  a  pounrl 
or  more  of  distilled  water,  and  lay  the  vessel  on  the  chimney 
piece  ;  or  whore  it  may  not  be  disturbed  Now  pour  in  four 
drachms  of  mercury.  The  silver  will  become  precipitated  iii 
the  most  beautiful  arborescent  form;  resemblmg  real  vegeta- 
tion . 

Xo  prepare  the  Tin  Trce^  Into  a  vessel  simHa-r  to  tlrat 
used  in  the  last  expcrin7ent,.  with  the  same  qu-intity  of  x^'ater 
put  inthree  dracinns  of  muriate  of  tin,  adding  ten  drops  nitric 
Hcid.  ShaLe  the  vessel  until  the  salt  be  completely  dissolved. 
Replace  the  zinc  (which  must  be  cleared  of  the  effects  of  the 
former  experiment,)  as  before,  and  set  the  whole  a'-irje  to  pro- 
cipitate  without  disturbance.  In  a  fewliours  the  eflects  xviM 
be  similar  to  the  last,  only  that  the  tree  will  have  more  lustre. 
In  these  experiments  it  is  surprising  to  observe  the  lamina? 
shootout  as  it  were  from  nothing;  byt  tliis  phenomenon 
seems  to  proceed  from  a  galvanic  action  of  the  metals  and  the 
water. 

To  prepare  fhe  Lead  Tree.  Put  one  half  an  ounce  of  the 
superacetato  of  lead  in  powder,i.ito  a  clear  glass  elobe  or  de- 
canter, filled  to  the  bottom  of  the  neck,  with  distilled  \vater> 
an  J  ten  drop?  nitric  acid,  and  shake  the  mixture  well.  Pre- 
pare a  rod  of  zinc  witli    a   hamm?r  an^l   file,  a  quarter  of  ar\ 


TRADESMAN'S    GUIDE.  10 1 

Inch  thick  and  ciio  inch  long.  Form  notches  in  each  side 
for  a  lliread,  hy  which  it  is  to  be  suspended;  tie  the  tliread 
so  that  the  knot  nnv  be  uppermost,  when  the  metal  hangs 
quite  perpendicular.  When  tied,  pass  the  two  ends  of  the 
thread  through  a  perforation  in  the  cork  and  let  them  be  again 
tied  ovcj  a  small  splinter  of  wood,  which  may  pass  between 
them  and  the  cork.  When  the  string  is  tied,  let  the  length 
between  the  cork  and  zinc  be  such  that  the  zinc  may 
be  at  equal  distances  from  the  side,  bottom  and  top  of  the  ves- 
sel when  immersed  in  it.  Now  put  the  vessel  in  a  place 
where  it  may  be  undisturbed  ;  introduce  the  zinc,  at  the  same 
time  fitting  in  the  cork.  The  zinc  will  assume  the  form  of  a 
tree  or  bush,  wiiose  leaves  and  branches  are  laminal,  or  plates 
of  a  metallic  lustre. 

Glazing  the  Clay  Cake.  Lay  a  sun  dried  plastic  or  re- 
fractory clay  cake  obliquely  across  a  crucible  of  such  a  length 
as  to  go  entirely  into  the  crucible,  but  not  let  it  reach  the 
bottom.  Heat  the  crucible  until  the  clay  cake  is  at  a  white 
heat,  then  throw  a  little  common  salt,  (muriate  of  soda)  into 
tlie  crucible  and  continue  to  raise  the  heat.  On  taking  out 
the  clay  cake,  its  surface  will  be  found  covered  with  a  glaz- 
ing, made  of  the  soda  and  alumine  fused  together.  Dip  a 
dried  cake  into  mortar,  sufficiently  diluted  with  water  to  be- 
come a  free  liquid,  which  is  made  of  marled  clay.  Then  heat 
it  as  before,  and  it  will  become  glazed.  Upon  this  j)rincipl0 
pQtter  bakers  glaze  their  wares. 

To  prepare  Copper  Foils.  When  coloured  foils  are  wan- 
ted, copper  may  therefore  be  best  used,  and  may  be  prepared 
for  the  purpose  as  follows.  Take  copper  plates,  beaten  to  a 
proper  thickness, -und  pass  them  between  a  pair  of  fine  steel 
rollers,  very  close  set,  and  draw  them  as  thin  as  is  possible 
lo  retain  a  proper  tenacity.  Polish  them  with  very  fine  whi- 
ting or  rotten  stone,  till  they  shiuo,  and  have  as  much  briglii- 
iiess  as  can  be  givun  them,  and  tbey  will  then  be  fit  to  re- 
ceive the  colour. 

To  whiten  Foils.  When  the  yellow,  or  rather  orange  col- 
our of  the  ground  would  be  injurious  to  the  eflTect,  as  in  the 
case  of  purple  or  crimson  red,  the  foils  should  be  whitened, 
which  may  be  done  in  the  following  manner. 

Take  a  small  quantity  of  silver  and  dissolve  m  aqua-fortis; 
then  put  bits  of  copper  into  the  solution,  and  precipitate  the 
silver  ;  which  being  done,  the  fluid    must  be  poured  off,  and 


,   )2  THE    ARTIST    \STt 

frcnh  wntrr  added  to  it,  to  wash  awny  all  the  remainder  of  the 
first  fluid  ;  after  which  the  silver  must  be  dried,  and  equal 
weif'lit  of  cream  of  taitar  and  common  salt  mast  then  be 
ground  with  it,  till  the  Tvhi)Ie  is  reduced  to  a  fine  powder  ; 
and  with  this  mixture  the  foils,  being  first  slightly  moistened^ 
must  be  rubbed  by  the  finger  or  a  bit  of  linen  rag,  till  they  be 
of  the  dec^ree  of  whiteness  desired  ;  after  which,  if  it  appear 
to  be  wanlinjr,  the  polish  must  be  refreshed.  Tin  foils  are 
onlv  used  in  the  case  of  colourFess  stones,  when  quicksilver  is 
fmnloyed  ;  and  they  may  be  drawn  out  by  the  same  r«>llers, 
but  need  not  bo  further  polished,  so  that  the  eOuct  is  produced 
by  other  means  in  this  ca30. 

Foils  for  Crystals^  Pebbles,  or  Paste^  to  give  the  lustre 
of  Diamonch.  The  manner  of  preparing  foils  to  give  colour- 
less stones  the  gix-atcst  flegroo  of  play  and  lustre,  is  by  rais- 
ino^  so  high  a  polish  or  smoothness  on  tlie  surfoce,.  as  to  give 
thcni  the  effect  of  a  inirror,  which  can  only  be  done,  in  a  per- 
fect manner,  by  the  nse  of  quicksilver,  applied  in  the  same- 
general  way  as  in  the  case  of  looking-glass'??.  The  method 
is  as  follows  :  Take  leaves  of  tin,^  prepared  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  for  silvering  looking-glasses,  and  cut  them  into  small 
pieces  of  such  size  as  to  cover  the  surface  of  the  sockets  of 
the  stones  that  are  to  bo  set.  Lay  three  of  these,  then,  one 
upon  another,  and  fiaving  moistened  the  inside  of  the  socket 
with  this  gum  water,  and  suffered  it  to  become  again  so  dry, 
ihat  only  a  slight  stickiness  remains,  put  the  three  pierces  oT 
le,ive=:,  lying  on  each  other,  into  it,  and  ad^ipt  them  to  the 
surface  in  as  even  a  manner  as  possible.  When  this  is  done, 
heat  the  socket,  and  fill  it  with  warm  quicksilver,  which  must 
be  suffered  to  continue  in  it  three  or  four  minutes  and  then 
gently  poured  out.  Then  thrust  the  stone  into  the  socket^ 
which  must  be  closed  with  it,  care  havingbccn  taken  to  give 
such  room  for  it,  that  it  may  enter  without  stripping  off  the 
tin  and  quicksilver  from  any  part  of  the  surface.  The  work, 
should  be  well  closed  round  the  stone  to  prevent  the  tin  and 
quicksilver  contained  in  the  socket  from  jjeing  shaken  out  by 
any  violence. 

Tho  Instre  of  stones,  eel  in  this  way,  u-iJi  continue  longer,  than  when 
they  arf  set  in  the  common  way,  as  the  cavity,  round  them  being  tilled, 
tiiere  will  be  no  passa.qre  found  for  moisture,  which  is  so  injurious  to  the 
wear  of  atones  treated  in  any  other  tvay.  This  kind  of  fbil  gives  some 
luslro 


CHAPTEU   XIX. 

A/tr  of  engraving — etching — directions — to  make  blue  letters 
on  Sicorcl  Blades — to  dtttci  faUc  gems. 

Engraving  Is  the  art  of  culling  metals  and  precious  stones* 
ami  reprpsentiug  on  thera  whatever  device  tho  artist  pleases* 
and  iliat  great  numbers  of  an  impression  from  the  same 
engraving  may  be  taken,  in  a  short  time,  and  at  a  small 
price. 

The  French  divide  the  art  into  several  branches,  accor- 
ding to  ii)e  dirt'erent  materials  wrought  u])on,  and  the  manner 
of  execution. 

Among  us,  iho  first  method  is  distinguished,  as  cutting  in 
wood  ;  that  on  molals,  wiih  aqu:;-fortis,  is  named  etching ; 
that  by  the  Unifo,  burnisher,  or  scraper,  mezzotinto  ;  that  on 
stones,  carving,  or  stone  cutting  ;  and  that  perforjncd  with  a 
graver  on  metals  or  precious  stoires,  which  we  shall  now  at- 
tempt more  immediately  to  illustrate.  The  principle  on 
which  this  art  is  gounded,  are  the  same  wiih  those  of  paint- 
ing, viz.  design,  which  an  engraver  ought  to  miike  his  pecu- 
liar study,  for  without  that  he  will  neither  be  able  to  imitate 
the  performances  of  the  greatest  masters  in  painting,  or  de- 
sign any  thing  beautiful  of  his  o^n.  In  imitating  the  paint- 
ings of  cmincMit  masters,  the  engraver  should  studiously  con- 
form himself  to  the  taste  and  beauty  of  the  copy,  in  order  to 
preserve  that  elegance  cf  character  which  distinguishes  the 
style  of  one  master  from  another;  and  in  doing  which  to  any 
tolerable  degree  of  perfection,  it  is  necessary  that  an  enirra- 
ver  siiould  understand  perspective,  and  architecture.  The 
former  enables  him  with  ease  to  throw  backwards,  by  the 
natural  degradations  of  strong  and  faint,  the  figures  and  other 
objects  of  ihe  picture,  or  design  he  would  execute  ;  the  lat- 
ter will  capacitate  him  to  preserve  the  due  proportion  of  its 
order.  To  execute  in  this  art,  as  well  as  every  other,  the 
materials  which  are  used  should  be  duly  regarded.  The  best 
workmen  prefer  the  red  copper,  which  is  the  toughest.  Ilis 
plates  should  be  well  polished  when  he  conmiences  to  trace 
any  thing  on  them  ;  his  graver  should  be  of  the  purest  stebl, 
well  tempered  and  never  blunt. 

In  conducting  ihc  strokes  of  ihe  graver,  care  ought  alwa3's 
to  be  taken  that  liicy  flow  freely  and  naturally.  The  graver 
should  be  conducted  according  to  the  various  risings  and  cavi- 


104  Tin:  ARTIST  and 

tics  of  the  muscles,  which  in  some  measure  depends  upon  a 
knowledge  in  anatomy,  as  well  as  design.  In  sculpture  the 
work  should  never  be  made  dark  ;  as  statues,  &;c.  are  com- 
monly mad?  orwhite  marble,  or  stone,  the  colour  reflecting 
on  all  sides,  does  not  produce  dark  shades.  In  regard  to 
drapery  of  every  kind,  if  the  diversity  of  stufls  can  be  repre- 
sented, it  generally  adds  to  the  beauty  of  the  piece  ;  when 
there  is  a  necessity  of  crossing  the  strokes,  it  must  be  obser- 
ved that  the  first  should  be  finer  than  the  second  and  the 
third  than  the  second  which  makes  the  work  a|)pear  more 
soft  and  mellow.  Stuffs  that  have  a  lustre  should  be  imitated 
by  striking  with  stronger  and  straighter  strokes  than  others; 
being  generally  silk,  producing  flat  and  broken  folds,  should 
be  expressed  by  one  or  two  strokes,  as  their  colours  vary, 
with  finer  ones  betvrcen  then).  Velvet  and  plush  are  repre- 
sented in  the  same  manner,  by  fine  strokes  between  others, 
with  this  difference  ;  the  first  strokes  should  be  much  stron- 
ger than  for  stufts,  and  the  finer  ones  proj)ortionate.  Metals 
or  vessels  of  gold  and  copper,  or  armour  of  polished  steel, 
are  to  be  enefraved  with  fine  strokes,  between  the  stronsr 
ones,  it  being  the  opposition  of  light  and  shade,  that  occa- 
sions the  lustre.  With  respect  to  architecture,  perspective 
shows  us  the  strokes  which  form  receding  objects  tend  to  the 
point  of  view;  when  the  piece  is  to  contain  entire  columns, 
they  are  to  be  represented  by  perpendicular  lines;  for  in 
crossing  them  according:  to  their  roundness,  those  strokes 
which  are  near  their  capitals,  being  opposed  to  those  near 
their  base,  produce  a  disagreeable  eflect ;  unless  supposed 
to  be  at  a  great  distance,  which  renders  the  object  near 
parallel. 

For  landscapes,  the  practicers  of  etching  may  form  the  out- 
lines by  it,  particularly  of  the  leaves  of  trees,  which  is  more 
expeditious  than  engraving,  and  does  as  well.  In  this  case, 
care  should  bo  taken  in  finishing  it  well  with  the  graver,  that 
the  etching  be  imperceptihle,  because  it  has  not  the  softness 
of  engraving.  In  representing  steep  objects,  the  first  strokes 
should  be  frequentl}'  interrupted  and  broken  ofl",  the  second 
straight,  cutting  the  others  with  acute  angles,  accompanied 
with  long  points.  To  represent  rocks,  the  second  strokes 
should  not  form  the  angles  so  acute  as  in  lepresenting  other 
objects.  Objects  receding  towards  the  horizon  should  be 
touched  very  lightly,  and  charged    with  little   shade,   though 


tradesman's  guide.  IOj 

tho  mn«i  should  appear  dark,  a»  from  «onic  shad©  supposod 
to  proceed  from  the  clouds  intercepting  tho  rays  of  the  sun. 
Calms  are  represented  by  straight  strokes,  running  parallel 
Avitli  the  horizon,  with  finer  ones  between  tliem,  and  are  to  be 
omitted  in  some  places,  to  make  their  shiningreflectron  which 
proceeds  from  the  water.  By  the  second  strokes  also,  made 
more  or  less  strong,  and  soniotimcs  by  perpendicular  ones, 
the  forms  of  objects,  cither  rejected  on  the  surface  of  the 
water,  or  advaned  at  a  distance  on  its  banks,  are  repre- 
sented. 

The  waves  of  the  sea,  arc  represented  by  strokes,  bending 
according  to  the  agitation  of  the  water,  with  finer  ones  l?e- 
iwcen  them,  cutting  them  with  very  acute  angles.  To  repre- 
sent water  filling  with  rapidity  from  rocks  or  precipices, 
must  be  expressed  by  first  strokes  according  to  the  nature  of 
their  ftll,  with  finer  ones  between  them,  leaving  the  lights 
formed  by  the  beams  of  the  sun,  falling  directh'  on  them  very 
brioflit,  and  the  more  so  as  they  approach  the  fore  part  of  the 
piece.  When  the  clouds  appear  thick  and  pgitated,  the  gra- 
ver should  be  turned  about  according  to  their  form  and  agita- 
tjon;  and  if  they  produce  dark  shades,  which  require  double 
strokes,  the  second  should  cut  the  first  in  more  acute  angles 
than  in  figures.  Flat  clouds,  losing  themselves  insensibly 
with  the  sky,  must  be  formed  by  strokes  j)arallel  with  the 
horizon,  waved  a  little,  as  they  appear  more  or  less  thick.  A 
calm  serene  sky  should  be  expressed  by  parallel  strokes  very 
straight  without  any  winding.  Though  all  the  parts  of  a 
piece  of  engraving  may  be  executed  according  to  the  rules  of 
art,  yet,  unless  there  be  a  general  proportion  and  harmon}' 
difi'used  throughout  it  will  not  appear  beautiful.  The  princi- 
pal objects  of  a  piece  should  be  wholly  sketched  out  before 
any  part  of  them  are  fi"nished.  Engraving  seems  to  be  in 
one  respect,  the  same  in  relation  to  printing,  as  painting  is  to 
Innd  writing;  this  art  being  capable  of  multiplying  copies 
ad  infinitum. 

Nt»  art,  perhaps,  can  have  a  happier  or  more  influential 
tendency  to  the  advancement  of  virtue,  religion  and  industry; 
notiiing  has  a  more  familiar  efficacy  to  firman  universal  good 
taste  than  prints,  though  it  mny  bo  prostituted  to  the  vilest, 
most  debauched  and  detestable  purposes.  When  this  admi- 
rable art  is  thus  abused,  wc  see  no  reason  why  the  authors 
should  not  he  as  liable  to  punishment  by  the  laws^  as  others^ 


10^  THE    ARTIST    AND 

who  are   the  promoters  and  perpetrators  of  vice  aod   immo- 
rality. 

As  this  art  is  applicable  to  most  others,  so,  to  arrive  at  any 
excellence  in  it,  requires  a  knowledge    in  various   other  arts, 
as  geometry,  perspective,  anatomy,  drawing,  painting,  sculp- 
ture, and  above  all  things,  designing.     What  is  ordinarily  cal- 
led  genius,  is   certainly  an    innate  discernment,  and  a  strong 
impulse  and  propensity  to  excel  in  any  peculiar  art;   without 
which,  nature  soems  to  be  unnaturally  constrained  ;   and  when 
that  is  the  case,    the   performances   of  such  persons  will  also 
appear  forced,  uncouth,  and  unnatural  also,  like  the  disposi- 
tion of  the  performer;   for  as  some  poet  says, — 
No  art  \vithout  a  genius  can  prevail, 
And  parts  without  the  help  of  an  will  fail. 
When  Marius,  being  driven  from  Rome  by  Sylla,  and  was 
a   prisoner  at  Minturnfe,   a  soldier  was  sent    to   murder  him. 
Upon  his  coming  into  the  room  wiih  his  sword  drawn  for  the 
purpose,  Marius  said  aloud,  "durst  thou,  man,  kill  Caiu«  Ma-^ 
rius?"   which  so  terrifisd  the  ruffian  that    he    retired  without 
effecting  his  purpose.   "  This  story,  or  one  glance  of  the  eye 
upon    his    statue    that  I  have  seen,"  says  an  English  writer, 
"  gives  me  a  greater  idea  of  him  than  all  Plutarch  has  wrote." 
And    further  remarks,   "  the    Odyssey  cannot  give  a  greater 
idea  of  Ulysses,  than  a  drawing   I   have  of  Polydore,  when 
he  is   discovering  iiiroself  to  Penelope    and  Telemachus,   by 
bending  the  bow.      And  I  conceive  as  Iiighly  of  St.  Paul,  by 
once  walking    through    the   gallery  of  Raphael  at   Hampton 
Court,  as  by  reading  the  whole  book  of  the  Acts  of  the  Apos- 
tles, though  written  by  divine  inspiration.      Finally,  in  regard 
to  history,  nothing  can  be  more  useful  than  an  attempt  to  ex- 
cel in  this  art,    in    order  to  fix  in   remembrance    memorable 
events.     And  as  it  is  considered   to  be  but  in  its  infancy,  it 
is  to  be  greatly  desired,   that  every  meritorious  performance, 
made  in  this  country,  will  meet  with   public  encouragement, 
not  only  for  the  honour  of  the   nation,  and  rising  artists,  but 
for  the  benefit  of  traffic;  so  thai,   instead    of  importing  im- 
mense quantities  of  foreign    prints,  we  may  not    only  supply 
ourselves,  but  become  exporters  of  a  commodity  that  is  uni- 
versally vendible. 

Floric  Acid  J  with  which  etchings  of  any  device^  name  or 
stanza^  i^'c.  on  glass,  common  flinty  cornslian^  iSfc.  can  be 
performed.      Put  into  the   etching  box    a    tea    spoonful  of 


TRADESMAN*S    GUIDE.  1^07 

coarsely  pnlverized  flour-spar,  and  set  the  box  into  a  pan  of 
coals,  placed  on  bricks  upon  a  table  ;  pour  in  strong  sulphu- 
ric acid,  sufficiently  to  moisten  or  moderately  wet  it ;  the 
acrd  will  immediately  rise  up  out  of  the  cup,  which  may  be 
known  by  its  attracting  zo  much  vapour  from  the  air  as  to  ex- 
hibit the  appearance  of  common  steam.  As  soon  as  it  be- 
gins to  appear,  which  will  be  in  a  few  seconds,  lay  over  the 
cup  a  piece  of  common  window  glass,  large  enough  to  cover 
its  mouth,  which  had  been  previously  waxed  and  written  up- 
on;  let  an  assistant  immediately  apply  snow,  ice,  or  cold  wa^ 
ter  to  the  upper  side  of  the  glass,  in  order  to  keep  it  so  cool 
as  to  prevent  the  wax  which  is  on  the  under  side  from  melt- 
tng ;  take  ofl'the  glass  in  ten  seconds,  and  apply  another  and 
so  on  ;  two  or  three  may  be  applied  before  the  flour-spar  and 
sulphuric  acid  are  renewed.  The  writing  mac^e  in  wax  will 
appear  beautifully  etched  upon  the  glass,  on  scraping  oft'  the 
wax.  The  best  method  of  preparing  the  glass  is  to  warm,  or 
rather  heat  moderately,  thu  face  of  a  smoothing  iron  or  piece 
of  polished  marble;  so  that  white  wax  or  very  line  beeswax 
will  melt  on  being  apj)lied  to  it.  Lay  the  glass  flint  upon  the 
melted  wax,  and  on  sliding  it  oft'  it  will  be  ver}'  evenly  waxed; 
a  dozen  pieces  may  be  prepared  in  succession;  the  writing 
may  be  made  with  rhe  end  of  a  hard  stick,  &.c.  Care  must  be 
taken  to  lay  the  glass  perfect!}'  bare  through  all  the  strokes, 
or  there  will  be  interruptions  in  the  etching. 

A  Wax  to  lay  on  Iron  and  Steel.  Take  the  bulk  of  a  nut 
of  white  wax,  melt  it,  and  add  the  size  of  a  musket  ball  of 
ceruse  of  Venice.  When  both  are  incorporated,  form  this 
composition  into  small  sticks.  With  them  rub  your  piece  of 
iron  or  steel,  after  having  previously  warmed  it  sufficiently  to 
melt  the  wax,  which  spread  well  over  it  with  a  feather.  When 
the  wax  is  cold,  trace  whatever  you  will  on  it,  and  pass  after^ 
wards  on  the  lines  you  have  drawn,  the  following  water. 

A  Mordant  Water  to  engrave  on  Steel.  Take  the  strong* 
est  verjuice  you  can  find;  alum  in  powder,  and  a  little  dried 
salt,  pulverized:  mix  until  perfectly  dissolved;  then  pass  some 
of  that  water  on  the  lines  of  your  drawing,  repeating  the  same 
till  it  is  engraved.  Or  else  take  verdigris,  strong  vinegar, 
ammoniac  and  common  salts,  and  copperas,  equal  parts.  Set 
the  compound  a  boiling  for  a  quarter  of  an  iiour;  then  strain 
it  through  a  rag,  and  run  some  of  that  water  on  your  plate. 
In  about  half  an  hour  afterwards  it  will  he  perfectly  engra- 
ved. 


108  THE    ARTIST    AND 

See  Collect's  varnish,  which  is  an  admirable  ccmpositioh  to 
lay  on  the  plate  you  propose  to  cugravc. 

To  engrave  tcitk  aqua-fortis^  so  that  the  tcork  may  appear 
tike  bassv  relievo.  Take  equal  parts  of  vermilion  aoil  black 
lead,  two  or  three  grains  of  mastic  in  drops,  mix  and  grind 
them  oa  marble,  with  linseed  oil:  then  put  the  composition 
fiito  a  shell  :  then  cut  some  soft  quills,  and  let  your  steel  or 
iron  be  well  polished  ;  try  first  whether  your  colour  runs  suf- 
ficiently with  your  pens  ;  and  if  it  should  not,  you  must  add 
i\  little  more  oil  to  it,  so  as  to  have  your  pen  mark  freely,  as 
if  you  intended  writing  with  ink  on  paper :  then  rub  well 
your  plate  of  steel  wiih  wood  ashes,  to  clean  it  ;  after  which 
wipe  it  v/ith  a  cl»^aQ  rag,  and  draw  your  design  upon  it  wiih 
your  pen,  prepared  as  before.  If  you  wish  to  draw  birds  or 
other  animals,  you  must  ofjly  draw  the  oiiiliues  of  them  with 
your  pen,  then  fill  up  the  inside  of  those  lines  with  a  hair  pen- 
cil; that  is,  you  niust  cover  all  the  space  contained  between 
the  first  outlines  drawn  with  the  pen,  the  same  colour,  which 
you  must  lay  with  a  brush  to  preserve  .all  that  part  against 
the  -fnordacity  of  the  aqiia-fortis.  When  that  is  done,  let 
your  work  dr^"  for  a  day  or  two;  and  when  dried,  tcko  some 
fire  made  with  charcoal  into  a  chafing  dish,  and  bakn  over  it 
your  colour  by  degrees,  till  it  becomes  quite  brown.  Take 
care  notwithstanding,  not  to  burn  it,  for  fear  you  should  scale 
it,  when  you  come  to  scratch,  with  the  point  of  a  r;cedle, 
those  etchings  or  places  which  you  wish  to  engrave  w^ith  the 
aqua-fortis. 

Aqua-Fortis  for  Engraving.     Take  verdigris,  alum,  rom. 

vitriol,  and  common  salt,  each,  three  ounces,  pounded  finely; 

put  little  more  than  a  quart  of  water  into  a  new  pipkin,  and 

the  articles  mentioned;   infuse  two  hours,  then    place  them 

ovei  a  charcoal  fire,  and  when  the  water  has  in  some  degree 

evaporated,  take  tlie  pipkin  from  the  fire,  let  it  cool  so  as  to 

bear  your  hand  without  scalding.     Then  take  an  earthen  cup, 

and  pour  over  the  work  intended  to  be  engraven,  the  liquid; 

and  continue  to  do    so   for  nearly  three    quarters  of  an  hour 

Then  pour  on    it  clean    water,   to  wash    oQ' every    impurity. 

Tr>  the  debth  of  the  lines   of  your  engraving   with  a  needle, 

iind  if  not  sufficiently  prepared,  the  process  of  wetting  it  with 

the    mixture,  must  be  again  repeated;  care  should  be  taken," 

that    the    liquid  is  not   too  warm,  as  it  will  spoil  the  work. 

To  engrave  on  Brass  or  Copper  with  A'-itia-Fortis.     Add 


tradesman's  cuide.  I       109 

more  maslic  in  drops  to  your  colour,  and  bake  the  plate  until 
it  becomes  nearly  black;  if  a  flat  work,  raise  round  it  a  bor- 
der of  wax,  to  prevent  the  aqua-fortis  from  running  ofi',  which 
is  to  be  a  separating  aqua-fortis,  with  wiiich,  cover  the  plaie 
to  the  thickness  or  a  crown;  after  it  has  been  thus  covered 
for  a  little  while,  it^  becomes  green;  then  tlucw  it  away,  and 
pour  in  its  place  some  clear  water,  now  examine  the  lines" 
if  not  of  suflicient  depth,  put  on  some   more  aqua-fortis. 

To  engrave  2)rints  by  Aqua-Fortis.  Grind  some  ceruse 
with  clear  water;  size  with  isinglass.  Lay  this  on  the  plate 
with  a  coarse  brush,  or  pencil.  When  dry,  draw  on  it  your 
design.  Or,  if  you  wish  to  counterproof  a  copperplate  print, 
blacken  the  back  of  the  print,  and  place  that  part  on  the  plate, 
prepared  as  before;  go  over  all  the  strokes  of  the  print,  with 
a  smooth  ivory  or  wooden  point,  which  stamps  the  back  of 
the  print, in  all  those  places,  on  the  plate;  then  go  over  the 
black  strokes  on  the  plate,  with  a  pen  and  ink;  afterwards 
take  a  steel  point,  very  fine  and  svell  tempered,  etch  the  plate 
with  it,  in  foUoviing  all  the  strokes  marked  on  it,  and  pour 
aqua-fortis  as  heretofore  directed. 

Directions  to  be  observed  in  engraving  with  Aqua-Fortis. 
The  plate  must  be  well  polished  and  perfectly  clean;  warm  it 
over  a  chafing  dish,  in  which  there  is  a  charcoal  fire.  While 
over  the  fire,  cover  it  with  varnish?  then  blacken  it  with  the 
smoke  of  a  candle:  then  chalk  vour  desiiru.  The  artists  jren- 
erally  prefer  drawing  the  outlines  of  their  work,  that  the  spirit 
and  beauty  of  the  design  may  be  preserved.  And  for  this 
purpose  aqua-fortis  is  often  employed  to  sketch  lightly  the 
outlines  of  the  figuers,  and  to  have  them  more  correct.  It 
is  necessary  to  touch  a  little  occasionally  with  the  graver, 
certain  parts  where  the  aqua-fortis  has  not  eaten  in  sufiliciently. 
In  putting  the  aqua-fortis  on  the  pl^te,  care  should  be  taken, 
that  it  does  not  eat  too  niuchr  (o  prevent  which,  oil  and  tal- 
low mixed,  must  be  dropped  on  the  work  from  the  blaze  of  a 
candle.  The  artist  should  have  a  framed  wooden  board, 
overlaid  with  wax,  on  which  the  plate  should  be  fixed  a  little 
slanting,  that  the  aqua-fortis  may  pass  over,  and  run  into 
pan-  placed  there  to  receive  it. 

Thus  covering  at  several  times,  and  as  mucli  as  is  neces- 
sary, such  places  of  the  plate,  as  should  not  be  kept  so  strong 
as  others^  rendering  the  figures  whrch  are  forward  in  the  pic- 

10 


llO  THE    ARTIST    ANT' 

ture,  ronstantly  everv  time,  washed  with  the  aqua-fortis  which 
eats  ill  theiii;  till  they  are  sufficiently  engraved,  and  acQord- 
ine  to  the  strength  which  is  necessary  to  give  them. 

To  engrave  on  wood,  prepare  a  board,  of  the  size  and 
thickness  wanted,  and  polish  it  on  the  side  to  be  engraved. 
Pear  tree  or  box-wood  is  generally  preferred.  Draw  first 
your  design,  as  you  wish  to  have  it  appear  after  printing.  Care 
should  be  taken,  that  all  the  strokes  of  the  drawing  should 
touch  well,  and  slick  on  the  wood  ;  and  when  the  paper  is 
vervdry,  (which  is  pasted  on  the  board,  by  its  right  side,  with 
a  paste  made  of  good  flour,  water,  and  a  little  vinegar,  in 
case  there  is  wanting  a  talent  of  drawing  extemporaneously,) 
wet  it  gently,  and  with  the  top  of  your  finger,  rub  it  off  by 
degrees,  leaving  only  the  strokes  of  the  drawing  on  the  board, 
as  if  it  had  been  drawn  with  pen  and  ink;  These  strokes  or 
lines  show  all  that  are  to  be  spared  or  preserved  ;  the  rest 
should  be  cut  off,  and  sunk  down  with  delicacy,  by  means  of 
a  sharp  and  well  pointed  penknife,  small  chisel,  &c.  accord- 
ing to  the  size  and  delicacy  of  the  work. 

To  engrave  on  Copper  tc it h  the  graver.  The  plate  should 
be  red  copper,  well  polished  ;  then  draw  your  design  on  it 
with  either  the  black  lead  stone,  or  a  steel  point.  When  that 
is  done,  you  must  be  furnished  with  a  sharp  and  well  temper- 
ed graver  to  cut,  in  order  to  give  more  or  less  strength  to 
certain  parts,  (as  has  heretofore  been  observed.)  according  to 
the  subject;  a  tool  of  six  inches  in  length  is  necessary,  one 
end  of  which,  is  called  a  scraper,  is  made  in  the  form  of  a 
triangle,  sharp  on  each  edge,  for  the  purpose  of  scraping  on 
the  copper,  when  necessary  ;  the  other  end  is  called  a  bur- 
nisher, nearly  the  sriape  of  a  fowl's  heart,  a  little  prolonged' 
by  the  point,  round  and  slender.  This  serves  to  polish  the 
copper,  to  mend  the  fau^,  and  soften  the  strokes.  In  order 
to  form  a  better  judgment  of  your  work,  you  must  occasion- 
ally, make  use  of  a  stump,  made  with  the  piece  of  an  old  hat 
rolled  up  and  blackened,  to  rub  the  plate,  which  fills  the 
strokes  with  black,  and  which  enables  you  to  discover  imper- 
fections. A  leather  cushion  is  also  necessary  to  be  provided 
with,  to  lay  the  plate  ou  wiiile  engraving. 

Etching  may  be  performed  by  dipping  a  clean  copper  cent  into  mel- 
ted wbite  wax.  On  taking  it  out,  the  wax  will  immediately  harden 
upon  it.  Mark  out  the  form  of  a  letter  or  %nre  upon  it.  Then  im- 
merse the  cent  in  nitiic  atid,  and  let  it  remala  fifteen  minutes.    No— 


>^ 


( 


tradesman's  gpide.  Ill 

lake  it  out,  scrape  off  the  wax,  and  wash  the  whole  clean,  and  the  Iet« 
ter  will  be  etched  upon  the  cent. 

On  this  principle  the  etching  upon  razors,  sword  blades,  &c.  is  per- 
formed. Arsisfs  have  various  mulliods  lur  propariiicr  compositions  lor 
applying  to  the  metals  before  the  acid  is  applied  .  tin  y  generally  ni^tke 
use  of  somrthing  tor  writing  the  letters,  winch  will  flow  fr«Hn  the  pen 
like  ink.  Then  they  surround  tlie  wholf  space  to  be  acted  upon,  by  an 
edging  to  confine  the  acid,  and  pour  on  the  acid,  instead  of  immersing 
the  metal  in  it,  as  is  more  particularly  described  in  this  chapter.  This 
is  called  etching  in  basso-relievo. 

To  make  Blue  Letters  on  Stoord  Blades.  Take  a  well 
polished  sword  blade  and  hold  it  over  a  charcoal  lirCj  till  it 
is  blue,  then  with  oil  colour^  write  such  letters,  (or  make  such 
figures)  as  you  wish  should  appear  and  remain,  and  let  them 
dryj  then  warm  some  strong  vines^ar,  and  pour  all  over  the 
blade,  which  will  infallibly  take  off  the  blue  colour.  After 
this  process,  a  little  common  warm  water  will  take  ofT  the 
oil  colour,  and  the  letters  or  figures  will  appear  and  remain 
of  a  curious  and  indelible  blue;  the  same  inay  be  done  on 
any  polished  steel. 

CHAPTER  XX. 

Sculpture — the  process  of  casting  in  Plaster — Composition 
of  Ancient  Statutes — Printing — Printers  types. 

To  ascertain  when  the  art  of  sculpture  was  first  practised 
and  by  what  nation,  is  beyond  human  research  ;  we  may 
safely  conjecture,  however  that  it  was  one  of  the  original 
propensities  of  man.  This  will  still  appear  in  the  ardent  and 
irresistible  impulse  of  youth  to  make  representations  of  ob- 
jects in  wood  ;  and  the  attempts  of  savaees  to  embody  their 
conceptions  of  their  idols  ;  a  command  from  the  Author  of 
our  bein?,  was  necessary  to  prevent  the  ancient  Israelites 
from  making  graven  images:  and  the  inhabitants  of  the  rest 
of  the  earth  possessed  similar  propensities.  The  descriptions 
in  the  Scriptures  demonstrate  that  the  art  had  been  brought 
to  great  perfection  at  the  period  of  which  they  treat.  It  is 
necessary  to  make  a  distinction  between  carving  and  sculp- 
ture; the  former  belonnjs  exrlusivoly  to  wood,  and  the  latter 
to  stone  or  marbel.  The  acknowledged  masters  of  this  sub- 
lime art  were  the  ancient  Greeks.  Such  have  been  the  excoU 
lence  and  correctness  of  their  imitations  of  nature,  and  the 
refined  elegance  of  their  taste,  that  many  of  their  works  are 
mentioned,  as  efforts  never  to  be  e.Kceedcd  or  perhaps  imita- 


lii  THE    ARTIST    -V.\D 

ted.  Statuary  is  a  braDch  of  sculpture,  employed  in  the  iha- 
king  of  statues.  The  term  is  also  used  for  the  artificer  bim- 
self.  Phidias  was  the  greatest- statuary  amoDsr  the  ancients, 
and  ^lichael  Aiieelo,  among  the  moderns.  Statutes  are  not 
only  formed  with  ihe  chisel  from  marble,  and  carved  in  wood 
but  they  are  cast  in  plaster  of  Paris,  or  other  matters  of  the 
same  nature,  and  in  several  metals,  as  lead,  brass,  silver,  and 
gold. 

Tilt  process  of  Casting  in  Plaster  of  Paris.  Mix  the 
plaster  with  water,  and  stir  it  until  it  attains  a  proper  con- 
sistence; then  pour  on  any  figure,  for  instance,  a  human 
hand  or  foot,  previously  oiled  in  the  slightest  manner  possible 
which  prevents  the  adhesion  of  the  plaster;  in  a  few  minutes 
ihe  plaster  will  be  dry  to  the  hardness  of  soft  stone,  taking 
the  exact  impression  of  every  part,  even  the  minutest  pores  of 
the  skin.  This  impression  is  called  the  mould.  When  ta- 
ken from  the  figure  that  produced  it,  and  slightly  oiled,  pias- 
ter mixed  with  water  as  before,  may  be  poured  into  it,  where 
it  must  remain  until  hardened  ;  if  it  be  then  taken  from  the 
mould,  it  will  be  an  exact  image  of  the  original  figure.  When 
the  figure  b  flat,  having  no  hollows,  or  high  projections,  it 
may  be  moulded  in  odc  piece,  but  when  its  surface  is  varied, 
it  must  be  ir.oulded  in  many  pieces  fitted  together,  and  held 
in  one  or  more  outside  or  containing  piece. 

This  useful  art  supplies  ibe  painter  and  sculptor  with  exact  repre- 
eentatioDs  from  nature,  and  moltiplies  models  of  aJl  kinds.  It  is  prac- 
ticed in  snch  perfection,  that  casts  of  the  antique  statutes  are  made  so 
precisely  like  the  originals  in  proportion,  outline,  and  surface,  that  no 
cifference  is  discoverable,  excepting  in  colour,  and  materials. 

Ccrnposition  of  Ancient  Statues.  According  to  Pliny,  the 
metal  used  by  the  Romans,  for  their  statues,  and  for  the 
plates  on  which  the>-  engraved  inscriptions,  was  composed  in 
the  follovFing  manner.  They  first  melted  a  quantity  of  cop- 
per, into  which  they  put  one-third  of  its  weight  of  old  copper 
which  had  been  long  in  use — to  every  hundred  lbs.  weight 
of.this  mixture,  they  added  twelve  and  a  half  lbs.  of  alloy 
composed  of  equal  parts  of  lead  and  tin. 

Metallic  Casts  from  Ettgravings'on  Copper.  A  most  im- 
portant discovery  has  lately  been  made,  which  promises  to 
be  of  considerable  utility  in  the  fine  arts  ;  some  beautiful 
specimens  ofmetalic  plates  of  a  peculiar  composition,  have 
latelv  nppearcd— under  the  name  of  "  cast  engravings."  This 


TRADESMAN  S    GUIDE.  113 

invention  consists  in  taking  moulds  from  every  kind  of  en- 
gravings, with  lime,  mezzotinto,  or  aqua-linla,  and  pouring 
on  this  mould  an  alloy,  in  a  stale  of  fusion,  capable  of  taking 
the  finest  impression.  The  obvious  utility  of  this  invention, 
as  applicable  to  engravings,  which  muct  with  a  ready  s.ile, 
and  of  which  great  numbers  are  required,  will  be  incalcula- 
ble, as  it  will  v/lioUy  prevent  the  expense  of  retracing,  which 
forms  so  prominent  a  ciiarge  in  all  works  of  an  extended  sale. 
No  sooner  is  one  cast  worn  out  than  another  may  be  imme- 
ciiatcly  procured  from  the  original  plate,  so  that  every  im- 
pression will  be  a  proof.  Tims  the  works  of  "our  most  cele- 
brated artists,  may  be  handed  down,ar/  infinitum,  for  the 
improvement  and  delight  of  future  ages  and  will  aflbrd  at  the 
same  time,  the  greatest  satisfaction  to  every  lover  of  the  fine 
arts-. 

The  art  of  Printing,  deserves  to  be  considered  with  atten- 
tion and  respect.  From  the  ingenuity  of  its  contrivance,  it 
has  ever  excited  mechanical  curiosity  ;  from  its  intimate  con- 
nexion with  learning,  it  has  justly  claimed  historical  notice; 
and  from  its  extensive  influence  on  morality,  politics,  and  re- 
ligion, is  now  become  a  very  important  speculation.  Coin- 
ing and  taking  impressions  in  wax,  are  of  great  antiquity,  and 
the  principle  is  precisely  that  of  printing.  The  application 
of  this  principle  to  the  multiplication  of  books,  constituted 
the  discovery  of  the  art  of  printing.  The  Chinese  have  for 
many  ages,  printed  with  blocks,  or  who'le  pages  engraved  on 
wood.  But  the  application  of  single  letters  or  moveable 
types  forms  the  merit  of  the  European  art.  The  honor  of 
giving  rise  to  this  method  has  been  claimed  by  the  cities  of 
Harlaem,  Mentz,  and  Strasburg;  and  to  each  of  these  it  may 
be  ascribed  in  soiile  degree,  as  printers  resident  in  each,  made 
successive  improvemen.s  in  the  art.  It  is  recorded  b}'  a  re- 
putable author,  that  Laurens  Faustus,  of  Harleem,  walking  in 
a  wood  near  that  city,  cut  some  letters  upon  the  rind  of  a 
beech  tree,  which  for  fancy's  sake,  being  impressed  upon  pa- 
per he  printed  one  or  two  lines  for  iiis  grandchildren  ;  and 
having  thus  succeeded,  he  invented  a  more  glutinous  ink  be- 
cause he  found  that  the  common  ijjk  sunk  and  spread  ;  and 
then  formed  whole  pages  of  wood,  with  letters  cut  upon  them 
and,  (as  nothing  is  complete,  in  its  first  invention,)  the  back- 
sides of  the  pages  were  pasted  together,  that  they  might  have 
the  appearance  of  manuscripts,   written  on  both  sides  of  th^ 

,  *10 


114  lUE    ARTIST    AND 

paper.  These  beecheu  letters,  he  afterwards  exchanged  foi' 
leaden  ones,  and  these  again  for  tin  and  lead,  as  a  flexible, 
and  more  solid  and  durable  substance.  He  died  in  1440,  and 
by  some,  his  first  attempt  is  supposed  to  have  been  made 
about  1430,  but  by  others,  as  early  as  1423. 

From  this  period,  printing  has  made  a  rapid  progress  in 
most  of  ihe  principal  towns  of  Europe,  superceded  the  trade 
of  copying,  which,  till  that  time,  was  very  considerable,  and 
was  ia  many  places  considered  as  a  species  of  magic.  In 
-1490,  it  reached  Constantinople,  and  was  extended  by  the 
middle  of  the  following  century  to  Africa  and  America. 

During  the  period  since  its  invention,  what  has  not  the  art 
of  printing  eflected  ?  It  has  blunted  the  edge  of  persecution's 
sword,  laid  open  to  man  his  own  heart,  struck  the  sceptre 
from  the  hand  of  tyranny,  and  awakened  from  its  slumbers, 
a  spirit  of  knowledge,  cultivation  and  liberty.  It  has  gone 
forth  like  an  angel,  scattering  blessings  in  its  path,  solacing 
the  wounded- mind,  and  silently  pointing  out  the  triumphs  of 
morality  and  the  truths  of  revelation  to  the  gaze  of  those, 
whom  the  want  of  precept  or  good  example  had  debased,  and 
whom  ignorance  had  made  sceptical. 

Tllf  fourth  centennial  anniversary  of  the  inventioa  of  printing,  was 
observed  at  Harlaem  in  Holland,  on  the  10th  and  11th  July,  1623,  with 
great  rejoicing  and  a  splendid  festival. 

Prijiter''s  Types.  Ten  pounds  of  lead,  and  two  pounds  of 
antimony.  The  antimony  must  be  thrown  into  the  crucible^ 
when  the  lead  is  in  a  state  of  fusion.  The  antimony  gives  a 
hardness  to  the  lead,  wiihout  w  hich,  the  type  would  speedily 
be  rendered  useless,  in  a  printing  press.  Diflerent  propor- 
tions of  lead;  copper,  brass  and  antimony,  frequently  consti- 
tute this  metal.  Every  artist  has  his  own  proportions,  so 
that  the  same  composition  cannot  be  obtained  from  diflerent 
foundries  ;  each  boasts  of"  the  superiority  of  his  own  mix- 
ture. 

Small  Tifpts  and  Stereotype  Plates.  Nine  pounds  of 
lead,  and  when  mehed,  add  two  pounds  of  antimony,  and  one 
pound  of  bismuth. 

Tins  alloy  expands  as  it  cools,  and  Is  therefore,  well  suited 
for  the  formation  of  small  printing  types  (particularly,  when 
many  are  cast  together,  to  form  stereotvpe  plates,)  as  the 
whole  of  the  mould  is  accurately  filled"  with  alloy ;  conse- 
quently, there  can  be  no'  blemish    in    the  letters.     2.   Eic^ht 


THADESMAN  S  GUIDE. 


iii 


parts  of  lead,  two  parts  of  antimony,  and  onc-lliird  part  of 
tin.  For  tiie  manufacture  of  stereotype  plates,  plaster  of 
Par*«s,  of  the  consistence  of  a  batter  pudding  before  baking,  is 
poured  over  t!ie  letter-press  page  and  worked  into  the  inter- 
stices of  the  types,  with  a  brush.  It  is  then  collected  from 
the  sides,  by  a  slip  of  iron  or  wood,  so  as  to  lie  smooth  and 
compact.  In  about  two  minutes,  the  whole  mass,  is  harden- 
ed into  a  solid  cake.  This  cake,  which  is  to  serve  as  the  ma- 
trix of  the  stereotype  plate,  is  now  put  upon  a  rack  in  an 
oven,  where  it  undergoes  great  heat,  so  as  to  drive  oft' the  su- 
perfluous moisture.  When  ready  for  use,  these  moulds,  ac- 
cording to  their  size,  are  placed  in  flat  cast  iron  pots,  atid  are 
covered  over  with  another  piece  of  cast  iron,  perforated  at 
each  end,  to  admit  the  metalic  composition  intended  for  lh'6 
preparation  of  stereotype  plates.  The  flat  cast  iron  pots 
are  now  fastened  in  a  cran*',  which  carries  iHem  steadily  to 
the  metalic  bath,  or  melting  pot,  where  they  are  immersed, 
and  kept  for  a  considerable  time,  until  all  the  pores  and  cre- 
vices of  the  mould  are  completely  and  accurately  filled. 
When  this  has  taken  place,  the  pots  are  elevated  from  the 
bath,  by  working  the  crane,  and  are  placed  over  a  wat4?r 
trough,  to  cool  gradually.  When  cold,  the  whole  is  turned 
out  of  the  pots,  and  the  plaster  being  separated,  by  hammer- 
ing, and  washing,  the  plates  are  ready  for  use,  having  recei- 
ved the  most  exact  and  perfect  impression. 

CHAPTER  XXI. 

Pumting — liistorical — landscape  or  portrait — cartoon  of  Ra- 
phael— of  Fai/l  preaching  at  Athens — as  applied  to  pur- 
poses of  building — practical  operations — distemper,  or 
painting  in  water  colours — in  oil — colouring  prints — mfx- 
ing  colours. 

The  art  of  painting  gives  the  most  direct  and  expressive 
representation  of  objects;  and  it  was  doubtless,  for  this  rea- 
son employed  by  many  nations,  before  the  art  of  writing  was 
invented,*  to  communicate  their  thoughts,  and  to  convey  in- 
telligence to  distant  places.  The  pencil  may  be  said  to  write 
a  universal  language;  for  every  one  can  instantly  understand 
the  meaning  of  a  painter,  provided  he  be  fa'thfuj  to  the  rules 
of  his  art.  His  skill  enables  him  to  display  the  Various  scenes 
of  nature  at  one  view;  and  by  his  delineation  of  the  striking 
effects  of  passion,   he  instantaneously  effects  the  soul  of 


1 


116  THE    AUTiST    AND 

spectator.  Silent  and  uniform  as  is  the  adddress  wliicii  a 
good  picture  makes  to' us,  yet  it  penetrates  so  deeply  into  our 
affections,  as  to  appear  to  exceed  the  power  of  eloquence. 
Painting  is  the  most  imitative  of  all  the  arts.  It  gives  to  us 
the  very  forms  of  those,  whose  works  of  genius  and  virtue, 
have  commanded  or  won  our  admiration,  and  transmits  them 
from  age  to  age,  as  if  not  life  merely,  but  immortality  flowed 
in  the  colours  of  the  artist's  pencil;  or  to  speak  of  its  still  hap- 
pier use,  it  preserves  to  us  the  lineaments  of  those  whom  we 
love,  when  separated  from  us  either  by  distance  or  the  tomb. 
How  many  of  the  feelings,  which  v/e  should  most  regret  to 
lose,  would  be  lost,  but  for  this  delightful  art, — feelings  that 
ennoble,  by  giving  us  the  wish  to  imitate  what  was  noble  in 
the  moral  hero  or  sage,  on  w^hom  we  gaze,  or  that  comfort  us 
by  the  imaginary  presence  of  those  whose  affection  is  the  only 
thing  dearer  to  us,  than  even  our  admiration  of  heroism  or 
wisdom.  The  value  of  painting  will,  indeed,  be  best  fell  by 
those  who  have  lost  by  death  a  parent  or  much  loved  friend, 
and  who  feel  that  they  should  not  have  lost  every  thing,  if 
some  pictured  memorial  had  still  remained. 

Paintings,  in  regard  to  their  subjects,  are  called  historical, 
landscape  or  portrait;  and  in  regard  to  the  painters,  they  are 
divided  into  schools   or   countries;   as   the   Italian,    German, 
French,  Fnglish,  and  other  schools.      Each  of  the  schools  has 
treated  the   practice  of  painting   in  its   peculiar  manner,  and 
ieach  with  exquisite  beaut}'  and  admirable  effect.      The  great 
component  parts  of  painting   are,  invention,  or  the  power  of 
'conceiving  the  materials  proper  to  be  introduced  into  a  picture; 
'composition,  or  the   power  of  arranging  them;  design,  or  the 
power   of  delineating   them;    the  management   of  lights  and 
shades;  and  the  colouring.      Invention  consists  principally  iii 
three  things,  the  choice  of  a  subject  properly  within  the  scope 
of  the  art;  the  seizure  of  the  most  striking  and  energetic  mo- 
ment of  time  for  representation,  and  the  discovery  and  selec- 
tion of  such  objects,  and  suchprobable  incidental  circumstances, 
as,   combined  together,  may  best  tend  to  devolope  the  story, 
or  augment  the  interest  of  the  piece.      In  this  part  of  the  art, 
there  is  a  cartoon  of  Raphadl,  which  furnishes  an  example  of 
genius  and  sagacity.      It  represents  the  inhabitants  of  Lrstra 
about  to  ot!er  sacrifice  to  Paul  and  Barnabas.      It  was  neces- 
sary to  let  us  into    all  the  cause   and  hurry   before  us;  accor- 
dingly, the  cripple,  whom  they  had  miraculously  healed,  ap- 


tradesman's  guide.  117 

peai-s  in  tlic  croud:  observes  the  means  which  the  painter  has 
used  to  distinguish  this  x)bject,  and  of  course  to  open  the  sub- 
ject of  his  piece.  His  crutches,  now  useless,  are  thrown  to 
tlie  ground;  his  attitude  is  that  of  one  accustomed  to  such 
support  and  still  doubtful  of  his  limbs:  the  eagerness,  the  im- 
petuosity, with  which  he  solicits  his  benefactors  to  accept  the 
lionours  destined  for  them,  points  out  his  gratitude  and  the 
occasion  of  it.  During  the  time  he  is  thus  busied,  an  elderly 
citizen  of  some  consequence,  by  his  appearance,  draws  near, 
and  lifting  up  the  corner  of  his  vest,  surveys  with  astonish- 
ment, the  limb  newly  restored;  whilst  a  man  of  middle  age, 
and  a  youth,  looking  over  the  shoulder  of  the  cripple,  are  in- 
tent on  the  same  object.  The  wit  of  man  coald  not  devise 
means  more  certain  of  the  end  proposed.  In  the  cartoon  of 
Paul  preaching  at  Athei.s,  the  elevated  situation,  and  energe- 
tic action  of  the  apostle,  instantly  denote  him  the  hero  of  the 
piece,  whilst  the  attentive  but  astonished  circle  gathered 
around  him,  receive  es  it  were,  light  from  him,  their  centre, 
and  unequivocally  declare  him  the  resistless  organ  of  divine 
truth. 

Painting,  as  applied  to  purpose  of  building,  is  the  applica- 
tion of  artificial  colours,  compounded  either  with  oil  or  water, 
in  ombcllisiiing  and  preserving  wood,  Sec.  This  branch  of 
painting  is  termed  economical,  and  applies  more  immediately 
to  the  power  which  oil  and  varnishes  possess  of  preventing 
the  action  of  tlie  atmosphere  upon  wood,  iron  and  stucco,  by 
interposing  an  artificial  surface.  But  it  is  here  intended  to 
use  the  term  more  generally,  in  allusion  to  the  decorative 
part,  and  as  is  employed  by  the  architect,  throughout  every 
part  of  his  work.  In  every  branch  of  painting  in  oil,  the 
general  processes  are  very  similar,  and  with  such  variation 
only,  as  readily  occur  to  the  workman. 

The  first  coatings,  or  layers,  if  on  wood  or  iron,  ought  al- 
ways to  be  of  white  lead  of  the  best  quality,  previously  ground 
very  fine  in  nut  or  linseed  oil,  either  over  a  stone,  with  a 
mflller,  or  passed  througli  a  mill.  If  usc-d  on  shutters,  doors, 
or  wainscoting,  made  of  fir  or  deal,  it  is  very  requisite  to  des- 
troy the  eflfects  of  the  knots;  which  generally,  are  so  com- 
pletely saturated  with  turpentine,  as  to  render  it  perhaps,  one 
of  the  most  difficult,  processes  in  this  business.  The  best  mode, 
in  common  cases,  is,  to  pass  a  brush  over  the  knots,  with 
lead  ground  in  water,  bound  by  a  size  made  of  parchment  or 


118  THE    ARTIST  AND 

glue;  when  that  is  dry,  paint  the  knots  with  white  lead  ground 
in  oil,  to  which   add  'some  powerful  drier,   as    red   lead,   or 
litharge  of  lead;  about  one  fourth  part  of  the  latter.       These 
must  be   laid  very   smoothly  in   the  direction    of  the  grain  of 
the  wood.      When  the  last  coat  is  dry,  smooth  it  with  pumice 
stone,  or  give  it  the  first  coat  of  paint,  prepared  with  -nut  or 
linseed  oil;   when   dry,  all  nail    holes    or  other   irregularities 
must  be  stopped  with  a  composition  of  oil  and  Spanish  White. 
The  work  must  then  be   again  painted    with  white  lead  and 
oil,  somewhat  dfluted  with   the  essence  of  turpentine,  which 
process  should  be  repeated  not  less  than  three  or  four  times, 
if  a  plain  white  or  stone  colour   is  intended;  and  if  the  latter 
colour,  a  small  quantity  of  ivory  or  lamp  black  should  he  ad- 
ded.     But  if  the  work  is  to  be   finished  of  any   other  colour, 
either  grey,  green,  &c.  it  will  be  requisite  to  provide  for  such 
color,   after  the   third   operation,   particularly   if  it   is   to  be 
finished  fiat,  or  as  the  painters  style   it,   dead    white,   fawn, 
gre}-,  (fcc.      To  liuish  a  work  flatted  or  dead,  which  is  prefer- 
able mode   for  all  superior    works,   one   coat    of  the   flatted 
colour,  or  colour   mixed  with   a  considerable  quantity  cf  tur- 
pentine will  be  found  sufficient,  although  it  will  be  frequently 
requisite  to  give  large  surfaces  two  coats  of  the  flatting  colour. 
For   stucco  it  will  be  almost  a   general  rule.       In  all  these 
operations,   some  sort    of  drier  is   necessary";  a  very  general 
and  useful  one  is  made,  by  grinding  in  linseed,  (or,  perheps, 
preparde  oils  boiled,  are   better,)  about  two  parts  of  the  best 
white  copperas,  well  dried  with  one  part  of  litharge. 

The  best  drier  for  all  fine  whites,  and  otlier  delicate  tints, 
is  sugar  of  lead,  ground  in  nut  oil :  about  the  size  of  a  walnut 
will  be  sufficient  for  20  lbs.  of  colour,  when  the  basis  is  white 
lead.  Painter's  utensils  should  be  always  kept  very  clean. 
If  the  colour  should  become  foul,  it  must  be  passed  through 
a  fine  sieve  or  canvass,  and  the  surface  of  the  work  carefully 
rubbed  down  with  sand  paper  or  pumice  stone.  The  lalter 
should  be  ground  in  water,  if  the  paint  is  tender.  In  general 
cases,  perhaps  two  or  three  j'ears  are  not  too  long  to  suflier 
stucco  to  remain  unpainted.  When  it  is  on  battened  work  it 
may  be  painted  much  sooner  than  when  prepared  on  b;ick. 
For  priming  and  laying  on  the  first  coat  on  stucco,  take  lin- 
seed or  nut  oil,  boiled  with  driers  as  before  mentioned  ;  ta- 
king care  in  all  cases  not  to  lay  on  so  much,  as  to  render  the 
surface  rough,  and  no  more  than  the  stucco  will  absorb.     It 


tradesmen's  guide,  119 

should  be  covered  with  three  or  four  coats  of  white  lead,  pre- 
pai-cd  as  described  for  painting  on  wainscoting,|  letting  each 
coat  dry  hard.  If  it  is  wished  to  give  the  work  a  grey  tint, 
light  green,  &c.  about  the  third  coat  prepare  the  ground  for 
such  tint,  by  a  slight  advance  towards  it.  Grey  is  made  with 
white  lead,  Prussian  blue,  ivory  black,  and  lake  ;  sage  green, 
pea  and  sea  greens,  wiih  wJiite,  Prussian  blue,  and  fine  yel- 
low ;  apricot  and  peach,  with  lake,  white,  and  Chinese  ver- 
milion :  fine  yellow  fawn  colour,  with  burnt  terra  sienna,  or 
umber  and  wiiite  ;  and  olive  greens  wiih  fine  Prussian  blues 
and  Oxfordshire  ochre. 

Distemper,, or  painting  in   water  colour,  mixed  with  size, 
stucco  or  plaster,   if  not  sufficiently   dry  to  receive  oil,  may 
have  a  coating  iu  water   colours,  of  any  given  tint  required. 
Straw  colours   may  be   made  with   French  white  and  ceruse, 
or  while  lead  and  massicot,  or  Dutch  pink.      Greys  full,  with 
some  whites  and  refiner's  verditure.       An   inferior  grey  may 
be  made  with    blue   black,   or   bone   black    and   indigo;    pea 
greens,   with    Frencli   green,  Olympian   green,  Sfc.       Fawn 
colour  with  burnt  terra  de  sienna,  or  burnt  umber  and  white, 
and  so  of  any  intermediate  tint.      Grind  all  the  colours  very 
fine,  and  mix   with  whiting  and  a  size  made  with  parchment, 
or  some  similar  substance.     Less  than   two  coats  will  not  be 
suflicient  to  cover  the  plaster,  and  present  a  uniform  appear- 
ance.     If  it  should  be  desirable  to  have  the  stucco  painted  in 
oil,  the  whole  of  the  water  colour  should  be  removed,  which 
which  can    be  easily  done  by  washing,   and  when   quite  dry, 
proceed  with  it  after  the  directions  given  in  paining  on  stucco. 
If  old    plastering   has    become  disfigured    by  stains,    or  other 
blemishes,  and  if  it  is  desirable  to  paint  in 'distemper,  in  this 
case,  it  is  advisable  to  give  the  old  plastering,  when  properly 
cleaned  and  prepared,  one  coat  at  least,  of  white  lead  eround 
in  od,   and   used  with  spirits   of  turpentine,    which  will   gen- 
erally fix   old  staius,  and   when  quite   dry,   will   take  water 
colours  very  kindlv. 

Directions  for  'Painting  in  oil  on  Canvass.  After  your 
cloth  is  nailed  on  the  frame,  pass  over  it  a  coat  of  size;  when 
dry,  rub  it  over  with  a  pounce  stone,  to  eat  off  all  the  knobs: 
the  first  size  is  intended  to  lay  down  all  the  threads,  and  fill 
up  all  the  small  holes,  to  prevent  the  colour  from  passing 
through.  When  the  cloth  is  dry  lay  on  a  coat  of  simple 
colour,  which  may  not  destroy  the  others;  for  example,  brown 


120  THE    ARTIST  AND 

red,  which  is  a  natural  earth,  lull  of  substance  and  lasting.  If 
mixed  with  a  little  white  lead  it  will  dry  sooner.  In  griudini' 
this  colour,  use  nut  or  linseed  oil,  and  it  should  be  prepared 
to  lay  on  as  thin  as  possible.  V/lien  this  colour  is  dry,  rub  it 
again  with  the  pounce  stone,  which  renders  it  smoother:  lay 
another  coat  of  white-  lead  and  charcoal  black,  to  render  the 
ground  greyish,  having  care  in  putting  on  as  little  colour  as 
possible,  to  prevent  the  cloth  from  cracking,  and  for  the  bet- 
ter preservation  of  the  colours  to  be  laid  atterwards.  We 
will  observe,  that  if  there  was  no  ground  laid  on  the  canvass 
of  a  picture,  previous  to  painting  it,  and  if  painted  directly 
on  the  bare  cloth  without  any  preparation,  the  colours  would 
appear  much  more  to  their  advantage,  and  preserve  their 
brightness  much  longer.  Some  of  the  tirst  mastess  impreg- 
nate their  canvass  with  water  colours  only,  and  paint  after- 
wards in  oil  over  the  ground.  This  method  renders  pieces 
more  lively  and  bright,  because  the  ground  in  water  colours 
draws  and  soaks  the  oil  from  the  colours,  rendering  them  finer; 
wheieas,  on  the  contrary,  oil  is  the  cause  of  this  dulness,  by 
its  detention  in  their  colours.  It  is  desirable  therefoje,  to 
use  as  little  oil  as  possible;  and  in  order  to  keep  the  colours 
siitr,  mix  with  them  a  little  of  the  oil  of  spike,  which  will 
evaporate  very  soon,  but  renders  them  more  fluid  and  trac- 
table in  working.  We  cannot  recommend  too  much  care  in 
keeping  the  colours  (for  the  least  tint  might  destroy  the  best 
design)  unmixed^  either  with  brush  or  pencil.  AVhen  there 
is  occasion  to  give  more  streng  h  to  some  parts  of  the  pic- 
ture, let  it  be  well  dried  before  it  is  interrutped  again.  The 
custom  prevails  of  grounding  the  canvass  with  oil  colours; 
but  when  the  canvass  is  good  and  very  fire,  the  less  colour 
which  can  be  laid  on  for  that  purpose  is  preferable.  Care  is 
also  requisite,  that  the  colours  and  oils  are  good.  The  lead 
which  some  painters  use  to  dry  the  sooner,  soon  destroys 
their  brightness  and  beauty.  In  short,  he  shows  his  judg- 
ment in  painting,  who  is  not  hasty  in  laying  his  colours,  but 
lays  them  thick  enough,  and  covers,  at  several  times  his  car- 
nations, which,  in  terms  of  art  is  called  ejnjmter. 

Directions  for  Colouring  Prints.  All  the  colours  used  for 
this  purpose  are  ground  with  gum  water,  excepting  calcined 
green.     For  complexions,  a  mixture  of  white  and  vermilion.    ' 

For  the  lips,  lake  and  vermilion. 

For  the  shades,  white  and  vermilion,  and  considerable  um- 
ber. 


tradksman's  guide.  121 

For  the  hair,  whit^  with  very  little  umber;  if  a  carroty  co- 
lour, yellow  ochre  and  brown  red  ;  the  shade  \>ith  bistre  and 
lake,  mixed  together;  if  lii^ht,  mix  black,  white,  and  umber 
togeilier. 

For  the  clothes,  if  linen,  while  lead  and  a  littie  blue  ;  if 
stulTs,  white  lead  alone,  and  the  shades  w'ith  a  grey  colour, 
made  by  means  of  a  mixture  of  black  and  white  lead  togeth- 
er. If  a  white  cloth,  a  mixture  of  white  and  umber  together, 
and  shade  with  a  compound  of  umber  and  black.  If  a  red 
cloth,  use  vermilion  in  the  lighter  parts  of  the  folds  ;  lake 
and  vermilion,  for  the  clear  shades  ;  lake  alone  laid  on  the 
vermilion,  will  form  the  dark  shades. 

Directions  for  mixing  of  Colours.  Pale  yellow  for  lights 
— white  massicot.  The  chiaro  ascuro,  with  the  massicot  and 
umber.      The  dark  shade,  with  umber  alone.     ,^ 

Orange.  Black  lead,  for  the  lights;  shade  with  the  lake. 
The  lake  is  used  very  clear  for  tlie  lights,  in  drapery,  and 
thicker  for  the  shades. 

Purple.  Blue,  white,  and  lake,  for  lights;  blue,  and  lake, 
onli^  for  the  clear  shades;  and  indigo  and  blue  for  the  darker 
ones.  The  pale  blue  is  used  for  the  lights  ;  and  l"or  the  clear 
shades,  a  little  thicker;  but  for  the  darker  shades,  mix  the  in- 
digo and  blue  together. 

The  gold  like  yellow  is  made  with  yellow  massicot  lor  the 
lights — clear  shades,  a  mixture  of  black  lead  and  massicot — 
dark  shade,  lake,  yellow  ochre,  and  a  very  little  black  lead: 
and  darkest  of  all,  cologne  earth  and  lake. 

The  greeu  is  of  two  sorts.  The  first — massicot  and  blue, 
or  blue  and  white;  for  the  shade, ^mnke  the  blue  jiredominaie 
in  tlie  mixture.  The  other  is  made  with  calcined  green,  and 
their  shades  may  he  formed   by  the  addition  of  indigo. 

For  trees,  mix  green  and    umber  together.     Tlie    grounds 

arc  made  in  the  sam.e  wny.      For  the  distance,  mix  blue  and 

green  together.    Mountains  are  always  made  with  blue.   The 

^kies  are^  made  with  blue,  but    add  a  little  yellow  when  you 

ome  near  the  mountains,  and  1o  make  the  transition  between 

lat  and  the  blue,  mix  a  little  lake  and   Idue  together  to  scft- 

n  it.  •  ^ 

Clouds  are  made  witli  purjde  ;  if  they  be  obscure,  mix 
d^e  and  indigo  together.  Stones  arc  made  with  white  and 
:llow  mixed  together;   and   their  shades  with  black. 

11 


122  THE    ARTIST    AND 


CHAPTER    XXII. 

Paints — Cosmetics — to  imitate  Marble — to  dye  Bones — Co- 
lours for  slioio  Bottles — -for- Maps — to  imitate  Ebony — to 
imitate  GoLl,  Silver,  or  Copper — to  ichitm  Bones — Co- 
louring principles  of  Blood — Metalic  Watering. 

Patent  Yellow.  Pulverise  common  table  salt  very  finely; 
put  it  into  Wedgwood's  mortar;  add  to  it  twice  as  much  red 
lead,  pulverised  :  rub  them  well  together  first ;  then  add  wa- 
ter a  very  little  at  a  time,  and  continue  rubbing  until  a  paste 
is  formed.  The  muriate  of  lead  will  now  be  formed,  and 
the  soda  disengaged  ;  pour  in  a  large  quantity  of  water  and 
wash  it  several  times  ;  the  soda  will  v  ash  out  and  leave  a 
white  mass  ;  dry  this  mass  and  then  melt  It  in  a  crucible,  and 
a  beautiful  substance  will  be  formed,  called  patent  yellow, 
which  is  one  of  the  most  durable  pigments. 

2.  Common  salt  100  lbs.  litharge  400  lbs.  ground  together 
with  water;  keep  for  some  time  in  a  gentle  heat,  water  being 
added  to  s.upply  the  loss  by  evaporation,  the  natron  then  wash- 
ed out  will)  more  water,  and  the  white  residuum  heated  till  it 
acquires  a  fine  yellow  colour. 

Flake  'White.  INIade  by  suspending  rolls  of  thin  sheet 
lead  over  vinegar  in  close  vessels  ;  the  evaporation  from  the 
vinegar  being  kept  up  by  the  vessels  being  placed  in  a  heap 
of  manure,  or  a  steam  bath. 

2.  By  dissolving  liiharge  in  diluted  nitrous  acid,  and  adding^ 
prepared  chalk,  to  the  solution;  astringent,  cooling;  used 
externally  :   also  employed  as  paint,  mixed  with  nut  oil. 

Protoxid  of  Lead.  Melt  some  lead  in  a  ladle,  and  scrape 
oft'  the  pellicle  which  forms  on  its  surface  several  times,  or 
until  a  sufficient  quantity  is  obtained  ;  part  of  this  is  oxidated 
and  part  Is  not ;  now  put  this  into  a  ladle  by  itself :  and  expose 
it  to  a  low  red  heat,  continually  stirring  it  with  a  rod  gntil  it 
becomes  of  a  yellow  colour. 

This  is  the  massicot  used  in  the  arts;  also  for  setting  a  &oe 
edge  to  razors,  for  polishing  burnishers,  &c. 

Jied  Lead.  Put  some  7Jiassicot Into  a  ladle  ;  cover  it  over 
loosely  with  an  earthen  or  iron  plate,  and  raise  the  heat ; 
raise  up  one  side  ^  tbe  plate,  and  stir  it  often,  until  it  be- 
comes of  a  bright  red  ;  care  must  be  taken  not  to  raise  the 
heat  so  high  iis  to  drive  off  the  oxygen,  previously  acquired  ; 


tradesman's  guide.  123 

thereby  bringing  it  again  to  a  state  of  pure  melted  lead ;  it 
is  very  difficult  to  succeed  in  this  operation  with  small  quan- 
tities. 

This  IS  the  red  lead  used  by  painters;  and  it  is  on  this 
principle,  but  with  a  different  apparatus,  the  lead  of  the  shops 
is  manufactured  ;   but  it  is  generally  very  impure. 

Florence  Lake.  Pearl  ashes  one  ounce  four  drachms,  wa- 
ter a  sufficient  quantity,  dissolve;  alum  two  ounces  four 
drachms,  water,  q.  p.  dissolve;  filter  both  solutions  and  add  the 
first  to  the  alum  solution  while  warm  ;  strain  :  mix  the  sedi- 
ment upon  the  strained  with  the  first  coarse  residuum  obtain- 
ed in  boiling  cochineal  with  alum,  for  making  carmine,  and 
dry  it. 

Common  Lake.  Make  a  magestery  of  alum,  as  in  making 
Florence  lake  ;  boil  one  ounce  four  drachms  Brazil  dust  in 
three  pints  of  water,  strain  ;  add  the  magestery,  or  sediment 
of  alum,  to  the  strained  liquor;  stir  it  well ;  let  it  settle,  and 
dry  the  sediment  in   small  lumps. 

JFitie  Madder  Lake.  Dutch  grappe  madder  (that  is,  mad- 
der root  ground  between  two  mill  stones,  a  small  distance 
apart  as  in  grinding  pearl  or  French  barley,  so  that  only  the 
bark,  which  contains  the  moist  colour  is  reduced  to  powder, 
and  the  central  woody  part  of  the  wood  left)  two  ounces,  tie 
it  up  in  a  cloth,  beat  it  up  in  a  pint  of  water  in  a  stone 
mortar,  repeat  it  with  fresh  water  :  in  general  five  points  will 
take  out  all  the  colour;  boil,  add  one  ounce  of  alum,  dissol- 
ved in  a  pint  of  watei ,  then  add  one  ounce  and  a  half  of 
oil  of  tartar  ;  wash  the  sediment,  and  dry; — produces  half  an 
ounce. 

Rose  Pink.  Whiting  coloured  with  a  decoction  of  brazil 
wood  and  alum. 

Dutch  Pink.  Whiting  coloured  with  a  decoction  of  birch 
leaves,  dyer's  weed,  or  French  berries,  with  alum. 
Stone  Blue.  Starch  coloured  with  indigo. 
Litharge.  Put  some  red  lead  into  a  ladle  and  heat  it  un- 
til it  is  partly  melted,  so  that  it  begins  to  be  agglutinated  in  a 
kind  of  scales.  Jf  not  so  bright  a  red  it  is  a  more  durable 
colour. 

White  Lead.  Make  nitrate  of  lead  as  before  directed,  and 
dissolve  it  in  water  in  a  wine  glass;  pour  into  it  a  solution  of 
pearlash  and  a  white  insoluble  precipitate  will  fall  down.  Let 
the  liquid  be  poured  off,    and   the   powder  washed   several 


121  THE    ARTIST    AND 

times.     This  is  the  white  lead  of  painters  in  its  purest  state. 

If  is  generally  made  by  applying  the  vapour  of  vinegar  to 
sheot  lead,  and  contcJ'ins  sunic  acetate  of  lead  and  othet  im- 
purities. 

Sugar  of  Lead.  Put  some  white  lead  into  a  Florence 
flask;  put  in  about  ten  times  as  much  good  sharp  vinegar(dis- 
-tilled  vinegar  is  best;)  shake  up  several  times  and  let  it  stand 
until  the  vinegar  tastes  sweet.  Add  more  vinegar,  and  con- 
tinue adding  by  littles,  until  it  will  remain  sour;  evaporate 
and  cr^'Stallize  in  the  usual  way.  This  is  the  acetate  or  sugar 
of  lead  used  in  medicire. 

White  Vitriol.  Pour  diluted  sulphuric  acid  upon  zinc; 
leaving  the  zinc  in  escess:  after  the  action  ceases,  pour  ofl'the 
clear  liquids,  wiiich  is  the  white  vitriol  in  solution.  If  this 
be  evaporated  slowly,  crystal  will  be  formed. 

By  a  similar  process  the  vitriol  of  the  shops  is  manufac- 
tured. 

Chrome.  Chrome  is  found  in  the  state  of  an  acid,  coju- 
Lined  with  iron,  called  chromate  of  iron,  it  is  sometimes 
found  in  granular  lime  rocks.  When  chromate  of  iron  is 
pulverized  and  mixed  with  nitrate  ot  potish  and  heated  to 
redness,  a  double  decomposition  takes  place,  and  the  chrom- 
ate of  potash  is  produced. 

Dissolve  chromate  of  potash  in  pure  water,   pour  some  of 
it  in  a  solution  of  sugar  of  lead,  and  the  beautiful  yellow  pig- 
ment, chromate  of  lead,  will  be,  precipitated;  pour  it  into  nil- 
rate  of  mercury,   cinnabar  red   is  produced;    into  nitrate   of 
silver,  and  comnion  red  is  produced. 

The  chromate  of  lead  is  now  in  general  use  as  a  yellow 
paint;  a  very  small  quantity  mixed  with  white  lead,  gives  the 
whole  a  beautiful  yellow  colour. 

Almond  Bloom.  Brazil  du3t  one  ounce,  water  three  pints, 
boil,  strain;  add  of  isinglass,  six  drachms;  (or  cocliineal,  two 
drachm.';)  alum  one  ounce;  borax  three  drachms;  boil  again, 
and  "Strain  through  a  fine  cloth;   used  as  a  liquid  cosmetic. 

-Blue  Vitriol.  Boil  copper  filings  in  sulphuric  acid,  and 
the  salt  will  be  formed  in  the  liquid  state:  this  may  be  evap- 
orated in  the  usual  v/ay. 

On  this  principle  the  blue  vitriol  of  tlie  shops  is  made, 
though  the  operation  is  not  similar;  the  native  sulphuret  is 
heated  and  exposed  to  air  and  moisture,  and  thereby  the 
peroxyde  is  obtained;  then  the  salt  is  readily  formed  by 
pouring  sulphuric  acid  upon  it. 


,»^ 


TRADESMAN  S    (SLIDE.  125 

^  Verdigris.  Cover  a  gallipot  of  boiling  vinegar  with  a 
piece  of  polished  sheet  copper;  after  a  short  time  it  will  be 
covered  vvirh  a  ihin  crust  of  verdigris.  Upon  this  principle, 
though  with  a  very  different  apparatus,  the  verdigris  of  tho 
shops  is  made. 

Colours  for  Shoio  Bottles.  Yellow.  Dissolve  iron  in  spt. 
of  salt,  and  dilute. 

Red.  Spts.  of  hartshorn  q.  p.  dilute  with  water  and  tinge 
with  cochineal.  '^ 

2.  Dissolve  sal.  itmmoniac  in  water  and  tin^e  with  cochin- 
eal. 

Blue,  Blue  Vitriol  and  alum,  of  each  2  oz.  water  24  oz. 
•spts.  of  vitriol  q.  p, 

2.   Blue  vitriol,  4  cz.  water  36  oz. 

Green.  Rojj^h  verdigris  3  oz.  dissolve  in  spts.  vitrior,- and 
add  48  02.  water. 

Add  distilled  vei-di^^rls  and  blue  vitriol  to  a  strong  decoc- 
Jion  of  turmeric. 

Purple.  Verdigris  two  drachms;  sots,  hartshorn  4  oz.  watec 
18  oz. 

2.  Sugar  of  lead  one  ounce;  cochineal  one  scruple;  \Valei' 

<]•  P- 

3.  Add  a  little  spirits  hartshorn  to  an  infussion  of  log- 
wood. 

Wash  Colours  for  Ma j)s  or  Writing.  Yellow.  Gam- 
boge dissolved  in  water  q.  p.  French  berries  steeped  in  wa- 
•tcr,  the  liquid  strained,  and  gum  Arabic  added. 

2.  Red.      Brazil  dust  steeped  in  vinegar    and  alum  added.- 
L-itmus  dissolved  in   water,  and  spirits  of  wine  added. 

3.  Cochineal  sleeped  in  water,  strained,  and  gum  added. 

4.  Blue.   Saxon  blue  dilluted  with  water  q.  p. 

Litmus  rendered  blue  by  adding  distilled  vinegar  to  its  so- 
lution. 

5.  Green.  Distilled  verdigris  dissolved  In  water,  and  guni 
added. 

6.  Sap  green  dissolved  in  water,  and  alum  added. 
Litaiius   rendered  green   by   addiug  kali  ppm.  to  its  solu- 

lioii. 

English  Verdigris.  Blue  vitriol  24  lbs,  white  vitriol  1(> 
lbs.  sugar  of  lead  12  lbs,  alum  Z  lbs.  all  coarsely  powdered, 
put  in  a  "pot  over  the  6re  and  stirred  till  they  ajre  united  into 

*11 


126  THE    AIITI3T    \SV 

Venetian  Ccruss.      Flake  white,  cawk  equal  parts. 

Ham'jurg  White  Lead.  Flake  white  100  lbs.  cawk 
200  lbs. 

Best  Dutch  White  Lead,  Flake  White  100  lbs.  cawk 
700  lbs. 

English  White  Lead.  Flake  White  reduced  in  price  by 
chalk,  inferior  to  the  prccediug. 

Rou^c.  Frcncli  chalk  pod.  4  oz.  ol.  am^gd.  2  drachms, 
carmine  one  drachm. 

2.    Sattlower,  previously  waslied  in   water,  until  it  no  lon- 
ger gives  out  any  colour,  and  dried,  4  drachms,    kali  pp.  one 
drachm,  water  one  pint;  iofnse,  strain  ;  add   French    chalk, 
scraped  fine  with  Dutch  rushes   four  ounces,    and  precipitate* 
the  colour  upon  it  with  lemon  juice  a  sufficient  quantity. 

Cologne  Earthy  Umber.  Black  or  blackish  brown,  mixed 
with  brownish  red,  fine  grained,  earthy,  smooth  to  the  touch, 
becomes  polished  b\^  scraping,  very  light,  burns  with  a  disa- 
greeable smell  found  near  Cologne;  used  in  painting  both  in 
water  colours  or  in  oil,  used  also  in  Holland,  to  render  snuff" 
fine  and  smooth  :  very  different  from  the  brown  ochre — w  hich 
is  also  called  umber,  and  is  not  combustible. 

Carmine.  Boil  one  ounce  of  cochineal,  finely  powdered, 
in  twelve  or  fourteen  pounds  of  rain  or  distilled  water,  in  a 
tinned  copper  vessel,  for  three  minutes,  then  add  twenty-five 
grains  of  alum  and  continue  the  boiling  for  two-  minutes, 
then  add  iwenty-tive  grains  of  alum  and  continue  the  boiling 
for  two  minutes  longer,  and  let  it  cool ;  draw  ort"  the  clear 
liquor  as  soon  as  it  is  only  blood  warm,  very  carefully,  into 
shallow  vessels,  and  put  them  by,  laying  a  sheet  of  paper  over 
them  to  keep  out  the  dust  for  a  couple  of  da^s,  by  which  time 
the  carmine  will  have  settled.  In  case  the  carmine  does  not 
settle  properly,  a  few  drops  of  a  solution  of  tin,  i.  e.  dyer's 
spirit,  or  a  solution  of  green  vitriol  will  throw  it  down  imme- 
diately :  the  water  being  then  drawn  off,  the  carmine  is  dried 
in  a  warm  stove.  The  first  coarse  sediment  serves  to  make 
Florence  lake  ;   the  water  drawn  ofi'is  liquid  rouge. 

2.  Boil  12  oz.  of  Cochineal  powdered,  six  drachms  of  alum 
in  30  lbs.  of  water,  strain  the  decoction,  add  half  an  ounce  of 
dyer's  spirit,  and  after  the  carmine  has  settled,  decant  the 
liquid  and  dry  the  carmine — yields  about  one  and  a  half 
ounces,  used  as  a  paint  by  the  ladies  and  by  miniature  pain- 
ters. 


ihADESMAN's    GUIDE.  127 

Whiting.  Prepared  from  the  soft  variety  of  chalk,  by 
diffusion  in  water,  letting  the  water  settle  for  two  hours,  that 
the  impurities  and  coarser  particles  may  subside  ;  then  draw- 
ing off  the  still  milky  water,  letting  it  dcposite  the  liner  sed- 
iment; is  much  finer  than  the  prepared  chalk  of  the  apothe- 
caries; but  is  principally  used  as  a  cheap  paint. 

UJtramarine  Blue.  Lapis  lazuli — one  pound  is  heated  to 
redness,  quenched  in  water,  and  ground  to  fine  powder  :  to 
this  is  added  yellow  rosin  six  ounces  ;  turpentine,  beeswax, 
linseed  oil,  of  each  two  ounces,  previously  melted  together, 
and  the  whole  made  into  a  mass  :  this  is  kneaded  in  success- 
ive portions  of  warm  water,  which  it  colours  blue,  and  from 
whence  it  is  deposited  by  standing,  and  sorted  according  to 
its  qualities.      It  is  a  fine  blue  colour  in  oiL 

Naples  Yellow.  Lead,  one  pound  and  a  half;  crude  anti- 
mony, one  pound  ;  alum  aud  common  salt,  of  each  one  ounce^ 
calcined  together. 

2.  Flake  white,  twelve  ounces  ;  diaphoretic  antimony,  two 
ounces;  calcined  alum,  half  an  oz.  sal  ammoniac,  one  ounce; 
calcine  in  a  covered  crucible  with  a  moderate  heat  tor  three 
hours,  so  that  at  the  end  of  that  time  it  may  be  barely  red 
hot:  with  a  large  portion  of  diaphoretic  antimony  and  sal  am- 
moniac, it  verg:es  to  a  gold  eolour. 

SchceWs  Green.  Precipitate  a  solution  of  two  pounds  of 
blue  vitriol  in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  cold  water,  by  a  solu- 
tion of  eleven  ounces  of  white  arsenic,  and  two  ounces  of  kali 
ppm.  in  two  gallons  of  boiling  wateh,  and  wash  the  precipi- 
tate— used  as  a  paint. 

Verditer  Blue.  I\Iade  by  the  refiners  from  the  solution  of 
copper  obtained  in  precipitating  silver  from  nitric  acid,  by 
heating  it  in  copper  pans ;  this  solution  they  heat  and  pour 
upon  whiting  moistened  with  water,  stirring  the  mixture 
every  day,  till  the  liquor  loses  its  colour,  when  it  is  poured 
off,  and  a  fresh  portion  of  the  solution  poured  on  until  the 
proper  colour  is  obtained  : — an  uncertain  process  ;  the  col- 
our sometimes  turning  out  a  dirty  green,  instead  of  a  fine 
blue. 

French  Verdigris.  Blue  vitriol,  twenty-four  ounces,  dis- 
solved in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water;  sugar  of  lead,  thirty 
ounces  and  a  half,  also  dissolved  in  water  ;  mix  the  solution  ; 
filter,  and  crystallize  by  evaporation.  It  yields  about  ten 
ounces  of  crystals; — a  superior  paint  to    common   verdigris, 


iji  The  artist  and 

* 

and  ccitainly  ought  to  be    used  in   medicine,   instead  of  the 
common. 

Pearl  powder.  Mngestry  of  bismuth  ;  French  chalk,  scra- 
ped fine  by  Dutch  rushes  ;  of  each  a  sufficient  quantity — 
cosmetic. 

Smalt — powder  Blue.  Is  made  from  roasted  cobalt,  mel- 
ted with  twice  or  thrice  its  weight  of  sand,  and  an  equal 
weight  of  potash  :  the  gbss  is  poured  out  into  cold  water, 
ground  to  powder,  washed  over,  and  sorted  by  its  fineness 
and  the  richness  of  its  colour.  It  is  used  in  painting  and 
getting  up  linen. 

Blaf-kmari' s  oil  colour  Calces.  Grind  the  colours  first  wuh 
oil  of  turpentine  and  a  varnish  made  of  gum  mastic  in  pow- 
der, four  ounces,  dissolved  without  heat  in  a  pint  of  oil  of 
turpentine  :  let  them  dry  ;  then  heat  a  grinding  stone  by  put- 
ting a  charcoal  fire  under  it;  grind  the  colours  upou  it,  and 
add  an  ointment,  made  by  adding  melted  spermaceti,  3  lbs. 
to  a'pint  of  poppy  oil  ;  take  a  piece  of  the  proper  size,  make 
it  into  a  ball;  put  this  into  a  mould  and  press  it.  When 
these  cakes  are  used,  rub  them  down  wiiii  poppy  oil,  or  oil 
of  turpentine. 

JBroim  Red.  Cy  recalcining  green  vitriol,  previously  cal- 
x:ined  to  whiteness,  b\  an  intense  heat  until  tt  becomes  very 
red,  and  washing  the  residuum. 

Blachman's  Cclours  in  Bladders.  Are  prepared  with  the 
spermaceti  mixture,  like  his  uil  colour  cakes,  but  the  propor- 
tion of  oil  is  larger. 

Kemj/s  White,  for  Wafer  Colours.  C(  ckscomb  spar,  q. 
p.  spirits  of  salt,  a  sufficient  quantity  ;  dissolve — adil  carbo- 
nate of  ammonia  to  precipitate  the  while  ;  and  dry  ia  cakes 
for  use. 

Crai/mis.  Spermaceti,  three  ounces,  boiling  water,  one 
pint ;  add  bone  ashes  finely  ground,  one  pound,  colouring 
matter,  as  ochre,  &c.  q.  p.  roll  out  the  paste,  and  when  half 
dry,  cut  it  in  pipes. 

2.  Pipe  clay,  coloured  wi;h  ochre,  &:c.  q.  p. — make  it  a 
paste  with  alewort. 

English  Verdigris.     Blue  vitriol,  £4  pounds,  white  vitriol, 

16  pounds,  sugar  of  lead,  12  pounds,  alum,  2  lbs.,  all  coarsely 

powdered,  put  into  a  pot  over  the  fire  and  stirred  till  they  are 

united  into  a  mass. 

Vcnhcrman's  Fish  Oil  Paints.  The  oil  for  CTindinjr  whrte 


tradesman's  guide.  120 

IS  made  by  puttilig  litharge,  and  white  vitriol,  of  each  twelve 
poiiiKis,  into  32  gallons  vinegar,  adding  after  some  time,  a  ton 
of  wiiale,  seal  or  cod  oil ;   the  next  day  the  clear  part  is  poured 
off,  and   32  gallons  of  linseed   oil,  and  iwo    callons  of  oil  of 
turpentine,  are  added. 

2.  The  sediment,  left  when  the  clear  oil  is  poured  off,  mixed 
with  half  its  quanlit}''  cf  lime  water,  is  also  used  under  the 
name  of  prepared  residue  oil,  for  common  colours. 

3.  Pale  Green.  Six  gallons  of  lime  water,  whiting,  and 
road  dast,  of  each  one  hundred  weigiit,  thirty  pounds  of  blue 
black,  24  pounds  of  yellow  ochre,  wet  blue  (pjeviously  ground 
in  prepared  residue  oil)  twenty  pounds — thbi  wiih  a  qurt  ppd. 
residue  oil  to  each  8  pounds,  and  the  same  quantity  linseed 
oil. 

4.  Bright  Green,  'l 00  lbs.  yellow  ochre,  150  lbs.  of  road 
dust,  lOO^lbs.  of  wet  blue,  10  lbs.  blue  black,  6  galls,  lime 
water,  4  galls,  ppd.  residue  and  linseed  oil,  seven  and  a  half 
galls,  of  each. 

'-•  5.  Lead  Cotonr.  100  lbs.  whiting,  5  lbs.  blue  black,  28 
lbs.  white  lead,  ground  in  oil,  56  lbs.  road  dust,  5  galls,  lime 
water,  2  1-2  galls,  ppd.  residue  oil; 

6.  Brcicn  Red.  '  8  galls,  lime  water,  100  lbs.  Spanish 
brown,  200  lbs.  dust,  4  galls,  ppd.  fish  oil,  ppd.  residue  and 
linseed   oil,  of  each  four  gallons, 

7.  Vellow.  Put  in  yellow  ochre,  instead  of  Spanish 
brown,  as  in  the  last. 

8.  Black.   Put  in  lamp  black  or  blue  black. 

9.  Stone  Colour.  4  galls,  lime  water.  100  lbs.  whitinjr, 
28  lbs.  white  lead,  ground  in  oil,  56  lbs.  road  dust,  2  galls, 
ppd.  fish  oi),  ppe.  residue,  and  linseed  oil,  of  each,  3  1-2  gal- 
Ions. 

The  cheapness  of  these  paints,  and  tJie  hardness  and  durability  given 
to  thera  by  the  road  dust,  or  ground  gravel,  has  bronght  Ihem  into 
great  use,  for  common  out  door  painting, 

Prussian  Blue.  Red  argol  and  salt  pctre  of  each  two  lbs. 
throw  the  powder  by  degrees  into  a  red  hot  crucible  ;  dry 
bullock's  blood  over  the  fire,  and  mix  tiiree  pounds  of  this 
dry  blood  with  the  prepared  s^jlt,  aed  calcine  it  in  a  crucible, 
till  it  no  longer  emits  a  flame;  then  dissolve  6  lbs.  of  common 
alum  in  26  lbs.  of  water,  and  strain  the  solution  ^dissolve 
also  2  12  oz.  of  dried  green  vitriol  in  2  lbs.  water,  and  strain 
while  hot  j  mix  the  two  solutions  together,  while  boiling  hot; 


130  THE    ARTIST    AND 

dissolve  the  alkaline  salt,  calcined  with  blood,  in  27  lbs.  of 
water,  and  filler  through  paper,  supported  upon  linen  ;  mix 
this  with  the  o:her  solution,  and  strain  tiirougii  linen  ;  put  the 
sediment  left  upon  litien,  while  moist,  into  an  earthen  pan, 
and  add  one  pound  and  a  half  of  spirit  of  salt, — stir  the  mass 
and  when  the  effervescence  is  over,  dilute  with  plenty  of  wa- 
ter, and  straiu  again — lastly,  dry  the  sediment. 

2.  Mix  one  ponnd  of  kali  ppd.  with  two  pounds  dried  blood 
put  it  into  a  crucible,  or  lon^  pot,  and  keep  it  in  a  red  heat 
till  it  no  longer  flames  or  smokes,  then  take  out  a  small  por- 
tion, dissolve  it  in  water,  and  observe  its  colour  and  effects 
upon  a  solution  of  silver  in  aqua-fortis,  for  when  sufficiently 
calcined,  it  will  neither  look  yellowish,  nor  precipitate  silver 
of  a  brownish  or  blackish  colour.  It  is  then  to  be  taken  out 
of  th3  fire  ;  and  when  cool,  dissolved  in  a  pint  and  a  half  of 
water.  Take  sreen  vitriol,  one  part,  common  alum,  one  to 
three  parts  ;  mix,  and  dissolve  them  in  a  good  quantity  of 
water,  by  boiling,  and  filter  while  hot :  precipitate  this  solu- 
tion by  adding  a  sufficient  quantity  of  the  solution  of  ppd. 
alkali ;  and  filler — the  precipitate  will  be  darker  the  less  alum 
is  added,  but  it  will  be  greener  from  the  greater  admixture  of 
the  oxide  of  iron,  which  is  precipitated,  and  which  must  be 
got  rid  of,  by  adding  while  moist,  spirit  of  salt,  diluting  the 
mixture  with  water,  and  straining. 

3.  Precipitate  a  solution  of  green  vitriol,  with  a  solution  of 
ppd.  alkali,  and  purify  the  precipitate  with  spirits  of  salt — 
precipitate  a  solution  of  common  alum,  with  a  solution  of 
kali  ppd. — mix  the  two  sediments  together,  while  diffused  in 
warm  water  ;   strain  and  dry. 

Vermilion.  Cinnabar.  Put  quicksilver  in  a  glazed  dish, 
set  it  on  a  sand  bath,  let  it  be  well  surrounded  with  sand 
every  way  ;  pour  some  melted  brimstone  over  it,  and  with 
an  iron  spatula  keep  constantly  stirring  till  the  whole  is  con- 
verted into  a  black  powder.  With  this  powder  fill  the  quar- 
ter part  of  a  retort,  with  a  short  and  wide  neck.  Place  it 
first  on  a  fire  of  cinders, — increase  it  by  degrees,  and  con- 
tinue it  for  ten  hours ;  after  which,  make  a  blasting  one 
twelve  hour?. 

By  the  first  fire  there  will  arise  a  black  flame — hy  the  second,  a  yel- 
low,— and  by  the  last,  a  red.  As  soon  as  this  is  the  case  let  the  vessel 
cool,  a  id  you  will  find  in  the  receiver,  and  in  the  neck  of  the  retort,  a 
very  t:ne  cinnabar.  Some,  instead  of  a  glass  retort,  use  an  earthen, 
or  stone. 


TRADESMAN  S    GflDE.  131 

A  Fine  Azure.  .Boil  and  skim  well,  sixteen  pounds  of 
chamber  lye  ;  then,  add  one  pound  line  shellac,  and  five 
ounces  of  alum,  in  powder.  Boil  all  logciiier,  till  you  ob- 
serve the  chamber  lye  is  well  changed  with  the  colour,  which 
is  determined  by  steoi)iiJg  a  white  rag  in  it — if  the  colour 
does  not  please,  boil  it  longer,  undergoing  a  repetition  until 
satisfied.  Now,  put  the  liquor  into  a  tlannel  bag — without 
suflering  what  runs  intt)  the  p&n  under,  to  settle  ;  re-pour  it 
into  the  bag,  and  continue  the  process,  till  the  liquor  is  quite 
clear  and  not  tinged  ;  then  with  a  wooden  spatula  take  oft' 
the  lake,  which  is  in  the  form  of  curd  ;  make  it  into  small 
cakes,  and  dry  them  in  a  shade  on  new  tiles  ;  then  they  are 
in  a  state  to  be  kept  for  use. 

To  Marble  Wuod.  Give  it  a  coat  of  blacking  varnish  ; 
repeat  it  as  many  times  as  you  think  necessary;  then  polish 
it. 

2.  Dilute  some  white  vamish,  lay  it  on  the  black  ground, 
tracing  with  it,  such  imitations  as  you  like  ;  when  dry,  rub  it 
lightly  with  rushes,  then  wipe  it,  and  give  a  last  coat  of 
transparent  white  varnish,  when  dry,  polish  it. 

To  imitate  M^hife  Marble.  Break  and  calcine  the  finest 
white  marble,  grind  it  fine  and  dilute  it  with  size;  lay  two 
coats  of  this  on  the  wood,  wliich,  when  dry,  polish  and 
varnish  as  before  directed. 

To  imitate  Black  Marble.  Burn  lamp  black  in  a  ladle, 
red  hot,  then  grind  it  with  brandy.  For  the  bulk  of 
an  Q^g  of  black,  put  the  size  of  a  pea  in  lead,  in  drops, 
as  much  of  tallow,  and  the  same  quantity  of  soap — grind 
and  mix;  tlieu  dilute  it  with  a  very  weak  size  water.  Give 
four  coats  of  this,  and  then  polish. 

To  make  Lamp  Black  for  limning.  Burn  some  nut  shells 
in  an  iron  pan,  and  throw  ihem  into  anoiher  full  of  water  ; 
then  grind  them  on  marble  with  either  nil  or  varnish. 

Blue.  Whiting  ground  with  verdigris  will  make  a  very 
good   blue. 

A  Fine  Green.  Grind  verdigris  with  vinegar,  and  a  very 
small  quantity  of  tartar  ;  then  add  a  htfle  quicklime  and  sap 
^reen,  which  grind  with  the  rest,  and  put  it  into  shells  for 
ieeping.      If  it  becomes  too  hard,  dilute  it  with  vinegar. 

2.  Grind  on  a  marble  stone,  verdigris,  and  a  third  as  njuch 
#f  tartar,  witii  white  wine  vinegar. 

Sap  green.     Express  the  blackberry  juice,  when  fi  11  ripe; 


132  THE    AUTIST    ANB 

add  some  alam  to  it ;  put  it  in  a  bladder,  jind  liang  it  ill  some 
place  to  dry. 

To  make  Lake.  Take  three  parfs  of  an  ounce  of  Brazil 
wood,  a  pint  of  clear  water,  one  and  a  half  drachms  alum, 
eighteen  grains  salt  of  tartar  ;  the  bulk  of  two  filberts  of 
mineral  crystal;  three  quarters  of  a  pound  of  the  whitest 
sound  fish  bones,  rasped  ;  mix,  boil  till  reduced  to  one  third; 
strain  three  tim'js  through  a  coarse  cloih  ;  ihen  set  it  in  the 
sun  under  cover  to  dry. 

^-1  Liquid  Lake.  On  a  quantity  of  alum  and  cociiineal 
pounded  and  boiled  tjgether,  pour  drops  of  oil  of  tartar, 
until  it  becomes  a  fine  colour. 

A  Good  Azure.  Two  ounces  of  quicksilver;  sulphur  and 
sal  ammoniac,  of  each  one  ounce:  grind  all  together,  and  put 
it  to  digest  in  a  matrass  over  a  slow  heat;  increase  the  fire  a 
little;  and  when  you  see  an  azured  fume  arising,  take  the  ma- 
tarss  off.  When  cool,  as  beautiful  an  azure  is  produced  as 
ultramarine. 

To  di/e  Bones  black.  Litharge  and  quicklime,  of  each  six 
ounces;  boil  in  common  water,  with  tbe  bones;  stirring  them 
till  the  water  begins  to  boil;  then  take  it  trora  the  fire,  and 
continue  stirrino;  tbe  mixture  till  the  water  is  cold,  when  the 
bones  will  become  dyed  black. 

To  Dye  Boms  green.  Pound  well  together  in  a  quart  of 
strong  vinegar,  three  ounces  of  verdigris,  as  much  of  brass 
filings  and  a  handful  of  rue.  When  done  put  all  in  a  glass 
vessel  along  with  the  bones  you  wish  to  dye,  and  stop  it  v/elL 
Place  tbis  in  a  cold  cellar;  in  a  fortnight,  the  bones  will  be 
dyed  green. 

To  dye  Bones  and  Ivory  a  fine  red.  Boil  scarlet  flocks- 
in  clenr  water,  assisted  with  pearlashes  to  draw  t!ie  colour; 
then  clarify  it  with  alum,  and  strain  the  tincture  through  a^ 
piece  of  linen.  To  dye  bones  or  ivory  in  red,  you  must  first 
rub  them  with  aqua  fortls  and  then  immediately  with  tbe 
tincture. 

To  whiten  Bones.  Put  a  handful  of  bran  and  quick  lime 
together  into  a  new  pipkin,  with  sufficient  quantity  of  water, 
and  boil  it.  Boil  the  bones  in  this  until  fieed  from  greasy 
particles. 

To  Dye  Wood  red.  Soak  chopped  Brazil  wood  in  oil  of 
tartar;  (or  boil  it  in  common  water;)  give  the  wood  a  coat 
of  yellow,  made    of  saflVon,   diluted    in    water;  when    dry, 


TR\ni.5MA.\"<    SLIDE.  ISS 

give  it  several  coats  of  the  first  preparation,  till  the  hue  tfc- 
comcs  pleasing.  When  dry  burnis!i  it,  and  lay  on  a  coat  of 
drying  varnish  with  tiio  palm  tjf  your  hand.  If  a  very  deep 
red  Is  tVanted,  boil  the  brazil  wood  in  water,  by  adding  a 
small  quantity  of  alum  or  quick  lime. 

To  Dye  Wood  White  and  to  product  a  fine  Polish.  Fi- 
ne, t  English  white  chalk  ground  in  subtile  powder  on  marble; 
then  let  it  dry  ;  sot  it  in  a  pijikin  on  the  fire,  with  a  weak  si- 
7ed  water,  having  great  care  not  to  let  it  turn  brown, — when 
hor,  give  nrst  a  coat  of  size  to  your  wood  ;  let  it  dry  ;  then 
give  one  or  two  coats  of  the  white  over  it.  These  being  dry 
also,  polish  wiih  the  rushes,  and  burnish. 

To  Dye  in  Polished  Black.  Grind  lamp  black  on  marble 
with  gum  water  ;  then  put  it  into  a  pipkin,  and  with  a  brush 
give  the  wood  a  coat  of  this  ;   when  dry,  polish. 

To  imitate  Ebony.  Infuse  nut  galls  in  vinegar,  in  which 
yon  have  soaked  rusty  nails:  rub  the  wood  w'th  this,  let  it 
dry,  polish  and  burnish. 

To  imitate  Gold^  Silver,  or  Copper.  Rock  crystal  pul- 
verised very  fine,  put  into  water,  warm  it  in  a  new  pipkin, 
with  a  little  sizf»  ;  then  give  a  coat  of  it  on  the  wood  with  a 
brush.  When  dry,  rub  a  piece  ol'^^guld,  silver,  or  copper  on 
the  wood  thus  prepared,  and  it  wiiKassume  the  colour  of  the 
metal  which  you  rub  it  with  ;   afior  which  burnish.  » 

Ivory  Black.  Is  made  by  burning  ivory  till  it  is  qvite  black, 
which  is  usually  done  between  two  crucibles,  well  luted  to- 
gether ;   used  either  as  an  oil  (»r  water  colour. 

Bone  /Hack.  From  bones  burnt  in  the  same  manner,  as 
ivory  black  ;   used  by  pa  nters,  <^'c.      Burnt  cork  is  also  used. 

Of  the  Colouring  principle  of  Blood.  After  having  drain- 
ed the  clots  of  blood  ihitJUiih  a  hair  sieve,  tincture  it  in  an 
earthen  vessel,  with  four  parts  of  sulphuric  acid,  previousl}-^ 
diluted  with  eigh.t  parts  of  water,  and  heat  the  mixture  at  70" 
(cent. — 158  deg.  Fahrenheit.)  for  tivc  or  six  hours;  fdter  the 
liquor  while  hot,  which  contains  the*  colouring  principles  of 
the  blood,  albumen,  and  probably  some  fibrin  ;  wash  the  resi- 
duum with  water,  equal  in  qnaiitity  to  that  <  f  the  acid  em- 
ployed ;  evaporate  ilie  solutions  to  one  half  their  bulk,  then 
pour  in  amnionia  suti'icicnt  to  leave  oidy  a  slight  excess  of 
acid  ;  stir  ir,  and  we  obtain  a  deposite  of  a  purple  red  colour, 
jirincipal'y  consisting  of  tiie  colouring  matter,  and  containing 
neither  nllvjmer,  nor  fibrin  ;  wash  this  deposi'e  until  the  va- 


134  THE     ARTIST     A.Ni^ 

ter  conlalas  no  more  sulphuric  acid,  or  does  not  precipitatfc* 
any  longer  ihe  nitrate  ol"  barj-tes :  it  is  then  put  on  a  tilier, 
au  i  dropjjed  on  bluuing  papt-r,  from  which  it  is  take  n  by 
means  of  an  ivory  kriile  ami  dried  on  a.capsule. 

Prepand  Ox  Gall.  The  fresh  gall  is  left  for  the  niglit  to 
settle;  the  clear  lluid  poured  c IT,  and  evaporated  in  a  water 
bath,  to  a  proper  consistence  ;  user!  by  painters  in  water  col- 
ours, and  thus  enables  iheni  to  form  an  even  surface  of  colour; 
and  also  instead  of  soap  lo  wash  greasy  cloth. 

Cobalt^  is  sold  in  liie  shops  in  the  state  of  an  imperfect 
oxide,  called  ftfire.      The  pure  metal  is  reddish  grey. 

INIiX  finely  pulverized  dint  and  borax,  and  pui  in  a  small 
quamity  of  zaliVe.  Melt  this  mixture  with  preity  strong  heat 
in  a  crucible,  and  a  strong  blue  glass  will  be  produced.  Or, 
put  a  little  zafiVe  in  borax  alone,  or  in  pearlash,  and  melt  the 
mixture. 

The  smalt  sold  in  shops  in  powder  is  merely  pulverized  glass  prepa' 
red  as  above. 

Metallic  Waterins-.  or  for  Blanc  Moire.  This  article  of 
Parisian  invention,  which  is  much  employed  to  cover  cabinet 
ornamental  work,  dressing  boxes,  telescopes,  &,c.  is  prepared 
as  follows  :  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  with  from  7  to  9  parts  of 
water  ;  then  dip  a  sponcre  or  rag  into  it,  and  wash  the  surface 
of  a  sheet  of  tin  ;  ihis  will  speedilv  exhibit  the  appearance  of 
crystallization,  which  is  the- moire.  This  eft'ect  is  not  easily 
produced  upon  ever}'  <ort  of  slicot  tin  ;  for  if  much  hardened 
by  hammering  and  rolling,  then  the  moire  cannot  be  efiectod 
until  the  sheet  has  been  heated  so  as  to  produce  an  incipient 
fusion  on  the  surface,  after  which  the  acid  will  act  upon  it, 
and  produce  nn  incipient  fusion  on  the  surfiicc,  after  which 
the  acid  will  act  upon  it,  and  produce  the  moire.  Almost  any 
acid  will  do  as  well  as  the  sulphuric,  and  it  is  said  the  nitric 
acid,  dissolved  in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water,  answers  h.et- 
ter  than  any  other.  The  moire  can  be  much  improved  by 
employirg  the  blow-pipe,  to  form  small  and  beautiful  specks 
on  the  surface  of  the  tin,  previous  to  the  application  of  the 
acid.  U  hen  the  moire  has  been  formed,  the  plate  is  to  be 
varnisl.ed  and  polished,  the  varnish  being  tinted  with  any  gla- 
zing colour,  and  thus  the  red,  green,  yellow,  and  pearl  col- 
oured moires  are  manufactured." 

Zaffre.  One  part  of  roasted  cobalt,  ground  with  two  or 
three  parts  x)f  very  pur«  quartzose   sand -.is  either  in  a  c«ke 


m*  roduojd  to  powder  :   used  as  a  blue   c<.lour  for  paiiuing 
glass. 

*Furple  Precipitate;  Cassin's  Purple.  Soluiion  of  gold  in 
aqua-regia,  1  oz.  distilled  water,  1  1-2  lb.  ;  hang  it  in  the  li- 
quid slips  of  tin. 

2.  By  precipitating  the  diluted  solution  of  gold,  b^'  dyer's 
spirit,  will  coujinunicate  a  purple  colour  to  glass,  when  mehed 
in  an  open  vessel.  In  a  close  vessel  the  glass  receives  no  co- 
lour. 

CHAPTER  XXIII. 

Varnishes — to  give  a  Drying  Quality  to  Oils — Oils — Japant 
— Bronzing  Liquor — Invisible  Inks. 

To  mahc  White  Copal  Varnish.  1.  White  oxide  of  lead, 
cerused,  Spanish  white,  white  clay.  Such  of  these  substan- 
ces as  are  preferred  ought  to  be  carefully  dried.  Ceruse  and 
clays  obstinately  retain  a  groat  deal  of  humidity,  which  would 
Qppose  their  adhesion  to  drying  oil  or  varnish.  The  ce- 
ment then  crumbles  under  the  fingers,  and  does  not  assume  a 
l)ody. 

2.  On  16  ounces  melted  copal,  pour  4,  6,  or  8  ounces  of 
linseed  oil,  boiled  and  quite  free  from  grease  ;  Avhen  well 
mixed  b}'  repeated  stirrings,  and  after  they  are  pretty  cool, 
pour  on  IG  ounces  of  the  essence  of  Venice  turpentine.  Pass 
the  varnish  through  a  cloth. 

Amber  Varnish,  is  made  in  the  same  way. 

Blach.  Lampblack  made  of  burnt  vine  twigs,  and  black 
■of  peach  stones.  The  lampblack  must  be  carefully  washed, 
and  afterwards  dried.  -Washing  carries  off  a  great  many  of 
its  impurities. 

Yellow.  Yellow  oxide  of  lead  of  Naples  and  Montpelier, 
both  reduced  to  imjialpa!)le  powder.  These  yellows  are  hurt 
by  the  contact  of  iiou  and  steel  ;  in  mixing  them  up,  there- 
fore, a  horn  spatula,  with  a  glass  mortar  and  pestle  must  be 
employed.  Gum  guttse,  yellow  ochre,  or  Dutch  pink,  accor- 
ding to  the  nature  and  tone  of  the  colour  to  bo  imitjited. 

Blue.  Indi'jn,  Prussian  blue,  blue  verditure,  and  ultra- 
marine.     All  these  substances  must  be  very  nmch  divided. 

Green.  Verdigris,  crystalized  verdigris,  compound  green, 
(a  mixture  of  blue  and  yellow.)  The  first  two  require  a  mix- 
ture  of  white   in  proper  proportions,  from  a  fourth   to   two- 


116  T«E    ARTIST    AND 

thirds,  according  to  the  tint  intended  to  bo  given..  The  white 
used  for  this  purpose  is  the  ceruse,  or  the  while  oxide  of  lead, 
or  Spanish  while,  which  is  k\ss  solid. 

lie<L  Red  sulphusetted  <  x  de  of  mercury,  (cinnabar  ver- 
niiiuiji,)  red  oxide  of  lead,  (lu.uiuiu)  dilferuni  red  ochies,  or 
Prussian  reds,  t^'C. 

Purple.  Cocliineal,  carmine,  and  carminated  lakes,  with 
ceruse,  and  boiled  oil. 

Briclc.      Dragon's  blood. 

Chamois  Colour.  Dragon's  blood,  with  a  paste  c^iiposed 
of  flowers  of  zinc;  or,  what  is  still  belter,  a  litile  re  verrail* 
ion. 

Violet,  Red  sulphuretted  oxide  of  mercury,  nii<ed  with 
laraj)black,  washed  very  dry,  or,  with  ihe  blaf*k  of  bunt  vine 
twigs  ;  and  to  render  it  more  mellow,  a  proper  mixt-.e  of  red, 
blue  and  white. 

Pearl  Grey,  Wh'te  and  black,  white  and  blue  ;  for  exam- 
ple, ceruse  and  lampblack  ;   ceruse  and  indigo. 

Flaxen  Grey.  Ceruse,  which  forms  the  ground  of  the 
paste,  mixed  with  a  small  quautiiy  of  Cologne  earth,  as  much 
English  red.  or  carminated  lake,  which  is  not  so  durable,  and 
a  particle  of  Prussiate  of  iron.      (Prussian  blue.) 

For  Violins^  ^"c.  To  a  gallon  of  rectified  spirit  of  wine, 
add  six  ounces  of  gum  sandarac,  three  ounces  of  gum  mastic, 
and  half  a  pint  turpentine  varnish.  Put  the  whole  into  a  tin 
can,  which  keep  in  a  warm  |)lace,  frequently  shaking  it,  for 
twelve  days,  until  it  is  dissolved.  Then  strain  and  keep  it 
for  use. 

Xo  make  a  colourless  Copal  Varnish.  In  selecting  such. 
pieces  as  are  good,  as  all  copal  is  not  fit  for  this  purpose,  each 
piece  must  be  taken  separately  ; — 'et  fall  on  it,  a  drop  of  pure 
essential  oil  of  rosemary,  not  altered  by  keeping.  The  pieces 
which  soften  at  (he  part  that  imbibes  the  oil  are  good  :  reduce 
them  tc»  powder,  which  sift  throuiih  a  veiy  fine  hair  sieve,  and 
put  it  into  a  glass,  on  the  bottou)  of  which  it  nuist  not  lie  more 
than  a  finger's  breadih  thick.  Pour  upon  it  essence  of  rose- 
mary to  a  s  Klilar  height;  stir  the  whole  for  a  few  minutes, 
when  the  coj)al  will  dissolve  into  a  viscous  fluid  ;  lot  it  stand 
for  two  hours,  ihen  pour  on  to  it  gently,  two  or  three  drops 
of  very  pure  alcohol,  which  distribute  over  the  oily  mass  bv 
inclining  the  bottle  in  different  directions  with  a  very  gentle 
wotion  :  repat  this  operation  by  little  and    little'  till   tlie  in- 


tradesman's  glide.  157 

torporation  is  elTected,  and  the  varnish  reduced  to  a  proper 
degree  of  fluidity.  It  must  then  be  left  to  stand  a  few  day?^« 
and  when  very  clear,  be  decanted  off. 

This  varnish  thus  made  without  heat,  may  be  applied  with  equal  suc- 
cess, to  pasteboard,  wood,  an  1  ait-Mals,  and  tukt^s  a  b"-ller  p<di.sli  than  any 
■other.  It  may  be  usL-d  on  paintin;fs,  liie  beauty  of  which  it  {rreatly 
Jicightens: 

Gold  colonred  Copal  Varnhh.  One  ounce  copal  in-po-v- 
^er,  two  ounces  esseniiul  oil  of  lavender,  and  six  ouVrces  es- 
sence of  turpentine.  Pui  the  oil  ui"  lavender  into  a  matrass 
•of  proper  size,  placed  on  a  sand  bath,  heated  by  a  lamp,  ur 
x)ver  a  moderate  coal  fire  ;  add  to  the  oil  while  very  warm, 
and  at  several  times,  the  copal  powder,  stir  the  mixture  with 
a  stick  of  white  wood,  rounded  at  the  end;  when  the  copal 
lias  entirely  disappeared,  add  at  three  different  times,  the  es- 
sence almost  in  a  state  of  ebul]iti-'3n,  and  keep  continui'lly 
stirring  the  mixture.  When  the  solution  is  completed,  the  re*- 
^ult  will  be  a  varnish  of  gold  colour,  exceedingly  durable 
and  brilliant,  but  less  drying  thm  the  preceding. 

2,  To  oljtain  this  varnish  colourless,  it  will  be  proper  to 
rectify  the  essence  of  the  shops, which  is  often  h'glily  C(duured^ 
and  to  give  it  the  necessary  density  by  e.xpo<?ure  to  the  sun  iii 
Jjottles  closed  with  cork  stoppers,  le,.ving  an  interval  of  somo 
inches  betweoji  the  stopper  and  the  surface  of  the  liquid  ;  a 
few  months  are  tjjus  sufficient  to  communicate  to  it  the  re- 
quired qualities  ♦  besides,  the  essejice  of  the  shops  is  rarely 
possessed  of  that  state  of  consistence,  without  having  at  the 
same  time  a  strong  amber  colour. 

The  varni?h  resullincr  ft  cm  the  solution  of  copal  in  oil  of  turpT^ntine 
l)rou^ht  to  such  a  state  as  to  produce  a  niaximuin  of  solution,  is  tx- 
ceedinn;ly  durable  and  brilliant.  It  resists  \.ht:  shock  of  hard  bodies 
much  belter  than  the  enamel  of  toys,  which  often  becomes  scratched  and 
whitened  by  the  impression  ot  repeated  friction ;  it  is  applicd^with 
greater  success  to  philosophical  instruments;  and  tlie  paintings  with 
which  vessels  and  oilier  utensils  of  metal  are  decorated. 

2.  Four  ounces  copal,  and  one  ounce  clear  turpentine.  Pui: 
the  copal,  coarsely  pulverized,  into  a  varnish  pot,  and  give  it 
the  form  of  a  pyramid,  which  must  be  covered  with  turpen- 
tine. Shut  the' vessel  closely,  and  placing:  it  over  a  gentle 
fire,  increase  the  heat  gradually,  that  it  may  not  attack  the 
copal  ;  as  soon  as  the  matter  is  well  liquified,  pour  it  upon  a 
plate  of  copper,  and  when  it  '>as  resumed  its  consistence  re- 
duce it  to  powder.      Put  half  an  ounce  of  this  powder  into  a 

n2 


ISI  THE    ARTIST    AM> 

matrass  with  four  ounces  of  the  essence  of  turpentine,  zyicl 
stir  the  mixture  till   the  solid  matter  is  entirely  dissolved. 

Camphorated  Copal  Varnisk,  is  dei^igDed  for  articles 
which  requh'C  durabiliiy,  pliableness,  aud  triinsparency.  Two 
ounces  pidverized  cupal,  six  ounces  essential  oil  of  lavender, 
oue-eiiihth  of  an  ouuce  camphor,  and  essence  of  turpentine, 
a  sutficieni  quantity,  according  to  the  consistence  required  to 
be  given  to  liie  varnish.  Put  into  a  phial  of  thin  glass,  or  in- 
to a  small  matrass,  the  oil  of  lavender. and  the  camphor,  and 
place  the  mixture  on  a  moderately  open  fire,  to  bring  tnem  to 
a  slight  state  of  ebullition  ;  then  add  the  copal  powder  in 
small  quantities,  which  must  be  renewed  as  they  disappear  in 
the  liquid.  Favour  the  solution  by  continually  stirring  it  with 
a  stick  of  white  wood  ;  and  wiien  the  copal  is  incorporated 
with  the  oil,  add  the  turpentine  boiling  ;  but  care  must  be  ta- 
kan  to  pour  in,  at  tirst,  only  a  small  portion. 

This  varnish  is  little  coloured,  and  by  rest  it  acquires  a  transparency 
which,  united  to  the  solidily  observed  m  almost  evt-ry  kind  of  copal  var- 
nish, renders  it  fit  to  be  applied  with  tjreat  success  iit  m  my  ca^cs,  and 
particularly  in  the  invention  subsrituiing  varnished  metallic  gauze,  used 
for  the  cabin  win  Jows  of  ships,  as  presenting  mure  resistance  to  the 
,concussion  of  air,  during  the  tiring  of  guns,  in  the  room  of  Muscovy 
tale,  a  kind  of  intca,  in  large  laimiiaB. 

Fat  Amber  or  Copal  Varnish.  Four  ounces  of  amber  or 
copal  of  one  fusion,  fooiieen  ounces  essence  of  turpentine, 
and  ten  ounces  of  drying  linseed  oil.  Put  the  wiiole  into  a 
pretty  large  matrass,  and  expose  to  the  heat  of  balneum  marias, 
or  mave  it  over  the  surface  of  an  uncovered  chafiing  d;sh,  but 
without  flame,  and  at  the  distance  from  it  to  two  or  three  in- 
ches. When  the  solution  is  completed;  add  still  a  little  copal 
or  amber  to  saturate  the  liquid:  then  pour  the  whole  on  a  filter 
prepared  with  cotton;  and  leave  it  to  charify  by  rest.  If  the 
varnish  is  too  thick,  add  a  little  warm  essence  to  prevent  the 
separation  of  any  of  the  amber. 

This  varnish  is  coloured,  but  far  less  so  than  those  com- 
posed by  the  usual  methods.  When  spread  over  white  wood, 
without  any  prej»aration,  it  A)rms  a  solid  glazing,  and  com- 
rauiiica  es  a  shght  tint  to  the  wood. 

If  it  be  required  to  change  this  varnish  with  more  copal,  or 
prepared  amber,  the  liquid  must  be  romposed  of  two  parts 
of  essence  for  one  of  oil. 

Compound  Mastic  Varnish.  Thirty-two  ounces  of  pure 
alcohol,  six   ounces  of  purified  mastic,  three  ounces   of  gum 


'lilAJ[}£>MA>  S   CLIDr.  139 

sanc^rac,    ounces   of  very  clear  Venice  turpentine,  and  four 
ounces  of  glass,  coarsely  pounded. 

Reduce  the  mastic  and  saiidarac  of  fine  powder;  mix  with 
while  glass,  from  which  the  finest  parts  have  been  separated 
by  a  hair  sieve;  put  all  the  ingredients,  with  alcohol,  into  a 
short  necked  matrass,  adapted  to  a  stick  of  while  wood  rounded 
at  the  end,  the  length  proportioned  to  the  height  of  the  ji.a- 
trass,  that  it  may  be  put  in  motion.  Expose  the  matrass  in 
a  vessel  filled  with  water,  made  at  firct  a  little  warm,  and 
which  must  afterwards  bo  maintained  in  a  state  of  ebullition 
for  one  or  two  hours.  The  matrass  may  be  made  fast  to  a 
ring  of  straw. 

When  tiie  solution  is  sufficiently  extended,  add  the  turpen- 
tine, which  must  be  kept  separately  in  a  phial,  or  pot,  and 
which  must  be  melted,  by  immersing  it  in  a  balnuera  mariae 
for  a  moment;  the  matr;:ss  must  be  still  left  in  the  water  for 
half  ati  hour,  when  it  may  be  taken  off,  and  the  varnish  stir- 
red till  somewhat  cool.  Next  day  draw  off  and  filtei  through 
cotton.  By  these  means  it  will  become  exceedingly  limpid. 
The  addition  «if  gliss  may  appear  extraordinary;  but  it  divides 
the  parts  of  the  mixture,  which  has  bten  made  with  the  dry 
ingredients,  and  the  same  quality  is  retained  when  placed  over 
the  fire.  It  obviates  uiih  success  two  inconveniences  very 
troublesome  to  those  wh)  compose  varnishes.  First,  by 
dividing  the  matters,  it  facilitates  the  action  of  the  alcohol, 
and  in  the  second,  its  u'cighr,  which  surpasses  that  of  resin  sj 
prevents  these  resins  from  adhering  to  the  bottom  of  the  ma- 
trass, and  also  the  coloration  acquired  by  the  varnish,  where 
A  sand  bath  is  employed,  as  is  commonly  the  case.  The  ap- 
plication «»f  this  varnish  is  suited  to  articles  belonging  to  the 
to'tli:tte\  such  as  dressing  boxes,  cut  paper  work  iScc.  The 
follnwing  possesses  the  same  brilliancy  and  lustre,  but  have 
more  solidity,  and  are  very  drying. 

Camphorated  Mastic  Varnish  for  Paintings.  Twelve 
ounces  mastic,  cleaned  and  washed,  one  and  a  half  ounces 
pure  turpentine,  and  a  half  ounce  of  camphor,  five  ounces 
white  glass,  pounded,  and  thirty-six  ounces  ethereous  essence 
of  turjjentine.  Make  it  according  to  the  method  indicated 
for  that  of  the  first  genus.  The  camphor  is  employed  in 
pieces;  the  turpentine  added,  when  the  solution  of  resia..is 
completed.  If  the  varnish  is  to  be  appli''d  to  old  paintings, 
or  those  which   have  been    already  varnished,  the  turpentine 


i-il)  tHE    AT.  1151    JL\D 

may  be  suppressed,  as  it  is  recoQiniended  here,  only  iu  ca^es 
of  a  first  application  to  paintings,  and  just  freed  from  white 
of  egg  varnish.  The  ethereous  essence  recommended,  is  that 
distilled  slowly,  without  any  intermediate  substance,  according 
to  the  second  process  alread}^  given  for  its  rectification. 

The  question  by  able  masters  has  never  yet  been  determined  respect- 
ing the  kind  of  varnish  proper  to  be  employed  for  paintings.  Some 
artists  have  paid  particular  attention  to  this  object,  and  make  a  mystery 
of  the  means  thej  employ.  The  real  end  may  be  ubtaiof*-d  b}'  giving 
the  varnislx.  d'.stined  for  painting",  pliability  and  soltness,  without  being 
too  solicitous  in  regard  to  what  may  add  to  its  consistence  or  durability. 
Tbe  latter  quality  is  particularly  requisite  m  those  which  are  to  be 
applied  to  articles  much  exposed  to  friction,  as  boxe?,  furnita»"e,  &c. 

To  7nake  Painter^ s  Cream.  Painters  who  have  long  in- 
tervals between  their  periods  of  labour,  are  accustomed  to 
cover  the  parts  they  have  painted  with  a  preparation  which 
preserves  the  freshness  of  the  colours,  and  which  they  can 
remove  when  they  rcsums  their  work.  The  preparation  is  as 
follows: 

Three  ounces  ver^'  clean  nut  oil,  half  on  Ounce  mastic  in 
tears,  pulverized,  and  one-third  of  an  ounce  sal  saturni,  in 
powder.  Dissolve  the  mastic  oil  over  a  gentle  fire,  and  pour 
the  mixture  into  a  marble  mortar,  over  the  pounded  salt  of 
lead;  stir  it  with  a  wooden  pestle,  and  add  water  iti  small 
quantities,  till  the  matter  assumes  the  appearance  and  consis- 
tence of  cream,  and  refuses  to  admit  more  water. 

Sa/idarac  Varnish.  Eight  ounces  gum  sandarac,  two  ounces 
pounded  mastic,  four  ounces  clear  turpentine,  four  ounces 
pounded  glass,  and  thirty-. v.o  ounces  alcohol;  mix  and  dis- 
solve as  before. 

Compound  Sandarac  Varnish.  Three  ounces  pounded 
cc])al,  of  an  amber  colour;  once  liquified,  six  ounces  gum 
Sandarac,  tliree  ounces  mastic,  cleaned,  two  and  a  half  ounces 
clear  turpentine,  four  ounces  pounded  glass,  and  ihirty-twd 
ounces  pure  alcohol.  Mix  ihese  ingredients,  pursuing  the 
^ame  method  as  above. 

This  varnish  is  destined  for  articles  subject  to  friction,  such  as  furni- 
ture, cl)airs,  fan  sticks,  mouldings,  <^-c.  and  even  metals,  to  which  it  may 
be  applied  with  success.     The  sandarac  gives  it  groat  durability. 

Camphorated  Sandarac  Varnish  for  Cut  Paper  ^Vork■, 
lyrcssiag  Boxes,  S^^c.  1,  Six  ounces  sandiirac,  four  ounces 
gum  elemi,  one  ounce  gum  auima,  half  au  ounce  camphor, 
four   ounces  pounded   glais  and   thirty-two   ounces  alcohol* 


THADISMAN^S    AUIDE.  14l 

Mika  the  varnish  according  to  directions  alr-eady  giveu.  The 
soft  resins  must  he  pounded  v\iih  the  dry  hodies;  camphor  to 
be  added  in  sm  dl  pieces. 

2.  Six  ounces  gallipot  or  white  incense,  two  ounces  gum  ani- 
ma,  two  ounces  pounded  glass,  and  tliirty-two  ounces  alcohol. 
Make  iJje  VMrnish  with  the  precautions  indicated  for  the  com- 
pound mastic  varnish.  The  two  last  varnishes  arc  to  be  used 
for  ceilings  and  wainscoats,  coloured  or  otherwise:  they  may 
be  employed  as  a  covering  to  parts  painted  with  strong  col- 
ours. 

Spirituous  Sand  arac  Varnish  for  Wainscotting,  Small  Ar- 
ticles of  Furniture^  Balustrades^  and  Inside  Railing.  Six 
ounces  of  gum  sandarac,  two  ounces  of  shell-lac,  four  ounces 
of  colophonium  or  resin,  four  ounces  white  pounded  glass, 
four  ounces  of  clear  turpentine  and  ihiriy-two  ounces  of  pure 
alcohol.  Dissolve  the  varnish  as  before  directed  for  com- 
pound m;isiic  varnisli.  This  varnish  is  sufficiently  durable  to 
be  applied  to  articles  destined  to  daily  and  continual  use. — 
Those  composed  with  c;  pal,  in  these  cases  ought  to  be  pre- 
ferred. 

2.  There  is  another  composition,  which  without  forming 
part  of  the  compouiid  varnishes  is  employed  with  success  for 
giving  a  polish  nnd  lustre  to  furniture  made  of  wood  :  wax 
f(.rms  the  basis  of  it.  Many  cabinet  makers  are  contented  to 
wax  common  furniture.  This  covering:  by  means  of  repeated 
friciion,  soon  acquires  a  polish  and  transparency  which  re- 
sembles those  of  varnish.  Waxing  seems  to  possess  quali- 
ties peculiar  to  itself:  but  like  varnish  is  attended  wi;h  in- 
conveniences as  well  as  advantiiges.  Varnish  s«ipplies  better 
the  part  of  glazing;  it  gives  a  lustre  to  the  wood  which  it 
covers,  and  heightens  the  colours  of  that  destined  in  particu- 
lar, for  delicate  articles.  These  real  and  valuable  advantages 
are  counterbalanced  by  its  want  of  consistence  ;  it  yields  too 
easily  on  the  shrinking  or  swelling  of  the  wood,  and  rises  in 
scales  or  slits,  on  hcnv^  exposed  to  the  slightest  shock.  These 
accidents  can  be  repaired  only  by  a  new  strata  o\  varnish. 
Waxing  stands  shocks,  bul  has  not  the  property  of  giving 
lustre  10  the  bodies  on  which  it  is  applied,  in  the  same  de- 
gree as  varnish,  and  of  heightening  tlicir  tint?.  The  lustre  it 
communicates  is  dull,  but  the  inconvenience  is  compensated, 
by  the  facility  which  any  accident  that  may  have  altered  its 
polish  can  be  repaired,  by  rubbing  it  with  a  piece  of  fuic  cork> 


142  IHE    ART151    A.NJ> 

The  application  of  wax  under  some  circumstances,  therefur<? 
ouirlit  to  be  preferred  to  that  of  varnish.  This  soeras  to  be 
the  case  in  particular  witij  tables,  exposed  to  daily  use,  and 
all  articles  subject  to  constant  employment.  The  stratum  of 
wax  should  be  made  as  thin  as  possible,  that  the  veins  of  the 
wood  may  be  more  apparent  ;  tiiercfore  the  following  process 
may  be  acceptable  to  ihe  reader.  Melt  over  a  moderate  fire, 
in  a  verv  clean  vessel,  two  ounces  of  while  or  yellow  wax  ; 
when  liquified,  add  four  ounces  good  essence  of  turpentine  ; 
stir  the  whole,  until  entirely  cool,  and  a  kind  of  pomade  is 
produced,  which  must  be  rubbed  over  furniture  according  to 
tlie  usual  method.  The  essence  of  turpentine  is  soon  dissi- 
pated, but  the  wax  by  which  its  mixture  is  reduced  to  a  state 
of  very  great  division,  may  be  extended  with  more  ease,  and 
in  a  more  uniform  manner.  The  essence  soon  penetrates  the 
pores  of  the  wood,  calls  forth  the  colour  of  it,  causes  the  wax 
to  adhere  better,  aad  the  lustre  which  then  results  is  equal  to 
that  of  varnish. 

Coloured  Varnish  fo^'  Violin,  and  other  stringed  Instni- 
ments^  also  for  Plumb  Tree,  Mahogany  and  Rose  Wvod. — 
Four  ounces  of  gum  sandarac,  two  ounces  of  seed-lac,  two 
ounces  of  mastic,  one  ounce  o^Benjamin  in  tears,  four  oun- 
ces of  pounded  glass,  two  ounces  of  Venice  turpentine,  and 
thirty-two  ounces  of  pure  alcohol. 

The   gum  sandarac  and  seed  lac  render  this  varnish  durable  ;  it  may 
be  coloored  with  a  Utile  dragon's  blood  or  saffron. 

Fat  Varnish  of  a  Gold  Colour,  Eight  ounces  of  amber, 
two  ounces  of  gum  lac,  eight  ounces  of  drying  linseed  oil, 
and  sixteen  ounces  essence  of  turpentine.  Dissolve  separ- 
ately the  gum  lac,  and  then  add  the  amber,  prepared  and  pul- 
verized with  the  linseed  oil  and  essence  very  warm.  When 
the  mixture  has  lost  part  of  its  heat,  mix  in  relative  propor- 
tions, tinctures  of  arnotto,  terra  merita,  gum  guttse  and  dra- 
gon's blood.  This  varnish  when  applied  to  white  metals, 
cives  them  a  eoM  colour. 

Fat  Turpentine,  or  Gold  Varnish^  being  a  mordant  to 
gold  and  dark  colours.  Sixteen  ounces  boiled  linseed  oil, 
ci?ht  ounces  Venice  turpentine,  and  live  ounces  Naples  yel- 
low. Heat  the  oil  with  the  turpentine,  and  mix  the  Naples 
yellow  pulverized.  Naples  yellow  is  an  oxide  of  lead;  it  is 
substituted  here  for  resins  on  account  of  its  drying  qualities, 


TRADESMAN'S    GUIDE,  143 

and  In  particular,  of  its  color,  which  resembles  that  of  gold  ; 
great  use  is  made  of  the  varnish  in  applying  gold  leaf. 

The  yellow  may  be  omitted  when  this  species  of  varuish  is  to  be  solid 
and  used  on  coloured  coverinirs  ;  in  this  case  an  ounce  oi'  lilharije  to 
each  pound  cf  composition  n.ay  be  substituied,  without  this  mixture 
doing  an  injury  to  the  colour  ol  which  it  is  to  constitute  the  ground. 

Turner'' s  Varnish  for  Boxwood.  Five  ounces  seed-lac, 
two  ounces  gum  sandarac,  one  ounce  and  a  lialf  gum  elemi, 
two  ounces  Veriice  turpentine,  five  ounces  pounded  glass,  and 
twenty-four  ounces  pure  alcohol.  The  ar;ists  of  St.  Claude 
do  not  all  employ  this  formula,  which  requried  to  be  corrected 
on  account  of  its  too  great  dryness,  which  is  here  lessened 
by  the  turpentine  and  elemi. 

This  composition  is  secured  from  cracking,  which  disfigures  these 
boxes  after  having  been  used  for  some  months. 

2.  Other  turners  use  gum  lac  uniied  to  a  little  elemi  and 
turpentine  digested  somt)  months  in  pure  alcohol  exposed  to 
the  sun.  in  pursuing  this  method,  subsiiiute  for  the  sandaiac, 
the  same  quantity  of  gum  lac  reduced  to  powder,  and  not  to 
add  the  turpentine  to  the  alcohol  (which  ought  to  be  very 
pure)  till  towards  the  end  of  the  fusion.  Solar  infusion  re- 
quires care  and  attention;  vessels  of  sufficient  size  to  allow 
the  spirituous  vapours  to  circulate  freely,  ought  to  be  em- 
ployed, because  it  is  necessary  that  the  vessel  should  be 
closel}'  shut.  Without  this  precaution  the  t-pirits  would  be- 
come weakened,  and  abandon  the  resin  w  hich  they  laid  hold 
of  during  the  first  days  of  exposure.  This  perfect  obiiura- 
tion  will  not  admit  of  the  vessels  being  too  full.  In  general, 
the  varnishes  applied  to  articles  which  may  be  put  in  the 
lathe  acquire  a  great  deal  of  brilliancy  by  polishing;  a  piece 
of  woollen  cloth  is  suflicient  for  the  opeiaiion.  If  turpentine 
predominates  too  much  in  these  comj^ositions,  the  polish  does 
not  retain  its  lustre,  because  the  heat  of  the  hands  is  capable 
of  softening  the  surface  of  the  varnish,  and  in  this  state  it 
readily  tarnishes. 

To  varnish  Dressing  Boxes.  The  most  of  spirit  of  wine 
varnishes  are  destined  for  covering  preliminary  preparations, 
which  have  a  certain  degree  of  lustre.  They  consist  of 
cement  coloured  or  otherwise,  charged  with  landscapes  and 
figures  cut  into  paper,  which  produces  an  cfl'ect  under  the 
transparent  varnish;   most  of  the    dressing  boxes,  and   other 


144  THE    ARTIST    ANJ» 

small  articles  of  the  same  kind,  are  covered  ^itli  this  partiC' 
ular  compositon,  whicii,  in  general,  consi>ts  of  three  <»r  four 
coalings  of  Spanish  white,  poured  iu  water  and  mixed  with 
parchment  glue.  The  first  coating  is  smoothed  with  pumice 
stone,  and  then  polisiied  with  a  piece  of  new  linen  and  water. 
The  coating  in  this  state  is  fit  to  receive  the  destined  colour, 
after  it  has  been  ground  with  water.  The  rut  figures  with 
which  it  is  to  be  embellished,  are  then  applied,  and  a  coating 
of  gupj,  or  fish  glue  is  spread  over  them,  to  prevent  the  var- 
nish from  penetrating  to  the  preparation,  and  from  spoiling 
the  figures.  The  operation  is  finished  by  applying  three  or 
four  coatings  of  varnish,  which,  when  dry  are  polished  with 
tripoli  and  water  by  means  of  a  piece  of  cloth.  A  lustre  is 
then  given  to  the  surface,  with  starch  and  a  bit  of  doe  skin,  or 
very  soft  cloth. 

Gallipot  Varnish.  Twelve  ounces  gallipot  or  white  in- 
cense, five  ounces  glass  poundeJ,  two  ounces  Venice  turpen- 
tine, and  thirty-two  ounces  essence  of  turpentine.  iNlake 
the  varnish  after  the  white  incense  has  been  pounded  with 
glass.  Some  recommend  mastic  or  sandarnc  in  the  room  of 
gallipot;  uul  it  is  nei;her  more  be:)utifLil  nor  durable;  when 
the  colour  is  ground  with  the  preceding  varnish  and  mixed  up 
with  the  latter,  which,  if  too  thick,  is  thinned  with  a  little 
essence,  and  which  if  applied  imniediately,  without  any  siz- 
ing to  boxes  and  other  articles,  the  coatings  acquire  sufficient 
strength  to  resist  the  blows  of  a  mallet.  But  if  the  varnish 
be  a|iplied  to  a  sized  colour,  it  must  bo  covered  with  a  var- 
nish of  the  first  or  second  genus. 

Mastic  Gallipot  Varnish^  far  Grinding  Colours.  Four 
ounces  new  ^lailipot  or  white  incense,  two  oumrs  mastic,  six 
ounces  Venice  turpentine,  four  ounces  pounded  glass,  and 
thirty-two  ounces  essence  turpentine.  With  the  precautions 
already  indicated,  add  prepared  nut  oil,  or  linseed  oil,  two 
ounces.  The  matteis  ground  with  this  varnish  diy  more 
slowly  ;  they  are  then  mixed  up  with  the  following  varnish,  if 
it  be  for  common  pninting,  or  with  particular  varnislies  des- 
tined for  colours  and  for  grounds. 

Mordant  Varnish  for  Gilding.  One  ounce  mastic,  one 
ounce  gum  sandarac,  half  an  ounce  gum  guttse,  quarter  of  an 
ounce  turpentine,  and  six  ounces  essence  turpentine.  Some 
artists  who  make  use  of  mordants,  substitute  for  the  turpen- 
tine, an  onncp  of  \\yr>  essence  of  l-^vendpr,  which  render';  this 


TRADESMAN'S    GUIDE»  145 

'tomposltion  less  dryinc^.  In  general  the  composition  of 
mordants  admits  of  niod'ficatious,  ncco'llng  i<»  the  work 
for  which  they  arc  destined.  The  m>;»licaiioij  of  theiu, 
however,  is  cliiefly  confined  to  gold.  \V  lien  ii  is  rccjuired  to 
fill  up  a  design  with  gold  leaf  on  any  ground  whatever,  the 
composition  which  is  to  serve  as  the  means  of  union  between 
ihe  metal  and  the  ground;  ought  neither  to  be  too  thick  or 
fluid;  because  both  these  circumstances  are  equally  injurious 
to  delicacy  in  the  strokes  ;  it  will  be  reqasite,  also,  that  the 
composition  should  not  dr}'  till  the  artist  has  completed  his 
design. 

Other  3Iordants.  1.  Some  prepare  their  mordants  with 
Jew*s  pitch  and  drying  oil  dilated  with  essence  of  turpentine. 
They  employ  it  for  gilding  pale  gold,  or  for  bronzing.  Oth- 
ers imitate  the  Chinese,  and  mix  wiih  their  mordants  colours 
proper  for  assisting  the  tone  which  they  are  desirous  of  giv- 
ing to  the  gold,  such  as  yellow,  red,  &c.  Others  employ  fat 
varnish,  to  which  they  add  a  little  red  oxide  of  lead.  Others 
use  thick  glue,  in  which  they  dissolve  a  little  honey.  This 
is  what  they  call  battuze.  When  the3'  wish  to  hejghten  the 
tolour  of  the  gold,  this  glue  is  employed,  to  which  the  gold 
leaf  adheres  extremely  well. 

2.  The  qualities  of  the  follu^^ing  are  fit  ft)r  an}'  kind  of 
application,  and  particularly  to  metals.  E.^pose  boiled  oil 
to  a  strong  heat  in  a  pan  ;  when  a  black  smoke  is  disengaged 
from  it,  set  it  on  fire,  and  extinguish  it  in  a  {e\v  minutes  after, 
b}"^  putting  on  the  cover  of  the  pan.  Then  pour  the.  matter 
still  warm,  into  a  heated  bottle,  and  add  to  it  a  little  essence 
of  turpentine. 

This  mordant  dries  very  speedily  ;  it  has  body,  and  adhoros  to.  and 
strongly  retains,  gold  leaf,  when  applied  to  wood,  nn?tal,  and  other  suh- 
stances. 

Varnish  for  Pails  and  other  coarse  ^Vood  work.  T;ik< 
any  quantity  of  tar,  and  grind  it  with  as  murh  Spanish  b 
as  it  will  bear,  without  rendering  it  too  tliirk  lo  In  u.sed  •  s 
paint  or  varnish,  and  then  spread  it  on  the  pails,  <ir  n\hcr 
wood,  soon  as  convenient,  for  it  quickly  h.irdcns  by  Ue<'p'ng. 
This  mixture  should  be  laid  on  by  a  large  brush,  the  wo.kto 
be  kept  free  from  dust  and  insects  as  possible,  till  the  varnish 
is  perfectly  dry.  On  wood  it  will  \\-\\'o  n.  very  goorl  jjlosr,  is 
an  excellent  preservative  against  moisture,  on  which  account. 


146  TME    ARTI5T    ASSSr 

as  well  as  its  being  cheaper,  it  is  far  preferable  to  painting, 
ijot  only  tor  pails,  but  for  weHther-boardiug  and  all  other 
kinds  of  wood  work  for  gross  purposes. 

When  the  glossy  brown  colour  is  not  liked,  the  work  may  be  made 
of  a  greyish  brown,  by  mixing  a  small  proportion  of  while  lead,  c«^ 
whiting  and  ivory  black,  wiUi  the  Spanish  brown. 

A  Black  Varnish  for  oJ:l  Straw  or  Chip  Hats.  Half  an 
ounce  of  the  best  black  sealing  wax,  two  ounces  of  rectified 
spirits  of  wine.  Powder  the  wax,  put  it  with  the  spirits  into 
a  four  ounce  phial;  digest  them  in  a  sand  heat,  or  near  the 
fire  till  the  wax  is  dissolved;  lay  it  on  warm  with  a  fine  soft 
hair  brush,  before  a  fire  or  in  the  sun.  It  produces  a  stifl- 
ness  to  old  straw  hats,  and  gives  a  beautiful  gloss,  and  resists 
wet. 

To  make  Varnish  for  Colored  Draicin^s.  One  ounce 
Canada  balsam,  two  oi;nces  spirits  of  turpentine:  mix  them 
together.  Before  ih's  corapositon  is  applied,  the  drawing  or 
print  should  be  sized  with  a  solution  of  isicelass  in  water; 
and  when  dr\',  apply  the  varnish  with  a  earners  hair  brush. 

To  make  a  Varnish  for  \Vood  which  resists  the  action  of 
hoili*ig  water.  One  and  a  half  pounds  of  linseed  oil,  boil 
it  in  a  red  copper  vessel,  not  tinned.  Suspend  over  it  in  a 
small  linen  bag,  five  ounces  litharge,  and  three  ounces  pul- 
verized minium,  taking  care  that  the  ba<r  does  not  touch  the 
bottom  of  the  vessel  ;  continue  the  ebullijion  till  the  oil  ac- 
quires a  dark  brown  coh.ur,  then  take  away  the  bacr  and  sub- 
stitute another  in  its  place,  containing  a  clove  or  garlic  ;  con- 
tinue the  ebullition,  and  renew  the  clove  or  garlic  seven  or 
eisht  times,  or  rather  put  them  all  in  at  once.  Then  throw 
into  the  vessel  a  pound  of  yellow  amber,  when  it  is  melted  in 
the  following  manner  ;  add  to  the  pound  of  amber,  well  pul- 
verized, two  ounces  linseed  oil  ;  place  the  whole  on  a  strong 
fire.  When  the  fusion  is  complete,  pour  it  boiling  into  the 
prepared  linseed  oil,  and  continue  to  leave  it  boiling  for  two 
or  three  minutes,  stirring  the  whole  up  well.  It  is  then  left 
to  settle  ;  the  composition  is  decanted  and  preserved,  when 
it  becomes  cold,  in  well  corked  bottles.  After  polishing 
the  wood  on  which  this  varnish  is  to  be  applied,  give  the 
wood  the  colour  required.  When  the  colour  is  perfectly  dry, 
apply  the  varnish  wi'h  a  fine  sponge  ;  repeat  three  or  four 
times,  taking  care  the  preceding  coat  is  well  dried. 


tradesman's  guide.  14? 

To  varnish  Drawing  and  Card  Work.  Boil  some  clean 
parchment  cuttings  in  water,  in  a  glazed  pipkin,  till  they  pro- 
duce a  very  clear  size.  Strain  it  and  keep  it  tor  use.  Give 
thtt  work  two  coats  of  the  size,  passing  the  hi  ush  quickly  over 
the  work,  not  to  disturb  the  colours. 

A  Composition  for  making  Coloured  Drawings  and  Prints 
resemble  Paintings  in  Oil.  One  ounce  Canada  baUani,  two 
ounces  spirits  of  turpentine  ;  mix  together.  Before  the  com- 
position is  applied,  the  drawing  or  print  should  be  sized  with 
a  solution  of  isinglass  in  water.  When  dry,  apply  the  varnish 
with  a  camel's  hair  brush. 

To  varnish  Harps  and  Dulcimers.  Prepare  the  work 
with  size  and  red  ochre,  then  taKe  ochre,  burnt  umber,  and 
red  lead,  well  ground,  and  mix  up  a  dark  brown  colour  in  tur- 
pentine varnish,  adding  so  much  oil  of  turpentine  that  the 
brush  may  just  be  able  to  pass  over  the  work  fair  and  even. 
While  yet  wet,  take  a  muslin  sieve,  and  sift  as  much  Dutch 
metal,  previously  powdered  upon  it,  as  is  requisite  to  produce 
the  effect,  after  which  varnish,  and  polish  it. 

To  varnish  Glass.  Pulverize  a  quantity  of  gum  adragant; 
let  it  dissolve  for  twenty-f'^ur  hours  in  the  white  of  eggs  beat 
up  ;  then  rub  it  gently  on  the  glass  with  a  brush. 

To  varnish  Balloons.  Dissolve  elastic  gum,  cut  small,  in 
five  times  its  weight  of  rectified  essential  oil  of  turpentine,  by 
keeping  them  together;  then  boil  one  ounce  of  this  solution 
in  eight  ounces  drying  linseed  oil/or  a  i'ew  minutes  ;  strain 
the  solution  and  use  it  warm.  Tiie  elastic  resin,  known  by 
the  name  of  India  rubber  has  been  much  extolled  for  a  var- 
nish. The  foregoing  method  as  practised  by  M.  Blanchard 
may  not  prove  unacceptable. 

To  varnish  rarijitd  Air  Balloons.  M.  CavalK*),  recom- 
mends first  to  soak  the  cloth  in  a  solution  of  sal  ammonia  and 
common  size,  using  one  pound  of  each  to  every  pound  of  wa- 
ter :  and  when  quite  dry,  to  paint  over  the  inside  with  sonio 
earthy  colour,  and  strong  size  or  glue,  when  this  paint  has 
dried  thoroughly,  it  will  then  be  proper  to  cover  it  with  oily- 
varnish,  which  might  dry  before  it  could  penetrate  quite 
through  the  cloth.  Simple  drying  linsocd  oil  will  answer  the 
purpose  as  well  as  any,  provided  it  be  not  very  lluid. 

To  paint  Sail  Cloth,  Sfc.  so  as  to  be  pliant,  durable,  and 
impervious  to  water.  Grind  ninety-six  pounds  English  ochre, 
fvith  boiled   oil,  add  sixteen   pounds  black  paint,  which  raix- 


143^  THE    ARTIST    A.Vr< 

lure  forms  an  indiflerent  black.  A  poand  of  yellow  soap 
dissolved  in  six  pints  of  water  over  the  fire,  is  mixed  while 
hot  with  the  paint.  This  composition  is  then  laid  opon  the 
canvass,  (wiUiout  being  welted,  as  in  the  usual  way,)  as  stiflT 
as  can  be  conveniently  done  with  the  brush,  so  as  to  form  a 
5mooih  surface;  the  next  day,  or  still  better,  on  the  second 
day,  a  second  coat  of  ochre  and  black,  (without  any,  or  but 
a  very  small  portion  of  soap,)  is  laid  on  and  allowing  this- 
coat  an  intermediate  day  for  drying  the  canvass  is  then  finished 
with  black  paint  as  usual.  Three  days  is  allowed  for  it  ta 
dry  and  harden  ;  it  will  not  stick  together  when  taken  down^ 
and  folded  in  cloth,  contaiaing  sixty  or  seventy  yards  each  ; 
and  canvass  fiaished  entirely  with  the  composition,  leaving  it 
to  dry  cue  day  between  each  coat,  will  not  stick  together  if 
laid  in  quantities.  It  has  been  ascertained  from  actual  trials^ 
that  the  solution  of  yeiiow  soap  is  a  preservative  to  red,  yel- 
loTT  and  black  paints,  when  ground  in  oil  and  put  into  casks^ 
as  they  acquire  no  improper  hardness  and  dry  in  a  remarka-^ 
ble  manner  when  laid  on  with  a  brush,  without  the  use  of  tho: 
usual  drying  articles. 

It  is  surprising  that  the-adaption  of  soap,  vrhicb  is  so  well  known  to 
be  miscible  with  oily  substances,  or.  at  least,  the  alkali  of  which  it  is^ 
composed,  has  not  been  brought  into  use,  in  the  composition  of  all 
colours. 

Colouring  Coynposiiicns  for  rendering  Linen  and  Cloth 
impenetrable  to  water.  Begin  by  washing  the  stuti  with  hot 
water,  then  dry  and  rub  it  between  the  hands  until  it  becomes, 
perfecih'  supple  ;  afterwards  spread  it  out,  by  drawing  it  into 
a  frame,  and  give  it  with  the  aid  of  a  brush,  a  first  coat,  com- 
posed of  a  mixture  of  eight  quarts  of  boiling  linseed  oil,  cal- 
cined amber  and  acetate  of  lead  seven  and  a  half  grammes^ 
TO  which  add  ninety  grammes  of  lampblack.  Use  the  same 
ingredients  for  the  second  coat,  except  the  calx  of  lead.  This 
coat  will  give  a  few  hours,  according  to  the  season,  after- 
wards take  a  drj-  plasterer's  brush  and  rub  the  stufl"  strongly 
with  it,  when  the  hair,  by  this  operation  will  become  extremely 
smooth.  The  third  and  last  coat  will-give  a  perfect  and  dura- 
ble jet  black.  Or  rather  take  twelve  quarts  boiling  linseed 
oil,  thirty  grammes  of  amber ^  fifteen  grammes  of  acetate  of 
lead,  seven  and  a  half  silphate  of  zinc,  fil'teen  Prussian  blue^ 
and  120  grammes  of  lampblack.  These  coats  are  U5€d  at 
discretion  as  is  done  with  painting^^ 


tradesman's  glide.  149 

To  thicken  Linen  Cloth  for  Screens  and  Bed  Testers. 
Grind  whiting  with  zinc  ;  to  prevent  cracking,  add  a  little 
honey;  then  take  a  soft  brush  and  lav  it  upon  ilie  cloili  ;  re- 
peat this  two  or  three  times,  but  letting  it  dry  between  the 
layings  ;  and  for  the  last  laying  smooth  it  over  with  Spanish 
white,  ground  with  linseed  oil,  the  oil  being  first  heated  and 
mixed  with  a  small  quantity  of  litharge,  the  better  to  endure 
the  weather,  and  to  be  more  lasting. 

Common  Wax  or  Varnished  Cloth.  Common  canvass  of 
an  open  and  coarse  texture,  is  stretched  on  frames,  placed 
under  sheds,  with  the  sides  open,  to  afl'ord  a  fiee  passage  to 
the  external  air.  The  cloth  is  fastened  to  these  f.ames,  by 
hooks,  which  catch  the  edge  of  the  cloth,  and  by  strong  pack- 
threads passing  through  holes  at  the  other  extremity  of  the 
hooks,  which  are  tied  round  moveable  pegs  at  the  lower  edgo 
of  the  frame.  The  mechanism  by  which  the  strings  of  a 
▼iolin  are  stretched  or  unstretched  will  give  an  idea  of  the 
arrangement  of  the  pegs  emplo\ed  for  extending  the  cloth  in 
this  apparatus.  By  this  means  the  cloth  can  be  easily  stretch- 
ed or  relaxed,  when  the  oily  varnish  has  exercised  an  action 
on  its  texture  in  the  course  of  the  operation.  The  whole  be- 
ing thus  arranged,  a  liquid  paste  mide  with  dr\ing  oil,  which 
may  be  varied  at  pleasure,  is  applied  to  the  cloth. 

To  make  liquid  Paste  and  Drying  Oil.  Mix  Spanish 
white,  or  tobacco  pipe  clay  with  water,  and  leave  at  rest  for 
some  hours,  to  separate  the  aigillaccous  parts  and  to  produce 
a  sediment.  Siir  the  sediment  with  a  broom,  to  complete 
the  division  of  earth.  After  it  has  rested  sohie  seconds,  de- 
cant the  turbid  water  into  an  earthen  or  wooden  vessel.  By 
this  process  the  earth  will  bo  separated  from  the  sand  and 
other  foreign  bodies,  which  are  precipitated,  and  which  must 
be  thrown  away.  If  washed  b}  the  same  process  on  a  largo 
scale,  it  is  divided  by  kneading  it.  The  supernatant  water  is 
thrown  aside,  and  the  sediment  placed  in  sieves  on  pieces  of 
cloth,  where  it  drains  ;  it  is  then  mixed  up  with  oil  rendered 
drying,  by  a  large  dose  of  lithars^c,  about  a  fou;  th  of  the 
weight  of  the  oil.  The  consistence  of  thin  pasle  being  given 
to  the  mixture,  it  is  spread  over  the  cloth,  by  means  of  an 
iron  spatula,  the  length  of  which  is  equal  to  the  breadth  of 
the  cloth.  Tiie  spatula  performs  the  part  cf  a  knife,  and 
pushes  forward  the  excess  of  matter,  above  the  quantity  suf- 
ficient  to    cover   the  cloth.       The   inequalities  of  the   cloth 

*13 


IjO  Ttt£    ARTIST   Af!V 

pioduccd  by  its  coarseness,  are  smoothed  down  by  pumics 
stone.  The  sionc  is  reduced  to  powder,  and  rubbed  over  the 
cloth  with  a  piece  ol  sott  serge  i)r  cork  dipped  ia  water.  The 
cloth  must  then  be  well  washed  in  water  to  clean  it;  and  af' 
ter  it  is  dried  a  varnish  of  gum  lac  ilissolved  in  linseed  oil 
boiled  with  turpentine  ujust  be  applied  to  it.  This  prepara- 
tion produces  yellowish  varnished  cloth.  When  wanted 
black,  mix  lampblack  with  the  Spanish  white,  or  tobacco  pipe 
clay,  which  forms  the  basis  of  the  liquid  paste  ;  various  shades 
may  be  obtained  according  to  the  quantity  of  the  lampblack 
which  is  added.  Uniber,  Cologne  earth,  &c.  may  be  used  to 
vary  the  tints,  without  causing  any  addition  to  the  expense. 

To  prepare  fiuc  Printed  Varnished  Cloth,  The  process 
above  described  may  serve  to  give  some  idea  of  that  employed 
for  makino-  fine  cloths  ol  tije  same  kind,  decorated  with  a 
coloured  impression.  The  manufactories  of  Germany  have 
varnished  cloths  embellished  with  large  and  small  subjects, 
ficTures  and  landscapes,  well  executed,  and  which  are  destined 
lor  covering  furniture  subject  to  daily  use. 

This  process,  which  is  only  an  improvement  of  the  former, 
requires  a  finer  paste,  and  cloth  of  a  more  delicate  textures 
the  stratum  of  past©  is  applied  in  the  same  manner,  and  when 
dry  and  polished,  the  clolh  is  taken  from  the  frame,  and  re- 
moved to  the  painter's  tabl«,  where  the  art  of  the  colourist 
and  designer  is  displayed  under  a  thousand  forms,  and  as  that 
in  printed  cottons,  exhibits  a  richness  of  tints  and  a  distribu- 
tion of  subjects,  which  disxover  taste,  and  ensure  a  ready  sale 
for  the  article  manufactured.  The  processes,  however,  em- 
ployed in  these  two  arts,  to  extract  the  colouring  parts,  are 
not  the  same.  In  the  art  of  cotton  printing,  the  colours  are 
extracted  by  the  batii,  as  iu  that  of  dying.  In  printing  var- 
nished cloths,  the  colouring  parts  are  the  result  of  the  union 
of  drying  oil,  mixed  with  varnish;  and  the  ditTercnt  colours 
rmployed  in  oil  painting  and  painting  in  varnish.  The  var- 
nish applied  to  common  oil  cloth  is  composed  of  gum  lac  and 
drvinjj  linseed  oil  ;  but  that  destined  for  printed  varnished 
cloths  requires  some  choice,  both  in  regard  to  the  oil  and  the 
resinous  matter  which  gives  it  consistence.  Prepared  oil  of 
pinks  and  copal  form  a  varnish  very  little  coloured,  pliable 
and  solid. 

To  prepare  Varnished  Silk.      1.   Varnished  silk   for    um- 
bicUas,  i.y<\  is  prepared  in  the  same  manner  as  the  cloths  al- 


v' 


TRADESMAN'  S    <iLID£.  151 

rcaily  described  ;  but  with  some  vaiialion  in  the  paste  orrar- 
nish. 

The  cloth  ii  placed  on  a  frame  as  before  described  ;  a  soft 
paste  composed  of  linseed  oil,  boiled  with  a  fourth  part  litharge; 
tobacco  pipe  clay,  dried  and  sifted  through  a  silk  sieve,  six- 
teen parts,  litharge,  ground  on  porphyry  with  water,  dried 
and  sifted  in  the  same  manner,  three  parts,  and  lampblack, 
one  part.  This  paste  is  then  spread  in  an  uniform  manner 
over  the  surface  of  the  silk  by  means  of  a  long  knife,  having 
a  handle  at  the  extremity.  In  summer,  twenty-four  hours 
are  sufficient  for  its  desiccation.  When  dry,  the  knots  pro- 
duced by  the  inequalities  of  the  silk,  are  smoothed  by  a  pum- 
ice stone.  This  operation  is  performed  with  water.  When 
finished,  the  surface  of  the  silk  is  \a ashed;  when  dry,  fat 
copal  varnish  is  applied. 

If  it  is  intended  to  polish  the  varnish,  apply  a  second  stra- 
tum ;  after  which  polish  it  with  a  ball  of  cloth  and  very  fine 
Tripoli.  The  varnished  silk,  thus  made  is  very  black,  ex- 
ceedingly pliabie,  and  has  a  fine  polish. 

2.  A  kind  of  varnished  silk  which  has  only  a  yellowish 
colour,  and  which  sutlers  the  texture  of  the  stuff  to  appear,  is 
prepared  vrith  a  mixture  of  three  parts  boiled  oil  of  pinks, 
and  one  part  fat  copal  varnish,  which  is  extended  with  a 
coarse  brush  or  a  knife.  Two  strata  are  sufficient  when  oil 
has  been  freed  from  its  greasy  particles  over  a  slow  fire,  or 
when  boiled  with  a  fourth  part  of  its  weiglit  uf  litharge. 

The  inequalities  arc  removed  by  pumice  stone  and  water, 
after  which  the  copal  varnish  is  applied. 

To  recover  Varnish.  Clean  off  the  filth  with  a  lye  made 
of  potash,  and  the  ashes  of  lees  of  wine  ;  then  take  forty-eight 
ounces  of  potash,  and  sixteen  of  the  above  mentioned  ashes, 
and  put  theni  into  six  quarts  of  water,  and  this  completes  the 

To  polish  Garnish.  This  is  eflected  with  pumice  stone 
and  Tripoli  earth.  Reduce  the  pumice  stone  to  an  impalpa- 
ble powder,  and  put  it  upon  a  piece  of  serge  moistened  with 
water  ;  with  this  rub  lightly  and  equalK  the  varnished  sub- 
stances. The  Tripoli  must  also  be  reduced  to  a  fine  powder, 
and  put  upon  'a  clean  woollen  cloth,  moistened  with  olive  oil, 
with  which  the  polishing  is  to  be  performed.  The  varnish 
then  is  to  be  wiped  ofi"  wiih  soft  linen,  and  when  quite  dry, 
cleansed  witii  starch,  or  Spanish  white,  and  ruWjed  with  the 
palm  of  the  hand. 


152  THE    ARTIST    AND 

Amber  Varnish  tciih  Esstnce  Turpentine.  Sir  or  seven 
ounces  of  liquehed  amber,  and  separated  from  the  oily  por- 
tions which  aher  its  consistence.  Reduce  the  amber  to  pow- 
der, and  if  the  operation  of  pounding  forms  it  into  a  paste, 
break  it  with  your  fingers;  then  mix  it  with  the  essence,  and 
heat  the  whole  in  a  balneum  raariae.  It  will  speedily  dis- 
solve, and  the  essence  will  take  up,  at  least,  a  fourth  part  of 
its  vj^ight  of  the  prepared  amber.  When  one  coating  of  it  is 
applied  to  white  smooth  wood,  but  without  an\'  preparation, 
it  forms  a  very  pure  and  durable  glazing,  which  speedily  dries, 
but  slower  than  copal  varnish. 

Ethereal  Copal  Varnish.     Half  an  ounce  of  ambery  copal 
and  two  ounces  of  eiher.       Reduce  the   copal  to  a  very  fine 
powder,  and    introduce    it   by  small    portions   into   lh«   flask 
which  contains  the  ether  ;  close  the  flask  with  a  glass  or  cork 
stopper,  and  having  shaken  the  mixture  for   half  an  hour,  let 
it  rest   till  the   next   morning.       In  shaking  the  flask,   if  the 
sides  become  covered  with  small  undulations,  and  if  the  liquor 
be  not  exceedingly  clear,   the  solution   is  not  complete.       In 
this  case,  add  a   little  ether,   and  leave   the  mixture    at  rest. 
The  varnish  is  of  a  light  lemon  colour.      The  largest  quantity 
of  copal  united  to  ether,  may  be  a  fourth,  and  at  least  a  fifth. 
The  use  of  copal  varnish  made  with  ether,   seems,  by  the  ex- 
pense attending  it,  to  be  confined  to  repairing  those  accidents 
which  frequently  happen  to  the  enamel  of  toys,  as  it  will  sup- 
ply the  place  of  glass  to  the  coloured  varnishes,  employed  for 
mendinsf  fractures,  or  to  restoring  the  smooth  surface  of  paint- 
ings   which  have   been  cracked    and   shattered.       The   great 
volatility  of  ether,  and  in  particular  its  high  price,  do  not  al- 
low the  application  of  this  varnish  to  be  recommended,  but 
for  the  purpose  here  indicated.      It  has  been  applied  to  wood 
with    complete  success,  and   the  glazing  it   produced,  united 
lustre  to  solidit}'.       In  consequence  of  the  too  speedy  evap- 
oic^titm    of  the  liquid,   it  often   boils   under  the   brush.       Its 
evapt>ration,  however,  may  be   retarded,   by   spreading   over 
the  wood  a  slight  stratum  of  essential  i>il  of  rosemary  or  lav- 
ender, or  even   of  turpentine,  which   ra^y   afterwards  be  re- 
moved by  a  piece  of  linen  rag;   what  remains  is  sufijcient  to 
retard  the  ether. 

Turpentine  Copal  Varnish.  One  and  a  half  ounces  copal, 
of  an  amber  colour,  and  in  powder,  and  eight  ounces  of  the 
best  oil  of  turpentine.       Expose   the   essence  to   a  balneum 


tradesman's  guide.  153' 

marine,  in  a  wide  mouthed  matrass,  with   a  short  neck ;  as 
soon  as  tlie  water  of  the  bath  begins  to  boil,  throw  into  the 
essence  a  large  pinch  of  copal  powder,  and  keep  the  matrass . 
in  a  circular  motion.     When  the  powder  is  incorporated  with 
the  essence,  add  new  doses  of  it;   and  continue   in  this  man- 
ner till  you  observe  there   is   formed   an    insoluble  ^depositc 
Then  take  the  matrass  from  the  bath,  and  leave  it  at  rest  for 
some  days.      Draw  off  the  clear  varnish,  and  filter  it  through 
cotton.      At    the   moment  when   the   portion  of  the   copal  is 
thrown  into  the  essence,  if  the  powder  precipitates  itself  un- 
der the  form  of  lumps,  it  is  needless  to  proceed    any  further. 
This  efiect  arises   from  two  causes  ;  either  the  essence  does 
not  contain  the  proper  degree  of  concentration,  or  it  has  not 
been  sufficiently  deprived   of.  vv'ater.      Exposure  to   the  sun^ 
employing  the  same  matrass  to  which  a  cork  stopper  ought  to 
be  added,  will  j^ive  it  the  qualtities  requisite  for  the  solution 
of  the  copal.      This    cftect  will  be  announced   by  the   disap- 
pearance of  the  portion  of  copal  already  put  into  it. 

2.  Three  ounces  of  copal  liquefied,  and  twenty  ounces  es- 
sence of  turpentine.  Place  the  matrass  containing  the  oil  in 
a  balntum  maria^,  and  when  the  water  boils,  add  the  pulver- 
ized copal  in  small  doses.  Keep  stirring  the  mixture,  and  add 
no  more  copal  till  the  former  is  incorporated  with  the  oil.  If 
the  oil,  in  consequence  of  its  particular  disposition  can  take 
up  three  ounces  of  it,  add  a  little  more  ;  but  stop  if  the  liquid 
becomes  nebulous,  then  leave  the  varnish  at  rest.  If  it  he- 
too  thick,  dilute  it  with  a  little  warm  essence  after  having 
heated  it  in  the  balneum  mariae.  When  cold,  filter  it  through 
cotton,  and  preserve  it  in  a  bottle.  This  varnish  has  a  good 
consistencfe,  and  is  as  free  from  colour  as  the  best  alcohol 
varniih.  When  extended  in  one  stratum  over  smooth  wood, 
which  has  undergone  no  preparation,  it  forms  a  very  brilliant 
glazing,  which,  in  the  course  of  two  days,  in  summer,  acquires, 
all  the  solidity  that  may  bo  required. 

The  facility  which  attends  the  preparation  of  this  varnish,  by  th& 
new  method  here  indicated,  will  admit  of  its  being  applied  to  all  col- 
oured grounds  which  require  solidity,  pure  whites  alone  excepted;  pain- 
ted boxes,  therefore,  and  all  small  articles,  coloured  or  otherwise,  when- 
ever it  is  required  to  make  the  veins  appear  in  all  the  richness  of  their 
tones,  call  lor  the  application  of  this  varnish,  which  produces  a  most 
beautiful  effect,  and  which  is  more  durable  than  turpentine  varnishes 
with  other  r«;sinou&  substances. 

Varnish  for  Watch  Cases  in  imitation  of  Tortoise  Sh^Ih 


154  TUB    ARTIST    AN*D 

Six  ounces  copal,  of  an  amber  colour,  one  and  a  half  ounces 
Venice  lurpeutiue,  twenty-four  ounces  piepared  linseed  oil, 
and  six  ounces  essence  of  turpentine.  It  is  customary  to 
place  the  turpentine  over  the  copal,  reduced  to  small  frag- 
ments, in  the  bottom  of  an  earthen  or  metal  vessel,  or  in  a 
matrass  exposed  to  such  a  heat  as  to  liquefy  the  copal  ;  but  it 
is  more  advantageous  to  liquefy  the  latter  alune,  to  add  the 
oil  in  a  state  of  ebullition,  then  the  turpentine  liquelied,  and 
in  the  last  place  the  essence.  If  the  varnish  is  too  thick, 
some  essence  may  be  added.  The  latter  liquor  is  a  regula- 
tor for  the  consistence  in  the  hands  of  an  artist. 

Resinous  Drying  Oil.  Ten  pounds  of  drying  nut  oil,  if 
the  paint  is  destined  for  external,  or  ten  pounds  drying  lin- 
seed oil,  if  for  internal  articles.  Three  pounds  of  resin,  and 
six  ounces  of  turpentine.  Cause  the  resin  to  dissolve  ic  tiie 
oil  by  means  of  a  gentle  heat.  When  dissolved  and  incorpo- 
rated with  the  oil,  add  the  turpentine  ;  leave  the  Tarnish  at 
rest,  by  which  means  it  will  often  deposit  portions  of  resin 
and  other  impurities;  and  then  preserve  it  in  wide  mouthed 
bottles.  It  must  be  used  fresh  ;  when  sufifered  to  grow  old, 
it  abandons  some  of  its  resin.  If  this  resinous  oil  assumes  too 
much  consistence,  dilute  it  with  a  little  essence,  if  intended 
for  articles  sheltered  from  the  sun,  or  with  oil  of  poppies. 

In  Switzerland,  where  the  principal  part  of  the  mason's  work  consists 
of  stone*  subject  to  crumble  to  pieces,  it  is  often  found  necessary  to 
give  them  a  coating  of  oil  paint,  to  stop  the  effect  of  this  decomposi- 
tion. Tiiis  paintinor  has  a  great  deal  of  lustre,  and  when  the  last  coat- 
ing is  applied  with  resinous  oil,  it  has  the  effect  of  varnish.  To  give  it 
more  durability,  the  first  ought  to  be  applied  exceedingly  warm,  and 
with  plain  oil,  or  oil  very  little  charged  with, the  grey  colour  which  is 
added  to  fat  copal  varnish  and  the  varnish  to  watch  cases,  &c. 

Fat  Copal  Varnish.  Sixteen  ounces  picked  copal,  eight 
ounces  prepared  linseed  oil,  or  oil  of  poppies,  and  sixteen 
ounces  turpentine.  Liquefy  the  copal  in  a  matrass  over  a 
common  fire,  and  then  add  the  linseed  oil,  or  oil  of  poppies, 
in  a  state  of  ebullition  ;  when  these  matters  are  incorporated, 
take  the  matrass  from  the  fire,  stir  the  matter  till  the  greatest 
heat  has  subsided,  and  then  add  the  essence  of  turpentine 
when  warm.  Strain  the  whole,  while  still  warm,  through  a 
piece  of  linen,  and  put  the  varnish  into  a  fwide  mouthed  bot- 
tle. Time  contributes  towards  its  clarification;  and  i.i  this 
inanner  it  acquires  a  better  quality. 

To  give  a  drying  quality  to  Fat  Oil.     Eight   pounds  nut 


155 

or  linseed  oil,  one  ounce  white  lead,  slightly  calcined,  one 
ounce  yellow  acetate  of  lead,  (sal  suturni)  also  calcined,  one 
ounce  sulphate  of  zinc,  (while  vitriol)  twelve  ounces  vitreous 
oxide  of  lead,  (litharge)  and  a  head  of  garlic  or  a  small  onion. 
AV'hen  the  dry  substances  are  pulverized,  mix  them  with  the 
garlic  and  oil,  over  a  fire  capable  of  maintaining  the  oil  in  a 
slight  state  of  ebullition  ;  continue  it  until  the  oil  ceases  to 
throw  up  scum,  till  it  assumes  a  reddish  colour,  and  till  the 
head  of  the  garlic  becomes  brown.  A  pellicle  will  then  be 
soon  formed  on  the  oil,  which  indicates  that  the  operation  is 
completed.  Take  ihe  vessel  from  the  fire,  and  the  pellicle, 
being  precipitated  by  rest,  will  carry  with  it  all  the  unctuous 
parts  which  rendered  the  oil  fat.  When  the  oil  becomes 
clear,  separate  it  from  the  deposit©,  and  put  it  into  wide 
mouthed  bottles,  where  it  will  completely  clarify  itself  in  time 
and  improve  in  quality. 

2.  One  ar.d  a  half  ounces  vitreous  oxide  of  lead,  3-8  of  an 
ounce  sulp'iiate  of  zinc,  and  sixteen  ounces  linseed  or  nut  oil. 
This  operation  must  be  conducted  as  in  the  preceding  case. 
Tiie  choice  of  the  oil  is  not  a  matter  of  indifference.  If  it  be 
destined  for  painting  articles  exposed  to  the  impression  of  the 
external  air,  or  for  more  delicate  painting,  nut  oil  or  poppy 
oil  will  be  required.  Linseed  oil  is  used  for  coarse  painting, 
and  that  sheltered  from  the  effects  of  the  rain  and  the  sun. 
A  little  negligence  in  the  management  of  the  fir^,  has  often 
an  influence  on  the  colour  of  the  oil,  to  which  a  drying  qual- 
ity is  communicated  ;  in  this  case  it  is  not  proper  for  delicate 
painting. 

This  inconvenience  mriy  be  avoirled  by  fyingr  up  the  drying 
matters  in  a  small  bag  :  but  the  dose  of  litharge  must  then  be 
doubled.  The  bag  must  then  be  suspended  by  a  piece  of 
packthread;  fastened  to  a  stick,  which  is  made  to  rest  on  the 
edge  of  the  vessel  in  such  a  manner  as  to  keep  the  bag  at 
the  distance  of  an  inch  from  the  bottom  of  the  vessel.  A  pel- 
licle Vv^ill  be  formed,  as  in  the  first  operation,  but  it  will  bo 
slower  in  making  its  appearance. 

3.  A  drying  quality  may  be  communicated  to  oil  by  treat- 
ing, in  a  heat  caoable  of  maintaing  a  slight  ebullition,  linseed 
or  nut  oil,  to  each  pound  of  which  is  added  tiiree  ounces  of 
vitreous  oxide  of  lead,  reduced  to  fine  powder.  The  prepa- 
ration of  floor  cloth,  and  all  paintings  of  large  figures  or  or- 
naments, in  vhich  argillaceous  colours,  such   as  yellow  and 


156  THE    ARTIST    AND 

red  boles,  Dutch  pink,  &,c.  are  employed,  require  this  kind 
ci' preparation,  that  the  desiccation  ma}'  not  be  too  slow  ;  but 
painting  for  which  metallic  oxides  are  used,  such  as  prepara- 
tions of  lead,  copper,  &c.  require  only  the  doses  before  indi- 
cated ;  because  these  oxides  contain  a  j];rcat  deal  of  oxygen, 
and  the  oil  by  their  contact,  acquires  more  of  a  drying  qual- 
ity. 

4.  Two  pounds  of  nut  oil,  three  pounds  common  water,  and 
two  ounces  sulphate  of  zinc.  Mix  these  matters  and  subject 
them  to  a  slight  ebullition,  until  little  water  remains.  Decant 
the  oil,  which  will  pass  over  with  a  small  quantity  of  water, 
and  separate  the  latter,  by  a  funnel.  The  oil  remains  nebu- 
lous for  some  time,  after  which  it  becomes  clear,  and  seems 
to  be  very  little  coloured. 

5.  Six  pounds  nut  or  linseed  oil,  four  pounds  common  wa- 
ter, one  ounce  sulphate  of  zinc  and  one  head  of  garlic  or 
a  small  onion.  Mix  the^e  matters  in  a  common  iron  or  cop- 
per pan,  then  place  them  over  the  fire,  and  maintain  the  mix- 
ture in  a  state  of  ebullition  during  the  whole  day  ;  boiling 
water  must  be  added  from  time  to  time,  to  make  up  the  loss 
from  that  by  evaporation.  The  garlic  will  assume  a  brown 
appearance,  Take  the  pan  from  the  fire,  and  having  suffered 
a  deposite  to  be  formed,  decant  the  oil,  which  will  clixr'jfy  it- 
self in  the  vessels  ;  by  this  process  the  drying  oil  is  rendered 
somewhat  rnore  coloured ;  it  is  reserved  for  delicate  col- 
ours. 

To  give  a  dnjing  quality  to  Poppy  Oil.  Three  pounds 
of  pure  water,  one  ounce  of  sulphate  of  zinc,  two  pounds  oil 
of  pinks,  or  poppy  oil.  Expose  this  mixture  in  an  earthen 
vessel,  capable  of  standing  the  fire,  to  a  degree  of  heat  suffi- 
cient to  maintain  it  in  a  slight  state  of  ebullition.  When  one 
half  or  two-thirds  of  the  water  has  evaporated,  pour  the  whole 
into  a  large  glass  bottle  or  jar,  and  let  it  rest,  till  the  oil  be- 
comes clear.  Decant  the  clearest  part  by  means  of  a  glass 
funnel,  the  beak  of  which  is  stopped  with  a  piece  of  cork. 
When  the  separation  of  the  oil  from  the  water  is  completely 
effected,  remove  the  cork  stopj^cr.  and  supply  its  place  by  the 
fore  finger,  which  must  be  applied  in  such  a  manner  as  to  suf- 
fer the  water  to  escape,  and  to  retain  only  the  oil.  Poppy 
oil  when  prepared  in  this  manner,  becomes  after  some  weeks 
exceedingly  limpid  and  colourless. 

To  make  Varnish  for  Silk,  S)^c.     To   one  quart  of  cold 


tradesman's  tiUiDE.  1j7 

drawn  linseed  oil,  poured  off  from  the  lees,  (produced  on  tho 
addition  of  unslackod  lime,  on  which  the  oil  has  stood  eight 
or  ten  days  at  the  least,  in  order  to  communicate  a  drying 
quality,  or  brown  umber  burnt  and  powdered  which  will  have 
the  like  effect,)  and  half  an  ounce  of  litharge  ;  boil  them  for 
half  an  hour,  then  add  half  an  ounce  copal  varnish.  While 
the  ingredients  are  on  the  fire  in  a  copper  vessel,  put  in  one 
ounce  Ciiios  turpentine,  or  common  resin,  and  a  few  drops 
neat's  foot  oil,  and  stir  the  whole  with  a  knife  ;  when  cool,  it 
is  ready  for  use.  The  neat's  foot  oil  prevents  the  varnish 
from  being  sticky  or  adhesive,  and  mny  be  put  into  linseed 
oil  at  the  same  time  with  the  lime,  or  burnt  umber.  Resin  or 
Chios  turpentine  may  be  added,  till  the  varnish  has  attained 
the  desired  thickness. 

Thclonger  the  raw  linseed  oil  remains  on  tho  unslackcd  lime  or  um- 
ber, the  sooner  will  the  oil  dry  after  it  is  used;  if  some  monhts  so  much 
the  better  ;  such  varnish  will  set,  that  is  to  say  not  run,  but  keep  its 
place  on  the  silk  in  four  hours  ;  the  stick  may  then  be  turned,-  and  vat'^ 
nished  on  the  other  side. 

To  make  pliable  Varnish  for  Umbrellas.  Take  any  quan- 
tity of  caoutchouc,  as  ten  or  twelve  ounces,  cut  into  small 
bits,  and  put  into  a  ladle,  such  as  plumbers,  glaziers,  &.c.  melt 
their  lead  in,  over  a  common  pit  coal  or  other  fire,  which 
rnust  be  gentle,  glowing,  and  without  smoke.  When  the  la- 
dle is  hot,  put  a  single  bit  into  it;  if  black  smoke  issues,  it 
will  flame  and  disappear,  or  it  will  evaporate  without  ilame  ; 
the  ladle  is  then  too  hot.  When  the  the  ladle  is  less  hot,  put 
in  a  second  bit,  which  will  produce  a  white  smoke  ;  this  white 
smoke  will  continue  during  the  operation,  and  evaporate  the 
caoutchouc  ;  therefore,  no  time  is  to  be  lost,  but  little  bits 
are  to  be  put  in,  a  few  at  a  time,  till  the  whole  are  melted  ; 
it  should  be  continually  and  gently  stirred  with  an  iron  or 
brass  spoon.  The  instant  the  smoke  changes  from  white  to 
black,  take  off  the  ladle,  or  the  whole  will  break  out  into  a 
Tiolent  flame,  or  be  spoiled,  or  lost.  Care  must  be  taken 
that  no  water  is  added,  a  few  drops  of  which,  on  account  of 
its  expansibility,  makes  it  boil  over  furiously  and  with  a  great 
noise  ;  at  this  period  of  the  process,  one  quart  of  the  best 
drying  oil  is  to  be  put  into  the  melted  cautchouc,  and  stirred 
till  hot,  and  the  whole  poured  into  a  glazed  vessel  through  a 
coarse  gauze,  or  wire  sieve.  When  settled  and  clear,  which 
will  be  in  a  few  minutes,  it  is  fit  for  use.     The  silk  should  aU- 

14 


158  THE    ARTIST  AM> 

ways  bo  stretched  horizontally  by  pins  or  tenter  hooks  on 
frames,  and  the  varnish  poured  on  cold  in  hot  weather,  and 
hot  if  cold  weather.  The  art  of  laying  it  on  properh'i  con- 
sists in  making  no  intense  motion  in  the  varnish,  which  would 
create  minute  bubbles,  therefore,  brushes  of  every  kind  are 
improper,  as  each  bubble  breaks  in  drying,  and  forms  a  small 
hole;  through  which  the  air  will  transpire.  This  varnish  is 
pliant,  unadhesive,  and  unalterable  by  weather. 

Transparent  Japan  for  Tin  Ware.  Oil  of  turpentine, 
eight  ounces,  oil  of  lavender,  six  ounces  copal,  two  ounces, 
camphor,  one  drachm. 

Drying  Oil,  Linseed  oil,  two  pints,  litharge  or  ceruse; 
one  ounce  ;  dissolve  with  heat  ;  added  to  paints  to  make 
them  dry  sooner. 

Le  Blondes  Varnish  for  Prints.  Balsam  copaiva  four 
pounds,  copal  in  powder,  one  pound;  add  by  single  ounces 
every  day  to  the  balsam,  keeping  it  in  a  warm  place,  or  in  the 
sun,  stirring  it  frequently  ;  when  all  is  dissolved,  add  Chios 
turpentine,  q.  p. 

Sheldrake.'' s  Copal  Varnish.  Oil  turpentine,  ret.  veri. 
one  pint,  sal  ammoniac  two  ounces  :  mix ;  add  copal  in  small 
pieces,  two  ounces  ;  stop  the  vessel  with  a  cork  cut  in  grooves  j 
bring  it  quickly  to  boil,  that  the  bubbles  may  be  counted  as 
they  rise  ;  and  keep  it  at  that ;  if  the  least  stoppage  or  over- 
heating takes  place,  it  is  in  vain  to  proceed.  Then  leave  the 
vessel  till  quite  cold,  before  you  opeu  it ;  otherwise  the  var- 
nish will  be  thrown  out  with  violence. 

Sheldrake's  Oil  for  Painting.  Nut  or  poppy  oil,  one 
pint,  boil  ;  add  ceruse,  two  ounces,  when  dissolved,  add  a  pint 
of  copal  varnish,  previously  warmed,  and  stir  it  till  the  oil  of 
turpentine  is  evaporated;  gives  more  brightnacs  than  com- 
mon drying  oil,  liut  less  than  varnish  only  ;  loses  its  dry 
qualit3-  in  time,  therefore,  only  so  much  as  is  sufficient  for 
a  mouth  or  six  weeks'  consumption  should  be  prepared  at 
once. 

Varnish  to  be  laid  mi  Gilding  and  Silvering.  Grind  ver- 
digris, on  marble  with  common  water,  in  which  saffron  has 
been  infused  for  eight  hours. 

A  Common  Varnish.  Sandarac  eight  ounces,  tereb.  Yenit; 
six  ounces,  spirits  wine,  rectified,  two  pints. 

IJ  hite  Varnish.  Gum  juniper,  one  pound,  Strasburg 
turpentine,  six  ounces,  spirits  wine,  rectified,  two  pints,  used 
upcjn  paper,  wood,  and  linei]. 


TRAI>EgMAN*»    GUIDE.  159 

White  Hard  Vaj-nish.  Mastic,  four  ounces,  gum  juniper, 
ter«b.  Venit.  of  each  three  ounces  (to  prevent  the  gums 
forming  an  impenetrable  mass,)  add  four  ounces  pounded 
glass,  spirits  wine  rectified,  two  pints, used  upon  cards,  sheaths, 
&c. 

IVhite  Polishing  Varnish.  INIastic  in  tears,  two  ounces, 
gum  juniper,  eight  ounces,  gum  elemi,  one  ounce,  tereb.  ar- 
gent, four  ounces,  spirits  wine  rectified,  two  pints  ;  used  upoa 
metals,  polished  with  pumice  stone. 

Transparent  Copal  Varjiish.  Spirits  wine  fully  charged 
with  camphor,  four  ounces,  copal  in  fine  powder,  one  ounce  ; 
dissolve,  fiker;  add  the  filtered  liquor  to  spirits  of  wine,  one 
part,  in  which  gum  elemi  one  ounce,  has  been  previously  dis- 
solved. 

2.  Spirits  wine  rectified,  one  pint,  camphor,  half  an  ounce- 
dissolve  ;  pour  it  upon  copal  in  small  pieces,  four  ounces ; 
heat  it  so  that  the  bubbles  which  rise  may  be  counted  ;  when, 
cold,  pour  it  oft'  and  add  more  spirts  to  the  residuum  :  used  for 
pictures, 

3.  Copal,  melted  and  poured  into  water,  three  ounces, 
gum  sandarac  six  ounces,  mastic  throe  ounces,  terib.  argent, 
two  ounces  and  a  half,  pounded  glass,  four  ounces,  spirits  wine 
rectified,  two  pints  ;  used  for  metals,  chairs,  &-c. 

Soft  Brilliant  Varnish.,  Gum  sandarac,  six  ounces,  gum 
elemi,  four  ounces,  camphor,  four  drachms,  spirits  wine  recti-i" 
fied,  two  pints  ;  used  upon  wood  work  and  pasteboard. 

Reddish  Varnish,  Gum  sandarac^  eight  ounces,  lava  in 
tabulis,  two  ounces,  resina  nigri,  four  ounces,  tereb.  Venit.. 
six  ounces,  spirits  wine  rectified,  two  pints  ;  used  on  wood 
and  metals. 

Red  Varnish.  Sandarac,  four  ounces,  seed-lac,  two  oun- 
ces, mastic,  choice  Benjamin,  of  each  one  ounce  ;  turpentine 
two  ounces,  spirits  wine  rectified  two  pints  ;  used  for  violins 
and   cabinet  work. 

Nut  Oih  From  the  kernel  of  the  hazel  nut,  very  fine  ; 
substituted  for  oil  of  Benjamin,  as  it  will  keep  better  than  that 
of  almonds  ;  it  has  been  proposed  in  the  college  lists,  to  be 
substituted  for  that  oil,  being  nearly  equal  to  it ;  is  drank  with 
tea  in  China,  probably  in  lieu  of  cream  ;  used  by  painters  as 
9  superior  article  for  their  colours. 

Hemp  Oil,  From  hemp  scedi  used  by  painters  as  a  dry^ 
<ng  oiK 


lOO  THE    ARTIST    A.VD 

IValnut  Oil.  Makes'  good  plasters,  but  will  not  keep  ; 
used  by  painters  ;  is  very  drying;  they  yield  about  half  their 
weight  ot"  oil. 

Picture  Varnish.  Mastic  twelve  ounces,  Venit.  turpen- 
tine, two  ounces  tour  drachms,  camphor,  iliirty  grains,  pound- 
ed glass,  four  ounces,  oil  lurpeniiue,  three  pints  and  a  half; 
pour  ofl'  the  clear;   used  to  oil  paintings. 

Gold  Varnish  for  L-tather.  Tumeric,  gamboge,  of  each 
on©  scruple  and  a  half,  oil  turpentine  two  pints ;  add  seed- 
lac,  gum  sandarac,  of  each  four  ounces,  dragon's  blood  four 
drachms,  A'enit.  turpentine,  two  ounces,  pounded  glass,  four 
ounces  ;  pour  ofl'  the  clear. 

Copal  Varnish.  Oil  turpentine,  thickened  by  keeping, 
eight  ounces,  copal,  two  ounces  and  a  half. 

2.  Oil  turpentine,  six  ounces,  oil  lavender,  two  ounces, 
copal,  one  ounce. 

Common  Turpentine  Varnish.  Resin  flav.  three  pounds, 
eight  ounces,  oil  terebinth,  one  gallon. 

I  arnish  for  Coloured  Drawings.  Canada  balsam,  one 
ounce,  oil  turpentine  two  ounces:  size  the  drawing  first  with 
a  jelly  of  isinglass,  and  when  dry,  appl^'  the  varnish  ;  which 
^'■Jll  make  them  resemble  oil  paintings. 

Black  Japan  Leather.  Boiled  linseed  oil,  one  gallon, 
burnt  umber  eight  ounces,  asphaltuni,  three  ounces,  boil  and 
add  oil  terebinth,  q.  s. 

This  varnish  perhaps  is  the  best  in  use  for  iron — for  which  purpose 
the  oil  should  be  reduced  by  boiling  with  a  well  directed  heat,  one  half. 
The  umber  should  be  finely  pulverised  on  porphyry  (a  kind  of  re^  and 
white  marble,  such  as  painters  generally  use)  and  pui  into  the  oil, bet'ore 
boiling  and  add  the  other  ingredients,  when  nearly  cool,  after  boiling — 
when  asphaltum  (or.i^ineral  tar)  cannot  be  procured,  for  one  gallon  of 
lins<?ed,  put  into  the  Spirits  of  turpentine,  a  paper  of  lampblack  which 
after  having  6lcx>d  a  few  hours  should  be  strained  through  coarse  flan- 
nel and  then  blended;  with  the  oil  at\er  having  been  boiled  and  cooled, 
as  before  directed — lor  a  pohshinsr  varnish  add  to  the  oil,  when  at  its 
boiling  point  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of  Gum  Shellac — this  also  furnishes 
a  brilliant  coating  for  iron — particularly  for  rough  castiugs  ;  bat  the  as- 
phaltum,  renders  it  more  durable  ;  in  boiling  oil  in  every  case  great 
care  is  requsite  to  prevent  its  burning  ;  aijd  in  generally  varnishes 
would  be  infioitely  belter,,  to  boil  the  oil  to  the  consistence  of  one  half 
or  nearly. 

Scouring  Drops.  Oil  terebinth,  sentod  with  essence  le* 
mon. 

furniture  Oil,     Oil  lini,  coloured  with  rad  auchusa-* 


TRADEBMAN'g    GUIDE.  lOl 

Piirmture  Varnish.  White  wax,  eight  ounces,  oil  tere- 
binth, one  pint. 

Bronzing  Liquor.  It  is  blue  vitriol,  dissolved  in  water  ; 
nsod  to  bronze  tea  urns,  &c.  the  surface  being  previously 
well  cleaned. 

Bine  or  Green  Sp7ij)athetic  Ink.  Drop  a  tea  spoonful  of 
zaffre  into  a  third  of  a  wine  glass  of  nitro-nouriatic  acid. 
After  standing  awhile,  write  on  paper;  die  writing  will  be 
blue,  unless  there  is  a  little  iron  in  the  zaflVc,  which  will  give 
it  a  green  hue.  If  a  little  common  salt  in  solution  had  been 
added,  the  writing  would  disappear  on  removing  from  the 
jfire. 

Invisible  Ink.  Whittle  ofl'  a  little  bismuth  into  a  wine 
glass.  Drop  in  a  little  common  nitric  acid  diluted  with  h^lf 
as  much  water.  Violent  action  will  commence ;  when  it 
ceases  the  nitrate  will  be  formed  in  the  liquid  state.  Dip  a 
clean  pen  into  it  and  write  as  with  ink  ;  hold  the  paper  near 
a  fire,  but  not  so  near  as  to  heat  it,  the  letters  will  become 
invisible  ;  now  dip  it  into  water  or  hold  it  in  a  steam  over 
boilit)g  water,  and  on  taking  it  out,  the  letters  will  become 
visible,  and  appear  as  if  written  with  pale  ink. 

After  a  short  time  the  writing  will  disappear  and  leave  not 
a  vestige  to  ])rove  a  forgotten   promise. 

CalloVs  Varnish.  Two  ounces  finest  linseed  oil,  Benja- 
min in  drops,  two  drachm",  white  wax  the  bulk  of  a  filbert, 
boil  all  toirethcr,  till  it  is  redu^-ed  to  one-third,  stirriusf  it  con- 
stantly.  AVhen  done,  put  it  into  a  large  mouthed  phial.  AVarm 
the  plate  intended  to  bo  engraven,  and  for  which  this  varnish 
is  designed,  and  with  the  finger  pass  it  over  he  place,  leav- 
ing it  slightly  coated,  and  smooth;  after  which  smoke  the 
plate  on  the  varnished  side,  with  a  candle,  until  it  is  black  in 
every  part.  Place  the  plate  over  a  chafing  dish,  with  char- 
coal fire,  and  when  it  has  done  fuming,  the  varnish  has  be- 
come sufficiently  hardened,  when  it  is  prepared  to  chalk, 
draw  and  etch,  whatever  is  desired.  This  varnish  was  used 
by  Callot,  to  cnsfrave  his  most  admired  subjects. 

To  colour  Foils.  For  colouring  foils  two  methods  have 
been  invented.  The  first  by  tinging  the  surface  of  the  cop- 
per with  the  colour  required,  by  means  of  smoks,  the  other 
^y  staining  or  painting  it  with  some  pigment,  or  other  colour- 
ing substance.  The  colours  used  for  j)ainting  foils  may  be 
tempered  with  either  oil,  water  rendered  duly  viscid  bv  gum 

*14 


1(>2  THE    ARTIST    AN't^ 

Arabic,  size,  or  vanish.  If  deep  colours  are  wanted,  oil  is 
most  proper,  as  some  pigments  become  wholly  transparent  in 
it,  as  lake  or  Prussian  blue;  the  yellow  and  green  may  be  laid 
on  in  varnish,  as  these  colours  may  bo  had  in  perfection,  from 
a  tinge  wholly  dissolved  in  spirit  of  wine,  in  the  same  manner 
as  in  the  case  of  lacquers;  and  the  most  beautiful  green  is  to 
be  produced  by  distilled  verdigris,  which  is  apt  to  lose  its  col- 
our and  turn  black  with  oil.  In  common  cases,  any  of  the 
colours  may  be  laid  on  with  the  least  trouble,  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  glazing  colours  used  in  miniature  painting. 

Ruby  Colours.  For  red,  where  the  ruby  is  to  be  imi.ated, 
a  little  lake  is  used  with  isinglass  size  ;  carmine,  or  shell-lac 
varnish,  should  be  used  if  the  glass  or  paste,  is  of  a  full  crim- 
son, verging  towards  the  purple  ;  but  if  the  glass-incline  to  the 
scarlet  or  orange,  very  bright  lake,  that  is,  not  purple,  may 
be  used  alone  in  oil. 

Garnet  Red.  Dragon's  blood  dissolved  in  seed-lac  var- 
nish, may  be  used  ;  for  the  vinegar  garnet,  the  orange  lake 
tempered  with  shell-lac  varnish  will  be  found  excellent. 

Amethyst.  Lake,  with  a  little  Prussian  blue,  used  with  oil, 
and  thinly  spread  on  the  foil. 

Blue.  When  a  deep  colour  or  the  effect  of  the  sapphire  is 
wanted,  Prussian  blue,  that  is  not  too  deep,  used  in  oil,  and 
spread  more  or  less  thinly  on  the  foil,  according  to  the  light- 
ness or  deepness  of  the  colour  required. 

Eagle  Marine.  Common  verdigris,  with  a  little  Prussian 
blue,  tempered  in  shall-lac  varnish. 

Yellow.  Colour  the  foil  with  a  yellow  lacquer;  if  a  full 
yellow  is  desired,  lay  it  on  as  for  other  purposes.  For  the 
slighter  colour  of  topazes,  the  burnish  and  foil  itself  will  be 
sufficiently  strong  without  any  addition. 

Green.  If  a  deep  hue  is  required,  the  crystals  of  verdigris, 
tempered  in  shell-lac  should  be  used.  But  if  the  emerald  is 
to  be  imitated,  a  little  yellow  lacquer  should  be  added,  to  pro- 
duce a  truer  green,  less  verging  to  the  blue. 

Other  Colours.  Stones  of  more  diluted  colour,  such  as 
the  amethyst,  topaz,  vinegar  garnet,  &c.  maybe  very  cheaply 
imitated  by  transparent  white  glass  or  paste,  even  without 
foils.  This  is  done  by  tempering  the  colours  above  enume- 
rated with  turpentine  and  mastic,  and  painting  the  socket  in 
which  the  counterfeit  stone  is  to  be  set  with  the  mixture,  the 
socket  and  stone  being  previously  heated.     The  stone  should 


tradesman's  GtriBE,  t63 

he  immediatelj'  set,  and  the  socket  closed  upon  it  before  the 
mixture  cools  and  grows  hard.  The  orange  lake  was  inven- 
ted for  this  purpose.  The  colour  it  produces  is  tliat  of  the 
vinegar  garnet,  and  has  been  used  with  great  success  by  a 
manufacturer.  The  colour  before  directed  to  be  used  in  oil 
should  be  extremely  well  ground  in  oil  of  turpentine,  and  tem- 
pered with  old  nut  or  poppy  oil;  or,  if  time  can  be  given  to 
dry,  with  strong  fnt  oil  diluted  with  spirits  of  turpentine,  which 
gives  a  fine  polish  of  itself.  Tiie  colours  used  in  varnish, 
should  also  be  well  ground  and  mixed — when  dragon's  blood 
in  the  seed-lac  varnish  and  the  lacquer,  the  foils  should  be 
warmed  before  they  are  laid  out.  All  the  mixtures  should 
be  laid  on  the  foil  with  a  broad  soft  brush,  passed  from  one 
end  to  the  other;  no  part  crossed  or  gone  over  twice,  or  at 
least,  until  the  first  coat  is  dry.  When  the  colours  are  not 
strong  enough  another  coat  may  be  given. 

Lacquer  for  Brass.  Six  ounces  of  seed-lae,  two  ounces  of 
amber  or  copal,  ground  on  porphyry  forty  grains  dragon^s 
blood,  thirt}'  grains  extract  of  red  sandal  wood,  obtained  by 
water,  thirty-six  grains  oriential  safiron,  four  ounces  pounded 
glass,  and  fort}'^  ounces  very  pure  alcohol. 

To  applv  this  varnish  to  articles  or  ornaments  of  brass,  ex- 
pose them  to  a  gentle  lieat,  and  dip  tliem  into  varnish.  Two 
or  three  coatings  maybe  applied  in  this  manner,  if  necessary. 
The  varnish  is  durable,  and  has  a  beautiful  colour.  Articles 
varnished  in  this  manner,  may  be  cleaned  with  water,  and  a 
bit  of  dry  rag. 

Lacquer  for  Philosophical  Lisfrumcnfs.      This  lacquer  is 
destined  to   change,   or  to  modify  the   colour  of  those  bodies 
to  which  it  is  applied.        Three-fourths    of  an  ounce  of  gum 
•guttae,  two  ounces  of  gum  sandarac,  two  ounces  of  gum  elemi, 
one  ounce   of  dragon's    blood,  opt.   one    ounce  of  seed  lac, 
three-fourths   of  an    ounce   terra  merita,   two  grains  oriental 
safi'ron,  three  ounces  of  pounded  glass,  and  twenty  ounces  of 
pure   alcohol.       The  tincture  of  saflVon   and  terra  merita,  is 
first   obtained    by    infusing  them   in  alcohol   for    twenty-four 
hours,  or  exposing  them  to  the  heat    of  tlie  sun   in   summer. 
The  tincture  must  be  strained  throught  a  piece  of  clean  linen 
cloth,  and  ought  to  be  stronglj'  squeezed.       This  tincture  is 
poured   over  the   articles  which  do  not  compose  tincture,  all 
pounded  and  mixed  with  the  giass.   Tlie  varnish  is  then  made 
according  to  the  directions  before  given.     It  may  be  applied 


1G4  THE    ARTIST  AND 

with  great  advantage  to  philosophical  instruments:  the  use  of 
it  might  be  extended  also,  to  vurious,  or  moulded  articles  witii 
ivhich  furniture  is  ornamented.  If  the  dragon's  blood  be  of 
the  best  quality,  it  may  give  too  high  a  colour  ;  in  this  case 
tiie  dose  may  be  lessened  at  pleasure,  as  well  as  that  of  the 
other  colouring  matters. 

It  is  with  similar  varnish  that  the  artists  of  Geneva,  give  a  golden 
orange  colour,  produced  by  certain  compositions,  the  preparation  of 
which  has  no  relation  to  that  of  varnish,  and  which  has  been  success- 
fully imitated  by  sahne  mixtures,  in  which  orpiment  is  a  principal  in- 
gredient. The  nails  are  heated  before  they  are  immersed  in  the  var" 
nish,  and  they  are  then  spread  out  on  sheets  of  dry  daper. 

Gold  Coloured  iMcquer  for  Brass  Watch  Cases,  'Watch 
Keys,  Sfc.  Six  ounces  of  seed-lac,  two  ounces  of  amber,  two 
ounces  of  gum  guttcC,  Iwenty-four  grains  extract  of  red  san- 
dal wood  in  water,  sixty  grains  of  dragon's  blood,  thirty-six 
grains  of  oriental  saffron,  four  ounces  of  pounded  glass  and 
thirty-six  ounces  of  pure  alcohol,  grind  the  three  first  articles 
and  the  dragon's  blood  on  a  piece  of  porphyry  ;  then  mix 
them  with  the  pounded  glass,  and  add  the  alcohol,  after  for- 
ming it  with  an  infusion  of  the  saffron,  and  the  extract  of  the 
sandal  wood.  The  varnish  must  be  completed  as  before. 
The  metal  articles  destined  to  be  covered  by  this  varnish,  are 
heated,  and  those  which  will  admit  of  it  are  immersed  in 
packets.  The  tint  of  the  varnish  may  be  varied,  by  modify- 
ing the  doses  ol  tbe  colouring  substances. 

Lacquer  of  a  less  drying  quality.  Four  ounces  of  seed- 
lac,  four  ounces  of  sandarac  or  mastic,  one-half  an  ounce  of 
dragon's  blood,  thirty-six  grains  of  terra  merita,  thirty-six 
grains  of  gum  guttie,  three  ounces  of  pounded  glass,  two  oun- 
ces of  clear  turpentine,  thirty-two  ounces  of  essence  of  tur- 
pentine. 

Extract  by  infusion  the  tincture  of  the  colouring  substances, 
and  then  add  the  resinous  bodies  according  to  the  directions 
for  compound  mastic  varnish.  Lacquer  or  varnishes  of  this 
kind  are  called  changing,  because,  when  applied  to  metals, 
such  as  copper,  brass,  or  hammered  tin,  or  to  wooden  boxes 
and  other  furniture,  they  communicata  to  them  a  more  agree- 
able colour.  Besides,  by  thfir  contact  with  the  common 
metals,  they  acquire  a  lustre  whick  approaches  that  of  the 
precious  metals,  and  to  which,  in  consequence  of  peculiar 
intrinsic  qualities  or  certain  laws  of  convention,  a  much  greater 


traoksman's  guide.  165 

value  is  attached.  It  is  by  means  of  these  changing  varnishes, 
that  artists  ,re  able  to  communicate  to  their  leaves  of  silver 
and  copper,  those  shining  colours  observed  in  foils.  The 
product  of  industry  becomes  a  source  of  prosperity  to  the 
manufacturers  of  buttons  and  works  formed  with  foils,  which 
in  the  hands  of  the  jeweller,  contributes  with  so  much  success 
to  produce  that  reflection  of  the  rays  of  the  light,  which 
doubles  the  lustre  and  sparkling  quantity  of  precious  stones. 

It  is  to  varnish  of  this  kind  that  we  are  indebted  for  the 
manufacture  of  gilt  leather,  which,  taking  refuge  in  England, 
has  given  place  to  that  of  papier  mache,  which  is  employed 
for  the  decoration  of  palaces,  theatres,  &c. 

In  the  last  place  it  is  by  the  eflect  of  a  foreign  tint  obtained 
from  the  colouring  part  of  saflron,  that  the  scales  of  silver 
disseminated  in  confection  de  hyacynth^  reflect  a  beautiful 
gold  colour.  The  colours  transmitted  by  diflerent  colouring 
substences,  require  tones  suited  to  the  objects  for  which  thej' 
are  destined.  The  artist  has  it  in  his  own  power  to  vary 
them  at  pleasure.  The  addition  of  arnotto  to  the  mixture  of 
dragon's  blood,  saflVon,  dec.  or  some  changes  in  the  doses  of 
the  mode  intended  to  be  made  in  colours.  It  is  therefore 
impossible  to  give  limited  formulae. 

To  made  Lacquer  of  various  Tints.  Four  ounces  gum 
gutta3  in  thirty-two  ounces  of  essence  of  turpentine,  one  ounce 
arnotto,  and  four  ounces  dragon's  blood  ;  also  in  separate 
doses  of  essence. 

These  infusions  may  be  easily  made  in  the  sun.  After  fif- 
teen days  exposure,  pour  a  certain  quantity  of  these  liquors 
into  a  flask,  and  by  varying  the  doses,  diff*erent  shades  of  col- 
ours will  be  obtained.  These  infusions  may  also  be  employed 
for  changing  alcoholic  varnishes  ;  but  in  this  case,  the  use  of 
saffron,  as  well  as  that  of  red  sandal  wood,  which  does  not 
succeed  with  essence,  will  soon  give  the  toi^Mhecessary  for 
imitating,  with  other  tinctures,  the  colour  or  gold. 

To  broicn  Gun  Barrels.      After  the  barrel  is  finished,  rub 
it  over  with   aqua-fortis,  or  spirit  of  salt   dihited  with  water, 
then  lay  it  by   for  a  week,  till  a  complete   coat  of  rust  is  for- 
metl.      A  little  oil  is  then  to  be  applied,  and  after  rubbing  the 
surface  dry,  polish  it  with  a  hard  brush  and  a  little  beeswax> 


iQ^  THE    ARTIST    AK» 

CHAPTER  XXIX. 

Glue^  PaiteSf   c^'c. 

Glue  is  made  in  Europe,  of  ears,  feet,  trimmings,  sinews 
and  scrapings  of  the  skins  of  oxen,  calves,  sheep,  &c.  old 
leather,  and  fresh  or  raw  hides  mixed  and  manufactured  to- 
gether; and  this  mixture  is  said  to  yield  one  third  of  its 
weight  in  good  strong  glue.  The  best  glue  is  from  the  hides 
of  old  animals;  whole  skins  are  seldom  used,  unless  they  are 
injured  by  the  worm,  rotted,  or  otherwise  rendered  unfit  ta 
make  leather;  but  the  smallest  pieces  are  saved  for  that  pur-^ 
pose.  In  making:  glue  of  fresh  pieces  of  skin,  let  them  be 
steeped  in  water  for  two  or  three  days  ;  dried  hides  may  re^^ 
quire  longer  time  ;  and  bits  of  leather  mucli  longer.  While 
soaking  they  should  be  stirred  occasionally,  then  put  them  ta 
drain  in  hand  barrows,  with  grated  bottoms,  or  in  boxes  with 
sloping  sides  and  grated  bottoms;  when  drained  let  them  be 
well  washed  in  several  waters.  The  ears  and  other  dirty 
parts  should  be  steeped  and  washed  by  themselves ;  after 
thev  are  washed  clean,  put  them  in  a  weak  limewater,  in  iron 
hooped  tubs.  Leather  will  require  to  be  kept  in  weak  lime- 
water  a  considerable  time,  and  a  little  fresh  lime  should  be 
added  occasionally;  aiumed  skins,  tallowed,  greasy,  bloody^ 
or  hairv  skins,  should  be  put  into  a  stronger  limewater,  and 
kept  longer  in  it.  They  sometimes  require  to  be  taken  out^ 
so  as  to  permit  the  lime  to  dry  on  them,  and  to  remain  for  a 
considerable  time;  after  which  they  must  be  soaked  and  well 
stirred;  then  press  them  out  as  dry  as  possible,  and  put  them 
in  a  copper  kettle  for  boiling,  at  the  bottom  of  which  kettle 
should  be  a  wooden  grate.  The  capper  should  be  tilled  witb 
the  material  pressed  close,  and  as  much  water  poured  on  as 
will  run  among  the  pieces  :  make  a  moderate  fire,  which  in-^ 
crease  by  degrees  till  it  boils.  As  the  materials  melt  into 
^kie,  some  decrease  the  tire  without  stirring  them,  others  stir 
them  as  they  dissolve.  When  the  glue,  on  coo^g,  forms  a 
pretty  thick  jelly,  it  is  done  :  after  this  a  box  is  made  with 
wooden  gratings  for  the  bottom  ;  the  inside  of  the  grating 
bottom  is  to  be  lined  with  horsehair  cloth,  and  the  box  to  be 
placed  over  a  large  tub.  The  glue  is  to  be  passed  through 
the  horsehair  cloth,  or  strainer,  qujckly,  while  it  is  very  hot. 
The  dregs  are  left  to  drain  some  time,  and  are  called  by  the 
wcrkttien  glue-dreg  ;  they  make  an  excellent  fuel  mixed  with 


tradesman's  guide.  167 

Wood.  The  room  should  be  kept  warm  while  the  glue  is  set- 
tling. In  the  tubs  there  should  be  cocks  to  draw  off  the  hot 
liquid  glue  :  the  first  glue  will  be  the  brightest,  but  the  last 
will  be  equally  good.  Through  the  cocks  it  must  run  into 
flat  moulds,  previously  wet.  When  cool,  cut  it  out  with  a  wet 
kuife  into  squares,  and  hang  it  on  a  lifie  to  dry  and  harden  in 
a  draught  of  air  ; — some  place  it  on  a  net  hung  on  four  posts, 
turning  it  Occasionally  :  ten  days  of  dry  weather,  or  fifteen 
days  of  wet  (under  cover)  arc  required  in  Europe,  but  less 
time  in  America.  To  polish  the  cakes,  wet  them  and  rub 
them  with  new  lime.  The  best  glue  has  iew  dark  spots,  arid 
no  bad  smell ;  and  shines  when  broken.  To  try  glue,  put  it 
into  cool  water  for  three  or  four  days,  where  it  must  not  dis- 
solve, but  when  dried  must  preserye  its  weight. 

The  time  of  boiling  is  from  twelve  to  fifteen  hours,  accord- 
ing to  the  fire.     Violent  heat  is  to  be  avoided. 

2.  If  bones  arc  digested  for  seven  or  eight  days,  with  weak 
hydrochloric  acid,  this  acid  dissolves  all  the  salts  that  enter 
into  their  composition  ;  the  bones  are  softened,  become  very 
flexible,  and  at  length  contain  only  animal  matter.  If,  in  this 
state,  they  are  put  for  some  moments  into  boiling  water,  and 
after  wiping  them  dry  ihey  are  subjected  to  a  stream  of  cold 
and  fresh  water,  they  may  be  regarded  as  pure  gelatin,  or  at 
least,  as  a  substance,  which,  being  dissolved  in  boiling  water, 
aflbrds  the  handsomest  size. 

In  order  to  prepare  glue  from  the  clippings  of  skins  of 
parchment,  or  gloves;  from  the  hoofs,  the  ears  of  oxen, 
horses,  sheep,  calves,  &c.  after  taking  off  the  hair  and  remo- 
ving the  fat  from  these  substances,  we  boil  them  for  a  long 
time  in  a  large  quantity  of  water ;  the  scum  is  separated,  iis 
formation  being  favoured  by  adding  a  little  alum  or  lime  ;  the 
liquor  is  strained,  and  suffered  to  rest;  it  is  then  poured  off, 
and  skimmed  again,  and  tlien  heated  to  concentrate  it.  When 
sufficiently  59,  it  is  poured  into  moulds  previously  wetted, 
where,  by  cooling,  it  forms  into  soft  plates  ;  which  at  the  end 
of  twenty-four  hours,  are  cut  into  tablets,  and  dried  in  a  warm 
and  airy  situation. 

A  venj  strong  Glue.  Soak  the  finest  isinglass  twenty-four 
hours  m  spirits  of  wine  or  strong  brandy,  then  boil  aJl  very 
gently  together,  continually  stirring  it,  that  it  may  not  burn, 
until  it  becomes  one  liquor.  Then  strain  it  while  hot  through 
a  coarse  linen  cloth  into  a  vessel,  when  it  should  be  close 
stopped  ;  a  gentle  heat  will  melt  this  glue  to  use. 


lG8  THE    ARTfST    AND 

A  Parchment  Glue.  Put  two  or  three  pounds  of  scrapings 
or  cuttings  of  parchment  into  a  bucket  of  water,  boil  the 
whole  till  it  be  reduced  to  half,  pass  it  through  an  open  linen, 
and  then  let  the  liqaor  cool,  when  it  will  be  a  parchment 
glue. 

A  Strong  Paste.  Common  paste  is  made  of  wheat  flour 
boiled  in  water,  till  it  be  of  a  viscid  consistence,  but  when 
used  by  book  binders  and  paper  hangers,  it  is  requisite  to 
mix  a  fourth,  fifih,  or  sixth  of  the  weight  of  flour  of  powdered 
resin  or  rosin  ;  and  when  it  is  wanted  still  more  tenacious, 
gum  Arabic,  or  any  kind  of  size  ma\'^  be  added.  In  order  to 
prevent  the  paste  used  in  papering  rooms,  "^'c.  from  being 
gnawed  by  rats  <Scc.  powdered  glass  is  sometimes  mixed  with 
it ;  but  the  most  effectual  and  easy  remedy  is  to  dissolve  a 
little  sublimate  say  one  drachm  to  a  water,  which  not  only 
prevents  rats  and  mice,  but  all  kinds  of  vermin  being  trouble- 
some. 

Of  Fibrin.       If  blood  is  agitated  with  a  handful  of  rods, 
immediately  after  having  been  drawn  from  the  veins,  the  fibrin 
adheres  to  them;   it  is  then  only  necessary  to  wash  it  repeat- 
edly, in  order  to  discolour  it  and  obtain  it  pure. 

Liquid  Albumen.  This  constitutes  the  white  of  the  egg  ; 
in  truth  this  last,  besides  albumen,  contains  several  salts,  and 
some  sub-carbonate  of  soda,  of  which  it  is  impossible  to  divest 
it. 

Solid  Albumen.  Pour  alcohol  on  the  white  of  an  egg,  dis- 
solved in  water,  and  filtered  ;  the  albumen  immediately  pre- 
cipitates, and  is  to  be  washed. 

Pish  Glue — Isinglass.  To  procure  this,  the  inner  mem- 
biane  of  the  sunmming  bladders  of  some  kinds  of  sturgeon 
are  washed  ;  they  are  then  slightly  dried  and  rolled  and  af- 
terwards dried  in  the  air.  An  inferior  kind  is  prepared  by 
digesting  in  boiling  water,  the  head,  the  tail,  and  the  jaws  of 
certain  whales,  and  almost  all  fish  without  scales. 

Potatoe  Starch — commoti  Arrow  Root:  may  be  made 
from  frozen  potatoes  in  as  large  a  quantity  and  as  good,  as 
those  which  have  not  been  spoiled  by  the  frost ;  very  white, 
crimp  to  the  fingers,  and  colours  them  ;  friable,  heavy,  sink- 
ing in  water;  when  held  to  the  light,  it  has  shining  particles 
in  it:  dissolves  in  boiling  water  as  easih'  as  the  true  arrow 
root:   100  pounds  of  potatoes  yield  10  pounds  of  starch. 


CHAPTER  XXV. 

The  Art  of  Di/ing — Cotton^Linca — Wool—SilL—'..  .j,- 
Itn,  Goods — Mordants — Ejf'e<:is  of  i^ults  on  Mordanfi — f/t 
render   Colours  holding- -Solution  of  Tin  in  Aquc- 
— Muriate  of  Tin — Acetate  of  Alunilnc—Llffccts  • 
rious   {Vatcrs  on  different  Colours — to    Re^dyc  or  ( 
ColoU'-s — Drying    Bath- — Sidp/iate    of  Arsenic — 'a 
Compound  Colours — to  Dye  Straw  and   Chip  Bonn 
JJasis  for  many  Cuhmrs. 

Dying  is  a  clieaiic".l   process,  and  consists  in  comb'.  .iL;   t 
certain  colouring -m:i!tcr  with   fibres    of  cloth.      The   i   ■   ..;/ 
with    wliich  doth   iiahiucs  a  dye,  depends  upon    two  c;.-:j!ii- 
«trinces ;   the   union    oi   iho    cloth   and  the   d\'csluff  or    dyiiuj; 
material,  and  the  fiijid  in  vviiich  it  is  dissolved*.      Woi  ' 
with  alniosl  all  t:alauring  nrittcriJ,  sHk  in  the  next  deg: 
ton  considerably  less,  and  linen  tiic  least  of  all.      To  d;,  ."■  c  >:- 
t<Dn  or  linen,  the   dyestnff  or    colouring   material,  shoiiiJ,   in 
many  cases,  be    dissolved  in    a  sub.stance  for  which  ii  ■;  .s  ._i 
weaker  connexion,  than  with  ihe  scdvent  employed  in  the-  dy- 
ing of  wool  or  silk.      Thus  wo  may  use  tlie  colour  call 
ide  of  iron,  dissolved   in  sulphuric  acid,  to  die  wool  ; 
d3^e  cotton  and  linen,  it  is  necessaVy  to  dissolve  it  in  : 
•acid.      >V\.'re  it  })ossible  to  procure  a  sufficient  number  ^ 
onring  stdjstances,   having  a  strong  affinity  for  clotlis, 
swer  all  ii:i:j  purpose  the  art  of  dying  would  be  extremeiv 
pie  and  easy.     i3'it  this  is  by  no  means  the  case.      This 
cnlty  has,  however,  been  obviated   by  a  very  ingcniou> 
(rivance.      Some  other  substance  is  employed  which  s! 
unites  with  the  cloth  and    the  colouring  matter.      Tb 
stance,  therefore,  is  previously  combined  with  the  clot! 
is  then"  dipped   iiito  a  solution  containing  the  colour, 
colour  ilion  combines  witii  tiic  intermediate  substance- 
being  firndy  combined  '.vidi  the  cloth,  secures  the  per:! 
of  the  dyt?.      Snbsta;ices   tjmployed    for  this   purpo  =  ; 
nominated  mordants. 

:  The  method  of  colouring  a  scarlet  dyo,  v;as  discov 
Cornelius    Drebble,  a  citizen  of  Alemaar,  a   man   ext: 
well  skilled  in  chemistry.    Anjong  other  experiments, 
an  account  of  one,  concerning  the  method  of  dying  W( 
a  bright  fl.'.me   colour;   which  his  son-in-law  Knffla:: 

wnrd*?  i  '  '  '•'  tice,  and  by  whicli  means  be  made  a  for 

Ij 


l70  THE    ABTIiT    AND. 

Spirit  of  nitre  has  been  found  to  improve  the  rich  colour  of 
cochineal,  into  the  brightness  of  biirniu;^  fire;  lut  its  acrimony 
corrodes  and  dam..ges  the  wool,  which  is  prevented  by  dul- 
cifying it  wi.h  tin,  after  which,  it  neither  hurts  wood  or  silk. 
Chemistry  is  likewise  obvious  in  another  point  of  view.  "  I 
once  showed,*'  says  the  learned  Boerliaave,  "  colours  which 
I  had  prepared  from  solutions  of  copper,  to  some  skilful  mas- 
ter dyers,  who  were  surprised  wiih  the  beauty  of  them,  and 
would  have  iiiven  any  money  to  have  been  able  to  give  col- 
ours of  sMch  brightness  to  their  siufi's,  &:c.  ;  and  no  wonder, 
since  the  blue,  violet  and  green  of  copper,  which  may  be  raised 
and  weakened  at  pleasure,  afiord  such  a  variety,  that  a  person 
v*ho  can  dye  silk,  woollen,  cotton  or  linen  cloths  therewith 
will  gain  an  immense  estate."  It  has  been  said  by  a  Spanish 
patriot,  that  "good  dyers  iu  silk  and  wool  are  few  every 
where,  and  it  should  be  considered,"  in  regard  to  this  art, 
"  we  depend  upun  it  as  one  of  the  most  essential  recommen- 
dations of  our  manufactured  goods,  and  what  procures  them 
the  readiest  sale,  both  at  home  and  abroad  ;  for  it  will  turn  to 
small  account  that  the  materials  are  good,  and  well  wrought 
up,  unless  the  mixture  and  colours  be  answerable  and  grate- 
ful to  the  eye  of  the  purchaser. 

The  most  important  part  of  dying  is  the  choice  and  appli- 
cation of  «Jorf/a«/5;  as  upon  them  the  permanency  of  almost 
every  dye  depends.  Mordants  must  be  previously  dissolved 
in  some  liquid,  which  has  a  weaker  union  with  the  mordant 
than  the  cloth  has ;  and  the  cloth  must  then  be  steeped  in 
this  solution,  so  as  to  saturate  itsf-lf  with  the  mordant.  The 
most  important  and  most  generally  used  mordant  is  alumine  ; 
it  is  used  in  the  state  of  common  alum,  in  which  it  is  combined 
with  sulphuric  acid,  or  in  tliat  state  called  acetate  of  alumine. 
Alum  to  make  a  mordant  is  dissolved  in  water,  and  very 
frequently,  a  quantity  of  tartrite  of  potash  is  dissolved  with  it. 
Into  this  sdl'jtion  the  woollen  cloth  is  put  and  kept  till  it  has 
absorbed  as  mn^h  alumine  as  necessary.  It  is  then  taken  out, 
washed  and  dried. 

Acetate  of  Alumine,  is  prepaied  as  a  mordant  by  pcurins: 
.'•ceiate  ol  lead  into  a  solution  of  ahm,  (>ee  pa^e  37,  acetate 
cf  alumine.)  This  mordant  is  employed  for  cotton  and  linen. 
It  answers  much  better  for  these  than  alum;  the  stuff  is  more 
easily  saiuraied  with  alumine,  and  takes  in  consequence,  a 
richer  and  mere  pernaaDent  colour.      The  white  ox'de  of  tin 


TRA»SSMA.\  a    CVIAE.  IT* I 

has  enabled  the  moderns  greatly  to  surpnus  mnny  of  the 
ancients,  in  the  fineness  of  their  colonrs  ;  and  oven  to  equal 
the  famous  Tyrian  purple  ;  and  by  means  of  its  scarlet,  the 
briglitness  of  all  colours  is  produced.  It  ir  the  white  oxide 
of  tin  alone  that  is  the  teal  mo.dant.  Tin  is  used  as  a  mor- 
dant in  three  states  :  dissolved  in  nitro-niuriatlc  acid,  in  ace- 
tous acid,  and  in  a  mixture  of  sulphuric  and  muriatic  acids  ; 
but  nitro-rauriate  of  tin  is  the  common  mordant  used  by  dy- 
ers. It  is  prepared  b}'  dissolving  tin  in  diluted  nitric  acid,  to 
which  a  certain  proportion  of  ommon  salt,  or  sal  anmoniac 
is  added.  When  the  nitro-muriaie  of  tin  is  to  be  used  as  a 
mordant,  it  is  dissolved  in  a  large  quantity  of  water,  and  the 
cloth  is  dipped  in  the  solution,  and  allowed  to  remain  until 
sufficiently  saturated.  It  is  then  taken  out,  washed  and  dried. 
Tartar  is  usually  dissolved  in  water,  along  with  the  nilro- 
muriate. 

Red  Oxide  of  Irnn^  is  also  used  as  as  a  mordant  in  dying ; 
it  has  a  very  strong  aflinity  for  all  kinds  of  cloth,  of  which 
the  permanency  of  red  iron  spots,  or  iron  moulds  on  linen  and 
cotton  IS  a  sufficient  proof.  As  a  mordant  it  is  used  in  two 
states  ;  in  that  of  sulphate  of  iron,  or  copperas,  and  that  of 
acetate  of  iron.  The  first,  or  copperas,  is  commonly  used 
fcr  wool.  The  copperas  is  dissolved  in  water,  and  the  cloth 
dipped  into  it.  It  may  be  used,  also  for  cotton,  but  in  most 
cases  acetate  of  iron  is  preferred,  which  is  prepared  by  dis- 
solving iron  or  its  oxide  in  vinegar,  sour  beer,  or  pyroligne- 
ous  acid,  and  the  longer  it  is  kept  the  better.  Tan  is  very 
frequently  cmployedas  a  mordant.  An  infusion  of  nutgalls,  or 
ofsumack,  or  any  other  substances  containing  tan,  i;?  made  in 
water  ;  and  the  cloth  is  dipped  in  this  infusion,  and  allowed 
to  remain  till  it  has  absorbed  a  sufficient  quantity.  Tan  is 
also  employed  alons:  with  other  mordants,  to  produce  a  com- 
pound mordant.  Oil  is  also  used  for  the  same  purpose,  in 
dying  cotton  and  linen.  The  mordants  with  wbic!i  it  is  most 
frequently  combined,  are  alumine  and  oxide  of  iron.  Besides 
these  mordants,  there  are  several  other  substances  frequently 
used  as  auxiliaries,  either  to  facilitate  the  combination  of  the 
mordant  with  the  cloth,  or  to  alter  the  shade  of  colour;  the^ 
chief  of  these  are,  tartar,  acetate  of  lead,  common  salt,  sal 
ammoniac,  sulphur  of  copper,  6lc.  Mordants  not  only  ren- 
der the  dye  perfect,  but  also  have  considerable  influence  on 
th«  «oUur  produced.      The   iam«  colouring  matter  produqea 


TBT     \nT*--         . 

lifteront  eye?,  recording  as  tijc  jiioruant  Is  chr.r.grd.  Sup- 

lor  instance,  that  the  colcarlna:  matter  is  cccbiiieal ;  if 

*he  alumijious  mordant,  the  cloth  will  acquire  a  criir- 

-i"  ;  but  ths  oxide  ol  iroji   produces,  wiih  it,  a  black. 

then,  it  is  not  only  Ecccssary  (t)  produce  a  n.ordant, 

jfiug  matter  of  sacli  a  nature,  that  when  combiocd 

, ,  rhey  shall  produce  the  wished  for  colour  in  perfec- 

Cut  we  Diiist  procure  a  mordarit  and   a,  coloiirin^mat- 

such   a  nature,  that  whco  combined    together,   ihcy 

--ess  the  wi'shcd  for  colour  :   even  a  ^foat  variety  of 

.y  be  produced  with  a  sirr'.e  uvc  '^'if^,  nrwviicd  wo 

•  ihe  ciordirnt  sUiSciently. 

.ietermiriC  the  euects   of  vancjr    saus   cr  ni/iiuancs  on 

1.    27/c  fij/e  of  Maddtr.      For  a   maddei*  red  oq 

s,  the^best  q:i:mt:ty  of  n.adder  is  oi:Q.ha!f,  for  the  ttooI- 

ti  are  to  be  d\ed  ;  the  best  proportion  of  salts  to  be 

iive  parts  cf  alum  and  one  «f  red  tartar,  for  sixteen 

the  stufl'.     A  variation  in  the  proportions  of  jhe  salts 

Iters  the  cob>ur  .that  the  msddei  \\y  ^ives.      If 

ti  is  lessened,  ahd  the  tartar  inert  (•  dyes  provo 

I  innanion.     If  the   alnra   be  entirely  oniiited,    the  red 

disappears,  and  a  di^ralle  tawny  cinnamon  is  produ-. 

If  woollens  are  boiled  in  weak  pcarlash  and  water,  llie 

?r  part  of  tiie  colour  is  destroyed.     A  solutioji  of  soap 

^-ges  a  part  of  the  colour,  and  leaves  the  remaining  more 

ul.     Volatile  alkalies   heighten    the  red  colour  of  the 

-  hut  they  make  the  dye  fugitive. 

he  Dye  of  Logtrood.     Volatile  alkaline  srUs  or  acids 

his  to  purple :  the   vegetable  and    i«itrous  acids,  ren- 

e;  the  vitriolic  and  marine  acids  deepen  it. 

.ihie  ^Vaier.     In  dy inff   browns  or  blaclis,  especially 

-,  lime  water  is  found  to  be  a  very  good  corrective,  as 

;n    alternative  when    ih.e  gocds   have   rrt  rrme   to  the 

's  required  ;  but   practice    al one  can   shew  itsu'I'=y:   it 

ors  well  for  either  woollens,  silks,  or  cottons. 

To  render  Colours  holdh:^.  .  Brown  or  blues,  or  sliadt-s 

irera,  require  no  preparation  to  make  them,  receive  the 

and  IjoJd  it  fast  when  they  fiave  received  it.     Alum  and 

-.  '     ".    ]  :        'her,  when'c:^ld,  form  n  mnstic.  withii?  the 

:    ■       s  ;.  lance,  that  serves  to  refain  tho  dye,  and  re- 

.0  colour  in  a  manner  transpaiently.   Almost  all  browns 

•:  mtd  fast  and  holding  colours,  without  any  preparation^ 


TRAI>K»MAN  •    •tI»E.  173 

the  dying  materials  containing  in  themselves  a  suflicient  de- 
gree of  astringent  quality  to  retain  their  own  colours.  Many 
reds,  are  also,  equally  holding,  but  none  more  so  than  those 
made  with  madder  on  woollens  prepared  with  alum  aud  tar- 
tar. A  very  fast  red  is  also  made  with  brazil  wood,  bv  boil- 
ing the  woollen  in  alum  and  tartar,  an  1  suffering  the  cioih  to 
remain  several  days  in  a  bag,  kept  moist  by  the  preparation 
liquor.  The  cause  of  the  solidity  of  the  colour  from  Brazil 
wood,  dyed  alter  this  method,  arises  from  the  alum  and  tar- 
tar masticating  itself  within  the  pores  of  the  wool  in  quite  a 
solid  state. 

There  is  not  a  drug  used  in  the  whole  art  of  dying,  but  may  be  ir.ado 
a  permanent  dye,  by  finding  cat  a  salt  or  solution  of  some  metal,  that, 
when  once  dissolved  by  acids,  or  b\  boiling  water,  will  neither  be  otrcc- 
ted  by  the  air,  nor  be  dissolved  by  moisture.  Such  are  alum  and  tar- 
tar, the  solution  of  tin,  &c.  But  thfse  salts  and  solutions  do  not  an- 
swer with  all  ingredients  that  ^e  used  in  dyino-. 

To  Drjt  Wool  and  Woollen  Cloths  of  a  Blue    Colour. 

One  part  of  indigo  in  four  parts  concentrated  sulphuric  acid, 
dissolved  ;  then  add  one  part  of  dry  carbonate  of  potash,  and 
dilute  with  eight  times  its  weight  of  water.  The  cloth  must 
be  boiled  for  an  hour  in  a  solution,  containing  five  parts  of 
alum,  and  three  of  tartar,  for  every  thirty-two  parts  of  cloth, 
then  throw  it  into  a  water  bath,  previously  pieparcd,  contain- 
ing a  greater  or  smaller  proportion  of  diluted  sulj)}iate  of  in- 
digo, according  to  the  shade  which  tlie  cloth  is  inten- 
ded to  receive.  Boil  it  in  the  bath  until  the  colour  desi- 
red is  obtained.  The  only  colouring  matters  eni};](»ved  in 
dying  blue  are  indigo  and  woad.  Indigo  has  a  verv  strong 
affinity  for  wool,  silk,  cotton  and  linen.  Every  cloth,  there- 
fore may  be  dyed  with  it  witliout  the  assistance  of  iny  mor- 
dant whatever.  The  colour  thus  induced  is  very  permanent. 
But  indigo  can  only  be  applied  to  cloth  in  a  state  of  solution, 
and  the  only  known  solvent  is  sulphuric  acid.  The  r.ulphate 
of  indigo  is  often  used  to  dye  wool  and  silk  blue,  and  is  known 
by  the  name  of  Saxon  blue. 

It  is  not  the  orly  solution  of  that  pigment  employed  in  dy- 
ing. By  far  the  most  common  method  is,  to  deprive  the  in- 
digo of  its  blue  colour,  and  reduce  it  to  green,  and  then  to  dis- 
solve it  in  water  by  means  of  alkitlics.  Tto  difiercnt  meth- 
od.s  are  emplo^'ed  for  this  purpose.  The  i  rst,  is,  to  mix  the 
indijo  in  a  solution  of  grcv^n  oxide  of  iron    and  diffiTcnt  me- 

*l.-j 


^r-»  THU    AHTIST    AM> 

lallic  sulpliurels.  It',  lUerefore,  indigo  lime,  and  green  sul- 
phate of  ivon  arc  mixed  together  in  water,  liie  indigo  gradu- 
allv  ioies  its  blue  colour,  becomes  green,  and  is  dissolved. 
The  second  method  is,  to  mix  the  indigo,  in  water,  with  cer- 
tain vegetable  substances,  which  readily  undergo  fermenta- 
tion; the  indigo  is  dissolved  by  means  of  t^uicklime  or  alka- 
li, whch  is  added  to  tlie  solution.  The  first  of  these  meth- 
ods is  usually  followed  in  dying  cotton  and  linen  ;  the  second 
in  dving  silk  and  woollen.  In  the  dying  of  wool,  woad  and 
bran  are  commonly  employed,  as  vegetable  ferments,  and 
lime  as  the  solvent  of  the  green  base  of  tlie  indigo  ;  and  by 
following  the  common  process,  indigo  may  be  extracted  from 
ir.  In  the  usual  state  of  wnad,  when  purchased  by  the  dyer, 
the  indigo  which  it  contains,  is  probably  not  far  from  the 
state  of  £:reen  pollen.  Its  quantil3^n  woad  is  but  small,  and 
it  is  mixed  with  a  great  proportion  of  other  vegetable  matter 
When  the  cloth  is  first  taken  out  of  the  vat,  it  is  of  a  green 
colour,  but  it  soon  becomes  blue.  It  ought  to  be  carefully 
washed  to  carry  off  the  uncombined  particles.  This  solution 
of  indigo  is  liable  to  two  inconveniences  :  1st,  It  is  some- 
times apt  to  run  too  fast,  into  the  putrid  fermentation  ;  this 
may  be  known  by  the  putrid  vapours  which  it  exhales,  and  by 
the  disonpearing  of  the  green  colour.  In  this  state  it  would 
soon  destrov  the  indigo  altogether.  The  inconvenience  is 
remedied  by  adding  more  lime^  which  has  the  property  of 
moderating' the  putrescent  tendency.  2dly,  Sometimes  the 
fermentation  goes  on  too  languidly.  This  defect  is  remedied 
by  adding  more  bran  or  woad,  in  order  to  diminish  the  pro- 
portion of  thick  Kme. 

To  make  CJiimic  Blue  and  Green.  Chemic,  for  light 
blues  ?ind  greens  on  silk,  cotton,  or  woollen,  and  for  cleaning 
and  whitening  cotton,  is  made  as  follows.  One  pound  of  the 
best  oil  of  vitriol,  poured  on  -one  ounce  of  the  best  indigo, 
well  pounded  and  sifted  :  add  to  this,  after  it  has  been  \\ell 
stirred,  a  small  lump  of  comnjon  pearl^sh,  as  big  as  a  pea,^  or 
from  that  to  double  the  quantity.  When  the  fermentation 
which  is  produced,  ceases,  put  it  it  into  a  bottle  tightly  cojk- 
ed,  and  it  may  be  used  the  next  day.  Observe,  if  more  than 
th«  qi-iantity  prescribed  of  pearlash  should  be  used,  it  will 
deaden  and  sully  the  colour.  Chemic  K>r  green  as  above  for 
blue,  is  mude  by  only,  addir.^  ->.---— th  tv.orc  oi  the  oi!  <  f 
vitriol. 


*  tradesman's  ouiDr.  173 

To  make  a  Solution  of  T'in  in  Aqua-Kcgia.  Eight  oun- 
ces filtered  river  water,  and  eight  ounces  double  aqiia-fortis  ; 
mix;  add  gradually  hall"  an  ounce  of  sal  ammoniac,  dissolved, 
piece  by  piece,  and  two  drachms  saltpetre.  Then  take  one 
ounce  of  refined  block  tin  ;  put  it  into  an  iron  pan,  and  set 
it  over  the  lire:  whon  melted,  hold  it  four  or  five  feet  over 
the  vessel,  and  drop  it  into  water,  so  as  to  let  it  fall  to  pie- 
ces. Then  put  a  small  i)ic'ce  of  this  granulated  tin  into  tho 
above  aqua-regia,  and  when  the  last  piece  disappears,  add 
more  gradually  till  the  whole  is  mixed  ;  mind  and  keep  it 
firmly  corked.  When  finished  it  will  produce  a  most  excel- 
lent yellow,  though  should  it  I'ail  in  that  respect,  it  will  not 
be  tho  worse  for  use;  keep  it  cool,  as  heat  will  injure  it,  and 
even  spoil  it. 

Tu  make  Muriate  of  Tin.  Take  eight  ounces  muriatic 
acid,  and  dissolve  in  it,  by  slow  degrees,  half  an  ounce  gran- 
nlotod  tin  ;  when  tin's  is  done,  pour  of  rhe  clear  liquid  into  a 
bottle,  and  weaken  it  if  requited,  with  pure  river  water. 

To  determine  the  effect  of  varir.vs  Waters  on  different 
Colours.  Snow  water  contains  a  little  muriate  of  lime,  and 
some  slight  traces  of  nitrate  of  lime;  rain  water  has  the 
same  salts  in  a  larger  quantity,  and  also  carbonate  of  lime, 
muriate  of  lime,  muriate  of  soda,  or  carbonate  of  soda.  River 
water  has  the  same  substance's,  but  in  less  abundance.  Well 
water  contains  sulphate  of  lime,  or  nitrate  of  potash,  besides 
the  above  mentioned  salts.  Should  the  water  contain  a  salt 
or  a  mineral  acidj  in  the  first  instance  no  acid  will  be  required 
to  ncutraliz-c  it  ;  or  in  the  second,  an  alkali.  Thus  waters  of 
any  quality  may  be  saturated  by  their  opposites,  and  rendered 
neutral. 

To  discharge  colours.  The  dyers  generally  put  all  col- 
oured silks  which  are  to  be  discharged,  into  a  copper,  in 
which  half  a  pound  or  a  pound  of  white  soap  is  dissolved. 
They  arc  then  boiled  oil",  and  when  the  copper  begins  to  be 
too  full  of  colour,  the  silks  arc  taken  out  and  rinsed  in  warm 
water.  In  tho  interim  a  fresh  solution  of  soap  is  to  bo 
added  to  the  copper,  and  then  proceed  as  before  till  all  tin; 
colours  are  discharged.  For  those  colours  which  are  wanted 
to  be  efiectually  discharged,  such  as  greys,  cinnamon,  &.c. 
when  soap  does  not  do,  tartar  must  be  used.  For  slate  col- 
ours, greeniiih  drabs,  olive  drab,  &c.  oil  of  vitriol,  in  warm 
>.vater    must    be    used  ;  if  other  colours,  rock  alum   must    ho 


170  THE    ARTIiT    ANW 

boiled  in  tlie  copper,  then  cooled  down,  and  the  silks  entered 
and  boiled  off,  recollecting  to  rinse  them  before  they  are 
again  dyed.  A  small  quaniit}-  of  muriaic  acid,  diluted  in 
warm  water,  must  be  used  to  discharged  some  fast  colours; 
the  goods  must  be  afterwards  well  rinsed  in  warm  and  cold 
water  to  prevent  an}'  injury  to  the  stalk. 

To  dischagt  Cinuamous,  Grtcns,  ^»c.  when  dyed  too 
fully,  take  some  tartar  pounded  in  a  njortar,  sifi  it  into  a 
bucket,  then  pour  over  it  some  boiling  water.  The  silks, 
&c.  may  then  be  run  through  the  clearest  of  this  liquor, 
which  will  discharge  the  colour,  but  if  the  dye  does  not  take 
on  agam  evenly,  more  tartar  may  be  added,  and  the  goods 
run  through  as  before. 

2  c  Iic-D}/c,  or  change  the  colour  of  Garments,  ^-c.  de- 
pends upon  the  ingredients  by  which  they  have  been  dved. 
Sometimes  when  thcse-have  been  well  cleansed,  more  dye 
stuff  must  be  added,  which  will  afford  the  colour  intended, 
and  sometimes  the  colour  already  on  the  cloth  must  be  dis- 
charged and  the  articles  re-dyed. 

Every  colour  in  nature  will  dye  black,  whether  blue,  yellow,  brown, 
or  red  ;  and  black  will  always  dye  black  again.  All  colours  will  take 
the  same  colour  again,  which  ihey  already  possess;  and  blues  can  be 
made  green  or  black;  green  may  be  made  brown  and  brown  green; 
and  every  colour  on  re>dying  will  lake  a  darker  hue  than  at  first.  Yel- 
lows, browns,  atid  blues  are  not  easily  disengaged  ;  njaroons.  reds,  of 
some  kinds,  olives,  .tc.  may  be  discharged. 

Olive  Greys,  ^^c.  are  discharged  by  putting  in  two  or  three 
table  spoonfuls  more  or  less,  of  nW  of  vitriol,  then  put  in  the 
garments,  &c.  and  boil,  and  it  v.  ill  become  whi:e.  If  chemic 
green,  either  alum,  ocarlash,  or  soap,  will  discharge  it  off  to 
the  yellow  ;  this  yellow  may  be  mostly  boiled  off  with  soap, 
if  it  lias  received  a  preparation  for  taking  the  chemic  blue. 
Muriatic  acid  used  at  hard  heat,  will  discharge  most  colours. 
A  black  may  be  dyed  maroon,  claret  green,  or  a  dark  brown, 
but  orreen  is  the  princip  d  colour  into  wiiich  black  is  changed. 

To  alum  Silks.  Silks  should  be  alumed,  when  cold,  lor 
when  they  are  alumed  hot,  they  ar3  deprived  of  a  great  part 
of  their  lustre.  The  alum  liquor  should  always  be  strong 
for  silks,  as  they  take  the  dye  more  readily  afterwards. 

To  dye  Silks  Blue.  Silk  is  dyed  light  bine,  by  a  ferment 
of  si.x  parts,  six  of  indigo,  six  of  potash,  and  one  of  madder. 
For   a  dark  blue,  it  must  previously  receive  what  is  called   a 


TR.vnnsMANs  riuioE.  177 

ground  colour  ;  a  red  die  stuH',  called  archil,  is  used   for  this 
purpose. 

To  dye  Cotton  and  Linen  Blue.  Take  a  solution  of  ono 
p;irt  indigo,  one  part  green  sulphate  of  iron,  and  two  parts 
quicklime. 

Xf^lli^'ic  Dyes.  Oxide  of  tin  is  sometimes  used  when  very 
fine  yellows  are  wantinir.  Tan  is  often  employed  as  subsidia- 
ry to  alumine,  and  in  order  to  fix  it  more  copiously  on  colton 
and  linen.  Tartar  is  also  used  as  -em  auxiliary,  to  brighten 
the  colour  ;  and  muriate  of  soda,  sulphate  of  lime  and  even 
the  sulphate  of  iron,  to  render  the  shade  deeper.  The  yel- 
low dye,  by  mcansxf  fustic  is  more  permanent,  but  not  so" 
bcauliful  as  that  given  by  weld  or  quercitron.  As  it  is  per- 
manent, and  not  much  injured  by  acids,  it  is  often  used  in 
dying  compound  colours,  where  a  ycll^/  is  required.  The 
mordant  is  alumine.  When  it  is  oxide  of  iron,  fustic  dies  a 
good  permanent  drab  colour.  AVeld  and  q!?ercitron  bark 
yield  nearly. the  same  colour  ;  but  the  bark  yields  colouring 
matter  in  greater  abundance,  and  is  cheaper  than  weld.  The 
method  of  using  each  of  these  d^'e  stuffs  is  nearly  the  same. 

Yellow  colouring  matters  have  too  weak  an  affinity  for  cloth,  to  pro-* 
duce  permanent  colours  vvithout  the  use  of  mord:int.s.  Clotl).  Ihwrefore, 
bttore  it  is  dyed  yello'.v,  is  always  prepared  by  soakino-  it  in  alumine. 

To  T>i)e,  JVonllens  Yellow.  Let  them  he  boiled  for  an  hour 
or  more,  with  one  sixth  of  its  weight  of  alum,  dissolved  in  a 
sufiicieut  quantity  of  water  as  a  mordant.  Then  plunge  it 
without  rinsing,  into  a  bath  of  warm  water,  containing  as 
much  quercitron  bark  as  equals  the  weight  of  the  ulum  cm- 
plo3ed  as  a  mordant.  The  cloth  is  lo  be  turned  throueh  the 
boiling  liquid,  till  it  has  acquired  the  intended  colour.  Then 
a  quantity  of  clean  powdered  chalk,  equal  to  the  hundredth 
part  of  the  weight  of  the  cloth,  is  to  be  stirred  in,  and  ih.e 
operation  of  dying  contined  for  eiglit  or  ten  minutes  longer. 
This  method  produces  a  pretty  deep  and  lively  vellow.  For  a 
very  bright  orange,  or  golden  yellov. ,  it  is  necessary  to  use 
the  oxide  of  tin  as  a  mordant.  For  producing  bright  golden 
yellovs,  some  alum  must  be  userl  along  with  the  tin.  Ta 
give  the  yellow  a  delicate  green  shade,  tartar  must  be  added 
in  ditloreii;  |-"npor!ions,  according  to  the  sliado. 

To  dye  Silks   Vellow.     They  may  be  dyed  difieront  shades 
of  yellow,  cither  by  weld  or  quercitron  bark,  but  the  last  \% 


17S  TBK    ARTIST    AND 

the  cheapest.  The  proportion  is  from  one  to  two  parts  of 
bark,  to  twelve  parts  of  silk,  according  to  the  shdde.  Tie 
the  bark  up  in  a  bag,  and  put  it  into  the  dyiue  vess**!  nhile 
the  water  is  cold.  When  it  acquires  the  heat  of  about  100° 
the  silk  having  been  previously  alurued,  should  be  dipped  in, 
and  continued,  till  it  assunaes  the  wished  for  colour.  When 
the  shade  is  required  to  be  deep,  a  little  chalk,  or  pearlash 
should  be  added  towards  the  end  of  the  operation. 

To  dye  Linens  and  Cottons  leiloie.  The  mordant  should 
be  acetate  of  alumiue,  prepared  by  dissolving  one  part  of  ace- 
tate of  lead,  and  three  parts  of  alum,  in  a  sufficieut  quantity 
of  water.-  Heat  the  solurion  to  the  temperature  uf  lOO'^, 
soak  the  cloth  in  it  for  two  hours  ;  then  wring  out  and  dry  it. 
This  may  be  agam  repeated,  and  if  the  shade  of  yellow  is  re- 
quired to  be  very  brigbc  and  durable,  the  alterniie  wetting 
with  limestone  and  soaking  in  the  mordant  may  be  repealed 
three  or-four  times. 

The  drying  bath  is  prepared  by  putting  twelve  or  eighieen 
parts  of  queiciJron  bark,  (according  to  the  depth  of  thr*  shade 
required)  tied  up  in  a  bag,  iuto  a  sufficient  quantity  of  cold 
water.  Into  this  bath  the  cloth  is  to  be  put,  and  turned  in  it 
for  an  hour,  while  its  temperature  is  gradually  raised  to  about 
120^.  It  is  then  to  be  brought  to  a  boiling  heat,  and  the 
cloth  allowed  to  remain  in  it  for  only  a  few  minutes.  If  kept 
louij  at  a  boilin?  heat,  the  yellow  acquires  a  shade  of  brown. 

To  Jiz  a  fine  Mineral  Colour  on  \Vool,  Si/.t,  Cotton,  Sfc. 
Mix  one  lb.  sulphur,  two  lbs.  white  oxide  of  arsenic,  and  live 
parts  pearlash  ;  and  melt  in  a  crucible  at  a  little  short  of  red 
heat.  Thef" result  is  a  yellow  mass,  to  be  dissolved  in  hot  water, 
and  the  liquor  filtrated,  to  separate  from  a  sediment  formed 
cheifly  of  metallic  arsenic,  in  shining  plates,  and  in  a  small 
part  of  a  chocolate  coloured  matter,  which  appears  to  be  a 
sub-sulphuric  acid,  which  produces  a  flacculent  precipitate  of 
a  most  brilliant  yellow  colour.  This  precipitate,  washed  upon 
a  cloth  filter,  dissolves  with  the  utmost  ease  in  liquid  ammonia, 
giving  a  yellow  solution,  which  colour  is  to  be  remnved  by  an 
excess  of  the  same  alkali. 

To  prepare  the  Sttlpkurat  of  Arsenic.  This  produces  a 
very  brilliant  and  permanent  yellow.  Dip  into  a  solution  of 
this  more  or  less  dilated,  according  to  the  depth  of  tint  re- 
quired, wool,  silk,  cotton  or  linen.  All  metallic  utensils 
must  be  carefully  avoided.     When  the  stuffs  come  out  of  this 


TRADESMAN   S     GUIDE  179 

bath,  they  are  colourless,  but  they  insensibly  take  on  a  yel- 
low hue  as  the  ammonia  evaporates.  They  arc  to  he  exposed 
as  equally  as  possible  to  a  current  of  open  air;  and  when  «lie 
coUiur  is  well  come  out,  and  no  longer  heightens,  liio}  are  to 
be  washed  and  dried.  Wool  should  be  lulled  in  the  ammon- 
iacal  solution,  and  should  remain  in  ii,  until  it  is  thoroughly 
soaked  ;  then  very  slightly  and  unilbrmly  pressed,  or  else 
merely  set  to  to  drain  of  itself.  Silk,  cotton,  hemp,  and  flax, 
are  only  to  be  dipped  in  the  dying  liquid,  which  they  easily 
take.  They  must  be  then  well  pressed.  The  sulphur(?t 
arsenic  will  give  every  imaginable  tint  to  stufls,  from  the  deep 
golden  yellow,  which  has  the  invariable  advantage  of  never 
fading,  of  lasting  even  longer  than  the  stufls  themselves,  and 
of  resisting  all  re-agents,  except  alkalies.  Hence  it  is  pecu- 
liarly fitted  for  costly  tapestry,  velvets  and  other  articles  of 
furniture  which  are  not  in  danger  of  beins  washed  with  alka- 
lyes  or  soap  ;  and  to  which  the  durability  of  colour  is  a  most 
importrnt  object.  It  may  also  be  used  with  advantage  in 
paper  staining. 

To  dye  Woollens  Red,  Crimson  and  Scarlet.  Coarse 
woollen  stufls  are  dyed  red  with  madder,  or  archili  ;  but  fine 
cloth  is  almost  delusively  dyed  with  cochineal,  though  the 
colour  it  receives  from  kcrmes  is  more  durnblc.  Brazil  wood 
is  scarcely  used,  excepting  as  an  auxiliary,  because  the  colour 
which  it  imparts  to  the  wool  is  not  permanent.  Wool  is  dyed 
crimson,  by  first  impregnating  it  with  alumine,  by  means  of 
an  alum  bath,  and  then  boiling  in  a  decoction  of  cochineal, 
till  it  has  acquired  the  wished  for  colour.  The  crimson  will' 
be  finer  if  the  tin  mordant  is  substituted  for  alum  ;  indeed,  it 
is  usual  with  dyers  to  add  a  little  nitro-nuiriate  of  tin,  when 
they  want  fine  crimsons;  the  addition  of  archil  and  potash  to 
the  cochineal  both  render  the  crimson  darker,  and  gives  it 
the  more  bloom.  But  the  bloom  ver}'  soon  vanishes.  For 
the  paler  crimsons,  only  one  half  of  the  cochineal  is  withdrawn j 
and  madder  substituted  in  its  place.  Wool  may  be  dyed  scar- 
let, b^  first  boiling  it  in  a  solution  of  nnirio-sulphate  of  tin, 
then  dyin?  it  pale  yellow  with  queacitron  bark,  and  afterwards 
crimson  with  cochineal,  for  scarlet  is  a  compound  colour,  con- 
sisting of  crimson  mixed  with  a  little  yellow. 

To  carry  the  Colour  into  the  body  of  the  Cloth.  Make 
the  moistened  cloth  pass  through  between  rollers  plSced  within 
and  at   the  bottom  of  the  dye  vat,   so  that  the  web,  passing 


IbO  THE    AllTiST    AM) 

iVom  ona  wiiidkiss  through  ihc  dyo  vat,  and  bcicg  strongly 
compress2d  by  the  rollers  in  its  passage  to  another  windlass, 
all  the  reiuuin'iig  water  h  drawn  out,  and  is  replaced  by  the 
colouring  liquid,  so  a,s  to  receive  colour  to  ics  very  centre. 
The  windiug  should  be  couliuued  backwards  and  forwards 
ifrora  one  windlass  to  the  other,  and  through  the  rolling  press, 
till  the  dye  is  of  sufficient  intensity. 

Tu  (/>/e  Silks  Rcd^  Crimson^  <5*c.  Silk  is  usually  dyed  red 
Avith  cochineal,  or  car:haaius,  and  souiotiines  with  Brazil  woodl 
Kernies  does  not  answer  for  silk.  Madder  is  scarcely  ever 
used  for  that  purpose,  because  it  does  not  yield  a  colour 
bright  enough.  Archil  is  employed  to  give  silk  a  bloum;  but 
it  is  scarcely  ever  used  by  itself,  unless  when  the  colour  wan- 
ted is  lilac.  Silk  may  be  dyed  crimson  by  steeping  it  in  a 
solution  olaluui,  and  then  dyin"  it  in  the  usual  waj',  in  cochi- 
neal bath.  Tiie  colours  known  by  the  name  of  poppy,  cherry, 
rose,  and  flesh  colmir  are  given  to  siiks  by  means  of  cartlsa- 
mus.  The  process  consists  meroly  in  keeping  the  silk,  as  long 
as  it  extracts  any  colour  in  an  alkaline  solution  of  carrhanius, 
into  wiiich  as  ni  ich  hjiaon  juice  -es  gives  it  a  fine  cherry  red 
colour,  hns  been  poured.  S';lk  cannot  be  ('yed  a  frdl  scarlet; 
but  a  colour  approaciiing  to  scarlet  may  be  t^iven  to  it,  by  first 
impregnating  the  stuff  with  murio-sulpliate  of  tin;  and  after- 
svards  dying  it  in  a  bath,  composed  of  four  parts  of  cochineal, 
and  four  parts  of  quercitron  bark.  To  give  ilie  colour  more 
body,  both  the  m;)rdant  and  the  dvc  nK*\'  be  repeated.  A  col- 
our approaching  scarlet  may  bo  given  to  silkj  by  first  dyinj]^it 
in  crimson,  then  dying  it  wiih  carthamns  ;  and  lastly,  yellow 
without  heat. 

I'u  di/a  Linens  and  Cottons  Red,  Sfc.  Cotton  and  linen 
are  dyed  red  wiih  madder.  The  process  was  borrowed  from 
the  east ;  hcjuce  the  colour  is  of[en  called  Adrianoplc,  or  Tur- 
key red.  The  cloth  is  first  impregnated  vv'ith  oil,  then  with 
galls,  and  lastf)'  with  alum.  It  is  then  boiled  for  an  hour  in 
a  decoction  of  niadder,  .which  is  commonly  mixed  wiih  a 
cjuantity  of  blood.  After  the  cloth  is  dyed,  it  i-;  plunged  into 
a  soda  lye,  in  order  to  heighten  the  colour.  The  red  given 
by  this  process  is  very  permanent,  and  when  j)ro[)crly  con- 
ducted, it.  is  exceedingly  beautiful.  The  whole  difticulty 
consists  in  the  anpMcation  of  the  mordant,  which  is  by  far  the 
most  comjUicatod  in  the  whole  art  ofdying.  Cotton  may  be 
dyed   scarlet,  Ity  nieauG  of  murio-sulphate   of  tin,  cochineal, 


TRAfiESMAX's    6UIDE.  Ill 

aud   quercitron  bark,  used  as  for  si!k,  but  the  colour  is  tDd 
fading  to  be  of  any  value. 

Black  Dye,  Tlia  subsiauces  employed  to  give  a  black 
colour  to  cloih,  arc  red  oxyde  of  iran,  and  tan.  These  two 
substances  have  a  strong  athiiiiy  for  each  other,  yjid  when 
combined,  assume  a  deep  black  colour,  not  liable  to  be  de- 
str03'ed  by  the  action  of  air  or  light.  Logwood  is  usually 
employed  us  an  auxiliary,  because  it  communicates  lustre,  and 
adds  considerably  to  the  fuhiess  of  the  black.  The  decoc- 
tion is  at  first  a  fine  red,  bordering  on  violet  ;  but  if  left  to 
itself,  it  gradually  assumes  a  black,  colour.  Acids  give  it  a 
deep  red  colour,  alkalies,  a  deep  violet,  inclining  to  brown  ; 
sulj)hate  of  iron  renders  it  as  black  as  ink,  and  occasions  a 
precipitate  of  the  same  colour,  cloih  before  it  receives  black 
colour,  is  usual!}'  died  blue  ;  this  renders  the  colour  much  ful- 
ler and  finer  than  it  would  otherwise  be.  If  the  cloth  is 
coarse,  the  blue  dye  may  be  too  expensive  ;  in  that  case,  a 
brown  colcur  is  given,  by  means  of  walnut  peels. 

To  dye  WooUe^is  lUack.  Wool  is  dyed  black  by  the  fol- 
lowing process.  It  is  boiled  fOr  two  hours  in  a  decoction  of 
iiutgalls,  and  afterwards  kept,  for  tv.o  hours  more,  in  a  bath, 
cotnposed  t>f  lognood  and  sulj)ijate  of  iron  ;  kept  during  the 
whole  time,  at  a  scalding  heat,  but  not  boiling.  During  the 
operation,  it  must  be  frequeiiily  exrosed  to  the  air;  because 
the  green  oxide  of  iron,  of  wl:ic!j  the  sulpiuue  is  compnsed, 
must  be  convfirted  into  led  oxide,  by  absorbing  oxygen,  be- 
fore the  cloth  can  acquire  a  proper  colour.  The  common 
proportions,  are  five  parts  galls,  fjve  sulphate  of  iron,  and  30 
of  logwood  for  every  lOO  of  cloth.  A  little  acetate  of  copper 
is  commonly  added  to  i!i»^  sulph:;te  of  iron,  because  it  is 
ihouirht  to  improve  the  colour. 

7o  Dye  Silks  Ulacl-.  Silk  is  dyed  nearly  in  the  same  man- 
ner. It  is  capable  of  combining  wi:h  a  great  deal  of  tan  ;  the 
quantity  is  varied  at  tlie  pleasure  of  the  artist,  by  allowing  the 
silk  to  remain  a  longer  or  a  shorter  time  in  iht^  decoction. 

To  Dye  Cottons  and  Linens  Black.  The  cloth  previ- 
ously dyed  blue,  is  steeped  for  twenty-four  hours  in  a  decoc- 
tion of  nutgalls.  A  bath  is  prepared,  containing  acetate  of 
iron,  f(»rmed  by  saturating  acetous  acid  with  br:>wn  oxide  «>f 
iron  ;  into  this*  bath  the  cloth  is  put,  in  smaH||fcntities  at  a 
time,  wrought  with  the  hand  Iff  a  quarter  of  ^^Inmr  ;  then 
wrung  out  and  dyed  again;  wrought  in  a  fresh  quantity  of  tho 

10 


j[g2  THE    ARTIST    A-NiJ 

bath,  and  after\^ards  aired.  These  alternate  processes  arie 
repeated  till  the  colour  wauted  is  given  ;  a  decoction  of  ?ildrr 
bark  is  usually  mixed  vi'nh  the  liquor  containing  the  nut- 
galls. 

To  Dye  TT'oo/,  S^^c.  Brown.  Brown  or  fawn  colour,  though 
in  fact,  a  compound,  is  usually  ranked  araong  the  simplo  col- 
ours, because  it  is  applied  to  cloih  b>  a  single  process.  Xa- 
rious  substances  are  used  for  brown  dyes.  Walnut  peels,  or 
the  greeu  covering  of  the  wdluut,  when  first  separated,  are 
white  internally,  but  soon  assume  a  brown,  or  even  a  black 
colour,  on  exposure  to  the  air.  They  readily  yield  their  co- 
lourins:  matter  to  water.  They  are  usually  kept  in  large  casks, 
covered  with  water,  for  above  a  year  beftire  they  are  used. 
To  die  wool  brown  wiih  them,  nothing  more  is  necessary', 
ihan  to  steep  the  cloth  in  a  decoction  of  them,  till  it  bas  ac- 
quired the  wislied  for  col.ur.  The  dej)th  of  the  shade  is  pro- 
portioned to  the  strength  of  the  deception.  The  root  of  the 
walnut  tree  contains  the  same  colouring  matter,  but  in  a  smal- 
ler quantity.  Tiie  bark  of  the  birch  also,  and  man}'  other 
ireps,  may  be  used  for  ihe  san  e  purpose. 

To  Dye  Compound  Colours.  Compound  colours  are  pro- 
duced by  mixing  togeiher  two  sim|?le  ones:  or  which  is  the 
same  thin?  by  dying  cloth  fi;st  of  the  simple  colour,  and  then 
by  anoiher.  These  colours  var\'  to  infinity',  according  to  the 
proportions  of  the  insrredienrs  employed.  From  blue,  jed 
and  yellow,  red  fdives^  and  greenish  Qreys  are  #lade. 

From  blue,  red  and  brown,  nlires  are  made  from  the  light- 
est to  the  darkest  shades;  nnd  by  giving  a  greater  shade  of 
red,  tlie  slated  and  lavender  greys  are  made. 

From  blue,  :ed  and  bl;ick,  *  greys  of  all  shades  are  made, 
such  as  sas^e,  pigeon,  slate  and  lead  greys. 

From  yellow,  blue  and  brown,  are  made  olives  of  all  kinds. 

From  brown,  blue  and  black,  are  pioduced  brown  olives, 
and  their  shades. 

Fiom  red,  \ellow  and  brown,  are  derived  the  orange^  gold 
colour,  dead  catenations,  cinnamon,  fawn  and  tobacco,  by 
using  two  or  three  of  the  colours  required. 

From  yellow,  red  and  black,  browns  of  every  shade  are 
made.  ^^ 

From  M^^nd  yellow,  g^^^s  of  a^l  shades. 

From  red  and  blue,   purples'oi  all  kinds  are  foi  med. 

To  Dye  different  shades  of  Green.     Wcol,  silk  and  linen 


TR-VDES-MAN  S    GUIDE.  18$ 

are  usually  dyed  green,  by  giving  them  first  a  blue  colour  ;  and 
afiorwards  dying  ilu.'m  yellow;  wIu'm  ilie  yellow  ts  first  given 
sevtrul  inconveniences  Ibiow  :  the  ncUo'w  pat  .ly  se^)ai;ires 
again  in  ihe  blue  vat,  md  coniniunicajesipllreen  coi<jur  to  it, 
then  rendering  it  useless  fur  every  other  purpose,  except  dy- 
ing green.  Any  of  ihe  usu  d  processes  inr  dying  bine  and 
3'ellow  may  be  followed,  taking  care  to  proportion  the  depth 
of  the  siiades  to  that  of  the  green  required.  \Vhen  sulphate 
of  indigo  is  employed,  it  is  usual  to  mix  all  the  ingredients 
together,  and  lo  dye  the  cloth  at  once  ;  this  produces  what  is 
known  by  the  name  of  Saxon,  or  English  green. 

To  Dye  Violet^  P urph  and  Lilac.  Wool  is  generally  first 
<lied  blue,  and  afterwards  scarlet,  in  the  usual  manner.  By 
means  of  cochineal  mixed  with  sulphate  of  indigo,  the  pro- 
cess may  be  performed  at  once. 

Silk  is  first  died  crimson  by  means  of  cochineal,  and  then 
dipped  into  the  indigo  vat.  Cotton  and  linen  are  first  died 
blue,  and  then  dipped  in  a  decoction  of  logwood,  bat  a  more 
permanent  colour  is  given  by  mc-ans  of  oxide  of  iron. 

To  Dye  Olive^  Orange^  and  Cinnamon.  When  blue  is 
combined  with  ced  and  yellow  on  cloth,  the  resulting  colour 
is  olive.  Wool  may  be  dyed  orange,  by  first  dying  it  scat  let, 
and  then  yellow.  W^hen  it  is  dyed  first  with  madder,  the  re- 
sult is  a  cinnamon  colour.  Silk  is  dyed  orange  by  means  of 
carthamus  ;  a  cinnamon  colour  by  logwood,  Brazil  vrood,  and 
fustic,  mixed  together.  Cotton  and  linen  receive  a  cinnamon 
colour  by  means'of  weld  and  madder;  and  an  olive  colour 
by  being  passed  through  a  blue,  yellow,  and  then  a  madder 
bath. 

To  Dye  Grey,   D rah,  and  dark  Brown.      If  cloth  is    pre- 
viously combined   with  brown  'oxide   of  iron,  and    afterwards 
dyedyell;)w  with  quercitron  bark,  the  result  will  be  a  drab  o/ 
diflerent  sh:ides,  according  to  ih<?  portion  of  mordant  emplojf^ 
ed.      When  the  proportion  is  small,  the  colour  inclines  to  ol>^ 
ive,  or  yellow;   on  the  conti*  ry,  tht;  dra!»  may  he   deepened, 
or  saddened  as  the  dyers   tern£it,   by  mixing   a  little  sumach 
with  the  bark. 

To  Dyt  Olives,  Jinttlc  Greens,  Purples,  Browns^  Cinna- 
mons, or  Snnjfs.  Take  common  iron  liquor,  or  alum  dissoN 
ved  in  it,  a  quantity  of  encii  according  to  the^»Lade  wanted, 
made  into  a  paste  or  liquid  by  adding  flour,  ^pi,  glue,  lin- 
seed,  or  one    vr  more    of  tliom.      Then  put  the  composition 


iS4  THK    ARTIST    Ai\fr 

into  a  tub  connected  with  a  machine  used  for  such  purposes} 
take  them  from  the  machine,  and  hang  them  up  iy  a  very 
cool  room  :  where-lhey  shou'd  remain  until  dry.  Take  cow's 
manure,  put  it  into  a  large  copper  of  hot  water,  and  mix  welt 
together  ;  through  which  pass  the  cloth,  until  thoroughly  sof- 
tened. After  this  process,  cleanse  the  goods  ;  then  take  a 
liquor  made  of  madder,  logwood,  sumach,  fustic,  Brazil  wood, 
quercitron  bark,  peacli,  or  other  woods,  to  produce  the  colour 
wanted,  or  more  of  then) ;  and  if  necessary  dilute  this  liquor 
with  water,  according  to  the  shade  or  fulness  of  the  colour 
wanted  to  be  died.  Then  work  the  goods  through  this  li- 
quor ;  after  which  pass  them  through  cold  or  warm  water, 
according  to  colour,  the  proper  application  of  which  is  weU 
known  to  dyers,  adding  a  little  alum,  copperas,  or  Roman 
vitriol,  or  two  or  more  of  them  lirst  dissolved  in  water.  Then 
V7ash  them  off  in  warm  water,  and  dry  them.  But  if  the  co- 
lour is  not  sufficiently  full,  repeat  the  same  operation  till  it. is 
brought  to  the  colour  required. 

To  Dye  a  Black  upon  Cotton^  Linejiy  and  mired  Goods,  is 
effected  by  tar  and  iron  liquor  of  the  best  quality,  adding  to 
each  gallon  of  the  mixture,  a  pound  of  fine  Hour.  Some  take 
common  iron  liquor,  and  add  three  quarters  of  fjne  flour,  and 
by  boiling,  bring  it  to  the  consistence  of. a  thin  paste,  or  in- 
stead of  flc)ur,  add  glue  or  linseed,  or  gum,  or  all  of  them 
mixed  together,  and  brought  to  a  proper  thickness.  The  rest 
of  the    process   is    conducted  in  a  simihir  manner  fo  the  last. 

To  Dye  Crimson,  Red,  Oi-ange,  or  Yelhnc.  Take  red  li- 
quor, 3uch  as  is  geuerall}'  made  frtm  alum,  and  dilute  it  with 
water  according  to  the  strength  or  shade  of  colour  wanted  to 
dye,  bringing  it  to  ihe  consistency  of  a  paste  or  liquid,  as  be- 
fore described  ;  then  pass  the  cloth  through  the  niachinc, 
which,  being  dried  in  a  cool  room,  pass  it  through  the  opera- 
lion  as  described  iir  the  article  on  olives,  bottle  greens,  &,c. 
then  take  a  quantity  of  liquor  made  of  cochineal,  madder, 
peach  wood,  Brazil,  logwood,  woad,  fustic,  sumach,  or  any 
two  or  more  of  them,  proj)ortAoned  in. strength,  to  the  shade 
or  colour  wanted  to  dye,  and  work  the  goods  through  this  li- 
quor,  till  they  are  brought  to  the  shade  of  colour  required  ; 
then  wash  them  in  cold  or  warm  water  and  dry  them. 

To  Dye  Qotton,  Wool,  and  Silk  with  Prussian  Blue.  Im- 
iweise  the  c(^on  in  a  large  tub  of  water  slightly  acidulaterl 
aud  charged  with  Prussiate   of  potash.     These  sorts  of  scuffs 


tradesman'}-;  (iLiDK.  18a 

dyod  in  Prussian  blue,  and  then  in  olive  transformed  into 
grooi),  are  particularly  sought  al'ier  in  trade.  By  processes 
analogous  to  those  cniplovcd  tor  common  ^tuil's,  iho  iavcntor 
has  tibiained  the  same  shades  and  colours,\n  samples  of  silk, 
and  tor  manv  years  he  has  succeeded  in  lixiug  Prussian  Wuo 
on  wool  ;  aiid  in  producing  on  cloth  the  > mu*  shades,  as  on 
cotton  and  silk. 

To  precipitate  Acetates  of  Jjcad  and  Copper  on  V/ool^ 
S'dk^  and  Cotton.  Soak  the  stull' to  be  dyed,  in  a  solution  ol' 
acetate,  or  rather  sub-acetate,  of  lead,  wring  it  when  taken 
out  of  the  bath,  dry  in  the  shade  ;  then  wasli  it  and  immerse 
it  in  water  charged  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen  gas.  'i'his 
process  produces  in  a  few  minutes,  rich  and  welMaid  shades, 
which  vary  from  the  clear  vigonc  colour,  to  the  deep  brown, 
according  to  the  force  of  the  mordant,  and  the  number  of  the 
immersions  of  the  stuffs  in  the  two  bathing  vessels.  Trom 
the  order  of  afluiitics,  it  is  the  wool  wliicli  takes  colour  the 
best,  afterwards  the  silk,  then  tijc  cotton,  and  lastly  the  thiead 
which  appears  little  apt  to  combine  with  the  ni(tidant.  The 
different  colours  above  indicated  resist  the  air  well,  likewist; 
feeble  acids,  alkalies,  and  boiling  soap,  which  modify  their 
shades  iu  an  imperceptible  nvinner,  and  these  shades  are  so 
strikingr,  that  it  will  appear  diflicult  to  obtain  them  in  any 
other  wa}'. 

This  new  kind  of  dye  is  very  economical;  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
gns  is  obtained  Irom  a  mixture  of  two  parts  of  iron  fihngs  and  on«  of 
brimstone,  melted  in  a  pot  ;  the  brimstone  is  bruis'jd,  introduced  into  a 
matrass,  and  the  gas  is  removed  by  sulphuric  acid,  extended  in  water  J^ 
a  mild  lieat.     The  gas  absorbs  abundantly  in  cold  water. 

To  Dye  Cotton  Cloth  Black.  Take  a  quantity  of  RIo- 
lacca  nuts,  and  boil  them  in  water,  in  close  earthen  vessels, 
with  the  leaves  of  the  tree.  During  the  boiling,  a  whitish 
substance,  formed  from  the  mucilage  and  oil  of  the  nuts,  will 
rise  to  the  surface;  this  must  be  taken  off  and  preserved. 
The  cloth  intended  to  be  black  must  be  printed  with  this 
scum,  and  then  died,  after  which,  let  it  be  passed  through 
lime-wattr,  when  the  pjiinted  figures  will  he  changed  to  a  lull 
and  permanent  black. 

To   Df/e    WoqI  a   permanent    Blue    Colour.      Take   fmr 
ounces  of  the  host  i!idi<jo,  reduce  it  to  a  fine  powder  and  -  M 
twt^lve  pounds  of  wool,^  in  the  grease;  put  the  .whoh'  in 
copper  large  endugh  to  contain  all  the  wool  to  be  died.     As 


!§(»  tnc  ARtist  x:t?» 

80on  as  the  requisite  colour  is  obtained,  let  the  wool  be  Well 
washed  and  dried.  The  liquor  remaining,  may  be  again  used, 
to  produce  lighter  blues.  The  colour  will  be  very  boauiitiil, 
and  pernianent  as  ihe  finest  blue  produced  by  woad  ;  and  the 
Wool,  by  this  method  will  lose  less  in  wei^'lit,  liian  if  it  had 
been  previously  secured* 

To  produce  the  t^wiss  deep  and  pale  Red  topical  Mordant, 
When  the  cloth  has  been  freed  by  steeping  and  boiling  in  soap 
and  water,  from  the  paste  used  by  the  weaver,  and  any  other 
impurities  it  may  hive  acquired,  immerse  it  thoroughly,  or  as 
it  is  called,  tramp  or  pad  ft  in  a  solution  of  any  alkali,  and 
oil  or  grease,  forming  an  imperfect  soap  dissolved  in  water,  or 
in  a  solution  of  soda  and  gallipoli  oil,  in  the  proportion  of 
one  gallon  of  oil  to  twenty  guilons  of  soda  lees,  at  the  strength 
of  four  degrees  and  a  half;  then  dry  the  cloth  in  the  stove, 
and  repeat  the  process  several  times,  which  may  be  varied  ai 
pleasure,  nccording  to  the  lustie  and  durability  of  the  colour 
wanted,  stove  drying  ihe  chtih  between  every  immersion.  To 
the  above  solutions  a  lidle  slieep*s  manure  for  the  first  three 
immersions;  afier  the  cloih  has  been  immersed  in  these  li- 
quors, steep  it  in  a  quantiiy  of  waier,  for  twelve  liouis,  at 
110  deg.  Fahrenheit;  the  cloth  being  again  stove  dried  is 
immersed  in  a  solution  of  alkali  and  oil,  or  grease,  or  boiled 
in  perfect  soap  dissolved  ;  which  process  must  be  repeated, 
according  t(>  the  brilliancy  of  the  colours  wanted  ;  stone  dry- 
ing as  before  between  every  immersion  ;  these  are  called  the 
wifiite  liquors.  Steep  the  cloth  tor  twelve  hour^,  at  125  dog. 
Fahrenheit,  which  forms  what  is  called  the  white  steep,  The 
cloth  being  now  thoroughly  washed  ii:  cold  water,  an. I  dried, 
is  ready  to  receive,  first,  the  pink  mordant,  composed  as  tol- 
lows  :  equal  quantities  b}^  nieasuremeni  of  a  decoction  of 
galls,  at  the  strength  of  four  to  six,  and  a  solution  of  alum  at 
one  half  degree,  the  alum  being  previously  saturated  wish 
whitening,  or  any  other  alkali,  in  the  proportion  of  one  ounce 
to  the  pound  weight  of  alum;  mix  then)  together,  and  raise 
the  temperature  to  140  deg.  of  Falirenheit,  or  as  hot  as  can 
be  handled.  By  immersion,  as  formerly  mentioned  in  this 
mixture,  the  clovh  when  died  and  cleared,  exhibits  a  beauti- 
ful pink,  equal,  if  not  superior  to  that  produced  by  cochi- 
neal. 

To  dye  Silks  and  Salins  Brown,    in  flic  small  way.      Fill 
th«  copper  with   river  water;   when  it  gently  boils,   put  in  a 


tradesman'*    GUIDC.  187 

quarter  of  a  uound  of  chipped  fustic,  two  ounces  of  madder, 
one  ounce  of  suiiiar.li,  and  half  an  ounce  of  camwood,  but  if  it 
is  not  required  to  bo  so  red,  the  camwood  may  be  omitted. 
These  should  boil  at  least,  from  half  an  hour  to  two  hours, " 
thai  the  ingredients  :iiay  be  well  incorporated.  The  copper 
must  then  be  cooled  down  by  pouring  in  cold  water;  the 
goods  may  then  bo  put  in  and  simmered  gently  from  half  to 
an  hour. 

If  this  colour  should  appear  to  want  darkening-,  it  may  be  done  by 
taking  out  the  goods  ;  and  adding  a  small  quantity  of  old  black  liquor  ; 
a  small  piece  of  green  copperas  may  be  used  ;  rinse  in  two  or  three 
waters,  and  hang  up  to  dry. 

To  dye  Silk  JTawn  Colour  Drabs.  Boil  one  ounce  fustic, 
half  an  ounce  of  aider  bark,  and  two  dracbms  of  archil.  From 
one  to  four  draclims  of  the  best  madder  must  be  added  to 
a  very  small  quaniily  of  old  black  liquor,  if  it  required 
darker. 

To  die  a  Silk  Shawl  Scarlet.  Dissolve  two  ounces  of 
white  soap  in  boiling  water,  handle  the  shawl  through  the 
liquor,  rubbing  such  places  with  the  hands  as  may  appear 
dirty.  A  second  or  third  liquor  may  be  used,  if  required  ; 
after  which  rinse  out  the  shawl  in  warm  water.  Then  take 
half  an  ounce  of  the  best  Spanish  arnotto,  dissolve  it  in  hot 
water;  pour  the  solution  into  a  pan  of  warm  water,  handle 
the  shawl  in  it  a  quarter  of  an  hour,  then  rinse  it  in  clean 
water,  in  the  meanwhile  dissolve  a  piece  of  alum,  of  the 
size  of  a  horse  bean  in  warm  water,  let  the  shawl  ren)ain  in 
this  half  an  hour,  then  rinse  it  in  clean  water.  Now  boil  a 
quarter  of  an  ounce  o^the  best  cochiueal  for  twenty  minutes, 
i\\i  it  out  of  the  copper  into  a  pan,. let  the  shawl  remain  in 
this  from  twenty  minutes  to  half  an  hour,  when  it  will  become 
a  bkod  red  ;  then  take  it  out  and  add  to  the  liquor  in  the 
pan,  a  quart  nmrc  out  of  the  copper,  if  there  is  as  much  re- 
maining," and  about  half  a  small  wine  rrlass  full  of  the  solution 
of  tin  ;    when  cold,  rinse  it  out  slightly  in  cold  water. 

7^0  dj/c  a  Silk  Shawl  Crimson.  Take  about  a  table- 
spoonful  of  cudbear,  put  if  into  a  small  pan,  pour  boiling  wa- 
ter upon  it,  stir  and  let  it  stand  a  few  minutes,  then  put  in  the 
silk,  and  turn  it  over  a  short  time,  and  when  the  colour  is  full 
enoufih,  take  it  out;  but  if  it  should  require  more  violet  or 
crimson,  add  a  spoonful  or  two  of  purple  archil  to  some  warm 
water,  and  dry  it  within  dooi's.  To  finish,  it  must  be  calen- 
dered, and  then  pressed. 


188  THE    ARTIST    AVD 

To  dye  thick  Silks,  Satins,  Silk  Stockings,  l^'c.  Flesh 
Colour.  Wash  the  stockings  clean  in  soap  and  water,  and 
rinse  in  liot  ^'ater ;  if  they  should  not  aj3|jear  perfectly  clear, 
cut  half  an  ounce  of  while  soap  into  slices,  put  it  into  a  saucfe 
pan  half  full  of  boiling  water;  when  it  is  dissolved,  cool  the 
water  in  the  pan,  then  put  in  stockings,  and  simmer  twenty 
minutes,  when  they  should  be  rinsed  in  hot  water;  in  the  in- 
terim pour  three  table  spoonfuls  of  purple  archil  into  a  wash 
basin  half  full  of  hot  water  ;  dye  the  stockings  in  this  liquor, 
and  when  nearly  of  the  shade  of  half  violet  or  lilac,  slightly 
rinse  them  in  cold  water;  when  dry,  hang  them  up  in  a  close 
ri»om,  in  which  sulphur  is  burnt ;  when  they  aro  evenly 
bleached  to  the  shade  required,  finish  by  rubbing  the  right 
side  with  a  Ilannel.  Some  prefer  calendering  them  afterwards. 
Satins  and  silks  are  done  in  the  same  way. 

To  dye  Silk  Stockings  Black.  These  are  dyed  like  other 
silks,  excepting  they  must  be  steeped  a  day  or  two  in  black 
liquor,  before  fhey  are  put  into  ihe  black  silk  dye.  At  first 
thev  will  look  like  an  iron  grey,  but  to  finish  and  black  them, 
thev  must  be  put  on  wooden  Ict?,  laid  oh  a  table  and  rubbed 
with  liie  oily  rubber  or  flmnel,  upon  which  is  oil  of  olives. 
For  each  pair  it  will  require  half  a  tahlespoonful  of  oil,  and 
half  an  hour's  rubbing,  to  finish  them  well. 

To  dye  Straw  and  Chip  Bonnets  Black.  Ciiip  hats  are 
stained  bhck  in  various  ways.  1st.  By  being  boiled  in  strong 
logwood  liquor  three  or  four  hours  ;  they  must  be  often  taken 
out  to  cool  in  the  air,  and  occasionally  a  sm  dl  quantity  of 
copperas  must  be  added.  Tlie  bonnets  may  be  kept  in  the 
vessel  containing:  the  liquor  one  nigiit,  and  in  the  morning 
dried  in  the  air,  and  brushed  with  a  soft  brush.  Lastly,  a 
sponge  is  dipped  in  oil,  and  squeezed  almost  to  dryness;  with 
this  rub  them  all  over.  Some  boil  them  on  logwood,  and  in- 
stead of  copperas,  use  steel  filings  steeped  in  vinegar;  when 
they  are  finislied  as  above. 

To  di/e  Black  Cloth  Green.  Clean  the  cloth  well  with 
bullock's  eall  and  water;  rinse  in  warm  water;  nnke  a  cop- 
per full  of  rivei  water  boiling  hot,  and  take  from  one  to  one 
pouQ;l  and  a  half  of  fustic ;  add  to  the  water,  and  boil  twenty 
minutes  :  put  in  a  lump  of  alun)  of  the  size  of  a  wnlnut  ;  wheii 
dissolved,put  in  the  aflicle  to  be  dyed^  and  boil  twenty  min- 
utes ;  then  take  it  out,  and  add  a  s.nall  wine  glass  three  parts 
full  of  chemic  blue,  Rnd  boil  again  from  half  to  an  liour,  when 


tradesman's  cvwc.  189 

the  cloth  will  become  a  beautiful  green  ;  then  wash  out  and 
dry. 

Sazon  Blue,  ScotCs  Liquid  Blue.     Indigo,  one  pound,  oil 
of  viiriol  four  pounds — dissolve  by  keeping  the  bone  in  boil-  ^ 
ing  waier  ;   ihen  add  twelve  pounds  of  water,  or  q.  p. 

Ati  excellent  dye,  the  basis  of  many  colours.  A  decoction 
of  the  seeds  of  red  Trefoil  is  mixed  with  dillerent  mineral 
substances;  the  dy»^s  produced  are  very  beautiful,  and  of  a 
great  variety.  Among  them  are  yollovv  and  green  of  difler- 
ent  shades,  as  also  citron  a'><^  orar?ge  colours.  These  dyes 
are  well  adapted  to  woollen  and  cotton  manufactuies :  iliey 
resist  tho  «ction  of  the  substances,  with  whicii  trials  are 
usually  made,  much  better  than  the  common  dyes. 

Pink  Dye.  Tic  s;ifllower  in  a  bag  and  wash  it  in  water, 
until  it  no  longer  colours  the  water  ;  then  dry  it  : — of  this 
take  two  drachms,  salt  of  tartar,  eighteen  grains,  spirits  of 
wine,  seven  drachms  ;  digest  for  two  hours,  add  two  ounces 
of  distilled  water,  digest  for  two  hours  moie,  and  add  a  suf-. 
ficient  quantity  of  distilled  vinegar  or  lemon  juice,  to  render 
it  a  tine  rose  colour,  used  as  a  cosmetic  and  to  make  French 
rouiip. 

Nankten  Dye.  Arnotto,  prepared  kali,  of  each  equal 
parts,  boiled  in  water; — the  proportion  of  the  kali  is  altered 
as  the  colour  is  requhed  to  be  deeper  or  lighter  ;  used  to  res- 
tore the  colon?  of taded  nankeen. 

Scarlet  Colour — Muriate  of  Tin.  Prepare  the  niiro- 
nmriatic  acid  hy  mixing  one  part  of  muriatic  acid  with  two  of 
nitric  acid,  and  put  a  very  small  quantity  into  a  Florence  flask. 
Drop  tin  into  it  by  small  quantities,  that  it  may  not  become 
too  hot  by  the  rapid  union  of  the  tin  and  acid.  Aftei  the 
acid  is  sniurated,  dissolve  sonie  of  it  in  water.  Dissolve  in 
water  in  a  wine-ylass,  a  single  cociiineal  insect  of  the  shops, 
and  drop  in  a  little  muriate  of  tin,  and  it  will  become  a  bright 
scarleit. 

CHAPTER  XXVI. 

The    art    of  Calico  printins^,  to  prepare  dying  materials — 
Litmus — Sajfron — \Voad — Indigo — Potatoe   tops,  i^c. 

This  art  consists  in  dyingr  cloth  with  certain  colours  and 
figures  upon  aground  of  a  different  hue:  the  colours,  when 
they  will   not  take    hold    of  the  cloth  readily,  being  fixed  Iq 


IpO  THE    ARTIST    A.Vl» 

them  by  means  of  mordants,  as  a  preparation  of  alum  made 
bv  dissolving  three  paiuids  aliioi  and  one  pound  of  aceiaie  of 
lead,  in  eight  pounds  of  warm  water.  There  are  added  at 
the  same  umc,  two  ounces  of  potash,  and  two  ounces  of  chalk. 
Acetate  of  iron,  is  also  a  mordant  in  frequent  use ;  but  the 
simple  mixture  of  alum  and  aceiaie  of  lead,  is  found  to  an- 
swer best  as  a  mordant.  The  mordants  are  ajjplied  to  the 
cloth,  either  with  a  penci',  or  by  means  of  blocks,  on  which 
the  pattern,  according  to  which  the  cotton  is  to  be  printed  is 
applied,  is  cut.  As  they  are  ^pplitd  to  only  particular  parts 
of  the  cloth,  care  must  be  taken  that  none  of  them  spread  to 
the  part  of  the  cloth  which  is  to  be  left  white,  and  that  they 
do  not  interfere  with  anotiier,  when  several  are  applied  ;  it 
is  necessary,  therefore,  that  the  mordants  should  be  of  such  a 
decree  of  consistence,  that  they  will  not  spread  beyond  those 
parts  of  the  cloih,  on  which  ihey  are  applied.  This  is  done 
by  thickening  them  with  flour  or  starch,  when  the\-  are  to  be 
out  on  with  the  pencil.  The  thickening  should  ntjver  be 
greater  than  is^si.'fficient  to  prevent  the  spreading  of  the  mor- 
dants ;  when  carried  too  far,  the  cotton  is  apt  not  to  be  siilli- 
ciently  saturated  with  the  mordants,  and  of  course  the  d^'e 
takes  but  imperfectly.  la  order  that  the  parts  of  the  cloth 
impregnated  with  mordants  may  be  distinguished  by  their 
colour,  it  is  usual  to  tinge  them  with  some  colouring  matter. 
A  decoction  of  Brazil  wood  i<  generalh'  used  for  this  pur- 
pose. After  the  mordants  have  been  applied,  the  cloth  must 
be  completel}'  dried.  It  is  pioprr  foT  this  purpose  to  employ 
heat,  which  will  contribute  towards  the  separation  of  the 
acetous  acid  fiom  its  base,  and  towards  its  evaporation  ;  b}' 
which  means  the  mordant  will  combine  in  a  greater  propor- 
tion, and  more  intimately  with  the  cloth.  When  the  cloth  is 
sufficiently  dried,  it  is  to  be  Av^ashed  with  v.arm  water  and 
cowdung,  till  the  flour  or  gum  employed  to  thi«ken  the  mor- 
dants which  are  uocombined  with  the  clotli,  are  removed. 
After  this  the  cloth  is  to  be  thoroughly  rinsed  in  clear  water. 
Indisro  not  requiring  any  mordant  is  commonly  applied  at 
once,  either  by  a  block  or  pencil.  It  is  prepared  by  boiling 
it  wi«h  potash,  made  caustic  by  quicklime  and  orpimeni ;  the 
solution  is  afterwards  thickened  with  sum.  It  must  he  care- 
fully secluded  from  the  air,  otherwise  the  indigo  would  soon 
becooie  regenerated,  thus  rendering  the  solution  useless. 
Some  have  used  coarse  brown  sugar  instead  of  orpimei}-      T: 


tradesman's  guide.  191 

IS  equally  efficacious  in    decomposing  the  indigo,  and  render- 
ing it  soluble,  while   it    likewise    serves  all  ihc   purposes    of 

7'o  paint  Yclhnc.  ,For  yellow,  the  block  is  besmeared 
with  acetate  of  alumine.  The  cloth  after  receiving  this  mor- 
dant, is  dyed  with  quercitron  bark,  and  is  tben  bleached. 

Nankeen  Yellow^  is  one  of  the  most  common  colours  on 
prints,  is  a  kind  of  nankeen  yellow,  of  various  shades  down 
to  a  deep  yellowish  brown  or  drab.  It  is  usually  in  stripes 
or  spots.  To  produce  it,  besmear  a  block,  cut  into  tlie  figure 
of  a  print,  with  acetate  of  iron,  thickened  with  gum  or  flour  J 
and  a})ply  to  the  cotton,  which  after  being  dried  and  cleansed 
in  the  usual  manner ;  is  plunged  into  a  potash  lye.  The 
quantity  of  acetate  of  iron  is  always  proportioned  to  the 
de{)th  of  the  shade. 

Red^  is  c(mimunicated  by  the  same  process,  only  madder 
is  substituted  for  the  bark. 

IjJue.  The  fine  light  blues  which  appear  so  frequently  on 
printed  cottons,  are  produced  by  applying  to  the  cloth  a  block 
besmeared  with  a  composition,  consisting  partly  of  wax,  which 
covers  all  those  parts  of  the  cloth  which  rem  tin  white.  The 
cloih  is  then  dyed  in  a  cold  indigo  vat  ;  and  after  it  is  dry, 
the  wax  composition  is  removed  by  hot  water. 

Lilac  and  Brown.  Lilac,  fleece  brown,  and  blackish  browUj 
are  given  by  means  of  acetate  ol  iron  ;  the  quantity  of  which 
is  always  proportioned  to  the  depth  of  shade.  For  very  deep 
clours  a  little  sumach  is-  added.  The  cotton  is  afterwards 
dyed  in  the  usual  manner  with  madder,  and  then  bleached. 

Green.  To  twelve  quarts  of  muriatic  acid,  add  by  degrees 
one  quart  of  nitrous  acid  ;  saturate  the  whole  with  grain  tin, 
and  boil  it  in  a  proper  vessel,  till  two  thirds  are  evaporated. 
To  prepare  the  indiiro  for  mixing  with  the  solution,  take  nine 
pounds  of  indigo,  half  a  pound  of  orange  orpiment,  and  grind 
it  in  about  four  quarts  of  water  ;  mix  it  well  with  the  indigo^ 
and  irrind  the  whole  in  the  usual  way. 

To  mix  the  solution  of  Tin  with  prepared  Indigo.  Take 
two  gallons  of  the  indigo  prepared  as  above,  then  stir  into  it 
by  degrees,  one  gallon  of  the  solution  of  tin,  neutralized  by 
as  much  caustic  alkali  as  can  be  added  without  precipitating 
the  tin  from  the  acids.  Tor  a  lighter  shade  of  gieen,  less 
indigo  will  bo  neressarv.  The  jjoods  are  to  be  dipped  in  the 
way  of  dipping  China  blues  ;  they  must  not  however  be  al- 

) 


192  THE  aUtist  and 

lowed  to  diain,  but  moved  from  one  vat  to  another  as  quickly 
as  possible.  They  are  lo  be  cleansed  in  the  usual  way:  in  a 
sour  vat  of  about  one  hundred  and  tifiy  gallons  *ol  water  to 
one  gallon  of  sul{)huric  acid  ;  they  are  then  to  be  v^ell  wasii- 
edirrxlecoctions  of  weld,  and  other  yellow  colouring  drugs, 
then  brannnd  or  bleahced  till  they  become  white  in  those  parts 
which  are  required   colourless. 

To  print  Dove  Colour  and  Drab.  Dove  colour  and  drab 
are  given  by  acetate  of  iron,  and  quercitron  bark,  the  cloth 
is  afterwards  prepared  in  the  usual  manner. 

To  print  (liferent  Colours.  When  dilT.'rent  colours  are 
lo  appear  in  the  same  print,  a  greater  number  of  <  perations 
are  necessary.  Two  or  more  blocks  are  employed  :  upon 
each  of  which,  that  part  of  the  print  only  is  cut,  which  is  to 
be  of  some  particular  colour.  These  are  besmeared  with 
different  mordants,  and  applied  to  the  cloth,  which  is  after- 
wards dyed  as  usual.  "  Let  us  suppose  for  inslanre,  that  those 
blocks  are  apphed  to  cotton,  one  with  acetate  of  aluraine, 
another  with  acetate- of  iron,  a  third  with  a  mixture  of  those 
two  mordants,  and  that  the  cotton  is  then  dyed  witii  quercit- 
ron bark,  and  bleached.  The  parts  impregnated  with  the 
mordants,  would  have  the  following  colours  : 

Acetate  of  aluniine,  Yelh w. 

**  iron,  Olive,  drab,  dove. 

The  mixture,  Olive  green,  olive. 

If  the  part  of  ihe  yellow  is  covered  over  v.iih  the  iniligo 
liquor,  applied  witii  a  pencil,  it  will  be  converted  into  green. 
By  the  same  liquid,  blue  may  be  given  to  such  parts  of  the 
print  as  require  it.  If  the  cotton  is  dyed  with  madder,  iii- 
stead  of  quercitron  barii  ;  the  print  will  exhibit  the  following 
colours: 

Acetate  of  alumine.  Red. 

"  iron,  Brov.n,  black. 

The  mixture,  Turpi  3. 

When  a  greater  number  of  colours  are  to  appear  ;  for  inr 
stance,  when  those  communicated  by  bark,  and  those  by  mad- 
der are  wanted  at  the  same  time,  mordants  for  parts  of  the 
pattern  are  to  be  applied,  the  cotton  then  is  to  be  dved  in  the 
madder  bath,  and  bleached  ;  then  the  rest  of  ihe  raordanis, 
to  611  up  the  patterns,  are  added,  and  the  cloth  is  again  d3'ed 
with  quercitron  birk,  and  bleached. 

The  second  dving  does  not  so  much  affect  the  madder  col- 


tradesman's  guide.  193 

ours ;  because  the  nionlants,  which  render  them  permanent, 
are  already  saturated.  The  yellow  tinge  is  already  removed, 
by  the  subsequent  bleaching.  Sometimes  a  ne»v  mordant  is 
applied  to  some  of  the  madder  colours,  in  consequence  of 
which,  they  receive  a  new  permanent  colour  from  ilib  bark. 
After  the  last  bleaching,  new  colours  may  be  added,  by  means 
of  the  indigo  liquor.  Tiie  following  talDle  will  give  an  idea 
of  the  colours  which  may  be  given  to  cotton  by  these  pro- 
cesses. 

I.  Madder  Dye.     Acetate  of  alumine,  Red. 

"  iron.  Brown,   black. 

"  diluted,  Lilac. 

Both  mixed,  Purple. 

-    II.  Blade  Dye    "Acetate  of  alumine,  Yellow. 

'*  ^  iron.  Dove,  drab. 

Lilnc  and  acetate  of  alum.   Olive. 
Red  and  acetate  of  alum.    Orange. 
HI.  Indigo  Dye.   Indigo,  Blue. 

Indigo  and  yellow,  Grcen^ 

.  To  prepare  a  Substitute  for  Gum,  used  in  Calico  Print- 
ing. Collect  half  a  ton  weight  of  pelts  or  ski-us,  or  pieces  of 
rabbit  or  sheep  skirs,  and  boil  them  for  seven  or  eight  hours, 
in  350  gallons  of  water,  or  until -it  becomes  a  stong  size. 
Then  draw  it  off,  and  when  cold  weigh  it.  Warm  it  again, 
and  to  every  hundred  weight,  add  the  strongest  sweetwori, 
that  can  be  made  from  malt,  or  twenty  pounds  weight  of  su- 
gar. When  incorporated,  take  it  olf,  and  put  it  into  a  cask, 
for  use.  This  substitute  for  gum  may  be  used  by  calico  prin- 
ters in  mixing  up  nearly  all  kinds  of  colours.  By  using  only 
a  sixtji  part  of  gum  with  it,  it  will  also  improve  the  gum,  and 
be  a  saving  of  200  per  cent,  and  without  gum,  of  400  per 
cent.  It  will  also  improve  and  preserve  the  paste  so  much 
used  b}'  printers. 

To  prepare  Arnottn  for  Dying.  Arnotto  is  a  colouring 
fecula  of  a  resinous  nature,  extracted  from  the  seeds  of  a  tree 
ver}'^  common  in  the  West  Indies,  and  which  in  height  never 
exceeds  fifteen  feet.  The  Indians  employ  two  processes 
to  obtain  the  red  fecula  of  these  seeds.  They  first 
pound  them,  and  mix  them  witii  a  certain  quantity  of  water, 
which  in  the  course  of  five  or  six  days,  favours  the  progress 
of  fermentation.  The  liquid  then  becomes  charged  with  the 
colouriijsr   part,  aud   the   superfluous  moisture  is    afterwards 

17 


194  TH«    ARTIST    ANd 

separated  by  slow  evaporation  over  the  fire,  or  by  the  heat  of 
ti.e  sun.  The  second  process  consists  in  rubbins:  the  seeds 
between  the  hands  in  a  vessel  filled  with  water.  The  colour- 
ing part  is  precipitated,  an»l  forms  itself  into  a  mass  like  a 
cake  of  wax  ;  but  if  the  red  fecula,  thus  detached,  is  much 
more  beautiful  than  in  the  first  process,  it  is  less  in  quantity. 
Besides  as  the  splendour  of  it  is  too  bright,  the  Indians  are 
accustomed  to  weaken  it  b\  a  mixture  of  red  sandal  wood. 

The  natives  of  the  East  India  islands  used  formet]3'  to  employ  ar« 
notln  lor  painting  their 'bodies,  &c.  At  present  in  Europe  it  is  only 
employed  to  give  the  first  tints  to  woollen  stuffs,  intended  to  be  dved 
red,  blue,  \'cllow,  green,  &.c.  In  the  art  of  the  varnishcr,  it  forms  part 
of  the  composition  of  changing  varnishrs.  to  give  a  gold  coluur  to  the 
meials  on  which  these  varnishes  are  applied, 

To  prepare  Dying  Materials,  ^'c.  Arnolto  ought  to  be  chosen 
of  a  flisme  colour  brighter  in  the  interior  part  than  on  the 
outside  ;  soft  to  the  touch,  and  of  a  good  consistence.  The 
paste  of  arnolto  becomes  soft  in  Europe  ;  and  it  loses  some 
of  its  odour,  which  approaches  near  to  that  of  violets. 

Of  Litmus.  The  Cape  de  Verd  islands  produce  a  kind 
of  lichen  or  moss,  which  yields  a  violet  coluuringr  part,  when 
exposed  to  the  contact  of  ammonia  disengaged  from  urine,  in 
a  stale  of  puirefiction,  by  a  mixtur*?  of  lime.  When  the 
processes  are  finished,  it  is  known  by  the  name  of  litmus. 
Tl)is  article  is  prepared  on  a  large  scale  at  London,  Paris, 
and  Lyons.  In  the  latter  city,  another  kind  of  lichfen,  which 
grows  on  the  rocks  is  prepare.!. 

The  amm-^nia  j)ins  ihe  resinoas  part  of  the  p'ant.  developes  its  colour- 
ing part,  and  combines  with  it.  In  this  slate  the  lichen  forms  a  paste  of 
a  violet    ml  colour,  interspersed  %vith    wliilish    spots,  which   give  it  a 
luarbled  appearance.     Litmus  is  emploj'ed  in  dying,  to  communicate  a 
violet  colour  to  silk  and  woollen. 

Of  Saffron.  The  flowers  of  this  plant  contain  two  col" 
ourin?  parts,  one  soluble  in  w.iter,  wiiich  is  thrown  away  ; 
tiie  other  soluble  in  alkaline  liquors.  The  latter  colouring 
parts  becomes  the  basis  of  various  beautiful  shades  of  cherry 
colour,  rose  colour,  &c.  It  is  employed  for  dying  feathers, 
and  constitutes  the  .vegetable  red,  or  Spanish  vermillion,  em- 
ployed by  ladies  to  heiohten  their  complexion.  Carthamus 
cannot  furnish  its  resinous  colouring  part,  provided  with  all 
its  qualities,  until  it  has  been  deprived  of  that  which  is  soluble 
in  water.  For  this  purpose,  the  dried  flowers  of  the  cartha- 
mus are  encloied  in  a  lined  bag,  and  the   ba£^  is  placed  in  a 


TnADKSMAN's    Ql/IDE  19,, 

Stream  of  running  water.  A  man  with  wooden  shoes  gets 
upon  the  hag  every  eight  or  ten  hours,  and  treads  it  on  the 
bank  until  the  water  exjjr'isseu  from  it  is  colourless.  These 
moist  flowers,  after^  being  strongly  squeezed  in  the  hag,  are 
spread  out  on  a  piece  of  canvass,  extended  on  a  frame,  placed 
over  a  wooden  hox,  and  covered  with  five  or  six  per  cent,  of 
their  weight  of  carbonate  of  soda.  Pure  wa  or  is  then  poured 
over  them  ;  and  this  process  is  repeated  several  times,  that 
the  alkali  may  have  leisure  to  become  charged  with  the  col- 
ouring part,  which  it  dissolves.  The  liquor  when  filtered  is 
a  dirty  red,  and  almost  brown  colour.  The  c<  louring  part 
thus  held  in  solution,  cann  •!  be  employed  for  colouring  bodies 
until  it  is  free  ;  and  to  set  it  at  liberty,  tha  soda  must  be 
brought  into  contact  with  a  body  which  has  more  aflfinity  for 
it. 

It  is  on  this  precipitation,  by  an  intermediate  Bubstance,  that  the 
process  for  making  Spanish  vermilion  is  founded,  a*  well  as  all  the  re- 
sults arising  from  the  direct  application  of  this  coloii'-ing  part  in  tha 
art  of  dying. 

Of  Woad.  Tiie  preparation  for  colouring  is  etlocled  from 
the  leaves  of  the  plant,  by  grinding  them  to  a  paste,  of  which 
balls  are  made,  placed  in  heaps,  and  occasionally  sprinkled 
with  water  to  promote  the  fermcniion  ;  when  this  is  finished, 
the  woad  is  allowed  to  fall  into  a  coarse  powder  ;  used  as  a 
blue  dye  stuff. 

Of  Indigo.  This  dye  is  derived  from  the  leaves  of  the 
young  shoots  of  several  species  of  the  plant,  by  soaking  them 
cither  in  cold  water,  or  still  better,  in  water  kept  warm,  and 
at  about  I6O0  Fahrenheit,  till  the  liquor  becomes  a  deep  ijreen; 
it  is  then  drawn  oflT,  and  the  blue  sediment  dried,  and  formed 
into  lumps. 

Of  Pntatoe  Tcps,  6fc.  Cut  off  the  tops  when  they  are  in 
flower,  and  extract  the  juice,  by  bruising  and  pressing  them. 
Linen  or  woollen  imbued  in  this  liquor  forty-eight  hours, 
will  take  a  brilliant,  S4)lid  and  permanent  yellow.  If  the  cloth 
be  afterwards  plungfed  in  a  blue  dyc^  in  will  acquire  a  beauti- 
ful permanent  green  colour.  As  to  the  mode  of  execution, 
it  should  pass  through  the  hands  of  a  chemist  or  skilful  dyer, 
to  derive  all  ihe  advantages  it  is  capahle  of  furnishing.  To 
prepare  cotton  and  linen  to  receive  certain  colours,  particu- 
larly the  red  madder,  and  cross  wort,  the  article  of  sheep*s 
inanure  is  made  use  of,  as  it  forms,  by  impregnating  <he  stuffs 


196  THE    ARTIST    AN'D 

with  an  animal  mucilage,  of  which  it  contains  a  large  quantity, 
and  thus  assimilating  them  to  wool  and  silk. 

To  Print  Carpets,  These  carpels  are  made  of  knitted 
wool,  by  means  of  a  machine  ;  they  are  afterwards  pressed 
and  receive  all  the  colours  and  designs  wished  for.  These 
designs  printed  on  the  tissue,  by  means  of  wooden  boards, 
are  extremely  neat  ;  the  colours  are  very  brilliant,  and  resist 
rubbiniT  extremely  well,  provided  they  traverse  the  tissue  from 
one  part  to  another.  They  are  warm,  and  have  the  advan- 
tage of  being  cheaper  than  others.  They  are  also  as  durable, 
and  are  not  crossed  by  seams  disagreeable  to  the  eye. 

CHAPTER  XXVir. 

Bleaching — bj/  Oxymuriatic  Acid — bleach  field  in  Ireland 
— improved  bleaching  Liquor — by  Alkalized  Steam — to 
bleach  Wool,  Cotton  and  Straw — to  whiten  Wax — of 
purifying  Tallow — imitation  of  Wax  Candles — to  extin- 
guish    [Vegetable    colours bleaching     Salts bleaching 

JAfjuid. 

The  mode  of  bleaching  which  least  injures  *the  texture  of 
the  cloth  formed  «'f  vegetable  substances,  is  that  effected  by 
merely  exposing  it  in  a  moistened  state  to  the  atmosphere, 
having  been  steeped  in  a  solution  of  potash  or  soda,  but  the 
length  of  time  and  other  inconveniences  attending  this  pro- 
cess, led  to  more  active  chemical  processes.  It  is  by  the 
combination  of  oxygen  with  the  colouring  matter  of  the  cloth, 
that  it  is  deprived  of  its  hue,  and  the  ditierent  processes  em- 
plo3'ed  must  be  adapted  to  prepare  it  for  this,  combination, 
and  render  it  as  perfect  as  possible,  without  destroying  its  tex- 
ture, an  effect  which,  however,  must  necessarily  ensue  in  a 
greater  or  less  degree,  from  the  union  of  oxygen  with  all 
bodies. 

To  bleach  linen,  &c,  by  oxymuriatic  acid,  it  is  necessar\^  to 
ascertain  its  strength,  in  which  a  solution  of  indigo  in  the  acid 
is  employed.  The  colour  of  this  is  destroyed  by  the  oxy- 
genated muriatic  acid  ;  according  to  the  quantity  of  it  that  can 
be  discoloured  by  a  given  quantity  of  the  liquor  its  strength 
is  known.  In  this  country,  machinery  is  employed  for  rin- 
sing and  beating;  the  apparatus  must  be  a^raneed  according 
to  the  objects  to  be  bleached  ;  .the  skeins  of  thread  nmst  b*» 
suspended  in  the  tub  destined  for  them,  and  the  cloth  must 


TRADESMAN'S    GUIDE.  197 

be  rolled  upon  reels  in  the  apparatus.  When  every  thing 
is  thus  disposed,  the  tubs  arc  filled  with  oxygenated  muriatic 
acid  ;  by  introducing  a  funnel,  which  descends  to  the  boltom 
of  the  tub,  in  order  to  prevent  the  dispersion  of  gas.  The 
cloth  is  wound  on  the  frame  work,  on  which  the  sjvoins  are 
suspended,  is  turned  several  times,  until  it  is  judged,  by 
taking  out  a  small  quantity  of  the  liquor  from  time  to  time, 
and  trying  it  by  the  test  of  the  solution  of  indigo,  that  it  is 
suiiiciently  exhausted. 

The  weakened  liquor  is  then  drawn  off,  and  may  be  again 
used  for  a  new  saturation.  In  bleaching  with  the  oxymuriate 
of  lime,  a  large  quantity  of  lime  is  condjined  with  the  oxy- 
muriatic  acid  gas,  to  effect  which,  the  lime  is  mechanically 
suspended  in  water,  into  which  tiie  gas  is  made  to  pass,  and 
agitated  ;  so  as  to  present  fresh  matter  to  the  gas.  By  this 
means  the  oxymuriate  of  lime  is  formed  in  a  very  convenient 
manner  ;  it  is  dissolved  in  water,  and  used  as  a  bleaching 
liquor.  This  liquor  is  preferable  to  the  oxygenated  muriatic 
acid  and  potash. 

At  the  great  bleach  field  in  Ireland,  four  lycs  of  potash 
are  Applied  alternately,  with  four  weeks  exposure  on  the 
grass,  two  immersions  in  th^  oxymuriate^  of  lime,  a  lye  of 
potash  between  the  two,  and  the  exposure  of  a  week  on  the 
grass,  between  each  Ive  and  the  immersion.  During  summer 
two  lyes  and  fifteen  days  exposure  are  sufficient  to  prepare 
ch)th  for  the  oxygenated  muriate;  the  three  alternate  lyes, 
with  immersions  in  the  liquor,  will  be  sufi'icicnt  to  complete 
the  I  leaching  ;  nothing  then  will  be  nccessar},  but  to  wind 
the  cloth  through  the  sulphuric  acid,. 

The  oxygenatnd  muriatic  jras  may  also  be  combined  witli  liino  in  ^ 
dry  state,  or  the  water  may  bo  evaporated,  wiien  it  is  employed  for 
the  formation  of  oxymuriales,  which  may  then  b«i  very  conveniently 
transported  to  any  distance  without  injurv  to  its  detersive  power. 

To  prepare  the  sulphate  of  lime,  take  sulphHror  brimsiono 
in  fine  powder,  four  pounds  ;  lime  well  slacked  and  sifted, 
twenty  pounds  ;  water  sixteen  gallons  ;  these  are  to  be  well 
mixed,  and  boiled  for  half  an  hour  in  an  iron  vessel,  sdring 
them  bri.>kly  from  time  to  time.  Soon  after  the  agitation  of 
the  boiling  is  over,  the  solution  of  the  sulphniet  of  lin)e  clears, 
and  may  be  drawn  off  free  from  th»j  insoluble  matter,  whirh 
is  considerable,  and  which  rests  upon  tlie  bottom  of  the  boil- 
er.     The    liquor  in  this  state,  is  nearly  the  colour    of  j-mnll 


19S  THE    ARTIST    \SD 

beer,  but  not  so  transparent.  Sixteen  gallons  of  fresh  wafer 
are  auerwards  uoured  on  the  insoluble  drees  in  the  boiler,  in 
order  to  separate  ilie  whole  of  the  sulphuret  from  them. 
When  this  clears,  being  previou>ly  agitated,  it  is  drawn  off 
a'ld  mixed  with  the  tirsl  liquor.  rhirty-ihree  gallons  more 
of  water  may  be  added  to  the  liquor,  thus  reducing  it  to  a 
proper  standard  for  sleeping  the  cloth  ;  and  which  furnishes 
sixty  gallons  ot'  liquor  fium  four  pounds  of  brimstone,  mak- 
ing  allowance  for  evaporation.  When  Imen  is  freed  from 
the  weaver's  dressing,  it  is  to  be  sieeped  in  the  solution  of 
sulphuret  of  lime  (prepared  as  above)  for  about  twelve  or 
more  hours,  and  then  washed  and  dried.  This  process  is  to 
be  repeated  six  times,  that  is,  by  six  alternate  immersions  in 
each  liquor,  which  has  been  found  to  whiten  the  linen. 

Sieam  iias  lately  been  employed  with  great  success.  The 
process  was  brouiiht  from  t'l;?  Levant,  Chapel  first  make  it 
known  to  the  public.  Tiie  clotli  is  first  immersed  in  a  slight 
alkaline  caustic  liquor,  and  placed  in  a  chamber  consrructed 
over  a  boiler,  into  which  is  put  the  alkaline  lye,  which  is  to 
be  raised  into  steam,  aficr  the  fire  has  been  lighted,  and  the 
cloih  has  remained  exposed  to  the  action  of  the  steam  for  a 
sufficient  length  of  time,  it  is  taken  out  and  immersed  in  tho 
oxygenated  raiiriate  of  lime,  and  then  exposed  for  two  or  three 
days  on  the  grass.  This  operation,  which  is  very  expeditious, 
will  be  sufficient  for  cotton  ;  but  if  lineii  cloth  should  retain  a 
yellow  tint,  a  second  aikalino  caustic  vapour  hath,  and  two  or 
three  days  on  the  grass,  will  be  sufficient  to  give  it  the  ceces* 
sary  whiteness. 

To  bleach  by  alkalized  steam,  the  high  temperature  swells 
up  the  tibies  ol  tiic  cloth  ;  the  pure  alkali  which  rises  with 
the  elastic  fluid,  seizes  with  avidity  on  the  colouring  matter  ; 
and  seldom  does  the  tisssuc  of  the  ilax  or  hemp  resist  the  pen- 
etrating eQect  of  this  vapour  bath. 

The  alkali  appears  to  have  a  much  livelier  and  more  cau- 
stic action,  when  it  is  combined  with  caloric,  than  in  ordinary 
lyes,  where  the  temperature  never  rises  above  162'^  Fahren- 
heit. By  making  the  cloth  pass  througrn  ihe  lye  of  oxygen- 
ated muriate  of  lime,  an  union  is  effected  between  the  solution 
and  the  carbon,  arising  from  the  cxtractomucous  matter  of 
the  flux  ;  carbonic  acid  is  formed  ;  the  water,  even,  in  which 
this  new  compound  is  diluterl,  concurs  to  promote  the  com- 
bination ;  if  the  cloth  is  then  exposed  on  the  grass,  the  car- 
bonic acid  i^  dissipated,  and  the  cloth  is  bleached. 


TRADESMAN  S    GUIDE.  199 

To  Bleach  Cotton.  The  first  operation  consist  in  scour- 
ing it  in  a  slight  alkaline  sokitioii  ;  or  what  is  better,  by  ex- 
posure to  steam.  It  is  then  put  into  a  basket,  and  rinsed  in 
running  water.  The  immersion  of  cotton  in  an  alkiiline  l^e, 
however  it  niriy  be  rinsed,  always  leaves  with  it  an  earthy 
deposite.  It  is  well  known  that  cotton  bears  the  action  of 
acids  better  then  hemp  or  tl ax  ;  that  time  is  even  necessary 
before  the  action  t)f  then  can  be  prejudicial  to  it,  and  by  ta- 
king advantage  of  this  vaUiabie  property  in  regard  to  bleach- 
ing, means  have  been  found  to  free  it  trum  the  eariliy  depo- 
site, by  pressing  down  the  cotton  in  a  very  weak  s(dntion  of 
sulphuric  acid,  and  afterwards  removing  the  acid  by  washing, 
lest  too  long  remaining  in  it  should  destorv  the  cotton. 

To  eztinguisli  Vegetable  Colours.  Obtain  chlorine  as  fol- 
lows: fill  a  strong  quart  decanter  one  third  full  of  water,  put 
in  a  pulverized  mixture,  consistitig  of  half  a  gill  of  red  lead, 
and  a  gill  of  common  tab!e  sdi,  well  rubbed  together;  shake 
it  up,  then  put  in  two  thirds  of  a  wine  glass  of  sulphuric  acid  ; 
put  in  the  ground  stopper  loosely  ;  shake  the  decanter  h:df  a 
minute  ;  the  atmospheric  air  and  some  gas  will  escape  ;  now 
fix  your  stopper  pe.fectly  tight,  then  plunge  the  decanter  into 
a  tub  or  cistern  of  cold  water,  keeping  the  mouth  a  little 
above  the  water;  briskly  agitate  it,  keeping  it  under  the  wa- 
ter, once  each  'Hinuie  for  fifteen  minutes.  Now  take  it  out 
and  let  the  excess  of  red  lead  ar.d  salt  settle  ;  a  yellowish 
green  liquid  is  produced,  nearly  pure,  but  containing  some 
muriatic  acid  ;  pour  a  little  into  a  wine  glass,  and  it  is  ready 
for  use  to  wash  out  writing  from  paper,  or  extinguis!i  the  co- 
lour from  calico. 

The  liquid  chlorine  obtained  in  this  way,  should  be  kept  in 
a  dark  and  coo'  place.  It  is  used  for  taking  spots  out  of  lin- 
en, &LQ.  It  has  been  used  for  fraudulent  purpose,  to  oblite- 
rate   writing,  that  something  dilTerent  n)ig!it  be  substituied. 

Bleaching  Liquid — Kau  de  Javdlc.  Common  salt,  two 
pounds;  manganese,  one  pound;  water,  two  pounds;  put 
into  a  retort  ;  and  add  gradually,  oil  of  vitrii  1,  two  pounds  : 
pass  the  vap(!ur  through  a  solution  of  prepared  kali,,  four  oun- 
ces, in  twenty-nine  ounces  of  water,  applyinjr  heat  towards 
the  last.  S[)ecific  gravity  is  1,0S7.  Stimulant,  antisvj^ilitic  ; 
used  to  bleach  linen  and  take  out  spots,  and  to  citan  books 
from  what  has  been  scribbled  on  their  margins. 


200  "I'^E    AUTIST    AND 

To  Bleach  Wool.     The  first  kind  of  bleaching  to  which 
wool  is  subjected,  is  to  free  it  froni  grease.       This  (»peratiou 
is  called  scouring.       In  manufactories  it  is  generally  perfor- 
med by   ammoniacal    lye,   formed    of  five   measures  of  river 
water,^  and  one  of  stale  urine  ;  the   wool  is  immmersed  for 
about  twenty   minutes,  in   a   baih  of  this  mixture,  heated   to 
fifty-six  degrees  ;    it  is  then   taken  out,  suffered  to  drain,  and 
then  rinsed  in  running   water;   this  minipulation   softens  the 
wool,   and  gives   it  the  first  degree  of  whiteness ;   it  is  then 
repeated   a  second,   and  even   a  third   time,  after    wiiich    the 
wool  is  fit  t(i  be  employed.      In  some  places  scouring  is  per- 
formed with  water  slightly  impregnated  with  soap  ;  and,   in- 
deed, for  valuable  articles,  this  process  is  preferable,  but  too 
expensive  for  articles  of  less  value.       Sulphurous   acid    gass 
unites  very  easily  with  water,  and  in  this  conbination  it  may 
be  employed  for  bleaching  wool  or  silk. 

The  most  economical  way  of  preparing  sulphurous  acid,  is 
by  decomposing  the  acid,  by  the  mixture  of  any  combustible 
matter,   capable   of  taiving   from   it  any   part .  of  its  oxygen. 
When  the  chemist  is   desirous  to  have  it  in  great  jjurity,  it  is 
obtained  by  means  of  metallic  substances,  and  particularly  by 
mercury,  but  for  the  purpose  of  which  we  are  treating,  where 
great  economy   is  required  we  should  recommend   most  com- 
mon substances.      Take  chopped  straw,  or  saw  dust,  and  in- 
troduce it  into  a  matrass  ;.  pour  over  it  sulphuric  acid,  apply- 
ing at  the  same  time  heat,   and  there    will  be  disengaged  sul- 
phurous acid   gas,  which  may   be  combined  with   water  in  an 
apparatus.      The  pieces  are  rolled  upon  reels,  and  are  drawn 
through    the   acid   by   turning    them    until   sufficiently    white. 
They  are  then  taken  out  and  left  to  drain  on  a  bencii  covered 
with  cloth,  lest  they  should    be  stained  iti  consequence  of  the 
decomposition  of  the  wowd  by  the  sulphurous  acid  ;    they  are 
then  washed  in  river  water,  and    Spanish  white  is   emploved,, 
if  it  should  be  judged  necessary.    This  operation  is  performed 
by  passing  the  pieces  through   a  tub  of  clean  water,  in  which 
about  eight  pounds  of  Spanish  whife  has  been  dissolved.     To 
obtain    a    fine  whiteness,    the    stuffs    are  generally  twice  sul- 
phured.     According  to  this  process,  one  immeision,  and  r*?el- 
ing  two  or  three  hours,  are  sufficient.      Azuring  or   blu-ing  is 
performed  by  throwing  into  the  Spanish  white  liquor,  a  solu-^ 
tion  of  one  part  Prussian  blue  to  four  hundred  of  water  j  shak- 
ing  the  cloth  in  the  liquid  and  reeling  rapidly.     The  opora^^ 


TRADESMAN'S    GUIDE.  201 

tion  is  terminated  by  a  slight  washing  with  soap,  to  give  soil- 
ness and  pliability  to  the  stuffs. 

A  preparation  of  an  improved  bleachjng  liquur  is  prepared 
as  follows:  by  a  dissolution  in  water  of  the  oxygenated  muri- 
ates of  calcareous  earths,  baryles,  sirontitQs,  or  magnesia. 
The  earth  should  be  pre})aied  in  the  dry  way,  by  bringing 
them  in  a  solid  form,  in  powder,  or  in  paste,  in  contact  with 
the  oxygenated  muriatic  acid  gas.  So  prepared,  dissolve 
them  in  water,  and  apply  them  to  the  substances  required  to 
be  bleached.  By  this  mode,  colours  may  be  removed  from 
linen,  cotton,  vegetable  and  otlier  substances. 

BUaching  Salts,  used  in  Manufactories.  Pass  into  water, 
in  which  fitiely  pulverized  and  newly  slacked  lime  is  suspen- 
ded by  continual  agitation — a  stream  of  oxymuriatic  acid  gas 
will  come  over.  In  the  large  way,  a  dry  powder  of  newly 
slacked  lime  is  agitated  in  a  strong  cask,  which  is  absorbed 
by  lime.  Some  prefer  passing  the  gas  into  hogsheads  of  wa- 
ter, in  which  the  lime  is  suspended  by  agitation  ;  for  an  ex- 
periment it  may  be  pressed  from  a  bladder  may  be  held  in 
the  hand,  and  the  receiver  shaken  continually. 

T'o  bleach  Straiv,  <^'c.  Cover  the  bottom  of  a  small  plate 
a  quarter  of  an  inch  deep  with  water.  Put  a  small  piece  of 
common  brimstone  upon  a  sheet  iron  bench  set  in  the  plate, 
^which  is  sufficiently  heated  to  inflame  the  brimstome,  and 
shut  it  over  a  tubulated  bell  glass,  or  a  tumbler  wiih  a  hole  in 
the  bottom.  This  vessel  must  be  of  a  size  just  to  shut  down 
within  the  rim  of  the  plate.  At  first  take  the  stopper  out  and 
raise  the  bell  glass  a  little  above  the  water,  to  give  passage 
to  a  current  of  air.  Regulate  this  by  the  progress  of  the 
burning  sulphur.  After  the  bell  glass  appears  well  filled  with 
a  white  vapour,  shut  it  down  close  and  tighten  the  stopper. 
The  water  in  t!ie  plate  will  absorb  the  sulphurous  acid  gas  in 
about  five  minutes.  Pour  part  of  this  water  into  wine  glasses, 
and  you  will  perceive  the  nauseous,  sulphurous,  astringent 
taste,  peculiar  to  this  acid.  In  the  mean  time  wet  several 
substances,  coloured  with  vegetable  colouring  matter,  and  it 
will  extinguish  many  of  them  if  not  all.  A  yellow  straw 
braid  becomes  wiiitencd  in  it  ;  and  some  colours  on  calico 
will  be  extinguished.  The  liquid  sulphurous  acid  loses  this 
property  by  keeping. 

It  is  used  by  milliners  both  in  the  liquid  and  in  the  gaseous 
state  for  bleaching  straw  bonnets.      If  the   old  straw  braid  is 


202  THE    ARTIbT    AND 

soaked  a  while  in  water  and  then  suspended  inside  of  a  hogs- 
head or  barrel  without  a  head,  and  brimstone  is  inflated  at  the 
bottom  of  a  cask,  and  suffered  to  commence  burning  thro- 
oughlv,  then  the  top  covere«I  over,  the  straw  will  soon  be- 
come whitened  by  the  action  of  this  acid. 

To  Whiten  Wax.  Melt  it  in  a  pipkin  without  boiling. 
Then  take  a  wooden  pestle,  which  steep  in  the  wax  two  in- 
ches deep  and  plunge  immediately  in  cold  water,  to  loosen 
the  wax  from  it,  which  will  come  ofi'  like  sheet  of  paper. 
When  you  have  got  all  of  your  wax  out  of  the  pipkin,  and 
make  into  flakes,  put  it  on  a  clean  towel,  and  expose  it  in 
dir,  on  the  grass,  till  it  is  white.  Then  melt  it  and  strain  it 
through  a  muslin,  to  take  all  the  dust  out  of  it,  if  there  be 
any. 

Mcthnd  of  purifying  Tallow  to  make  Candles.  Take  five 
eights  of  tallow  and  three  eights  of  mutton  suet ;  meit  them 
in  a  copper  caldron  with  half  a  pound  of  grease;  as  soon  as 
they  aje  melted,  mix  eieht  ounces  of  brandy,  one  salts  of  tar- 
tar, one  cream  of  tartar,  one  sal  ammoniac,  and  two  of  pure 
dry  potash  :  throw  the  mixture  into  the  caldron  and  make 
the  ingredients  boil  a  quarter  of  an  hour;  then  let  the  whole 
cool.  The  next  day  the  tallow  will  be  found  upon  the  sur- 
face of  the  water  in  a  pure  cake.  Take  it  out  and  expose  it 
to  the  action  of  tlie  air,  on  canvass  for  several  days.  It  will 
become  white,  and  almost  as  hard  as  wax.  The  dew  is  very 
favourable  to  bleaching;  make  your  wick  of  fine  even  cotton, 
give  them  a  coat  of  welted  wax  ;  then  cast  your  mould  can- 
dles. They  will  have  much  the  appearance  of  wax,  and  oqe 
of  six  to  the  pound,  will  burn  fourteen  hours  and  never  run. 

To  make  Mutton  Suet  Candles  in  imitation  of  Wax  Can- 
dles. 1.  Throw  quicklime  in  melted  mutton  suet  ;  the  lime 
will  fall  to  the  bottom,  and  carry  with  it  every  impurity,  so  as 
to  leave  it  pu  o  and  fine  as  wax  itself, 

2.  -Now  if  with  one  piirt  of  that  suet  you  mix  three  of  real 
wax,  you  will  be  unable  to  distinguish  the  mixture  ;  even  in 
the  casting  and  moulding  wax  figures  or  ornaments. 

CHAPTER   XXVIII. 

JPistillation — to  produce  Tujlammnblc  Spirits — of  Malt — of 
Jlops — of  water  fur  Brticing — Bracing  Vessels — irhat  j» 
procured  by  distillation — Bodies  proper  for  distillaiion. 

]Pv  th^  distillation  of  spirits  is  to  b«  understood  th«  art  by 


TliADIiSMAN  «    aVWL.  20S 

wlilch  all  inflammable  spirits,  brandies,  rum,  arracs,  and  the 
like,  are  procured  from  vegetable  subst;inccs,  by  the  means  of 
a  previous  lermentation,  and  a  subscqueiit  ticuimeiit  ot  tlie 
fernienied  liquor  by  the  alembjc  or  hot  still,  with  its  projjer 
worm  and  refrigeratory.  But  as  it  is  impossible  to  extract 
vinous  spirits  from  any  vegetable  subject  without  fermenta- 
tion, and  previous  to  this,  brewing  is  often  necessary,  it  will 
be  requisite  to  consider  these  operations. 

To  extract  spirits  is  to  cause  such  an  action  by  heat,  as  to 
cause  them  to  ascend  in  vapour  from  the  bodies  which  detail! 
them.  If  this  he  tt  be  natural  to  bodif^s,  so  that  the  opera- 
tion be  made  without  any  adventitious  means,  it  is  called  fer- 
mentation, which  will  be  hereafter  explained  ;  if  it  be  pro- 
duced by  fire  or  other  heating  power  in  which  the  alembic  is 
placed,  it  is  called  digestion,  or  distillation;  digestion,  if  the 
heat  only  prepares  the  materials  for  distillation  of  their  spirits  } 
and  ^distillation  when  the  action  is  of  sufficient  efficacy  to 
cause  them  to  ascend  in  vapour  and  distil.  This  heat  is  that 
which  puts  the  insensible  parts  of  a  body,  whatever  it  be,  into 
motion,  divides  them,  and  causes  a  passage  for  the  spirits  en- 
closed herein,  by  disengaging  them  from  the  phlegm,  and  the 
earthy  particles  by  which  they  are  enclosed.  Disiillatiou 
considered  in  thi"  point  is  not  unwi-rthy  the  attention  and 
countenance  of  the  learned.  This  art  is  ot  infinite  extent: 
whatever  the  whole  earth  produces,  flowers,  fruits,  seeds, 
spices,  aromatic  and  vulnerary  plants,  odoriferous  drugs,  ike. 
are  its  objects,  and  come  under  its  cognizance  ;  but  it  is  gen- 
erally confined  to  liquids  of  taste  and  smell,  and  to  the  sim- 
ple and  spirituous  waters  of  aromatic  r;;itl  vulnerary  plants  : 
with  regard  to  its  utility,  we  shall  omit  saying  any  thing  here, 
as  sufficient  proofs  of  it  will  be  given  in  some  of  the  articles 
respecting  it. 

Of  Brewing  in  order  to  the  Ptodtiction  of  Tnfammahlc 
Spirits.  By  brewing  is  meant  the  extracting  a  tincture  from 
some  vegetable  substance,  or  disstdving  it  in  hot  wafer,  by 
which  means  it  becomes  proper  for  a  vinous  fermentation  ;  a 
solution  or  fermentable  tincture  of  this  kind  may  bo  procured, 
with  proper  managojnent,  from  any  vegetable  sul'stance,  but 
the  more  readily  and  totally  it  dissolves  in  the  fluid,  tlie  bet- 
ter it  is  fitted  for  fermentation,  and  the  larger  its  produce  of 
spirits.  All  inspissated  vegetable  juices  therefore,  as  sugar, 
honoy,  treacle,  manna,  &c.  are  very   proper  for  this  use,  as 


204  THE    ARTI51     AMJ 

they  totally  dissolve  in  water,  forming  a  clear  and  uniform  so- 
lution; but  malt,  from  its  cheapness,  is  generally  preferred 
in  England  ;  though  it  but  imperfectly  dissolves  in  hot  water. 
The  worst  sort  is  commonly  chosen  for  this  purpose,  and  the 
tincture  without  the  addition  of  hops,  or  the  trouble  of  boil- 
ing it,  is  directl}^  cooled  and  fermented.  But  in  order  to 
brew  with  malt  to  the  greatest  advantage,  the  three  following 
particulars  should  be  carefully  attended  to:  1.  The  subject 
should  be  well  prepared,  that  is,  it  should  be  justly  malted 
and  well  ground  :  for  if  it  be  too  lixtle  malted,  it  will  prove 
hard  and  flinty,  and  consequently,  only  a  small  part  of  it  dis- 
solve in  the  water,  and  on  the  other  hand,  if  too  much  malted 
a  great  part  of  the  finer  panicles  or  fermentable  matter  will 
be  lost  in  the  operation.  With  regard  to  grinding,  the  malt 
should  be  reduced  to  a  kind  of  coarse  meal,  for  experience 
has  shown,  that  by  this  means  the  whole  substance  of  the  mah 
may,  through  the  whole  process,  continue  mixed  with  the 
tincture,  and  be  distille4  with  it  ;  whereby  a  larger  quantity 
of  spirit  will  be  obtained,  and  also  great  part  of  the  trouble^ 
time  and  expense  in  brewing  saved.  This  secret  dei3ends 
upon  thoroughl}^  mixing  or  briskly  agitating  the  meal,  first  in 
cold  water,  and  then  in  hot,  and  repeating  the  agitation  after 
the  fermentation  is  tinished,  when  the  thick  turbid  wash  must 
be  iminediat?!}'  committed  to  the  still.  And  thus  the  two 
operations  of  brewing  and  fermenting  ma\' very  commodiously 
be  reduced  to  one,  to  the  great  advantage  of  the  distiller^ 
The  second  particular  to  be  attended  to,  is  that  the  water  be 
good,  and  properly  applied.  Rain  water  is  the  best  adapted 
to  brewinjT,  for  it  not  only  extracts  this  tincture  of  the  malt 
better  than  any  other,  but  it  also  abounds  in  fermentable  parts 
whereb}'  the  operation  is  quickened,  and  the  3'ield  of  the 
spirit  increased.  The  next  to  that  of  rain,  is  the  water  of 
rivers  and  lakes,  particulaiU'  such  as  wash  any  large  tract  of  a 
fertile  country,  or  receive  the  sullage  of  populous  towns.  But 
what  ever  water  is  used,  it  must  stand  in  a  hot  state  upon  tho 
prepared  malt,  especially  if  judicious  distillers,  should  always 
take  care  to  have  their  wash  sulliciently  dilluted,  they  would 
find  their  spirits  the  purer  for  it. 

With  regard  to  the  fire,  it  may  be  easily  kept  regular,  by  a 
constant  attendance,  and  observing  never  to  stir  it  hastily,  or 
throw  on  fresh  fuel  ;  and  the  stirring  the  liquor  in  the  still  ia 
to  be  effected  by  means  of  a  paddle,  or  bar  kept  iu  tlic  liquor. 


lll\«ltSMAN*8    UUIDt.  20^ 

*^llit  just  begins  to  boii,  which  is  the  tirae    for  luting  oh    the 
head,  and  alter  which  there  is  no  great  danger,  but  from  the 
improptir  iwanagcnient  of  the  iirc  ;  this  Is  liie  coinn.oir  way  ; 
but  11  js  noeiisy  maitcrto  hit  the  exact  lime  ;  and  liie  duin^'of 
ir,  either    too  late  or  U\  soon,  is  attended    with  great    incon* 
venienco,  so  t!iat    several    have    discovered    other  methods, 
some  put  nioro  solid  bodies  into  tiic  still,  with  ilie  wa-!?h;  oih* 
ers  place  some  proper  matter  at  the    bottom  ajid  sides  of  the 
still,  wiijch  are  liie  places  where  thy  hre  *ct.s   will)  the  great- 
est iorce.      The  use  of  the  jKuidle,  would  however,  answer 
boiler   than  either  of  these    methods,  could    it    be  continued 
during  the  who'e  time  the  still  is  walking;   and    this  may  be 
oone  by   the  following    method  ;   let  n  short  tube  of  iron    or 
coi)T>€r  be  soldered  in  the   centre  of  the  still    liead,  and  lot  a 
croj's  bar  be  plaT:ed    below  in  die  same    hc;id,  with  a  hole   in 
'iie  ntiddle.com^spondiug  to  that  at  the   tup;   through  botj^ 
:hese,    let    an     iron     pi|>e     be    carried    down     in    the    still, 
iind  let    an    iron   rod    be    passed  ilyougii    this,  with   wooden 
sweeps  at  its  end  ;   this    rod^  n>;iy  be  continually  worked  by  a 
wrench  at  the  still  iiead,and  the  swceos  will  coniinuallv  keep 
\he  bottom  and  sides  scraped  clean,  the  inleistice*:  of  the  tube 
being  all  the   time    v.ell    crammed  with  tow,  to  prevent    any 
♦evaporation  of  the    spirit.      Tiie  same  eflect  may  in   a  great 
measure  be  produced,  by  a  less  laborious  method,  namely,  by 
placing  a  parcel  of  cylindrical  Sticks  lengthwise,  so  as  to  cov- 
er the  wh«de    bottom  of  tlje  still,  or  by  throwing  in  a    loose 
parcel  of  fajr^ot  sticks  A.  a  ventures  for  the  action  of  the  fire 
below  moving  the    liquor,  at  the  same    time  gives  motion  to 
ihc  siicKs,  makingf  them  act  continually  like  a  parcel  of  slir- 
rtMS  upon    the    bottom  aqd    sides  of  the  still,  which  nnght   if 
necessary  he  furnished  with    buttons    and   loops,  to  prevent 
them  fjom  starting.      Some  also  use  a  parcel  of  fine  liny  laid 
upon  l"he  loose  slicks,  and  secured  down  by  two    cross  poles, 
laid  f/om  side  ta  side,  and  in  the  same  manner  fastened  down 
with  hMips'.      Care  is  to  bo  take'n  in  this  ca^o  not  to  press  the 
hay  atrainsi  the  sides  of  the  still,  fur  that  would  scratch  nearly 
as'soou  as  the  wash  itself;   bat  the  sficks    never  will;   these 
are    simple    but   effcctuaj    contrivances,  and  in  point  of  ele- 
gance, the}'  mav  be  improved  a^  leisure. 

There  is  another  inconve»hice  attending  the  distillation  of 
malt  spirit,  which  is,  whp<i  all  the  bottoms  or  gross  mealy  fe- 
culence is  put  into  thp  still  along  with  the  liquor,  the  thinner 

IS 


^06  tut    ARTltf    \S& 

■|)artt)f  tlie  Wush  going  off  in  the  form  of  spirit,  ihe  mealy 
mass  grows  by  degrees,  more  and  more  stiff,  so  as  to  scorch 
towards  the  latt(?r  jjart  of  tiie  operati«)n  ;  the  best  method  of 
remedying  this,  is  to  h-ive  a  pipe,  with  a  stop  cock,  leading 
from  the  upper  part  of  iiie  worni  tub  into  the  still,  so  that 
upon  a  half  or  a  quarter  turn,  it  may  conunuaHy  supply  a  lit- 
tle stream  of  hot  water,  in  the  same  proportion  as  the  spirit 
luns  off,  by  which  menus  the  danger  (jf  scorching  is  avoided, 
and  the  operation  at  liie  same  time,  not  in  the  least  retarded. 
lu  Holland,  the  malt  distillers  work  all  their  wash  thick, 
with  the  whole  body  of  meal  among  it,  yet  they  are  so  care- 
ful in  keeping  tijeir  stills  clean,  and  so  regular  and  nice  in  the 
management  of  their  fires,  that  though  they  use  no  artifice  at 
all  on  this  head,  only  to  charge  the  still,  while  it  is  hot  and 
moist,  they  very  rarely  have  the  misfortune  to  scorch,  except 
now  and  then  in  tbe  depth  of  winter.  When  such  an  acci- 
dent has  once  happened  in  a  still,  they  are  \ery  can-ful  to 
scrape,  scrub  and  scour  off  the  remains  of  the  burnt  matterj 
otherwise  they  find  the  same  accident  liable  to  happen  again 
in  the  same  place.  But  beyond  all  other  methods  in  use  on 
this  occasion,  would  be  the  working  the  stills,  not  by  a  dry 
heat,  hut  in  a  balner.m  inariae,  which  might  be  possibly  con- 
trived by  the  basin  being  large  and  capable  of  working  a  great 
many  stills  at  once,  so  as  to  be  extremely  worth  the  proprie- 
tor's attention  in  all  respects.  Another  requisite  U  be  ob- 
served is,  ihat  the  water  in  the  worm  tub  be  kept  cool;  this 
raay  be  effected  by  placin<?  in  the  middle  of  the  tub  a  wood- 
en pipe  or  gutter,  about  three  inches  square  witiiin,  reaching 
from  the  top  nearly  to  ihe  bottom.  By  this  contrivance  cold 
water  ma}',  as  ofieu  as  necessary,  be  conveyed  to  the  bottom 
of  the  warm  tub,  and  the  hot  water  at  the  top  forced  either 
over  the  sides  of  the  tub^  or,  what  is  better,  through  a  leaden 
pipe  of  a  tuoderate  size,  called  a  waste  pipe,  soldered  into 
the  top  of  the  tub,  and  extended  to  the  gutter  formed  to  carry 
away  the  water. 

Tu  choose  good  Melt.  Malt  is  chosen  by  its  sweet  smell, 
moUow  taste,  full  (lower,  round  body  and  thin  skin  ;  there  are 
two  sorts  in  general  use,  iVie-pale  and  the  brown.  The  for- 
mer is  more  generally  used  in  gentlemen's  houses  and  private 
families,  the  latter  in  pu"Tjlic  brtw  houses,  as  seeming  to  go 
further,  and  make  the  liquor  higher  coloured.  Others  again 
pni:;  one  third  brown  with  two  thirds  pale ;  but  this   depends 


upon  llie  liking  ^f  the  drinkers.  The  sweetest  malt  if  that 
which  is  dried  with  coak  or  cindei^.  In  grinding  it,  see  that 
the  mill  be  cletiu  iVtim  dust,  eobwel)-,  &".  StT  it  so  as  to 
crush  every  grain,  w.ihoat  grinti.ng  ii  :o  |  ouder  ;  fur  yi)u  l»ad 
belter  have  some  sn)all  grains  sl:p  ibrougli  uu.oucheci,  ihau  U) 
have  the  wbole  ground  loo  small,  wiiich  will  cause  it  lo  lake 
togciher,  so  that  )'ou  cannot  get  the  goodness  out  of  it. 

Mops.  Hops  art^  cliosen  by  their  biiLdit  green  colour, 
sweet  smell  ant)  clamminess  when  rubbed  between  llie  hands. 
Water  for  firetting.  Water  out  ol'  rivers  or  rivulets  is 
best,  except  polluted  by  the  melting  of  snow  or  l;ind  water 
from  clay  on  ploughed  lands.  Snow  water  will  take  near 
one-fifth  part  more  of  mall  to  make  the  beer  good.  H  you 
liave  no  river  water,  a  pond  that  has  a  bonom  not  over  mud- 
dy, and  is  fed  by  a  spring,  will  do  ;  for  tlie  sun  will  soften 
and  rarify  it.  Very  hard  water  drawn  from  a  deop  well  into 
a  v^  ide  cistern  or  reservoir,  and  exposed  to  the  air  or  sun,  ia 
two  or  three  days  has  been  brewed  with  success,  by  tiic  addi- 
tioi»  of  malt.  Rain  water  conies  next  to  river  for  brewing. 
In  short,  all  water  that  will  raise  a  latlicr  with  soap,  is  good 
for  brewmg. 

Brewing  Vessels.  To  a  copper  that  holds  ihirty-six  gal- 
lons, the  mash  tun  ought  to  be  at  least  large  enough  to  con- 
tain six  bushels  of  malt,  and  the  copper  of  liquor,  and  room 
for  mashing  or  stirring  it.  The  unfler  back  coolers  and 
working  tuns,  ntay  be  rather  tilted  to  the  convenience  of  the 
room,  than  to  a  particular  size,  for  if  one  vessel  be  not  suffi- 
cient to  hold  your  liquor,  you  may  take  a  second. 

Of  what  is  procured  by  Distillation.  By  disiillation  ato 
procured  spirits,  essence,  simple  waters,  atid  phle'^m.  Spirits 
are  very  difticult  to  be  defined.  We  cansidc'.r  thrm  as  the 
most  subtile  and  volatile  parts  of  a  body.  All  bodies,  with- 
out exceptioji  have  more  or  less  spiriis.  These  pans  are  an 
igniied  sul>sta4ice,  and  consequently  by  Iheir  own  naKire  dis- 
posed t  >  violent  motion.  These  v(da:»le  jjarticles  are  more 
or  less  disposed  to  separate  themselves  as  the  bodies  are  more 
or  less  porous,  or  abound  with  a  greater  or  less  qnantiiy  of 
oil.  Bv  the  term  essence,  we  understand  the  (.leaninous 
parts  of  a  body.  An  essential  oil  is  fniinc!  hi  all  bodies,  hetng 
one  of  their  constituent  principles.  We  have  observed  ;n  all 
distillations,  spirits  of  wine  excepted,  a  soft  unctuous  sub- 
stance floating    on    the   phlegm ;  and  this    sub.Mance    is  oil, 


20$'  iflf*   ARTIST  A.<rv 

<rhicli  we  call  essence,  and  this  is  wh:rt  wt;  •ndeavoar  f o  ei* 
tract.  Simple  waters  aro  those  distilled  fro^r»  plants,  flow- 
ers, &c.  without  the  help  of  waier,  brr.iKly,  or  spirits  of  wine. 
These  waters  are  commonly  odoriferous,  c«Hlaining  the  odour 
of  tlic  body  from  whence  it  is  extracted,  and  even  exceeds  i» 
^nih-H  the  body  iiself.  Phlegm  is  the  aqueous-  paitick-s  of 
bodies,  hut  whether  un  active  or  passive  principle,  we  sbaU 
leave  to  the  decision  of  chemists.  It  is  of  the  lust  impor- 
tance to  a  distiller  to  be  well  acquninte^  with  its  naturtr. 
Many  mistaking  for  phlegm,  several  while  and  c<»lourcd 
drops,  which  first  fall  into  iho  receiver,  when  the  still  begins 
to  ivork.  These  however  are  often  the  mos-t  spiriiirous  par- 
ticles of  ll>e  matter  in  the  alembic,  and  consequently  ought  to 
be  preserved.  What  has  given  iiccasion  to  this  mistake,  is 
some  humidity  remaining  hi  the  head,  Sec.  of  the  alembic. 
And  had  it  been  thoroogly  wined,  the  first  drops  would  l^ave 
been  equally  bright  with  any,  during  the  whole  operation. 

The  following,  remark  deserves  atteation.  In  bodies  that 
kave  been  digested,  the  spirits  ascend  firsi.  Whereas  ia 
charges  not  digested,  the  phlegm  ascends  before  the  spirits. 
The  reason  of  this  is  very  plain  and  uataral.  In  substances- 
previously  digested,  the  action  of  fi^je  no  sooner  causes  the 
matter  in  the  c  lerabic  to  boil,  tljan  the  spirits,  being  ihe  mosi 
volatile  parts,  detach  themselves,  and  ascend  into  the  head  of 
tho  alembic.  But  when  tlje  ma^er  to  be  distilled  bns  nor  un- 
dergone a  proper  digestion,  the  spirits  being  entangled  in  tlie 
phlegm,  are  less  disposed  to  ascend  till  the  phlegm  itself  sep- 
arates and  gives  them  room  to  fly  upwards.  The  phlegm  be- 
ing aqueous,  rises  fiist — this  is  more  particularly  observable 
in  spice?.  We  are,  however,  iuclir.ed  to  believe,  th;it  weie 
the  operation  perforuied  in  an  alembic,  when  the  head  was  at 
a  gi-eat  distance  ll-om  the  surface  of  the  charqo,  thev  would 
not  ascend  high  enough  to  como  over  the  helm,  hut  fall  hrjck 
again  by  thfi*'  own  gravity,  and  by  that  means  le;)ve  the  spi- 
rits at  liberty  to  ascetid.  I>ut  in  the  convmoH  refrigeraiorv 
alembic  this  always  happens.  Jf  this  observation  be  not 
readily  admitted,  w«  a^^peal  to  experience,  which  wc  desire 
may  be  ili^  test  of  every  tiling  we  advance.  Auoiher  obser- 
vation which  has  veriiied  the  above  assertion  bv  innura-erabli^ 
instances  is,  that  when  we  have  not  time  sullicient  to  digest 
th«  substances,  we  siiould  bruise  them  in  a  moriar  ;  but  not- 
vvith^t^n.dincr  th«  tri?i:rai!f>n,  the  phlegm   will   first   co«»e  OV'CV 


tradesman's    CriDE. 


209 


5a«d  aftertvards  the  spirits.      But  we  desire  to  be  i:nj     stood 
thai    we  speak   here  only  of  the  volatile  parts    of  the    plaMts' 
not  drawn  with  vinous  spirits,  but  contained  in  a  simple  wa- 
ter. ' 

Another  remark  we  must  add,  and  whicii  wo  hope  will  be 
acceptable  to  the  curious,  as  it  has  not  yet  been  made  public 
though  doubtless  the  observation  has  often  occurred  to  oth- 
ers ;  it  is  this  :  that  in  mixed  charges,  consisting  of  flowers 
fruits,  and  aromatic  plants  put  into  the  alembic,  without  anv 
previous  digestion,  the  spirits  of  the  iiowers  ascend  tirst;  and 
notwithstanding  the  mixture,  they  conrracte<i  nothincr  of  the 
smell  or  taste  of  the  fruits  and  plants.  jNexi  after  the  spirits 
of  the  flowers,  those  of  the  fruits  asceiid,  not  in  the  least  im- 
pregnated wiiii  the  smell  or  taste  of  either  of  the  flowers  or 
plants.  And  in  the  last  place  the  spirits  of  the  plmis  distil 
no  less  neat  than  the  former.  Should  this  appear  strans;e  to 
any  one,  experience  will  convince  him  ol  the  truth.  Another 
observation  we  have  made  on  aromatic  herbs,  is,  that  whether 
they  are  or  are  not  digested,  or  if  the  spirits  or  phlecrm  as- 
cend first,  the  spirits  contain  very  litile  of  the  taste  or  smell 
of  the  plants  from  whence  they  were  extracted  ;  and  we  havo 
always  been  obliged  to  put  lo  these  spirifsi  a  greater  or  less 
quantil}^  of  the  phlegm,  in  order  to  give  the  spirits  we  had 
drawn,,  the  taste  of  an  aromatic  odour  of  the  plants,  the 
phlegm  containing  the  greatest  quantity  of  both.  This  ob- 
servation we  insert  as  of  great  use  to  those  who  practice  dis- 
tillation. 

As  the  term  digestion  often  occurs  in  this  essay,  we  can- 
not avoid  pointing  out  its  advantages,  and  even  show  the 
hecessit)'  of  using  it  in  several  circuinstnnces.  Substances 
are  said  to  be  in  digestion  when  they  are  infused  in  a  men- 
stiuum  over  a  very  slow  fire.  This  preparation  is  often  ne- 
cessary in  distillation,  for  it  tends  to  open  the  bodies,  and 
thereby  free  the  spirits  from  their  conrincnjents,  uhcrebv 
they  are  better  enabled  to  ascend.  Cold  digestions  are  the 
best  ;  those  made  by  fire,  or  in  hot  materials,  diminish  the 
quality  of  the  goods,  or  some  part,  as  the  mt)st  vol.itilo  will 
be  lost.  In  order  to  procure  essence?,  the  bodies  must  bo 
pre{)ared  by  digesiion.  It  is  even  of  absolute  necessity  for 
extracting  the  spirits  and  essences  of  spices. 

Bodies  proper  for  Distillation.  'V\\\s  article  alv)ne  might 
make  a  volume,  were  a  parlictdar  enumeration  itf  all  its  parts 

IS* 


JIQ  TMi    ARTIST    A.SD 

made  ;  but  as  it  has  been  already  observed,  we  shall  confina 
ourselves  to  the  distillation  of  simple  and  compound  waters. 
If  we  acquit  oiubelves  to  the  saiistaction  of  the  public,  we 
shall  enjoy  tiic  ph'asure  of  having  treated  on  one  part  entiiely 
new  :  and  ihe  only  one,  indeed  that  has  been  overlnoked. 
The  bodies  proper  for  distillation,  are  flowcis,  fraiis,  s«M'ds, 
spices  and  an-matic  plants.  By  distillaiion  an'd  digtsnuM,  we 
extract  the  colour  and  smell  of  liowers,  in  simple  waters  and 
essences.  We  extract  frum  iruits,  at  least  from  some,  colour, 
tasie,  &c.  From  aromatic  plants  the  distiller  draws  spirits, 
essences,  simple  and  conipoiind  waters.  From  spires  aie 
procured  essences,  or  in  the  language  of  the  chemist,  oils 
and  perfumes,  and  also  pure  spirits.  From  seeds  or  berries 
are  drawn  simple  waters,  pure  spirits,  and  from  some,  as 
those  of?  -se,  fennel  and  juniper,  oil.  The  colour  of  flow- 
ers is  eitracied  by  infusion  and  likewise  by  digestion  in 
brandy  or  spirits  of  wine  ;  the. smell  is  extracted  by  distilla« 
tion;  the  simple  water  with  brandy  or  spirits  of  wine.  What 
is  extracted  of  the  colour  of  flowers  by  infusion  in  waier,  by 
a  gentle  heat  or  by. digestion  in  brandy  or  spirits  of  wine,  is 
called,  in  the  distiller's  phrase,  tlilcture  of  flowers.  The  co- 
lour of  fruits  is  extracted  in  the  same  manner,  either  by  in- 
fusion or  digesrioi;,  their  taste  is  also  procured  by  the  same 
processes.  But  let  it  be  observed  ihat  the  time  of  the'se  ope- 
rations  must  be  limited;  for  otherv»ise  the  fruit,  after  fermen- 
tation, would  rendtr  it  acid.  The  tasie  is  also  extracted  by 
the  alembic,  pure  spirits,  odours,  simple  waters,  but  <hese  re- 
quire difrsrent  methods  of  distillation.  The  first  b}'  water  or 
brandy  only,  the  second  by  rectified  spirit,  Vvhich  will  give 
them  :he  greatest  excellency  ihoy  a/e  capable  of  receiving. 

The  plants  themselves  v/ith  their  flowers  may  also  be  dis- 
tilled, which  is  still  better.  From  spices  are  drawn  spirits 
and  oily  or  spirituous  quintescences.  The  spirits  are  drawn 
by  brandy,  or  spiiits  of  wine,  with  very  little  water  ;  the  oils 
are  distilled  per  riescensum:  and  the  spirituous  quintesences 
by  pounding  the  spices,  and  after  infusing  thom  in  sj/irits  of 
wine,  decanting  it  gently  by  inclination.  From  seeds  are 
extracted  simple  waters,  spirits  and  oils.  Very  few  of  the 
first  and  last  suirits  being  what  is  general!}'  extracted  from 
seeds  and  berries.  Some  distillers,  through  a  notion  of  fru- 
gality, distil  seeds  with  water,  but  their  liquors  are  not  to  be 
ompared  with  those  which  are  distilled  wiih  spirits.     When 


TRADBSMAN'sf     CliDIJ.  21  t 

oils  are  drawn  from  seed,   ihe  opcratiorj  is  performed  either 
by  the  balneum  mariie,  or  vapour  bath. 

CHAPTER  XXIX 

Fermentation — Rectification — Filtration. 

Fermentation.  The  tincture,  or  the  \v;'.s!i,  as  distillers  call 
it,  being  prepared  as  you  will  find  desciibed  itixier  ibe  IkmcI 
of  Brewing  in  order  to  ihe  production  oj  injiammable  spirits, 
it  is  next  to  be  fermented  ;  for  wiihojit  the  operation  no  vinous 
spirit  can  be  produced.  By  fermentation  is  nieant  that  intes- 
tine motion  poitornied  by  the  insti  umental  eiJicacy  of  water, 
whereby  the  salt,  oil,  and  earth  of  a  fermentable  subject  are 
separated,  attenuated,  triinsposed,  and  again  collectetl,  and 
recomposed  in  a  jjarticular  m inner.  T|ie  doctrine  o'"feiniet:- 
tation  is  of  the  greatest  use,  and  should  be  well  und  .>  ood  by 
every  distiller,  as  it  is  the  very  basis  of  the  art,  and  perhaps, 
if  more  attended  to,  a  much  purer  S|)irit,  as  well  as  a  greater 
quantity  of  it  miglit  be  procured,  from  the  same  materials  than 
at  present.  We  shall  therefore  lay  down  a  concise  theory  of 
fermentation,  before  we   proceed  to  deliver  the  jiraciice. 

Every  fermentable  subject  is  composed  of  salt,  oil,  and  a 
subtile  earth;  but  these  particles  are  so  small,  that  when 
asunder,  they  are  impel  ceptible  to  the  senses  ;  and.  therefore, 
when  mixed  with  an  aqueous  fluH,  ihej'  leave  it  transparent  ; 
neither  have  fermentable  bodies  any  taste,  except  thai  of 
sweetness.  These  particles  are  composed  of  salt,  oil  and 
earth,  intimately  mixed  iiT  an  actual  cohesion,  connexicui  and 
union  ;  and  therefoic,  when  a»y  one  of  these  j)rinciples  too 
much  abounds  in  any  subject,  so  that  an  iriiimate  union  is  pre- 
vented, the  wb.ole  eflicacy  of  the  fermentation  is  (liilier  stopped 
oi-  impaired,  or  at  least  limited  to  one  certain  species.  7'his 
equal  connexion  of  salt,  oil  and  earth,  into  a  single  compound 
particld,  forms  a  corpuscle,  soluble  in  water  ;  or  to  speak 
more  jihilosophically,  this  compound  corpuscle  is,  by  me;ins 
of  its  saline  particles,  connected  with  the  aqueous  corpuscles, 
and  moved  up  and  down  with  them.  But  when  these  corpus- 
cles nre  not  thus  conriecled  with  the  water,  a  number  of  them 
join  together,  and  form  either  a  gross  or  a  loose  chafly  and 
spung}'^  matter.  When  these  compound  panicles  are  diluted 
with  a  small  quantity  of  aqueous  fluid,  they  feel  slippery, 
chmimy,  and  unctimus  to  the  touch,  and  effect  the  taste  with 
a  kind  of  rosy  sweetness,  and  when  a  pr  oper  quantity  of  the 


212  THE    ARTIST    AM* 

fluid  is  added,  a  commotion  is  presentW  excited,  aod  aiier- 
wards  a  subtile  separation  first  begins  in  tlie  wiiole  substance, 
for  before  the  addition  of  water,  the  subject  m»iy  remain  in 
dry,  solid,  and  large  pieces,  as  in  malt,  sugar,  &:c.  which  be- 
ing reduced  to  p«iwder,  each  grain  thereof  is  an  agreement  of 
many  compound  corpuscles  ;  then  being  put  into  water,  dis- 
solve and  separately  float  therein,  liil  ai  length  they  become 
so  small  as  to  be  hivisible,  and  only  thicken  the  consistence 
of  the  liquor. 

These  corpuscles  being  thus  separated   fri-m  one  another, 
there  next  ensues  a  separation  of  their  component  particles; 
that  is,  the  salt,  the  oil  and  the  earth   are  divided   by  the  in- 
terposition ot  aqueous   panicles.      The  first    commoiion  is  no 
more    than   a    bare    solution  ;  for  the  saline    particles   being 
easil\'  dissolvable,  in  vk  ater,  they  are  immediately  laid  hold  of 
by  tiie  aqueous  particles,   and  carried  about  wiih  them.      But 
the  succeeding  separation  or   fermentative    motion   is  a  very 
difterent   thing;   for  b^'  this,   the  saline   panicles  are   divided 
from  liiose  of  oil  and  earth,  parti;;  by  the  impulse  of  the  oijiers 
in  their  motion,  and  panly  by  the  force  of  the  aqueous  parti- 
cles, which  are  now   continually  meeting  and  dashing  against 
them.      This  motion  is  performed  by  the  water,  as  a  fluid   or 
aggregate  of  an  infiniie  number  of  particles  in  actual  and  per- 
petuaf  motion,  their  smallness  being  proportionable  to  that  of 
the  fermenting  corpuscles,  and  their  motion,  or  constant  sus- 
ceptibility of  motion,  b\'  the   warmth  and  motion  of  the  air, 
disposing    them   to    move    other   subtile  moveable   corpuscles 
also.      The  certain  agreement  of  figure  or  size,  bet\Feen  the 
aqueous  particles,  and  those,  of  the   salt    in  the   fermentable 
subject,  tends  greatl3-  to  increase  this  commotion  :    for  by  this 
means  they  are  readily  and  very  closeh'  connected  together  ; 
and  move  almost  like  one  and  the  same  compound  corpuscle, 
while  the   waier  is  not  at  all   disposed  to  cohere  immediately 
with  either  the  oil  or  earth  ;   and  thus  an   equal  concussion  is 
excited  in  the  compound  corpuscles  of  the  fermentable  subject 
which   concussion  at  length   strikes   out  the  saline  particles, 
loosens  tbe  others,   and  linnlly   produces  a  separation   of  the 
original  connexion  of  the  subject. 

An  aqueous  fluid,  therefore,  is  the  true,  and  indeed  the 
only  instrument  for  procuring  a  fermentable  motion  in  Jiese 
compound  corpuscles  of  the  subject,  for  were  an  oil;  fluid 
poured  upon  any  fermentable  subject,  no  vinous  fermet  lation 


tradesman's  criDT..  213 

would  ensue  ;  as  tlie  oil  could  neither  give  a  sufficient  inipulsc 
on  the  coMipoiind  corpuscles  which  arc  grosser  than  its  own 
constituent  particles,  nor  divide  the  oily  or  saline  particles  oT 
ihe  suhject,  from  their  connexion  witl\  the  others,  which  de- 
tain, and  as  it  were,  envelope  or  defend  them  from  its  action. 
T!ie  compound  cor[)Mscles  of  the  Jerinentable  subject  being 
I'.ifecfod  by  the  perpetual  motion  of  the  particles  of  the  aque- 
ous fluid,  a  proper  degree  of  motion  is  necessary,*  or  liiat  t'ne 
particles  move  wifh  a  proper  degree  of  velocity,  which  de- 
pends on  external  he.it.  A  considerable  degiee  of  C(Ai\,  in- 
deed, will  not  absolutelv  t)revent  ferment. uion,  thtui-jh  it  wilJ 
retard  it  ;  and  a  btjiling  heat  will  pr(ivent  it  still  more.  A 
tepid  or  middle  degree  of  heat,  between  freezing  and  boiling 
is  therefore  the  most  proper  for  promoting  and  quickening  tho 
operatior.  The  admission  of  air,  also,  though  not  of  abso- 
lute necessity,  3-et  greatly  promotes  and  quickens  the  action, 
as  being  a  capital  instrument  in  putting  in  a  proper  degree  of 
motion  the  oily  particles  of  the  subject  ;  but  whilst  the  air 
thus  contributes  to  hasten  the  effect,  it  causes  at  t])e  same 
time  by  its  activity,  some  remarkable  alterations  in  the  oily 
particles;  for  it  not  only  moves  but  absolutely  dissolves  and 
displaces  them  from  their  original  connexions  ;  and  thus  car- 
ries them  off  itself  fron)  the  whole  mass.  And,  therefore, 
t'lough  the  consideration  of  the  a:r  does  not  so  properly 
beloi.g  to  fermentation  in  general,  yet  it  d<!es  in  particular 
cases  ;  as  having  an  accidental  power  to  alter  ever}'  species 
of  this  operation,  consequently  its  agency  out;ht  to  be  well 
underst()<:d,  either  to  procure  alterations  at  pleasure,  in  tho 
fermenting  mass,  or  to  p. even!:  or  correct  impending  dangers. 
The  oily  particles  thus  separated  and  dissolved  by  the  air,  are 
also  elastic,  thimo^h  they  probably  derive  that  property  from 
their  inrercot/rse  with  ihc  air  itself,  and  these  being  rendered 
extremely  minute.  When,  theref 're,  an  aqueous  fluid  is  ad-r 
dcd  to  a  fermentable  subject,  exposed  to  a  tenjporate  heat,  a 
feinieutative  stiufiiile  immediately  ariso'^,  the  saline  part  of 
the  compound  particles  being:  dissolved  l)y  the  continual  in- 
testine motion  of  iHe  water,  and  carried  up  and  down  with  if 
in  all  directic^ns,  amidst  an  infinite  number  of  other  particles, 
as  well  tprmontnble  as  aqueous  ones,  whence  by  this  collision 
and  attrition,  the  saline  particles  arc  dissolved  and  separated 
from  their  connexion  with  the  oily  and  earthy.  And  as  tho 
v>ily  particles  ans  the  most  subtile  and  plastic,  they  would   by 


214  THE    ARTIST    AND 

this  means,  be  thrown  up  to  the  surface  of  the  liquor,  and 
carried  off  by  the  air,  were  ihey  not  closely  connected  with 
the  eaithy  ones,  whose  gravity  prevents  their  evaporation, 
and  by  coming  in  contact  with  others  t>f  the  same  kind,  form 
aggregations,  and  sink  down  with  the  oily  particles  to  the  bot- 
tom. 

But  before  these  can  form  a  bulk  too  large  to  be  supported 
by  the  waiei»,  man}'  of  the  oily  particles  are,  by  their  frequent 
collisions  with  the  aqueous  fluid,  separated  from  the  eariby 
ones,  and  by  degrees  more  strongly  connected  again  with  the 
saline  ones  ;  whilst  on  the  other  hand,  the  same  saline  parti- 
cles imbibe  some  of  the  eaithy  ones,  winch  being  left  single 
upon  their  separation  from  the  oily  particles,  float  about  sep- 
arately in  the  fluid.  And  hence  proceed  the  several  different 
consequences  of  fermentation  ;  namely,  1.  From  the  separa- 
tion of  the  saline  particles  of  the  fermtntable  subject,  pro- 
ceeds the  tart,  saline  or  acid  taste  of  the  liquor  which  is  more 
sensible  at  first,  before  the  liquor  is  duly  composed  and  set- 
tled, or  the  due  arrangement  and  connexion  of  the  saline  par- 
ticles with  those  of  the  oily  and  earthy  kinds,  completed  ; 
after  which  the  liquor  becomes  milder,  softer  or  less  pungent. 
2.  From  the  oily  particles  being  set  at  Hberty,  proceeds  the 
sirong  smed  of  the  liquor,  and  the  head  or  shining  skin  upon 
the  stjrface.  3.  The  earthy  particles  collecting  together  in 
clusters,  cause  the  fluid  to  appear  turbid,  and  afterwards  a 
visible,  earthy  or  clay  like  matter,  to"  he  precipitated;  and 
some  of  the  earthy  parts  in  their  motion,  arriving  at  the  head 
or  oily  skin  on  the  surface  cause  it  to  thicken,  and  afterwards 
taking  it  down  along  with  it,  thus  constitute  the  lees  which 
abound  in  oil.  4.  From  this  new  sti  uggle  or  collision,  which 
is  productive  both  o(  solution  and  a  new  connexion  in  the  sa- 
line and  earthly  corpuscles,  proceeds  the  ebullition  in  fermen- 
tation ;  and  lastly,  by  the  same  repeated  coalition  of  the  oily 
with  the  aqueous  and  saline  particles,  the  inflammable  spirit 
is  produced. 

Havintr  thus  laid  down  a  consise  theory  t)f  fermentation, 
we  shall  now  proceed  to  the  practice.  The  wash  being 
brought  to  a  tepid  orluke-warm  state  in  the  backs,  a  proper 
quantity  of  a  good  conditioned  ferment  is  added  ;  but  if  the 
ferment  ho.  soiled,  it  should  be  previously  bri)ke  into  small 
pieces,  and  gently  thinned,  eitber  with  the  hand,  wisp,  &.c.  in 
a  little  of  lh«  tepi<l  liquo:".     A  complete  and  uniform  solution, 


tradisma.n's  «L'ii)e.  215 

should  not  be  attempted,  because  that  would  greatly  weaken 
the  power  of  the  ferment,  or  destroy  its  future  efficacy.  The 
whole  intended  quantity  being  thus  loosely  mixed  with  a  mod- 
erate portii>n  of  the  liquor,  and  kept  in  a  tepid  state,  either  by 
setting  it  near  the  fire  or  otherwise,  and  free  from  the  too  rude 
commerce  of  the  external  air,  more  of  the  insensilily  warm 
liquor  ought  to  be  added  at  proper  intervals,  till  iit  length  the 
whole  quiHitity  is  properly  set  to  working  t'<geiher,  and  thus  by 
dividing  the  business  into  parts,  it  may  much  more  speedily  and 
effectually  be  performed,  than  by  attempting  it  all  at  once. — 
The  whole  quantity  of  liquor  being  thus  set  at  work,  secured 
in  a  proper  degree  of  warmth,  and  defended  from  a  too  freo 
intercourse  of  the  external  air,  nature  itself,  as  it  were,  finish- 
es the  process,  and  renders  the  liquor  fit  for  the  still.  By 
ferments  is  meant  any  substance,  which  being  added  to  any 
rightly  disposed  fermentable  liquor,  will  cause  it  to  fernient 
much  soo.ier  and  faster,  than  it  would  of  itself,  and  conse- 
quisnily  render  the  operation  shorter,  in  contradi-ction  to  those 
abusively  called  so,  which  only  corrects  some  fault  in  the  li- 
quor, or  giv«  s  it  some  flavour.  Hence,  wc  see,  that  the  prin- 
ciple use  of  ferments  is  to  save  time,  and  make  despatch  in 
business,  whilst  they  only  occasionally,  and  as  it  were  by  ac- 
cident give  a  flavour  and  increase  the  quantity  of  spirits. — 
And  accordingly,  every  fermentable  spirit  may  without  the 
addition  of  any  ferment,  by  a  proper  management  of  heat 
alone,  be  brought  to  ferment,  and  even  more  perfectly,  though 
-much  slower  thnn  with  their  assistance.  These  ferments  are 
in  general  the  flowers  and  fseces  »f  all  fermentable  hquors^ 
generated  and  thrown  to  the  surface,  or  dojjosited  at  the  bot- 
tom, either  during  the  act  of  fermentation  or  after  the  opera- 
tion is  finished.  Two  of  these  are  procurable  in  large  quan- 
tities, and  at  a  small  expense:  beer  yeast  and  wine  lees;  a 
prudent  and  artificial  mannuement,  or  use  of  which  might  ren- 
der the  business  of  distillation,  much  more  certain  arid  ad- 
vantageous. It  has  been  esteemed  very  difficult  and  a  great 
discouragement  in  the  business  of  distillalior>,  to  procure  a 
sufficient  stock  of  these  materials,  and  preserve  them  at  all 
times  ready  for  use.  The  whole  secret  consists  in  dexterous- 
ly freeing  the  matter  from  its  superfluous  moisture  ;  because 
in  its  fluid  state,  it  is  subject  to  a  further  fermentation,  which 
is  productive  of  corruption,  in  which  state  it  becomes  intol- 
erably foetid  and  cadaverous.     The  method  of  exposing  it  to 


tlb  THE    ARTUl    A.Ni- 

the  air  liil  it  has  acquired  a  proper  consistence,  is  subject  to 
great  incouveniences  :  and  so  peculiar  aud  careful  ru  an  age - 
meut  is  necessary,  ihat  it  rarely  succeeds.  The  besi  way 
therefore,  h  to  press  ii  very  slowly-  and  gra  uialiy,  in  a  thick, 
close  and  sirong  canva>  ba?,  afier  the  manner  ol  wine  lees, 
by  the  loii  pres*,  till  it  becomes  a  kind  of  cake,  which  though 
soft,  will  easily  snap,  or  break  between  ilie  fingers.  Being 
reduced  to  that  consistence,  and  closely  packed  lip  in  a  figlit 
cask,  it  will  remain  a  Ion?  time  uutorrupted,  preserve  iis  fra- 
grancy,  and  consequently  fit  to  be  used  for  fermenting  the  fin- 
est iiqiior. 

»  The  same  method  is  also  practicable  and  to  the  same  ad- 
vantage, in  the  flowers  of  yeast  or  wi  e,  which  ma^'  be  thus 
ccmmodiously  imported  fr«.ra  abroad;  or  if  ihese  cauaot  be 
procured,  others  of  equal  efficacy  ma^'  be  procured  jVom  fresh 
wine  lees,  by  barely  mixing  aud  stirring  them  into  a  proper 
warm  liquor,  wlien  the  lightei  and  mure  volatile  and  active 
parts  of  ihe  lees  wiH  be  thrown  to  ihs  surface, ^ud  may  ea^iy 
be  taken  ofl"  and  preserved  by  the  above  meniX)ned  meiliodj 
in  any  desired  qjaniity.  And  lieuce,  by  a  very  easy  process, 
an  inexhaustible  supiily  of  the  most  useful  iermen!s  may  be 
readily  and  successively  procured,  so  as  to  prevent  for  the  fu- 
ture, all  occasion  of  complaint  for  ihe  want  of  them,  in  the 
distiller's  business.  Experience  has  de-noastratt'd,  that  all 
ferments  abound  much  more  in  essenii:^ls,  than  the  liquor 
which  produced  them  ;  and  consequently,  they  retain  in  a 
very  hieh  degree,  the  smell  and  flnvour  of  the  subject.  It  is 
therefi>re  requisite,  before  the  ferment  is  applied,  to  consider 
what  flavour  is  introduced,  or  v\  h  it  species  of  ferment  is  most 
proper  for  the  liquor.  The  alteration  thus  caused  by  U-r- 
raems,  is  so  considerable  as  to  render  any  neutral  fermentable 
liquor  of  the  same  flavour  of  that  which  yields  the  ferment. 
This  observation  is  of  much  greater  rannjcnt  than  will  n-adily 
be  conceived,  for  a  new  scene  is  hereby  opeiled,  both  in  the 
business  of  distillation,  and  others  depending  lipon  ferroeMta- 
tion.  It  mus!,  however,  be  observed,  that  its  benefit  does 
not  extend  to  malt  treated  in  the  common  method  ;  nor  to 
any  other  subject  but  what  affords  a  spirit  talerably  pure  and 
tasteless.  For  olheiwise,  instead  of  producing  asimplf,  pure 
and  uniform  flavour,  it  causes  a  compound,  mixed  andluinal- 
ural  one.  JIuwfar  the  fine  distiller  may  profit  by  it,  well  de- 
serves his  attention,  and  whether  our  native  cider  spirit,  crab 


TUArHESMAN^K    GUIDE.  217 

spirit,  Sec.  whicli  hive  very  little  flavour  of  tlieir  owb  may 
«ot  by  tins  artilicc,  be  brought  nearly,  if  not  entirely,  into 
the  state  of  some  foreign  brandies,  so  bio-blv  esteeniCfJ,  *is  re- 
commended to  cxpeiionce,  Ji  is  common' with  distillers  in 
order  to  increase  the  quantity  of  spirit,  to  give  it  a  particular 
flavour,  to  improve  its  vinosity,  to  add  several  things.4o  the* 
Ijquor  during  th^  time  it  is  in  a  state  of  fermentation,  and 
these  additions  may  j)roperIy  be  reduced  to  salts,  acids,  aro- 
raatics,  and  oils. 

All  rich   vegetable  juices,  as  Ircaclo,  honeVj    <fcc,    which 
either  want  a  natural  acid,  iiave  been  deprived  of  it,  or  con- 
tiin    it  in    too  small  a  quantity,  will  be  greativ    improved    bv 
adding  9t  the  beginning  of  tiio   operation,  a  small  qMeintity  o'f 
the  vegetable  or  fine  mineral  acidr,  as  oil  of  sulphur,  cloubers, 
spirit  of  salt,  juice  of  lemon,  or  an  aqueous  solution  of  tartar! 
These  additions  will  either  give  or  greaily  improve  the  vin- 
ous acidity  of  tlie  subject,  but  not  increase\iie  qiKtntity  of  the 
spirits  ;   that  intention  being  performed  by  aromatics  and  oils. 
All  pungent  aromatics  have  a  surprising  quality  of  increasing 
the  quantity  of  the  spirits,  as  well  as  in  altering  or  improvin^r 
the    (lavour;   but    their  use  requiies   that    the    fermentatioii 
should  be  performed  in  close  vessels,  and  if  a  large   quantity 
be  intended  to  be  added,  care  must  be  taken  not  to  do  it  all 
at  once,  lost  the  oiiiness  of  the  ingredients  should   check    iho 
operation,      Dul  if  the  flavour  be  the  principal  intention,  they 
should  not  be  added  till  tlse  oppraiion  is  nearly  finished.    Af- 
ter the  same  manner  a  very  considerable  quantity  of  any  es- 
sential vegetable  oil  may  be  convened  into  a  surprisingly  large 
quantity    of  inflammable   spirits;   but    great    caution  is  here 
als.)   necessary,  not  to    drop    it  too    fast,  or  add  too    large  a 
quantity  at  a  lime,  which   would    damp  the    fermentation,  it 
bein::  the  surest  nielhod  of  checking,  or  totally  stepping  this 
operation  at  :.ny  point  of  time  required.      The  best    method 
therefore,  of  adding  the  oil,  so  as  to  avoid  all  inconveniences. 
Js  to    rub  the  oil  in  n  mortar  with  sufjnr,  which   tlie  riiPmistK 
call  mak'ng  an  ohesacchaium,  by  wiiich  means  the    tenacify 
f'i   the  oil  will  be  destroyed,  and  t'.c  wlmle  readily  mix   with 
the    liquor,  a::d  immediately    ferment  with  it.      The    distiller 
would    do  well  to  consider  these    observations  attentively,  ns 
he  may  thence    form  an  advantageous   method    of  increasino- 
the  quantity  of  spirits,  and  at  tlie  same  time  greatly  improve 
their  quality  and  flavour.      But  in  order  to  put  these  observa- 

-19 


^i$  TUt    ARTIST    .V.*i* 

tions  in  practice,  particular  regard  must  be  hid  to  the  con* 
taining  vessel  in  which  ihe  rermentati(jn  is  (.eiCornied,  ihe  cx- 
chi>ion  of  the  air,  and  ilsc  debtee  t-i  the  ex  ei  nid  heal  or 
c«dd.  Willi  regard  to  the  coiilHiiung  vess»l,  its  piinlv,  and 
the  provision  lor  reisdeiing  it  i  cciisiuiiHlly  close,  are  the  fly 
to  be  coiis.dered.  In  cleans. ng  i.,  ni»  S'Oup  or  oiiier  unciuous 
body  s>h<tuhJ  be  u>ecJ,  tor  tear  of  iheckiiig  the  ternieniaimn  ; 
aniJ  for  the  same  leasun,  al'  strong  alk.dnie  Ixivii^ni  should 
be  av(iided.  L;inewaiei,  or  a  lurbid  solution  of  quickl  nie 
ni«v  be  enij  loved  for  ih.s  purjiose,  wiihoui  produc.ng  any  ill 
efleci :  it  w.ll  aho  he  of  gient  seiv  ce  m  desir(;yiiig  a  [)ie\dd- 
ing  acetous  suit,  uhich  is  apt  to  generate  in  .he  vessels  when 
the  warm  air  has  tree  access  to  ilani;  and  tends  to  present 
the  order  of  femientatioii,  and  iiis  ead  «d'  a  Wiiie  or  wash, 
produce  a  vinegar.  Special  care  must  ahn  Le  had  that  wo 
reniaius  of  yeast,  or  cadaverous  »eniaiiis  of  foi  mer  ferinented 
mailers  hang  about  the  vessels;  which  woida  infect  whatc\er 
should  be  aftei wards  put  into  iheni,  and  cannot,  wilhout  the 
utmost  difficuliy,  be  perfectly  sweeieued  and  cured.  The 
occasional  closeness  of  the  vessels  m.)y,  in  the  large  way,  be 
provided  lor  by  covers  picpeily  adj  ped  ;  and  in  the  small 
Way,  by  valves  i  laced  in  likht  Cnsks  These  valves  will  oc- 
casionally give  he  I  ecessarv  veutio  pte^eixe  die  v«ss(l,  dur- 
ing the  height  ol  he  let  n.eiita.ioi,  ;  he  vessel  o  herwise  le- 
maln.ng  peiUc  ly  (l(>e,  aid  injeivuis  to  ;he  asr.  li  is  a 
mistake  of  a  very  |)iejudicifd  nc!t!;ie  in  tie  business  ol  f  r- 
m<?ntation,  to  suppose  that  there  is  an  absolute  necessity  for 
a  free  admission  of  the  external  air:  the  express  contrary  is 
the  truth,  and  very  great  advantages  will  he  fuutid  by  practis- 
ing according  to  this  supposition.  A  constant  influx  of  the 
external  air,  if  it  does  not  carry  off  some  part  of  the  spirit 
already  generated,  vet  certainly  catches  up  and  dissipates  the 
fine  subtile  or  oleayinous  and  saline  partichs,  whereof  the 
spirit  is  made,  3nd  thus  considerab  y  lessens  the  qeantit}'.  By 
a  close  fermentation,  this;  inconvenianre  is  av<t;ded  ;  ail  air 
ipxcept  that  inclurled  in  the  ve>s(l,  being  excluded.  1  he 
whole  secret  consists  in  leaving  a  niodfM'ate  space  for  ih(»  air 
at  the  top  of  the  vessel  unpossessed  by  ih(  Iquor  ;  when  the 
liquor  is  once  fairly  at  work,  1o  bung  it  dcvvn  close,  and  thus 
sufiercd  to  finish  the  fern'oiratton  vvi:hotH  o}  ening  or  giving 
i;  any  m*  re  vent  rhjui  that  Rffoided  it  by  a  proper  valve 
placed  m  the  cask,  which  however,  is  not  of  absolwi*?  necvs- 


«v. 


a 


Rity,  when  the  empty  space,  or  rather  thjt   posspssod  by  the 
air,  is  ab.»ui  one  seu.h  of  the  guut^e  ;   ihe  arnrtciHl  air,  gener- 
an^d  i:i  the  operation,  being  Uu-n  sclJ.mi   s-jfficient  to  oj)fii  a 
stroniT   valve,  or  at    lu  is:    nut    l(*  end.m^ei   ihe    c  !sk.       Ihis 
meihtJiJ  may  be  practised    to  great  advan  ai;e  by  ih.ix-  wli.>se 
bi.sinevys   is    not  veiy  large;   bn.  it  icquiies  too  much  i.n»e  to 
be  used  by  the  large  dealeis,  who  are   in  a  manner  toned  to 
admit    the   free  air,  and   thus  sustain   a   c«)nsiileiable    loss  in 
(iieir  quantity  of  spirits,  that  the  fermentation  may  be  finish- 
eJ  in  the  small  lime  allowed  for  ihit  purpose.      It   may  how- 
ever be  said,  that  lije  silent,  slow,  and   almost   impercepiible 
viuous  fermentation,  is  universally  the  most    perfect  and  ad- 
vantageous.     Dtiri.ig    the    whole    course    of'this    operation, 
the     vessel     should     be     kept    from    all    ext(  rnal     cold,  or 
considerable  heat,  in  an   equal,  uniform,    and   moderate  tem- 
perature.     In  the  winter,  stove   rooms,  such    as  are  common 
in  Germany  would  be  very   convenient    for  this  purjiose,   the 
vessel  being  placed   at  a  proper  distance  from  ihe  stove  ;  but 
at  other  seasons  no  particular  apparatus  is  necessary  in   Eng- 
land, or  even  in  the  central  pa-t   of  the  United  Stales,  if  the 
place  allowed  for  the  business  be  but  well  defended  from   the 
summer's   heat    and    the    ill   effects  of  cold,  bleak,    northern 
winds.      The  operaioii   is  known  to  be  perfect  wiien  the  his- 
sinij,  or  sm  dl  biibl)ling  noise  can  be  no  longer  heard  upon  ap- 
plying the  ear  to  the    vessel;  and  also,  by  the  liquor   itself 
appearing   clear  to  the  eye,  and   having  a  ptimrfnt   sharpness 
on  the    tongue.     And  that  it  mav  fully  obtain    these  proper- 
ties and    be    well   tinted  to  yield  a  pure  and  perfectly  vinous 
spiiit  by  dis;il!;ition,  it  should  be  siirtere<l  to  stand  at    rest   in 
a  somewhat  c«)oler  place,  it   pr;ic  icabh',  th  in  that  in  whic^^  it 
WIS  fi'rmrnte.i,  till  h  \\,\s  thoroughly  depnsited,  an  I  cleansed 
it-^elf  of  the  tiross  lee,  apd  become  perfectly  transparent,  vin- 
ous and  fraiirant,  in  which  state  it  should  be  committed  to  tho 
still;   and  the   spirits  obtained  will  not  otdy   exceed    that  ob- 
tained in  the  common  way  in  quantity,  but  also    in  fragrance, 
punifenrv  and  vinosiiy. 

Recfijiratinn.  The  principal  business  is  to  separate  tho 
SLiirit  from  the  essential  oil  the  s|)irit  contains.  Care  should 
be  taken  in  the  first  distdia  ion;  the  spirit,  especially  malt 
spirit  shonj  I  he  drawn  bv  a  L'eude  fne,  which  will  keep  a 
giCit  part  of  the  essential  oil  fr<»ni  mixing  with  the  spirit,  as  it 
n  abundantly  pro'i-ed   »esi«r  t*  keep  asunder  then  to  separate 


220  THE    ARTIST    AST) 

\rhen  mixed,  as  this  is  almost  impossible.  To  draw  lovr  wines 
the  best  method  ot"  separating  i\w  oil  from  the  spirit  is  by  rc-^ 
distill. ttion  and  percolation.  To  rectify  low  vriftes,  tlmy 
should  be  put  into  a  tall  body,  or  alembic,  and  geully  distilled 
in  balneum  marine  ;  by  this  means  both  the  oitacd  the  phlegm 
vill  remain  in  the  body,,  but  if  the  spirit  slK>uki  be- found  al'ie-r 
this  operation,  to  contain  some  of  t lie  essential  oil,,  it  must  h^ 
let  down  with  fair  water  and  re-distill'd  in  the  same  n^anner. 
And  thus  it  may  be  brought  to  auy  degree  of  purit}',  especi- 
ally if  in  working,  the  spirit  be  sutlered  to  fall  iato  a  proper 
quantity  cf  the  belneum  m.iricc.  Cut  it  BKJst  be  renr»emberec>, 
that  it  is  much  more  difficult  to  cleanse  alcohol  or  proof  spirit^ 
than  low  wines,  because  ihe  oil  is  more  intimately  mixed  with 
ihe  two  former  than  wi;h  tlie  latter  ;  this  oil  may  however  be 
separated  from  proof  spirit,  &.c.  by  ihe  method  already  prc/- 
posed,  especially  if  it  be  previously  filtrated  through  paper, 
thick  flannel,  sand,  stone,  &c.  But  this  method,  thci:gh  it 
effectually  answers  the  intention,  is  generally  rejected  by  dis^ 
tillers,  because  of  the  slowness  of  tbc  operation,  and  others 
substituted  in  its  stead  ;  tlvougb  instead  of  freoinsf  the  spirk 
from  the  oil,  they  only  abolish  the  natural  flavour  of  the  spirif, 
and  make  a  more  intimate  mixture  between  the  particles  o4' 
the  spirit  and  those  of  the  essential  oil.  It  is  impossible  to 
enumerate  ell  the  methods  practised  by  distillers,,  as  almosi 
every  one  pretends  to  have  a  secret  nostrum  for  this  purpose. 
The  principal  methods  in  use  for  rectifying  malt  spirits  ar© 
however  reducible  to  thice,  nf.n.ely,  Ly  mixed  alkaline  salts, 
by  acid  spirits^mixed  with  alkaline  salts,  and  l>y  saline  bodies 
and  flavouring  additions.  The  method  of  rectifying  by  alka-i- 
line  salts  is  thus  performed.  To  every  pieee  o-f  pro(>f  spiri^t 
add  fourteen  pounds  dry  salt  of  tartar,  fixed  nitre,  or  carcin&d 
tartar;  lute  on  the  head,  and  distil  by  a  gentle  heat,  but  be 
careful  to  leave  out  the  fain!s.  By  this  a^ethod  a  large  pr&- 
portion  of  the  fotid  oil  will  be  left  in  the  still,  and  what  tome-s 
over  with  the  spirit  will  be  greatly  attenuated.  But  this  oper^ 
ation  is  generally  performed  in  a  very  different  manner;  for 
instead  ofdistilliiig  the  spirit  in  a  gentle  and  eqifable  manner, 
the  still  is  worked  in  its  full  force  ;  by  which  means  the  oil, 
which  should  have  remained  in  the  still,  is  driven  over  and 
intimately  mixed  with  the  spirit,  and  consec|t>enlly  iho  wholo 
operation  frastrated,  and  the  spirit  rendered  much  harder  to 
cleanse  than  it  was  before.     But  yven  when  the  aperatica  is 


t')(»il>E9MAN*S    GtlDk.  211 


performec?  nccording  to  the  rules  of  art,  it  is  far  from  being 
perfect,  lor  il  is  well  kiiowi  th.u  \i:\n  of  she  hxed  salis  become 
voldiile  i:i  the  o-jijraiiiin,  passes  over  the  htluj,  .nul  int.miiely 
mix««s  wiih  the  essenrial  oii  s.ill  c  >uta«necJ  in  Aw  spinas  •  by 
this  means  fhe  od  beomes  more  perfectly  united  wiih  the 
spiriis,  and  coiKsequeniiy  mucli  hirder  to  b(?  separaied  by 
repCHted  distiliajoi.s  :  nor  is  ii»;s..li  •  for  the  still  beinir  worked 
in  IIS  full  f'Tce,  iln-  bilier  oil  of  the  mull  formed  into  a  kind 
o{  liquid  soap  Ml  th.-  still,  by  means  of  llie  j.lkaline  salt  is 
broij'ihi  over  liie  lielni  with  the  fnnts  and  suifered  !•)  mix  with 
the  spirit,  wheieby  it  is  renilered  alinost  as  nauseous  and  ill 
tasted  as  beloie  the  operation.  Upsides,  if  this  opora;ion 
wore  performed  in  its  utmost  perfection,  it  would  never 
answer  ilie  intention,  for  the  alkaline  salts  destroys  the  vino- 
sity  of  ihc  spirit,  and  consequently  deprives  it  (.>f  one  of  its 
most  valuable  properties.  ()ur  distillers  are  well  acquainted 
with  this  defect  in  ihc  operation,  and  endeavour  to  supply  it 
by  an  addition  of  acids.  This  is  v^hat  we  call  the  second 
methed  by  alkalies  and  acids. 

The  opera'it)!?  (jf  rectifying  by  the  method  of  fixed  alkalies 
and  acids  is  the  saiiie  as  that  above  descrih.-'d  :  the  spiiit  is 
diawn  over  from  fixed  aIH.alies  as  before,  but  in  order  to  moi- 
tifv  the  alkali  in  the  spirit,  and  restore  its  vinosity,  a  [iroper 
quantity  of  some  acid  spirit  is  added.  Various  kinds  of  acids 
are  used  on  this  occasion,  but  princi|)allv  those  of  the  mineral 
kind,  becatise  of  their  cheapi!ess  ;  as  the  oil  of  vitricd,  spirit  of 
nitie,  oil  of  sulphur,  &-c.  We  wo  ild  however  cant  on  younL^  dis- 
tillers from  being  too  bus^  with  these  corrosive  acids.  Tlie 
sulphurous  spirit  of  vitriol,  dulcified  spirit  of  nitre,  or  Mr. 
Boyle's  acid  spirit  of  wine  will  rectified  w«ll  much  better 
answer  their  purpose. 

The  liiird  method  of  rectification,  is  that  by  saline  bodies 
and  flivonring  ingredients.  There  is  no  difierence  in  the 
operation,  between  iliis  and  the  two  foregoing  ineMiods  ;  fixed 
alkaline  salts,  camm  )n  salt  depreciated,  or  dried  calcined 
vitriol,  sandn-er,  alum,  6cc.  is  put  into  the  still  with  the  low 
wines  and  the  spirit  drawn  oflfas  before.  Wben  the  quantit3' 
is  drawn  ofi",  the  flavouring  injiredients  are  added  to  give  the 
spirit  the  fl  jvonr  intended.  Bit  as  the  spirit  is  not  by  this 
means  rendered  sufiiciently  pnre,  the  disagreeable  flavour  of 
the  spirit  trenerally  overpow<'rs  that  of  the  ingredients,  wbere- 
by  the  whole   intention  h  either  destroyed,   or  n   compound 

*19 


222  ^  Tlia   ARTIST    AKP 

flavour  proJuced,  very  difTerent  from  tl'.at  intended,  Som^ 
distillers,  instead  of  alkaline  salts,  use  quicklime  in  rectifying 
their  malt  spirit :  tliis  ingredient  cleanses  and  dephlegmates 
the  spirit  considerably  ;  but  like  that  rectified  frum  all  alka- 
line salts,  it  requires  an  alkaline  dispoiitlon,  and  also  a  nidor- 
ous  flavour.  Acids,  therefore,  *».re  as  necessary  to  be  nii.xed 
with  those  spirits  rectified  with  an  alkaline  salt.  If  chalk, 
calcined  an«l  well  purified  bones  of  animals,  &c.  were  used 
instead  of  quicklime,  the  spirit  would  have  much  less  alklaline 
or  nidorour  flavour  ;  and  consequently,  the  flavouring  ingred- 
ients raisiht  be  added  to  it  with  more  success  than  can  be  ex- 
pected  from  a  spirit  rectified  from  alkaline  salts.  But  perhaps 
if  neutral  salts  were  used  instead  ot  the  alkaline  ones,  the 
spirit  might  be  rendered  pure  without  contracting  an  alkaline 
flavour.  Soluble  tartar  might  be  used  for  this  purpose,  though 
the  spirit  acquires  as  little  saponaceous  flavour. 

Dr.  Cox  h.as  mentioned  another  method  for  this  purpose, 
namely,  to  deprive  the  volatile  sahs  of  their  oil,  by  rendering 
them  neutral  with  spirit  of  salt,  and  afterwards  subliming  them 
with  salts  of  tartar.  The  acid  may  Le  varied  if  the  spiiit  of 
salt  should  not  be  found  so  well  adapted  to  the  purpose  as 
could  be  wished  ;  but  fine  dry  sugar  seems  the  best  adapted 
to  the  purpose  of  rectifying  these  spirits  ;  as  it  readily  unites 
with  the  essential  oil,  detains  and  fixes  it,  without  imparting 
any  urinous,  alkaline  or  ollxr  nauseous  flavour  to  the  spirits 
rectified  upon; 

We  shall  conclude  this  article  with  remarking  tliat  there  is 
no  other  method  of  rectifying  to  peifection,  besides  what  is 
first  laid  down,  viz.  by  gentle  distillation  :  but  then  it  must  be 
remembered,  that  the  whole  process  must  be  of  a  piece,  viz. 
that  the  first  distillation  from  the  wash  must  be  preformed  in 
a  gentle  manner,  for  otherwise  the  essential  oil  will  be  so  in- 
timately blended  with  the  spirit  as  not  to  be  easily  separated 
by  rc-distillation.  Another  good  property  attendiiig  this  me- 
thod is  its  universality  ;  all  kind  of  sjiirits,  from  whatever  in- 
gredients extracted,  require  rectification  ;  and  this  is  adapted 
to  all  kinds. 

Of  filtration.  Filtration  consists  in  passing  liquors  through 
a  porous  substance  in  order  to  free  them  from  those  particles 
which  obscure  their  brightness.  Nothing  is  finer  than  a  li- 
quor newly  distilled,  but  the  syrup  and  colouring  particles, 
render  it  thick  and   opaque  :  in   order  therefore    to    restore 


TriADESMAN's    Ol'inK.  225 

their  brightness  they  are  filtrate  J,  wliicli  is  dene  by  passing 
them  through  sand,  ))aper,  cloih,  &.c.  All  the  attention  of 
the  distiller  in  ordinary  operations,  cannot  always  j)rcvent 
some  aqueous  particles  from  rising  with  the  spirits,  either  in 
the  beginninfj  of  the  process,  in  those  cumposiiions  where 
they  ascend  first,  or  at  ihe  conclusion  when  ihey  rise  last;  as 
this  is  almost  unavoidable,  so  it  is  sometim.JS  necessary. 

In  distilling  llowers,  )i  aromatic  pi.  nts,  iVesh  gathered,  the 
phloem  rises  first;  and  this  part  cannoi  be  taken  out  of  the 
rcceivei,  without  depriving  the  spirits  of  a  considerable  part 
of  their  fragrancy. 

In  distilling  spices,  their  odour  being  more  entangled,  will 
remain  in  the  alembic,  till  part  of  the  phlegm  is  drawn  off". 
But  wlien  instcid  of  these  substances  their  quintessence  is 
used,  the  necessity  ceases.  But  the  phlegm  commonly  cau- 
sing a  cloudiness  in  the  liquor,  it  may  be  rendered  tolerably 
fine  by  pouring  it  gently  olf  by  inclination,  without  the  trou- 
ble of  filtration  ;  the  aqueous  particles,  by  their  gravity,  fal- 
ling to  the  bottom  ;  but  to  render  it  entirely  bright  and  fine, 
put  some  cotien  in  a  lunnel,  and  pour  the  liqucr  through  it, 
by  which  means  the  aqueous  particles  will  be  retained  in  the 
cotton.  You  must  however  remember  to  cover  the  top  of 
the  funnel,  to  pre\eMt  the  most  volatile  parts  of  the  spirits 
from  evaporating. 

CHAPTER  XXX. 

Colouring  $Sj)irits — Imitation  Spirits — A  re  omcttr. 

Colouring  Brandy. — The  art  of  colom-ing  spirits  owes  its 
rise  to  observations  on  foreign  brandies.  A  piece  of  French 
brandy  that  has  acquired  by  age  a  great  degree  of  softness  and 
ripeness,  is  observed  at  the  same  time  to  have  acquired  a  yel- 
lowish brown  colour;  and  hence  our  distillers  hiive  endeav- 
oured to  imitate  this  colour  in  such  spirits  as  are  intended  to 
pass  for  French  brandy.  \  great  variety  of  experiments 
have  been  made  on  various  substances,  to  discover  a  direct 
and  sure  method  of  imitating  the  coli)ur  to  perfection.  To 
do  this  it  is  necessary  to  know  from  whence  the  French  bran- 
dies themselves  acquire  their  colour,  for,  till  we  have  made 
lliis  discovery,  it  will  be  in  vain  to  nttempt  an  imitation  ;  be- 
cause, if  we  should  be  able  to  imitate  ex;ictly  the  colour, 
which  is  indeed  no  difficult  taisk,  the  spirit  will  not  stand  the 
test  of  different  experiments,  unless  the  colour  in  both     Lo 


924  TU&    AHTr^r    ANd 


produr  »d  from  the  same  ingredient.  This  being  undeniably 
the  case,  lei  us  try  to  liisover  ihis  niigh'.y  secret,  ihe  ingredi- 
ent from  whence  liie  French  hr.imiy  iicquircs  its  tt.h.ur.  We 
hnve  already  observed,  that  this  colour  is  (.nly  t'ound  in  such 
brnnflies  as  have  acquired  a  mellow  ripeness  bv  aL^e  ;  it  is 
theri'tnrr;  not  given  it  by  the  distiller,  but  Iihs  gained  il  hy  Iv- 
inglon-jin  theca.sk  ;  conseqnenily  the  insre<lieiit  tVoni  whence 
lids  C'doiir  hi  extracit'd,  is  nv>  olh.n-  i"h>!n  the  wo  td  nt' the  c;tsk, 
and  the  brai;dv  in  re  djiy  is  become  a  ddiiie  tincture  of  t^ak.. 
"^riie  connnon  experiment  used  lo  piove  the  genuinenes>  of 
French  brandy  proves  that  fhis  opinion  is  well  founded.  The 
experiment  is  this:  they  pour  into  a  glass  of  brandy  a  W'W 
dn»ps  of  a  s«dniion  of  calcined  vitriol  of  n^on  in  a  diliied 
spirit  o(  sul|  hiir,  or  ..ny  (»iher  minejvd  acid,  and  the  whole 
lurns  of  a  blue  colour,  in  the  same  manner  as  we  make  ink 
of  a  tincture  ot^Hlis  and  vitriol*  Since,  therefore,  the  c<»lour 
of  French  brandies  is  acquned  from  .he  oak  of  the  cask,  it  is 
not  difficult  to  imitate  it  to  perfection.  A  smsdl  qnantiiy  of 
the  extract  of  o:-ik  or  the  shavino;  of  that  wood,  properly  di- 
gested, will  t\irnish  us  with  a  tincture  capable  of  giving  the 
spirit  any  degree  of  colour  required  ;  but  it  must  be  rcmem« 
bered,  that  as  the  tincture  is  extracted  frou!  the  cask  by  the 
brandy,  and  that  ihis  is  alcohol  und  water,  it  is  necessarN'  to  use 
both,  in  extracting  tin?  tincture,  for  each  of  these  m^nstruums 
dissolve  different  parts  of  the  wor)d.  Let  therefor*.,  a  suffi- 
cient quantity  of  oak  shavings  be  digested  in  strting  spirits 
vine  and  also,  at  the  s  irae  time,  other  oak  shavings  be  di- 
gested in  o.ik,  let  both  be  poured  off  from  the  shavings  into 
d:fferent  vessels,  and  bo;h  phiced  over  a  gentle  fire  till  re- 
duced to  the  consistence  of  treaclf.  In  this  condition  let  tlio 
two  extr.icts  be  itttinjiroly  mixed  together;  which  may  be 
done  eflectu  illy  by  a(iding  a  small  qu  miitv  of  loaf  sn^ar,  in 
fine  powder,  and  well  rubbintr  the  whole  together.  By  this 
means  a  Kquid  es«efitial  extract  of  oak  will  be  procured,  and 
alw»ys  re adv  to  be  used  as   <>ccasion  si  all  require. 

There  are  other  methods  in  use  for  colourii^g  brandies;  but 
the  b«'st  bolides  the  extraci  of  oak  above  mentioned,  is  burnt 
mol  issos  and  burnt  sujiar.  The  mol  i^^s'S  jj'ive^s  the  spiris  a 
fine  coloui  nearly  resembPncj  that  of  French  brandies;  but 
as  its  colour  is  but  dilute,  a  1  ir£ie  quantity  must  he  used  ;  this 
is  not  however  alteiK.'od  with  any  bad  consequences,  for  not- 
withstanding  the  spirit  is  really  weakened  by  this  addition, 


tradesman's  ei'iDE.  225 

though  scarcely  perceivable  provided  the  molasses  is  well 
))repared,  yet  tlie  bubble  proof,  the  general  criterion  of  spirits, 
is  greatly  mended  by  the  tenacity  imparled  to  them  by  the 
treacle.  The  spirit  also  acquires  from  this  mixture,  a  sweet- 
ish or  luscious  taste  and  a  fulness  in  the  mouth,  both  of  which 
properties  render  it  very  agreeable  to  the  palates  of  thu  com- 
mon people,  who  are  in  fact,  the  principal  consumers  of  these 
spirits.  A  much  smaller  quantity  of  burnt  sugar  than  of 
molasses  will  be  suflicient  for  colouring  the  same  quantity  of 
spirits:  the  taste  is  also  very  ditferent ;  for,  instead  of  the 
sweetness  imparted  by  the  treacle,  the  sjiirit  acquires  from  the 
burnt  sugar,  an  agreeable  bitterness,  and  by  that  means  re- 
commends itself  to  nicer  palates,  which  are  offended  with  a 
luscious  spirit.  The  burnt  sugar  is  prepared  by  dissolving  a 
proper  quantity  of  sugar  in  a  little  water,  and  scorching  it  over 
the  (ire  till  it  acquires  a  black,  colour.  Either  of  the  above 
ingredients,  molasses  or  burnt  sugar,  will  nearly  imitate  tlie 
genuine  colour  of  the  French  brandies,  but  neither  of  them 
will  succeed  when  put  to  the  test  of  the  vitriolic  solution. 

To  procure  a  colouring  matter  from  molasses — place  thti  vessel,  eith- 
er of  till,  copper,  or  iron  (an  iron  skc'llet  will  answer)  cnnLaining  the 
molasses,  over  coals,  when  it  should  be  kept  boiling  until  it  becomes 
reduced  by  evaporation  three  fourths  or  more — during  the  process  it 
should  not  be  stirred,  otherwise  it  will  not  become  sufficiently  scorched 
— a  very  material  object. 

Imitation  Brandy.     We    have    observed  in  the  article  tni 
fp'CtiJicatinn^  that  the   common    method    of  rectifying    spirits 
from   alkaline  salts,   destro3's  their  vinosity,  and  in  its  stead 
introduces  a  lixivious  taste.      But  as  it  is  absolutely  recessary 
to  restore,  or  at  least  to  suslitute  in  their  room,  some  degree  of 
vinosity,  several  methods    have  been    proposed,  and  a  multi- 
tude of  experiments  perfornied,  in  order  to  discover  this  great 
desideratum  :   but  none  have  succeeded  eqvjal  to  the  spirits  of 
jiitre  :   and  accordingly  this  spirit,  either    strong  or  dulcified, 
has  been  used  by  most  distillers,  to  give  an  agreeable  vinosity 
to    their    spirits.      Sever. il  difficulties,  liowevor,  occur    in  the 
method  of  usin^it,  the  principal  of  which  is,  its  being  apt  to 
quit  the  liquor  in    a  short    timo,  and    consequently   depriving 
the  liquor  of  th?»t  vinosity    it  was  intended  to  give.      To  re- 
fpovo  this  difficulty,  and  prevont  the  vinosity  from  quitting  the 
goods,  tho  dulcified  spirit  of  nitre,  which  is  muoh  better  than 
\^^  Strong  spirits,  should  be  prepared  by  a  ptoviou?  digjestion^ 


continued  some  tlmo  with  alcohol;  the  longer  the  digestion  is 
coiitinut^d,  ihe  more  iiiiiiniiely  will  jhey  be  bh'iided,  and  ihe 
cum,io;ind  n»n  lured  the  ni  hier  ;ii)d  sof.e:'.  At.er  a  proj>er 
digesiitm,  the  dulcitie<l  spirii  sh  >uld  bi;  ai:x<'d  wiJi  the  bran- 
dy, l)y  which  Jieaus  ihe  viiuisiiy  will  be  .M.iiiia;el}  blended 
wi.h  [he  i^jt)ds,  ruid  disposed  no.  lo  liy  oil'  lor  a  Vfry  consid- 
erable time.  No  general  ruh*  can  be  given  for  ihe  qumiity 
of  this  mineral  acid  requisite  t«)  be  en)ployed,  because  d:ft*er- 
en'i  propoition^  ot  it  are  necessary  in  diilerenl  spirits.  It 
should  however,  be  cirel'ijlly  adverted  lo,  th  it  tho*  a  sniill 
qi  liitity  of  it  wd)  un;loul)tedly  t^ive  an  ai^reeable  viijosiiy  re- 
semblinj;  ihat  naturally  found  in  the  fine  subiile  spiriis  drawn 
from  wines,  yet  an  over  large  dose  of  it,  will  not  only  cause 
a  disasrreeable  flavt)ur,  but  also  render  the  wijole  design  abor- 
tive, by  discovering  ihe  intposition.  Those  therefore,  who 
ende:ivor  to  co\er  a  foid  tas;e.  in  g<iods  by  large  doses  ol  dul- 
cified spirit  of  uirre,  will  fijjd  themselves  deceived. 

Biit  life  best,  and  indeed  the  only  me-hod  of  imitating 
French  brandies  to  perfection,  is,  by  an  esseiiiial  oil  of  wine; 
thi-*  being  the  ve.y  th'n:^  rh  it  gives  the  French  brandies  iheir 
flivo'.ir.  It  m  nt  however,  he  rem-Mih^.e  I.  t'lit  in  order  to 
ii<ie  ih:s  inured. enl  to  advirjtat'p,  a  pure  t  isteless  spirit  must 
he  ti -^t  pr>ciel  ;  f>*  it  is  ridical  »  n  t  »  ex;)ect  th  it  ihis  es- 
se ri  il  (»il  si]  »  li  I  be  able  r<i  give  ih*'.  agree  jhle  fl  ivour  of  the 
French  b -an  lies,  t<»  our  fulsome  mdt  sp'rit,  already  loaded 
wi  h  its  own  nauseous  oil,  or  strongly  impregnaied  wiih  a  lix- 
iv»ms  tasie  from  the  alkaline  salis,  u-;ed  in  rectification.  How 
a  pu?e  insipid  spirit  may  he  (detained,  wdl  be  f  >und  in  the 
chiptei  on  distlljtion.  It  oidv  therefore  rem  rins  to  show 
the  me  hod  of  pr«)Cunnir  the  essen  ial  o  1  of  wine,  which  is 
this.  Take  so»ne  cakes  of  dry  w'ne  lees,  such  s  aie  used 
by  hatters,  dissolve  them  in  six  or  ei^ilil  times  their  weit^ht  of 
water,  distil  the  Uquor  wiih  a  slow  fire,  and  separate  the  oil 
bv  a  sei^araiinjJT  cl  iss  ;  reserv'n^  for  the  nicest  use*,  that  only 
wlrch  comes  over  first,  the  succeeding  o\\  being  co  user  and 
ni  »  r  re-^inoiH, 

H  iviu?  procu'e  I  this  fine  <»ll  of  w'lip,  it  may  he  mixed 
iii'o  a  quintessence  wi  h  pur"  mIcoIk  I  ;  by  wli  ch  me  uis  it 
in  iv  he  preserved  i  lorir  lim"  fnllv  possessed  -fall  its  fl  ivonr 
a  ul  virt>i(>s;  hni  w'  bout  such  m  MKigemeiit,  it  will  soon  grow 
reiinous  and  rancid. 

When  a  fine  essential  oil  of  wine  U  thus  procur^M?,  f%nd 


TRADBSMAN't    OOIDS.  2?T 

also  a  pure  and  insipid  spirit,  French  brandies  may  be  imi- 
t.iicd  to  pprfertit'H  with  ncard  to  the  flavor.  It  must,  how- 
ever, l,<'  It  nu  nil-ncii,  :nfi  cjiifluilv  jk  Mm  <■<!  «,>,  thni  tie  et*- 
srii.i.;!  <),|  l)e  (li;  \vn  iiOMi  \\iv  sMiu-  son  ot  h-es  as  ihr  br:  my 
t('  hp  iiiiii:t<'(!  WmS  jiniciircd  jioni:  u<*  imv  n  tn  ouier  t«.  im  • 
la  e  ccgiiiac  Lr;.n«'v,  ii  uijl  If  necosiH!  y  u  &\s\.\  h<- ess:Miti;il 
o  1  iViJiM  c«  tjiiiiic  l<M's  ;  and  the  sann^  fur  any  o  h<T  k  nd  o1 
biandy.  F  )r  as  diflVicMt:  brandies,  ha\e  d  flirriii  fl;  vouis, 
ar.d  tiese  tl. voids  hic  iwrg  cistiielx  to  hr  t'S.^HUtr.il  o.l  ol 
th"  gia|  (',  ii  Would  be  prrj  O'itfrous  lo  otideiivor  to  in»iiate 
till-  fl.jvonr  of  copniric  braiuiv,  wiih  ;in  es>eii  iai  i:il  pioVuied 
fr(  m  the  Ires  ol'  B«»idejiiix  wine.  Whtn  the  fl  ivour  of  il;e 
biandy  is  well  imitarejl  l)y  a  proper  do>e  of  iht*  essensial  oil, 
and  ihe  whole  reduced  into  one  sin»[;le  and  liomeLine*  ns 
lluid.  Oilier  difficuliies  aie  sidl  brliind  ;  the  flavour,  uu.ugli 
the  esseniinl  parr,  is  not  In wexer  the  <»i  ly  one;  the  colour, 
the  proof  }rnd  ihe  softness  must  he  re<.'auied,  lefote  a  sprt, 
that  |eilecl^  re^^lnhles  Fretuh  hrHiif'y  cun  be  |  r«  c un  (', 
\Vi  h  legaid  lo  -he  pi  oof,  i;  m;  y  le  e;  sil)  b  t,  ly  i!>ii.ir  a 
S|  irit  nciitied  ah«.\e  |  lOif ;  whth  afei  Le;i  g  intin'uttly 
mi  ltd  wiih  the  issentiol  <iil  of  wine,  m^y  le  let  »,own  to  h 
proper  standard  ly  f.iir  water.  'I  he  solti  e^s  may  in  a 
gieat  n:»'aMne  le  <d)  aiied  ly  dist  ii  ni'  and  ucii<\iit«.'  tie 
spiiit  wi.h  a  {.'Pii.le  fiie;  .'nd  what  i<  w-ni  ig  «.1  ihsriir- 
r.on  >n  tie  1  qn(  r,  when  fiisi  m  u!e,  will  he  >u|  phed  by  tin  e  ; 
for  n  niusi  be  lemeinhen  d,  hit  it  is  '  iine  alone  .h  m  p  vesthis 
prop<riy  to  ihe  Fit  nch  hrjn  d.es  ;  hey  heii  g  at  fns  I  ke  «  nr 
spirits,  acrid,  fonl  and  fiety.  \\n\  wi  h'lepaid  to  the  t»  Iimii, 
a  particular  coionr  is  neiessaiy  to  imiiae  it  t«)  i«'ilecion; 
aiul  hi'W  thai  may  Le  done  is  cons.dcu-d  ^n  iheai'.cle  vu 
colourings  spirits. 

Our  ohsrrvntinns  rrcpi-clinp  thp  m^  Ii'  (Is  <T  iiniiTlihcr  Hpirif  nr«'  nnt 
niade  Willi  a  \'ii  w  to  fjiviui  ii)ip<it<itii>ii.<i  by  paliiiinor  tin  ui  <ff  jib  r>  a!  : 
but  we  are  iiul  sensible  «»f  the  impropriety  of  bellii'g  tin  m  a^i  iiuiiaii<iu 
•pirit0. 

\S  e  vvjl  fin  her  snjjf  rsl  ♦<>  tl  osi-,  vvli«  .  i  «  'f'oi  to  'e/n*e 
tiie  pr:ce  of  spirils,  mix  sin-e  <  f  he  |  me  (  he  si)  c;  uhuh 
thr-y  \vi>h  to  in»i  a  e)  \v  tii  neu  ral  spiri',  .1  ai  quiu*  -  w  ;n - 
provenient  can  Le  mnrle  in  imi  atiiKj  F  en<  h  I  rfid  es,  hy 
adding  a  -m  11  qinin-i  y  of  rt  h  no  u:  ta  n  M  I  i»a  \^  nr,  cc  m- 
moidy  Ciilled  strut  wii-r,  'I  he  <  X;  ot'nu  nt  will  c  u\  vn'  'is 
of  the  fact,  though  we  siill   adhere  lo    our  fusi    poj.iiion,  that 


228  THE    AltTlST    A\'D 

the  essential  oil  obtained  from  the  lees  of  wine  to  be  the  best  J 
but  to  iliose  \vU(>  do  not  deal  largely,  this  last  nicliiod  may  be 
substituted  advaotageousU'.  The  reader  is  al;o  referred  to 
remarks  on  apple  spirit. 

St.  Croix  Ram.  For  imitations  t!jat  wliich  is  ijigh  scented, 
sweet  favoured  and  colourless  should  be  selected.  This  will 
workup  a  great  quantify  of  neutral  spirit  advantageoush'. 

,Sj.  Croix  Rum  of  prime  quality  is  a  very  scarce  staple, 
and  when  obtained  it  is  generally  apprized  very  liighly — par- 
ticularly by  most  of  the  city  dealers,  who  are  well  acquainted 
with  \\»  worth  for  the  purposes  before  mentioned. 

ISutralized  molasses  spirit  (commonly  called  neutralized 
N.  E.  Rum.)  undoubtedly  furnishes  us  with  the  best  body  for 
imitations.  We  are  convinced  that  grain  spirits  fail  to  ])rodiic3 
good  imitations,  and  the  same  objections  arise  against  their 
use,  in  regard  to  rum,  uhich  we  have  alread}'  inferred  respect- 
ing braud'es — ihougii  we  are  confident  a  great  improvement 
might  be  made  in  rendering  them  more  insipid-— and  ihat  it 
is  a  subject  of  great  importance  to  the  distiller. 

As  the  molasses  spirit  is  manufactured  f;dm  the  same  in- 
gredient that  produces  the  spirit  whic  i  we  wisli  to  imitate, 
and  enter  into  combination,  in  order  to  give  it  the  favour,  is 
obtained,  and  as  it  is  the  essential  oil,  which  gives  the  flavour 
to  all  spirits,  the  difference  then, in  tliose  spirits  must  proceed 
from  the  difierent  processes  of  mamifacture  and  also  the 
quality  of  the  cane  must  be  taken  into  consideration,  even  as 
we  have  ? iated  respecting  the  grajje. 

Enough  has  already  been  said,  to  convince  the  reader  quite 
a  difierent  flavoured  spirit  must  be  produced,  by  mixing  grain 
spFrits,  with  that  obtained  Irom  cane,  than  they  are  intended 
to  represent,  when  they  are  blended  together.  The  best 
neutralized  mdasses  spirit,  can  be  obtained  for  ten  cents  [)or 
gallon  more  than  that  which  is  usually  put  up  for  the  trade. 
It  need  not  be  said  that  tlie  Boston  market  furnishes  the  best 
new  rum,  and  that  it  produces  also  the  best  neutralized,  of 
an}-  which  we  have  ever  seen.  It  on  easily  b;^  obtained  at 
60  per  cent,  above  proof;  there  are  considerable  quantities 
manufacti^red  of  a  very  ordinary  quality;  consequently  much 
care  is  required  in  selecting  it.  The  purchaser  will  do  well 
to  observe,  that  the  best  is  colourless,  and  free  from  a  burnt 
or  smoky  flavour,  which  in  cither  case,  renders  the  spirit  untit 
to  mix. 


tradesman's  guide.  229 

For  a  bnrrel  of  imitation^  from  one  to  ten  j^allons  of  the 
pure,  spirits  mixed  wiili  the  ncuiralizcd;  and  of  the  hitter  quan- 
tiiy,  hut  f'3w  j)alates  can  detect,  provided  the  goods  aie  of 
Uie  hest  quHlity. 

Whe!»  neutnilized  rum  cannot  easily  be  obtained,  neutral- 
ized whiskey  (or  |)nrc  spiri.s)  are  subsiiluiedk 

The  lye  of  walitut,  (or  hickory)  ashes  is  insipid,  and  has 
\ttti  sini^idar  property  of  neulraii/-in.'j  spirits.  Spirits  rendcr- 
e«i  lasieless  by  this  piocess  are  not  in  the  least  injuied,  but 
rather  acquire  a  degree  of  strength. 

Could  a  discovory  bo  madti  to  dtq)rivn  spirits  of  their  inloxicatii>g 
power,  liow  mud)  of  the  worlds  wrelcliedness  would   oe  allevialcdl 

It  is  without  doubt  to  be  considered  as  the  most  wise  ex-^ 
periment  which  can  be  made  to  abstain  entirely  fron)  using 
ardent  spirits  unless  for  medicinal  purposes.  Who  has  not 
seen,  bv  its  too  frequent  use,  the  noblest  structure,  body^ 
mind  and  all,  swept  by  their  enticing  clianiiels  over  a  fashom- 
\ess  cataract?  Who  can  be  so  insensible  to  the  calls  of  human* 
itj',  amidst  the  scenes  of  misery  which  an  inordinate  love  of 
ardent  spirit  produces,  thai  will  not  come  to  the  detornjinH- 
Hon  acconip.inied  with  a  rigid  adherance,  to  aid  in  paving  the 
^'ay  «;f  relorm  ? 

St.  Vincents  is  next  in  quality  to  St.  Croix,  and  admits  of 
ihe  sanio  process  as  described  above,  in  order  t(»  reduce  the 
price.  Hi'Wfver,  it  must  always,  be  considered  that  much 
doptMids  on  the  quality  of  the  goods  which  you  blend  with 
tlie  i]Cii\r>i\-7.v<\  sjiirit  ;  ini  ch  caie  and  experience  is  required 
to  select  that  which  is  high  scen'ed  and  fine  flavoured  :  the 
d  fferoncf'  of  cargoes  in  this  respect,  is  more  than  we  are  gen- 
erally inclined  to  admit. 

Orrnada  Rum,  can  be  imitated  very  well,  with  the  neu- 
tralized molasses  sjdrit,  and  a  small  quantity  of  very  high  fla- 
voured Jamaica  spirits. 

Jamaica  Spirits^  if  highly  scented,  are  veryjmuch  imjirov- 
«d  by  adding  the  neutralized  molasses  s[)iiil;  the  compound 
wo  dd  be  preferred  by  most  palates,  after  acquirii'g  a  sufll- 
.cienl  ripeness. 

Noutraliz'd  nu>las8rs  spirit  of  the    first    quality    will  pasa    fo"  better 
inward  Islond  rum.  thai»  any  rum  ol   tlie  Islaucs  cen,  with  11, c   least 
.addition  ot  grain  spirit. 

Holland  Gin^  can  be  reduced  in  price,  and  a  very   fair  fla- 

20 


230  THE    ARTIST    ANP 

vour  retained,  by  mixing  it  with  that  which  is  manufactured 
in  our  country  :  some  of  the  American  is  very  nearly  as  good 
as  imported;  iind  wduld  Le  quite,  if  li.e  iiii.nut'ac  uicis  were 
as  careful  as  the  Hidlauders  in  miinufaciunug  it  :  ,ige,  how- 
ever, is  a  ver}'  necessary  qualification  to  reciimmend  all 
spirits. 

^eutruliztd  Mhiskiy  mixes  with  gin  better  than  any  other 
spirit  ;  and  if  it  must  he  resorted  to,  in  order  to  reduce  the 
f)rice  of  the  Holhind  gin,  we  would  recommend  a  very  small 
quantity  of  the  oil  of  juniper,  to  be  added,  (first  mixed  with 
high  wines,  and  then  added  to  a  small  quantity  of  gin,  when 
the  wlioh;  may  be  put  into  the  cask,)  though  we  should  pre- 
fer a  few  iVesIi  juniper  berries,  when  they  can  be  easily  ob- 
tained :  mash  them  and  digest  in  alcohol  a  short  while,  then 
pour  the  tincture  into  the  cask. 

We  have  been  infoimed  that  large  butts  have  been  contriv- 
ed so  as  to  contain  two  or  three  others,  for  the  purpose  of  hold- 
ing different  qualities  of  spirits,  but  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
appear  to  be  drawn  from  only  one  cask.  We  m?y  therefore 
infer,  that  such  casks  are  son)etimes  intended  for  deception, 
and  that  it  is  probable  the  samples  will  not  always  correspond 
with  such  as  are  delivered.  From  tliis  developement,  we 
may  learn  that  however  "  sharp"  the  retailer  may  be,  res- 
pecting the  qu.iliiy  and  prices  of  the  goods  which  he  pur- 
chases, it  is  no  les>i  for  his  interest,  that  he  also,  becomes  fully 
satisfied  at  the  time  of  delivery  with  that  which  he  would 
naturally  anticipate,  when  rolled  into  his  own  warehouse. 

It  was  an  old  adage,  that  spirits  and  wines,  on  arriving  at 
their  place  of  deslination,  **  had  crossed  many  rivers  and 
brooks,"  parti<rn1arly  when  transported  into  the  countr}'. 

Some  have  even  thought  that  spirits  would  not  bear  reduc- 
ing so  much,  with  soft  or  couiitry,as  with  the  city  water — which 
they  were  inclined  to  believe  had  some  peculiar  qualilacatioDS, 
whirh  country  water  did  not  possess. 

There  is  another  singular  operation  which  we  will  allude  to, 
though  it  would  «eem,  that  it  must  be  manaocd  with  great  ad- 
dress. It  is  said  that  samples  of  spirits  exhibited  in  proof  glasses, 
appear  to  much  bettf^r  advantage  in  cold  Heather,  after 
having  held  them  sometime  in  the  hand — as  the  caloric  or  heat 
leaves  the  hand,  it  is  imparted  to  the  fluid,  producing  a  more 
lively  action — (see  also  remarks  on  the  expansion  of  liquids 
io  the  chapter  on  caloric.^ 


tradesman's  guide.  2»i 

We  should  suppose  the  winter  season  the  most  favourable  for  opera- 
lions  of  this  kind,  as  the  fire  is  as  wonderlul  attractoi  for  the  hands. 

The.  Areometer  \s  \n  general  use,  which  is  made  of  glass  with  a 
round  hollow  body  ending  in  a  long  slender  neck,  scaled  hu-. 
metically  at  the  top,  ii.ro  which  liiere  is  first  put  as  much 
quicksilver  as  is  sufficient  to  keep  it  swimming  in  an  exact  po- 
sition;  its  neck  being  divided  into  degrees  the  quality  and 
lightness  of  the  liquor  is  judged  of  by  the  depth  of  the  ves- 
sePs  sinking. 

CHAPTER    XXXI 

To  make  Spirits  of  Wine — Sugar  Spirits — Cherry  Brandy — 
Apple  and  Raisin  Spirits — Cordials — Wines — Metheglin 

— Mead Ratajias — Creams — Shrubs — Beers Porter 

Noyeauxs—T' Artificial  Waters. 

To  ma\e  Spirits  of  Wine.  It  is  in  England  generally  ob- 
tained fiom  ground  meal,  either  of  wheat,  rye  or  barley,  with 
from  one-tenth  to  one-third  <f  the  same,  or  other  grain, 
malted  and  ground  and  then  called  mall  spirits;  or  from  trea- 
cle, and  then  called  molasses  spirits  ;  some  is  made  from 
apples,  or  cider  wash.  The  fermentation  is  carried  on  quicker 
and  farther,  than  in  brewing,  or  making  cider  in  order  that 
all  the  sugar  in  the  wash  may  be  converted  into  spirit  and 
water.  The  infusion  of  the  malt  and  meal  is  made  so  stronor, 
that  its  specific  gravity  is  reduced  from  1.083  to  1.14,  where- 
as that  for  strong  ale,  is  generally  1.06,  and  for  small  beer, 
1.015  to  1.04,  and  is  mixed  with  a  large  quantity  of  yeast, 
added  by  successive  portions,  until  in  about  ten  days,  the 
specific  gravity  is  reduced  to  1.002,  when  it  is  fit  for  the  still. 
In  general,  a  third  part  is  drawn  off  at  the  first  stillinir,  under 
the  name  of  low  wines,  the  specific  gravity  being  about  0.975^ 
On  re-distilling  the  low  wines,  a  fiery  spirit,  of  a  milky 
rast,  comes  over  first,  an<l  is  returned  into  the  still  ;  then  f<»l-. 
lows  the  rle;ir  spirit  ;  whi'u  it  begins  to  gri.w  too  waterv,  the 
r«Nnainino  spirit  that  c<»mes  over,  as  long  as  it  will  take  fire, 
is  kept  apart,  under  the  name  of  faints,  and  mixed  wiih  the 
next  parcel  of  low  wines.  Instead  of  these  trials,  the  head 
of  the  still  may  have  a  bulb  of  a  thermometer  inserted  into  it, 
and  by  observing  the  temperature  of  the  steam,  an  accurate 
judgment  may  be  formed  of  the  strength  of  the  spirit  that  dis- 
tils over. 

It  is  computed  that  one  hundred    gallons  of  malt,  or  corn 


532  THE    ARTIST    A.V£J 

wash,  uill  produce  about  t^venty  of  spirit,  containing  about 
h;iir  its  wei^ilu  of  water  ;  molasses  \Tu>h  tweiu^-i'.vo  eallonSf 
cider  wash  fifieen  galhuis*  The  best  French  wines  yield 
from  twenty  to  twenty-five  gallons.  The  spirit  thus  obtained 
ii  used  for  piiarmiceutical  j*»)rpt)sesj  mixed  wirli  waier^  lo 
separate  »he  oil  it  contains,  and  re*distillcd  several  times  in 
tall  vesssels,  willi  a  very  gentle  heat  until  its  specific  gravity 
is  red'.iced  to  0.S2;  though  that  usually  sold  is  only  0,b37,  at 
60^  Fahreuheit.  By  disiilling  spirits  of  wine  with  purified 
pcarldshes,  suits  of  tartar,  muriateof  lime,  or  common  salt,  all 
previously  healed  to  redness,  and  cooled,  its  specific  gravity 
may  be  reduced  still  lower,  even  as  low  as  OjTP^,  at  6b^  Falw 
but  there  is  reason  to  think  that  it  not  only  parts  with  water, 
but  undergoes  some  change,  or  acquires  snme  impregnatioo, 
by  these  additions,  as  its  taste  is  altered.  The  spirits  of  wine 
from  which  every  particle  of  water  is  separated,  is  called  by 
the  Arabic  name  of  alcohol. 

Sugar  Spirits.  It  is  meant  by  sug-ir  spirits,  that  extracted 
from  the  washings,  scumming,  dress  and  waste  of  a  sugar 
baker's  house.  These  recremeniitions  or  dross\  parts  of  the 
sugar  arc  to  be  diluted  with  wat<;r,  in  the  same  manner  at 
raohssos  or  wash,  and  then  distilled  in  the  common  method  ; 
and  if  the  oi)eration  be  carefully  performed,  and  the  spirits 
ar'ell  rectified,  it  may  be  mixed  with  fureisn  brandies  and  eveo 
arracd  in  a  large  proportion,  to  ffreat  advantage  ;  for  ihes« 
spirits  will  he  found  superior  to  tliat  extracted  honj  vreaclc, 
and  consequeniiy  more  proper  for  these  uses. 

Cherry  Brawly.    This  liquor  is  greatly  called  for  in  the  coun 
try,  and  is  made  in  differents  ways.   Some  pi  ess  out  the  juice  of 
the  cherries,  and  havincr  dulcified  it  with  su^ar  and  wauM,  add 
as  much  spirits  to  it  as  the  goods  will  bear,  or  the  j)rice  it  is  in- 
tended t'»  be'sold  for.      Bat  the  common  niiih  >d  is  to  pi  t  thf 
cherries  clean  picked  into  a   cask,  with  a    proper  qtmiiiiv  of 
proof  spirits,  and  af;er  standing  eiL'hteen  or  iweirv  d  lys,  ihe 
^oods  arp  drawn  off  into  another  cask  foi  salo  an^rabtMi*  iwj-. 
thiids  of  the  first  quantity  of  spirit  poiire«l  iriso  ihe  risk  upon 
the  cherries.      This  is  suftereJ  to  stand  abojii  a  nionrh  to  ex- 
tract t!ie  whole  virtue  fr«im  the  cbfrries,  afior  wiiich  it  is  drawa 
ofl*  as  before  ;   and  the  cherries,  pressed  to  take  out  tliH  spiiiis 
they   had  absorbed.      The  proportion  of  cherries  is  not   very 
nicely  observed  :   the  general  rule  is  to  let  tl>e  cask  be  about 
half  filled  with  cherries  and  then  filled  up  with  proof  spirits. 


233 

Some  0(^.1  t0  every  twenty  gallons  of  spirits,  half  an  ounce  of 
tiiiM  injiiii,  iij  oiii.cc  ot'  cloves,  and  ahout  iliiee  ptiunds  (jf 
suaai  ;  bv  which  ihe  flavoui  of  the  goods  is  cjiisiderablx  in- 
ceixti.  Biii  in  t'Kier  to  save  e.\|)insL',  iu»t  n  'ly  \\iv  spict'S 
and  ihe  siig.r  aie  ninii;e<i,  but  also  <i  j^ieai  part  td  ihe  chenies, 
and  ihe  deficu'iscy  supplied  by  tlie  juice  of  elder  berries, 
ioineiiinfs  adding  n»d,is.>es  to  sweeten  instead  of  sugar,  when 
the  elder  berries  are  not  made  use  of. 

Kuisiu  and  Ap//le  Spirits^  ^^c.      By  raisin  spirits:  are  to  be 
understood  ihaie  xtracted  from  raisins  afier  a  priper  fermen- 
tation.     In  order   to  exirucl  the  spirils,  the  raisins  must  be  in- 
fused in  a  pioj.er  cptantiiy  «  f  wa'er  and   fermnied  in  the  man- 
ner  desciibi'd    in    liie    article    on   fernuMUation.       \V  lien   the 
lermentai:on  is  c<miple'ed,  the  whole  is  to  be- thrown  into  the 
still,  and   the  spirits  extraced  by  a   strong  hie.      The   reason 
why  a    strong    fire    is  direct(?d,    is  because    by    that    means   a 
greater  quaniiry  of  the  essential  oil   will  come  over  the  helm 
wiih  the  spirits,  which   will  render   it  much  fitter  for  the  dis- 
tiller's   purpose  ;   for  these    spiriis  are    generally  used    to  mix 
with  common  malt  goods  :    and    it  is  surprising  how  far  it  will 
go  in   this  respect;   ten  gallons  of  it  beinE:  sufficient  to  ^ive  a 
determining  flavour  and    agreeable"  vinosit\'   to  a    wi.ole  piece 
•of  malt  spirits.       It  is  therefore  well   worth  the  distiller's  at- 
centionto  endcav.'ur  at  improving  the  common  method  of  ex- 
tracting spirits  from*  raisins  ;   and    perhaps    the  following  hint 
merits  atttention.      When    the    fermentation  is  completed  and 
the   still  ch  irgcd  witli  fermented  liquor  as  before  directed,  lot 
the  whole    be  drawn  oft'  with    as  brisk  a  fire  as  [possible  ;   but 
instead  of  the  cask  or  can,  generally    used  by  our   American 
distillers'   for  a  receiver,  let  a  large  glass,   called  by  chemists, 
a  separating  j^lass,  be  placed  under  the  nose  of  the  wcnm,  and 
a  common  receiver   applied    to  the    spout   of  the    separating 
glass  ;   by  this  means  the  essential  oil  will  swim  upon  tlio  top 
of  the  spirits,    or  rather   low  wine,    in    the    separating   glasss, 
and    mny    easilv    be   preserved    at    the  end  «)f   tise   of.eraiion. 
The  u<e  of  this  limpid  is  well  known  to  distiller  i,    who  have 
nnde  their  business  u  scientific  study  ;    for  in  this  resides  the 
whole  flavour,   and    consequently    may  he  used   to  the    great- 
est   advantage    in    giving    that    distinguishing    taste    and   true 
vinosity  to  the  common  malt  spirits.      After  the  oil  is  separa- 
ted from  the  low  wine,  the  liquor  may  be  rectified  in  balneum 
mariae,  into   pure  and   almost  tasteless  spirits,  and   therefore 

•20 


334  Tnt  ABTIST   Axn 

well  adapted  to  male  the  finest  compound  cordials,  or  to 
imitate  or  mix  with  the  finest  Frenrh  brandie>,  ai  racks,  6lc. 
in  ihe  same  nirinner,  sj)iriis  niay  be  obtained  frura  cider. 
But  as  its  pasiicular  flirour  is  not  so  desirable  as  that  obtained 
from  raisins,  it  should  be  distilled  in  a  rawre  penile  ^ay,  and 
carefully  rectified  i:i  the  ra  inner  shown  in  ihe  article  ou  rec- 
tification, by  which  means,  very  pure  and  almost  tasteless  and 
insipid  spirits  will  be  obtained  which  may  be  used  to  very 
great  advantage  in  imitating  the  best  brandies  tf  France,  or  ia 
making  the  finest  compound  waters  or  cordials. 

Anise  Seed  Cordial.  Take  of  anise  seed  bruised  two 
pounds,  proof  spirit  iwetve  and  a  half  gallons,  water  one  gal- 
lon ;  draw  otf  ten  gallons  with  a  moderate  heat. 

This  water  should  never  be  reduced  below  proof,  because 
the  large  qucniity  of  oil  with  which  it  is  impregnated,  will 
render  the  soods  milky  and  foul,  when  brought  down  below 
proof.  But  if  there  is  a  necessity  for  this,  their  transparency 
may  be  restored  b\"  filtraiion. 

Peppermint  Cordial.  Oil  of  Peppermint  seventy-five 
drops,  su^ar  one  ounce,  grind  together  ;  add  spirits  of  wine 
rectified  one  pint  ;  dilute  with  spirirs  ef  wine  rectified  ten 
pints,  water  ten  srallons,  and  fine  with  alum  three  drachms. 
On  a  similar  principle,  most  cordials  can  be  made,  though 
with  a  Utile  variation  in  the  formula  in  some  cases.  Taste 
and  the  habits  of  ihe  place  are  to  be  consulted.  In  general^ 
it  is  advisable  to  filter. 

Id  dulcifying  or  sweetening  spirits,  v  eigh  the  sugar,  and 
dissolve  it  in  one  or  more  cans  of  the  water,  with  which  the. 
compound  is  to  be  made  up  ;  bruise  the  sugar,  and  siir  it  well, 
till  all  is  dissolved  ;  then  t  rapt\'  it  into  the  cask  cojjtaining 
the  spirits;  mixing  all  together,  by  drawing  off  several  cans 
bv  the  cock,  and  emptying  them  into  the  Cask  by  the  bung 
hole.  Now  rummage  all  well  together,  till  they  are  per- 
fectlv  compounded.  Spirits  or  compounds  that  are  strong, 
require  no  assistance  in  settling  and  becoming  clear,  but  tho>e 
that  are  weak,  must  be  refined  by  the  addition  of  some  other 
substance.  To  every  hogshead  if  Geneva  or  other  spirituous 
compound,  put  six  ounces  powdered  alum,  previously  dissolved 
in  three  or  four  gallons  of  the  compounds,  and  stir  all  well  to- 
gether. In  tho  course  of  twenty-four  hours,  the  whole  will  be 
rendered  completely  clear.  It  is  a  good  paracliceto  leave  the 
bung  holes  of  the  casks(c{>ntaining  spirits  or  compounds  newly 


TRADESMAn'ss    Ot'IDK.  235 

made,)  open  for  several  days  ;  this  improves  their  flavour, 
a;i«J  renders  them  clcdr,  sooner  tlien  they  otiierwise  would 
he. 

Table  salt  thrown  into  the  still,  in  the  proportion  of  six 
t)unces  to  ten  gallons  of  any  liquid  to  be  distilled,  will  gre;uly 
improve  the  flavour,  taste  and  strength  of  the  spirit.  The 
viscid  matter  will  be  fixed  bv  the  salt,  whilst  the  volatile  mat- 
ter  ascends  in  a  slate  of  great  purity.  The  flavour  of  malt 
spirits  js  hi^'hly  improved  by  putting  three  and  a  half  ounces 
finely  powdered  charcoal,  and  four  and  a  half  ounces  ground 
rice,  inro  a  quart  of  spirits,  and  letting  it  stand  fifteen  days, 
irequently  stirring  it  ;  then  let  the  liquor  be  strained,  and  it 
will  be  found  nearly  of  the  same  flavour  as  biandy. 

Clove  Cordial.  Cloves,  bruised,  four  pounds,  pimento 
half  a  pound,  proof  spirit  sixteen  gallons. 

Digest  the  mixture  twelve  hours  in  a  gentle  heat,  and  then 
draw  o(T  fifteen  gallons  \yith  a  pretty  brisk  fire.  The  water 
may  be  coloured  red  with  tincture  of  cochineal,  or  other  col- 
ouring matter. 

Raisin  IVinc.  Raisins  one  hundred  weight,  water  sixteen 
gallons,  soak  for  a  fortnight,  stirring  every  day  •  press,  put 
the  liquor  in  a  cask  with  the  bung  loose,  till  it  has  done  his- 
sing ;  than  add  four  pounds  of  brandy  and  bung  up  close. 
S.»'me  use  little  more  than  half,  or  two-thirds  o(  this  quantity 
pf  raisins. 

Gooseberry  IVine.  Ripe  benies,  brusied,  ten  gallons, 
water  ihirty  gallons,  soak  twenty-four  hours,  strain :  to  each 
gallon  add  two  pounds  of  sugar  and  ferment. 

2.  Bruised  berries  eighty  pounds,  water  ten  gallons,  soak 
for  a  day,  strain  ;  to  each  gallon  add  six  pounds  of  loaf  sugar, 
and  fenuont. 

3.  Juice  ten  gallons,  water  twenty  gallons,  sugar  seventy 
pounds,  ferment. 

4.  Benies  one  hundred  pounds,  brown  sugar  six  pounds 
water  a  sufficient  quantity  to  fill  a  fifteen  gallon  cask  ;  yields 
a  good  yellowish  white,  and  very  tiansparent  wine. 

5.  Gooseberries  forty  p:)un«!s,  water  four  gallons,  bruise 
together  ;  the  next  day  press  out  the  juice  :  to  every  gallon 
add  three  pounds  of  sugar;   ferment. 

Currant  Wine.  Red  currants  seventy  pounds,  bruised  and 
pressed,  brown  sugar  ten  pounds,  water  a  suflTicicnt  quantity 
to  fill  up  a  fifteen  gallon  cask  ;  yields  a  pleasant  red  wine, 
father  tart,  but  keeping  well. 


236  THE    ARTIST    AND 

2.  White  currants  one  siere,  red  currants  one  gallon;  presJ, 
To  each  gallon  ol*  juice,  add  three  gallons  of  water;  lo  ten 
gallons  of  liquor  add  ihirtv  pounds  of  sni,':ir  and  fiMnieni;  when 
you  bang  it  up,  add  two  pouiids  of  brandy  to  each  ten  gallons 
of  wine. 

3.  Juice  eleven  quarts,  that  is,  the  produce  of  one  sieve, 
sugar  tw>'nty  pounds,  water  a  sufficicst  quantity  t«)  fill  up  a 
nine  gidioij  case;  ferment — and  when  il  has  done  working;,  add 
four  poutjds  of  brandy  ;  for  a  half  hogsh«'ad  use  three  sieves 
of  currenis,  sugar  three-fourths  ol' a  hundred  weight,  brandy 
one  gallon. 

Black  Currant  \Vine.  Berries  twenty  pounds,  bran.ly  two 
to  four  pounds,  water  twelve  t<»  fourteen  gallons,  yeas!,  two 
spoonfuls,  fermented  for  eight  days,  then  bottled  and  well 
corked  ;  yields  a  pleasant,  rather  vimms,  cooling  liquor  of  a 
purple  colour  ;  or  they  may  be  made  into  wine  like  the  coiu- 
ni(»n  currants  ;  by  the  first  process  the  wine  is  dark  purple, 
rather  thick,  but  good. 

English  Sherry,  Loaf  Sugar  thirty-  two  pounds,  sugar 
candy  ten  pcunds,  water  sixteen  gallons,  boil  ;  add  pale  alo 
wort,  (as  fiir  Enijlish  Madeira,)  six  gallons,  yeast,  one  pound; 
on  the  third  day  add  ten  pounds  of  stoned  raisins,  and  in  an- 
other two  or  threes  days  one  jrallon  of  brandy  ;  bung  it  down 
for  four  months;  drawn  it  ofi'into  another  cask,  add  one  gal- 
Ion  of  brandy,  and  in  three  months  bottle  it. — imitations  for 
^oveAgn  wines,  f.>r  those  who  wish  to  make  a  show  above 
their  circumstances,  but  far  inferior  to  our  own  fruit  wines. 

Elrlcr  Wine.  Juice  ot  the  berries  eight  gallons,  water 
twelve  gallons,  brown  sugar  sixty  pounds,  dsssolve  by  boiling, 
add  yeast,  and  ferment  ;  then  add  four  pounds  of  brandy,  and 
hnns:  it  up  for  three  months:  disagr(>eable  when  cold,  but  is 
mulled  with  allspice  and  drank  wram  in  winter  tinje  as  a  stim* 
ulaiU. 

Ginger  TV7«e.  Bruised  ginger  twelve  pounds,  water  ten 
galliins  ;  boil  for  half  an  hour,  -idd  twenty  eight  pound  of  sugar, 
boil  till  dissolved,  then  cool,  and  put  the  liquor  along  with 
fourteen  lemons  "Sliced,  and  three  pounds  of  brandy  ;  add  a 
little  veast  and  ferment. 

JVhite  Spruce  Beer.  To  ten  gallons  of  water,  put  six 
pounds  of  susfnr,  four  ounces  ess'Mice  of  spruce,  add  yeast, 
wo  k  as  in  makinjr  beer,  and  bottle  immediately  in  half  pints. 

Mixed  Fruit   Wine.      White    currants   three   sieves,  red 


,    tradesman's  guide.  237 

Hftnseherries  two  sieves:  these  should  yield  forty  pints  of 
juicM-  ;  to  eacii  gallon  add  nvo  gallons  of  -.vater,  sugar  three 
pounds  and  a  h;ilf ;    ferment. 

?.  Wliite,  red,  and  bliirU  currants,  cherries,  es;'e<  ially 
black  heiiri,  raspbcn  itv^^,  ol  t*Hch,  j.oinicJe«i,  «qn.il  (|Uaiili4ie>. 
To  each  f«>ur  pounds  of  the  bruised  fruit  add  one  giilion  of 
w:i^  '•,  Sleep  fi)r  thrie  days,  press,  and  \o  each  gallon  of  liquor 
add  three  pounds  of  yellow  sugar;  ft-rment,  and  when  finished 
odd  to  each  nine  g;ill(»ns  two  pints  of  brandy  ;  if  it  does  not 
find  soon  enoui:h,  add  hdf  an  ounce  of  isinglass,  dissolved  in 
y  pint  of  v/aier,  to  each  nine  gollons. 

Vhcrry  Wine.  (.  lierries  thirty  pounds,  moist  sucar  five 
poiihds,  water  a  sufficient  quaniiiy  to  fill  a  seven  gallon  cask  ; 
ferment. 

Parsnip  IVine^  may  be  made  by  cutting  tlie  roots  into 
!;ma]l(  thin  slices, boilinjj  them  in  water,  pressing  out  the  liquor, 
and  fernienting  it.  This  wine,  when  made  strong,  is  of  a 
rich  and  exc»,llerit  quality  and  flavour. 

Orarigp  Wine.  Sugar  twi-nty  thiee  [<ouiids  water  ten  gal- 
lons. bo;l  ;  clarify  wiih  the  while  of  six  eggs,  pour  the  boding 
liquor  upon  ihe  parings  of  one  bundled  oranges  and  the 
strained  juice  of  these  oranges,  and  six  ounces  of  yeasi;  lei  it 
vork  for  three  or  four  days  then  strain  it  into  into  a  ba-rel, 
)!!iig  it  up  looi.ely  ;  iii  a  month  add  f(  nr  pounds  <d  biandy  ; 
ind  in  three   nu>n.hs  it  will  be  f"t   to  diink. 

Wines^  may  also  be  made  of  blackberries  and  other  Eng- 
lish frniis  up'on  tin-  same  princii)le.  Those  mentioned  aie 
the  methods  licneially  e.iq  loyt-d,  but  most  persons  have  pecu- 
liJir  WM)  s  of  proceeding,  which  may  in»iecd  be  varied  to  in- 
finity, and  so  a>  to  produce  at  jdeasure  a  sv  cet  or  dry  wine  ; 
jIh-  .Nwcet  not  being  so  ihoidughly  li'rmeiiK'd  as  the  dry.  The 
addii:<)ii  of  bran  ly  desii  oys  ihe  proper  flavour  ol"  the  wine. 
Hid  it  is  better  to  omit  ii  I'uiirely  (except  for  v\<U'\  and  [jort 
«vine,  wh'  sc  t1  ivour  is  so  siroiiir  ihat  it  cannot  well  be  injn- 
ird)  ;ind  ii'  iiicieise  the  sirengih  by  angnieriiing  ihe  rasi.sn 
t»r  siiiT  ir.  In  g»*iieral  ibe  mnsl  lior  will^s  ouiiht  to  be  nia('e  of 
«;x  |)(iiiiids  of  raisins,  or  l"i  nr  poum's  of  sugar,  to  the  gdlon, 
idliivviii'i  for  ihat  rt  nJiiir.ed  in  the  tniiL. 

Sout/iriniptun  Port.      C.der  ♦hirty    six   gallons,    elder  wine 
eleven  gulluns,  biaudy  five  gallons,  damson  wine  eleven  gal- 
lons, M. 
English  Madeira.     Pale  malt  gro  nd,  four  bushels,  boiling 


238  THE   AntfST   AiViJ 

water  forty-four  gallons,  infuse,  strain  ;  of  this  wort,  while 
warm,  take  twenty-four  gallons,  sugar  candy  fourteen  pounds; 
when  dissolved,  add  two  poujids  of  yeast  ;  lermeiii  ;  keep 
skiiiiniing  off  ;!ie  yeast;  when  the  fermentation  is  nearly  fin- 
ished, add  two  gallons  and  a  half  of  raisin  wine,  brandy,  port 
wine,  of  each  I  wo  gallons  ;  bung  it  down  for  six  or  nine  moiuhs, 
A  second   infusion  of  wort  may  be  brewed  for  beer. 

Sweet  Wine.  Sweet  cider  after  fermentation,  if  not  suf- 
ficient luscious,  add  mo'asses,  s.  q,  a  few  pounds  malaga  rai- 
sins, mashed  and  digested  in  some  of  the  Cider,  and  a  liule  li- 
quorice root  to  give  it  a  flavour  ;  then,  reduce  with  soft  water 
until  it  suits  the  palate.  It  may  be  necessary  to  put  in  a  little 
isinglass  to  render  it  clear.  This  method  of  imitation,  if 
managed  with  cnre  p.oduces  an  excellent  drink,  equal  if  not 
superior  to  that  which  is  imported. 

English  Champaign.  Raw  sugar  ten  pounds,  loaf  sugac 
twelve  pounds,  water  nine  gallons,  concrete  acid  of  lemon,, 
or  crystallized  acid  of  tartar  six  drachms  ;  dissolve  by  a  gen- 
tle boil  ;  befjre  it  grows  cold  add  about  one  pound  of  yeast,, 
and  ferment.  When  the  working  is  nearly  over,  add  perry^ 
one  gallon,  brandy  three  pounds,  and  bung  it  up  for  three 
months:  then  draw  out  two  pounds  of  the  wine,  dissolve  one 
ounce  of  isinglass  in  it,  pour  it  again  into  the  cask,  and  in  a 
fortnight  bottle  it  ;  it  may  be  coloured  pink  by  adding  one 
ounce   of  cochineal  when  first  bunged  up. 

English  Port.  Cider  twenty-four  gallons,  juico  of  elder 
berries  six  gallons,  port  wine  four  gallons,  brandy  one  gallon 
ajid  a  half,  logwood  one  pound,  isinglass  twelve  ounces,  dis- 
s.olyed  in  a  gallon  of  the  cider  :  bung  it  down  ;  in  two  months 
it  will  bo  fit  to  bottle,  but  should  not  be  drank  till  the  next 
year.  If  a  rough  flavour  is  required,  four  to  six  ounces  of 
alum  may  be  added. 

To  restore  \Vine  fusterl  or  tasting  of  the  cask.  Draw  the 
wine  entirely  out  of  its  own  lee  and  put  it  in  another  cask 
over  a  good  lee.  Then  through  the  bun<r  hole,  hang  up  i  bag 
with  four  ounces  of  laurel  berries  in  powder  and  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  steel  filings  at  the  bottom  of  the  bag,  to  prevent 
its  swimming  on  the  top  of v^ie  wine;  and  in  prqportion  as  you 
draw  a  certain  quantity  of  the  liquor,  let  down  the  bag. 

To  prevent  Wine  from  Pricking,  Put  in  the  cask  half  a 
pound  spirits  of  tartar,  or  when  the  wine  is  new,  throw  in  tW^ 
ounces  of  common  alum  for  every  hogshead. 


TllADESMAN^a    GUIDE.  239 

To  clarify  Wine  casihj.  Put  in  the  cask  one  pound  of 
fine  sliot. 

Incorrect  a  musty  taste  in  Mine.  Kncud  a  dough  of  the 
best  wheat  .flour,  and  ni;ikc  it  in  the  form  of  a  rolling  pin,  or 
a  sliort  thick  stick.  Ui\\\'  bake  it  in  tiie  oven  and  stick  it  all 
over  with  cIdvcs  ;  replace  ii  in  the  oven  and  bake  it  quite. 
Suspend  it  in  the  cask  ovei  the  wine  without  louchinj:  it,  and 
let  it  remain  there,  or  else  plunge  it  in  the   wine: 

To  correct  a  bitter  or  sour  taste  in  Wine.  Coil  a  quart 
of  barley  in  four  quails  of  water  to  the  reduction  of  two. 
Strain  ^hat  remains  through  a  cloih,  and  pour  it  in  the  cask  ; 
stirring  all  together  with  a  stick  without  touching  the  let;; 

7o  restore  spoiled  Wine.  Chanj  e  ihe  wine  iroin  its  own 
lee  upon  that  of  good  wine.  Pulverize  three  or  four  nutniegs 
and  as  many  dry  orange  peals,  and  throw  them  in;  slop  well 
the  bung,  and  let  it  ferment  one  fortnight.  />  fter  that  terra 
is  over  you  will  find  it  better  than  ever.  This  method  has 
gone  through  many  experiments. 

To  prevent    tartness    in    Wine.      Take    in   the   month   of 
March  two  basins  full  of  river  sand,  and  after  having  diied    it 
in  the  sun  or  in  the  oven  throw  it  in  the  (ask. 

Metheglin.  Honey  one  hundred  pounds,  boiling  water  a 
suflicient  quantity  to  fill  a  half  hogshead  or  ihirty-two  gallon 
cask,  stir  it  well  for  a  day  or  two  ;  add  yeast,  and  feiment. 
Some  boil  the  honey  in  the  water  for  an  hour  or  two,  but  this 
I'indiTs  its  due  fermentation. 

Mead^  is  made  from  the  honey-combs  from  which  honey 
has  been  drained  nut,  by  boiling  in  walei,  and  then  lerment- 
ing,  generally  confounded  with  meiheglii:. 

Ratafia  des  Cerisis.  Morello  cherries  with  their  kernels 
bruised,  ei^ht  pounds,  proof  spirits  eight  pints ;  digest  for  a 
month  ;  strain  with  expression  ;  add  sugar  one  pound  eight 
ounce. 

Ratafia  de  Grenohle.  Small  wild  black  cherries  with 
their  kernels  bruised,  twelve  pounds,  proof  spirits  six  gallons  ; 
digest  for  a  month;  strain;  add  sugar  twelve  pounds;  a  little 
citron  peel  may  be  added  at  pleasure. 

Ratafia  dt  Noycaux.  Peach  orapri-ot  kernels,  with  their 
shells  bruised,  in'number  120,  proof  spirits  four  pints,  sugar 
ten  ounces.  Some  reduce  spirits  of  wine  rectified  to  proof, 
with  the  juice  of  apricots  or  peaches  to  make  this  liquor. 

Chremc  de  Noyeau — English.  Bitter  almonds  blanched 
four  ounces,  proof  spirits  two  pints,  sugar  cfee  pound. 


240  THE    ARTIST    AND 

Chreme  de  Orange — English.  Oranges  sliced  in  number 
t!iiit\ -six,  spirits  of  wine  rectified,  two  giillons,  siigjir  e'ghteciT 
pounds,  water  four  giillons  four  })irjts,  tincture  of  saffron  one 
ounce  four  drachms,  orange  flowor  water  four  pints;  tligeit 
for  a  fortnijjht  ;   strain. 

All  the  aforementioned  liquors  arc  stimiilenl  and  taken  ad 
libitum  for  pleasure. 

Chreme  des  Barhaditcs.  Orange  peels,  lemon  peels,  of 
eaclj  tiiren  in  number,  cinnamon  four  ounces,  mace  two 
draclims,  cloves  one  drachm,  rum  eighteen  pints  ;  distil  in 
ba'fieum  nKiriae,  and  add  suirnr  p.  aeq. 

Chreme  des  Barbodots — English.  Lemons  sliced  in  nunr- 
ber  iwenty*four,  citrons  sliced,  in  number  six,  spirits  Wine 
rectified  two  gallons  four  pints,  fiesh  balm  leaves  eight  oun- 
ces, vvaier  tbretj  gallons  four  pints  5  digest  for  a  fornight  ; 
strain. 

ffrandj/  Shrub.  Brandy  nine  pints,  lemon  juice,  orange 
Juice,  «>f  e  ich  one  [)iui,  orange  pcfds  four  in  numl)Or,  l°mon 
peels  two  iii  number,  siioar  5wo  pounds,  wa:er  five  pia:s. 

The  same  formul  i  will  answer  for  making  rum  shrud^  usipg 
rum  instead   of  brandy. 

Rum  S/iruh.  Concrete  acid  of  lemons  eight  ounces,  wa- 
ter five  ixallons,  raisin  wine  fotir  gallons,  niiu  ten  gallons, 
orange  flower  water  four  pints,  honej'  six    pounds. 

B  own  Sprucf!  IJcer^  as  ilie  whi  e,  us-n^  tuolasses  \i\  1  en 
of  tho  su2:nr.  In  regird  to  the  while  atMJ  hr«  wn  spiuce  and 
gin-rer  beer  and  the  wines^  it  is  said  \hv  purer  kinds  are  mx- 
tures  of  spirits  of  wino.  Water,  and  extractive  matter  :  the 
spirits  may  bo  separated  by  cnrefid  di<iidlalion,  nr  if  tl^e  ex- 
trac'iive  rait'er  be  first  got  rid  nf  by  the  addi:i<»n  of  ^•vrvac- 
ttnn  saturni  and  filtration,  the  spirits  may  be  S('i)araTed  bv  ad- 
diu^j  very  pure  k  ili  ppm.  when  it  will  swim  Uj=o;!  the  jsquor; 
the  spirit  constitutes  from  twelve  to  twenty -five  j^c.^r  renr.  ol 
the  proper  wines,  and  from  two  to  eight  per  cent,  of  Uie  malt 
Iiquc»rs. 

The  fermentation  of  these  liquors  is  usually  hastened  by 
the  addition  of  yeast,  crude  tartar,  or  bniised  \ihe  leaves, 
but  this  is  seldouj  necessar3'  for  wines,  if  she  liquor  be  kept 
in  a  proper  warmth  ;   but  m  ilt  liquors  are  more  slu^jgish. 

If  the  fermentation  is  in  dauirer  of  proceeding  too  far,  it 
may  be  stopped  by  drawing  ofl'  the  liquor  eleai  into  another 
vessel  in  which  some  brimstone  has  been  newly  burned,  or  iq 


Tiiv:>::sMA\'i  uuide.  541 

^TC  cnse  of  red  wine,  some  nutmeg  powder  upon  a  hot  shovel, 
or  whicii  h:)S  been  washed  wiili  brandy;  the  sediment  k'ft  in 
5he  oh]  cask,  may  be  strLtrncd  t!no?igli  flannel  or  paper  till 
clear  and  addwl  to  ihc  other;  instead  of  this  a  part  only 
may  be  drawn  out  of  the  cask  and  some  rags  dipped  in  melted 
l>riajstone  and  liglited,  nmy  be.  held  by  a  pair  of  tongs  in  the 
bung  hole  slightly  covered,  so  as  to  impregnate  the  liquor 
with  the  fumes;  abojjt  one  ounce  of  brimstone  to  a  lu.gshead, 
tbon  returning  wliat  had  been  diavn  out,  and  bungijig  up 
very  close  ;  or.a  small  qnaniity  of  oil  of  vitriol  mav  be  jiour- 
cd  in:  last!}'  the  addition  of  black  manganese  has  been  pro- 
posed on  theoretical  gVounds. 

If  tlie  fermentation  has  proceeded  too  far,  and  the  liquor 
sours,  the  fcrmenlalion  must  be  sto}:ped  as  above,  and  some 
Jumps  of  clialk,  or  burned  oyster  shells  added,  to  saturate  the 
acid  already  g-cneratcd. 

If  the  liquors  do  not  become  clear  soon  enough^  for  eac^ 
thirty  gallons  dissolve  one  ounce  of  isinglass  iti  two  pounds 
of  water.  Strain,  and  mix  this  with  part  of  the  liquor  ;  beat 
it  up4o  a  fiotli,  and  poiw  it  into  the  liquor.  Stir  tlie  whole 
well  and  bung  it  up  :  instead  of  isinglass  some  use  hartshorn 
shavings  in  rather  larger  qiianiiiies.  Red  wines  are  fined  with 
twelve  eggs  to  the  pipe,  bealcn  up  to  a  froth,  and  well  stir- 
red find  mixed  in  with  the  wine. 

If  the  liquor  has  acquired  a  bad  flavour,  the  best  way  is  to 
let  the  fermentation  go  on,  and  convert  it  at  once  into  vine- 
gar.^ 

To  mahc  treacle  Ihrr.  Boil  two  quarts  of  Water,  put  It 
into  one  pound  of  treacle,  stir  them  together  till  thev  nre 
^T»'eii  mi.vtd  ;  then  put  six  ur  eight  quarts  of  cold  water  to  it, 
and  about  a  tea  cuj)  iuil  of  yeast  or  balm  ;  put  it  in  a  clean 
cask  or  tub,  cover  it  over  with  a  coarse  cloth  two  or  three 
times  doulde  ;  it  will  lie  fit  to  drink  in  two  or  three  days. 
The  second  or  third  time  of  making,  the  !)ottom  of  the  first 
beer  will  do  instead  of  yeist  ;  if  you  make  a  large  quantity, 
or  iiilend  it  for  keep'nir,  you  must  jjut  in  a  handful  of  hops 
and  anotljor  of  malt  for  it  to  feed  on,  and  w'len  done  work- 
ing, stop  it  up  close. 

The  above  is  the  best  and  chenju'st  way  of  making  treacle 
beer,  thougli  s.';mo  people  add  raisins,  bran,  wormwood, 
spices,  such  fruit,  &,c.  as  are  in  season  ;  but  that  is  just  as 
you  fancy.      Indeed,  minv    pleasant,  cheap,  and    wholesome 

21 


3t42  TH»    ARTIST    A?rO 

drinks  may  be  made  from  fruits,  &c.  if  they  are  bruised    and 
boiled  in  water  before  the  treacle  is  added. 

London  Porter.  For  five  barrels:  malt  eight  bushels,  a 
sufficient  quantity  of  water, mash  at  twice:  add  in  the  boiline, 
hops  eight  to  twelve  pounds,  treacle  six  pounds,  liquorice  root 
eight  pounds,  moist  sugar  sixteen  pounds,  one  half  of  which  is 
usually  made  into  essential  binse  and  the  other  half  into  colour, 
capsicum  four  drachms,  Spanish  liquorice  two  ounces,  linseed 
one  ounce,  cinnamon  two  druchms,  heading  two  drachms; 
cool,  add  one  to  two  gallons  of  yeast  when  it  has  got  a  good 
head,  cleanse  if  with  three  ounces  of  ginger  ;  coculus  indicus 
one  ounce ;  then  barrel  and  finish  the  working  ;  fine  with  isin- 
glass. The  public  brewers  use  a  mixture  of  pale  amber  alone, 
which  is  best  for  private  families. 

Six  pounds  of  sugar  is  esteemed  equal  in  strength,  and  one 
pound  coriander  seed  in  intoxicating  pi'wer,  to  a  bushel  of 
malt;  the  su^ar  cnployed  is  burnt  to  coloar  the  beer  instead 
of  drown  malt,  and  it  has  been  proposed  to  use  roasted  coflee 
for  the  purpose.  The  other  substances  are  merely  to  flavour 
the  liquor  and  may  be  varied  at  pleasure* 

The  desire  to  evade  the  duty  on  malt  in  England  produced 
the  discovery  of  its  being  necessary  to  malt  only  one-third  of 
the  corn,  as  this  proportion  will  convert  the  other  into  its  owrt 
nature  during  the  process. 

Artijicial  Spa  ^Vater.  Prepared  natron  seven  grains, 
maf^nesia  alb.  one  scruple,  iron  filings  three  grains,  common 
salt  one  grain,  water  t'rtree  pounds,  and  impregnate  it  with  gas 
from  marble  powder  and  oil  of  vitriol,  of  each  ten  scruples, 
sufficiently  diluted  with  water. 

Artificial  P^rmont  'Water.  Epson  salts  fifteen  grains, 
common  salt  five  grains,  magnesia  alb.  three  grains,  iron  filings 
five  srrains,  water  three  pounds,  and  impregnate  it  with  the 
gas  from  marble  powder  and  oil  of  vitriol,  of  each  seven 
drachms. 

Artijicial  ShtJtz  "Water.  Common  salt  one  drachm,  mag- 
nesia alb.  one  scruple,  natron  ppm.  fifteen  grains,  chalk  seven 
grains,  water  three  pounds,  and  impregnate  with  the  gas  from 
marble  powder  and  oil  of  vitriol  cf  each  six  drachms. 

Of  Cherrif  tree  Bark.  The  bark  of  black  cherry  tree, 
lias  been  used  instead  of  black  cherries  in  the  manufacture  of 
cherry  brandy,  steeped  in  water  with  elder  beriies,  sweetened 
with  molasses,  adding  a  proper  quantity  of  rum  but  on  account 


tradisman's  glide.  241 

of  tVte    following   communication    througii    a  very  respecta- 
ble source,   we  shall  omit  giving  a  particular  formula. 

A  medical  gentleman  says  the  bark  of  this  tree  is  poisonous. 
He  relates  the  case  of  a  young  lady,  to  whom  he  was  lately 
called,  and  who  in  consequence  of  drinkiig  about  half  a  pint 
of  cider,  taken  from  a  closely  stopped  bottle,  filled  the  even- 
ing previous  with  cherry  bark  fresh  Irom  the  tree,  was  seized 
with  vertigo,  stupor,  and  syncope,  followed  by  great  difiiculty 
of  respiration  and  vomiting.  Similar  effects  were  produced 
in  a  slighter  degec  upon  another  person,  who  took  from  the 
same  bottle  a  small  draught  of  cider. 

The  French  chemists  have  recently  ascertained  that  th» 
deleterious  principles  by  the  peach  is  analagous  to  prussic 
acid. 

This  acid  in  its  concentrated  state,  if  a  feather  be  dipped 
into  it  and  drawn  across  the  eye  of  an  animal  produces  in- 
stant death.  Two  drops,  have  been  known  to  kill  a  vigorous 
dog  in  a  very  few  minutes. 

Of  Adulitrated  Wines.  The  Wines  of  Commerce  in  their 
purity,  cannot  be  found  at  the  corners  of  every  street.  Soroo 
are  in  the  practice  of  mixing  colmenar  with  Sicily  Madeira — • 
this  compound  makes  a  very  pleasant  wine.  If  Sicil}'  Ma- 
deira is  put  upon  Maderira  lees,  it  becomes  greatly  improved 
— age,  however,  is  a  requisite  qualilication  to  all  wines. 

We  have  no  particular  formula  for  compounds,  nor  is  it 
necessary,  since  the  dealer  must  consult  the  taste  of  his  cms- 
toraers;  nor  are  wejableto  point  out  a  particular  methed  where- 
by spurious  wines  can  be  detected  as  a  certain  test,  but  we 
would  recommend  dealers  to  obtain  the  certificates  which 
shouH  accompany  the  casks,  which  may  perhaps  in  time  les- 
sen their  risk- 

We  aro  told  that  empty  Rum,  Wine,  Gin  or  Brandy 
<:ask,  with  the  original  certificates,  ar«  considered  very  valua- 
ble by  the  city  dealers — rum  hhds.  with  the  certificates  have 
frequently  been  sold  at  from  $10  to  $12  each.  Wine  qr. 
casks,  $4  and  $.S.  Brandy  pipes  $12  and  $15:  though 
ihere  is  a  penalty  incurred  by  the  transaction;  and  we  observ- 
ed a  notice  last  May,  issued  from  the  custom-house,  Ne«r. 
York,  that  thereafter  the  law  would  be  rigidly  ei^forced^ 
[See  lavs  relative  to  spirits,  wines,  teas  ^c] 


244 


THE    ARTIST    ASP 


A    TABLE 

JPrescnting  a  comparative  view  of  the  properties  af  some 
of  the  most  celebrated  31ifierals^  both  in  America  and 
Europcy  numbered  from  1  to  27  inclusive  ;  shewing  the 
number  and  quahtity  of  articles  in  four  I^iftts,  or  115,5 
Cubic  Inches^  of  the  Water  of  each  Spring — the  quantities 
in  Grains  and  Deeinial  Part>  oj  a  Grain^from  the  talesi 
Authorities. 


^'AMES  OF  SPRINGS. 


No. 


Tem-  inches  car- 
Jonie   acid 
gas. 


'ture. 


j  Inches 
sulpUar- 
f  retteil 
{   hydro- 
jgen  ^a* 


Saratoga 
Waters. 


Columbian, 
Wasliingtoiij 
Hamilton, 
.  Flat  Ruck> 
\  Higlt  Ro<:k, 
I  President; 
I  Red   Spring,, 
j  Ellis*  Spring, 
/Taylor's  Wash^ofl, 
\  Ballstoo.  Spa, 
J  Low's  Spring, 
j  Suljjjiur, 
(^  ^ew  Sj>rrng, 

Saratoga  Sulphur, 
^  Saline  Spa, 
J  Chalybeate  Spa, 
]  Moi-.tpV  Weli-s,  ] , 
[.     .     .         No.  2. 
Spa,  ill  Gernaauy,  PouhoQ  Spriug, 
Germany — Pyrmont, 
Harrogate — England, 
Aix-la-Chapollc,  or,  Aken  Water, 
Bristol  Hot  Well,  England, 
Bath — King's  Bath,  England^ 
Bohemia — Carlsbad, 
Germany — Sultiier  VV'atcr, 


Ballston 
Waters. 


CHEt/rEN- 
H.\M. 

Eaglciwd. 


1 

50 

171.389. 

2 

50 

118. 

3 

4S 

123.5 

4 

48 

142. 

5 

48 

126.25 

6 

■  48 

121.36 

7 

51 

il57.132 

8 

48 

75.25 

9 

47 

112.25 

10 

48 

125.5 

21 

50 

105. 

12 

52 

no. 

13 

52 

-72. 

14 

50. 

159.5 

15 

50 

21.75 

16 

55 

15. IS 

17 

53 

12. 

18 

53 

S^5 

19 

52 

3.95 

20 

51.16 

21-1 

104. 

22{ 

4. 

2  i 

143 

some. 

24 

74 

15, 

25 

116 

4, 

26 

165 

20. 

27 

i 

T<\ 

3.5 

5.5, 

j     9.5 
I  muciu 


TllA»ESMAi\\    GlIDE. 


W, 


NOTE.  Ilc.-<id<'s  tdose  ingredients  mentioned  in  the  table,  the  Saline 
Spa  contains  Carbcnale  and  muriate  of  magnesia  1*2.5  sulphate  ot  soda 
and  ma^rncsia  *240.  Chilybf-ate  Spa,  muriate  of  lime  1.27').  Montp'r 
Well,  No.  I.  muriate  of  lime  IS.  muriate  of  magnesia  40.1*i*J  muriate  of 
magnesia  20.  No.2  muriate  of  lime  12-OC  sulf)liate  of  niaonrsia  HA.OQ 
muriate  of  m:ig.;esia  14.5  hydrogen  sulphate  lime  JG.3T5  Germany  I'yr- 
TOonl  sulphate  of  magnesia  '22.26  Harrov\jjrate,  Eng.  muriate  of  liuie  6.5 
s'jlphate  of  majriK^sia  5.25  muriate  of  ma;jnesia  45  5  Bristol  Hot  WeJi, 
Eng.  muriate  magnesia  3.025.  all  of  which  are  included  in  the  total 
quantity. 


S^o 


Muriate]  Carbon- 
of       i   ate    of 
Soda.  ]    Soda. 


]  Carbon-  j  Carbon  ■ 
j   ate    of  1   ate  of 
I  Lime.    Majjnc- 


lCarbon~|    Sul- 
I   ate    of  iphate  c 
I'-un.    j  Lime 


,^ 


Total  quaati- 


I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

S 

9 

10 

li 

12 

13 

14 

15 

H 

17 

18 

I.Q 

20 

21 

no 

^■». 

23 
24 
2.1 

26 

27 


235.751       8.25|8'J.238|    1.67813. 084 
100.75      11.25)60.5      '  0.75   J3.75 


115.75 
134.75 
97-4 
105. 
67.5 
58.76 
IM. 

155.77 
79.5 
71. 
32. 
79.25 
11.8 
l.b 
1.01 
109.87 
91.625 
.68  si 
6.24| 
307.751 
20.      I 

2.      I 
26.     I 


8.25  63.75 
12,25  73.75 


b.6 

9. 

9.5 


[53.5 
57.5 
53.75 

]2.24'4S.5 
5.      155.25 

13.23  70. 


4.5 

5. 

3. 

6.5 

0.7 


3.88 


48. 


47.04 

16. 


37.25 
32.25 
15. 

30.77 
16.55 


9. 

5.88 
17.04 
19.25 
19. 

6.75 
11.25 
16.60 

ii2. 


1.25 
3.75 
0.75 
0.25 
1.25 
1.5 


2.75 
1.25 
0.75 


~r^         ' 


4.25 


2.875 
17.84 
40.12 

2.75 


20. 


3, 
1.5 

3.75 

2.25 

3. 

3. 

3.75 

2.05 

3.75 

3. 

2. 

3.75 

D.95 

2.5 

0.68 

3.575 

2.f5 


trace, 
trace. 


j20. 

[0365 

142505 

!33.25 

34.S2 


5.876 
15.75 


338. 
117. 
192. 
226. 
161. 

m. 

135. 
124. 
158. 
249. 
126. 
112. 

52. 
124.52 

30. 
277.5 

9.605 
285,084 
230.25 

32.528 
123.04 
:i77. 

S7. 

23.875 

66, 
251.8 
lOS. 


21 


'24(>  THE    itRTfST    A^TT 

CHAPTER.  XXXf 

Useful  Receipts. 

Ltmon  B(cr.     Three  pounds  of  lump  sugar^  ten  otrncesF 
bruised  gieger,  one  ounce  cream  tartar,,  lemons  ninnbor  four 
pour  on  theni  four  gallons  boiling  water,  add  eiglu  ounces  of 
yeast,  work  for  four  dnys,  then  bottle  in  half  pints,  and  tier 
lie  eorks  down. 
2.   Si-K    pounds  of  moist  sugar,   five  ounces  of  j^inger,  two 
"Acen  of  crearev  tartar^  lemons  nusuber  four,  eigbt   ounces  of 
,  seven  gallons  o1  w.itf^r,  work  two  or  three  days,  strain, 
ne,  pound  of  brandy,  bung  very   dose,  and    in    fourteea 
r-udc  it;  a  cooling  eirervescent  drink  in  summer. 
..  Jl:ic  spirits.      Mix  a  small  quantity  of  vvUeat   flour  in 
n    ; ,  as  if  for  making  paste,  and  pour  the  same  inio  the  ves- 
sel.  The  whole  is  then  to  be  well  rousted,  and  in  a  short  time 
the  contents  will  become  bright. 

Cedrai.  Lemon  peels  in  number  twelve,  spiritts  wine  rec- 
tified two  gallons  ;  distil  in  balneum  maria?,  and  add  simple 
syrup  p.  ceq. 

Varfait  Amour.     The  same  coloured  with  a  little  cochi- 

-•eaL 

Wine  Test.  When  wine  becomes  |>artlj  acetous,  calleJ 
pricked  wine,  the  disagrL-eable  taste  is  often  corrected  b}-  sugar 
of  lead;  it  is  then  poisonous,  and  the  fraud  ought  to  be  de- 
tected. This  may  be  done  by  dropping  it  into  a  little  water, 
charged  with  sulphuretted  hsdrogen  gas;  it  will  immediately 
become  a  dark  brown. 

2^0  turn  Wine  into  Vinc<rar  in  less  than  three  hours.  Put 
in  the  wine  a  red  beet,  and  it  v/ill  be  quite  sour  and  true  vine- 
gar in  less  then  three  iu)urs. 

I'o  restore  such  Wine  to  its  first  taste.  Take  off  the -red 
beet  and  in  its  stead  put  a  cahbnge  root  into  that  wine,  and 
it  will  return  to  its  pricnar}'  taste  in  the  same  space  of  time. 

Escuboe  Usquebaugh.  SatiVon  one  ounce,  juniper  berries 
four  drachms,  dates  v,'il4iout  their  kernels,  raisins,  of  each 
tiiree  ounces,  jujebs  six  ounce?,  anise  seed,  mace,  cloves,  cori- 
nder  seed,  of  each  one  drachm,  cinnamon  two  drachms, 
proof  spirits  twelve  pints,  simple  syru[)  six  po;mds;  pectoral, 
eviMenvigoirue. 

iScotck  Mamelade.  Juice  of  Seville  oranges  two  pints, 
yellow  honey  tv*o  pounds,  boil  to  a  proper  consistence. 


thadesman's  guide.  24T 

Essence  of  Spruce  is  prepared  by  boiling  tlie  twigs  of 
Scotch  fir  in  water,  an«l  evaporating  the  decoction  till  it  grows 
thick;   used  to  flavoup  treacle  beer  instead  of  hops.    . 

Essence  of  Malt  is  prepared  by  infusing  malt  in  water,  first 
boiled,  and  th'?n  cooled  till  it  rcHccts  the  image  of  a  person's 
face  in  it,  pouring  off  the  iniusion,  and  evaporating  it  to  ihe 
consistence  of  ne\y  honey  ;  used  in  sea  voyages  and  places 
where  malt  cannot  be  ])rocuied  to  make   beer. 

Dover'' s  Suclorijic  Powder.  Take  of  ipecacuanha  in 
powder,  opium  purified,  each  one  part,  sulphate-of  potash 
eight  parts,  triturate  them  together  in  a  fine  powder. 

Thesulphate  of  potash  from  the  grittiness  of  its  crystals, 
is  perhaps  belter  fitted  for  tearing  and  dividing  the  tenacious 
opium  than  i*nv  other  i^alt  ;  this  seems  to  be  its  only  use  in 
the  preparation.  The  operator  ought  to  be  careful  that  the 
opiura  and  ipecacuanha  be  equ;:lly  diflused  through  the  whole 
mass  of  powder,  otherwise  different  portions  of  the  powder 
must  diiTer  in  degrees  of  strength. 

This  powder  is  one  of  the  most  certain  sudorifics,  and  as 
such,  was  recommended  by  Dr.  Dover  as  nn  effectual  rem- 
edy iu  rheumatism.  ^Modern  practice  confirms  its  reputa- 
^'H>n^  not  only  in  rheumatism,  but  also  in  droj)sy,  and  several 
other  disf^ases,  where  it  is  often  dificult  by  other  means,  to 
procure  copious  pe!S[)iration,  The  dose  is  from  two  to  five 
grains,  repeated  according  to  the  patient's  stomach  and 
strength.  It  is  proper  to  j»void  drinking  immediately  after  ta- 
king it,  otherwise  it  is  apt  to  be  rejected,  before  any  other 
eflect  can  be  produced.  Perspiration  should  be  kept  up  by 
diluents. 

PIummer''s  Pills.  These  pills  are  diaphoretic,  alterative, 
purgative,  and  beneficial  in  cutaneous  eruptions. 

Take  of  calomel,  sulpliate  of  aniiniony,  of  each  one 
drachm,  gum  guaiacum  two  drachms.  Mix  them  assiduously 
with  mucilage,  and  divide  into  si<ty  pills,  two  pills  forming 
the  dose.      To  be  taken  at  nigh.t. 

Earl  Waricick^s  Powders.  Scammonii  two  ounces,  anti- 
monii    da[)h.   one  ounce,  crem.    t.ut.   half  an  ounce. 

Storei/'s  Worm  Cakes.  Calomel,  jalap,  of  each  one 
draclim,  fiincrer  two  scruples,  sacch  one  ounce,  cinnabar 
antl.   a  sufficient  qurintiiy  to  make  into  cakes. 

Worm  Cakes.  Scamm.  Allep.  two  ounces,  cclomel  ppd. 
three  ounces,  res.  jalap  two  ounces,  crem.  tart,    four  ounces, 


TiS  THE    ARTIST    AND 

white  sugar  three  pounds,  mucil.  sf.  trag.  a  sufficient  quantity. 
IVorm  Pills.  Calomel  one  ounce,  sugiir  two  ounces, 
starch  one  ounce,  raucii.  sum  trag.  a  sufliicent  quantiiy.  to 
make  two  liundred  and  f«ir'y-eigljt  pill;  docsc,  number  one 
niglit  and  morning,  for  children. 

Rcjinid  Juice  or  Liquorice.  Spanish  liqorice  four  pounds, 
gum  A.ra,  two  pounds,  water  a  sufficient  quantity  ;  dissolve, 
strain  :  evaj)orate  genlly  to  a  soft  extract,  roll  in  cylinders, 
cut  into  lengths,  afd  polish,  by  rubbing  them  in  a  box;  ex- 
pectorant in  co'jghs,  A:c. 

Pate  <h  Jieglisse  Noire.  Refined  liquorice  eight  ounces, 
gum  Arabic  two  pounds,  sugar  one  pound,  water  a  sufficient 
quHnlitv  ;  dissolve  and  evaporate,  till  it  forms  a  very  thick 
syrup,  add  rad.  enulae.  camp.  rad.  irid.  flor.  of  each  half  an 
ounce,  ess,  de  cedrat  a  few  drops,  put  into  tin  moulds,  and 
dry  in  a  stove. 

Young'' s  Purging  Drink.  Cr^'stallized  natron  two  an  J  a 
half  drachms,  Ciystals  of  tartar  three  drachms,  water  eight 
ounces,  corked  up  immediately  in  stone  bottles  and  wired  :  a 
pleasant  cooling  laxative  in  summer. 

^Varc^'^s  White  Drops.  Quicksilver  twelve  ounces,  spirits 
nitre  two  poutids  ;  dissolved  ;  add  ammonin,  ppa.  foiiri^*" 
ounces,  evaporate  so  as  to  form  a  liirht  salt,  which  drai»  a"f» 
dissolve  in  rose  water,  three  pounds  and  a  half- 

Greek  Water,  i>  prepared  and  used  io  ihe  same  manner 
for  turning  the  hair  black. 

Some  |)erhaps  might  give  a  preference  to  the  following 
preparation.  Quicksilver  four  ounces,  spirits  of  nitre  one 
pound  ;  dissolve  ;  add  ammonia  ppa.  seven  ounces:  evapo, 
rate  and  crvstallize,  then  dissolve  each  pound  of  salt  in  three 
pints  and  a  half  of  rose  water. 

Godfrafs  Cordial.  Dissolve  half  an  ounce  of  opium,  one 
drachm  of  sassafras  in  two  ounces  sp'rits  of  winp  :  now  mix 
four  p<uinds  of  treacle,  uiih  one  gallon  of  boiling  water  ajid 
wh'^n  cold,  mix  both  solutiors.  This  is  generally  used  to 
sooth  the  pains  of  children,  (^-c. 

Lee'^s  Windham  Anti-Billions  Pills.  Pul.  gamh.  three 
pi. unds,  aloes  soc.lwo  pounds,  sapon.  due.  one  pound,  sal. 
nifri  half  a  pound,  extra,  of  cow  parsnip  one  pound,  heat 
them  into  mass  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  spirts  of  wine 
rectified. 
Lcc's  Xeic  London  Pills.     Pul  v.  aloes  soc.  twelve  ounces, 


tradesman's  guide.  249 

pulv.  sciimmoii,  A,  six  ounces,  piilv.  gamb.  four  ounces, 
pulv.  jalap  tliree  ounces,  calomel  pp.  five  ounces,  sapon.  cast, 
one  ounce,  syrup  bucktlioin,  -one  v)unce,  n)uc.  gum.  Arabic 
seven  ounces,  m.  fr.  in;iss  s.  a.  when  iiicorpuralccj,  divide  two 
cjracbms  of  the  mass,  into  twenty-four  pill>. 

Smit/t^s  British  Lavender.  0\.  Iu\en(l.  Aug.  two  ounces, 
essence  ambergr.  one  ounce,  eau  de  luce  one  pint,  spirits  wine 
rect.  two  pints. 

Essence  of  Pcjipcrmint.  Spirits  wine  rectiticd  one  pint, 
put  into  it  kali  pp.  one  ounce,  previously  iiealed,  d«cai:l,  and 
add  ol.  minth.  pip.  half,  »n  ounce,  mix. 

2.  Ol.  minth.  pip.  one  pound,  spirits  of  wine  rectified 
two  gallons,  colour  with  herb  niintii.  pip.  sic.  eight  ounces, 
mix. 

3.  Ol.  minth.  pip.  three  ounces,  sp.  wine  rect.  coloured 
with  spinage  two  uints  ;   mix. 

Hiifs  iialsam  of  Ilonaj.  Bals.  Tolii  one  pound  honey 
one  pound,  sp.  wine  rect.  one  golloi:!. 

2.  Balsam  Toiu  opt.  two  ounces,  gum  slyrax  two  drachms 
opii  pur.  half  a  drachm,  mell.  0|>:.  eight  ouiices,  sj).  wine  rect. 
two  pints,  pectoral  used  in  coughs  and  c«j1(1s. 

Forffs  Balsam  of  Iloarhound.  lloarhound,  liquorice 
root,  of  each  three  i)ounds  eigiil  ounces,  water  a  sutficienl 
quantity  to  strain  six  pints,  infuse  ;  to  the  infusion  add  proof 
spirits  or  brandy  twelve  pints,  camphor  one  ounce  and  two 
drachms  opium  pur.,  Bonjamin  of  each  one  ounce,  dried  squills 
two  ounces,  oil  of  anise  seed  one  ounce,  honey  three  pounds 
and  eight  ounces. 

Stuughtou^s  Klixer.  Rad.  gentian  two  pounds  four  ounces, 
rad.  serp.  verg.  one  pound,  cort.  aurant.  sic.  one  pound  and 
eight  ounces,  cal.  aromat.  lour  ounces,  sp.  wine  rect.  water, 
of  each  six   gallons. 

2,,  Rad.  gentian  four  pounds,  cort.  aurant.  two  pounds,  pis. 
aurant.  one  pound,  cocin.  two  drachms,  sem.  cardam.  min. 
one  ounce,  s}).  wine  rect.   eight  gallons. 

Hooper'' s  nils.  Vitriol,  virid.  aqute  of  each  eight  ounces  ; 
dissolve:  add  aloes  Barb,  two  jiounds  eight  ounces,  canelr 
be  alb.  six  ounces,  gum.  aiyrrhte  two  ounces,  soj)onacis  four 
draclim?. 

2.  Sal.  niartis  two  ounces  pulv,  aloes  c.  canella.'  orie  pound 
niucilago  gum  tragacantha-,  tinct.  aloes,  of  each  a  sufficient 
quantity,  cut  each  drjchm  into  eighteen  jjills,  put  forty  in  a 


250  THE    ARTIST    AND 

Mattheie's  Pilh—Starkey's  Pills.  Rad.  helleb.  nigri.  rad 
helleb.  albi.  rad.  glycyrrh.  opii  of  each,  two  ounces,  sapon. 
Starken  six  ounces,  ol.  terebinth,  a  sufficient  quantity. 

2.  Rad.  helleb.  nigri.  rad.  glycyrrh.  sapon.  castill.  rad.  cir- 
cumae,  opii  puriff.  syr,  croci.  of  each  four  ounces,  ol.  tere- 
binth, a  sufficient  quantity. 

Barclay'^s  Anti-Biltious  Pills.  Extract  colocvnth.  two 
drachms,  resin,  jalap  one  drachm,  sapon,  amygdal.  one  drachm 
and  u  half,  guaiaci  three  drachms,  tart.  emet.  eight  grains,  ol, 
junip.  ol.  carui,  ol.  rorismar.  of  each  four  gtt.  srr.  spin.  cerv. 
a  s.  q.  make  into  sixty-four  pills. 

Worm  pills.  Calomel  one  ounce,  sugar  two  ounces,  starch 
one  ounce,  raucil.  gum  traga.  a  s.  q.  to  make  ttro  hundred 
and  forty-eight  pills  ;  dose,  number  one,  night  and  morning 
for  children. 

Kej/ser^s  Pills.  Hydrag.  acetat  four  ounces,  manna  thirty 
ounces,  starch  two  ounces,  mucil.  gum  traga.  s.  q.  make  into 
pills  of  six  grains  each;  dose,  number  two,  nocte  maneque, 
increasing  the  dose  to  number  twenty-live,  or  more  ;  a  box  of 
1000  or  1200  is  usually  sufficient. 

Dalby^s  Carminative.  Tinct.  opii  four  and  a  half  drachms 
tinct.  assa.  two  and  a  half  drachms,  ol.  carui  three  scruples, 
ol.  minth.  pip.  six  scruples,  tinct.  castor,  six  and  a  half 
drachms,  sp.  of  wine  rect.  six  drachms,  put  two  drachms  into 
each  bottle  with  magnesia  one  drachm,  and  fill  up  simple  sy- 
rup and  a  little  sp.  of  wine  rect. 

Botany  Bay  Cement.  Yellow  gum  and  brick  dust  of  each. 
p.  aeq,  used  to  cement  china  ware. 

Admirable  wash  for  the  Hair  to  thicken  its  growth.  Take, 
two  ounces  each  of  rosemary,  maiden  hair,  southernwood, 
myrtle  berr'es  and  hazle  bark,  and  burn  them  to  ashes  on  a 
clean  hearth,  or  in  an  oven  ;  with  these  ashes  make  a  strong 
lye,  with  which  wash  the  hair  at  the  roots  every  day,  and 
keep  it  cut  short.  This  lixivium,  it  is  said  will  destroy  that 
unsuspected  enemy  tr»  the  hnir,  the  worm  at  tiie  root. 

Easy  and  efftctual  tnethod  of  rendering  all  kinds  of  Paper 
^reproof.  This  surprising  effect  is  produced  by  a  simple 
cause.  It  is  only  necessary  that  the  paper,  whether  plain, 
coloured,  written,  printed  or  stained,  should  be  immersed  in  a 
strong  solution  of  alum  water,  and  afterwards  thoroughly 
dried,  when  it  will  immediately  become  fire  proof.  Th« 
experiment  may  easily  be  made,  by  holding  a  piece  of  paper 


tradesman's    6UIDE  151 

Vhus  prepared  over  the  flame  of  a  candle.  Some  paper,  how- 
ever, will  require  to  imbibe  more  of  the  solution  than  it  can 
do  bv  a  single  immersion,  in  which  case  the  dipping  and  dry- 
ing must  be  repeated  till  ihe  paper  becomes  fully  saturated* 
It  is  fisserted  that  neither  the  colour  nor  quality  of  the  pa- 
per Will  receive  the  least  injury  from  ihis  operation,  but  that 
on  the  contrary  they  will  be  improved. 

All  nxellcnt  Paste  fur  stopping  Holes  or  Cracks  in  Iron 
"Culinary  Vtcvsils,  so  as  to  render  them  perfectljf  tight.  To 
six  quarts  of  potter's  clny,  add  one  part  steel  filings,  and  of 
linseed  oil  a  sufficient  quantity  to  render  the  mixuire  of  gla- 
zier's putty  and  fill  the  holes  with  it.  This  will  soon  become 
hard,  and  resist  t^e  action  both  of  water  and  fire. 

Eau  de  Hassan.  Is  probably  a  mixed  tincture  or  wine  of 
henbane  and  colchicum/  A  tincture  of  colchicum  has  becrt 
proposed  fnr  it  by  Want;  a  tincture  of  hedge  hyssop  is  said 
to  be  sold  for  it  by  Kcece  ;  and  a  wine  of  white  helleb.  pro- 
posed by  Moore,  but  neither  of  them  is  possessed  of  the  same 
tharacteristics  as  the  Parisian  medicine. 

Baicman's  Pectoral  Drops.  Sem.  foenic.  dulc.  two  pounds 
and  eight  ounces,  sem.  ani^e  one  pound,  proof  spirits  loUr 
gallons,  water  a  sufficient  quaniity,  disiil  ten  gallons,  water  a 
sufficient  quantity,  distil  ten  giiiions,  to  which  add  opium  seven 
ounces  and  four  drachms,  camphor  six  ounces,  kali  pp.  one 
Dunce,  coral  rubr.  four  ounces* 

2.  Castor  N.  A.  two  ounces,  opium,  anisi,  of  each  one 
ounce  and  four  drachn  s,  cainph.  eight  ounces,  sem.  fcen.  dulc* 
two  ounces,  tinct.  aniim.  four  ounces,  proof  spirMs  ten  pints 
add  rad.  valerian  and  cochineal  in   powder. 

3.  Castor,  camphor,  of  each  four  ounces,  coccin.  one 
ounce,  spirits  of  wine  rectified,  two  gallons,  water  one  gal- 
lon. 

4.  Opii  camph.  of  each  one  pound,  castor,  ol.  anisi,  s>intal. 
rubr.  of  each  four  ounces,  treacle  ten  pounds  spirits  of  wine 
rectified  five  gallons,  water  four  gallons. 

5.  Opii  camph.  of  each  ten  drachms,  coccin.  one  drachm, 
kali  ppt.  four  scruples,  ol.  foenic.  dulc.  one  drachm,  (or  seeds 
three  ounces,)  proof  spirits  fourteen  pints,  water  two  pints: 
produce  fifteen  pints. 

D.  Castor  one  ounce,  ol.  anisi  one  drachm,  pmph.  five 
drachms,  coccin.  one  drachm  and  a  half,  opii  six  drachms, 
proof  spirits  one  gallon. 


*Z2  THE    ARTIST    AND 

Daffy''s  Eliiir.  Elixir  Salufis.  Fol.  sonny's  four  ounces, 
ras.  liirn.  sain,  r.jcl.  ciuila?  sice.  sem.  unisi,  sem.  carui,  sem. 
coriand.  rad.  glycynli.  of  each  two  ounces,  raisins  stoned 
eiijlu  ounces,  proor  s|)iriis  six  pounds;  This  is  now  sold  by 
the  name   of  Dlcey's  Daffy. 

2.  Tincture  SenncB.  Tinct.  Sennas,  P.  Li  Fol;  sennae 
one  j)ound,  sem.  card.  min.  half  an  ounce?,  raisins  sixteen 
ounces,  proof  spirits  one  gallon, 

3.  2\  Senna,  P.  D.  The  same  but  omitting  the  raisins. 
•  4.  ScnncE  Composita.  Fol.  senna?  two  our.ces,  rad,  jalap 
one  ounce,  sem.  coriand.  half  an  ounce,  proof  spirits  iliree 
pounds  and  a  half  by  wiMght,  when  made,  add  white  sugar 
four  ounces. 

5.  Fol.  ssnns?,  rad.  rhei,  sem.  arisi,  f  c?ch  tw  j  pounds, 
radi  jalap,  sem.  carui,  of  each  one  pound,  5a:r^  rub.  chrht 
ounces,  proof  spirits  ten  gallon-,  browii  suji.t  fo'ir    jiounds. 

6.  Khubarb,  East  India,  f  >rty  pounds^  senna3  fiuejn  p.-iiMM-j, 
sant.  subr.  five  pounds,  sera,  carui,  sem.  anisi,  sera,  coriand. 
of  each  five  pounds,  cineres  Russici  eight  ounces,  spirits  of 
wine  lectified  ten  gallons  ;  digest  three  days,  then  add  proof 
spirits  cicrJity  gallons,  treacle  forty-six  pounds. 

7.  Rad.  rhei  fourteen  pounds,  sem.  anis  ten  pounds,  sennae 
pnrvae  eight  pounds,  rad.  jalip  four  pounds,  sant.  rubr.  three 
pf»unds  eiiiht  ounces,  ciner.  RusSi  two  pounds,  spirits  of  wine 
leciified  lliiriy-f-iLilit  gallons,  water  eighteen  gallons. 

8.  Swinton^s  Dairy.  Rad.  jalap  three  pounds^  fol.  sennae 
twelve  ounces,  scnj.  coriand.  sem.  aiiisi,  rad.  clycyrrh.  rad. 
enulae,  of  each  iow:  ounces,  spirits  of  v.iuG  rectified,  water, 
of  each  one  gallon. 

9.  Rad.  enulae,  ras.  jruniaci,  sem.  coriand.  rad.  rhei,  rad. 
glyc\'rr]).  sem.  ani-^i.  of  ojicii  three  ounces,  raisins  one  j)ound 
eight  ounces,  proof  spirits  ten  pints. 

10.  Rad.  jalap  three  pounds,  fol.  sennae  one  pound,  sem. 
anisi  six  ounces,  sem.  coriand.  f(iur  ounces,  cort.  aurant  sice, 
two  ounces,  proof  spirils  two  gallons. 

1  1.  Fol.  sennae  seven  pounds,  rad.  jalap  five  pounds  sem. 
n:iisi  fourteen  pounds,  sem.  carui  four  pounds,  sem.  foenic. 
dale,  four  po\inds,  brandy  coloured  two  gallons,  spirits  of 
wine  rectifi«.'d  tweiitv-six  Jia'lons,  water  twenty-four  sialions; 
let  ir  siand  three  weeks,  strain  washin<r  out  t lie  last  uorlions 
wiih  wat'M-  two  gallons,  then  add  treacle  twenty-eight  p'>unds. 
A  common  remedy  in  flatulent  cholic,  and  used  as  a  purge  by 


1r»ADESM\N*S   auiDB,  253 

tliDse  acc\istnmed  to  spirit  drinking;  doze  one,  two  or  three 
table  spoonfuls, 

Anfi' Attrition.  Hog*s  l.ird  ten  pounds,  caraph.  four  oun- 
ces, black  lead  a  sufficient  quantity  to  colour  it ;  used  to  rub 
on  iron  to  prevent  rust,  and  diminish  friction. 

Issue  Peas,  Cf  rae  ti.  one  pound,  rad.  circum.  ei^ht  oun* 
ces,  rad,  irid.  flor.  ftiur  ounces,  tereb.  Venit.  asufficient  quan- 
dty,  make  into  peas. 

2.  Corc'e  flav,  six  ounces,  rad.  irid.  flow  two  ounces,  vci- 
miliion  four  ounces,  tereb.  Ven.  a  sufficient  quantity,  form 
riito  poas; 

3,  Cerae  fl^  six  ounces,  serui^.  aeris.  rad.  helleb,  albi,  of 
of  each  two  ounces,  cantliaridnm  one  ounce,  rad.  irid.  flor. 
one  ounce  and  a  iialf,  tereb.  Ven.  a  s'ifficient  quantity  ;  this 
li^st  is  caustic  and  will  open  issues  of  itself,  the  others  arc 
used  to  put  into  issues  that  begin  to  close  up  to  keep  them 
o^peii  longer. 

Issue  Plasters,  Cerae  fl.  half  a  pound,  minii,  tereb. 
ChijE,  of  each  four  ounces,  cinnab.,  rad.  irid.  flor.  of  each 
one  ounce,  moscii.  four  grains;  melted,  spread  upon  linen, 
polished  with  a  moistened  calendering  glass  rubber,  and  lastly 
cut  into  small  squares. 

2.  Diachyl.  simp!,  one  pound,  rad.  iiid.  flor.  one  ounccj 
spiead  and  polished. 

3,  Diachyl.  simpl.  two  pounds,  pic.  Burg,  sarcocollae  of 
each  four  ounces,  tereb.  com.  one  ounce,  spread  and  polished. 

Corn  Plaster.  Cerae  fl.  two  pounds,  pic.  Burg,  twelve 
ounces,  tereb.  comm.  six  ounces,  aerug.  ppse.  three  ounces, 
spread  on  cloth,  cut  ard  polished. 

Almond  Paste.  Almonds  blanched  four  ounces,  lemon 
juice  two  ounces,  oil  of  almonds  three  ounces,  water  one 
ounce,  proof  spirits  six  ounces. 

2.  Bitter  almonds  blanched,  one  pound,  white  of  four  epgs, 
rose  water,  spirits  of  wine  rectified,  of  eacii  a  sufficient  quan- 
tity. 

lirnwn  Almond  Paste.  Bitter  almonds  blanched,  pulp  of 
raisins,  of  each  one  pound,  proof  spirits  a  sufficient  quantity; 
cosmetic,  softens  the  skin  and  prevents  chaps. 

Almond   Paste..     Amygd.  dulc.  decoct,  one  pound,  amygd. 
amar.  decoct,  half  an  ounce,  sugar  one  poiuid,  aq.  flor.  aurant. 
'  a  sufficient  quantity  ;   beat  to  a  paste  sufficiently  thick  not  to 
stick  to  the  fingers. 

22 


j254  the  artist  aS9 

Ready  made  Mustard.  Flour  of  black  mustard  seed  wcl] 
gifted  from  the  bran  ihree  pouuds,  salt  one  pound,  make  it  up 
with  currant  wine  and  add  three  or  four  spoonfuls  of  sugar  to 
each  pint. 

Blacking  Paste.  Rape  oil  three  ounces,  oil  vitriol  three 
ounces,  m»x,  the  next  day  add  treacle,  ivor}'  black,  of  each 
three  pounds,  stone  blue  six  ounces,  vinegar  a  sufficient  quan- 
tity to  form  a  stifl'  paste  ;   this  will  fill  one  dozen  tin  boxes. 

2.  Rape  oil  three  ounces,  treacle,  brown  sugar,  each  nine 
ounces  ;  mix,  adding  ivory  black  three  pounds,  flour  paste 
two  pounds  ;  when  the  paste  is  quite  smooth  thin  it  to  the 
consistence  of  honey  with  a  su<iicient  quantity  of  vinger  :  used 
for  m:iking  blacking  for  leather. 

James*  Anahptic  Pills.  Pil.  Rufi.  one  pound  calc.  anti- 
monii  lota3  eight  ounces,  gum  guaiaci  eight  ounces,  ni.  and 
make  thirt^'-two  pills  from  each  drachm. 

2.  Pill  Rufi.  puly.  antimoiiialis,  ^um  guaiaci,  of  each  on« 
scruple  ;   make  into  twenty  pills. 

Anderson' s  Scolch  Pills.  Aloes  Bbds.  one  pound,  rad. 
hclleb.  nigr.  rad.  jaiapi  "kali  ppi.  of  ench  one  ounce,  oil  anise 
four  drachms,  syr.  simp,  a  sufficient  quantity. 

2.  Aloes  Bb'is.  two  pounds  eight  ounces,  water  eight  oun- 
ces ;  soften,  add  jalap  sem.  anisi  pulv.  eb jr.  uitri,  of  each 
eight  ounces,  ol.  anisi  one  ounce. 

3.  Aloes  (Bermudas)  one  pound,  rad.  jal^.p,  flour  sulphur 
cbor.  usiri,  glycyrrh.  of  Cjch  two  ounces,  oil  anise  one  drachm, 
gamboge  two  drachnjs,  sap^  castil.  four  ounces,  syr.  sp.  cervin. 
a  sufficient  qn  uuiry. 

Ward's  Antimonial  Pills.  Glass  of  antimony  finely  levi- 
gated, f  ur  ounces,  dragon's  blood  one  ounce,  mountain  wine  a 
sufficient  quantity,  make  into  pills  of  one  and  a  half  grains 
each. 

Sfeer''s  Opodeldoc.  Sapo  cast,  three  pounds,  spirits  wine 
rectified  three  gallons,  camph.  fourteen  ounces,  oil  rorism. 
three  ounces,  ol.  origani  six  ounces,  aquse  ammon.  pur.  two 
pounds. 

2.  Sap.  clb.  one  pound,  campiior  four  ounces^  oil  rorism. 
four  drachms,  spirits  wine  rectified  two  pints. 

3.  Sap.  alb.  one  pound,  camphor  foui  ounces,  ol.  origan, 
ol.  rorism.  of  each  four  drachms,  spirits  wine  rectified  q.  v. 
it  will  !)ear  near  six  pints. 

4.  Sap,  albc  three  pounds,  camph.  oil,  rorism.  of  each  six 


tradesman's  CUlDt.  254 

•unces,  spir.  aai»amp.  fourteen  ounces,  spirits  wine  rectified 
lour  gallons  au^HSPfiult. 

5.  Sap.  alb,  four  ounces,  camph.  one  ounce,  ol.  rorism.  two 
drachms,  oil  origani  thirty  drops,  spirits  wine  rectified  oo« 
pint,  water  half  a  pint. 

Squirc''g  Elixir,  Opium  four  ounces,  canijilior  one  ounce, 
cocind.  one  ounce,  ol.  focniculidulc.  two  drachms,  tinct,serpt, 
one  pint,  spirits  anisi  two  gallons,  water  two  pints,  and  add 
aur.  musiv.  six  ovnces. 

2.  Rad.  elycy.  one  pound,  kali  pp.  four  ounces,  cochineal 
one  ounce,  w  iter  twelve  pints  ;  boil  till  reduced  to  one  gal- 
lon, then  add  tinct.  opii  twelve  ounces,  camphor  one  ounce, 
spirits  wine  rectified  four  pints,  aur.  musiv.  twelve  ounces. 

3.  Opii  one  ounce  and  four  drachms,  camph.  one  ounce, 
coccin.  kali.  pp.  of  each  one  drachm,  burnt  sugar  two  ounces, 
tinct.  serpent,  one  pint,  sp.  anisi  two  gallons,  aur.  musiv. 
eight  ounces. 

Ink  Powder,  Green  vitriol  one  pound  ,  galls  two  pounds, 
gum  Arab,  eii^ht  ounces:   two  ounces  in:ike  a  pint  of  ink. 

Marking  ink.  Lunar  caustx  tw)  drachms,  disiilled  water 
six  ounces,  dissolve  and  add  gun.  water  two  drachms,  dissolve 
also  natron  ppm.  half  an  ounce  in  water,  four  ouncis,  and 
add  gum  water  It^lfan  ounce;  wet  the  linen  on  which  you  in- 
ten<l  to  write  with  this  last  solution,  dry  it,  and  then  write 
upon  it  with  the  first  liquor,  using  a  clean  pen. 

Red  Sealing  Wax.  Gum  lac  two  pounds,  vermilion  four 
ounces,  ol.  tereb.  ol.  olive,  ©f  each  eight  ounces,  roll  in  caket 
and  polish  with  a  »ag  till  quite  cold, 

2.  Shell-lac  five  jiounds,  resinae  fl.  three  pounds,  ol.  tereb 
one  pound,  verm  lion  twelve  ounces,  chalk  ppd.  four  ounces. 

3.  Resinae  fl.  six  pounds,  sheil-lac  two  pounds,  t  reb. 
Yenit,  two  pounds,  vermilion  eight  ounces. 

4.  Shell-lac,  rasinse  ll.  of  each  four  pounds,  tereb.  Ven.  onp 
pound  ;   add  vermilion  or  bole  Armen.  ppd.  q.  p. 

Black  Ball,  Beeswax  eight  ouncc.^,  tallow  one  ounce, 
gumArab.  ow  ounce,  lampblack  q.  p. 

Court  Plaster^  or  Sncking  Plaster.  Bl-rk  silk  is  stained 
and  brushed  over  with  a  soluiion  of  one  ou;i«-c  ol  is  raliss  ia 
twelve  ounces  of  proof  spirits,  to  which  ;wo  ounce*  of  tine. 
B«Q7oini  is  udded,  wh«n  dry  this  is  repeated  five  times  nxire, 
after  which  two  coats  are  given  it  oi'  a  solution  of  four  ounces 
vf  terflb    Chiae,  in  sis  ounces  of  tine,  Uen/yoini,  which  render» 


t^  IHE    ARTIST   >I?C7> 

it  less  liable  to  crack ;  but  some  finish  it  ^h  a   simple  trnc*'^ 
tiire  of  black  balsam  of  Peru.  * 

Lip  Sahc.  Cera  atb.  four  oinices  :  oL  olive  five  ounces  ; 
spermaceti  four  drachms;  oK  larend.  twertly  drops,  rad.  an- 
chiisce  two  ounces. 

2.  Ok  olive  opt.  two  ounces,  cera  all  spr«maoeti.  each 
three  oz.  rad.  anchusce  six  drachm*;  molt,  strain  ;  add  oP, 
lign.  rhod.  three  drops. 

3.  Ok  amygd.  six  omices,  speremaceti  three  ounces,  cera 
alb.  jwo  ounces;  rad.  ancbusae  one  ounce;  balsan  Peruv. 
two  drachms. 

4.  Ok  amygd.  spreraaceti,  cera  alb.  saceh.  canndi  aJbi,  of 
each  p.  ceq.  this  is  white — the  others  are  red. 

OI.  Succini  Rednctum.  Ok  socein.  one  poiHid,  petrol  bbd. 
two  pounds, 

British  OIL  Ol.  tereb  eight  Oiioces^  p^rol  hbd.  four  CMin- 
ces,  ok  rorrsm.  four  drachms. 

OL.  tereb.  five  pow>ds,  asphalt,  twelve  ounces,  ok  lateritii 
eight  ounces. 

Ok  teieb^  five  pwinds^  oh  l^terit.  ver.  eight  ounces* 

Huile  Antique  a  la  Vifrfette.  Oil  of  Ben.  olives,  or  almonds,, 
scenred  with  ovia.  in  the  san>e  manner  as  ir»  making  sesence 
de  jas  amin,  aiid-  then  pressed  out  of  the  wool-  op  cotton, 

Iluile  AntiquPi  au  melle  fteurs.  Oil  of  B<?n.  or  almonds^, 
mixed  with  diiferent  essences  to  the  fiiRcy  of  the  perfumar^ 

CHAPTER  XXXIL 

Commtree  and  Manufactures^ 

Gomraerce  is  the  interchange  of  commodities,  or  the  di's-.. 
posnl  of  produce  of  a^v  kind  for  other  articles,  or  for  some 
represcRtarive  of  valiH?  for  which  olhr-r  articles  can  be  pro- 
cured, with  a  view  of  making  a  proiir  by  il>e  transaction..  The 
term  js  usually  restricted  to  the  merca-ntile  iatercoure  be- 
twen  ditlerent  countries^  The  internal  dealings  between  in- 
dividuals of  the  same  country,  eitl>er  for  the  si»ppH  of  imme- 
diate consnmpfion,  or  for  carvyinir  on  manufactures,  is  more 
commonly  denomiriate<l  trade.  Those  who  cni^ago  their  cap- 
ital iti  commerce  or  trade^  act  as  agents  between  tho  produc- 
ers and  the  consumers  of  the  fruits  of  the  earth  j  t^ey  pur- 
ch;^se  them  of  the  former^  and  sell  them  to  ihe  bitter  j  and  h 
is  by  the  prufi's  on  the  saho  ihat  c-  pitat  so  en>p]oyed  yields  a 
revenue  or  income,     Corniji^i-Q^?  o£tfi\d«  io^rQas^-^^tlw  xYO^UVi 


of  a  nation  ;  not  by  raising  pro^Iuce,  like  a«rricuIfu}T,  nor  by 
working  up  raw  materials,  like  manui'iclures  ;  but  it  gives  aii 
adclijionai  value  to  cornniodiiies  by  bringing  [Imru  iVorn  places 
where  they  are  plentiful,  to  those  where^hey  are  sci:rce  ; 
and  by  providing  the  means  fortiieir  more  extended  di.siribti- 
tion,  botjj  ibc  agricultural  and  manufacturing  chiises  aio 
incited  to  greater  industry. 

Agrn  ulture,  never  arrives  at  any  considerable,  much  loss 
at  iis  highest  degree  of  perfection,  whe/c  it  is  not  connected 
with  trade;  that  is,  \>  here  thedeniaiid  for  the  produce  is  not 
increased  by  the  consumption  of  trading  cities.  Though  it 
should  be  remembered  that  agriculiuie  is  the  imnit'diate 
source  t.f  human  provision  :  that  trade  conduces  to  the  j. re- 
duction of  j»rovision  only  as  it  pr(  n.oles  ?rgricultnie  ;  i  nd  that 
the  whole  system  of  commerce,  va.^t  and  various  as  it  is,  has 
no  public  importance  but  its  subscrxiency  to  this  end. 

ITie  province  of  a  trader  is  not  so  contemptible  r.s  some 
would  alfect  to  make  it.  Many  prrHer  to  educate  their  chil- 
dren for  what  are  called  thr  professions,  as  law,  divinity,  anrl 
physic,  rather  than  iuerchandise;  but  if  such  preferment  is 
merely  given,  as  a  most  likely  means  of  acqairing  cyber  hon- 
«mr,  preferment,  or  riches,  we  will  Lo  enabled  to  convince 
them  in  this  chapt<jr,  iheir  estimation  is  mado  by  a  wrong 
ytandard. 

Solon,  a  philosopher    and    ruler  of  Athecs  whose   fortune 
having  been  reduced  by  his  fathers,  as  Hermij>n;i:,  informs  us, 
in  the  indulgence  of  bis    gre;it  and   nuuiiScent   spirit,  thoufrb 
he  might  have  been  supported  by  his   friends,  yet  as   he   was 
of  a  family  that  had  long  been  accustonied  to  assist  others,  he 
was  ashamed  to  accept  assistance  and  therefore  engaged  himself 
in  merchandize.   Some  however  have  wiitien  ti):U  tliis  prefer- 
ment  was  merely  ♦o  gratify    his   curiosiiy,   and    extend    his 
knowledge  raiiier  than  to  n«:ike  a  fortune.      Fru   he  pu.fessed 
his   love  of  wisdom,  and   when   far  advanced  in    years  made 
tiiis    declaration,  "  I  grow  oin'    in    tl.e    puisuit    of  learning." 
But  that  he  was  not  excessively  attached    to    weal'h  we    ^ti\y 
gather     from     tiie     fdlowing    verses — and    riiitarch     writes, 
"  the  truth  is,  that  Solon  was  never  ricii ;   it  loaj'  be,  because 
tie  was  always  honest." 

Thn  maa  tlittt  boasts  of  goldrn  Klnrrs, 
Of  irnin  th  it  londs  hi';  lu-ndinir  floorB, 
Of  fields  with  frcclicning  herbage  green, 


*-'^  rife  aRTISI    .x.>;^ 

"P.  here  bounding  sloeda  arrd  herd!?  arc  se?^'; 

1  ctl!  nol  happier  iJian  ll  e  gwain 

^^  hose  limbs  are  sonud.  whosf-  food  is  pluis, 

♦^  base  joj3  a  blcomi!i<r  wife  endears. 

l^  host  h'jiiTs  a  smiiia^  oiTapriDij  cheers. 

Plutarch  furlhcr  states;  "It  is  evident  from  the  writin?^ 
of  this  great  man  that  he  was  a  person  not  only  of  exaltej 
virtue,  but  of  a  pleas^anl  and  agreeabie  temper.  He  coi\sid- 
ered  men  as  men  :  and  keeping  both  their  capacity  for  virtue^ 
and  iheir  prl>Deoe:^s  to  evil  in  view,  adapted  Wis  laws  so  as  to 
streugtnen  ihe.  one,  and  to  check  and  regulate  the  other." 

But  ihai  Soloa  desired  to  be  rich  appears  frcm  the  follow- 
ing Inics,  found  in  sr.me  of  his  works. 

The  flow  of  riches  I  desire, 

Aud  faiii  wr.uid  iiles  true  soods  acquire  ; 

E^it  let  iPe  jusiiy  thejii  attain. 

Lest  vengeance  follow  in  their  traia.  ,. 

A  good  man  and  indeed  a  valuable  rnenibf  r  of  society, 
should  neither  set  his  heart  upoa^uperflaiiieii  nor  reject  what 
is  necessarj'  and  convenient.  And  ia  the  times  of  Solon  as 
flesiod  states  no  busines^s  was  regarded  as  a  difparagenjent, 
uei;her  «lid  any  trade  cause  a  disadvantacieoas  distinction. 
The  pfof<Pssion  of  merchandize  was  honorable,  as  it  bronghi 
home  t!ie  produce  «(f  barbarous  cliraes,  engaged  'he  friendshp, 
of  King?,  and  opened  a  wide  iield.f«f  knowledge  and  experi- 
ence. .Nay»scmc  merchants  have  been  foucdors  vf  large 
cities. 

P rotas,  fur  instance,  who  builr  ^Marseilles,  for  whom  the 
Gauls  about  the  Rhcie  had  the  highest  esteem.  Thales  also 
and  Hippocrates  the  matliematician  arc  said  to  have  applied 
themselves  to  commerce  ;  and  the  oil  which  Plato  sold  in 
Egypt  defriyed  the  espeiTces  of  Ills  trr^vois. 

It  is  related  tliat  the  inteiest  which  Thales  is. said  to  have 
taken  in  trafQc,  was  to  show  the  ease  v.'i:!i  which  r;ehe>  mJghl 
be  acquired,  aud  foreseeing  by  his  meteorological  skill,  au 
abundant  crop  of  olives,  he  bought  the  whole  prod«ice  before 
hand  and  oiade  an  immense  fortune  by  the  speculation. 

It  was  usual  to  trad*^  into  Egypt  with  thr  oil  of  Gnec«=  and  Jndra 
It  13  said  in  the  prophet  Hosea  ^XII.  I,)  '*  Ephrajm  carrietb  oil  into 
E^jpt.'  This  iud^cd  was  the  only  prrdnce  of  Attic?,  v, '  Vh  from  its 
abundance.  Solon  allowed  to  be  exported. 

The  celebrated  Mr.  Locke  observed,  that  trade  w.^s  a  surer 
and  shorter  w«v  to  riches  than  anv  ether.      And  after  reom- 


Tit  A  desman's  Gvwi:.  25^ 

toidnii'ing  people  to  bring  up  their  cliildrcn  to  some  frarle,  says,' 
if  tiie  mistaken  parent,  IViglitened  with  the  name  of  trader 
sl»;ill  Ijave  an  aversion  to  any  thing  of  this  kind  in  their  chil- 
dren, he  recommends  teaching  them  merchants*  accounis,  as 
u  science  well  becoming  a.'.y   gentieman. 

Lord  Bacon  has  observed,  "  iliat  trade  enables  the  subject 
to  live  happdy  and  plentifully,  tha-  the  ctiuulry  was  mucli 
enriched  by  the  trade  of  meichandize,"  and  he  stiled  the 
meichHiiis  "  Vena  porta,'"  and  said,  "if  they  Uourisii  not,  a 
kingrlom  m  ty  hrive  good  limbs,  but  will  have  emj)ty  veins,  and 
Honiish  little. 

The  learned  Bishop  of  Cambray,  said  of  the  Fha.'nicians, 
"trade  which  they  carry  to  the  fartherest  quai  teis  oi"  the 
earth,  has  so  enriched  them  that  they  surpass  the  most  flour- 
ishing j)eople   in  glory." 

Aud^^aguin,  instructing  Telemachus,  how  to  establish  a 
flourishing  trade  in  Iihaca,'  *  do  as  those  people,  receive  with 
kindness  and  wi'.h  ease  all  strangers  ;  and  never  sufler  your- 
self at  any  time  to  be  overcome  wi*h  pride  and  avarice. 
Make  yourself  beloved  by  all  str  m^ers  ;  and  even  bear 
willi  slight  inconveniences  from  them ;  keep  a  strict  hand 
over  the  fraud,  negligence,  and  yain  glory  of  the  merchants, 
which  ruins  commerce  in  ruining  the  traders  themselves." 
The  mercantile  staiion  affords  as  targe  a  prospect  for  opnieyt 
acquisitions,  and  estates  got  by  trade  have,  undoubtedly,  been 
far  more    numerous,  than   those  by  any  otiier  way  whatever. 

The  relation  which  the  merchant  stands  in  to  communify, 
is  not  inferior  to  any  in  point  of  importance.  Their  zealous 
attachment  to  their  country,  where  they  have  l)een  protected 
in  their  commerce,  can  be  fully  mainUiined.  lli><tory  fur- 
nishes remarkable  instances  of  this  fact.  We  sh.dl  only 
mention  a  few,  which  are  sufficient  to  ondear  the  characJor 
of  a  merchant  to  every  naiiorj. 

Charles  V.  Emperor  of  Germany  bavins:  bef»n  reduced  to 
great  distress  by  the  unhappy  expedi'io!i  of  Tunis,  expori 
cnctjd  a  powerful  aid  in  cash  from  the  Fusgers,  a  single  family 
of  merchants  only,  but  at  the  same  tinn.'  the  most  opulent 
and  distinguished  in  Augsburg.  To  give  a  d«<;monstration  of 
their  zeal  to  the  interests  of  their  country,  and  their  inviola- 
ble attacliment  to  his  majesty,  these  merdruits  requested  the 
emperor,  ono  dav  as  he  was  taking  an  aii  ing  by  their  !iouse, 
to  do  them    the  honour   to  reg.'ile  himself.     When  the  colla- 


SCO  THE    ARTIST    AIH) 

fion  was  over,  they  desired  his  jDermission,  to  burn  a  faggot  of 
cinnamon  in  the  liall,  where  the  enteriainment  was  made,  not 
only  with  intent  to  administer  all  they  could  to  his  delight, 
but  to  give  furiher  proof  of  their  affection  to  his  person  and 
government,  bound  up  those  bonds  of  security,  which  they 
had  taken  for  their  money,  with  the  faggot,  and  set  fire  to 
them  before  his  face. 

James  Coeur,  a  merchant  of  Bourges,  by  the  wisdom  of  his 
counsel,  and  ihe  certainty  of  his  cash,  humbled  the  house  of 
Burgundy,  secured  the  crown  of  France  to  the  lawful  heir, 
Charles  VII.  and  by  him  to  the  branches  of  Valois  and 
Bourbon,  who  succeeded. 

The  merchants  of  St.  Malo,  being  highly  exasperated  at 
the  demand  made  at  the  Congress  of  Gertruydensburg  lo 
Lewis  XIV.  to  employ  his  troops  to  compel  his  grandson 
Philip  y.  then  King  of  Spain,  to  abondon  the  crowa^  united 
all  their  profits  together,  which  they  had  made  in  the  Spanish 
Colonies  of  America,  and  produced  ihiilj-two  miiiions  of 
gold  at  the  foot  of  the  throne  :  and  at  a  tim<,'  when  the  finan- 
ces of  France  were  totally  exhausted  by  a  series  of  unsuccess- 
ful events.  This  succour  being  timely  o})plied,  vigorously 
renewed  the  war,  and  answered  the  wislies  of  the  nation. 

Sir  Thomas  Gresham,  tlie  founder  of  a  college  in  London, 
f(pr  the  ptomotion  of  the  liberal  arts,  and  of  the  Royal  Ex- 
change, for  the  convenience  of  the  traders  of  the  metropolis, 
is  another  instance  of  t!ie  ability  of  private  merchants  to  sup- 
port government  under  the  greatest  emergency*  This  worthy 
citizen  of  London  lived  in  the  time  of  Edward  VT.  wh«  was 
considerably  indebted  to  the  merchants  of  Antwerp,  for 
money  borrowed  to  supply  the  o.sigencios  of  the  stale.  The 
payment  of  the  interest,  at  tint  time,  being  considered  as 
most  likely  to  embaiass  the  country,  many  expedients  were 
projected  by  the  king  and  council,  to  discharge  those  debts  : 
Wiiich  were,  eitiier  to  transport  so  much  treasure  out  of  the 
countr}^  as  v/ould  liquidate  them,  or  remit  t!)»^  same  by  way 
of  exchange.  The  former  was  impracticable  without  being 
ruinous  to  trade;  and  on  account  of  the  difference  of  ex- 
change, the  latter  appeared  ecpially  perplexinjr.  Besides,  the 
creditors  insisted  on  their  money,  or  a  compliance  with  such 
usurious  te.ms,  as  would  have  brought  the  greatest  indignity 
upon  the  nation.  Under  these  circumstances,  Sir  Thomas 
wndertook  the  aftair,  and  by  his  great  knowledge  and  skill  in 


TnADtSMAN's    GCIDK.  26 ( 

iho  exchanges,  exonerated  the  iiatiun  from  the  incumbrance  ; 
and  by  which  i.egoliaiions,  ihe  king  sav«d  ijor  less  ilsan  an 
hundred  thousand  pounds.  By  raising  ihe  exchanLt*  in  fa- 
vour of  England  at  this  critical  time,  ihe  pricv-j  of  all  foreign 
commodities  fell  proportionably  ;  and  in  a  very  little  while 
between  three  and  four  hundred  th(  usand  pounds  s  eiling 
moie  was  saved  to  the  nation.  With  Queen  Ehzabelh,  he 
was  in  so  high  esteem,  that  she  kn'ghred  him,  and  lumoured 
him  in  e\ery  respect,  and  came  in  j)erson  to  the  Eickange^ 
which  he  had  eiecied  for  the  convenience  of  meich.,nts,  anJ 
the  honour  of  the  city  of  Loiidon,  and  CMScd  the  s.  me  to 
be  prochiimed  by  heralds  and  a  ii  umj>et,  the  Royal  Exchange^ 
and  Sir  Thomas  was  afterwards  honoured  by  the  a[  pellai^ou 
of  royal  merchant. 

The  building  has  been  doscribod  as  a  statfly  piU»,  wh'.cii  was  burnt 
down  in  KUiti,  but  was  rcbiult,  aud  is  now  represented,  av  bmJt  ct  the 
rnost  be^iliful  sloni-.  stu'pcniicus  and  elcijaiit  arch  work,  all  <f  the  most 
curious  and  admirable  archilecture,  together  with  its  hi^h  low«r  iij 
which  are  tiung  a  hanuonius  chime  of  twelve  btils  rcndtring  ii  tha 
noblest  structure  for  a  meeting  place  for  i^eichau.t>  in  th'j  world. 

Thomas  Sutton,  Esq.  another  distinguised  English  mer- 
chant, and  founder  of  the  Charter  House  in  London,  did  an 
act  of  beiievolence  worthy  of  a  great  prince  a  few  years  af;ei; 
the  d  iath  of  Sir  Thomas  Gresham,  in  being  the  grand  instru- 
ment of  getting  the  Spanish  biils  protested  at  Gen«;a,  which 
retarded  tor  a  whole  year  the  sailing  of  the  Spanish  Armada^ 
designed  to  invade  England  ;  by  wliich  means  tlu*  plan  was 
defeated.  Thus  we  learn  ihe  worth  of  some  private  mer- 
chants ;  and  although  great  statesmen,  admirals,  and  genera;s, 
with  the  aid  of  the  public  purse,  and  ten  thousands  to  co- 
operate vvii.li  thrni,  nia^  perform  great  acbieveojents,  yet  we 
^ud  that  one  family  of  merchants  has  been  the  support  of  aa 
emperor  in  great  distress  ;  'noiher  single  merchant,  gave  the 
crown  to  the  house  of  Bourbon;  that  one  was  the  principal 
cause  of  defeating  th«^  Spanisii  .Armada;  and-  another,  tht» 
restorer  of  the  public  credit  of  FiigUnd,  Nor  has  the  secu- 
rit>  of  states  aud  en)pires  been  only  owing  to  the  occasionally 
jtcalo'is  exertions  of  the  wisdom  and  power  of  the  merchant*, 
Vui  they  arc  'n  a  great  measure  the  daily  and  perpetual  sup- 
poit  of  all  trading  countries. 

For,  as  nn  ions  are  at  present  circumstanced,  those  whicl^ 
arc  so  siiuotcd^  subsisting  chiefly   within  tlientselves,  witb.ir. 


262  *■■  ARTirr  Aif» 

any  intercourse  or  commerce  with  others,  can  never  be  abla 
to  maintain  so  great  a  share  of  power,  as  those  which  carry 
on  an  exteaded  foreiga  traffic.  Domestic  trade,  only  shifting 
property  from  hand  to  hand^  cannot  increase  the  riches  and 
power  of  a  na:ion  ;  whilst  foreign  trade  under  wise  laws  and 
regTjlations,  bringing  in  a  constant  balance  of  treasure  in  fa- 
Tonr  of  a  nation,  n  ill  proporiionably  augment  its  weight  of 
interest,  and  at  length  give  it  the  balance  of  power. 

Our  own  country^  thoui;h  in  commercial  iulducy  can  boast 
of  many  specimens  of  mercantile  woith.  Who  has  not  heard 
of  the  private  and  public  virtues  which  adorL.«d  the  charac- 
ter of  a  Phillips,  a  Gray — and  ihout.h  it  is  not  fiishionable  to 
eulogize  the  living,  still  we  cannot  IVubcar  adding  a  Gerard, 
Yes,  many,  very  many  families,  m-iny  widows  and  orphans, 
have  so  ofcea  felt  iheir  chariries,  ibat  eicluiive  nf  the  many 
gr«at  and  important  services  which  the\  hav«;  rendered  their 
country,  tables  of  stone  are  not  net;ued  to  teil  th^jjppassing 
stranger,  *  they  went  about  doing  gaod.'  Truly,  are  not  such 
men  to  be  estimated  as  the  gold  and  s'lver,  the  most  intrinsic  if 
not  appreciated  coin  of  any  country — whi'p  it  should  be  de- 
pricated  that  others  perhaps  of  equ  -l  wealth,  like  the  Jew  in 
Shylock — live  only  to  count  their  encrea3<?d  Ji.^ins,  and  throw 
a  deadly  blast,  throughout  every  regioo  which  becomes  sub- 
ject to  their  sweeping  avarice,  or  unhillowed  disposition — 
WKat  a  fit  subject  fnr  the  artist  pencil ! 

The  merit  of  persons  of  diiingu'shed  character  in  trade, 
cannot,  in  general,  be  measured  by  ihos«  who  ar»  not  w«ll 
acquiinted  with  trading  nejotiations ;  as  they  pass  through 
life  withiiiit  mi:ch  noise,  the  world  is  little  acquainted  with 
their  ioiportant  services  and  utiliiy  to  the  state. 

Whilst  tfae  histories  of  groat  public  capacities  are  trans- 
mitted to  posterity  with  all  the  pomp  and  magnilicenc*  of  rep- 
res«Qt4iion  :  yet  certainly  that  is  one  of  the  most  profitable 
admonitions,  wliich  is  drawn  from  the  eminent  virtues  of  m^n, 
who  move  in*a  sphere  nearer  levelled  to  the  common  reach, 
than  that  which  is  derired  from  the  splendid  portrait  of  the 
transactions  and  victories  of  great  statesman  and  jomman- 
ders,  which  serve  but  for  the  imitation  of  (ew^  and  aim  rath- 
er for  ostentation,  than  for  the  true  instruciion  of  human 
life.  It  was  from  the  practice  and  e.x^imple  oi  private  con- 
dition, that  we  are  m«rc  naturally  taught  to  excel  in  our  pri- 
fat©  capacities  ;  and,  had  we  the   genuine  histories  of  rcani[ 


TRADESMAN'S    CUtnE.  26S 

v^miirent  merchants,  giving  a  lively  idea  of  their  rise  and 
progress  in  business,  and  of  the  important  service  they  have 
been  to  their  respective  communities,  ihey  would  naturally 
incite  the  trading  class  of  community  to  emulate  their  accom- 
plishments: and  this  would  prove  a  more  etfeciual  means  to 
produce  a  race  of  skilful  traders,  than  romantic  narratives  of 
a  race  of  heroes. 

The  philosopher  may  arrive  to  a  hii;h  pitch  of  improve- 
ment in  agriculture,  arts  and  sciences;  the  husbandman,  arti- 
san and  niinufacturer,  may  reduce  ihis  speculative  knowledge 
to  practical  uses,  with  ihe  greatest  skill  and  dexterity  on 
their  parts  ;  governments  m ny  enact  the  wisest  laws,  and 
give  all  desirable  encouragement  to  commence,  yet  what 
will  these  avail  without  the  penetration  and  sagacity  of  the 
merchant,  to  propagate  the  produce  of  our  lands,  and  the 
labour  of  our  artists  and  manufacturers  into  f(f)reign  coun* 
tries,  Mjrii  advantage  to  the  state  as  well  as  to  himself? 

Sir  ^FBrewsler,  an  eminent  English  merchant,  observed, 
*'  we  see  how  all  tlie  arts  and  science  have  improved  in  this 
country,  with  in  the  compass  of  one  century,  but  amongst  them 
all  the  merchant's  part  the  least."  And  further,  that  any 
countryman  but  our  own,  would  be  astoiiibhed  to  ob- 
serve more  heads  engaged  in  Westramster  hall,  to  divide  the 
gains  of  the  nation  than  there  are  heads  on  the  Exchange 
to  gather  it.  And  further,  he  says,  '*  I  think  it  a  moral  dis* 
temper  that  so  few  men  of  classical  learning  are  educated  to 
practical  commerce:  for  there  is  scarcely  a  boy,  whom  a 
country  school  master  flatters,  because  he  learns  his  grammar 
well,  whose  kindred  do  not  think  it  a  pity  so  hopeful  a  youth 
should  be  lost  in  trade,  and  that  the  university  is  the  only  fit 
soil  for  him  to  be  planted  in." 

We  do  not  introduce  these  remarks  of  Sir  Francis  as  appli- 
cable to  this  country,  for  we  do  rejoice  in  the  belief  that  it» 
mercantile  character  is  increasing  in  dignity,  that  young  men 
of  the  most  promising  talents  are  embaikiiig  in  meichandize, 
and  that  the  feeling  which  hitherto  was  so  unnaturally  excit- 
ed against  it,  has  nearly  subsided. 

We  believe  that  there  is  a  dignity  or  as  some  will  have  it 
a  respectability  of  character  to  be  sustained  in  all  professions; 
though — 

**  It  IS  a  matter  of  curious  investigation,  to  examine  the  dis- 
tijictioDs  which  society  has  made,  amongst  the  different  trad^ 


5^4  THE    ARTIST    AND 

and  prr>fe?';«0D5.  '  A  saiut  in  t!iape  is  twice  a  saint  in  lawn,' 
says  Pope  ;  and  yet  be  tells  us,  '  ihnt  Iioni-r  aud  aliaine  from 
no  condition  rise  /  the  latter  is  true  by  the  laws  of  nature  ; 
the  former  by  the  usages  of  socifiy. 

\\  hether  a  lawyer  is  more  respectable  than  a  doctor,  or  a 
merchant  than  a  farmer,  is  a  qu»*s.tion  that  has  not  yet  been 
settled  by  her  high  misrhtines?.  Fashion  ;  but  with  respect  to 
the  different  pursuits  of  trade,  she  has  drawn  the  disiincfion, 
having  consulted  neither  reason  or  rhyme,  and  governs  si)]elr 
by  her  own  whims.  A  butcher,  for  instance,  is  considered 
as  superior  to  a  baker  ; — and  why  ?  They  both  cater  for  the 
appetite  of  nun:  one  furnishes  the  slaughtered  calf,  and 
the  other  the  generous  grain,  which  alike  support  life  ;  one 
deals  in  fire,  and  the  oiher  in  sword  :  are  they  not  on  a  par  \ 
A  shoemaker  is  more  re-^pectablo  ihan  a  cobbler  ; — V\h\  ?  one 
makes  vuur  shoes,  and  ihe  other  mends  iheai — the^'  both  use 
awls  and  waxod  ends  ;   where  is  the  ditierence  \        ^^^ 

"  I?  a  h.itter  more  exalted  than  a  tailor  1  The  OTProvers 
^  the  dome  cf  thought,  ihe  pnlace  of  the  soul  !'  his  vocation  is 
certainly  of  the  head  :  he  surmounts  the  crown  ;  but  then  the 
tailor  adorns  the  graceful  form  and  manly  chest  ;  the  waist- 
coat that  he  makes  covers  the  heart,  the  se^t  of  sensation  and 
the  abode  of  passion.  He  makes  you  either  a  gentleman  or 
a  clown,  according  to  his  will.  You  are  at  his  mercy  with 
regard  to  the  fit  of  your  habiliments  and  the  effect  of  your  ap- 
pearance in  Broadwav.  Thus  extensive  is  his  power  ;  and 
«  not  power  respectability?  A  milliner  is  more  respected  in 
society  than  a  mautna-maker  ;  the  one  makes  hats  and  the 
other  dresses.  Why  is  a  female  hatter  greater  than  a  female 
tailor  1  Why  is  a  grocer  considered  inferior  to  a  seller  of  dry 
goods!  Is  not  a  bottle  of  mustard  as  respectable  as  a  yard  of 
tape  \  Is  not  a  pound  of  cheese  as  honourable  as  a  paper  o\ 
pins?  A  bunch  of  onions  as  a  skein  of  thread  !  Is  not  su- 
jgar  equal  to  broadcloth,  and  molasses  to  ginghams  ?  Cer- 
tainly. 

"Again,  why  is  a  saddler  superior 'to  a  shoemaker"?  He 
covers  the  backs  of  horses,  while  the  latter  covers  the  feet  of 
men.  And  is  not  the  foot  of  lordly  man  and  lovely  woman> 
an  object  o^  greater  moment  tiian  the  back  of  Eclipse  himself? 
How  and  why  then  are  these  distinctions  made  ?  It  is  easier 
to  ask  than  to  answer  the  question  ;  to  do  the  latter,  surpasses 
our  wikdom.      But  are  these  distinctioui  reoioaable  aad  naiw 


tradesman's  eiiDfr.  \ 

ral  t  No.  Honest  industry  is  alike  respectable  in  every  vo>*. 
tion.  The  faithful  mason,  who  piles  one  brick  upon  another, 
is  the  equal  of  him  who  makes  the  bricks,  cr  him  uho  burns 
the  lime  which  is  used  in  making  ihe  mortar;  [and  we  may 
add,  or  him  for  whose  comfort  his  labour  is  destined  to  effect.} 
The  industrious  mechanic  is  the  prop  of  society,  and  so  Ions 
as  he  labours  diligently  and  honestly  in  his  occupation,  he  is 
entitled  tc  respectability  aud  he  will  receive  it."  Neverthe- 
less, it  must  bo  acknowiedged,  and  to  the  degrndatiou  of  hu- 
man nature  be  it  said,  there  arc  many  in  all  professions,  dis- 
honouring them  by  the  flattery  of  some,  and  their  own  unnat- 
ural conceit.  .  "^ 
Channe.h  and  Progress  of  Trade.  England  possesses 
30,000  miles  of-roads,  nearly  4,000  miles  of  canals,  and  abouf 
SOU  miles  of  railways.  France,  which  is  more  than  twice  as 
extensive,  does  not  afford  above  45,000  njiles  of  roads,  15C0 
miles^canals,  114  miles  of  railways,  of  which  latter  78  arc 
still  in  a  course  of  completion. 

The  amount  of  Tobacco  imported  into  Gmnt  Britain  the 
last  year  was  33,0000,000,  twenty-two  of  which  was  from 
America,  and  almost  exclusively  in  American  sh^^ping. 

IVhah  Ships.  The  ship  Pacific,  recently  from  the  Pacific, 
has  arrived  at  New  Bedlord  with  about  3,000  barrels  of  whalt 
oil,  which  is  considered  to  be  the  largest  quantity  of  sperma- 
ceti oil,  ever  obtained  in  a  twenty-six  months  voyage. 

C'lal.  'I'hirty-five  thousand  three  hundred  and  sixty-two 
tons  have  been  discharged  at  Philadelphia,  the  present  sea- 
son, brought  down  the  Schuylkill.  The  amount  of  coal  sent 
down  the  Lehigh  is  4,9JG  tons^  And  it  is  hoped  9!^,000  i.^n* 
will  be  received  in  that  city  bcfoie  navigation  closes.  Oi.l^ 
a  {ew  years  since  we  were  dependent  on  Enj:lau(!  for  this  va- 
luable article. 

Tea.  The  first  order  of  the  East  India  Compajiy  io  iheir 
agents  in  India,  for  tho  importation  of  tea,  appears  to  have 
been  made  1667,  and  is  in  these  words: — "  To  sf-nd  home  hv 
these  ere  ships,  100  lbs.  weight  of  the  best  Tea  y«>u  can  ^et.** 
The  quantitv  put  up  for  sale  by  the  Company  at  theii  qunr- 
terly  sales  in  June,  1S29,  was  7,800,000  lbs. ;  and  at  the  pre- 
ceding sales  of  September,  December,  Mid  March,  7,1)00,000. 
800,009,000  and  900,000,000.  7  he  duty  to  g.-veinmeni  the 
last  year  was  £3,283,202-  -considerably  more  than  was  pro- 
duced by  any  other  article  of  consumption  in  LB;;bnd. 

2i 


u6  THE    ARTIST    AXD 

Depression  of  Trade.  The  follow  ing  article  exiracted  from 
a  Boston  paper  is  worthy  of  being  read  with  attention  as  ap- 
plicable to  the  present  times. 

'*  The  truth  unfortunately  is,  we  have  been  living  beyond 
our  circumstances.  The  laudable  economy  and  industrious 
habits  of  our  ancestors,  have  been  lost  sight  of,  and  we  havo 
yielded  up  to  the  pleasing,  but  dangerous  innovation  of  foreign 
luxuries,  and  their  attendant  habits.  We  must  measure  back 
our  ground.  There  is  no  other  course  which  we  can  now 
pursue  with  any  hope  of  success.  The  flame  must  again  be 
kindled  on  the  altar  of  patriotism  ;  and  self  denial  and  rigid 
economy  take  the  place  of  luxury  and  extravagance.  Th« 
nerves  of  our  et^eminate  young  men  must  be  strengthened  by 
toil,  and  our  females,  instead  of  reclining  on  the  sofa,  ard 
humming  over  the  piano,  must  learn  to  direct  their  attention, 
to  matters  of  more  importance.  They  must  shake  off,  an  un-- 
\vorthy  the  daughters  of  freemen,  the  tinsel  of  fashi^jpl  and 
the  shackle  of  false  refinement,  and  cherish  the  proud  and 
sterling  patriotism  of  their  grand  mothers." 

Manufactures  are  the  arts  by  which  natural  productions  are 
brought  into  the  state  or  form  in  which  they  are  consumed 
or  used.  They  require  in  general  great  expenses  for  their 
first  establishment,  costly  machines  for  shortening  manual  la- 
bour, and  money  and  ciedit  for  purchasing  materials  from  dis- 
tant countries.  There  is  not  a  single  manufacture  in  Great 
Britain  which  does  not  require,  in  some  part  of  its  process, 
productions  from  diflerent  parts  of  the  globe.  It  requires, 
therefore,  ships,  and  a  friendly  intercourse  with  foreign  nations, 
to  transport  commodities  and  exchange  productions.  They 
wouM  not  be  a  mamifacturincr,  unless  they  were  a  commercial 
cation.  Th"?  two  sciences  wliich  most  assist  the  manufactuer, 
are  mechanics  and  chemistry  ;  the  one  for  building  mills, 
working  mines,  and  in  general  for  constructing  machines, 
either  to  shorten  the  labour  of  man  by  performing  it  in  less 
time,  or  to  perform  what  the  strength  of  man  alone  could  not 
accomplish  ;  the  other  for  fusinfr  and  working  ores,  dying, 
bleaching,  and  extracting  the  virtues  of  various  substances  t'or 
particular  occasions. 

It  must  be  observed  that  though  a  farmer  does  not  so  fre- 
quently ;iud  rapidly?  amass  wealth  as  a  merchant  or  majiufac- 
turer,  yet  neither  is  he  so  often  ruined.  The  risks  a  man  en- 
counters  in  trade  arc  much  greater  than  in  fanning.     The 


TRADESMAN  S   GUIDE.  267 

fnaoufacturer  as  well  as  the  merchant  is  liable  to  severe  losses 
arisiug  from  contingencies  in  trade;  they  hot  1 1  must  there- 
fore have  a  chance  of  making  proporiionably  greater  profits. 
The  chances  of  gain  must  balance  the  chance  of  loss.  If  he 
be  so  skilful  or  so  fortun  iie  as  to  make  more  than  his  average 
shart  of  gain,  he  will  accumulate  wealth  with  greater  rapidity 
than  the  farmer  ;  but  should  either  a  deficiency  of  talents  or 
■unfortunate  circumstances  occasion  an  uncommon  sliare  of 
losses,  he  may  become  a  bankrupt.  The  rate  of  profit*,  there- 
fore, upun  any  emploviwem  of  capital,  is  proportioned  to  the 
risk?  with  which  ii  is  attended  ;  but  if  calculated  during  a  suf- 
ficient period  of  time,  and  upon  a  sufficient  nuniuer  of  instances 
to  afTor*!  an  average,  these  different  modes  of  employing  cap- 
ital, w'U  be  tound  to  yield  similar  profits.  It  is  owing  to  this 
that  the  distribution  of  capital  to  the  several  branches  of 
agriculture,  commerce,  and  manufactures,  preserves  a  duo 
equilibrium,  which,  though  it  may  be  accidentally  disnubed, 
cannot  whilst  allowed  to  pursue  its  natural  course,  be  perma- 
nently deranged. 

An  abnmdant  harvest  may  occasionally  raise  the  rate  of 
agricultural  profits,  or  a  v«ry  bad  season  may  reduce  them 
below  their  level. 

The  opening  a  trade  with  a  new  country,  or  the  breaking 
out  of  a  war,  which  impedes  foreign  commerce,  will  effect  the 
profit*  of  the  merchant  and  manufacture  :  but  these  accidents 
dis'utb  the  equal  rate  of  profits,  as  the  wind  disturbs  the  sea; 
and  when  ihey  cease,  it  returns  to  its  natural  level. 

The  division  of  labour  has  tended  greatly  to  improve  every 
branch  of  manufactures.  Its  utility  is  exemplified  in  the  maim- 
facttrc  of  pins.   If  a  piece  of  metal  were  given  to  a  man  to  make 
a  pin,  he  c(;uld  scarcely  do  it  in  a  day.   In  fun  manuTactories, 
however,   each  pin    passes   through   twenty-five    hands  ;  one 
draws  out  the  wire,   another  straightens   it,  another  cuts,  an- 
other points  if,  three  or  fi»nr    prepare  the  head,  two  or  three 
puts  it  on,  &c.   Twenty-five  persons  ihus  make  a  hundred  and 
twenty-five  thousand  pins  in  a  day,   or  five  thousand  to  each 
person.      Labour  likewi?e  divides  itself  numerously  in  every 
branch  of  the  elegant  and  usoful  arts,  as  in  building,  the  arts 
connected  in  furnishing  a  house,   in  branches   connected  with 
the   clotiiing  of  a  man,  in  th©  iron  and  metallic  trades,  and  in 
connexion  with  books  and  literature. 

A  pack  of  wool  weighing  240  poiuids  employs  200  pcrioru 


25S  THE    ARTIST   AND 

befi)ie  it  is  ready  for  Srile,  in  the  form  of  stuffs,  cloths,  &c.' 
To  be  m:jcle  :nto  fiocK.ngs,  ir  will  occupy  184  pf-rsons  for  a 
week  ;  as  icn  cumbers,  oue  iiuadred  spiimers,  wiuders,  <&.c. 
six'y  weavers  or  stocking  makers,  besides  dyers,  pressers,  &-C. 
A  ^word  mado  of  sieel,  liie  o/i^iiij]  :neial  of  which  was  uot 
worth  a  shilliiiiT,  is  som*^times  sold  for  300  guineas  ;  and  « 
Witich  cha  n  his  produced  fii.v-gUineas,  ihe  meial  of  which 
before  it  was  wro 'gUi,  was  not  worrii  ih.ee  pence.  So  like- 
wse,  a  paintinu,  nor  iwt»  yards  square,  has  been  valued  at  25, 
000  pounds  sterl'ng;  and  u  sh  iwi,  which  contained  but  a  ie\r 
ouncos  ofwiiol,  hns  oeen  said  lo  uiing  150  guneas.  As  it  is 
with  individuals,  s.i  it  is  wiih  naiioos.  VV^iiat  one  possesses  in 
superfluiiv,  it  is  desirous  ro  exoh^nge  for  sonieanicie  it  wants, 
with  any  other  narion  whii  ij  possesses  ihat  superfluity. 

The  PhceuicJans,  or  Ph'iistines  weie  the  tirst  people  oa 
record,  who  employed  sli'ps  to  cany  the  produce  and  manu- 
faciu;es  of  one  nation  to  auoiher.  They  were  followed  by 
the  Carthaeenians ;  and  these  by  the  VenetiTiis,  Genoese 
and  Han^e  Towns.  Tue  United  Stages  of  Ameiica,  with  the 
advantage  of  the  possession  of  r-.w  mate*  ids  of  every  kind, 
are  rapidly  advancing  i<3  the  aianufacluiiug  system;  having 
numerous  fine  ports  and  ships,  md  a  trade  extended  to  all 
parrs  of  the  world,  with  these  .dvunisges  connected  with  the 
eiiterjirise,  perseverance  and  industry  of  our  merchants,  rapaiu- 
fac[urers  'c>nd  raechaiiics,  who  can  doubt  thc^  time  is  no«  far 
disrant,  when  this  country  wM  nwA  ever}'  otheY  on  the  whola 
face  of  the  globe  iu  commerce  and  m-iiiufacures. 

Prncrrrss  of  '^lanufticturts. — Lotti  fiisccvcries  S^^c. 
Flint  Stone  Ware.  Tne  m^nuftcture  of  this  -wticle  is  very 
expensively  currsed  '■n,  by  Mr.  H^^nderson  of  Jersey  C  iiy, 
•opj)Osite  New-York.  It  is  eqml  to  he  besi  English  and  Scotch 
stoue  wjrc,  and  will  be  suppl.ed  to  the  ir-ide  r.r  33  1-3 "per. 
ex.  less,   th-in  like  foreign  articles,  when  imported. 

China  V/are^  Eeautifr.l^y  paintP!-]  rTjd  en^mmelled,  is 
D'W  cxien-lvelv  rmoutuCtured  U  Piiii'id(?I|>hla  by  Mr.  Tuc- 
ker, who  has  h^^on  strugnli^'-  *^i*h  miuy  d-iTiculties  for  a  lon» 
time,  but  at  leigrth  as  we  <tre  inf  uin<;;d,  has  so  far  overcome 
iheMi  as  10  produce  very  superior  nrMcles  at  moderate  prices. 

Iron.  Thft  q  lan  ••ty  of  this  met.1l  m-^niif.jctured  in  F^-ank- 
lin,  Veniii^o  county,  "P-.  iu  1^?8.  l^no  o:w,  of  bloom,  fOO 
<£;Rs,  of  bar  iron  XOQ  tons.     The  pig  metal  sold  at  Pittsburg^ 


rttADESMAN^S   CUID*.  ^60' 

\Vheeling  and  Steubenville  at  from  35  to  40  dollars  pr.  ton. 
The  blo.mis  at  Pittsburg  $100  pr.  ton,  and  the  bar  iron  at  the 
the  works,  at  from  $125  to  $140  pr.  ton. 

Several  new  liirnaces  are  erecting   it  is  said  in  the  county 
and  the  demand  rapidly    increasing. 

A  Furnace  with  proper  management  will  make  from  800 
to  1000  tons  per  annum,  at  an  oxpence  of  from  $22  to  $25 
per  ton,  according  to  the  price  of  provision  ;  and  with  the  ore, 
timber,  &.c.  convenient  and  good  at  about  from  13  to  20 
dollars. 

Under  proper  management  and  good  materials,  a  furnace 
will  clear  at  present  prices,  ten  thousand  dollars  per  annum. 

Lead  and  Silver  Mines.  A  lead,  or  rather  silver  mine  has 
recentb'^  been  discovered  in  the  Town  of  Eaton  in  New 
Hampshire.  A  shaft  has  been  sunk  into  the  mine  50  feet  be- 
low the  surface,  and  a  horizontal  excavation  running  from  the 
bottom  about  50  feet  more,  has  been  made. 

The  ore  already  raised  amounts  to  several  hundred  tons, 
the  expence  of  obtaining  whicb,  does  not  exceed  3  or  $4000 
and  from  several  analyses  of  different  kinds  of  the  ore,  there 
were  found  to  be  from  90  to  120  ounces  of  pure  silver  to  the 
ton. 

It  is  understood  to  be  owned    principally  by  a  company  of 
•gentlemen  in  Boston  and  Baliiinore. 

Upper  31ississippi  L^ad  Mines.  Congress  seeing  that  im- 
mense quantities  of  lead  were  made  and  could  be  manufac- 
tured in  these  mines,  and  those  below,  sufficient  for  home  con- 
sumption, very  justly  added  to  the  duties  which  had  already 
been  imposed  on  lead,  a  per  centum  amply  sufficient  to  pro- 
hibit any  further  importation.  This  law  passed  in  the  win- 
ter of  1828,  but  took  effect  not  until  the  following  October. 
During  this  interim,  advantages  were  taken  by  the  Britisii 
merchants  and  large  quantities  of  lead  were  imported  into  the 
United  States,  nearly  enouch  for  one  year's  supply ;  and 
since  the  law  took  effect,  about  eight  millions  pounds  of  lead 
in  the  ore  have  been  imported  from  thr  mines  of  Spain,  and 
pmelted  in  the  United  States.  This,  added  to  tl)C  unu.>ual 
quantity  brought  between  the  time  of  the  passing  of  the  law 
above  mentioned,  and  its  taking  effect,  together  with  the  im- 
mense quantity  manufactured  in  our  mines  during  the  same 
peiiod,  every  man  must  perceive  would  fdl  our  markets  with 
a  surplus,  which  readily  accounts  for  the  sudden  depreciation 

23* 


270  THB    ARTf5r    \ND 

in  the  ppce  of  lead.  lusi/uctions  have  be^n  given  t«  tK« 
custiim  huuse  otii.ers  in  ^he  edit^ru  cities,  io  cliai-ie  au  equi- 
valent duiy  ou  iaa^oried  lead  o.e.  Hc:iC",  thii  uj^Ue  ot  ;in- 
portioi^  It'  id  is  at  au  end  ;  so  we  may  now  j»aiely  calcui  ue 
thdt  we  Ci\n  supply  cur  own  country,  at  leasi,  Iiom  uur  uMvn 
mntes.  Tue  diainiuiioo  io  oar  uidQufrcCUire  m  c^juaeqjcace 
of  he  low  pi.ce  of  lead,  w  11  ao  doubi  before  anuiher  ye^r, 
ren'ler  that  article  very  scirce  iu  ine  eastern  inif »ve:s.  Tnrre 
will  not  during  the  present  year,  be  one  eunth  liie  qua-imy 
maHe,  that  there  wis  during  the  twj  preceling.  Thea 
dedici  seven-eights  iiom  the  qujuli.y  usually  made  a.  oar 
OFu  jniues,  and  all  that  has  been  in  oar  lua.jveis  during  the 
last  ye  ir  or  tv.o,  and  we  can  torin  sjine  idea  ot  ihe  la.Uie 
state  of  the  market.  I'he  coasumpdou  of  lead  In  the  Uniied 
States,  according  to  the  best  data  wh;ch  has  come  under  our 
observaiion,  anj.unts  to  abou"  26,000,009,  *if  wmch  mo.e 
thari  h^df  o(  that  quantity  for  the  last  year  bas  be*^ii  imported  ; 
and  duiing  the  sanje  period  there  were  about  10,000  uiiners 
in  the  Uoper  Misr^issippi  actively  engaged  in  the  mniifaciuie 
of  leid.  It  is  not  strange  then,  (hit  such  cxtraordrbary  exer- 
tidui  of  our  own  industrious  ciiizens,  and  ♦he  strong  efforts  of 
foreif:ners  to  crowd  le  td  imo  our  maikes,  should  produce  a 
temporary  stagnation  io  this  trade.  But  iht'se  two  powerful 
causes  have  been  removed  ;  and  it  must  and  w.U  as  suddenly 
rise  as  it  has  t^iUen,  :he  expressed  oiinion  ot'  speculaiois  to 
the  contrary  innw;  hsianding. 

Penknife  Manufactory.  Mr.  Moses  L.  M  >r<e,  an  ingeni- 
ous mech  mic,  and  die  inventer  of  several  valu  ib  e  machines, 
h.;s  coniiiif'nced  the  manufjct^ire  ol  Penkiives  in  VVorces  er, 
M  ss.  and  intends  \y  ernploy  50  hands,  ihey  are  well  made, 
W'th  a  high  polish,  and  unless  exam'iied  very  cl  »sely,  it  would 
be  lifficidt  to  dis.tin2uish  them  from  the  English  krives 

Ingenious  Discovery.  A  M  .  Ne  ls<n  of  ihe  Glasgow  S[as 
works,  his  recently  obiained  a  patent  for  au  apparaius,  which 
discharjes  air  and  promotes  romhusri.m  in  fire  furnaces,  hy 
beinj  heated  before  it  i'<  thrown  in:o  them.  A  series  of  *»x- 
peiiments  has  bei-n  goinc  on  for  sometime  on  founders  cupa- 
i  s,  and  in  the  blast  furnace  of  Clyde  Ton  works,  as  stated  in 
thf  B''l  'm  )re  G^z-^tre,  where  one  furnace  his  be^n  blown 
with  sreat  ?»dvantaiie  bv  meins  of  h^ate-l  aii,  and  where  o'her 
two  blast  furnice  are  re=»dy  to  be  blown  in  *he  *arae  w  ly. 

It  i«  completely  ascertained   that  a  g  eai  saving  of  fuel   is 


tradesman's  ouidc.  271 

accomplisheo  ,besides,  sanguine  hopes  are  entertained,  that  th« 
same  wt^riv  will  be  done  with  a  less  quantity  of  air.  This  dis- 
covery Will  efiect  a  great  revolution  in  the  theory,  as  well  as 
practice  of  rombusLJon. 

Screw  Manufactiinj.  Mr.  Cobb  of  Albany,  has  recently 
made  great  im|jiovt'raenls  in  the  machiueiy  for  the  manufacture 
of  this  iniponaut  article.  We  believe  this  genilcman  was  the 
first  who  imroduccii  the  raanutacfure  of  wood  screws  into  this 
country;  thou^^h  it  has  been  claimed  by  a  Mr.  Stowell  of 
M  issiichuseits.  He  is  certainly  entitled  to  much  credit  not 
oiily  as  a  scientitic  but  practical  mechanic.  It  improvements 
equally  as  valuable  are  made  in  every  branch  in  tliis  country; 
our  manufactured  goods  will  be  pieferred,  and  the  English 
manufacturer  will  find  his  articles  no  longer  sought  for  in  this 
quarter  of  the  globe. 

Machinen/  for  breaking  and  dressing  Flax  and  Hemp. 
The  following  is  a  description  taken  from  ihe  Asylum  of  Arts 
in  France,  by  a  <:entleman  friendly  to  the  agricultural  industry 
of  the  United  States. 

'*  This  machine  was  invented  by  a  French  gentleman,  under 
the  ofiored  bounty  of  Napoleon  of  1,200,000  franks,  about 
ih?  year  1814,  description  as  follows  :  50  to  88  pairs  of  fluted 
rollers,  the  top  roller  hiding  them  of  the  bottom,  and  each 
pair  lying  b3Mho  side  of  each  other,  so  closely  as  not  to  receive 
the  flax  or  hemp  from  one  pair  to  the  other,  untill  it  passes 
through  the  whole  range.  At  the  end  of  every  bottom  roller, 
there  are  pinion  wheels,  and  wheels  at  right  angles  to  drive 
them,  ani  the  latter  set  in  motion  by  the  former  given  at  the 
head  of  the  machine.  The  top  rollers  are  lever  weighted  on 
the  bottom  rollprs,  and  the  latter  gives  motion  to  the  former, 
by  the  said  motion  at  the  head  of  the  machine.  The  rollers 
lie  in  a  horizontal  position,  their  ends  leaning  or  resting  in 
stands,  and  their  whole  range  forming  a  level  flat  surface  up- 
on the  top,  as  well  as  the  bottom.  The  machine  has  two 
openings,  one  for  feeding  and  the  other  for  rccicving  the 
hemp  after  dressed,  &,c. 

It  is  said  that  the  m  ichine  will  break  and  dress  2000  lbs. 
pr.  dny  and  will  take  10  hands  to  tend  it  to  advantage." 

We  have  a  promise  froiij  the  same  source,  of  shortly  having 
a  description  of  the  Linen  spinning,  "although  complicated 
wi:h  needles  and  rollers,  yet  it  may  answer  on  small  scales.'* 
"  It  appears"  says  he,  "  has  nerer  been  eflected  te  that  sin- 


272  TUB   AnTlsf   AKD 

pliciiv,  and  fac-lity  of  oppiation,  as  that  of  cotton,  and  if  ere/ 
found  out  it  uiisr  be  by  aa  Aaiorlc-in,  as  ceiiiu.ies  hite  pas- 
sed away  in  Europe  wi;hoat  the  discovery/* 

Perpetual  Mutlun.  A  Mr.  Brigham  has  recently  appeared 
at  C.uciunati,  as  the  discoverer  of  ibe  pcrpeaitl  moiion — 
which  is  '*  a  pendulum  set  in  mution  by  a  m  ignet,  and  ap- 
pears admirably  calculated  for  clock  work,  and  we  can  see 
no  cause  why  it  should  noc  coniinue  to  go  so  long  as  the  ma- 
terials of  which  il  is  made  shall  lasr.  It  is  w^H  worihy  the 
at'eniion  of  the  curious,  pinii  ularly  ihvse  skilled  iii  mechan- 

ICs. 

Turkey  Red.  The  use  of  Turkey  red  in  calico  priming 
his  been  successfully  introduce. 1  at  L)weil.  The  French 
have  lung  had  an  advantage  of  the  English  in  the  employment 
of  thi;*  colour. 

We  siiould  notice  many  other  important  and  useful  inven- 
tions, if  our  limits  permitted, -which  we  design  to  do  at  some 
future  period  inanoiiier  ed  tiou  of  this  work,  n  )t  only  nodcing 
everv  recent  improvemeni  in  this  country,  but  also,  in  Europe, 
so  fir  as  our  knowledse  mny  extend. 

On  the  reporttd  distress  among  the  manufacturers,  we 
think  the  folljvvinL:  remuks  ^^vith  some  sligiit  alieraiions,  wor- 
thy of  insertion,  from  Nile's  Register: — 

Perhaps  there  is  no  cla  s  of  comnounity  mare  sinned  against 

"th m  tiae  raanufic:urers.      They  are  rtfpres3nted  as  may   best 

suit  their  enemies — as   overgrown   capitalists,    living  on    the 

labour  of  the  poor,  as  needy  adventurers  who    mav  involve 

the  whole  couatiy  in  ruin. 

Whi'e  it  must  be  admitted  that  many  branches  of  those 
manufactures  have  not  been  profitablo  for  some  time  past — it 
appears  to  be  mtnifest  that  the  difficulties  under  which  the 
eastern  manufacturers  have  laboured  werf  consummated  by  a 
sudden  and  ruinous  contraction  «»f  the  circuhting  medium  in 
that  quarte.  ;  for  it  is  no  less  remarkable  th^n  true^  that  oth- 
ers, less  favourably  circ'imstanced,  have,  with  apparent  ease, 
resisted  or  repelled  Hiis  pressure,  and  miintaiued  a  full  ana 
unlnrerruptoH  operation,  in  the  midst  of  sacrifices  of  goods 
by  forced  sales.  Bat,  if  they  can  *'  keep  steady''  a  litilo 
while,  time  enourrh  to  permit  the  business  to  settle  down  niot 
its  natural  state,  as  it  must,  all  w  ill  be  well,  and  an  enli%ening 
circulation  <;oon  be  felt  and  enjoyed. 

No  one  thinks  of  proclaiming  through  the  land  the  misfor- 


tUADESMAN^S    QUIDE  271 

tunes  of  the  merchant,  when  arrested  in  his  business — unless 
influenced  with  a  spirit  of  deep  felt  sympathy  and  accommo- 
dation— and  this  is  as  it  should  be — but  on  the  other  hand 
when  the  manufacturer  fails,  all  sorts  of  dogs  of  British  breed 
are  let  loose  upon,  bark  at  him,  and  would  bite  iiis  heels  if 
they  dared.  Their  noise,  however  adds  to  t'le  difficulties  on- 
countered,  and  hence  forced  sales  of  property,  and  the  neces- 
sity of  curtailing  the  progress  of  expenditure.  But  such  things 
hare  happened  before.  They  cannot  be  altogether  avoided 
even  by  the  most  prudent,  and  especially  so  long  as  our  com- 
mercial intercourse  is  so  intimate  with  the  old  world,  particu- 
larly Great  Britain  :  for  a  pressure  in  Lancastershire  or 
Yokshire  reaches  the  United  States  almost  as  soon,  and  with 
nearly  the  same  force,  as  it  reaches  the  southern  or  more  nor- 
thern couniries  of  that  small  island  ;  and  our  market  is  made 
the  last  resort  of  desperate  speculatois,  insolvent  persons,  or 
for  closing  up  concerns  ;  which  it  is  desired  to  accomplish 
speedily,  though  atttnded  with  loss.  And  whenever  a  pres- 
sure comes  upon  us,  there  is  a  sudden  reduction  of  the  ciicu- 
lating  medium — the  bank  of  the  United  Slates  gathers  in  its 
strength,  and  the  state  banks  reserve  their's  for  solf  preser- 
vation, and  individuals  whose  credit  was  good  for  thousands 
yesterday,  may  be  unable  to  raise  a  few  hundred  dollars  to- 
morrow ;  and  the  failure  of  one  person  to  fulfil  his  engage- 
ments, proceeds  through  a  community  to  an  incalculable  ex- 
tent— reaching  the  most  wealthy  as  well  as  the  poorest  of  tlie 
labouring  classes — though  some  districts  are  more  effected  by 
such  actions  and  reactions  than  others. 

All  manufacturers  at  the  present  time,  are  efl'ected  in  some 
degree,  by  the  general  dullness  of  business.  We  believe  that 
the  cotton  business  will  very  soon  revive,  and  hope  that  all 
will  be  encouraged  ta  hold  their  ground,  notwilhstauding  we 
are  informed  many  **  respectable  establishments  have  ceased 
their  usual  busmess,"  neither  be  alarmed,  though  much  is  said 
"  of  reduced  prices"  and  "  pinching  timei,"  and  '•  scarcity  of 
money" — for  such  things  have  been  said,  if  not  felt,  before — 
and    unless    it   be   in  the   growth  and   manufacture  of  wool, 

there  is  good  reason  to  believe    that   tl^o  -    •••"  -i'^^^^^y 

paM»  o>u.  ,  .i..a  I.,  icspect  to  those  important  branches,  on^ 
change  in  the  present  condition  of  Europe  must  operate  ad- 
vantageously for  them  ;  for  "  when  things  get  to  their  worst, 
thoy  must  mend."     The  long  continued  state  of  peace  amon« 


274  THE    AnXTgT    AKB 

the  nHtions  with  whom  we  have  the  most  intimate  connec- 
tions, afrersuch  a  I'mj^  period  of  war,  has  not  »»iily  ra  Ufjriallj 
aiteied  ilieir  rehiions  one  w<th  the  othfv' ,  bm  placed  ihe  Uni- 
ted St.iie  uuder  /?r/f?  circumstances,  io  wh;ch  w.'  sHrdl  not  be 
recunriled,  aniil  the  generations  of  im.*n  \vh'>  comtnencrd  ba- 
fintids  at  ihe  bieakmg  out  of  the  French  revolutnn  shall  have 
Ctused  tf«  influence  the  public  mind. 

A  liiile  while  ago  we  were  thn  n[*eichants  and  carriers  for 
miilious  i»f  persons,  whose  o  vn  .nerc".j.nis  n  »w  u  »  ibcir  i>wii 
business,  in  ttieir  own  sh^ips,  and  labour  h  :s  I'ecesstirdy  sought 
n.:;w  occup  iiioDs.  These  ai-e  n.>T  adjusit  d  nii  i  se.iled  as  ihey 
will  be  in  due  tijne  :  aiid  are  obstruL'-Cf'.  to«  ,  by  a  consianr  .e- 
cuirence  to  «'piaiuu«  uud  rules  of  action  esi:«bli«ned,  when 
nearly  ill  Eur  >pe  was  In  a  state  of  w:i;-,  eniirriy  ma;  pIic:  i>le 
when  EuiNjpe  is  in  a  stjte  of  ^.e  ce.  Tht*  want  of  seiisi'-jility 
as  'o  hose  thiiigs,  has  greatly  conifibu.ed  lo  brin§  ^bouJ  those 
seasuus  of  adve  siry  through  wh.oh   we  have  passed. 

Th?  luajiuftcturHis  are  con»;j  iieui  p.u*ts  of  tlie  trading  rnrn- 
munify;  and,  if  the  propor.iun  which  ib^y  boar  to  the  wlule 
of  thai  community  were  ascrTtaireJ,  it  wt.uld  not  be  found 
th  IT  tailures  amonij  'htm  are  more  frequeuJ  di  »n  'O  '  iher 
cl.isses  of  iha*  communify.— TKey  are  liable  to  ihe  various 
fortunes  of  all  deihag  men — at  one  period  depressed,  at  and 
■nother,  prosperous. 

Scarcity  and  abundanre  eff'^ct  them  like  others.  The  ma- 
kers of  low  priced  c(»ti(;ivs  a  e  e.'ubirrasskid  just  now,  but  their 
bus.uess  will  soon  regulate  iiselfrmd  tin>"  will  provide  a  re  n- 
ed%".  Tlip  wo  .lien  inciifaci'ires  are  -evlvin?.  I  do  not  ;hiiik 
that  the  lanff  -d  132S,  his  bef^u  yet  fuMy  .esied,  rind  die  sni© 
of  things  in  Eutfland  has  lenued  to  distract  what  m«y  be  called 
its  rt'^ular  op'^ration. 

We  have  not  ye|  got  over  the  he^^  v  importation  of  1S27- 
8  and  'lie  very  IwW  price  of  Wifd  at  presem  in  England  influ- 
ences the  price   in  our  market. 

So  h-ng  as    the  effects  of  bank'-ijp's  in  Europe  are  sent  to 
this  country  for  for«:ed  sales,  ih^'    cheir  accounts  m»y  be  clo-- 
■t-d    niir  m.Tikofs  must   be  V'ui^ible,  but  witli    increised  «»i«»«»- 

rience  we  shall  no(  be  so    luuun  ^^.* .,a  Kv  th^r  varinhl«- 

ness  as  we  hive  h*^en. 

L^^r  R-n  the  fiends  of  American  industry  be  discouraged. 
Let  them  carefulh*  invesN'^jite  the  facts  ihu  bel'»n^  to  iheir 
f«veral    concerns,    and  prepiire  for   the  approaching  conteftj 


TRADEiSMAN  S    GUIDE.  275 

(the  oppoLcrs  of  the  tarifi.)  My  opinion  is,  ili3t  no  change  of 
the  present  law,  should  yet  be  asked  for.  There  are  cer- 
tain thini^s  which  must  "regnlnte  themselves"  among  liiem, 
the  groA'ing  as  well  as  the  spinning  of  cotion. — The  plaoicrs 
will  severely  discover  this  ar  m  early  day.  Even  ihe  pre- 
sent low  prices  cmnot  be  paid  on  the  present  price  of  goods 
manufactured  from  it. 

The  fact  thai  some,  too  many  of  the  manufacturers,  were 
straightened  to  meet  their  obligations,  has  had  a  more  exten- 
ded and  ruinous  tendency  from  an  idea  that  the  protecting 
system  would  be  abandoned  at  the  next  session  of  Congress 
— we  do  not  b(  lieve  in  such  a  result.  We  think  there  is 
force  enough  to  resist  the  rosohr.ion  to  effect  the  destruction 
of  this  system — but  the  apprehension  of  it  has  been,  and  stiU 
Js  rendering  incalculable  mischief  to  the  United  States. 

CHAPTER  XXXIV 

Laws  relative  to  Spirits^  Wines^  Teas^  S^c. 

Extracted  from  Inger  sot's  Digest. 

2 J.  Sec.  XLI.  The  surveyor  or  chief  officer  of  inspec- 
tion, shall  give  the  proprietor,  or  consignee,  ot  any  distilled 
spirits,  wines  or  teas, or  his  or  her  agent,  a  particuiarcer»ificate, 
which  shall  accompany  each  cask,  chest,  vessel,  or  case,  of 
distilled  spirits,  wines,  or  teas,  wherever  the  same  miy  bo 
sent  within  tiie  limits  of  the  United  Slates,  as  evidence  that 
the  same  has  been  lawfully  imported.     Form  as  follows: 

No.  District  of ,  Port  of . 

I  certify  that  there  was  imported  in  iliis  district,  on  the 
[here  insert  the  date  of  importation]  by  [liere  insert  the  name 
of  the  proprietor,  importer,  or  consignee]  in  the  [here  insert 
the  name  of  the  vessel,  the  surname  of  the  master,  and  wheJn- 
er  a  vessel  of  the  United  States,  or  a  foreign  vessel]  from 
[here  insert  the  place  from  which  imported]  on^  [here  insert 
whether  cask,  chest,  vessel  or  case,  by  tiie  prt^pcr  nnnic]  of 
[here  insert  whether  spirits,  wines,  or  teas  and  the  kinds  of 
each]  numbered  and  m  irked  as  per  marcin  ;  the  marks  of 
the  inspector  to  be  inserted  in  the  martiiu]  containing  [here 
insert  the  number  of  gallons,  and  rate  of  proof,  of  spirits,  or 
gallons,  if  wines,  or  number  of  pounds  weight  not,  if  iras.] 

A.  B.  Supervisor. 

Counteriigned  by  C.  D.  Jnsi)€ct(tr, 


276  THE    ARTIST    A.VD 

26.  Sec.  XLIII.  The  proprietor,  importer,  or  couslgnetf 
or  his  or  her  agent,  who  may  receive  said  certificate,  shall, 
Hpon  the  sale  and  delivery  of  any  of  the  said  spirits,  wines, 
or  teas,  deliver  to  the  purchaser  or  purchasers  thereof,  the 
certificate  or  certificates  wliich  ought  to  accompany  the  same 
on  pain  of  forfeiting  the  sum  of  fifty  dollars  for  each  cask, 
chest,  vessel  or  case  with  which  such  certificate  shall  not  be 
delivered:  and  if  any  casks,  chests,  vessels  or  cases  contain- 
ing distilled  spirits,  wines,  or  teas,  by  tlie  foregoingr  provisions 
ouelit  to  be  marked  and  accompanied  with  certificates,  shall 
be  found  in  the  possession  of  any  person  unaccompanied  with 
such  marks  and  certificates,  it  shall  be  presumptive  evidence 
that  the  same  are  liable  to  forfeiture  ;  and  it  shall  be  lawful 
for  any  oflicer^of  the  customs  or  of  inspection  to  seize  them 
as  aforesaid  ;  and  if  upon  trial,  the  consequence  of  such  seiz- 
ure, the  owner  or  claimant  of  the  spirits,  wines,  or  teas,  seized 
shall  not  prove  that  the  same  were  imported  into  the  United 
States  accordin^r  t(»  law,  and  the  duties  thereupon  paid,  or  se- 
cured, they  shall  be  adjudged  to  be  forteited. 

27.  Sec.  XLIV.  On  the  sale  of  any  cask,  chest,  vessel 
or -case  which  has  been,  or  shall  be  marked  pursuant  to  the 
provisions  aforesaid  as  containing  distilled  spirits,  wines,  or 
teas,  and  which  lias  been  emptied  of  its  contents,  and  prior 
tothedelivery  thereof  to  the  purchaser,  or  any  removal  thereof, 
the  marks  and  numbers  which  shall  have  been  set  thereon  by  or 
under  the  direction  of  any  ofiicer  of  inspection,  shall  bedet'aced 
and  obliterated  in  the  presence  of  some  officer  of  inspection  or 
of  the  customs,  who  shall,  on  due  notice  being  given,  attend  for 
that  purpose,  a:  which  time  the  certificate,  which  ought  to  ac- 
company such  cask,  chest,  vessel,  or  case,  shall  also  be  re- 
turned and  cancelled;  and  every  person  who  i^hall  obliterate, 
counterfeit,  alter,  or  deface  any  mark  or  number,  placed  by 
an  olficer  of  inspection  upon  any  cask,  vessel,  or  case,  con- 
taining distilled  spirits,  wines,  orieas,  or  any  certificate  there- 
of; or  who  shall  sell,  or  in  any  v  ay  alienate  or  remove  any 
cask,  chest,  vessel,  or  case,  which  has  been  emptied  ofits  con- 
tents, before  the  marks  and  numbers  set  thereon,  pursuant  to 
the  provisions  aforesaid,  shall  have  been  defaced  or  oblitera- 
ted, in  presence  of  a  a  otnecr  of  inspection  as  aforesaid  ;  or 
who  shall  neglect  or  refuse  to  deliver  the  certificate  issued  to 
accompany  the   cask,    chest,  vessel,  or  case,   of  which  th» 


\TIA<>CS mane's   CL«)S.  5^77 

i-fttirks  and  numbers  shali  have  bocu  defaced  or  f>bliteratod,  in 
\hc  Hianiicr  aforesiiid,  du  being  thereto  required  by  an  officer 
<»f  inspection  or  of  the  customs,  slull  i'or  each  and  every 
siich  otfeiKre,  forfeit  and  .{jay  one  Jjuudred  dollars,  with  costs 
of  suit.  • 

124,  Sec,  XIX,  When  any  goods,  wares  or  merchandize, 
sliall  be  rtdmitt^vl  to  entry  Uj)ou  invoice,  the  collector  of  the 
fiori  in  vliicli  the  same  are  enicrod,  shall  ceriify  such  invuice 
iindcr  his  oi^icial  seal  ;  aiKJ  no  o:J>or  evidence  of  the  value  of 
such  goods,  wares,  or  merchandise,  sluAl  be  admitted  oa  the 
(j»art  of  the  owiTcrs  thereof,  in  any  couit  of  the  United  States, 
exccjit  in  corrobma^ion  <;(  such  iuvoice 

125,  Sec,  XX,  A uy  person  or  jiersons,  who  shall  coun** 
icj-feit  aijy  certificate  or  attcs'.ation  mule  in  pursuance  of  this 
iiCU,  or  use  such  cerlificaie  or  iitl«:>lation,  knowing  the  same 
to  bex:ounte;feit,  j;hal-l  upon  convictiiMi  thereof,  before  any 
court  of  tl4^  United  Stales,  having  cognizance)  of  the  same,  he 
iidjudged  guilty  of  felony^  and  be  fir.eri  in  a  sum  not  exceed'- 
irg  ten  (liousand  dollars,  aoti  isnjMisuiied  for  a  leira  net  ex- 
<:eeding  tlirce  years, 

J27.  XXII.  Tl'.e  collector  of  tJie  custcms  shall  be  re- 
<:juire<l  to  cause  one  package  at  least  out  of  eveiy  invoice,  and 
<;ne  package  at  least  out  of  cvtuy  Cifiy  packages,  of  every  in- 
voice o^' go-^ids,  wares,  or  merchandise,  imported  into  their 
res-(?ective  districts,  to  be  opened  rnd  examined,  and  if  the 
same  be  found  rot  to  correspfuid  wiih  the  invoice  thereof,  or 
to-be  falst^iy  charged  in  sucii  invoice,  a  full  inspection  of  qU 
such  goods,  wares,  (  r  merchandise,  as  may  be  included  in 
tlie  same  entry,  shall  be  made  ;  ai.d  if  any  package  is  found 
to  eontain  any  article  not  described  in  the  invoice,  the  whole 
pxck^ee  shall  be  fi.rfoit-ed  ;  aird  in  ca^e  sucli  goods,  wares,  or 
mercliaiMlize,  shall  be  su'oject  to  an  ad  valt;rcm  duty,  thc-same 
proceedings  shall  bp  had,  and  the  came  penalties  shall  be  in- 
run  od,  as  in  the  eloventlj  section  of  il:':s  act  :  [jrovidcd  that 
ni'thing  herein  contauied  s-hallsave  from  forfeiture  jiuv  pack- 
acre,  haviuii  in  it  anv  article  not  described  in  the  invoice. 

CHAPTER  XXXV. 

Credits. 

None  will  denv,  ibat  every  cnps'dcrable  tr.ider  cntht  to 
hpvt  •^cro  Mork,  or  cash  capital  ol  !'is  ovn  ;  'he  n^ost  icri- 
Cious  tracers,  like    banlcers,  are  ah\a\*  cuitlul  to  iiep  il.tir 

24 


278     -  THE    ARTIST    AND 

dealings  wiihin  iho  extont  of  their  cupiial,  that  no  disappoint* 
mciit  may  inca.)acita[e  tli  -/o  to  su,>pon  jhcir  credit.  Yet  tra- 
ders of  xyorth,  judgmenr  u  »ti,  ecanomy,  aio  sometimes  under 
tlie  nj^-cr'ssiry  of  borrowing  rnoney,  lo  cany  on  ii»fir  business 
10  the  b;*st  advantage  ;  :i;>  fv'heii  ihe  nierilianl  hds  coinroodi- 
ties  on  hdod,  which  he  wishes  to  Ivcep  for  a  rising  rnarkt^i,  or 
on  account  of  monies  accruing  to  him,  wiiich  he  is  dis.tppoin- 
tfio  in  receiving.  On  occasivins  like  iheso,  akiMg  up  money 
ai  jmerest,  is  not  (lisrejju^abie,  bm  a  greai  cosiveniv?nce  ;  thus 
enabhng  him  lo  carry  on  his  business  more  successfully  ;  but 
the  bor;(.u'ei  ought  to  bo  well  assured,  thai  he  !t  -s  sufficiL-nt, 
efiects  wiiiim  his  power  to  liquidate  the  obl^ga'^.ions  in  due 
tin\e. 

But,  if  the  trader  borrows  money  to  the  exte.ni  of  his  cre- 
dit, Lud  •launches  out  into  trade,  enphyin'^  it  }'s  his  own, 
such  man-igement  is^extreraely  precarious,  and  is  generally  at- 
tended with  the  most  piopostcrous  coi?>cqnences  :  for  trade  is^ 
subject  to  losses  ana  dis  >ppoinlu)ento ;  and  when  once  a  tra- 
der brings  his  credit  into  doubt,  it  may  and  will  draw  all  his 
creditofs,  ai  the  sa^^e  time,  upon  hira;  consequenily  render- 
ing him  incapable  of  drawing  in  so  mi'ch.  of  his  scattered  ef- 
fects as  will  discharge  liis  debts,  and  tliereby  ruin  his  credit, 
althoui:h  hvH  might  h-.we  behevad  he  had  more  than  enough  to 
satisfy  tlie  whole  world. 

As,  tlierefore,  a  wise  man  will  trade  so  cautiously,  as  not  to 
hazard  the  loss  of  l»is  own  pi  {.per  estate  at  once,  much  more,, 
should  ah  honest  man  he  rareftsl  not  lo  involve  the  estates  of 
others,  in  his  person;d  trading  adventures.  But  he  that  knows 
he  has  lost  lus  ov.tj  fortune,  iiud  eiideavours  to  recover  it  by 
trading  with  the  stock  of  other  men,  although  he  may  be  ac- 
tuated by  good  m(>i:ves,  still  cann*  t  have  a  pretence  to  the 
character  of  being  judici.»us.  l^no  deaiing  for  goods,  on  a 
credit,  w  i*?,  probably,. a'  first  introduced,  by  trusting  3'Oiing- 
men  commencing  in  trade,  ndiose  chief,  and  pern;ips  only 
stock,  might  be  the  opinion  of  iheir  capnri^y,  industry,  and 
honesty:  and  as  this  ii,  c  Mftinued  to  retailers,  and  thase  who 
trade  on  a  small  stock,  it  may  be  reckoned  n  commenda'de, 
and  i^i^eful  practice;  but  wheihcr  the  practice  of  tins  liberal- 
itv  should  be  extended  to  ilie  v'hole.sale  trader,  in  so  unlimi- 
ted a  manner,  as  is  cusiomary  in  most  of  our  trading  cities,  is 
a  consideration  which  admits  of  great  doubt.  Th-s  m^xim 
may,  however  be  advaticed  v/iih  some  confidence,  that  a  mer- 


tliaiit  sliould  never  purchase  goods    on  sljort  credit,  with  in^ 
tent  to  meei  tlit^  liaie  of  payiiien;  by  reaiitlanctj    from   cash 
sales  of  the  sunie    goods,  as    conscqueiic»'s   might  follow,  not 
only  ruinous  to  ihose  win)  uy  tijo  experiment,  bui  injui.ous  to, 
trade  in   several  ways.      L;iuiei-  such    circuiiisianccs,   the  tra- 
der finding  his  expectances   failing,  is  iadBced  to  oli'or  his  ar- 
ticles at    1  educed    prices,  as   a  last  resource  t'roiu  impending 
ruin  ;   but  ten  to  one,   and  a  most  fortunuie  vvccur«fincc,  if  he 
does  not  find  his  financial    systern  on   liie  debit  side  of  p.ofit 
and  loss.      There    m.iy  be,  and    cenaiely  are,    ca:,es  when    a 
merchant  may  be  Juslified  in  forcing  sales,  though  it  has  ever 
been  found,*  as    a   general  princijjLc,   unwise  ;   it  disturbs  the 
whole  current  of  trade,  and  tinvcs  it  oul  of  its  natural  channel ; 
hundreds   falling    into   the   stream,   in  this  way,  ftoat  among 
breakeiTs,  and  finally  split  on  rocks,  or  arc  ens!  on  qw-cksands, 
hardly  ever  to  be  recovered.      The  forcing  of  trade  produces 
a  general  iiitroduction  of  goods  of  an  ordinary  qual.iy.     Is  it 
no^t  a  fact,  thai  when  one  among  a  nu.uber  of  t:  vdors,   intro- 
duces a  financial  tiade,  his  neighbours  are  induced  to  repleri-. 
ish  their  s-.ook  widi  inferior  arfirles  (in  order  to   retain  their 
customers,)  which  ',v;ii  afford  ih^m  the  s.nuH  prout  ai  less  pri- 
ces, as  wh.fn  acciTstoniied   to    keep  prime  anidys  ;  and  after 
obtaiaing  the  reparation  oi  iellini  goods  of  indifferent  qu  dity, 
oilier  pla-es    lecpi^e    the    tiaJe,  which    othe  wise  might    not 
have  been  ihjs  iniprudenii>  los    \ 

"  Cheap  Stores''  are  i)ot  alw  «y^,  found  to  have  the  chwg- 
€St  crnods,  if  we  .eckon  h,  pnncplcs  of  profit  lo  the  pnrclia- 
fi-j--"  tor  the  q.naHties  of  na.st.  goods  correspond  with  the  cal- 
ces It  is  obse.vai)l«  th  It  ihii.  e  meichmts  generally  snrrcc^d 
Ibc  host,  who  have  the  reputation  of  keeping  pr. me  art  ides, 
and  are  nor  so  very  tenacious  of  acqair.ng  the  lame  of  se.l.ng 

lomarkahly  cheap.  .  ,.  ,     i      •     •   i„ 

It    is    no   donbi    to  he   considered  an  established  pnnoiplo 

amonjT  traders,  when  ihev  h  ive  occasion  to  m^tU-  used  their 
credit,  ii  Hhould  be  for  .u->  borrowing  of  monev,  Snt  never  for 
the  buying  af  goods;  thus  enablir»g  th  mu  to  purchase  at  tht. 
best  possible  advantj«:e.  , 

There  .s  anoth.s-  evil  in  trade,  wh.ch  we  Ir.vc  seen  and 
which  we  bel.eve  deserves  some  conside-atjon.  .v.me  tr  ulorf 
c.xhib.t  a   wonderful  degree  9^  diOidence   or  modestv     feanng 

to  .(Tend,  in  coUectntg  che,r  ^^^ ' ^^'''"'^'''\ ^^:^^o  t' 
2ru  against  persons  of  acknowledged  rusponstbd.ty.  uho  cet 


9S&  THE  AUnST   A^ru 

tairil}'  ought  to  be  the  most  prompt^  end  willing  as  they  nr* 
most  ennbled  to  make  their  p«yfijeiits.  It  cor.Id  be  said 
man\%  and  very  many  rncrcliants  have  MaUtrcd  on  this  ac- 
counf. 

But  is  it  often  the  case,  that  the  debtor  under  such  circnm- 
Rtauccs  i»  unwilling  to-avaH  K';niseiV  of  ihe  f^dvanrtage  ihus  of- 
fcretl  ?  However  such  custunicrs  ni  ly  cihnsider  ihe  subject, 
certainly,  they  are  nut  to-  bir  esliniriied  umoni^  the  namber  in 
building  up  a  shopkeeper.-  Ii  is^  an  acknoTfcdged  foct,  that 
geuilcujen  of  estates  geufrafly  require  ihoso  articles  which 
the  traders  esteem  as  cas^h  goods;  that  traders  ^ho  reside  at 
some  distance  from  the  city,  could  have  s«]d  11  such  goods- 
uliich  they  dispose  of  on  a  credit  /or  cas^ty  before  ih-ey  caiv 
rejMcnish  l  We  speak  of  those  who  do  nui  keep  heavy  siorks, 
th'Ugh,  perliaps,  it  might  be  applicab'e  in  s'omo  cases  ;  bui  is 
it  not  a  matter  warthy  of  ex^mrnation,  if  an  unforced  and 
raiural  business,  effected  ^iih  cash,  or  short  cedii,  does  not 
pr  iducc,  uitimateh",  more  aetuat  gain,  sU'inshai  which  is  n,iiT& 
expended,  and  «n  tong  and  unlimited  cred;:s?  Those  who- 
have  been  in  trade  a  great  number  of  years,  can,  peihaps^ 
answer  the  question  'aiisfictoiily, 

"  Hints  to  Mechanics, 
Avoid  givir?  Ihng  credits^  evert  to  yons  best  ciistonrers.  /t 
m..n  wbo  can  pay  easily,  will  ni)t  ih^uk  j-ou  for  ihe  deh'V  ; 
and  a  slacJc,  donbfju! pHymrister  is  not  too  vahjable  a  customer 
to  du7i  sharply  and  seasonablj/,  A  fish  m^y  as  well  aitcnspt 
to  five  widiout  water,  or  a  man  wiihoat  asr,  as-a  Kiech;!n:c 
Without  punctually  and  prompuiess  in  colleciing  and  payihgj^ 
his  debts,  ft  is  a  mistaken  and  ruinous  policy  to  fttienjpr  tc» 
keep  oa  and  get  business  by  delaying  efdlectionj-.  When  you 
Jose  a  slnrk  pr^j-mas-er  krm  yonr  hoohs,  you  oniy  lose  \U^ 
chance  oi  losing  your  monev— and  there  is  ho  man  who  p.jy* 
more  money  to  hiwyers  then  he  who  is  le^ast  prtxrpl  in  col- 
lecting for  himself. 

"  Take  care  how  you  ajv-ee  to  pay  monfy  for  your  stnrk^ 
your  provisions,  your  rent,  or  your  fuel,  and  take  fia^  sknf. 
fov  your  work.  One  hind  nvust  wash  the  other»  a^i  po  >r 
Richard  s-=iys,  or  both  will  go  to  jad  dit  ry.  Every  man*^stra  lo 
onirht  to  bring  him  mon'^v  enough  ta,  pay  all  demands  -igiinst 
bi;n  :  and  no  ma  a  can  stand  it  K^njr,  wh'"*  u'ooy  not  ffet  money 
enough  frc^m  his  bnsinoss  to  nay  'ho  cash  expen«o^s  of  cnrrying 
it  on."     Finally,  character  i^  q very  thing  io  respect  to  croditv 


TRADESMAN'S    GUIDE.  2^1 

Suspicion  of  the  capability  of  a   person  to   fulfil  Itis  ODga^)}' 
nients,  is  hcirdly  Ic^ss  fatal  than  that  of  female  cUastily. 

Advantages  of  Fromptne&s.  A  merchant,  hIjosc  policv 
expaeci  at  12  o'ch>ck,  Crtllcd  at  the  iiisurdnce  ollice,  at  half 
pasi  11,  and  olitained  a  renewal  of  iu  At  2  o'clock  the  s.injo 
day,  his  stoic  and  goods  were  reduced  to  nslns  !  Tl-is  cir- 
cnmstancos  occnrred  at  the  iale  destructive  fuc  in  Au^'ijsta, 
Geo.  What  would  hav(  become  of  that  man'ii  fortune,  if  he 
had  ihougjjt  it   "  would  di>  as  well  after  dinner." 

A  gentleman  in  this  stale,  la  t  threo  years  since,  was  in  the 
practice  of  renewing  his  policy,  as  soon  as  it  had  expired  ; 
but  at  length,  negleciing  it  for  a  \\i\\  days,  his  store  and  val- 
uable contents,  were  dc^troyed  by  fire.  From  .this  circum- 
stance we  are  laught  the  truth  of  ihc  old  proverb,  that  "  de- 
lays are  dangerous. " 

We  shall  close  this  chapter  with  the  following  Rules,  from 
the  private  papers  oi  Dr.  West,  whidi  were  according  to  his 
nieiaorandnni,  thnwn  together  as  general  xcay  vinrls  in  the 
journey  of  life.  They  weie  advantageous  to  him,  and  while 
they  cxliibitcd  an  honourable  testimony  to  his  moral  worth, 
may  be  useful  to  oihers. 

Never  to  ridicule  sacred  things,  or  whnt  others  may  es- 
teem such,  however  ;ibc)Urd  the}'  ajjpear  to  me. 

Never  to  resent  a  supposed  injmy  till  I  know  the  views  and 
motives  oi  tlie  au:hor  of  it.  Nor  on  any  occasion  to  roial- 
iatc. 

Never  to  fudge  a  persons  character  b^  e.TLernal  appearance. 

Always  to  take  the  place  of  an  absent  j>er.son  who  is  cen- 
sured in    compa_ny,  so  far  as  truth  and  propriety  will  allow. 

Never  to  think  the  M'orse  of  another  on  account  of  his  dif- 
fering from  mo  in  political  or  religion  opinioiis.^ 

Never  to  dispute  if  I  can  fairly  avoid  it. 

Not  to  dispute  with  a  man  more  than  seventy  years  old  ; 
nor  with  a  woman  ;   nor  with  an   enthusiast. 

Not  to  effect  to  be  witty,  or  to  jest  so  as  to  woiuul  the  feel- 
ings of  another. 

To  s^y  as  little  as  possible  of  myself,  and  t!ios-c  who  m'^ 
near  to  me. 

To  aim  at  cheerfulness  without  levity. 

Not  to  obtrude  my  advice  unasked. 

Never  to  court  the  favor  of  the  rich,  by  flatlcrinq;  either 
*hcir  vanitv  or  their  vices. 


$^  'tuvr  AHt rut  A?r# 

To  respect  virtue  tbougtr  cJojbed  ir?  rags. 

To  speak  with  calmtiess  amJ  deliberaiioD  on  all  occ39i(nnff 
especially  \ii  c>rcumstaDce^>  which  tend  to  uiliie. 

Fiec^uenily  to^  .evicvy  my  Gonduet  at;d  DOie  iny  Aulings, 

On  a\\  occasioi>s  to  ha^pe  in  prosperci  ibe  end  of  tite  .^nd  a 
fuure  siate. 

No!  TO  ftattrr  myself  I  carv  act  up  to  these  ritle»,  LoweTer 
honestly  I  may  aim  at  it. 

CHAPTER  XXXV, 

Sugai\  Tea,  S^^c. 

On  the  qualify  of  Sutrrtrs^  with  Practical  Rcmarls.  Not 
having '\ainority,  excepting  th;ii  founded  an  ow-  own  e.\j,eri- 
ence,  we  enter  upon  ;he  subje«.t  la?d  oat  for  us  wah  n>  rae 
diffidence,  as  there  are  many  wl>om  we  consider  our  suj»ei  i- 
ors  ;  how(37er,  we  are  willing  to  ab;de  the  test  on  close  in- 
■vestie^tion. 

Sugars.  Ilavannas  are  trnJoubtcdly  preferable  to  any 
brouglu  to  oar  market,  and  are  not  only  as  profitctMe  to  ihe 
ret  liler  but  most  profitable  to  the  eon-umer.  Eiiher  white 
or  brown  is  from  ten  to  fifteen  per  cent,  sweeier  ;  besides  \vj 
flavour  approximutes  nearer  to  that  of  the  foat  sugar  of  Lhe 
shops:  thoy  are  imported  in  boxes,  weighinir  from  three  to 
four  hundred  pour.r.s,  free  froniy/;o/,  a?5d  perfectly  dry.  Gcu- 
ei;llv  every  pound,  throughout  tiie  chest,  wdi  corresposid 
Willi  ihe  s;iniple.  Chests  weiohins:  four  h'lndred  pound?, 
hnve  been  kiiown  to'  saiti  forty  posinds;  usndiy  iweiity-fsvo 
pounds  in  the  tare.  There  is  n  diffeience  in  the  quality  of 
tlicso  »^ugrf,rs,  of  ten  per  cen*.  perhaps  niore.  Same  of  he 
Brnzils  are  veiy  fair  and  profitable.  R('fincrs  cei:erai]y  give 
these  sM^ars  a  prefercuce. 

Of  the  hrowr!>,  Sr,  Croix  lead  in  price  in  soire  of  oi»r 
niiikets;  they  certainly  are  very  superior  sugars,  very  clean, 
richlv  grained,  and  of  a  lively  Cidour,  bat  wanting  in  that  fine 
fl  ivoMr  which  distinguishes  the  Havanms. 

The  Calcutta  sugars  are  mixed  advantageouslv  with  the 
ordiniry  eusirs  of  the  islands.  Thesr>  mixtures  require  some 
care,  or  the  improvement  m'zht  be  called  a  deception.  Some 
of  these  sugars  have  a  very  had  flavour,  and  should  he  avoid- 
ed by  'he  purchaser:  but  tboseof  pr';me  qualify  arc  very  fair 
and  sale  jble  ;  they  are  impored  in  bags  wei::hing  from  one 
to  two.  hundred  pounds.     There  are  many   other  kinds  w« 


tradesman's  OVWS.  -  18^ 

shouM  be  ^!id  to  notice,  if  our  limi  s  would  would  permit,  but 
Ive  c.n  oiilv  iinlulge  t>nr>el\es  in  a  lew  brief  jeinaiks. 

i'he  islands  furnish  sugars  of  various  qujlitir^s,  precisely  af 
they  do  of  spirits.  We  have  the  besi  rum  from  S(.  Croij, 
(unless  Jannica  niay  be  prefere<i)  so  it  i*  wiih  respect  lo  su- 
gais;  the  difference  prt>b.tbly  arises  in  a  great  measure  un 
account  of  ihe  sueemess  of  ihe  cane,  and  che  sann»  itifer- 
enre  can  he  drawn  in  regard  to  ihe  flavour  of  sus.iis,  as  \v  II 
be  tound  in  ihe  ariiclo  on  fl'vounn^'  spirits  ;  ihou^h  muci» 
.  unduubiedly  niciV  be  attributed  fo  the  manufacuirer.  \\isl 
quantities  of  sujjars  are  sent  into  com:ncrce,  unmtichantable, 
or  rather  before  they  have  ripened^  or  been  properly  tlidined. 
Tins  is  almost  unversally  the  case  with  i\ew-Orleans,  which 
on  0|>ening  appear  very  briiihr,  bui^  the  air  soon  decompose? 
it,  ;ind  if  not  of  sufficient  ripeness  or  age,  th^  retailer  of 
pounds  generally  finds  it  a  most  unprofil.ible  article. 

We    can  draw  a  very  lair   c(»nclusi(>n  of  the  ripeness  of  2 
piece  of  goods,  particularl\  wiien  il  has  lain  some  lime  in  the 
w  rehouse.      If  we  discover  molasses  issiing    from   the  cie- 
vict'S,  between  the  slaves  and  about  -.he  heads,  and   it  is  evi- 
dent aiuch  has  been  deposited    on  the  floor    about    the  cask, 
thfn,  it  is  also  evident  it  will   fall  short    of  the  custom-houso 
we.ght.      In  every    case  the  dra  ning  her.d  or  side    should  al- 
xvays  be  well  probed    indeed  every   part   should  bo  carefully 
examined,  or    we  shall  not  be  certain  of  its  average  qualiiy. 
iVIuch  experience  and  care  are    requited  in  selecting  sugars: 
perhaps  it  may  not  be  unprofitable  to  examine  alien  purchns- 
inuf,  if  the   cisks  may  not  be    overchareed  with    hoojis,  thick 
heads,  slaves    &:c.      Tlmse  casks   which   contain   the   largest 
qmniity,  usuall}'  produce  the  greatest  jrain  in  the  tare.      The 
nll.iwances  and  tares  on  sugar  will  be    found  under  their  res- 
pective heads. 

I  if  Teas.  Tea  is  distinguished  in  name,  as  it  differs  in 
colour,  flavour  and  size  t)f  its  leaf;  though  its  quality  is  gen- 
crallv  recognized  under  the  title  of  chop. 

It  is  said  the  Chinese  neither  drink  it  in  the  manner  we  do, 
nor  so  strone,  but  use  it  only  as  tiieir  common  drink.  Il  is 
reckoned  among  ihera  a  singular  diluter  and  purifier  of  the 
blood  ;  a  great  streuirihener  of  the  brain  and  sfomtch,  and 
promoter  of  digestion,  perspiration,  &r.  Th»»y  drink  11  in 
great  quan-ities  in  h":h  fevers,  cholics,  &c.  ihmk  it  a  iurt 
though  slow  remedy  in  chronic  diseases. 


184  THE  AHTIST  AKO 

It  is  perhaps  unnecessary  to  remark,  that  there  are  few  af* 
tides  in  com  mere  ?,  move  variable  in  quaiiry  ihan  teas;  und 
in  rej^ard  to  which  we  will  only  ohservc,  ihat  everv  cargo 
renerally  contains  several  chops,  (qjilities,)  and  th^.t  we  have 
tVequewtFy  seen  Youa?  Hyson  Tea,  varying  to  40  per  ceni  ; 
consequently  no  article  should  be  selec.ed  \v!th  more  care  : 
but  our  present i>bject  is  noore  particularly  to  aliude  to  the  sub- 
stitution of  tares  not  accordiuir  to  law.  We  have  been  i'arnish- 
od  with  abundant  evidence  that  the  practice  olreweighing  teas, 
alter  they  have  passed  through  tJie  custom  house,  is  iiicorre<fr, 
and  most  generally,  attended  wiih  great  loss  lo  the  retailer  of 
pounds.  We  believe  ihat  we  are  perfeciiy  fam.lliar  wiih  the 
arguments  adduced  in  favour  of  the  practice,  the  futility  of 
which  we  shall  now  attempt  lO  show  : 

Is't  Govornmeut  regulates  commerce  ;  by  iis  officers  the 
duties  on  imported  goods  are  secured,  and  at  the  t;rae-of  en- 
try the  actual  or  lawful  tares  are  determined,  on  all  goods 
subject  to  be  weighed  and  marked. 

2.  That  the  custom-hous^  marks  are  the  only  correct  and 
proper  marks,  must  be  obvious  from  the  following  reasons, 
viz.  in  order  to  secure  the  lull  amount  of  duties  ;  and  not- 
withstanding the  willingness  of  the  importer  to  have  his  teas 
marked  less  than  the  b<»XGS  or  chests  contain  ^which  we  do 
not  believe,)  none  will  pretend  that  the  custom  officers  do  ac- 
tually exempt  a  few  pounds,  on  every  box  from  duties,  under 
cxistiU'j  commercial  regulations,  and  that  tOi»,as  may  be  sug- 
gested, to  favour  the  importer. 

Again,  we  are  mt  led  to  understand  by  the  tarrllT  that  a 
duty  of  40  cents,  (the  duty  on  Young  Hyson  tea,)sh3ll  be  se- 
cured on  the  boxes  in  which  tea  is  imported  ;  but  that  in  con- 
sequence of  general  average,  (see  note  in  the  table  of  tares 
&,c.  and  also,  I:iws  i&c.'^  some  chests  will  fall  short,  while 
others  will  exceed  the  cu>tom-iiouse  mark  (or  black  mark,  as 
sometimes  railed  by  dealers, )on  reweight,  unless  tares  are  sub- 
stituted varying  from  tliose  estimated  according  to  law;  but 
uhen  teas  are  entered  according  to  invoice,  we  should  sup- 
pose this  variaticn  would  not  occur,  nor  have  we  reason  to 
believe  it  docs,  particularly  when  the  inspector  takes  into  con- 
sideration, the  difierence  of  the  catty  pound,  (about  18  oz. 
avoirdupois)  and  our  weight ;  for  it  musr  be  understood  that 
boxes  or  chests.,  indepcndant  of  their  contents  vary  in  weight, 
frequently  from  1  to  8  poutids  ;   thus,  if  one  chest  weighs  1* 


tradesman's  guide.  582 

anotlicr  22  and  a  thi.d  26,  tire  average  weight  is  twonly-two, 
and  uccoraiug  lo  ihe  principles    of  uie  cusioin-house,  (unless 
the  jeas  a.  o  cnsered  accoitiing  to    invoice)  each  che>i  Wuuld 
be  marked.  exclui>ive  oT  ihe  civer.ige  tare,  which  is  deducted 
(see  form  of  certificate  in  absLaci  of  Laws,  &c.) 

It  is  said  by  some  that  ihe  cusioni-house  tires  are  a  rough 
calculation',  but  is  ihe  systematic  tare,  of  IJ.)  lbs.  wiihout  anj 
allowance  i'o-:  dufr,  alter  ihy  box  or  chesi  has  received  an 
addifion  weight  of  lioops  lo  be  more  appreciated,  and  th»s  tt»o, 
on  quarter  chests,  witlioui  distinction — iiid  10  lbs.  on  catty 
buxes  \ 

And  would  it  not  be  surj  rising  to  one,  unacquainted  with 
mercaniile  transactions  to  leai  n  that  a  ('ealer  had  bought  \\ 
chest  oJ"  tea,  and  iha;  in  the  same  market,  it  would  not  bill 
for  s.»  Hi  ny  pounds,  if  ;hr«»wn  inio  .he  commission  merchants 
hands,  us  hewas  charged?  'ihe  facts  in  regard  co  the  s  des 
of  leas  are,  as  we  learn,  some  cuniry  nierchams  buy  iheir  teas 
at  ihp  hl.ick  mark,  or  cusiom-house  mark,  olheis,  black  leas 
at  ih(-  blc^ck  mnk,  and  green  leas,  by  having  one  pcund  add- 
ed (o  'he  lilack  mark;  others,  will  an  addition  of  one  pound 
on  !)Oth  green  ani  black  teas — ohers,  by  rewe  ght  and  a  de« 
ducrion  cif  :^0  lbs.  on  qr.  chests  and  10iu>.  on  catty  boxes  oih- 
ers  by  reweighr,  (which  by  some  is  Said  lo  be  custo-^iary)  19 
Vo<.  on  qr.  dies  s  wiihout  disiiuciion.  By  .hiS  last  substi  u-. 
tioM,  in  some  very  i't^w  instances  the  VMidee  will  gain  perhips 
one  or  two  pounds,  but  v. ill  i^enerall}  loose  from  one  to  lO, 
jnosr  frequen'ly,  four  and  live — bu.,  we  will  ask,  do  these  de- 
viations «»ccnr  when  teas  art-  s<dd  in  lots,  by  ihe  importer, 
ei.herat  privHt«?  or  aiiciion  sale]  a  merchant  in  Boston,  who 
li  s  been  in  the  tea  trade  h»r  moie  than  30  ye.os,  wiies — 
*'  ihe  trade  have  always  ob  alii«d  thiMi  teas  at  the  black  mark, 
a  i<!  I  have  not  any  knowledge  of  a  deviation  in  otlit-r  markets, 
and  indeed,  there  can  be  none,  unless  by  stipul.ition." 

There  would  be  many  fldTicuhies  unavoi«lably  arising,  pro- 
vided taiesare  subsritu:ed,  in  every  case  when  sales  are  pf- 
fecied,  varyiuir  fiom  ihose  estabi  shed  In  law,  hoodes  iho 
pr.bMbility  that  a  substitution  would  not  he  as  likely  to  bo  so 
corrfct,  unless  the  goods  arc  emptied  from  eveiy  package  in 
order  to  prevent  a  general  ^ver age,  which  in  regaid  to  teas,  ig 
n<.t  desirably,  if  practicable,  some  of  which  we  conceive  to 
)»e  as  fell  uvs  : 

J,  Suppose  w^  should  re-9hip  tea«  to  any  port  within^  the  ju 


286  -  THE    ARTIST     AND 

risdiction  of  the  Uuited  States,  and  either  on  her  passage,  or 
at  her  port  of  entr}',  ihe  vessers  papers  are  denjamied  by  the 
revenue  otlicer,  (tor  it  must  be  teinembe"ed  the  I«w  is  expli- 
cit, requiring  the  supercirgo  oi  master,  uot  only  lo  pioduco 
the  cerulicaie  of  his  clearance,  bui  a  ceriiiicale  of  each  chest 
of  tea,  which  on  f<iilu;e,  both  the  veS'iei  and  caigo  are  liable 
at  leas  I  to  be  detained,  if  nut  forfeited  ;)  we  are  ahead}'  ap- 
prised (Jf  the  dirnculties  which  might  arise,  if  not  the  probable 
result,  (provided  the  ceriificaie  of  her  cleiiance  only  cau  be 
procured,)  if  It  could  not  be  j-i^  ved  the  ietis  had  been  regu- 
larly entered  at  a  custom-house.  Is  it  not  reasonable  then, 
that  every  purchaser  of  a  chest  of  tea,  should  be  entitled  to  a 
certificate? 

2  Provided  our  teas  are  insured,  in  case  of  damage  how 
do  we  prove  the  qu?ai*ty  shipped'?  We  answer,  if  oar  invoice 
of  shipment  is  correct,  we  can  prove  the  quantity  by  the  cus- 
l^ra  house  books,  if  in  no  other  wa^^  in  case  the  cerificates 
are  lost.  And  on  the  other  hand,  if  our  invoice  show  teas 
of  a  number,  with  a  quautiiy  which  the  custom-house  books 
do  not  recognize,  the  cor.sequf-nces  which  follow,  might.,  at 
least,  give  rise  to  much  iiti^ition. 

All  those  diSicuhles  are  however,  obviated,  by  a  demand 
made  for  the  certificates  at  the  time  of  ihe  deliverv  of  ihe 
goods. 

A  certificate  for  each  chest  is  made,  signed  by  the  supervi- 
sor of  the  port  wbert:  it  was  landed,  winch  correspo;.t;>  wiih 
the  custom-house  braad  on  the  chest,  viz.  the  number  of  pounds 
of  tea,  time  of  entry  &7C. 

The  number  of  |?ounds  the  chest  contains  is  put  on  w;  =  h  a 
pencil  brush;  though  sometimes  w»  have  seen  printed  figures  : 
a  careful  examination  v.iii  discover  to  us  this  mark,  called  by 
dealers  the  bl?ick  mark,  -inless  rubbed  out,  which  m -y  some- 
times be  done  through  uiotives  which  cannot  be  commanded. 
From  what  has  been  said,  it  follows,  that  the  subslituiioa 
of  tares  varying  from  those  esi.iblii^bed  by  law,  cannot  bo 
practiced  with  nnpuviit}'. 

Finally,  w©.  recojiiraend  country  dealers  ro  attend  cargo 
sales;  the  advmtages  to  be  derive.l  by  attending  these  sales 
are  uunocessary  to  demonstrate  any  further  than  that  others 
can  become  possessed  of  every  desirable  information  respect- 
ing tuies  but  also  the  qualili^^  nn-!  ^mi.kiv.I  rrice^,  of  nlmost 
i&very  staple  article, 


tradesman's  guide.  2S1[' 

We  havo  good  authority  tor  slating-,  lliougli  personally  unacquainted 
with  the  I'jict,  teas  of  a  rich  quality  are  SiJincfiinet,  emptied  and  Iho 
chests  tilled  with  erdinaiy  kinds  ,  and  so  nicely  dr.ne  tliat  l"t;\v  are  able 
to  d.  tcct  ihe  deceplioii.  However,  it  is  not  to  be  belie v»-d  there  are 
many  so  deatilutc  oi  every  good  prii5ciple  as  to  be  engaged  i.i  tho  prac- 
tice. Those  who  led  no  compunction  in  making:  ''  wooden  nutmegs 
and  horn  iliiils,!'  perhaps,  might  not  think  it  anuss  to  make  a  hltlo 
money  in  this  way. 

Of  Tobacco.  We  have  someihing  to  say  rcspectiiijEj  lliis 
gre  It  staple  article  ;  and  to  bs  short,  we  :ulvise  purcli.isers  to 
lijok  out. 

Our  over  to  be  respected  master  used  frequently  to  stiV, 
th?.t  *'  goods  well  bought  were  h>ilf  sold,"  and  that  "  a  penny 
saved  was  as  good  as  a  penny  earned."  It  matters  not  to  our 
presenv  f^urpose  ;  whether  we  were,  or  othcrw  ise,  atleutive  to 
his  sage  advice;  though  we  have  no  doubt  if  wo  had  attended 
to  it  strictly  and  s?/sic):iaticaU!/,  we  should  at  least  have  saved 
so  much,  as  would  have  kept  our  teeth  free  from  expense,  ii) 
regard  to  this  article,  all  our  lives. 

Tiie  grand  question  is  eas'ly  «olved  ;  arc  we  compelled  by 
the  liuvs  of  our  country  to  pay  for  staves  and  hot>ps,  whcu  we 
purchase  tobacco?  and  are  ruch  ])ractice>  to  be  suf/ered  with 
impunijy  ?  Thus  we  leave  the  anicle  for  every  one  to  make 
his  own  commeuis. 

Of  Flour.  We  wili  not  be  too  proli.x  on  this  article.  The 
old  and  lawful  rule,  which  we  have  never  he'»rd  contr.«dirted, 
is  1*J6  pounds  of  Hour  to  ^he  barrel.  H  ve  there  not  been 
hundreds  of  barrels,  afier  inspection,  sold  in  tin.'  Unitrd  States, 
when  the  barrel  and  contents  would  not  weigh  more  than  200 
pounds? 

Of  CoUon.  This  article  is  susceptible  of  iieing  ^barged 
with  a  consitlerablo  per  ".entum  of  moisture,  which  without 
close  examination  is  not  eai<i!y  deiectcd.  It  seeu^s  tb;it  there 
should  be  a  iieuenrl  test  for  detecting  impi>siii<ins  of  (his  kind, 
but  we  are  unable  to  point  it  out  at  the  present  moment. 

AVe  should  be  glad  to  e.xlend  our  remarks  to  various  arti- 
cles in  merchandise,  which  require  much  s.igncity  in  purrh.i- 
sing,  besides  those  mentioned  above.  But  we  trust  enough 
har  already  been  said  to  draw  the  conclusion,  that  for  ihe 
sake  of  money,  many  over  e.^p  the  bounds  of  riL'hl,  ard  it 
should  seem,  subject  themselves  to  the  loss  of  respect  and 
confidence,  notwithstanding  they  may  evade  ihi'  ^  '^v^  oT  the 
country. 


^t  ^!E    ARTIST    AXB 

CHAPTER  XXXVII 

mexslhatiox.-^j  OG  table 

Diameter  10  ft.  in  11  ft.  in  12  ft.  in  13  ft  in  14  ft.  in  loft.in 
in  inches,  length,    length,   lengtb.  length,   length,  len^tii. 


15 

90 

99 

108 

117 

126 

135 

16 

100 

110 

120 

130 

140 

150 

17 

125 

137 

150 

162 

175 

187 

18 

l.=)5 

170 

186 

202 

2l6 

232 

19 

105 

179 

197 

214 

230 

247 

20 

172 

189 

206 

224 

246 

25  S 

21 

184 

202 

220 

238 

256 

276 

22 

194 

212 

2^2 

263 

294 

391 

23 

219 

240 

278 

315 

332 

353 

24 

250 

276 

300 

3?5 

350 

375 

25 

250 

303 

336 

364 

392 

420 

26 

299 

323 

346 

375 

40+ 

448 

27 

327 

367 

392 

425 

457 

490 

28 

360 

396 

432 

462 

504 

540 

29 

376 

414 

451 

488 

Die 

564 

30 

412 

452 

504 

535 

576 

618 

31 

428 

471 

513 

553 

602 

642 

32 

451 

496 

541 

587 

631 

676 

33 

490 

539 

5SS 

637 

686 

735 

34 

532 

5S5 

638 

691 

744 

798 

35 

582 

640 

69  S 

752 

805 

863 

36 

593 

657 

717 

821 

836 

8S9 

Tiii«  Table  shows*  llii;  number  of  ffcX  of  boards,  any  leg  will  ma'ke 
^hen  the 'diameter  is  from  15  to  36  inches  at  the  s.nallesl  cud,  and 
^ion\  10  to  13  feet  in  length. 

SOLID  MEASURE  OF  SQUARE  TIMDER. 
By  tltO  foHowiug  isblt'  ihe  si.lid  coii.tnts,  aiid  the  s<f,\.:.-  of 
any  j)iece  or  qr.Htiti:}'  of  limber,  stone,  &,c.  may  be  found  at 
sight,  from  six  lo  twpntj-five  and  a  l);i!i"  inches,  the  side  of  the 
squjn*,  t.T  one  fourth  of  she  girth,  from  fourteea  tp  eiirhty  i«^t 
in  len^ili.  It  rises  from  six,  hulf  an  inch  at  a  time,  to  twcutv* 
fivo  and  a  half  i::ches,  and  from  fourteen,  one  fool  at  a  lime, 
til.  it  rises   o  eighty. 

Tlie  number  of  inches  which  the  side  of  each  stick  mea- 
sures, are  pi;icc'd  at  the  toj)  coinmei-c'n?  next  to  the  left  h:5id 
column  Oil  the  first  of  eacli  pa^e.  Th«so  colun^ns  tiive  the 
contv'ots  of  eai'h  slick,  and  she  firs?  column  of  each  pj-  e 
vhiih  runs  fiom  the  t;>|)  to  the  holioii;,  lUe  lengtli.  11  h  feet 
are  not  reckoned  ;   ibai  is,  wheiia  slick  measures  ihiri>'  cubic 


TRXbt SWANKS  auiiit.  2^^ 

cct  and  the  inches,  it  is  called  only  fliirty  feet ;  if  thirty  feet 
and  7  inches,  it  is  reckoned  31  feer.  We  beJieve  ihis  medu»d 
is  practised  in  all  the  cities  in  the  United  Slates  and  Canada. 

feet  oi,Je  sid«  si3y  side  sido  side  side  side  sid«  eidn  side  side  side-  sic« 
m      (J    U  1-2  7  7  1-2    >?    ^  i-O    9    (j  jo  jq  jq  ,  j,  ^  jj  ^^  ,.^  p^  ,,.j 


;engl 

■   m.  1 

inch 

inch 

inch 

inch  inch 

inch 

inch  inch  i 

nch  1 

nch  inch  iitch  in. 

14 

3 

4 

5 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

9 

10 

12 

i3  11  15 

15 

4 

4 

5 

6 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

14  15*1{) 

16 

4 

0 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14  Ki  17 

17 

4 

5 

6 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

12 

13 

14 

15  17  18 

18 

4 

.■> 

G 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

13 

14 

15 

16  18  19 

19 

5 

6 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

12 

14 

14 

16 

17  19  21 

20 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

14 

15 

17 

18  20  22 

21 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

12 

13 

13 

16 

17 

19  21  23 

22 

5 

G 

7 

8 

10 

11 

12 

14 

16 

17 

IS 

20  22  24 

23 

6 

7 

S 

0 

10 

11 

13 

14 

16 

17 

19 

21  23  25 

24 

6 

7 

•S 

9 

10 

12 

13 

13 

17 

IS 

20 

2?  24  26 

25 

6 

7 

8 

10 

11 

12 

14 

13 

17 

19 

21 

23  23  27 

26 

r> 

8 

9 

10 

11 

13 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24  26  28 

"^7 

8 

9 

10 

12 

13 

15 

17 

19 

20 

22 

25  27  29 

> 

•T 

8 

9 

11 

12 

14 

16 

IS 

20 

21 

23 

23  23  30 

:ij 

7 

9 

10 

11 

13 

14 

16 

13 

po 

22 

24 

26  29  31 

30 

7 

9 

10 

11 

13 

15 

17 

19 

21 

23 

25 

27  30  3:} 

31 

8 

9 

10 

12 

14 

13 

17 

19 

21 

23 

26 

2S  31  34 

32 

8 

9 

11 

12 

14 

16 

1i 

20 

22 

24 

27 

29  32  33 

33 

8 

10 

11 

13 

14 

16 

18 

20 

23 

25 

27 

30  33  30 

34 

8 

10 

11 

13 

15 

17 

19 

21 

24 

26 

'28 

31  34  37 

33 

9 

10 

12 

13 

13 

17 

19 

22 

24* 

27 

29 

32  35  38 

36 

9 

11 

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

23 

23 

27 

30 

33   36  39 

37 

9 

11 

12 

14 

^ 

18 

21 

23 

26 

28 

31 

34  37  40 

53 

9 

1 1 

»3 

!  3 

19 

21 

24 

27 

29 

32 

35  3S   41 

39 

10 

11 

13 

1  '> 

17 

19 

22 

24 

27 

30 

33 

36  39  42 

40 

10 

12 

13 

' 

20- 

22 

25 

28 

30 

33 

3G  40  43 

41 

10 

12 

14 

> 

21 

23 

25 

29 

31 

34 

37   41  44 

42 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

21 

23 

26 

29 

32 

35 

38  42  45 

43 

11 

13 

14 

17 

19 

21 

24 

27 

30 

33 

36 

39  43  46 

44 

11 

13 

13 

17 

19 

22 

25 

27 

30 

34 

37 

40  4  4  48 

4d 

11 

13 

13 

17 

20 

22 

23 

28 

31 

35 

38 

4i  45  49 

46 

11 

13 

13 

18 

20 

23 

26 

20 

32 

35 

33 

42  46  50 

47 

12 

14 

16 

IS 

21 

2S 

26 

29 

33 

36 

3'J 

13  47  51 

4S 

12 

14 

16 

19 

21 

24 

27 

30 

33 

37 

40 

44  48  52 

'19 

12 

14 

16 

\1 

22 

24 

27 

30 

34 

3S 

4\ 

43  49  53 

50 

12 

15 

17 

19 

22 

25 

28 

31 
2v> 

34 

3S 

42 

46  50  54 

290  THE   ARTIST    ANTO 

£               d               =.              c  c              .5  * 

S        c     ^       c       .  c     ;j;      c  _:.  .S     --  ri     —     •-     -^ 

""           cooo  cao  O  OOJ  oo®5> 

ti          '3       *3         '5       'ta  'm        to         a>  »  'tn       *3  'So       'SJ       '«n       "oo 

17  20  22  25  28  32  35  39  43  47  51  55 

17  20  23  26  29  32  36  40  43  48  52  56 

18  20  23  26  30  33  37  41  44  49  53  57 

18  21  24  27  31  34  27   42  45  50  54  58 
18.  21  24  27  31  34  38  42  46  51  55  59 

19  22  25  28  32  35  39  43  47  52  56  60 

19  22  25  28  32  36  39  44  4S   53  57  (~^2 
I'J   22  26  29  33  36  40  44  49   54  58  ^3 

20  23  26  29  33  37  41  45  49  55   59  64 
20  23  26  SO  34  37  41  46  50  56  60  65 

20  i4  2r  30  34  3S  42  47  51  56  6l  66 

21  24  27  31  35  39  43   47  52  58  62  67 
21  24  28  31  .'-<5  39  44  48  53  59  63   68 

21  25  28  32  So  40  44  49  54  i>9  64  (~>0 

22  25  ^9  52  36  41  45  50  54  60  65  71 
22  26  29  33  37  41  46   51  55  6l  66   72 

22  26  3.0  33   37  42  40  52  56   62  67  73 

23  26  30  34  38  42  47  52  57  62  68  74 
23  27  30  34  39  43  48  53  58  63  69   75 

23  27  31  35  39  44  48  54  59  64  70  76 

24  27  31  35  40  44  49  54  59   65  71  77 

24  28  32  36  40  45  50  55  60  66   72  78 

25  28  ■  32  36  41  46  50  56  6l  67  73  79 
25  29  S3  37  41  46  51  57  62  6S   74  80 

25  19  S3  37  42  47  52  57  63   69  75  81 
^6  '^'}  34   38  43  47  -^^58  64  70  76  82 

26  30  34  2     44  48  53  59  64  71  77  83 
2r'  SO  34  S)   44  49  r;4  59  65  71  78  84 

7'>     20  23-  27  31  35  29   45  49  55   60  C6  72  79  S6 

80  i;o  iJ  27  31  liJ   40  4»  50  55  61  67  73  80  87 


^1 

13 

15 

52 

13 

15 

53 

13 

16 

54 

.13 

16 

55 

14 

16 

56 

1-J 

i'O 

14 

17 

5"^ 

i-* 

17 

5;< 

i5 

17 

6(; 

15 

18 

L  i 

15 

I 

t'i 

15 

•' 

O  J 

lo 

.8 

04 

16 

19 

t:"> 

1o 

ly 

(  6 

ID 

19 

67 

17 

20 

63 

17 

20 

69 

17 

2a 

70 

17 

21 

71 

18 

21 

t  - 

1-i 

21 

7i 

18 

2i 

74 

li> 

it  y 

75 

19 

2  2 

/  ' 

1  ' 

"2 

i 

1 ,  ■ 

-3 

78 

1^ 

J3 

iradesman's  •uide. 


291 


c         _ 

V  ■-> 


m 
c     -:-    .s     ,H 


.5    .:.     .5     -. 


e        ^ 


a         ^ 


C5 


—        .„         ^         .r,        1-1         —  —  ^  rjo  2  Zi 

CO^>^lfti.O^O  ^  i^  *^  <-•  ^ 

r-,       m        o        Q       »'        V        y  i*_         _;:i         «         -s         "O         .^ 


14 
15 
16 

17 
\S 
11 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
2G 
2/ 
2S 
29 
30 
:i 


o 

-a 


16  17  19 

17  19  20 

19  20  22 

20  21  23 

21  23  24 


32 

33 

34 

35 

56 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

43 

46 

47 

4S 

49 

jO 


22  24  26 

23  25  27 
^  26  28 

2t>  '.:8  30 

27  79  31 

28  3^   32 

29  31  S4 

30  33  3l 

32  34  37 

33  35  38 

34  36  39 

35  38  4L 

36  39  42 

38  40  43 

39  42  45 

40  43  4b 

41  44  47 

42  45  49 

43  47  50 

44  4S  "^1 

46  49  53 

47  50  54 

48  52  JO 

49  53  57 

50  54  a8 

51  5>  60 
r-3  57  61 

54  58  62 

55  59  64 

56  GO  65 

57  o2  66 

58  63  68 


20  22  23 

22  23  25 

23  25  26 

25  26  28 

26  28  30 

27  29  31 

29  31  S3 

30  33  35 

32  34  36 

33  36  38 

35  37  40 

36  39  41 
38  40  43 
^Q  42  45 

41  44  46 

42  4^  48 

44  47  50 

45  4\   51 

46  50^53 

48  51^5 

49  53  ^> 
M  54  5i, 
52  56  60 

54  58  61 

55  59  63 

57  6l  (ij 

58  62  66 

60  64  6S 

61  65  70 

63  6/  71 

64  69  73 

65  70  75 

67  72  76 

68  73  78 

70  75  80 

71  7>^   82 
7i  !'•    «3 


25 

-26 

28 

30 

32 

34 

35 

37 

39 

41 

42 

44 

46 

48 

50 

51 

i3 

55 

57 

58 

60 

02 


2vi 

28 
30 
32 
34 
36 


28   30  31 

30   32  34 

^4  36 

38 


3§ 


,64 
6 

6^ 
7< 

73 
74 

76 
78 
30 

82 
83 

8*1 
87 
89 


38 

39 

41 

43 

45 

47 

49 

51 

53 

65 

56 

5S 

60 

62' 

64 

66 

68 

70 


32 

34 

31 

3S   40   43 

AO      42      45 

44 

47 


42 

44 


46  49 
48   51 


50 

52 
54 


J. 
54 
53  56 


58 
CI 


DO 

57 

56  60     63- 
58  62  65 

64  67 

66 

6S 

70 

72 

74 

77 

78 


60 
62 
64 
66 
68 
70 
72 
74 


I  -^ 

73 

75 

77 

79 

81 

83 

85 

87 

89 

91 

o .» 

94 


76  81 

78   83 

80 

82 

84 

S6 

88 


70 

72 

74 

76 

79 

81 

83 

85 

88 

85  90 

87  92 

89  94 

91   97 


93  99 

90  9=^  10  • 

92   98  lO.' 

94  103  106 

96   102  10^ 

08  104  1  ;  • 

100  106  112 


0> 

33 
35 

3S 
40 

/-  .J 

40 
47 
50 
52 

54 

5' 

62 

C4 

66 

69 

71 

/  o 

76 

78 

81 

8*^ 

85 

88 

90 

92 

95 

97 

100 

102 

104 

107 


35 

40 

4"' 

^0 

47 
50 
52 

55 
57 

CO 

62 
6'^ 
67 
70 
72 
75 
77 
80 
82 
St) 
87 
96 
93 
95 
98 
10- 

:  oj 

10' 

I 

7  M  .'< 


37 

r9 

42 

"45 

47 

0 

f3 

^3 

;;8 
60 

63 

rs 

OS 
70 

74 
76 
79 
82 

a4 

87 
90 
92 
^'5 

.  -r 
■'  ( 

I  '0 
103 


t 14  liO 
11 'i  123 
119  125 


il 

6 

119 
21 

:4 

'27 
129 
13f 


-'!/- 


THE    ARTrST   A%Jf 


"So    .    ~        •"  S        c        .H        a?^ 

-   -   ^    -   «   .5   ^   .5   r;   .5   ^" 


o 


S    rJ    "^    c^J 


<^   c?  c^   c5  §i  ^  S5  SI   ;s:  •!•  '^ 

m      r,     -     ^^    "^    C?     O?    C^     CI    (^»    Ol 


b 


14  39  41  43     45     47     49  51  53  56  58  6l  63 

,^  ti  '^^  '^^  ^^  ^^  ^2  55  57  6a  62  65  67 
16  44  46     49  51   54  56  o9     Gl     64     '  6     69     72 

?r  tl  f.     ^^     ^^  ^^  ^^  62  65  68  71  74     77 

,o  ^2  f?  ^^  ^^  ^^  63  66  69  72  75  78  ^1 

on  ^?  ?^  ^^  ^^  ^^  ^^  ^0  ^^  '6  79  82  86 

i  II  r                    "^     ^'^      ^^   ^-^   ^6   80   83   87  90 

21  58  61  64  67  70  74  77  80  84  8  7  oi  95 

22  61  64  67     70  74  77  81   84  88  91  ^5  99 

23  64  67     70  74  77  81  84  88  92  96  100  104 

24  G6  70  73     77  80  84  88  02     96  lOJ  ]04  108 

25  69  73     76  80  84  88  92  96  100  -04  108  ll3 

26  72  76  79  83  87  91  95     99  10^108  113  117 

27  75  79  82  86  91  95  99  103  ^S   112  ii7  i22 

28  78  81   86  90  94  98  103  10-112  II6  121  12G 

29  80  84  89  93  97  102  106  HI  II6  121  126  131 

30  S3  87  92  96  101  105  110  11>  120  125  130  135 

31  86  90  95  99  104  109  114  1'9  124  129  134  140 

32  S9  93  98  102  107  112  117  ^22  128  133  139  144 

33  91  96  100  106  111  116  121  126  1S2  137  143  149 

34  94  99  104  109  114  119  12:'  130  136  141  147  153 

35  97  102  107  112  117  123  12^  134  140  146  152  15* 

36  100  105  110  115  i21  126  li2  138  144  150  156  l62 

37  103  108  113  119  124  130  ^36  142  148  154  I60  167 

38  105  111  116  122  127  133  139  145  152  158  l65  171 

39  108  114  119  125  131  137  143  149  156  J62  l69  176 

40  111  116  122  128  134  140  147  ^53  I6O  I66  173  180 

41  114  119  125  131  137  144  150  157  l64  171  178  185 

42  116  122  128  135  141  147  154  16I  I68  175  182  189 

43  119  125  131  138  144  151  158  l65  172  179  186  194 

44  122  128  135  141  148  154  I6I  I68  176  183  191  198 

45  125  131  138  144  151  158  l65  172  180  187  195  203 

46  128  134  141  147  154  161  169  176  184  192  199  207 

47  130  137  144  150  158  l65  172  180  188  196  204  212 

48  133  140  147  154  161  169  176  184  )92  200  208  217 

49  136  143  150  157  164  172  180  188  196   204  212  221 
^0  139  146  153  160  168  176  183  192  200  208  217  22* 


B 


tradesman's  auiDE.  293 

c  ■  5  .5  ] 


-3 


5160(>i    69  74-79    85    90    9G  ]  02  11)8  115  121   128  13  ^ 

52  6166    71  76    81    87    92    98  104  110  117  123  1^30  I37 

53fi>67    72  77    82    88    94  100  106  112  119  126  in  lU) 

54  63  68    73  79    81    90    96  102  U>8  115  121   128  135  Ho 

55  64  69    75  80    86    92    98  101  110  117  121   130  1-38  115 

56  66  71    76  82    87    93    99  lOo  il2  119  120  133  110  us 

57  67  72  77  8:3  b9  95  101  108  111  121  128  1-36  143  150 
5S68  73  79  84  90  97  103  1G9  H6  1:2:3  1-30  1-38  115  153 
^.9  69  74    80  86    92    98  105  111  118  1^5  1^33  140  118  ir>6 

60  70  76    81  87    94  100  W6  113  120  127  135  1 12  150  1^8 

61  71  77  83  89  95  1«2  108  115  122  l-2f)  137  115  1'.2  161 
6^  73  78  SI  90  ^7  103  110  117  124  132  139  1 17  155  163 
6^  74  79  S6  9:2  98  105  112  119  126  139  1 12  150  15^  166 
64  75  81  87  93  10()  106  111  121  12^  1C6  141  152  KH)  169 
6^  76  82    88  95  401  108  115  12-3  1:30  138  116  154  163  171 

66  77  8:3    90  96  103  110  117  125  1:«  140  118  157  105  171 

67  78  85  91  ^^  105  112  119  l20  131  112  151  159  168  177 
6S80  86    92  99  106  113  121  128  1:36  144  ir>:3   161   170  17t> 

69  81  87    91  101  108  115  122  130  ISS  146  155  161   173  Is-Z 

70  8-2  S8    y5  102  109  117  121  1:32  140  149  157  166  175  l65 

This  fable  »'*  extended  fo  sixty  instead  of  cigltfi/  ft  it  in 
length,  '^^  fri*'  m.-ntioned— a  further  continuaiion  is  thought 
unnecessary. 

Continued  from  pa[:o  292.  ,^ 

141    149  156    163    171    179.  187  196 '201  2l2  2^1  230 

114    152  159    16*7    175    18:3    191  I9(' 2^)8  217  2:  ;  -^^ 

117    1=54  162    no    178    186    I9i  203  212  "     '    '  ' '> 

54  150    157  165    173    ISI    190    198  2:>7  2|.> 

55  1.5:3   160  168    I7G   laS   1#3  2lr2  2fTJ 

56  135    1S3  I'.I    180    188    IP7  '205  215- 

57  1-58    166  in    183    l'.)I    200   *-i<:9  219 : 

58  T6I    169  177    186    192   2i>4   213  2: 

59  164    172  180    189    198   207   '  i7 -^"i 

GO    166    175  1H4    192   202   211    •2:>0  2.iu  2)0  2jU  ;iiiu  ;.a 


01 
52 

53 


'>'■, » 


294  IHL    ARTISl    A.sr? 


CHAPTER  XXXVUr, 
GUNTER^S  RULE. 

TbisRule,  tlie  invention  of  Ed  war  J  Guoter,  ihoughincom 


lilustialiOLS  wii!  cxempMiy.  ii  requires  but  ijiiie  practice  to 
render  the  rule  familiar  and  easy  ;  and  truly,  vre  recom- 
*  mend  it  as  a  useful  study,  particularly  to  those  who  are  en- 
gaged in  the  mechanic  iirii'.  It  is  confideDt!^'  believed  none 
among  the  few  who  have  been  taught  this  rule,  have  regret- 
ted the  tirae  winch  has  been  devoted  for  the  purpose. 

Of  the  Lines.  The  first  Line,  marked  S  R  corrrsponds 
to  tbe  Logaritiinis  of  natural  Sines  of  every  point  of  the 
mari'iers  compass  and  is  numbered  from  the  left  hand  onward 
to  the  right  from  1  to  5  inclusive  where  a  brass  p:a  is  fixed  ; 
this  line  can  be  divided  into  halves  and  o^uRrTers. 

The  second  line  T  R  corresponds  to  the  Lofrarithms  of 
the  taaeents  of  every  point  of  the  compass  and  is  numbered 
at  the  right  hand  1.  2.  3.  4.  where  a  brass  pin  is  5xed  ;  thence, 
towards  the  left  hand  wich  5.  6.  7.  This  line  is  divided  into 
halves  and  quaiters,  like  the  preceding. 

The  third  line  N  U  M  corresponds  to  the  Logarithms  of 
nunabers,  beeinning  at  the  lefi  hand  vr'.Ai  1  ;  thence  onward 
to  the  right  hand  are  2  to  9  incmsive;  and  in  the  middle,  1 ;  at 
which  point  a  brass  pin  is  fixed  ;  then  2.  3.  4.  5.  6.  7.  8.  9. 
and  10.  at  the  end,  where  there  is  another  pin.  Those  num- 
bers and  the  intermedi-ate  divisions,  depends  on  the  *»^stiniaied 
values  of  the  extreme  numbers,  1  and  10.  This  line  is  un- 
doubtedlv  ih.-^  most  important,  and  therefore,  rcv-^uires  a  more 
particular  illustration. 

lilustration  1.  The  iilsX  one  may  be  considered  1.  10. 
100.  or  1000  : — 't  in  the  same  manner,  20,  200,  &c. 

2.  The  first  1,  may  be  called  one  tenth,  one  hundreth,  one 
thousandth  part,  &c. ;  and  2.  two  tenths  or   two    huadreths. 

<fcc. 

3.  Now  if  the  first  1  is  called  1,  the  middle  1  is  computed 
10  :  and  2  at  its  ri^ht  hand  20,  3  i*  30  and  10  at  the  end  100: 
the  next  '2  is  20,  3  is  30  <fcc.  making  the  middle  1,  100;  the 
next  2,  200  ;  3,  300  and  10  at  the  end  1000. 

4.  If  the  first  1  is  estimi-ed,  one  tenth  part,  the  next  2  is 
two  tenth  parts,  and  the  middle  1  is  one,  and  the  next  2  is 
two,  and  10  at  the  end  is  ten. 


TRADESMAN'S  GUIDE.  295 

5.  If  the  first  1   is  counted  one  hundrcth  part,  the  next  2 
i^lvvo  iiundrotli  parts;  the  miJJie  1  is  ten  huware'h  pans  ;  the 
De\:  two  hundredth  part,  in  winch  case  t!ie  middle  1  is  called 
ten  iiundreih  part,  or  one  tenth  p»rt,  and  the  next  2  two  tenth 
parts;   ^nd  10  at  the  end  is  cunnied  1. 

6.  As  ihe  iigures  increase  or  dinjinish  in  vnhie,  thus  like- 
wise, must  ihe  inlermediaie  stroi^es  or  subdivisions  ;  that  is, 
if  the  first  1  at  the  left  hand  is  counted  1,  liien  2  ncit  fillow- 
ing  is  2  and  e:ich  subdivision  beLWccn  tlieni  is  one  tenth  part, 
and  in  like  manner  to  the  middle  1,  winch  in  ihi.-  case  is  10, 
the  next  is  20  ;  then  observe,  ijie  longer  strokes  between  1 
and  2  must  be  counted  from  ihe  centre  1,  ele\en,  iwelve, 
where  there  is  a  brass  pin;  then  13.  14.  15,  sometimes  a  lon- 
ger stroke  thr.n  the  jesi  ;  then,  16.  17.  18.  li.).  20,  at  the 
figure  2;  and  the  same  method  is  to  be  adopteo  in  resrard  to 
the  short  strokes,  between  the  fij^ures  2  and  3  and  4  and  5 
&c.  which  are  to  be  counted  as  unites. 

7.  If  one  at  the  left  hand  is  10,  the  figures  between  it''and 
the  M  Iddle  1  are  common  teu"^ ;  the  subdivisions  between 
each  figure,  unites:  from  the  middle  1  to  10  at  the  en<!,  e;ich 
figure  is  hut^dreths  ;  nnd  between  these  figures  •ach  longer 
division  h  ten.  By  attending  to  these  direction^  it  will  be 
cMsy  to  find  the  (Jivisions  representini;  a  givi-n  uiiinber. 

Ciaviplc  i.  Suppose  the  point  representing  tiie  number  l2 
is  icquired — take  the  division  at  the  figure  1  in  the  mid.ilo 
for  the  first  figure  of  l2  ;  and  for  the  second  figure,  count  two 
tenths  on  Kmger  strokes  to  the  right  hand,  nn^!  ib«  last  ig  the 
jininf  i-<>prnc/aiit*inpt  I'i  vrlicie  ilie  brass  )iin  is  fixed. 

2.  Suppose  tlie  number  22  is  requiiPtl  ;  the  first  fi^u'C 
begins  2.  1 — take  the  divisi(»n  to  the  fi::u;e  2  ;md  i\>r  -lie 
second  fij^ure  count  two  tentiis  onward,  which  is  iJie  Boint 
representing  22. 

3.  Suppose  1728  is  required — take  the  middle  I  for  the 
first  figure  1  ;  for  7  count  onward  as  before  whicli  i<  l700; 
and  as  the  remaining  figures  are  2jS  oi  neHily  ?t»,  note  the 
point  wliicJi  is  S-lO  nearly,  for  the  distance  between  the  marks 
7&  S,the  point  representing  J728. 

4.  When  the  point  which  represents  4,'^5  is  reqiiiicd,  from 
the  4  in  the  second  intervnl  count  towards  5  on  tlie  ri^hi  ; 
tliree  of  the  larger,  and  one  of  the  smaller  divisions,  the 
?^m^!Ier  beinz  h^df  w;ty  between  the  mnrks  3  atul  4,  wh  cli  is 
the  division  denotins'  435;  and  thus  with  otncr  numbers, 
which  is  easily  eflected  witli  a  little  practice. 


296  THE    ARTIiT    ANi> 

The  frations  found  in  this  line  must  be  called  decimalg,  or  if  oUj^f*- 
wirse,  they  are  not,  must  be  reduced  to  decimals  which  la  readily  done 
by  extending  the  compasses  from  the  denominator,  to  the  numerator, 
the  extent  of  whicii,  if  laid  in  the  same  way  from  1  in  the  midale  or 
right  hand,  will  reach  to  the  decimal  required. 

Ezample.  '  The  decinial  fraction  equal  to  3-4  is  required; 
extend  frc.m  4  to  3,  which  extent  will  reach  from  1  on  the 
middle  to  75  towards  the  left  hand  ;  thus,  in  like  manner  of 
any  other  vulgar  fraction. 

The  method  of  pe.  forming  Multiplication  on  this  line, 
is  b}'  extending  from  1  to  the  muhiplier,  the  extent  of  which 
will  reach  from  the  multiplicand  to  the  product. 

Ezample.  Find  the  product  of  l6  multiplied  by  4;  extend 
from  I  to  4;  the  extent  will  reach  from  l6  to  64  the  required 
product. 

For  Division  exlend  from  the  divisor  to  unity;  the  extent 
will  reach  from  the  dividend  to  the  quotient. 

Example.  Required  to  divide  04  by  4;  extend  from  4  to  1 
which  extent  will  reach  from  64  to  l6  the  quotiefl:. 

By  thp  Rule  of  Three,  questions  are  solved  on  this  line. 

Example.  Extend  from  the  first  to  the  second  Ijne,  which 
extent  will   reach  from  the  third  to  the  fourth  or  answer. 

It  bhouid  be  noticed  that  by  extending  to  the  left  from  the  first  num- 
ber or  term  to  the  second,  you  must  also  extend  to  the  left  from  the 
third  to  the  lourtli,  and  thus  contra  wise. 

Example.  If  7  inches  are  the  diameter  of  a  circle,  and  22 
in  circumference,  what  is  the  circumference  of  another  circle 
14  inches  in  diameter?  Extend  from  7  to  22,  which  extent 
vill  reach  from  14  to  44  the  same  wdv. 

The  superficial  contents  of  any  Parallelogram  is  found  by  extending 
froi>  1  to  the  breadth  :  which  extent  will  reach  from  the  length  to  the 
super^cial  contente. 

Example.  Suppose  a  board  15  inches  in  width  and  27  feet 
long,  exiend  from  1  to  1  foot  3  inches,  or  1,25,  which  extent 
will  reach  from  27  feet  to  33,75,  the  superficial  couients. 

The  solid  contents  of  a  Bale  or  Box  is  found  by  extending  from  1  to 
llie  br.  adtb,  which  extent  will  reach  from  the  depth  to  a  fourth  mimbcr; 
and  the  extent  from  1  to  that  fourth  number,  will  reach  from  the  length 
to  the  solid  contents. 

Example  1.  The  solid  contents  of  a  square  pillar  is  re- 
quired, length,  21  ft.  9  m.  breadth  1  foot  3  inches. 

The  extent  from  1  to  1,25  reaches  from  1,25  the  depih.  to 
1:^6   the  contents  of  one  foot  in  length. 


TRADESMAN  S  GlTlDE. 


297 


2d.     The  extent  from  1  to    1,56,  reaches   from  tho  length 
21,75,  to  33,9  or  nearly  34.  tlip  «•  l.d  comenis  in  feet. 

3.   To  find  ihe  solid  contents  of  a  piece  of  timber  1,25  feet 
wide,  and  0,56  feet  deep,  and  36  feet  I m?. 

Extend  from    i  lo  7,  which    extent  will    reach  from   36  to 
25,2,  the  solid  contents. 

The  tonnage  of  bales    may  be   ascertained  by  this  method,  by  beini; 
divided  by  50,  gives  the  answer. 

A  TABLE  OF  BOARD  MEASURE 

Extending   froTi  4    to    lOO    feet   in    length    and  36  inches  ia 

width. 
Illustration. — Draw  out  the  slide  to  the  place  where  36 
coincides  with  f2  on  ihe  fixed  part  : — couni  the  first  •  on  ihe 
fixed  part  lO  ;  begin  at  4,  on  the  fixed  part  4,  so  on  to  10  at 
tlie  center,  and  thus  to  ICK)  on  the  right  hand  to  A — begin  on 
the  slide  at  4  and  reckon  at  diflerent  lengths — 


6t 


Fixed  part  •^r  ui  tc  t*  x  o  cj  o  o  o  o  c<-  o  o  Lt  c;  c;  o  ut  o  o  o 
'^  »-  —  —  3^  ?i  r;  rs  -^  o  i."  v=  o  t>.  t>.  00  cr-  o 

jsjiae,  „  „  ^  o<  S'l  ro  r;  -v  ^  t^  ~  o  Ti  i.*  'i  X'  =^  —  t>  ^r  t^  o 

Miscellaneous  Kiamples. 

1.  There  are  42  feet  in  a  board  14  feet  long,  36  it  ches 
wide  ;  how  many  feet  in  27  boards  of  the  same  diniensi.  ns? 
draw  the  slide  to  the  place  where  27  c<>incides  wiiji  ihe  centre 
1  ;  opposite  42  on  the  fixed  part  is  the  answer  1 134,  on  the 
slide. 

2.  A  log  I?  feet  long,  24  inches  in  diameter,  cuts  15  boards, 
20  inches  broad — draw  out  the  slide  to  the  place  where  20 
will  be  oposite  12 — 20  is  the  answer  for  one  board — draw 
out  the  slide  nil  15  comes  Rgrainst  the  center  1  on  the  fixed 
part,  and  against  20  on  the  fixed  part  is  300,  the  answer  in 
board  measure,  on  the  slide. 

3.  A  lo(i2  feet  in  diameter  and  under — finches  on  fnch  side 
allowed  for  slab,  1-5  for  sawcalf,  1  board  tor  wane — fi .  m  2-1  to 
36  inches  in  diametei,  3  inches  for  the  slab,  1-5  for  sawcalf, 
and  two  boards  for  wane. 

4.  A  log  28  inches  at  the  small  end,  will  out  IS  b'^ards, 
only  16  measured — draw  out  th*-  sli-  e  till  22.  the  hiendth  of 
the'board  comes  against  12 — n)d  against  '4,  the  I  ncth  on 
the  fixed  part,  is  the  nn^wer  25  3-4  for  one  board  on  'he  «In!p; 
now  draw   out  the  slide  till  16,   the  number  of  hoards,  cowo 


*d8  The  artist  and 

against  the  center  I :  to  find  the  reslJuo,  say  the  lo»  is  14  feet 
long,  the  an>\vtr  .n  the  slide  iS  414  feet. 

5.  A  kg  14  ff  et  lone,  36  incbe>  at  \\iv  small  end  slabed, 
leaves  the  board  30  inches  wide;  1-5  for  sa\vc;:lt\  leaves  *4 
snd  2  wane  leaves  2£! — draw  out  the  slide  till  30  comes 
afdinsi  12  oo  the  fixed  part,  and  under  14  oo  the  fixed  p.irt, 
is  found  35  on  the  slide;  then  draw  out  the  slide  till  i'2 
comes  against  the  cen.er  I  ;  and  against  35  will  be  found  770 
^n  ibe  slide,  which  is  the  answer  for  a  log  36  inches  in  diam- 
eter and  14  leei  long. 

6.  A  log  ^0  inche?  at  the  small  end,  and  16  feet  long  cuts  1-3 
boards  which  are  16  iiiches  wide,  and  only  12  measured — 
how  many  fee^ — answer — '^Jb. 

7.  A  log  '  6  inches  in  diameter  14  feet  long  cuts  nine  boards, 
and  only  8  measured  ;  makes  1  12  feet  on  the  slide. 

Method  nf  measuring  Square    timber  in  solid  feet. 

Illustratwn.    Draw  out  il.e    slc'e    :o   the  left  laid,  till  ihe 

length  of  the    timber  fo'ind  on  the  slide  ccincidos  with   12  on 

the  girt  line — then  opp-jsite  the  incbes,  the    stick  b  square  on 

the   cirt  line,    and   *he  number  of  cubfC  feet  en  the  slide  is 

found. 

/^xMTwpfc.  Tt^  ixio«3urc^  a  siirK  of  Timber  60  feet  long  and 
from  5  to  40  -nches  squar? — draw  the  slide  to  the  left  baud, 
till  6  on  the  slide  callire  it  (^0  ;  coincides  with  I?  on  the  girt 
line,  and  against  5  on  the  slide,  is  ^0  42-10G*h  on  the  gut  line, 
the  s^.rae  answer  is  found  by  drawlrg  the  slide  to  the  right, 
but  the  divisious  are  not  so  easily  disiiu^ished  without  much 
practice. 

Bv  letting  the  slide  remain  all  the  questions  proposed  above 
mav  be  solved  in  a  short  ttip«  ;  the  answers  are  as  followSj^ 
eOinuuting  the  tiaiber  at  60  feet  in  Ien§[tb. 


Tradesman's  guide.  29^ 

Inches.  Cubic  feet.  Inches.  Cubic  feet.  Inches,  Cnbic  ftet. 

square,    iniiiestick.  squai-e.  in  the  stick,  squa/.^.  in   hostick 

5  10,42  VS  70  1-2  ii;3.         t>-0 

6  15.  14         82  23  1-2.  231  3-4 

7  20. 42  14  1-2   88  24.  242 

7  1-2  23  1-3  15  94  24  1-2    250 
6          26  2-3           15  1-2   JOO  1-2  25.  260 

8  1-2  30  I-IO        16  106  1-2  26.  282  1-2 

9  33  1-2  17  1.0  1-3  27.  303 

9  1-2  37  2-3  18  135  28.         327^ 

10  41  2-3  181-2   142  29.         352 

10  1-246  19  150  30.  375 

11  50.  42  19  1-2    158  31.  402 
111-2  65  20          16623  32.  4:6 

12  60  20  1-2  174  2-3  35.  510 
121.2  65  1-5  20  3-4.  l8o  38.  6o2 

21  184  2-3         40.  6(57 

22  202 

To  measure  Hewn  Timber  that    is  not  square. 
Example.  I.  The  sol:d  feet  in  a  stick  of  timber,  50  feet  m 
length,  and  7  by  lO  inches-^is  required— draw    out    the  slide 
till  50  coincides  xvUh  l2  on  tiie  the  girt    line,  and  ..gainst  the 
thickDess    7  inches  found  on  the  girt  line,  17  is  found  on  the 
shoe,  which  IS  the  answer  at  7  inches  s.juj.re— 3  times  7—  J 
inches  will  remain,  and  50  feet  Ion-  vei  lo  find,  which  to  ob- 
tain draw  the  slide  lo  the   right,  till  zj  on  the  >lide  coincides 
with  I._  on^ho  line  m-irked  A;  then  against  50.  the  length  bund 
on  A,  IS  87  1-2  on  ihe  slide— th!^  mM.si  be  divi<;ed    by   I- and 
and  It  will  L^ive7feei  J  1-2  inches  or  7  1-4  which  being  ad- 
ded to  the  17,  gives  24  1-4  feat,  the  content-,  of  the  stick. 

2  To  find  the  solid  feet  in  a  stick  45  fee!  long27inche< 
wide,  22  inches  ihici;— draw  out  the  slide  till  45  on  the  slide 
coincides  with  12  on  the  girt  line;  then  over  22  fuund  on  the 
girt  line  will  be  I  jl  1-2  on  the  slide,  which  c'ives  the  dimen- 
sions of  a  stick  45  foet  loner  and  2^?  inches  square— now  5X 
22,  remain  =  IIO,  which  find  on  the  slide,  -.ind  let  it  coincide 
with  12  on  A;  then  opposite  45  on  A  is  ilJ  nn  the  slide, 
which  being  divided  by  12  gives  34  1-3  added  to  l5l  1-2  c\\v% 
nearly  186  for  the  answer. 

5  To  find  the  solid  feet  in  a  stick  of  timber  60  feet  Uwg 
30  inches  wide  and  14  inches  thick — draw  cut  tlie  slide  till  6?» 
on  the  slide,    coincides  with  l2  on  the   girl  li.ic,    thcu     o\cr 


^-^  Tilt    ARTIST    AxN'D 

14  on  the  girt  line  is  81  2-3  on  iho  slide ;  by  doubiiD^  this  ,t 
g.ves  :he  con  ents   eqial  to  28  by  U  a.d  .Ue  ,  \eU  is  ihyu] 

=  0  a  Tnea  ti;M  .0,5  on  the  girt  line,  and  directly  ove.  i.  on 
the  slide  IS  I  so;  observino  to  dra;v  out  ihe  slide  till  the  lencnh 
ot  the  stick  in  teei  cdncide.  wi.h  I,'  on  the  girt  line. 

4  To  find  Jhe  solid  feet  of  a  stick  of  timber,  55  feet  long 
-i5  in(  fies  wide  and  i^O  thick. 

Draw-  out  the  sL-de  till  55  coincides  with  12  as  before,  then 
over  -^  nn  the  gin  li„o  is  nearly  |;>^wh.ch  being  d.vi.ed 
by  4  and  rhe  quotient  added,  l9l  .-3  feet  is  the  ans^wer.  Or 
for  .he  3  inches  left  say  5  times  20  is  lOO~ihe  square  root  of 
whiru  IS  10  ;  no^  look  on  the  slide  over  10 — :>S  1-3  is  found 
as  before— Or  c.si  it  into  a  square— as  0  by  4  muitiplipd 
gives  ot>— .he  squ  ire  root  of  which  is  Q  the  answer— or  nan 
the  loj  into  board  measure,  by  drawing  the  slide  against  30 
the  vriuth,  on  -he  slide  under  l2  on  tb-  fixed  pa,t  A— then 
under  60,  the  length  on  the  fixed  part,  is  io'J  on  the  slide,  iho 
nuiuber  oi  square  feet  in  one  board — then  lay  l4,  the  width 
on  the  slide,  under  1  on  the  fixed  part,  then  ag.iaist  l50on 
the  fixed  pnrt,  which  sjves  2.00  leer  boards  oh  the  slide — 
noj^'  divide  by  l2  by  drawing  I  on  the  slide,  against  1  2  on  the 
fixed  part,  then  against  2 '00  on  the  fixed  part  will  be  foun(j[ 
1^5  on  the  slide,  iher.nswer  in  cubic  feet. 

Method  of  Gauging  round  timber, 
niuitraiion.  Lpt  the  gauge  point,  on  'he  girt  line  be  13,54 
inches— to  find  the  conienls  of  a  stiik,  bring  the  length  ofthe 
timber  found  on  the  slide  to  coincide  with  the  ga^ue  point — 
then  the  diameter  in  inches  or  parts,  found  on  ihe  girt  line, 
will  coincide  with  the  nuniber  of  cubic  feet  en  the  slide. 

El.  Suppose  a  stick  !2teetlong  and  15  inches  in  diam- 
eter— h uw  ra^nv  cubic  feel  neainst  '5  inches  is  15  tee t  and 
in  I>kc  manner  a?iin5t'20,  26  1-2-^30,50 — 35,S0,8  feet. 

Su'i.e  rules  are    incnrreci,  but  the   fftllovvinj  trial   will    prove  them.' 

Pass  i\\\i  slide  to  tiie  ris'ht  hand  till  1    on  the  slide   coinciJes  with  il  on 

the  fispd  part,  when  2 -in  the  sii-'e    should  coincide  with  4  on  the  fixed 

part,  continue  to  draw  tho  glide  til!  1  coircid^^s  with  3  on  the  fixtdpart 

then  2  on  tho  slide  sh  'uld  ct-intid*^  with  '3  on  tbo  find  part,   till  1  on 

the  sliile  Coincides   wiih  4  on  the  fixed  part  then  2    on  the  slide  j-hinld 

coincide  with   8  on  i.ie    fixed  part — till  1  coincides  with    5,  then  2  will 

coinc-.J-^  wi'h  'he  cf.ntrr  1 — till  1  coincidi^s  with  5  1-2 — then  2  will  c^- 

inci<ie  witli  II — ti!;  1   coincides  with  G — then  2\vili   coinci'le  with  12, 

and  C'  ntinue  to  do   tlir  >aaie  till  you    havo  jrone  thronah  \h^  Wm^.  and 

ii'tke  rule  is  correct'y  graduated,  the  rrsult  wiil  be  as  above  siaud. 


'4'11AdESMAN's    CUIfiE.  501 

The  line  marked  SIN,  coirespmids  to  the  Lo^.iiithniirk 
sines  ul  the  degrees  of  ihe  qtirulraut,  and  heroins  at  the  li^lt 
iianJ,  and  •«  nui-ibered  onward  lo  the  righ  ,  ihiis,  1.  2.  3.  4.  0: 
o.  7.  8.  9.  10.  then  20.  30.  &c.  ending  at  90u  at  a  brass 
centre  pin,  similar  as  at  the  riglit  hind  of  the  lines. 

The  line  marked  V  S  corresponds  to  the  Log.  Versed 
Siues  of  the  degrees  of  the  quadrani,  and  begins  at  the  right 
Jiand  opposite  90°  on  the  sine  ;  and  numbered  onvard  to  the 
left,^thus,  10.  20.  30.  &c.  ending  at  the  left  hand,  at  about 
le9°.  Each  of  the  subdivisions  from  10  to  30  is,  generally, 
two  degrees— from  thence  to  90,  are  single  deg.ecs,  thence  io 
the    end,  each  degree  is  divided  into  Id  minutes. 

The  line  marked  TANG  corresponds  to  the  Lorr.  Tanfrcnts 
of  the  degrees  of  the  quadrant  and  begins  at  the  left  hand, 
and  is  numbered  towards  the  right,  thus,  1.  2.  3.  4.  5.  to  10. 
20.  30.  40.  and  45.  at  a  fixed  brass  pin  under  g-C*  on  the  sires 
— from  thence,  it  is  numbered  backwards  50.  GO.  70.  80.  to 
89  ending- at  the  left  liand  where  it  begins  at  one  degree. 
The  subdivisions  are  much  like  those  of  the  sines. 

if  you  have  an  extent  in  your  dividers  to  be  set  off  from  any  numlcr 
less  than  45  deg.  on  the  line  of  tanirents  towards  the  rioht,  uud  is 
tound  to  reach  beyond  the  mark  45 d<.?.  observe  how  far  it  eAterdn 
•f  r'n  ^  ^^r^^  and  set  it  off  towards  the  I.-ft.  and  murk  the  d.grce 
It  hiUs  upon,  the  number  sought,  v.liicl)  must  exceed  45  deg  On^ih* 
contrary,  if  yoji  are  to  set  off  n  distance  to  ihe  rioht,  frcm  a  innnlur 
greater  than  45  deg.  you  must  proceed  as  before,  ronembering  tlial  th« 
ans-vver  will  be  less  than  <15  dt»r.  and  considerini:  iJie  rieg-r'-es  ulwaya 
iiiore  than  45  deg  precisely  as  if  tliey  were  marked  on  llit  coiitiiii:atinn 
of  the  hne  to  the  right  hand  of  45  de^r. 

The  line  marked  MER,  (meridional  parts)  beciu  ^i  .i;t' 
right  hand  ;  is  numbered  10.  20.  30  to  the  lef.  hand,  endin* 
at  87  deg.  which  with  the  line  marked  E  P  (e.-;ual  parts)  are 
used  together,  only  in  Mercator's  sailing.  The  upper  line 
shows  the  degrees  of  the  meridian,  or  latitude,  «n  Mercifors 
chart,  which  corresponds  to  the  degrees  of  longitude  vn  the 
lower  line. 

Grindstones^  are  usually  sold  at  the  quanies  by  tlie  stone 
wliich  is  computed  at  24  inches  diameter  and  4  thick.  Kule, 
muhipl}'  the  square  of  the  diameter,  in  inches,  by  the  thick- 
ness in  inches,  and  divide  the  product  by  2304  which  gives 
the  answei". 

To  find  the  number  of  stone  in  one  of  3G  in.  diameter  and 
S  in.  thick;  36  bv  36 — 1296  square,  by  8,  103<3S, which  divided 
^y  2304—4  1-2  ans.  -^^ 


S02  THE    ARTIST    AND 

By  ih".  Gunters  rule^  by  means  of  the  li  ne  of  numbers. 
Extend  from  4S  to  the  diameter  ;  continue  that  extent  three 
times  its  length  froia  the  thickness  and  it  will  reach  to  the 
number  of  stones  required  ;  so  in  the  foregoing  example,  extend 
from  48  to  36  the  diameter  ;  continue  that  extent  three  times  its 
length  from  the  thickness  which  is  8  inches,  and  it  ^vill  reach 
to  4.  5.  or  4  ^-2  the  answer. 

"There  is  aline  marked  ML  on  the  Gunters  rule  which  is  joined  to  a 
line  of  cords  and  ahovvs  how  many  mile«  of  eastings  and  westings  cor- 
responds to  a  degree  of  longitude  in  every  degree  of  latitude  ;  and  as 
this  is  found  also  on  most  of  the  plain  scales,  it  is  not  deemed  necessary 
to  explain  its  uses,  or  the  coinmon  pn^bleoia  of  nautical  astronomj  par- 
ticularly as  they  arc  more  acurate  to  perform  by    Logarithms. 

Of  the  sliding  Rule. 

This  Rule  is  of  ibe  same  dimensions  of  the  common  Gun- 
ter's  Rule.  The  fixed  parr,  has  similar  lines,  which  is  used 
with  dividers  in  the  same  manner,  as  has  been  described,  it 
beinsr  sufficient  to  observe  there  are  two  lines  of  numbers,  viz. 
a  line  of  Logariihmick  sines,  and  a  hne  of  logarithmick  tan- 
gents on  the  slide. 

The  slide  is  designed  to  be  shiftod  so  as  io  fix  either  face 
of  it  on  either  side  of  the  fixed  part  of  the  rule,  as  the  nature 
of  the  question  required  to  be  solved  may  be,  which  if  questions 
in  arithmetic,  trigonometry,  &c.  let  the  proportion  be  so  sta- 
ted, that  the  first  and  third  terms  are  alike,  and  of  course  the 
second  and  fourth  terms  will  agree— tl|en  bring  the  first  terra 
of  the  analogy  on  the  fixed  part  opposite  the  second  term  on 
the  slide,  or,  the  first  and  third  term  miy  be  found  on  the 
slide,    and    the    second    and    fourth  on  the  fixed  part. 

In  multiplication  and  division,  unity  should  be  considered  as  one  of 
the  terras  of  anal  jjiy. 

Multiplicaton. — By  multiplication,  set  1  oa  the  line  of  num. 
bers  oX  the  fixed  part  opposite  one  of  the  factors  on  the  line 
of  numbers  on  the  slide — then  against   the  other  factor  on  the 
fixed  part  will  be  found  the  product  im  the  slide. 
Miscellaneous  Examples. 

To  find  the  product  of  5  by  12 — ilraw  the  slide  out  till  I 
•n  the  fixed  part  coincides  with  5  on  th.?  slide — then  opposite 
12  on  the  fixed  part  will  be  found  60=the  product  on  the 
slide. 

The  product  of  50  hy  12  required — not  moving  the  slide, 


TRADESMAN'S    GUIDE.  SOS" 

lOUnt  5  to  be  50 — -count  12  as  before — then  opposite  I2  on 
le  fixed  pai  t  will  be  found  6oO  on  the  slide. 

Place  the  slide  as  before;  estimate  5  for  5(X)  and  12  at  1200, 
nd  the  slide  gives  bOO,000  for  the  answer. 

The  product  of  17  by  25 — draw  (mt    the  slide  till  1  on  the 
xed  part  coincides    wiih  I7  on    the  slide — then  opposite  25 
n  the  fixed  part  is  fourd  4^5  on  the  slide. 
j  17  by  17 — draw  out  the    slide  till  1  on  the  fixed   part  coin- 
ides  with    17  on    the  slide — ihen   opposite  17  on  the    fixed 
art  is  52S9  on  the  slide. 

Place  trie    slide  as  before — opposite  50  on  the    fixed    part 
^ill  be  found  850  on  the  slide. 

i  The  slide  laying  at  17  as  before,  reckon    50  or  5  to  be  op- 
osiie  500  on  the  fixed  part,  and  8500  is  found  on  the    slide. 
Place  the  slide  as  before,    count  17  to  be  1700,  count  3  to 
e  300  on  the  fix«3d  part;  then,  opposite    300  on  the  fixed  part 
ill  be  found  510,0(K)  on  the  slide. 

21  1-2  by  20 — draw  out  ihe  slide    till  the  center  1    on  the 
xed  part    coincides  with  2l    1-2-on  the  sbde — then    opposite 
p  on  the  fixed  part  will  be  feund  430  on  the  slide 

5  by  2  1-2 — reckon  the  first  1  on  the  fixed  part  to   be  I-IO 
■  -the  center  1  count  1 — draw  out  the  slide  till  1  on  the  fixed 
art  coincides  with   5  on   the    slide — opposite   2  1-2  on  the 
xed  part  will  be  found  J2  U2  on  the  slide. 

Division, 
lllmtrafion. — Place  the  divisor  on  the  line  of  numbers  of 
'tpe  fixkid  part  opposite  1  on  the   slide,  then  against  the   divi- 
dend f  und  on  the  fixed  part,   will  be    found  the  quotient    on 
th<>  sl.cie. 

Et.  ).  Required  to  divide  60  by  5.  Set  5  on  the  fixed 
part  against  1  on  the  slide  ;  then  against  60  on  the  fixed  [»art 
is  12  =  die  quotient  on  the  slide. 

Ex.  2.  400  by  -7 — set  27  on  the  fixed  part  opposite  I  on 
the  slide;  then  against  400  on  the  fixed  part  will  be  found  1  I 
22- J7  or  about  14  4-5  on  the  slide. 

ISiot  moving  the  slide,  and  placed  as  in  example  2;  ve  have 
the  following  result,  having  gone  the  Iciigih  of  ilio  fixed  i)art 
to  A,  en  the  statement  : 

Divisors  27 — dividend  400=quotient  14  4-5  or  22-27-:-50O 

^18  1-2  or  18  14-27-: -600=^  j2  2-9    or    22  I-4-:-70()=  ::> 

25- J7  or  26    nearly-:-800=-^9  17-^7  or  29  2-3-:-850=31 

13-i7  or  31  J-2-:-900=33  l-3-:-IOOO=37  1-27  or  37. 

To  d.vide  any  number  from  700  to  6000,  tint  is,  at  B    on 


304  THE  ARTIST  ANB 

the  slide,  the  full  extent  vi  the  slide.  From  the  stateniet 
draw  uui  ihe  slide  on  A,  t«)  ilie  lett  Hand  ot'  liie  centre;  , 
to  the  figure  6,  lepresentiU'T  60  on  ihe  fixed  pari,  over  i  a 
the  sl.d?,  ihen  agcvirisi  7  t epiesfntin?  700  on  ihe  fixed  pac, 
will  bt;  touiid  11  :'S  on  the  slide  ;  not  tuovaig  the  slide  •» 
will  find  iiie  tbllowmg  answers: — 

Divisors  c.Iled  60  —  hvidenu  700.  quorieuf,  11  ?-3-:-30 
=  1 3  |--'_:_900=: .  5-:- :  000=  '  6  ^'-3-:--O00='">::J  l-3_:_300 
50-:-4000=:d6  ;;-3-:-5000=:S-3  l-:i-:-G00iJ— llA>.  £uaij 
at  B  on  the  right  hund  of  the  slide. 



Bj/  tht  Rule,  of  Three. 

Mis^cellancuus  L^xorn/jles.  IS  3  lbs.  beef  cost  2!  cts.  wht 
will  Ironi  3u  to  iOO  lbs.  ? — bnug  3  on  the  lei.er  A,  of  :e 
fixed  pa  I,  on  the  line  of  numbers  againsi  -21  on  the  lie 
mi  •kO(^  B  on  the  slide — .hen  -igainsi  30  on  ^h*^  fixed  part  q 
A,  will  be  found  on  ihe*  slidr,  .$  .10 — ^nd  (»p;)os;te  35  IL 
will  oe  .$2.15  40—2.80;  50—3.50;  60  —  1.20;  75—5.2:; 
90—6.30;   100—7.00. 

If  4  1-2  yds.  cost  $23,  whit  w'll  20  yds.  1  Draw  out  t.e 
slide,  till  2 J  coincides  Wiih  4  1-2  on  the  fixed  part — hen  o> 
posiie  20  on  the  fixed  part  will  be  found  $l0^,  on  ihe  sli«e 
— by  not  moving  the  .>r:de  at  A,  on  ihe  fixed  pan,  lOO  yes. 
will  be  found  to  the  answer  on  the  slidet=!^3. 11. 

If  4  lbs.  of  sugar  C03t  $1.50,  what  wdl  JO  lbs.?  bring! 
on  the  line  of  njinoers  on  the  fixed  part,  o  )p.)*ife  $1.50  rji 
the  line  of  numbers  on  the  slide — tlicn  opposite  ?0  ^n  lie 
line  of  numbers,  on  .he  fixed  part  will  be  found  »k7.51' on  *\e 
slide — by  not  moving  the  slide  opj>osite  40,  on  A  is  l\u:'d 
— 15.00  on  the  slide,  and  against  S^J,  vn  A  i>  foim  ^  $^0,  and 
at  A,  100  lbs.  on  the  slide,  on  B  is  found  $37.50— A  BCD 
on  the  right  of  the  scale. 

To  find  the  circumferance  of  a  circle  the  diameter  of  which 
is  ^0. 

Draw  out  the  slide  till  ^2  on  the  slide  coincides  with  7  oa 
the  fixed  part,  then  against  20  on  the  fixed  part  is  f'>iind 
6i''6-7or  62  3-4  on  the  slide — let  the  sl'de  remain,  and  against 
25  on  the  fixed  part,  is  78  4-7  on  the  slide — and  against  60 
on  the  fixed  part  is  188  4-7  on  the  slide — and  against  100  at 
A,  on  the  fixed  part,  is  3i4  v:-7  on  ilie  slide. 

If  I  yd.  cost  $9-00  what  will  5  l6  cos' ? — draw  out  the 
slide,  till  9  on  the  slide  coincides  with  1^-  (<ii  the  fixed  part, 
then,  opposite  5  on  the  fixed  part  is  found  on  the  slide  $;i.8-3 


tftlDESMAN^S    GUIDE  505 

Examples, 
Soard   Measure.     To  measure  a  boarcl   or    plank  12  feet 
lonj;  and  I'-i  inches  wide  : — I'i  on  the  rixed  part  to  ilie  right  of 
the    centre  1  is  reckoned    12    feet   in  length — but  12  on    the 
slide  giv  ?s  12  to  1/,  or   12  feet. 

12  feet  long  and  19  inches  wide — draw  out  the  slide  till  19 
coiucides  with  12  on  the  fixed  part  ;  ihat  n.akes  the  board  19 
feei=the  answer  on  the  slide — 19  inches  the  answer  in  feet. 
14  feet  lonjr — 20  inches  wide — draw  out  the  slide  till  20 
inches  coincides  with  12  on  the  fixed  part,  and  against  14  on 
the  fixed  pan,  is  'i3  1-3  feet  ihe  answer. 

22  feet  long  20  inches  wide — draw  out  the  slide  till  20  in- 
ches coincides  with  1  ?  on  the  fixed  part,  and  against  22  oh 
the  fixed  part  is  36  3-4  (eet  on  the  slide,  the  answer. 

GU  AGING. 
Illustrations.  First,  find  the  number  of  cubic  inches  in 
the  body,  the  contents  can  be  determined  in  gallons,  bushels, 
&.C.  by  dividing  the  number  of  cubic  inches  in  a  gallon,  bush- 
els, <fcc.  respectively.  A  wine  gallon  by  which  iio^t  liquors 
are  measured,  contains  331  cubic  inches.  A  beer,  ale,  or  nr.lk 
gallon  contains  282  cubic  inches.  A  bushel  of  corn,  malt,  &.C. 
contains  2150,4  cubic  inches.  This  measure  is  subdivided 
into  8  gallons,  each  of  which  contains  268,8  cubic  inches. 

In  the  following  rulcs^  the  dimensions  of  a  cask  is  supposed  to  be  given 
in  inches,  and  decimal  parts  of  an  inch. 

To  find  the  number  of  gallons  or  bushels  in  a  vessel  of  a 
cubic  form,  divide  the  cube  cf  one  of  the  sides  in  inches;,  by 
^3l,  and  it  gives  wine  gallons;  divide  the  same  cube  by  ^82 
and  it  gives  beer  gallons  ;  and  divide  by  2150,4,  and  it  gives 
the  number  of  bushels  the  vessel  will   iiold. 

Example.  To  require  the  number  of  wine  and  beer  gal- 
lons, also  the  bushels  contained  in  a  box,  the  sides  of  wl  ioh 
is  50  inches.  Multiply  50  by  50= '500  by  50=125000 
dividedby  231=541  1-4  gallons,  wine  measure;  n.  w,  1  ..^5,(HK) 
by  282=443,26  gallons  beer  measure  ;  again,  1^5,000.0  by 
2150.4=58.1   bushels. 

To  find  the  number  of  gallons  or  bushels  contained  in  a  body 
of  a  cylindrical Jorm. 
Illustration.   Multiply  the  square  vS  the  diameter  of  either 
end  or  base  by  the  length  of  the  cylender,  and  d'\ide  the  pio- 
duct   by  294.1^  wndihe  quotient  will  l:e    the  m mber  of  wino 
gallons;  divide  the  saaie  number  by  aoy.50,  which  will  give 


^ft6  1H1    ARTIST    ASH 

the  number  of  beer  or  ale  gallons  ;  and  divide  the  product  by 
27:^,  and  the  quotient  will  be  theniimber  of  bushels. 

The  above  numbers  fnr  divisoris  are  found  bv  dividing  231.  2S2, 
2150.4.  by  the  decimal,  7So4 — two  cyphers  are  affixed  in  the  following 
example  to  the  product  to  equal  the  number  of  decimals  in  the  divisor, 
which  makes  the  quotient  the  number  of  jalions,  bat  the  other  c/phers 
«dde<l  to  the  remainder  gives  decimal?. 

Example,  The  number  of  gallons  required  in  a  cylinder, 
the  diameter  of  lis  base  bein?  five  fee:r=60  inches,  and  the 
length  13  feet=  156  inches — 60  by  60=3600  by  156=561 600, 
the"dividend  divided  by  e94.U'=l009.4'J  answer. 
To  find  the  number  of  gsUons  or  bushels  contained  in  a  bodij 
of  the  form  of  a  pyramid  or  cone. 

Illustration.  Muhiply  the  area  of  tlie  bise  of  the  pyra- 
mid or  cone  by  one  third  of  its  perpen«licular  height — the 
product  divided  by  i3i  gives  the  answer  in  wine  gallons  ;  di- 
vide by  2S2  cflves  the  answer  in  beer  measure;  by  'J150.4 
the  answer  is  given  in  bushels. 

Example.  The  number  of  beer  gallons  required,  contained 
in  a  pyramid,  the  buse  30  inches  square,  per[)eudicular 
he'cht  60  inches. 

oO  inches,  <\6e  of  the  square  base  multiplied  by  30=pro- 
duci  900  malriplied  by^  20  one  third  i.f  the  heighi=:lS000 
divided  by  282  inches  in  a  beer  gallon — answer  ^3.8. 

The  area  of  a   base,  whither    square,  triangular  or    circular,  or   amy 
other  form —multiplied    by  one  third  the  perpendicular  heights  gives  i 
solidity. 

To  find  the  number  of  gallons  or  bushels,  contained  in  a 
vessel  in  the  form  of  a  ^rustum  of  a  cone. 

Illustration.  Mul.iply  the  top  and  bottom  diameters  to- 
gether, and  to  the  product  add  one  third  of  the  square  of  the 
difierence  of  the  same  diameters  ;  then  multiply  this  sura  by 
the  perper.dicuiar  hei^'ht,  and  divide  the  product  by  i9'-.l- 
for   wine  gallons — 359i)5  for  beer  gallons:  273S  for  bushels. 

Example.  To  find  the  coBtents  in  wine  gallons  of  a  cone, 
the  bottom  of  which  is  ±0  inches,  the  top  30  inches,  and  the 
pe/pendicuiar  height  60  inches. 

Forty,  bottom  diameter,  divided  by  30,  top  diameter  = 
dilTeience  lO,  multiplied  by  i0=I00  square  of  difference,  di- 
vided by  3=33.3,  ono  third  the  square.  Again,  30,  top  di- 
arae:ei-,  mjliiplied  by  forty,  bottom  di  nneter=  1-00  ;  to 
wh;ch  add  33.3,  the  square:  product  123^3.3,  multiplied  bj 
sixty,  perpendicular  heigh'.  =  73999.00  divided  by  294.12, 
product  -5 1*59  gallons,  wine  measure. 


'!^ 


f 


VttM)"£«>r\.\^S  GUIDE.  ^{fi 

To  Gimrs  a  Cask. — Illait ration.  Measure  thd  head  di- 
amoie.-,  aud  sUojld  ilierc  be  any  diffoivnce  in  t!ic  lieaij.  adi 

tioili  ti.,'ethar  hii.1  divide,  by  i?,  th:i.^    oblaiaia^  an  avcrai^e 

measu.e  also  th-  diimetor  at  lht»  banT,  tikin*  ilie  measure 
iaside  -»r  ^f  ci^k,  liicn  meisure  liia  leagtli  of  the  cask  nuk- 
in^  p*^»per  allow^aiice  for  the  thickness  of  the  heaJ> — \\\\\\\\r 
liiosft  measure-^ — .ia;v  take  larj  diiierivjce  b^twyen  the  h3^.1 
And  bun^  diameters,  maliiply  ihii  diiTerenco  by  62  and  add 
ihc  product  to  ths  head  diameter,  the  sum  \Till  be  the  ineaci 
diaacter— mahijily  the  sq  x-^Tf^  of  fhis  by  tlie  Inn^tli  of  the 
caslw,  and  divide  tlje  product,  by  2J1.12  for  \vi:)2  Tj50.03  lor 
beer  and  by  f273S  for  bushels. 

Tli3  deciiiil.  G2  is  coimunlj  iiseu  by  crauTcr^,  to  find  the  mean 
ir?hm-'f«T;  but.  if  llie  sl;i  •.'.-:>  are  niiar!}-  >trai-^  i*,  it  ivHild  be-  more  accu- 
V"»tH  \n  use  r.'ior  Jeis.  ba!  if  on  Jh=!  c  »:>tr.Tfy  tbov  arc  vrrv  ciirvioui.  (>4. 
C)  f»r  ra  )re  suoulj  be  usoil,  bat  wben  the  sta  vus  arc  straight. ibe  d(»ciaial 
51  LLiiy  be  rr»»st  propjr  In  MV^ry  case  great  atteulioa  should  bo  "-ivtu 
to  the  inuky.  ot'  li«tj  cask. 

fH^imple.  Suppp^-e  the  hung  diameter  of  a  cask  is  31.5 
»he  h.-ad  (ii  iM<?u*r  30.7,  afier  all.)vviM5  fjr  the  ihiirkuoss  of 
thi;  h-^ids — "3X3  inches  the  ler.gili,  hovv-  niauy  uiae  gali^ns 
doc>  ir  contain  ?  34.5  buaz  diameter,  suhstracteJ  by  5.).7  the 
head  diuueter — product  -3.i:>  luutiplied    by  the  decimal,  (32 — 

product  2.T"!«> 

30,7  head  dinmetcr. 


33  «>.'«»    lUCAll  do. 


•Ware.?  m-iUi.deJ  tnake  I'J^t?  rn     i:'.i         i  call  liie  dei:iiiMl. 

';?    \  (37 


-'3  icii:''.b  on  th« inside 


23-1. 1-2  !  G;:>j03.iOi  ,  ^...:. .   ■.. 

'^a'.iffern  uso,  calU^J^rs  in  'al.injr   d:r;ni:ior,»  .f  c-r'  ^  !>o!  ?<  common 
ruli»  or  a  etfttj"  may  be  usrd  :  bulu  )  -  y  the  line 

*l  n.aai'»er.s  on  tjuntcr'n  Scale,  or  i,.     . 

2^o  OtiUf^c  casks  by  the  line  iff  numbers  en  the  Guntfr^ascaU 

or  sfi.Iing  rttU. 

I?tUsiration.      Make  marki  on  mk-    sciilr.  ,  'i  i!:t;   call:pir». 


308  THE    ARTIST    A^^  » 

at  tlie  points  17.15  and  18.95  iccbes  and  nt  5vJ.33  ixTclie?. 
v>hich  nunilsors  are  the  square  roots  of  ^J.l?,  and  o59.0'3, 
and  of  2738  jespectively — gencrrdiy  a  brass  pin  is  fixed  on 
tlie  callipers  at  each  of  these  points — having  y.our  scale  thus 
prepared — exiend  fiom  1  towards  the  left  hand  to  62,  or  less, 
if  tlie  staves  be  nearly  straight — that  extent  will  reach  from 
the  difference  beiwecn  the  head  and  bung  diameters  io  a 
number  at  \he  left  hand,  which  nimiber  added  to  the  head 
diameter,  v  ill  give  the  mean  diameter — then  put  one  foot  of 
the  ccni;,asi^cs  on  the  gunge  point  =  17. 15,  fcr  wine  gallons, 
is. 95,  for  beer  gaiions,  and  5*2.33  for  bushels — and  extend 
the  other  foot  of  the  compasses  to  a  number  denoting  the 
mean  diameter — this  extent  turned  over  t\^icc  the  same  v,  ay 
iiom  the  length  of 'the  cask,  will  give  the  number  of  gallon* 
or  bushels  respectively. 

In  the  preceding  ilUistration,  tlie  extent  from  1  JoG'2,  will  roach  from 
3.5  to  *J.4  neurly.  which  added  to  ?.0.7  gives  the  mean  diamctcr=33.1, 
tli#;n  the  e.ctcnt  from  the  gauifc  point' 31. ir>  to  33.1  turned«over  twice 
from  the  Jenw-th  5'\3  will  rcacirto  2-20  9  wine  gallons — to  use  tiieguage 
point  13.03.  the  answer  will  be  ia  beer  gallon&ror  52  33  the  Jinswcr  will 
be  in  bushels, 

Guaghig  casks  hy  the  sliding  ride. 
Illustration.     On  the   line    marked  D,  is  the    guagc  point 
ma/ked  W  G  where  are  17.15  inches,  a  little  \q  the  right  of 
the  long  mark,  ihat  is  over  the  cenue  of  G — also   over  A  G    jyjtt 
on  the    same   scale  is  18.95    or   18  19-20. very  near  the  h-ng  ^H 
uiark  over  the  centre  of  G  ;  here  is  the  gauge   point  for  the    ^ 
a^e  or  beer  gr-Hons,  as  ii:c  otlicr  v.-as  for  wine  gallons — now 
set  the    Iciiglh  of  the  cask    found    on  the  slide    agr.inst   the 
jauge  point  on  D,-and   against  the  mean  diameter  on  D    the 
ansv.cr  will  be  found  <n  tiie  slide — allow  for  the  t'iickncss  of 
both    heads  f  .1  1-?  or  ?  inches  in  measuring  the  Icngih   of  a 
cask,  according  to  il.e  size  of  the  cask. 

Take  the  ho^.d  diameter  clr!«H  to  the  outside,  and  for  small  ca?ks  o.dd 
-2-5 ")  of  an  incft— for  casks  contair.ing  30,  or  40.  or  50,  adfl  4-10  inch; 
f.r larger,  adl  o  cr  G  tentJis,  and  the  same  will  be  vrrv  n<;ar  the  head 
Oiimeter  within.  In  taking  the  bui  g  diameter,  observe  in  moving  the 
rnd  or  staff  backward  and  forward,  if  llicre  is  any  variatiou  r.s  to  the 
tniel.aRss  ci^  i|.f;  stares  opposite  the  l-.nng  whether  son^sc  arc  thinner  or 
t'  '.-kcr  than  they  ougfhtto  be.  in  which  case  make  the  necessary  al!ow> 

F.tample.     Ho^r  many  gallons  will  a  cas';  contain  thejjunc: 
di&metoi  of  which  is  34.5  inches,  (lie  head  diameter  30.7. 


tbadesman's  ficiDii:.  Z99 

34.5 
30.7 

2  I  G3.2 

32.6 
5 


33.1  mean  dinmelci. 

Length  of  the  cask  wiiliiji  — 59.3 — now  draw  out  the  slide 
till  59.3  on  the  slido  coincides  with  the  ^^augo  poini  cii  the 
girt  line,  fur  wine  gallons,  iiiitl  a2;irmst  '33.1  on  the  glri  line  is 
found  on  the  slide  '220.9  wino  gallons. 

The  guago  point  lor  bushels  is  phiced  on  the  girt  line  at 
13  85-1000  inches,  as  it  would  run  oil'  the  rule  on  the  right. 
For  the  points  for  gallons,  reverse  it  back  to  the  left  of  those 
points. 

Illustration.  Draw  out  ihf?  slido,  till  the  length  of  a  sqr.are 
box  coincides  with  the  gauge  point  on  the  girt  line,  opposite 
13  3S3-lOO()  inchrs  ;  then,  against  the  number  of  inches  the 
box  is  square,  found  on  the  girt  line  ;  and  on  the  slide  the 
number  of  bushels. 

Example.  Suppose  a  box  7.75  inches  square  and  30fcc-t  in 
Jength,  also  begining  at  7.75  and  extending  to  40  inches  square. 

Will  bo  toiinu  S        ^  to  "a*  o  t^  oo  o  o  c:  o  -i-  —  o  o  cc  ts. 
,!<  f-»  csf  <r3  c;  "<T  i£> « i-  =•  w  «  "^  »-':<=•  o 

Against  *^  *-^Si,i^^r-.»-n(?i>?JC{(7^c>»'>»r:c^T3' 
If  ih.e  box  is  more  th^n  40  inches,  s  ly  60  inches  and  20 
feet  long,  draw  out  the  slide  to  the  left  hand  till  20  feet,  the 
length  found  on  the  slide,  coincides  with  ihe  gauge  f)oint, 
found  on  the  girt  line,  viz.  13.3^5  inches — then  agaiusi  the 
width  of  the  box,  namely  GO  inclies,  found  on  the  giil  line, 
is  found  on  the  slide  399,  calling  the  figures  on  the  girt  line, 
tens,  and  tbose  on  the  slide  will  be  hundreds,  and  thus  of  ;:nv 
ather  nu:nbor. 

Suppose  a  box  30  feet  long  from  iO  to  2t"»    inches  square, 
Against  'iO  v.  ill  bo  ionnd  'iGl    bu.shels. 
G^:i  r»9S  1-2 

100  1^73 

l;30  ^790 

190  <>tH)o 

a'ir,  9U0O 


SiO  THE    1  r.TXST  A 5n> 

To  find  ihe  ncn^ber  of  bushels  a  cyrmdrlcal  cnsk  er.n^.iifi* 
f'r  hv  w  n^any  bushels  oJ"  timber  a  leg  will  muke  provioing  it 
be  a  perfect   cylincer^ 

JKustraiicn.  Di3w  ont  the  siiJe  until  the  gnage  point, 
I5,(K)l.  or  nearer  :5,Ou0.1-5,  fount]  on  tlie  ofirt  line,  shall  coid- 
cide  wilh  the  length  of  tijc  rylincpr  in  fcer,  Uii<::d  od  the 
s^jii'e,  then  opposi-e  thf*  riiiiiKjier  ©f  the  cyUuder,  found  on 
the  girt  liue  in  iDches^nre  fhe  number  of  bushels,  found  vn 
the  sKJe. 

Exanqjie.  Suppose  the  cylinder  SCO  feet  is  laid  to  the 
guage  poir.t — tiien  against  7,  or  70  ii;ches  for  a  dienieter  i? 
found  (5444  bushels,  which  is  the  answer  on  ihc  slide. 

?»Iethod  for  cottins:  off  any  number  of  cubic  feet  of  any 
dirmeter,  of  roiind' timber. 

lUiiiii ration.  SiTppose  the  number  of  feet  to  le  cut  off  is 
3  and  the  diometer  7  1-2  inches — draw  out  the  slide  until  3 
\^':!l  coincide  r^ith  7  1-2  cr  'h'  '~r.cd,  part^then  rgcinst  thc- 
gai:£rc  point  1-3.54  inches  is  ;  ;.8  length  to  be  ctu  otT. 

Example.  If  $?.15  buy  1  loot  of  timber,,  how  much  wili 
$!0buy1  Ans.  4.05  cubic  feet. 

This  limber  is  4.3  inches  in  diameter  ;  -abiit  is  the  length 
of  the  stick? — lav  4.G5  foci  on  the  sliiiC,  opposite  4.3  inches 
t»n  the  girt  line  and  opposite  13.o4  inches  on  the  gin  line 
will  be  foHiid  46.j  feet,  the  length  of  the  stick  on  th«»  slide^ 

Fcr  squarft  tinr.ber  cravr  oat  the  sViAe  so  that  the  number  of  iBches 
the  stick  whtn  square.  fo\ind  on  the.  f.xr-H  pari.  c«"iir.cides  «^ilh  tii«  Jiuin- 
bcr  of  t>rt  oji  the  slidr — I  ken  against  12  is  found  tbe  number  of  feet 
in  length.lo  be  eul  off. 

The  caethod  of  casting  interest  oa  the  sliding  rule  frr  ono 
year. 

lUusirotton.  Tiie  principle  ©j-  number  of  drllars  is  found 
on  A — put  the  per  cent  on  the  slide  against  the  center  1  — 
then  opposi'e  the  principal  is  found  '.he  interest,  estimaiinr^ 
dollars  as  cents.  To  ascertain  the  interest  for  dnvs  find  '.he 
number  of  days  for  one  year,  or  365,  on  the  fixed  p^rt  A, 
:\hen  the  sliue  must  be  dra^vn  so  f^r  that  the  interest  tor  one 
year  be  found  to  coincide  with  3G5  dajs — now  on  the  fj.xed 
part  A  observe  the  number  of  days  you  wish  to  get  the  inter- 
p*t  f.->r,  and  under  that  on  the  slitle,  is  found  the  interest  for 
the  day  rrquired. 

Examples.  VViiat  is  the  interest  of  333.33  for  one  year 
;\nd  twcnty-fiv?  days  at  0  per  cent,  Ist^  Fcr  cue  vciT  hv  fv^l*. 


tradesman's  guide.  ?1  ' 

lowing  the  above  direction,  is  loiiiid  $20— then  notice  3G5 
days  on  A  and  draw  out  tho  slide  (ill  {^20  coincides  v,itli  it, 
or  under  365  dnys,  tlieii  look  lor  2:)  dnvs  on  A,  and  on  B, 
under  25  will  be  8 ',33  2-3,  the  ans.vcr  lur  2b  day?. 

What  is  tho  interest  of  $lOfK.)  far  one  year  and  36  days 
at  7  per  cent. — draw  out  the  slide  till  7  on  the  slide  coincides 
with  the  centre  1  and  against  1000  on  the  right  hand  at  A 
will  be  found  70  on  the  slide.  Then  lay  70  on  the  slide 
against  365  days  on  the  fixed  part  and  against  36  en  the 
slide  will  be  found  $3.8S.   Ans.  $76.83. 


I    o  '♦-  o  "-a  c«        ID 

o  *-  s  to  ^   '^  Si   =  ^^'H- 

*'   a  ^,  ^  t.-;:c!:r-^*'3-^-^ 

4)  ^  C  i>^  %-    ^  <y    a,  cj    o    (a:    j«    r- 

-S    ^  ^j  <^ 

_=r —  -  '^ 

^    ^  ■—  :?    V;  "^    vj  i^''  "  c    cj    o 

"  —  r:     0  ■,  C     O  r-     c/-/     n  - 


>X  --a  j= 


jl^ 


c  _3    "^    g.  f'  -§  T  o  -o  t-»  GO  ci  C  o  O  o  C^  o  e-j 

'<•-'*-  o  =  c  i;                          *-•  '-i  5<  Q«  CO  cr?  5? 

C;    2;    c  ic      =2 . 

><•-.-  %-    -„    —    Z          a 

^       iT"       r^       .*,  /M       ?r>_      *          n       "       -'  »       ?w 


^pCccvi  c^    P^  :j    yj    z^    ;j    > 


5ii  ?11C    Afiffst   ASiO 

SOLID  MEASURE   OF  ROUND  TLMBEft. 

8  fi.    Oft.  10  rt.   lift.   12  f^.   13  ft.   14  ft.     15  ft.   ica. 

long      long  long      long      long      long      long        long      long 

in.         §»  33                   »33                      B                    3 

inch.    |g  ISSSi               §1 


6*     1.6      t.S  2.0  2,1  2.3  i:.5  2.7  5.9  5.1 

7     2.1      2.4  2.7  :?-y  3-2  3.5  3.7  4-.0  4.2 

S      2.8      3.1  3.5  S.S  4.2  4.5  4.8  5.2  5.5- 

9      3.5      3.0  4.4  4.8  5.3  5.7  6.1  6.6  7.0 

10  4.S     4.9  5.4  6.0  6.5  7.1  7.6  8.1  8.7 

11  5.3     5.9  6.6  7.4  7.9  8.5  9.3  9.8  10.5 

12  6.3     7.1  7.8  S.6  9.4  10.2  11.0  11.8  12.5 

13  7.3     8.5  9.4  10.0  11,1  11.9  12.8  113.8  14.6 

14  8.5     9.6  10.6  11.7  12.8  13.9  14.9  l6.0  17.0 

15  9.8    11.1  12.4  13.6  14.9  l6,l  17.2  18.5  19.7 

16  11.2    12.6  14.0  15.3  16.8  13.2  19.5  20.8  22.3 

17  12.6   14.1  15.7  17.3  18.9  20.4  21.3  23.5  25.0 

18  14.1    15.9  17.7  19.4  21.3  22.8  24.5  26.4  28.2 

19  15.7   17.7  19.7  21.6  23.5  25.5  27.3  29.3  31.3 

20  17.5   19.6  21.6  25.9  26.2  28.2  30.3  32.5  34.6 

21  19.2  21.5  23.8  26.3  28.7  31.0  23.3  35.8  38.1 

22  21.0  23.6  26.3  28. S  31.5  3  1.0  5G.6  S9.2  41.8 

23  22.9  25.9  23.8  3i.a  34.5  37.3  40.2  42.3  45.7 

24  25.0  28.4  31.3  35.3  37.6  40.6  43.6  46.7  49.6 

25  27.2   30,7  34.0  37.3  40.7  44.0  47.4  50.7  53.9 

26  29.4  32.1  36.8  40.4  44.0  47.7  51.3  54.8  58.3 

27  31.6  35.6  39-7  43.2  47.4  51.3  55.0  .'-8.9  <^3.0 

28  33.9  38.4  42.5  46.6  51.0  55.2  59.2  6.3.5  67.6 

29  36.3   41.0  45.5  50.0  54.5  5S.9  63.4  68.0  72.4 

30  39.0  43.9  49.0  53.5  r.8.4  (■)3.4  68.0  73.3  77.7 

31  41.8   47.0  52.2  57-2  62.5  67.7  72.7  78.2  83.3 

32  44.5   52.2  55.6  6i.2  66.7  72.4  77.5  83. :>  88.7 

33  47.2   53.3  59,1  65.0  71.0  ,76.8  82.5  88. 6  94.5 

34  50.3   56.3  62.9  69.0  75.3  81.4  87.5  94.3  99-6 

35  53.0  59.8  66.5  73.0  79.8  86.4  92.8  99.5  106.8 

36  56.0  63.2  70.5  79.0  84.4  fJl.S  98.0  105.5  112.9 

37  59.4  67.0  74.5  81.8  89.5  96.S  104.7  112.0  119.5 

38  62.8   70.6  78.8  86.3  94.4  102.5  110.0  117.7  126.0 

39  66.3  74.4  83.3  91.0  99.3  108.3  11.'i.9  124. T  J32,6 

40  69.6  78.3  87.3  95.7  104.1  113.4  124.0  130.S  139.5 


tRADESMAN*S    flUlf)^.  §1.'? 

MEASURE  OF  ROUND  TIMBER— Continued. 


17  ft. 

18  ft. 

19  ft. 

20  ft. 

21  ft. 

22  ft. 

23  ft, 

2i  ft. 

25  ft 

20  (t 

hug 

Ions 

lonij 

long 

long 

long 

lung 

long 

lonjj 

Ion  g 

n 

s 

ffi 

s 

O 
o 

a 

O 
o 
a 

O 

a 

n 

o 

a 

o 

3 

o 

o 

a 

a 

O 
o 

a 

n 
3 

O 
o 

a 

3 
on 

O 

c 
a 

ca 

a 

at 

§ 

CO 

O 
S 

3 
aa 

?.3 

3.5 

3.7 

3.9 

4.1 

4.3 

4.5 

4.7 

4.9 

5.1 

4.:') 

4.8 

5.1 

5.3 

5.7 

5.9 

6.1 

6.4 

6.7 

6.9 

5.9 

G.3 

6.6 

7.0 

7,3 

7.7 

8.0 

8.4 

8.8 

9.1 

8.0 

8.4 

9.0 

9.4 

9.7 

10.2 

10.3 

11. 1 

li.5 

9.3 

9.8 

10.4 

ll.O 

11.5 

12.1 

12.6 

IS. 2 

13.7 

14.2 

11.2 

11.9 

12.6 

13.3 

13.9 

14.6 

15.3 

15.9 

16.6 

17.3 

13.4 

14.2 

15.0 

15.8 

16.6 

17.4 

18/4 

19.1 

19.8 

20.5 

16.7 

17.1 

17.6 

18.5 

19.5 

20.4 

21.3 

22.2 

23.0 

23.9 

18.3 

19.3 

20.7 

21.4 

22.5 

23.6 

24.5 

25.7 

26.7 

27.8 

21.1 

22.3 

2  3.. '5 

24.7 

26.2 

27.4 

28.6 

29.7 

31. 0 

32. S 

23.8 

26.7 

28.2 

29.5 

31.0 

32.3 

33.7 

:^5.o 

36.5 

2G'S 

2S.3 

30.0 

31.6 

33.3 

34.9 

36.5 

38.0 

39.6 

41.0 

30.1 

31.9 

33.6 

35.4 

37.2 

39.0 

40.7 

42.5 

44.3 

46.0 

33.5 

35.4 

37.5 

39.4 

41.5 

43.3 

45.2 

47.3 

49.4 

51.2 

37.2 

39.2 

41.5 

43.7 

46.0 

48.3 

50.3 

52.5 

54.7 

56.7 

40.9 

43.1 

45.6 

48.4 

50.4 

53.0 

j5.2 

57.7 

60.0 

62.5 

44.7 

47.4 

50.2 

52.7 

55.2 

58.1 

60.7 

63.5 

66.0 

68.7 

49.1 

51.8 

54.8 

57.7 

60.8 

63.7 

66.2 

69.5 

72.3 

75.2 

53  3 

56.1 

59.5 

62.9 

66.2 

69.4 

72.3 

75.4 

78.6 

81.9 

57.7 

61.4 

64.8 

GS.3 

71.8 

75.3 

78.5 

82.3 

B5.7 

88.5 

(2.6 

66.4 

70.2 

74.0 

77.6 

81.5 

85.3 

88.7 

93.5 

96.0 

GT.-y 

71.5 

75.4 

79.5 

83.5 

87.7 

91.5 

96.0 

99.3 

103.4 

72.6 

77.2 

81.3 

85.6 

90.0 

94.5 

98.5 

103.2 

107.3  IJ  1.3 

77.7 

82.4 

87.2 

91.5 

i-6.3 

101.0  105.6 

110.7  114.8  119.5 

83.5 

88.4 

93.5 

98.5 

103.4  108.8  113.5 

118.6  123.3 

128.0 

89.4 

94.5 

99.5  105. S 

III.O  116.0  121.4  12f>.8  131.5 

137.0 

95.5  101.0  106.8  112.4  llS.O  124.0  129.5  135.5  no.6  145.5 
101.5  107.3  113.4  119.5  125.4  131.5  138.0  14^.0  149.0  155.0 

107.5  113.8  120.0  126.7  133,0  139.4  145. 7  1-2.5  158.6  164.0 
lU.O  120.5  127.2  135.0  141.0  147.7  154.7  161.5  167.5  17-1.0 

120.6  127.5  135.1  142.2  149.0  156.5  163.5  171.0  178.0  185.0 
127.6  135.3  143.0  150.9  157.6  164.5  173.5  181.5  1S8.0  195.5 
134.8  142.6  150.8  159.0  l66.5  174.5  183.0  191.0  198.0  206.0 
142.0  150.5  159.0  167.9  170.0  184.4  192.5  202.0  208.5  217.0 
^i9.5  158.0  167.0  1760  185.0  193.5  204.0  213.2  21  8.5  228,0 


gl4  THE    ARTIST    AND 

MEASURE  OF  ROUND  TIMBER.— Continued. 

07  ft.     28  ft.     2d  ft.     30  ft     31  ft.     32  ft.     33  ft.     34  It      35  ft.  36  ft 

long      lon|^      lon^      long       long      long       long      long      long  long" 

o       n       o       o       o         o         C:         o       o  r- 

oocoo  o  o  ooo 

s  a  ts  s  s  a  s  s  s  s 

n  a  a  a  <">  a  a  a  a  o 


5.3  5.5      5.7      5.9     6.1      6.3      6.5     6.7     6.9      7-1 
7.2      7.5      7.S      8.0     8.3      8.6      8.8      9.1      9.4      9.6 

9.4  9.7    10.1    10.3    10.^)    11.1    11.5    11.9    12.3    12.6 
11.9    12.4    12.8    13.1    13.7    14;2    14.6    15.1    15.5    15.9 

14.8  15.4    15.9    16.4    17.1    17.6    18.2    18.7    19.3    I9.7 

17.9  18.6  19.2  19.8  20  6  21.2  21.7  22.5  23.2  23-7 
21.3  22.1  23.0  23.6  24.4  ^5.4  26.1  26.7  27.7  28.4 
24.9  2.3.8  26.7  27.7  28.6  29.5  30.6  31.4  32.3  .3^3.3 
28.9    30.1    31.2    32.1    33.3    34-3    35.4    36.5    37.6    3S.7 

33.5  34.7  36.1  37.3  38.5  39.7  41.1  42.2  43.3  44.5 
37.9    393    40.7   42.0   43.4    15.0    46.3    47.7    49.2    .5O.4 

42.6  44.2  45.6  47.2  4S.G  50.5  52.0  53.4  55.2  56.5 
47.8  49.7  51.3  52.7  54.6  56.5  5^.3  60.1  62.0  63.6 
53.3    55.1    57.0    5S.8    61.1    63.0    65.0    67.0    69.vO    7O.9 

59.2  61,3  63.5  65.5  67.2  702  72.2  74.4  76.7  79.0 
65.0  67.2  69.7  72.0  75.5  76.7  79.5  81.7  &1.4  86..5 
71.5  74.0  76.5  79.0  8-3.0  81.5  87.2  89.5  92.5  95-4 
78.5   81.0    83.7   86..5    89.5    92.4    95.5    98.3  101.2  104.5 

85.3  85.0  91.2  94.2  97.5  iOO.S  IW.O  i07.0  116.8  H3.5 
92.5  95.6  99.0  102.7  106.0  109.5  113.0  115.7  119.5  123.0 
i)9.7  103.5  107.5  111.2  114.7  118.5  122.0  1^5.8  1:29.5  133.0 

107.7  111.7  115.5  119.4  123.3  127.5  131.5  135.2  139.5  142.5 

116.0  120.0  121.7  12S.8  132.7  137.5  111.5  115.5  150.3  151.1 
124.2  12S.7  133.0  138.0  142.0  146.4  150.6  155.5  161.0  165.0 

133.2  136.0  143.1  148.0  152.4  157.0  162.6  167.0  172.5  177.-5 

142.3  1 17.5  152.7  158.3  163.0  189.0  1T4.0  179.0  1S2.4  190.0 

152.1  157.3  163.0  169.0  174.0  180.0  185.5  191.0  197.0  202.0 

161.8  167.0  173.0  179.7  185.4  191.2  197.0  202.5  2OS.0  214.0 
171.5  178.0  181.0  190.5  196.0  202.5  208.2  214.3  220.0  2->7.0 
182.0  188.7  194.7  202.5  208.2  214.0  220.5  227.0  231.0  210.0 
192.5  199.0  206.0  213.0  218.5  228.5  233.5  210.0  247.0  255.0 

206.0  211.0  217.5  225.0  232.5  210.0  217.:.  25  i.3  262.5  269.5 

214.1  222.1  228.5  236.1  211.0253.5  2ol.5  268.0  276.4  2!v^0 
226.3  234.0  242.0  251.0  ?,58.0  2'37.0  275.0  '283.2  292.5  313.0 
'^37.5  215.3  25 1.5  263.7  272.0  289,0  23^.3  297.3  306.4  316.2 


tradesman's  Gi:it)t.  31^ 

MEASURE    OF   ROUND  TIMBER.-Continued. 

37  0.  38  ft.     39  ft.  40  a.    41ft.    42  ft-     4'J  ft.  44  ft.  45  ft.  46    fl 

long.    long,      lon^r     long      long      long       long  long    long     loitg 

PP  p  pOo  o  n  Cj  o 

CO  o  o.o  o  o  o  o  o 

33  3  333  3  oaa 


7,3      7.4      7.7      7.8       S.O      8.2      S.4      8.7      8.8      9.0 

9.9     10.2    10.3    10.4    10.5     11.3     11.5     11.7    12.0    12.3 

12.9    13.3    13.7    14.0    14.3     14.7     15.1     15.4    15.7     I6.I 

lC>.3    16.8    17.3     17.7    18.1     19.0    19.1     19.4    19.8    20.4 

20.3  20.7    21.6    21.7    22.3    22.9    23.5     24.0    24.5    25.3 

24.4  25.2  25.7  26.4  27.7  2S.7  29.0  29.2  29.6  S0..'> 
'29.2  29.9-  30.8  31.5  32.2  33.0  33.9  34.7  35.4  36.4 
S4.0    35.0    36.1    36.8    37.7    38.7    39.7    40.5    41.4    42.5 

39.6  40.7  41.7  42.7  43.5  44.7  45.9  46.9  48.0  49.4 
45. R     47.0    48.4    49.5     50.6     51.7    52.3     53.2     55.5     .'^7.0 

51.7  53.3  54.5  55.7  57.0  58.5  60.3  61.5  62.8  64.6 
58.2  .59.7  62.5  62.9  64.2  66.0  67.7  69.4  70.7  72.7 
65.4    67.0    69.0    70.5    72.3    74.2    76.0    77.6    79.5    81.5 

72.8  74.7  76.7  78.7  c'0.4  82.5  84.6  86.5  88.4  90.8 
81.0  83.3  85.5  87.5  89.0  91.5  94.5  96.3  98.5  1(^0.5 
88.8  91. 3  93.7  96.0  9S. 4  100.8  103.4  105.5  108.3  110.5 
97.7  100.5  103.2  106.0  108.6  Ill.O  113.5  II6.O  118.4  121.5 

107.3  110.0  113.0  115.5  119.5  121.3  124  5  127.3  129.5  133.0 

116.6  1  i9.5  123.0  126.0  129.0  132.0  135.0  13S.7  141.5  144.5 
127.0  130.0  133.3  137.3  J  40.4  143.5  147.3  150.5  153.7  157.0 
137.5  141.5  144.4  14S.0  151.5  155.0  15'). 0  162.7  166.5  170.5 
147.5  151.0  155.5  155.5  158.5  I60.O  167.0  171.0  175.0  183.0 

'159.0  163.0  167.0  172.0  175.2  180.2  184.7  188.5  193.0  197.0 

170.7  174.5  178.0  1S2.0  188.0  192.8  197.0201.5  206.0  211.0 
183.0  187.5  192.5  197.0  202.0  206.5  211.5  215.0  #1.0  225.0 


262.5  267.5  276.0  284.0  289.0  296.0  304.0  310.3  317.5  325.0 
276.5  28D.O  293.5  300.0  307.0  314.5  322.7  328.0  336.5  344.0 
202.5  300.0  309,0  316.5  324.0  332.1  337.5  345.0  355.0  3<'S.2 
300.0  316.5  326.2  334.0  341.2  349.0  3.'i7.1  366  4  375.0  3H4.0 
^^5.0  33r..O  341.4  349.5  359.0  367.3  377,0  385.2  394,0  403.1 


*^ 


Jl6  THE   ARTIST   AND 

I3y  the  foregoing  Table  the  solid  measure  of  any  stick  of  round  timber 
can  be  found  atsiglit  from  G  to  40  inches  in  diameter,  and  from  8  to  4l3 
fe«t  in  length.     It  rises  one  inch  in  diameter  and  one  foot  in  length  at 

a  time.  The  left  hand  coluniB  on  the  first  page  givoa  the  inches  in 
diameter;  and  the  other  columns  the  contents,  which  arc  given  in  cubic 
feet  and  tenth-j  of  a  foot.  Over  the  top  of  the  columritj  is  placed  the 
length  at  the  top,  then  the  inches  in  diameter  at  the  left  hand  column, 
and  against  it  under  the  length,  to  the  ri^ht  will  be  found  the  contents. 

A  TABLE, 

Showing  the  rates  a  boat  weighing  with  its  load  fifteen  tons, 
and  a  wagon  of  the  same  weight,  is  impelled,  the  one  on  u 
canal  and  the  other  on  a  railway,  which  is  stated  in  pounds 
and  in  horse  power — reckoning  one  horse  power  equal  to 
3  80  pounds. 

Boat  on  a  Canal.  Wagon  on  Railroad. 

Mile*  per  hour,  power  in  lbs.  Horse  power,  power  in  pounds.  Horse  power. 


2 

33 

1-5 

100 

1-2 

4 

133 

2-3 

102 

1-2 

6 

300 

1  3-4 

105 

1-2 

8 

533 

3 

109 

1-2 

12 

1200 

7 

120 

2-3 

16 

2133 

12 

137 

3-4 

20 

3325 

18 

156 

1 

Dr.  Aroistrong  observes,  that  a  horse  travelling  at  the  usual 
rate  that  wagons  move,  would  with  ease,  under  favourable 
circuQistuUces,  draw  twenty  tons  ;  but  Mr.  Fulton  says,  that 
five  tons  to  ahorse  is  the  average  work  on  rail^pays,  descend- 
ing at  the  rate  of  three  miles  per  hour,  and  one  ton  upwards 
with  the  same  speed. 

Mr.  Teltbrd,  an  experienced  engineer,  observes,  that  on  a 
railway  well  constructed  and  laid  with  a  declivity  of  fifty  feet 
in  a  mile,  one  horse  will  readily  take  down  wagons  containino- 
twelve  or  fifteen  tons,  and  bring  back  the  same  with  four  tu.ns. 
IS  l^hcni, 


1 


tradesman's,  (iL'IDE. 


317 


f  he  tollowing  is   a  list  of  tlic  average    weight    of  pipes  of 
iiffercnt  diameters  in    the  clear,  with    the  ihickness  required 
to  hear  a  pressure  of  300  feet  head  of  water. 

Diameter   Tiiickno.ss  of  pipe      Wcijjht  per  running  yd. 


in  inches. 
2 
3 

4 

6 

8 
JO 
12 
16 
20 


in  inclips 
4-16 
4-16 
5-16 
6-16 
8-lG 
9-16 
9-16 
10-16 
10-16 


cwt. 

qrs. 

lbs. 

0 

1 

<> 

0 

1 

IG 

0 

2 

4 

1 

0 

0 

1 

I 

21 

2 

0 

8 

2 

2 

18 

3 

o 

/w 

0 

5 

0 

0 

1  \b. 

2 

r> 

4 
7 
9 


CHAPTER  XLI. 

Allowances  for  Drafts:,  according  to  Law. 
^Ou  any  quantity  fif         100  lbs.  or         "      112l!js. 
Above  100  lbs.  and  not  exceedinfr  200 

200  do.  300 

"        300  do.  1000 

"      1000  do.  1800 

"      1800  do. 

Usual  allowance  at  the  Custom-House,  wiiicli  is  consid- 
ered equal  to  that  of  the  law  : — Sugar,  Barrels,  2  lbs.  do. 
Tierces,  4  lbs.  do.  Hogsheads,  7  lbs.  do.  B.)xe3,  4  lb.  do; 
fase?,  1-2  per  cent.  All  otlic  r  goi)ds  half  per  cont.  except 
teas,  wliich  iravp  the  turn  of  th'^  bu^^ 

Aiii:/ca7fce  fur  Lcahng^^ml  Brcalae^r. 
Two  per  cent,  allowr*'  o*  ibe  g^pe  on  all  merchandise. 
Ten  per  cenl.  oji  all  Beer,  Ale,  tind  Porter,  in  bottles. 
Five  per  cent,  on  all  other  li(]Uors  in  boltles,  to  bo  deduc- 
ted from  the  invoice;    or   it  shdl   b©  lawful   to  compute  the 
duties  by  talc,  at  the  option  of  the  impo.-ier,   at   the  time  of 
entry. 

Tares  acrordiag  to  haw,  and  Actual  M'ci^Iif. 
(t/^Those  tares  not  marked  actual  are  aca  iding  lo  law. 

Almonds,  per  ct^nt  actl.jCamplinr,  crude,  in 

Aln.'u,  cafck.-^,  12      do      do 

Bristles,  croHbtadt,  12  per  cent  actl. 


BuUer, 
Be.'f, 
Cordage,  raatts. 


do 
do 

1  3  4  n.  c.  actual. 


tu'os,               3o 

do 

'  d«» 

do        rffindcd, 

do 

CandfpB   boios,          F 

do 

Ca.'sia,  run' Is.             S 

do 

d<» 

doclJcsls,  U-Olbf.'iO 

do 

d9 

118 


THE  ARTIST  A.\T» 


Cinnamon,  chests, 

actual.' 

do     mats, 

d,.  1 

Cl-.ves,  . 

do    i 

Cocoa,  ba2[3, 

1 

per  ccn 

t.     1 

do     casks, 

10 

do 

do     ceroon*, 

10 

du 

do 

Chocolate,  boxes, 

10 

do 

Coffee,  bagg. 

o 

Jo 

do         do  double 

4 

~1 

lb 

d. 

^ 

do         bales, 

3 

pe 

r  cent 

do 

do         casks, 

12 

do 

do 

Cotton,  bales, 

o 

do 

' 

do    c croons. 

C 

do 

^ 

Currants,  casks, 

V2 

do 

do    \ 

Cheese,  hampers 

J 

or  baskets. 

10 

do 

do  boxes, 

\i(i 

uo 

CoapC:.  Cab^S, 

12 

do 

Candy  Su^nr     in 

baskets 

5 

do 

do 

dT  Sutrar  in  boxes  10 


Corks,  sacks, 

Figs,  boxe?, 

do    half  do 

do     qr-    do 

do   drams, 

Flour.  Wheat, 
Glue, 
Ginger," 
Gunnowder, 


12 


anu 


do 
15  lbs. 


do 
do 


do      do-   jar?,     5  do 

do     do    casks  12  '  io 

do  ►?mynia,  do  \'l  per  cent     do 
Sugar,  bags  or  mats,  5  per  cent. 

do    cask&, 

do    bcxt'S, 

do     can:iister6, 
Soap,  boxe>, 
Sahs,  Glauber,  in 

casks, 
Shot,  in  cask?, 
Stetrl, 
iT«a.  Bohea,  chests, 

do  1  2  do 

do  1-4  do 

do  Hyson,  or  other  Green,  chest* 
70    or    upwards,  irr'^ss,  20    lbs. 

do  Suuciioiior,  chests  tU  lbs   20  ", 

do    Soucbc'jj^,  cliests   SO    lbs.  ani 
upwards,  gros:?,  22  lbs 

Every  box    ot'o'hcr  lea.  net  less 


12 

do 

13 

do 

35 

do  act! 

10 

do 

8 

do 

3 

do 

d* 

70  lbs. 

9j^-        4i 

*>(-# 

20   " 

GO  lbs.  9  lbs    actual  Jr 


36 
15 

10  per 
5 


5  1-4 
3  1-4 

Cent. 

do 


do 

do 

do 

do 

ac-iiial. 

do 

do 


than   50  ibs.  nor  more  lhair>70  ibs 
16  lbs. 


On  all  oibtr  bo.ices,  accosding  to 
invoice,  or  actual  rt'eicrbt. 
Tvi'iiie  ca^is,  12  per  ct-ut. 

do     balep,     3     do 
Tallow,  ccrooiis,  10  per  ct.  aclual 


\  do  caiiks,  12  do 
jV'iirJol,  bjue  or  Rcmau, 
j  V'tniiian'Ri'd, 


Indig-o,  bags  qjr  ma.!*  3  per  ct.  act  I.I  Whiie,  Pi^r'is, 


d; 

o^^do 

>^Pno 

^o 


do 


df    editor. Ts,  10       GO 

Jo   birreia,  12      d 

do   olht.-r  caslis,       13     d: 
do   cises,  20     tfo 

Lov/k  '  g-  Glasses, 

French,  30  ncr  ct.  actual 

Liin-s,  do 

L::r.i. 

]Vl   :..  .  cssks  or  kcTs,3  J  per  ct. 

Ksitinegd.  liirgersj     21  per  ct 

Nr'.Is,  c^isks, 

Ochre,  French, 

Pfpper,  h&gi, 
do     b:iles, 
do     casks- . 

Fin'e!it<',  ba^s, 
do     bales. 
do     casks, 

y-  .'nesj 

r.trk, 

flaisics,  Malaga, 

bcxes;  G  lbs.  7  lb3.  act 


do 
do 

do 

ud 
Whiting,  do 

\V  hi  ai-  of  ait  kinds,  do 

In  bome  ijislaiic*'o  aa  stated  in  ih* 
ft>«^^'>In^,  the  actual  lares  have 
Ibeeu  determined;  but  the-  packat"* 
.iiiay  vary  35  to  tJi»-jr  iiiake  aiid  i^.^TL; 


tirat   cage  i.h'^y  ujust  be  v.*eig^!.ed 

jain,  provided  always,  tliat   \vM«.n 

act'l.jthe  original  invoices  ot'  cuy  ol  ihe 

act'l.ii^a^daiticlep   are   prt-duced   at    iho 

t'me  of'  making  entry  of  such  arli- 

i2  per  ct.  ect'l  icks.  aud  ib«  tftre  or    tares  aup-  ar 

£  per  cent.       jiberein,  n  tsh.-ill  be   lavli,!   icr   the 

-         do  jcoi'c-clr.r   ai)d  naval    i^fficer,  w  i.-vre 

do  I* here   is   one.  if  ibey  s«i:   fii,  •:»  ilh 

do  '(be    consent  of  the  impojler.  r   ::* 

do  tctuallsignec,  cr   consignees,  to   e^stim;  •« 

Co  \\i\f.  Sttid'.irc  ur  tar<*s  accvrdin;;  i» 

actual  Kiich  invoice  ;  but  if  not  delenniijed 

do       'at  the  time   of  ti.tiy,  tlie  tare  ur 

l'ar;.s  as  abov«  fehaJl  be  gionted  or 

T.]aUowt-d. 


3       do 


12 
'•> 
o 

26 


tradesman's  guim.  Sl9 

CHAPTER  XLII. 
Abstract  of  Tonnage,  Duties^   4'C. 

Ou  American  vessels  six  cents  per  ton  ;  on  Frencii  vessels 
one  dollar  per  ton  ;  and  on  British  vessels  from  otlier  places, 
and  all  other  foreign  vessels,  two  dollar*  por  ton  ;  fifty  cents 
per  ton,  light  money,  if  from  poits  to  which  vessels  of  the  U- 
nited  States  are  not  permitted  to  go  and  trade  ;  but  from  all 
other  ports  tifty  cents  tosnagc  and  fifty  cents  light  money. 

All  vessels  of  the  United  States  arriving  from  foreign  ports, 
are  subject  to  fifty  cents  per  ton,  unless  all  the  officers  and 
two-thirds  of  the  crew  are  citizens  of  the  United  States. 

TARIFF  OF    ARTICLES. 
To  be  IVeighed  and    Gauged.    (Excepting   Iron  or  articles 
of  Iron  and  Steel.) 
05^  All  articles  that  are  subject  to  au  ad  valorem  duty,  ar« 
not  specified  in  this  Tariff. 

Ale,  beer,  and  porter,  in  bottles  20  c  per  gallon,   do  in  casks 
15  c  do.    Alum,    .♦2,50  per    112  lbs.   Almonds,  3  c    per   lb. 
Brandy,  see  spirits.   Bacon,  3  c  per  lb.  Beef  2  c  do.  Bristles, 
3  c  do.  Butter,  5  c  do.  Books  printed  in  Latin  or  Greek,  since 
the  year  f775,  when  bound,  15  c  do.  do  when  unbound,  13  c 
do,  do  pl-inted  in  Englsh  since  1775,  when  bound,  30  c  do,  do 
when  in  sheets  or  boards,  2G  c  do   Cables,  tarred,  4  c  per  lb. 
Cordage,  do  4  c  do.  do  untarred,  5  cdo.  Camphor,  crude,  S  c 
do  refined,  12  c  do.  Candles,  tallow,  5  c  do.  do  wax,  6  c  do. 
do  spermaceti,  8  c'do.  Cassia,  Chinese,  G  c  do.  Cinnatnon,  25  c 
Cloves,  25  c  do.  Cocoa,  2  c  do.  Chocohite,  4  c  do.  Coffee,  5  c 
per  lb.  Cotton,  3  cdo.  Currants,  3  c  do.  Cheese,  9  c  do.  Cop- 
peras, $2,00  per  112  lbs.  Candy,  Sugar,  12  c  per  lb.  Cork*, 
12  c  do-    Coals,    G  c  per  bush.    Figs,  3  c  per  lb.  Fish,   dried. 
foreign  caught,  $1,00  per  112  lbs.  Flour,  wheat,  jO'c  do.  Gin, 
see  spirits.  Ginger,  2  c  per  lb.   Glass  ware  of  cut,  not  speci- 
fied, 3  c  do.  All  other  articles  of  glass,  2.c  do.  Glue,  5  c  do 
Gunpowder,  8  c  do.    Hemp,  $1  per.  ton.  Hams    and     other 
bacon,  3  c  per  lb-   Herrings,   smoked,  $1,00   per.    112    lbs. 
Indigo,  15  c  per  lb.  Iron,  pig,  62  1-2  per  112    lbs.  do    round 
or  braziers'  rods,  of  3-lOto  8-l6  of  an  inch  dianirtcr,  inclu- 
sive, 3  1-2  c    per  lb.    do  nails  or  spike  rods,  slit,  .i  1-2  c  do. 
do  in  sheets,  3  1-2  cdo.   do  for  hoopi,  3  1-2  c  do.    do  slit  or 
rolled,  for  band  iron,  scroll  iron,   or  casement    rods,  viz.  one 
inch  by  1-4,  1  1-2    by  1-8,   1   1-S  by    1-8,3  1-2  c  do     Lard, 
5  c  do.  Lead,  in  pigs,  bars,  or  shuets,  3  r  do.  do  red  or  white. 


520  TttE    ARTIST    ANP 

dry  or  ground  in  oil,  5  c  do.  Looking-Glasses,  2  c  do.    Line* 
5  c  do.  Molasses,  lO  c  per  gallon.    Mace,    lOO  c    per  lb.    Oil^ 
castor,  40  c  per  gallon,  do  linseed,  hemp,  and  rapeseed,  25  c  do 
Oil,  olive,  in  casks,  25  c.  per  gallon,  do.  spermaceti,  foreign, 
25  c.  do.  do  whale  and  other,  15   c.  do.  do  of  vitriol  3  c.  per 
pound.  Ochre,  j'ellow,  dry,    1  c.  do.     do   in  oil,  1  1-!^  c.  do. 
Oats,  10  c.    per  bushel.     Potatoes,  10    c.  do.      Paper,   folio 
and  quarto  post,  all  kinds,  20  c.  per  pound,  do.     do.  foolscap, 
and  all  drawing  aud  u-riting,  17  c.  do.      do  printing,  copper- 
plate, au<i  staifler's,  10  c.  do.      Sheathing,  binder's,  boxboards 
and  wrappiuo  paper,  3  c.  do.       All    other    kinds,    15    c.  do. 
Packthread,  liotarred,  5  c.  do.       Pepper,  S  c.  do.      do  Cay- 
enne, 15  c.  do.   Pimento,  6  c.  do.    Piums,  4  c.  do.  Prunes  4 
c.  do.  Pork,  2  c.  do.  Rum,  see  spirits.       Raisins,    Mus.  4  c. 
do.     do  iu  jars  and  boxes,  4  c.  do.  All  others,  3  c.  do.  Rope, 
ciar  or  coiar,  grass,  5   c.  do.       Spirits,  from    grain,  1st  proof 
4"^  c.  per  gallon.  2d  do  45  c.  do.  3d  do  4S  c.  do.    4th  do  52 
c.  do.  5th  do  60  c.  do.      Above  5th  proof,  75  c.  do.      Spirits, 
from  other  materials  than  grain,  1st   and  2d   proof  38   c.  do. 
3d  do  42  c.  do.  4th  do  4S  c.  do.   5th  do  57  c.  do.  Above  5th 
proof,  70  c.  do.   Sugars,  brown,  3  c.   per   pound,     do   white, 
clayed,  4  c.  do.     do  do  powdered,  4  c.  do.  do  lump,'l0  c.  do 
do  loaf,  12  c.  do.  do  candy,  12  c.  do.     Soap,  4  c.  do.   Snuff, 
12  c.  do.   Salt  Petre,  refined,  l3  c.  do.   Salts,    Glauber,  3  c. 
do.  do  Epsom,  4  c.  do.    Seines,  5  c.  do.    Shot,  3  1-3  c,  do. 
Steel,  .$1  50  per  112  lbs.     Sheet  iron,  3  1-2    c.    per    pound. 
Salt,  20  c  per  dG  lbs.  Te?is,  fiom  China,  viz  :     Bobea,  12  c. 
do.   Souchong  and  other  black,  25  c.  do.   Imperial,  Gunpow- 
der, and  Gomee,  50  c.  d©.   Hyson   and  Young    Hyson,  40  c. 
do.    Hyson  Skin  and  other  g^reen,  2S  c.  do.     Teas,  frojn  any 
other  place,  viz  :  Bohea,  iT  c.  do.   Sotjrhong,  and  other  black; 
34  c.  do.  Imperial,  Gunpowder,  and  Gomee,  63  c.  do.  Hy- 
son and  Young  Hyson,  56  c.  do.   Hyson-Skiu  and  other  green 
38  c.  do.   Tallow.  1  c.  do.   Vinegar  S  c.  per  gallon.    Vitriol, 
\\{ie  or  Roman  4  c.  per  pound.    Venetian   red,  (Ochre)  dry, 
1.  c.   do.   do  ground  in  oil,  1  1-2  c.  do.   Whiskey,  see  spirits. 
Wine,  Madeira,  Burgundy,  Champaign,  Rhenish  and  Toka}', 
lOO  c.  per  gallon,     do  Sherry  and    St.    Lucar,  60  c.  do.     do 
Lisbon,  Oporto  and    other  wines  of   Portugal,  50  c.  do.     do 
Sicih',  50  c.  do.    do    Tenerifie,    Fayall,  and   other  wines  of 
ibe  western  isles,  40  c.  do.  do  not  enumerated,  when  impor- 


TTvADESMAn's    Cl'IDE.  .<<o  j 

ted  in  bottles  or  cases,  'JO  c.  do.  All  other  when  iiupoiled 
otlierwise  than  in  bottles  or  casc^,  !'>  c.  dc.  Wares  of  cut 
ghss,  not  specified,  S  c.  per  pound.  Wljiic,  Paris,  1  c.  do. 
Whiting,  1  c.  do.  Wheat  of  all  kinds,  2j  c.  per  bush.  Wheat 
Flour,  50  c.  per  112  lbs.   Yarns,  uniarr.  d,  j  t.  per  pound. 

Note.  The  expu;ter  or  expoiieis  cl  any  goods,  wares  or 
merchandise,  shall  give  twenty-four  hours  notice  of  their  in- 
tention to  export;   and  six  iiours  for  disiiilod  spirits. 

The  above  duties  rc'r.tc  to  ijnportatioiis  in  Aiuericaii  ves- 
sels. An  addition  of  ten  por  cent,  is  imposed,  if  brou;,du  in 
foreigii  bottoms,  excepting  English,  from  the  British  l^nitad 
kingdoms,  Sweden,  Hamburg,  Bremon  and  Lubcc.  Olden- 
buigh  and  Norwegian  vessels,  which,  by  treaty  enjoy  the 
same  privilege  as  our  own  sliips.  Teas  however,  pay  an  ex- 
tra duty,  asv/iilbe  fonnd  in  the  tarift'. 

All  articles  subject  to  duty,  imported  into  the  United 
States,  not  having  hoen  hmded  more  than  one  year,  are  al- 
Jov/ed  a  drawback  of  the  duties  (with  the  exception  of  salted 
and  pickled  Fiyh  and  Provisions,  Fish  Oil,  Butter  and  Play- 
ing Cards)  subject  to  a  dednflAon  of  two  and  a  half  per  cent, 
except  spirits,  which  is  two  cWits  per  gallon,  and  three  per 
per  cent,  on  the  amount  of  duties. 

By  an  As^ny  of  parts  of  a  doihir  made  at  tlie  3iitit  it  ap- 
pcarcs  that  lOO  dollars  in  quarters  of  the  ordinary  circulation 
are  worth  only  .  _  _  -       $9i,  14 

100  dollars' in  ei?,hts    -  -  -    *         -  90,  52 

lO  dollars  in  sixteenths  '  -  -  -  S,  94 

]fl 'king  the  value  of  OjUarters  about  23  1-2  cents, 

Minepenny  bits   11  cents. 

Sovereign  fonrpenny  bits  5  cents. 

The  United  States  (ju:t.rters  (an  Eaulo  on  them)  are  worth 
25  cents,  all  other  quarters  as  they  have  he,n  called^  tiine- 
penny  and  foiirc])eiiiiy  bitts  as  ahovo  stated — uld  pislccrcn^ 
sixteen  cents,  half  plsteerens  eight  cents. 

It  will  be  perceived  by  the  above  article  thar,  the  United 
States  Bank  has  struck  down  o^ir  Spani^.h  small  change,  and 
tint  probably  all  foreign  coins  will  ultimately  become  sup- 
planted with  American. 


iiXDLX. 


tHAPTFR. 

PAGE. 

I. 

lutroductioa, 

5 

II. 

General  Principles  of  Chemistry, 

5 

in. 

Caloric, 

7 

Thermo  mster^ 

8 

IV. 

Waier. 

10 

V. 

Earths  and  Alkalies 

11 

VI. 

Acids  and  S  ills. 

12 

VII. 

Siii]j)le    Coinbusiibles, 

14 

VIII. 

Oxides  and  Corabustion, 

17 

XI. 

Of  the  Gases. 

19 

X. 

EiecrriciJy, 

29 

Galvanism, 

32 

XI. 

Light, 

33 

XII. 

Miscellaneous  Matter, 

35 

xur. 

Soaps  and   Pomades, 

42 

XIV. 

Artist  and  Mechanic, 

44 

Influence  of  Piemiums, 

46 

B.ilance  of  Trade,          .4 

47 

XV. 

^Mineralogy, 

48 

Classificaiioa  of  Minerals, 

30 

XVI. 

The  irt  of  Assaying  Ores, 

Method  of  ascertaining  the  Specific  Gravity  of  Bodies  70 

XVII.  The  Art  of  Working  Meials,                 '  72 
XViII.    Glass, 

Art  of  Mannfaciurini,  87 

Art  of  Gilding,  Silvering,  Plating  and  Glazing,  S9 

Art  of  Manufacturing  Foils,  *101 

XIX.  Art  of  Engraving  and  Etching,  103 

XX.  Art  of  Sculpture,                    "  111 
Art  of  Priming,                                  '  113 

XXI.  Art  of  PainiinJ,  118 

XXII.  Of  Paints,     "  122 

XX III.  Art  of  raak:r!g'V;>rnishes  135 
Of  Jaoans,  Oils,  Bronzing  d:c.  135 

XXIV.  Art  of  mTking  Glues,  Pastes,  Starch  &c.  l65 

XXV.  Art  ot  Dying,  l69 

XXVI.  Art  of  Calico  Priming,  1S9 

XXVII.  Art  of  Bleaching,  196 

XXVIII.  Art  of  Distillation,  202 
Of  BjTiuinp  to  produce  ioflammable  spirits,  203 


INDEX, 

OfMait,               '  .2ij(j 

Of  Hops  2o7 

Water  lor  Brewing,  2q- 

Brewing  Vessels,  207 

Of  what  is  procured  by  Distillation,  207 

Bodies  proper  for  distillation,  209 

XXIX.  Fermentation,  *2I1 
Rectification,  2iy 
Filtration',                                    ,  992 

XXX.  Colouring  Spirits,  223 
Imitation  Spirits,  223 
Neutralized  Spirits,  228 

7         Areometer,  03  j 

XXXI.  To  make  Spirits  of  Wine>  231 
Sugar  Spirits-  "32 
Cherry  Brandy,  232 
Rasin  and  Apple  Spirits,  233 
Cordials,  034 
Of  Wines,  234 
Miscellaneous  Articles,  -  239 
Table  of  the  most  celebrated  mineral  "Waters,,    'i4-t 

XXXII.  Useful  Receipts,  24G 

XXXIII.  Commerce  25G 
Channels  and  Progress  of  Trade,  265 
Manufactures,  266 
Depression  of  Trade,  266 
Progress  of  Manufactures,  late  discoveries,  dec.  268 
Reported  distress  among  Manufacturers  272 

XXXIV.  Laws  relative  to  Spirits,  Wines,  Teas,  Sec.       275 

XXXV.  On  Credits.  277 
Hints  to  Mechanics,  280 
Advantages  of  Promptness,  281 
Excellent  Rules,  181 

XXXVI.  Sugar,  282 
Teas,  2S3 

^                Tobacco,  287 

Flour,  2S7 

Cotton^  287 

XXXVII.  Mensuration,  2SS 
Log  Table,  "'-"' 
Solid  measure  of  Square  Timber, 

XXXVIII.  Gunters  Rule,  *94 


INDEX. 

Sliding  Rule,  SOS 

Gauging,  305 

XXXIX.  Admeasurement  of  raiind  Timber,  3l2 

XL.          A  Table  Showing  the  Power  of  Steam,  311 

\               Horse  Power  on  Canal  and  RiihoaJ,  3l6 

Dinmeter  of  Pipes  and  pressure  of  Water,  317 

XLI.         Allovi'^ance  for  Drafts,  317 

Tares,  317 

Tonnage,  319 

Duties,  319 

In  the  article  on  chlorine,  the  following  article  was  inad- 
vertently omitted. 

Chlorine  has  recently  been  u§ed  with  great  SHCcess  in  re- 
raoviu:^  animal  efiinvia. 

A  French  Surge  jn  of  great  eminence  has  lately  discovered 
that  chlorine  hiis  the  wonderful  power  of  decomposing  and 
desiroj'iHg  several  of  the  most  deadly  poisons,  and  among 
others  the  sallve  of  the  mad  dug. 

The  mode  of  applying  it  is  to  make  a  strong  wash,  by  dis- 
solving two  table  spoonfuls  of  the  clilorulet  of  lime,  in  half  a 
pint  of  wa*«r,  and  instantly  and  repeatedly  bathing  the  parts 
bitten.  It  has  proved  successful  wiihiu  six  hours  after  tha 
animal  has  been  bitten. 

ERRATA. 

Page  l6,  17  line  from  top  for    compound  read  compounds. 
do.  72.  8  line  from  top  for  temporary  read  tempering. 
do.  129,  14  line  from  rop  fo  •  Uad  coionr  read  lead  colour. 
do.  'ZiSI  *3  line  from  botom  for  It  was  read  It  is. 
do.   271   1*4  line  from  lop,  after  Linger  read  particiilarh/. 
do.  -86,  22  line  for  all  those  difficulties  are.  however  re  id  tke 
dijiculties  proof  ding  from  errors  ichich  ociur  in   consequence 
of  a  suUcitution  of  tares  are^ 


^:%-^ 


